Skip to main content

Full text of "Picturesque India; a handbook for European travellers"

See other formats


Google 


This  is  a  digital  copy  of  a  book  that  was  preserved  for  generations  on  library  shelves  before  it  was  carefully  scanned  by  Google  as  part  of  a  project 

to  make  the  world's  books  discoverable  online. 

It  has  survived  long  enough  for  the  copyright  to  expire  and  the  book  to  enter  the  public  domain.  A  public  domain  book  is  one  that  was  never  subject 

to  copyright  or  whose  legal  copyright  term  has  expired.  Whether  a  book  is  in  the  public  domain  may  vary  country  to  country.  Public  domain  books 

are  our  gateways  to  the  past,  representing  a  wealth  of  history,  culture  and  knowledge  that's  often  difficult  to  discover. 

Marks,  notations  and  other  maiginalia  present  in  the  original  volume  will  appear  in  this  file  -  a  reminder  of  this  book's  long  journey  from  the 

publisher  to  a  library  and  finally  to  you. 

Usage  guidelines 

Google  is  proud  to  partner  with  libraries  to  digitize  public  domain  materials  and  make  them  widely  accessible.  Public  domain  books  belong  to  the 
public  and  we  are  merely  their  custodians.  Nevertheless,  this  work  is  expensive,  so  in  order  to  keep  providing  tliis  resource,  we  liave  taken  steps  to 
prevent  abuse  by  commercial  parties,  including  placing  technical  restrictions  on  automated  querying. 
We  also  ask  that  you: 

+  Make  non-commercial  use  of  the  files  We  designed  Google  Book  Search  for  use  by  individuals,  and  we  request  that  you  use  these  files  for 
personal,  non-commercial  purposes. 

+  Refrain  fivm  automated  querying  Do  not  send  automated  queries  of  any  sort  to  Google's  system:  If  you  are  conducting  research  on  machine 
translation,  optical  character  recognition  or  other  areas  where  access  to  a  large  amount  of  text  is  helpful,  please  contact  us.  We  encourage  the 
use  of  public  domain  materials  for  these  purposes  and  may  be  able  to  help. 

+  Maintain  attributionTht  GoogXt  "watermark"  you  see  on  each  file  is  essential  for  in  forming  people  about  this  project  and  helping  them  find 
additional  materials  through  Google  Book  Search.  Please  do  not  remove  it. 

+  Keep  it  legal  Whatever  your  use,  remember  that  you  are  responsible  for  ensuring  that  what  you  are  doing  is  legal.  Do  not  assume  that  just 
because  we  believe  a  book  is  in  the  public  domain  for  users  in  the  United  States,  that  the  work  is  also  in  the  public  domain  for  users  in  other 
countries.  Whether  a  book  is  still  in  copyright  varies  from  country  to  country,  and  we  can't  offer  guidance  on  whether  any  specific  use  of 
any  specific  book  is  allowed.  Please  do  not  assume  that  a  book's  appearance  in  Google  Book  Search  means  it  can  be  used  in  any  manner 
anywhere  in  the  world.  Copyright  infringement  liabili^  can  be  quite  severe. 

About  Google  Book  Search 

Google's  mission  is  to  organize  the  world's  information  and  to  make  it  universally  accessible  and  useful.   Google  Book  Search  helps  readers 
discover  the  world's  books  while  helping  authors  and  publishers  reach  new  audiences.  You  can  search  through  the  full  text  of  this  book  on  the  web 

at|http: //books  .google  .com/I 


1)S 
I2?f 


'^UM^fi,/^4iJ 


PICTUEESQUE     INDIA. 


\\^»^.V*» 


r 


x 


\  \ 


ARCADIA  '    PAaSINO    THROUUU   SUBZ    CANAL. 


../      ^-f 


-jr 


i 


■^-  (H- 


y 


-■"N  ^.  r 


■i   ; 


\ «      7 

■    •  I  I    '  ; 


-1- 


r'   I 


/: 


t    i 

I    I 
I 

i  ! 

!i 


L^ 


, —  ~* 


<'^        I 


I 


H 

I 

I . 


\! 


;<  1 


-'     '"/^'    N     ,/    \   P 


ii  :i 


J   i» 


i . 


M        I 


-1 


N 


\ 


-7 


]) 


(», 


i    aA\ 


'        V 


j-^ 


^; 


XV 


%-* 


-A 


■'*-»?» 


V* 


f" 


-  —  ..J' 


..*J»- 


>  C  V:    ■  ^     ;  *  .'j  ..    «        -^ 


,»■.•- 


\y 


» ••«&    >^ 


III      S 
I 


•  TN 


►»       t^ 


Jt      -w  ' 


GIC.vCE  ROUTLEDC-E  AND  SO^'i  Li:-UTi:r? 


or*        »'•»* 


k/"     -    lJI-      J     '. 


OF 
s^/CVV 


"<!i^    tW 


...jiji.3»«T<».  ^      ^  ^     jf-., 

LONDON.  -\=*- 

GEORCE  ROUTIXDCE  AND  SONS  UiVTED 


LOW  DON : 

IRAOBUBT,  AGKBW,  A  CO.  LiMDl,  I'KWTSSS,  WIUTBPBIARS. 


THIS    BOOK 
TO  MY  OLD  FRIEND 

WILLIAM     DIGBY,    CLE., 

SiG&JiiiLnT  OF  THS  Indian  Political  AaRHOTy 

WHO  FIRST   INSPIRED   ME   WITH, A  WISH   TO   SEE   INDIA, 

AND  KNOW  HER  PEOPLE. 


PREFACE. 


^   VICTORIA  is  Empress  of 

India ;  the  object  of  this  book 
has    been  to  try  to  interest 
holiday  people  in  our  greatest 
I  dependency  and  its  two  hun- 

dred  millions  of   our   fellow 
subjects.      During    the    two 
winters  I  hare  spent  in  India 
I  hare  been  much  affected  by 
the  many  social,  political  and 
religious  problems  awaiting  solution  by  its  people  and  their 
Government,  but  I  do  not  discuss  them  in  tiiese  pages,  which 
contain  no  controTersial  matter,  either  political  or  religious. 
I  only  try  to  roxise  superficial  interest,  by  a  plain  statement 
of  what  may  be  seen  by  an  ordinary  traveller,  in  the  most 
accessible  portions  of  Biitiflh  India.    My  longest  excursion 
does  not  leave  the  Sailroad  more  than  fifty  miles,  and  none 
of  the  places  described  are  inaccessible  to  a  British  tourist  in 
good  health. 
I  have  supplemented  my  verbal  descriptions  with  illustra- 


PREFACE. 


tions  of  buildings,  scenery,  types  of  nationality  and  incidents 
of  the  bazar  which  .will,  I  believe,  bo  found  very  helpful  to 
my  readers ;  one  good  picture  is  worth  many  pages  of  written 
description,  and  I  can  vouch  for  their  truth  and  accuracy. 
Messrs.  Pedder,  Dale  and  Stanton  have  been  much  aided  in 
their  work  by  photographs  published  by  Messrs.  Bourne  and 
Shepherd,  of  Calcutta ;  Messrs.  Frith  &  Co.  of  Eeigate ;  Mr. 
Lala  Deen  Dyal,  of  Indore ;  and  Messrs.  Nicholas  &  Co.  of 
Madras,  whom  I  desire  to  thank,  and  whose  pictures  I 
warmly  commend  to  my  readers.  The  two  maps  of  Northern 
and  Southern  India  have  been  specially  prepared  for  this 
book  by  Messrs.  "W".  and  A.  K.  Johnston,  with  the  railways 
completed  to  January,  1890.  It  is  the  best  Map  of  India  of 
its  size,  now  extant. 

I  desire  to  acknowledge  gratefully  the  permission  I  have 
received  to  make  extracts  from  the  writings  of  Sir  *W.  W. 
Hunter,  Sir  George  Birdwood,  and  Sir  Edwin  Arnold,  and 
the  valuable  help  which  a  careful  study  of  Mr.  James 
Fergusson^s  History  of  Indian  and  Eastern  Architecture  has 
given  me  in  the  preparation  of  this  book. 


W.  8.  CAINE, 


Clafhau  Covvon,  London, 
September^  1890. 


CONTENTS 


VAOB 

INTBODUCnOK «       .       .      uziii 


CHAPTER    I. 

BOMBAY. 


Hie  Eje  of  Indi&— Gtottingf  ashore — ^Hotels — Olabs — ^A  drlTe  lonnd — ^Maclean's 
Guide— The  public  buildings— The  G.  L  P.  Bailway— School  of  Art  and  ita 
potteiy — Hospitals— Schools — ^Victoria  Museum — Crawford  Market — ^Govern* 
ment  dockyard — Castle — ^Arsenal — ^A  boat  excursion  down  the  harbour — The 
cotton  green — Cotton  mills — Walkeshwar  temple  and  tank — ^Mosques — The 
Parsis,  their  religion  and  charities — The  Towers  of  Silence— Hindu  charities — 
Pinjrapol  hospital  for  animals — Population — The  native  quarter — ^Nul  basar 
— Cloth  market — Coppersmiths — Goldsmiths— Jewellers — ^Wood  carving — 
Inlaid  work — ^Ivory  and  tortoiseshell  workers — ^Bric-&-brac  dealers — The  city 
council — Swimming  baths — European  society — Sport — ^The  caves  of  Elephanta 
— The  Kenneiy  caves — The  Vehar  lake — ^Bassein — Missions  and  missionaries .      1 

CHAPTER   II. 

SURAT. 

The  streets,  gates  and  walls — The  castle — Public  gardens— Bailway  bridge— The 
old  factories — Hospitals  for  animals — The  English,  Dutch,  and  Armenian 
cemeteries — Cotton  trade — Conjurers  and  snake  charmers — Christian  missions 
—Broach 83 

CHAPTER    III. 

BARODA. 

The  State  of  Baroda — ^Arts  and  manufactures — Daboi — ^Bahadapur — Champaner 
lort — ^Native  army  of  Baroda — Crops — Population — Hotels — ^The  streets — 
College— Temples — ^The  Gaekwar — The  palace — The  Naza  Bagh  palace — The 
regalia — The  gold  and  silver  guns — Public  park — The  Nine-lakh  well— 
Revenue  and  administration— Mehmedabad — GKxihra — Dakor— Cambay        •    41 


lii  CONTENTS. 


OHAPTEE    IV. 

AHMADABAD. 

Popnlation— Beantj  of  BitiiAtion — ^The  foarteen  gatewaTS— HoteU— The  mosqnes 
— ^aina  Masjid— -Qaeen's  moscpie— Mosque  and  tomb  of  Bani  Sipii — Mosque 
of  Muhafli  Khan — Sidi  Sayyid's  mosque  and  oaryed  windows — Shah  Alam*s 
mosque— Butwa — Kankarija  tank — Hattl  Sing's  Jain  temple — ^The  wells — 
Triple  gateway— Pinjrapol— The  citadel— The  deserted  city  of  Sarkhej— The 
.  Sabarmati  lirer— Art  manufactures — Trade  guilds — ^Brass  workers — Leather 
workets— Jewellers— Stone  and  wood  earring — Cotton  mills — Gk>ld  and  silver 
wire  and  lace — Silk — ^Kinoobs  and  brocades — Cloth  of  gold  and  silver — 
Pottery — Paper— Temple  ornaments — Cantonment — Missions  and  schools — 
History  of  the  dty — ^Eathiawar — ^Bhaynagai^-Junagarh — ^The  sacred  hill  of 
Gimar — Somnath— Yerawal — ^Palitana — Siddhpur — Palanpur    •       •       .    .    49 


OHAPTBE   V, 

ABU. 

The  route — Hotels — Mount  Abu — ^The  lake — The  famous  Jain  temples — ^The 
Delwara  group— The  Vlmala  Sah  temple — ^Temple  of  Bishabanath ...    72 


OHAPTEE   VI. 

AJMIB-^ODHPUB— CTDAIPUB. 

A}mir,  its  position,  streets,  walls  and  gateways— Hotels — The  Arhai-din-ka-Jhonpra 
mosque — The  Dargah — ^The  Dilkusha  gateway— Tomb  of  the  Ewaja — The 
great  tank — ^The  fortress  of  Taragarh — ^The  Anar  Sagar  tank  and  Daulat  Bagh 
— Mayo  College — ^Poshkara — ^Nasirabad — Missions— Jodhpur — Ancient  city  of 
Mandor — Deserted  palace  of  Ajit  Singh — ^Udaipur—Chitor— Journey  from 
Chitor  to  Udaipur  city — Fortress  at  Chitox^— Towers  of  Victory — ^Ancient 
palaces  of  Bhim  and  Khumbo  Bana— Udaipur  city — Boyal  palace— The  lake — 
The  fortresses— The  royal  cremation  ground— The  cenotaphs- Bklingarh — ^The 
gorge  of  lEklingji — ^The  Maharana — His  army — Nathdwaza         •       •       •    .    77 


OHAPTEE   VII. 

JAIPUa 

A  Bajput  state— Its  iceneiy— The  Maharajah-Jaipur  dty— Its  wide  streets— Tiger 
fort — ^Baxar  soenes — ^The  shops— HoteLs— Boyal  palace  and  gazdens — ^The  Hall 
of  the  Winds— -Jai  Singh's  obeervatoxy— The  silver  house— The  Maharaja's 
band— The  Minar— The  Maharaja's  college— Bohool  of  Art— Public  gazdens— 


CONTENTS.  xiii 


Kayo  Hospital — ^The  miiseiim — ^The  ouui-eater  tigen — ^Maharaja's  itables* 
Alligator  tank — Fishing  for  alligaton — ^Feeding  the  kites — Cenotaphs  of  the 
Maharajas — Temple  of  the  Sun — Oalta— Old  palaoe  and  temple  at  Sanganer— 
Amber^A  deserted  city  and  palace— -An  elephant  ride — Sir  Edwin  Arnold's 
description  of  Amber— A  royal  procession— Arts  and  mannfactnre— Jaipur 
enamels — Jewellery — Garnets — Damascening^Caired  and  painted  marble- 
Loom  work  in  ootton— Missions— The  salt  lake  at  Sambhar— Naien       •       •    94 


OHAPTEE   YIIL 

ULWAB. 

A  Bajpnt  state— The  city  of  Ulwar— Its  picturesque  surroundings— Tomb  of  F^th 
Jung— Temple  of  Jagannath — ^The  Tirpolia — The  Banni  Bilar  palace— The 
Baja*s  palace— The  library — The  tank  and  royal  cenotapha— Armoury- 
Jewelled  weapons— The  Be^lia— Hall  of  mirrors — Stables— The  fortress — 
Streets  and  people— Blephant  carriage — ^Lake  and  country  palaoe  at  Seliserii 
— Missions — Biwari— A  short  cut  to  Lahore 116 


OHAPTEE   IX. 

BELHL 

Its  great  antiquity— ScTen  ancient  cities — Hotels — Guides — Eeene's  Handbook — 
Imperial  palaoe  of  the  Mnghals,  known  as  "  The  Fort" — The  Victoria  Gate — 
The  IXwan-i-Khas  or  hall  of  audience— The  peacock  throne — ^The  Akab  baths 
— ^The  Bung  Mahal — ^The  Moti  Masjid  or  Pearl  Mosque — British  vandalism — 
The  Jama  Maqid,  its  gateways,  flights  of  steps,  mosque,  minarets  and  relics — 
The  E[alan  Masjid — The  Boshun-ud-daula  and  Eotwali  mosques — Jain  temple 
— The  Ohandni  Ohauk— The  shops  and  their  touts — Bargaining— The  Institute 
— Museum — Clock  tower — Queen's  serai — Salimgarh  fort  —  Cemetery — 
Memorial  church  of  St.  James — ^The  Elashmir  Gate — The  Mutiny  Memorial 
—Battle  fields  of  the  siege— Old  Delhi— The  road  to  Lalkot— An  Indian 
Appian  Way — Jai  Singh*8  observatoiy — ^Tombs  of  Safdar  Jang  and  Firoz  Shah 
— Buins  of  Jahanpuna  and  Siri — The  Eutab  Minar — ^View  from  summit — 
Lalkot— Mosque  of  Altamsh — ^Ancient  iron  pillar — Tomb  of  Altamsh — 
Ala-ud-din*s  gateway — ^Tombs  of  Jamala  and  Eamalu — Buins  at  Maharoli — 
Tnghlakabad — Its  yast  fortress— Tughlak*s  tomb — Mausoleum  of  Humayun — 
The  beautiful  cemetery  of  Kizam-ud-din — His  tomb  and  well-house — A  dive 
of  70  feet— Indrapat  or  Purana  Kila — Mosque  of  Shir  Shah — Firocabad — 
Asoka's  stone  lat — Merchants  and  handicrafts  of  Delhi— Jewellery — Paint- 
ings on  iTory — ^Gem  engraving^Kative  jewellery— Leather  workers — Cotton 
goods— Gold  lace  and  wire— Potteiy— Loom  work — Missions — Meernt  can- 
tonment      121 


xW  CONTENTS. 


CHAPTER   X. 

SAHARANPUR-SIMLA— AMBITSAB. 

FAOV 

Sahaianpur  to  Simla — ^Mussoorie — DebraDiin — ^Ambala— Kalka — Easattli — Solan — 
Simla — Its  histoiy  and  description — Patiala — Sirhind — ^Lttdhiana — Jalandhar 
— ^Amritsar — Its  hotels — The  Sikh  religion — ^The  Golden  Temple — Itssnrronnd- 
ings — Entrance  gate — Causeway — The  Akal  Bangah — ^The  Temple  gardens — 
The  Atal  Tower — ^The  Bam  Garhnja  Minars — Pablic  gardens — Fort  of 
Govindgarh — ^Tank  and  temple  at  Tarantaran— Leprosy — The  Serai  at 
Amritsar — Trade  and  traders — Kashmir  shawls — Bamporchadars— Silk  weav- 
ing— Carpets — ^iTory  carving — Sir  George  Birdwood  on  Indian  carpets      .    .  146 

CHAPTER   XL 

LAHOBE. 

Popolation — History — The  stamp  of  Banjit  Singh  everywhere — Streets  and  bazars 
—The  Mall— The  Fort^Boshanai  Gate— Jahangir's  Moti  Masjid— Akbar's 
Palace — The  Shish  Mahal — The  Kan  Lakha — ^Armoury — Diwan-i-Khas — 
Ewabgah-i-Ealan — Haznri  Bagh — Jama  Masjid — Banjit  Singh*s  Samadh — 
Mosque  of  Yazir  Khan — Tomb  of  Abdnl  Ushak — Baja  Har — Ban  Singh's 
house — Golden  mosque — The  bazars — Tombs  of  Anar  Kali  and  Sheik  Mosa — 
The  Chanbnrji — Colleges  and  schools — Mr.  Kipling^s  School  of  Art — ^The 
Shalimar  gardens — Other  gardens — Meean  Meer — ^Tomb  of  Pakdaman — Shah 
Darrah — ^Mausoleum  of  Jahanglr — Tomb  of  Asij  Jah — Shekopuza — Sport— 
Hissionft— Pathankot— Chamba — Kangra  Valley  •        .        •       •       •       •    •  1G3 


CHAPTER   XII. 

BAWAL  PINDI— SEALKOT— ATTOCK— THE   INDUS— PESHAWAB. 

Bawal  Pindi — Morree — Sealkot — Jammoo — ^Attock,  its  fort,  bridges  and  whirlpool 
— ^Voyage  down  the  Indns — ^The  Ghora  trap — Khushalgaxh — Kohat — Mokbad 
— Kalabagh — ^Kafir  Kot — ^Khisor  Mountains — Dera  Ismail  Khan — Peshawar 
— Kabul  Gate — Bazars— The  Ghor  Khattri — The  Bala  Hissar — Suburbs  and 
gardens — ^Afghan  traders — ^Local  manufactures — ^The  Khaibar  Pass — Jammd 
— AU  MasEJld— Missions 172 

CHAPTER   XIII. 

MULTAN   AND    SIND. 

Multan,  history  and  surroundings — Its  trade — ^The  fort — Shrine  of  Buku-l-Alam — 
The  great  obelisk — Tomb  of  Bhawal  Hakk — Old  Hindu  temples — Shrine  of 


CONTENTS.  XV 


PAGI 

Mabammad  Yiisef — ^^fosque  of  Shah  Gntlej — ^Art  crafts  of  Mnltan — Qlazed 
earthenware — Sir  George  Birdwood  on  Mnltan  pottery — Missions — Bahawal- 
pur — Rnk — ^Larkhana — Sehwan — Manchbar  Lake — Rohri — Snkkar — ^Aror — 
Bnkkur — Eotri — Haidarabad,  its  fort  and  antiquities — Silver  and  gold  tissues 
— Enamels — Jewellery — The  old  Mughal  city  of  Tatta — Ealyan  Kot — Karachi  184 


CHAPTER   XIV. 

AQBA. 

Popuiatioa — Situation  and  surroundings — History — Europeon  quarter —The  fort — 
Delhi  gate — Moti  Mnsjid — Diwan-i-Am — Great  square — Fish  Square — Private 
mosque — Diwan-i-Kbas— Jasmine  tower — Khas  Mahal — Zenana  garden — 
Shi&h  Mahal — ^The  gates  of  Somnath — The  Jahangir  Mahal — M.  Bernier  on 
the  Mughal  Ck>urt  in  the  reign  of  Shah  Jaban — ^The  Taj  Mahal — Gateway — 
View  from  its  roof — Cyprus  ayenne — The  gardens  of  the  Taj  Mahal — Dimen- 
sions of  building — Interior — Tombs  of  Emperor  and  Empress — Trellis-work 
in  marble — Decoration  —Sir  Edwin  Arnold's  descriptions  of  the  Taj  Mahal  in 
prose  and  poetry — Mausoleum  of  Prince  Itmad-ud-Daulat — Old  bridge  of  boats 
— River  turtles — The  Chini-ka-Roza — The  Bam  Bagb — ^The  Jama  Masjid  and 
Kalan  Masjid — Firoz  Khan's  tomb — Marble  inlaying — Sikandra — Ancient 
stone  horse — The  Barah-dari — ^The  Quru-ka-Tal  tank — Sikandar  Lodi's  tomb 
— ^The  noble  mausoleum  of  the  Emperor  Akbar — Its  gateway — ^View  from  the 
roof — Missions 199 


CHAPTER   XV.       . 

FATBHPUR    SIKRI 

Twenty*three  miles'  drive  through  country  roads — Abundant  animal  life— Villages 
— Akbar  the  Great — His  superb  palace  of  Fatehpur-Sikri — The  Buland  Dar- 
waza — ^A  deep  tank — Mosque  and  cloister — Mosque  and  shrine  of  Sheik  Selim 
Chisti— Tomb  of  Islam  Khan— The  Badshahi— A  pretty  boys'  school— The 
great  stable  yard — ^House  of  Jodh-Bai — House  of  Birbul— The  Christian  lady's 
house  ^Zenana  garden  and  mosque — ^The  Panch  Mahal — Khas  Mahal — 
Akbar's  Kwabgah — ^House  of  the  Stambnii  Begam — ^The  Diwan-i-Khas — 
Diwan-i-Am— The  Ankh  Michauli— Hathi  Pol  and  Hizan  Minar— The  Seiai  229 


CHAPTER    XVI. 

GWALIOR. 

Communications  with  Agra — Dholpur,  its  temples  and  tank — Morar — ^Maharaja 
Sindhia — ^The  great  fortress  of  Gwalior — A  scarped  rock — ^A  vast  staircase — 
The  six  gates— The  citadel— Its  sieges— The  Man  Mandir  and  Gujarni  Palaces 


xvi  CONTENTS. 


PAOI 

—Ancient  temples— The  Sas  Bahn  and  Teli-ka-Mandir  temples — Jain  zock- 
Molptnrefl — Maasolenm  of  Mabammad  Ghans— Tomb  of  Taxuen — Jama 
Haajid'New  town  of  Tdiahkar — Maharaja^s  palace — Bandelkband — Jbansl — 
Barwa  Sagar — Orcbha — Datin— Noble  old  psJace  fortresBes — Sonagir         .    .  240 


CHAPTBB    XVII. 

MUTTAA— BINDRABAN— OOVEBDHAN— BHABTPUB— ALIQABH. 

Ancient  Mattia — ^Its  biatoiy — Qhats  and  xiTenide  palaces — ^Tbe  Katra  Pagoda — 
Pataza-Knnd  tank — ^Muaenm— Bazazs — MonkcTS  and  turtles — Jama  Masjid 
— Qokol — Kanda*8  Palace — Missions  in  and  ronnd  Mnttra — ^Bindraban — 
Great  temple  of  Goblnd  Dey»— Other  temples — Gorgeous  modem  temple— 
Bxcarsion  through  Bharpur  state— Goverdhan,  its  lake  and  cenotaph — Dig, 
its  fort  and  palace — Deserted  palace  at  Kumbher — ^Native  travellers — ^Bhart- 
pur — Maharaja's  hospitality  to  Englishmen — ^The  Jats— Old  and  new  palaces 
at  Bhartpnr — Ghauris — ^Aligarh,  its  mosque,  fort  and  tank— A  monkey 
nuisance—Sir  Syed  Ahmed,  E.C.8.I. — The  Muhammadan  Anglo- Oriental 
College — Mr.  Theodore  Beck,  M.A.,  its  Principal — ^Tho  past,  present  and 
future  of  Mnsalman  education  in  India  .••...•  253 


CHAPTER    XVIII. 

CAWNPUB. 

Etawah — Gawnpur— Description  of  the  city — ^Incidents  of  the  Mutiny— Conjurers 
and  snake  chaxmexB — ^Missions — Commerce  and  crafts 269 


CHAPTER   XIX. 

LDCKNOW— JATJNPUB— A  JO  DH  YA, 

Lncknow— A  modem  Musalman  city — Hotels— Boyal  palaces — ^The  Kaiser  Bagh 
and  Chattar  Manxel — ^The  Great  and  Lesser  Imambara — The  Jama  Masjid — 
The  Alam  Bagh— Wingfield  Park— The  Martini^re— The  brick  bridge— The 
Besidency — ^Its  pathetic  cemetery  and  associations — The  story  of  the  defence 
of  Lucknow — Commissariat  elephants — The  native  bazars — Guides — The  great 
bazar — Silversmiths — Hukas  and  clay  modelling — Jewellery — Gems — Gold 
and  rilver  wire  drawers — Lace — Brocades — Embroideiy — Slippers — The  salt 
bazar — Bhang  and  Majoon— Opium  dens — ^Liquor  shops— The  Nakhar,  or  bird 
bazar— Small  change — Missions — NainiTal— Jaunpur — The  fort  of  Firoz— Old 
st/jne  bridge — Jama  Masjid — ^Atala  and  Lall  Darwaza  mosques — Faizabad — 
Ajodhya — One  of  the  seven  sacred  cities  of  Hindustan — Ramkot — Baber^s 
Mosque 275 


CONTENTS.  xv» 


OHAPTEE   XX 

BBNABBS. 

tkom 
Tha  Metropolis  of  Biahnumism — ^Its  antiquity  and  holinefls — Its  pictoiesqaeneas 

—Mother   Ganges— Qnides— A    river  ezcnrsion — Bivenide  inddenta— 'The 

Ohata— Trilochana — Gaa — ^Panohganga — Mosqae  of  Auangzeb — Bam  Ohat — 

Palace  of  the  Baja  of  Nagpor — Sindhia*8  Ghat — ^Nepal  Ghat  and  temple — 

Burning  Ghat — Dasasamedh  Ghat  and  palaces — ^Kedar  Ghat  and  Well  of 

Ganri— Ashi  Ghat— The  pilgrim's  round — ^Bisheshwar,  the  Golden  Temple — 

Siya  and  Umar— The  Kepalese  Bell— The  Court  of  Mahadeva— Gyan  Kup  the 

Well  of  Knowledge — ^Temples  of  Anapuma  and  8akhi  Bunjanka— The  Kain 

God — Manikamika  the  Well  of  Healing— Yishnn-Temple  of  Tarakeshwar — 

Vlshnu*8  feet— The  Gopal  Mandir— Eal  Kup  the  Well  of  Fate— Temple  of 

Dnrga — Sacred  monkeys — Holy  oows  and  bulls— Jai  Singh's  Obserratory — 

Arfaai  Kangura  Mosque — Baj  Ghat  Fort — ^Asoka*s  Lat — ^The  Yidaoagram 

Girls*  School — College— A  curious  monolith — The  b^tars — ^Benares  engraved 

brass  work— Idols  of    sorts— Gold   brocades — Kincobs— Yelyet    carpets — 

Bamath — Buddhist  remains— Dhamek  Tope — 8herring*s  Handbook  to  Benares 

—Missions ,.  800 


OHAPTEE   XXI. 

PATNA. 

Fc^Mdation — City  and  basars— Tiade  and  commerce — Old  granary— Bewfldering 
eehoes — ^A  whispering  gallery— GoTemment  opium  factory— Growth  and 
ma&ofacture  of  opium — ^Missions — Gaya— A  holy  dty — Buddh  Gaya — Its 
aadent  Buddhist  temple— Deogarh — Parasnath,  a  saoed  Jain  mountain— 
Banigan  j— Gaur— A  ruined  capital  of  Bengal— Maldab—Panduah  •       •       •  S22 


OHAPTEE  XXIL 

CALCUTTA. 

Bert  time  to  yisit  Calcutta— Hotels— Population— East  India  Ca— GoTemment 
House  Public  buildings — Dalbonsie  Square — Custom  House — Basars  Bnstis 
— Ohowringhi  Bead— Middan— The  rivenide— Suburbs— Kali  Ghat— The 
goddess  Kali — ^Mosques  and  temples— Burning  ghat — Churches  and  Chapels 
— Mewman*s  Guide— Imperial  Museum— Asiatic  Sociefy — Magnificent  collec* 
tkm  of  Archeology,  Geology  and  Natural  History  of  India — ^Botanical  Gardens 
— ^Barrackpur — Serampur — Chandamagar  — ^HngU — Hiumlfcortfa  TpmUmjr 
workshops ••'•••  S81 


^viii  CONTENTS. 


CHAPTER  XXIIL 

DABJILXNG. 

PAOB 

Journey  from  Calcatti^— Daijiling  Bailwaj—Soenerj— Great  variety  in  vegetation 
— ^Hotels — Sitaation  and  enrromidings  of  Darjiling — Himalyan  peaks — Kin- 
chinjanga — Temperatnre — Quaint  basar — Hill  types — ^liOpchas — Bhntias — . 
Kepaleee— Tibetans — ^Bhntian  jewellery — Liquor  shops — Murwa— Trade  with 
Tibet^Monnt  Everest— Tiger  Hill— Observatory  Hill— The  Bhutia  Basti— 
Buddhist  templ&— Curio-dealers — Bungamn  Botanical  gardens — Expedition 
to  Phalut— Kewman's  Guide  to  Darjiling^— Betum  journey  vift  Tisti  Valley  to 
Siligurl — Cane  bridge  over  the  Banjit  river — Beantilul  forest  road— Junction 
of  the  Banjit  and  Tista  rivers — A  mountain  rest-house — Ealigura — 
Siliguri — Expedition  to  Sikkim — Dumsong — Finest  view  of  Einchinjanga 
— Bongli — ^Mahseer  fishing — Gnatong— Guntok,  the  capital  of  Bikkim — 
Important  mission  at  Darjiling— Dacca  —  Journey  down  Ganges  —  Old 
prosperity  of  Dacca — Its  famous  muslins — Other  trades — ^Voyage  up  Bmhma-  j 

putra  river  into  Assam 315  | 


CHAPTER   XXiy. 

ALLAHABAD. 

Population — Hotels— Situation — ^The  fort— British  vandalism— Asoka's  pilli 
His  fourteen  edicts — Subterranean  temple — ^The  Ehusm  Bagh — ^European 
town — ^The  Pioneer  newspaper — ^The  Morning  Post— The  Magh  mela— Fakirs 
— Pilgrims — Missionaries— Miizapur— Temple  of  Parvatl — Cheap  and  nastj 
carpets — ^Ancient  fortress  of  Chunar— Manikpur — Banda — Beautiful  scenery 
— Sutna — Buddhist  tope  of  Bharhut 378 


CHAPTER   XXV. 

JABALPUB. 

The  city— Its  surroundings— The  jail — Col.  Hughes-Hallett— The  remnant  of  the 
dreaded  Thags— A  venerable  strangleiv-The  cult  of  Thagi — Capt  Sleeman — 
Suburbs — The  Narbada  river — Its  source — ^Waterfalls — Great  ruined  palaoa 
of  Bamnagar — Mandla — ^Ancient  Gond  castle— The  Marble  Rocks — By  inooD> 
light— A  boat  excursion  through  the  gorge— The  monkeys'  leap—Bees — ^The 
'  fimoke-sheet  cascade — Old  temple — ^Missions  at  Jabalpu^>«-Bliu8awal — Nairpar 
— Bilaspur — Central  Provinces 3K0 


CONTENTS.  xix 


CHAPTER   XXVL 

BHOPAL— INDORB. 

FAOC 

HoBalman  state — Population — The  Begam— Bhilaa — Sanchi — ^The  finest 
Buddhist  monuments  in  India— The  great  Tope — Its  rail  and  gateways — 
Ehandwa—Ancient  Sivaite  tanks  and  temples — Indore — Maharaja  Holkar — 
River  scenery — Mhow — Mandu — A  deserted  city — The  Jama  Masjid — Jehaj 
Mahal — Fifteen  square  miles  of  ruins — Dhar — Sculptured  caves  at  Bagh — 
Maheshwar — ^Mandhata  Island— Great  shrine  of  Omkar — Bickhala  cliffs — 
Ujjain  —  Dewas  —  Ratlam  —  Nimach — Partabgarb — Its  famous  enamels — 
Deolia— Old  palace  of  Hari  Singh 388 


CHAPTER   XXVII. 

ELLORA— DAULATABAD— AURANGABAD— AJUNTA. 

Kandgaon — ^A  long  Dak  journey — Rozah — Accommodation  at  Bllora — ^Tomb  of 
Aurangzeb— The  famous  caves  of  Ellora — The  great  Dravidian  Eylas — Its 
gateway,  music  gallery,  its  shrines,  sculptures,  great  bull,  sacred  lingam,  and 
carved  yerandahs — ^The  Brahman  guides— The  Dher  Wara,  Carpenter^s,  Do 
Tal,  Tin  Tal,  Ravan  Ka  Eai,  Das  Avatar,  Indra  Sabha,  Jagganath  Sabha,  and 
other  caves  —  Daulatabad  —  A  huge  fortress — Fine  old  guns — History — 
Aurangabad — ^Mausoleum  of  Aurangzeb's  daughter — Curious  gateway — ^The 
Pan  Chakki  gardens  and  tank — ^The  Mekka  gate— Malik  Ambar*s  mosque — 
Jama  Masjid — Aurangzeb's  serai — Embroidered  velvets — ^The  journey  back 
to  Nandgaon — ^Ajunta  caves — A  hard  jouniey 401 

CHAPTER   XXVIII. 

NASIE. 

The  Benares  of  the  West— Hotels— Brass  Ware— Pilgrims— Temples,  shrines,  and 
river  basins — Sunar  All  Hill — Source  of  river  Godaveri — ^Trimbak — Lena 
caves — ^Missions — ^The  Thai  Ghat— Munmar — Old  fortress  of  Ghandor— Ankai 
and  Tankai— Yeolft— Ahmadnagar    ••••••       t       •       •  419 

CHAPTER    XXIX. 

BOMBAY  TO  PUNA. 

Amamath — ^Andent  Hindu  temple — Ealyan— Keral— Matheran — Delightful  lull 
sanatorium— Beautiful  mountain  scenery — ^Aborigines — ^The  Bhor  Ghat — 
Marvellous  engineering  feat — Ehandala— Lonauli — Earli  oayes — ^Mr.  Fer- 
gufson's  description— Caves  at  Bhaja  and  Bedsa 42t» 

b  2 


CONTENTS. 


CHAPTEE    XXX. 

PONA  TO  GOA, 

The  Peshwas— Enropean  quarter— Native  city— The  bazars— The  Hira  Bagh— The 
Hill  of  Parrati—Sangam— Garden  reach— Ganesh  Kind— Sinhgarh,  the  lion's 
fort — Great  temple  at  Jijari — Schools  and  colleges — Mahableshwar— The 
route  from  Pana—Wai—Panchgani— Hotels— The  Mahableshwar  plateau— 
Soaice  of  the  Krishna — Fortress  of  Partabgarh— Siyaji,  the  mountain  rat — 
Satara — Old  palace— Fortress — Mahali  temples — Eolhapur— A  Deccan  native 
state — Its  picturesque  capital— Buddhist  remains— Fort — ^The  Kakar  Ehanah 
— Joteba's  hill— Falls  of  Gokak — Belgaum— Goa— Its  history — Churches— 
Splendid  tomb  of  Francis  Xavier — Panjim  or  New  Goa  .       •       •        •  485 

CHAPTER   XXXI. 

BIJAPUR. 

lU>utes  from  Goa  to  Bijapur — ^Hubli— Jain  temples — (3adak — Badami — Dharwar — 
Bijapur— Its  history — Goyemment  yandalism— Its  desolation — Its  antiquity 
— ^The  palaces — Jama  Masjid — ^AU  Adil  Shah's  tomb— Ibrahim's  mausoleum 
and  mosque — Great  dome  of  Sultan  Mahmnd's  tomb— Its  dimensions — Other 
tombs — The  Boyal  well — Fine  old  guns — ^Hotgi — Sholapur^Ealbaigah— Its 
famous  moeque — ^Tombs  of  the  Bawani  kings — Old  bazar    •       •       •       •    •  463 


CHAPTEE   XXXII. 

THE    NIZAM'S    STATE. 

Wadi  Junction— Nixam's  state  railway — Population — Bevenues  and  army  of  Nizam 
— ^History  of  Haidarabad — Hotels — Secunderabad — Cantonment — ^Haidarabad 
ei^ — ^Population^Picturesque  bazars — ^Nizam's  palace — ^The  Char  Minar— 
Mekka  Masjid — Sir  Salar  Jung's  palace — Suburbs— British  Besldency— Jahan 
Kuma  palace— Mir  Alam  Tank — Dargah  of  Mahbub  Ali — Husain  Sagar — 
Crolconda— Diamonds— The  fort— Tombs  of  the  kings- Haidarabad  society — 
Arts  and  crafts — ^Weapons — ^Missions— Warangal — Its  ancient  gateways — 
Hanumancondah— Its  thousand-pillared  temple— Wild  silk— Bes  Wada — 
Irrigation  works — Great  anient 468 


CHAPTEE   XXXIII. 

HAIDARABAD  TO  MADRAS. 

Balehur— Old  town  and  fort— Adoni— Kalla  Malai  hills— Nandial—Bellaiy— 
Umbrella  trees    Hospet— Hampi  or  Yijayanagar— Ancient  rained  dty— Its 


CONTENTS.  XXX 


PACK 

temples  and  palaces — Bellaiy  missions — Gootj — Old  Maratha  fortzess — 
Tadpatri  —  Fine  temples  —  Caddapah  —  Madanapalli — Renigtinta— -Granite 
palace  of  Telngn  kings — ^Tirapati— Its  sacred  hill  and  temples — ^Beanty  of 
situation — ^Nellore — Conjeveram — One  of  the  seven  holy  cities — Its  huge 
temple— Pillared  hall — Beantif  al  pavilion — Arkonam         •       •       •       •    .  480 


CHAPTER   XXXIV. 

MADRAS. 

Population— Dialects— History — Hotels  and  clubs — Harbour^Boats — ^Beach — 
Lighthouse — ^Esplanade — Blacktown  and  Whitetown — Bazars — ^Biver  Adyar 
and  Dhobies — ^Tanks  and  lakes — ^Triplicane— Gtovemor's  country  house- 
People's  Park — ^Bobinson  Park — ^Little  Mount — St.  Thomas  the  Apostle- 
Scenes  of  his  martyrdom — Old  palace  of  Kawabs — Chepak  Park— Fort  St. 
Qeorge — ^Arsenal— Museum — Churches  and  chapels — Schools  and  colleges — 
Oharitable  institutions — Higglnbotham's  Guide-book  —  Missions — Shops — 
Crafts— The  seven  pagodas  at  Mahabalipur — Buckingham  Canal — Monolithic 
and  other  temples — Sculptured  caves  and  rocks — Buddhist  and  Hindu 
antiquities — ^Descriptions  of  Mahabalipur  by  Crole  and  Hunter — Sadras — 
Arcot — Vellore — Its  fort,  temples,  and  scenery — Sayer's  Hill — ^Virinjipuram 
— Missions — Salem — Shevaroy  hills — Yerkad — Erode — ^Podanur — Coimbatore 
— ^Temple  of  Mel-Chidambaram — Animalei  hills — ^Tunakadu — Mettupalaiyam 
— SalghatPass — Shoranur — Cochin— Travancore — Calicut      •       .       •        .  493 


CHAPTER    XXXV. 

MYSOBB    STATE. 

Railways — Area — Religion  —  Haidar  Ali  and  Tipu  Sultan — The  Maharaja — 
Geography — Roads — Bullocks — Sport — ^Wild  hill-people — Crops — Revenues — 
Mysore  city — Its  streets — ^Royal  palace — ^The  figwood  throne — Great  Nandl — 
Excellence  of  jewellers — Seringapatam — The  old  capital — ^Ancient  temple- 
Fort— Mosque— Tipu  Sultan*s  summer  garden  and  house^His  tomb— Falls 
of  the  Eaveri  —  Sivasamudram  island — Talkad — Sonmathpur — Splendid 
temples  of  18th  century — ^Bangalore — Beauty  of  situation — Cantonments — 
Hotels  —  Handicrafts  —  Museum  —  Halebid — Noble  Chalukyan  temples — 
Tamkar— Harihar — Mysore  missions — ^The  Nilgiri  hills — ^Route  from  Madras 
—Mettupalaiyam — Coonoor — ^Wild  flowers — Pleasure  drives — ^Wellington — 
English  vegetables — Utakamand — **  Ooty  " — Its  sights — Dodabetta  mountain 
—Nilgiri  hills— Sholas— Sport— Coffee  and  other  crops— Hill  tribes— The 
Todas,  Badagas,  Eotas,  Kenambas,  and  Irulas— Antiquarian  remains — 
MisBiQDS 513 


xxi\  CONTENTS. 


CHAPTER   XXXVI. 

MADBA8   TO   TANJORE. 

FADE 

Pondicherri — Cnddalore — Porto  Novo— Ghllambaiam — Its  great  pagoda  and 
tank — ^Tanjoie — The  anient — The  fort — Great  gun — (Gateway  tower — ^The 
sacied  bull — Snbramanya*8  temple — Brass  work — Jewellery — Talc  paintings — 
Calicoes — Silk — ^Idols — Missions — Negapatam — Nagar — ^Tnmqaebar      •       •  535 


CHAPTEE   XXXVII. 

TEICHINOPOLI   AND    MADURA. 

Trichinopoli — Its  history — Siege — ^The  great  rock  fortress — ^Nawab's  palace— 
Beautiful  jewellery — ^Muslins — Cigars — Missions — Seringham — ^Largest  temple 
In  India — Oreat'gopura — Thousand-column  hall— ^Sculptured  horsemen — IdoFs 
jewels — Jambukeshwar  —  Dindigal  —  Fine  old  fortress  —  Palnai  Hills  — 
Madura — Timmala  Nayak — Great  temple — Residence  of  Siya — ^Arya  Kayak's 
pillared  hall — Tirumala*s  choultrie  and  palace — Great  tank— Missions— Arts 
and  trades — ^Madnza  doths  and  pottery — ^Rameshwaran  island  and  temple — 
Ramnad 545 

CHAPTEE  XXXVIII. 

TINNEVKLLI. 

Temple— Charming  scenery — Wonderful  success  of  its  Missions — Tuticorin— Its 
pearl  fisheries ,  560 

CHAPTEE   XXXIX. 

CEYLON. 

Important  Crown  colony — ^Its  progress  under  British  rule— Agriculture  and  crops— 
Trade  and  commerce  —  Government  —  Condition  of  labouring  classes  — 
Successive  governors — Colombo — Sir  John  Coode's  great  breakwater — The 
harbour — Grand  Oriental  hotel — Dealers  in  precious  stones — Gem  cutters— 
Pettah  01  market  place— <>ostumes  of  people — ^Locomotion — Streets  and 
public  buildings — ^The  Eandy  railway — Superb  tropical  scenery — Sensa- 
tion Bock — ELandy^Famous  tempIe^Buddha*s  tooth — ^Beggars — ^Lovely  situa- 
tion— Flowers — Peradenia  gardens— Snakes — Palms — The  glorious  Talipot 
palm — Giant  bamboos — India-rubber  trees — ^Bird  and  animal  life — Nuwera 
Eliya  —  Hakgala  gardens — Wild  elephants — Adam's  Peak — Cambodia^ 
Anuradhapura — Ancient  Buddhist  remains — Population  and  religions  of 
Ceylon 569 


CONTENTS.  xxiii 


CHAPTER   XL. 

THE  NORTH-WEST   FBONTIER   OF    INDU. 

(  Written  ipeeidllyfor  this  book  by  the  Son,  George  If,  Ourzon,  M,P,) 

Its  sapieme  interest — ^A  scientific  frontier — ^The  Balaiman  range  and 

Frontier  divided  into  foor  sections — ^The  extreme  north — Central  Asian 
Pamirs — Eafiristan — ^Peshawar — The  Ehaibar  Pass — Jammd — ^The  Indus 
▼alley — ^Attock — Knshalgarh — Enram  valley — Shutargardan  Pass — Ealabagh 
— Bunna — Tochi  Pass — Gamal  Pass — ^Indns  Valley  Railway — Jacobabad — 
Sind-Pishin  Railway —Qaetta  Railway  — Bolan  Pass— Qaetta— Pishin— 
Ehojak  Pass — Chaman  fort — Strategic  advantages  of  the  frontier— Balu- 
chistan— Earachi •    •  504 


INDEX 61H 


LIST  OF  ILLUSTRATIONS. 


P.  k  0.  Steamer  "Arcadia"  in  the  Suez  Canal 

Street  Scene  in  Trichinapali 

View  of  Bombay  Harboxtr  .... 

Street  Scene,  Bombay 

On  the  Road  to  Malabar  Hill,  Bombay  . 

Water  Carrier,  Crawford  Market,  Bombay 

A  Bombay  Sailing  Boat 

A  Corner  of  the  Cotton  Green,  Bombay 

A  Fakir,  Bombay         .        .  • 

A  Parsi  Merchant   . 

A  Tower  of  Silence,  Bombay 

A  Bombay  Brahman 

A  Brahman  Woman,  Bombay 

A  MUHAMMADAN  WOMAN,   BOMBAY 

A  Fuel  Seller,  Bombay 
Parsi  Women     .... 
The  Great  Cays  at  Elephanta 
The  Cathedral,  Basbein  . 
Cobra     

H0t78E  OF  CARVED  TeAK      . 

Trayellino  Snake-charmers  and  Jugglers 

Footman  of  the  Gaekwar  of  Baboda   . 

State  Elephant  of  the  Gaekwar 

Kew  Palace  of  the  Gaekwar  of  Baboda 

Main  Street  of  Ahmadabad 

Sabarmati  RIVBl^  Ahmadabad 

The  Jama  Mabjid,  Ahmadabad   . 

A  Corner  of  Rani  Sipbi's  Mosque,  Ahmadabad 

Rani  Sipbi's  Tomb 

Window  in  Sidi  Sayyid's  Mosqub  . 

Street  Sceni^  Ahmadabad  •       .       .       .       . 


OBAWV  BT 

J.Pedder 


PABB 


♦  » 

»» 


a 


ti 


ff.  H,  atanUm 
J.  redder 


>> 


>» 


H,S,DdU 
J.Pedder 


11,  S,  DdU 


19 

J.Peddtr 


TUle-poff^ 
1 
3 
6 
8 
10 
11 
13 
15 
17 
18 
19 
20 
21 
22 
24 
27 
33 
34 
87 
41 
48 
45 
49 
51 
53 
54 
65 
56 
57 


xxvi  LIST  OF  ILLUSTRATIONS. 


DRAWK  BT  PACT 

SAftKHBJ J.  Pedder  .        .  61 

Watbb  Carts  in  the  Sababkati  Riyer     ....           „  .    .  65 

Bril  Women  of  Kathtawar „  .       .  69 

Two  MiKARB,  Ahmadabad H,  S»  Dale  .    .  71 

IfouNT  Abit J.  Peddc}'  .  72 

A  Jhampan,  Mount  Abu „  .    .  7S 

The  Delwara  Temples,  Abu „  .       .  74 

Interior  of  the  Yimala  Sab  Temple,  Abu              .    .  ff»  S,  Dale  .    .  75 

Mato  College,  Ajmir JT  Pedder  .        •  77 

Arhai-din-ka-Jhonpra  Mosque,  Ajmir              .       .    ,  ff.  S.  Dale  .    .  78 

The  Daboah,  Ajmir J.  Pedder  .        .  80 

Daulat  Baoh,  Ajmir „  •    .  82 

The  Ana  Saoab,  Ajmir „  .       .  84 

Street  Scene,  Jodhpur „  .    .  86 

Tower  of  Viotort,  Chitou ff,  S.  Dale  .        .  87 

The  Palacb»  Udaipur J.  Pedder  •    .  89 

The  Jaomandir,  Udaipur „  .       .  91 

Woman  grinding  Corn „  .    .  98 

A  Rajput  of  Jaipur „  .       .  94 

The  Fountain  Square,  Jaipur  .       .        .       .     •  .    .         „  •    .  95 

SoENE  IN  the  Bazar,  Jaipur „  .       .  96 

Hall  of  the  Winds,  Jaipur „  .    .  98 

The  Jai  Singh  Sawai,  Jaipur ff.S,  Dale  .       .  104 

The  Palaob,  Amber /.  Pedder  •    .  108 

A  Corner  of  the  Diwan-i-Ehab,  Amber       ...           ,,  .       .  110 

Waiting  for  the  Maharaja,  Jaipur         ....          „  .    .  112 

Ulwar  Citt „  •       .  115 

The  Tank,  Ulwar „  .    .  116 

Bakhtawar  Singh's  Cenotaph,  Ulwar  .        .       .       .  H,  S.  Dale  .       .  118 

Victoria  Gate,  Delhi  Fort J.  Pedder  .    .  121 

Pearl  Mosque,  Delhi £[,  S.  Dale  .        .  124 

Jama  Masjid,  Delhi ,          „  .    .  126 

The  Eutab  Minar J.  Pedder  .       .  181 

HosQUE  AND  Iron  Pillar,  Lalkot IT,  S.  Dale  .    .  183 

Ala-ud-din's  Gateway,  Lalkot „  .        .  184 

Tomb  of  the  Emperor  Tuohlak H.  H,  Stanton  .    .  186 

Tomb  of  Humayun,  Delhi ff.  S.  Dale  .        .  188 

Kizam-ud-din's  Tomb,  Delhi „  .    •  139 

Indrapat J.  Pedder  .        .  140 

Hill-man,  Simla „  .    .  146 

Simla ,  .       .  149 

The  Golden  Temple,  Amritsar ,,  .    .  158 


LIST  OF  ILLUSTRATIONS. 


xxvu 


l» 


»» 


» 


»» 


DBAWN  BY 

Tbk  Atal  TowsBy  Amritsak J.  Pedder 

Tomb  of  thb  Empebob  Jahangir,  Lahobb         ...  „ 

Thx  Hazubi  Baqh,  Lahoeb „ 

Ramjit  Singh's  Samadh,  Lahore H.  S.  Dale 

Tomb  ov  Anab  Kali,  Lahobe J,  Pedder 

Tbibesmen,  Afghan  Passes 

AlTOCK 

Khushaloabh 

The  Bala  Hissab,  Peshawar 

Jambud »f 

DOOBWAT,   MULTAN ff.H.  StafUOH 

The  Shah  Outlej  Mosque,  Multan H,  S.  Dale 

At  Bohbi •        .        .  H,H.  Stanton 

Gateway  of  Cabved  Wood,  Kaidababad  (Sind)       .    •  B,  S.  Dale 

The  Gbeen  Mosque,  Haidababad M.  ff,  Stanton 

Old  Pavilion,  Tatta „ 

Tomb  of  Muzab  Khak,  Tatta „ 

The  Taj,  Agba,  fbom  the  Rivbb J.  Pedder 

Delhi  Gate,  Agba  Fobt ff.S.  Dale  . 

Tebbacb  of  the  Machhi  Bhawan,  Agba  Fobt  .       .    .  /.  Pedder 

Jasmine  Toweb,  Agba  Fobt If.  S.  Dale  . 

Entbancb  Gate  of  Taj  Mahal,  Agba        •       •       .    .  IT.  JT*.  Stanton 

A  Panel  of  the  Taj ff.S.  Dale  . 

The  Taj  Mahal,  Agba J.  Pedder 

The  Taj  Mahal  bt  Moonlight „ 

Tomb  of  Itmad-ud-Daulat H.  S.  Dale 

Tomb  of  the  Empebob  Aebab,  Sikandba       •        .       .  /.  Pedder     . 

Gateway,  Jodhbai's  Palace,  Fatehpub  Sikbi     .       .    ,  H.  H.  Stanton 

BuLAND  Dabwaza,  Fatehpub  Sixbi H,  S.  Dale  . 

Tomb  of  Sheik  Sulim  Chisti,  Fatehpub  Sikbi  .       •    • 

Bibbul's  House,  Fatehptoi  Sikbi 

The  Panoh  Mahal,  Fatehpub  Sikbi 

The  Jama  Mabjid,  Gwaliob /.  Pedder 

GwALioB  Bock,  fbom  Mobab „ 

Man  Mandib  Palace,  Gwaliob „ 

Sab  Bahu  Temple,  Gwaliob H.  S,  Dale 

Teli-Ka  Mandib,  Gwaliob „ 

Tomb  of  Muhammad  Ghaus,  Gwaliob        •       •       .    .  „ 

ITdit  Singh's  Castle,  Babwa  Sagab        .       •       .       .  /.  Pedder 

Baja's  Palace,  Datia •       •    . 

A  Jat  Sibdab  of  Bhabtpub 

Two  Fakibs,  Bindbabast 


»f 


fi 


»f 


f» 


f» 


t* 


PAOB 

155 

162 

163 

166 

167 

172 

174 

176 

179 

181 

184 

186 

192 

194 

195 

196 

197 

199 

208 

205 

207 

210 

212 

215 

218 

223 

227 

229 

281 

233 

285 

237 

240 

242 

244 

245 

246 

248 

250 

251 

253 

257 


xxviii  LIST  OF  ILLUSTRATIONS. 


DRAWN  BY 

SuRAJ  Mall'8  Cekotaph,  Goybbdhan Hx  S,  DaU   .  .  260 

Old  Fobt,  Bhabtpub H,  H,  Stanton  .  .  261 

Old  Palaob,  Bhabtpub H.  S.  DaU  .  .  262 

Sabit  Khak'b  Mosque^  Auoabh ,,              .  .  264 

SiLTEB  Anklbt Jl,  H.  Staiitcn  .  26d 

Stbeet  ScENBy  LucKKOW J,  Pcdder         .  .  275 

RlYEB  BAlfK,  LUCKNOW „                .  .  276 

Jama  Masjid,  Luoknow H,  S,  Dale       .  .  279 

The  Besidenot,  Lucknow „           .  .  281 

Gold  and  SiLVBU-fiMiTH,  Luoknow H.  H,  Slanton  .  286 

Gold-lace  Mabebs,  Lucknow J,  Pedder  .  288 

Tailob,  Lucknow „              .  .  289 

Dyeb's  Shop,  Luoknow H,  H,  StarUon  .  291 

Opium  Den,  Luoknow J,  Pedder     .  .  298 

An  Ajodhta  Fakib „               .  .  299 

On  the  Ghats,  Benabes ,,           .  .  800 

Bathing  Ghats,  Benabes „              .  .  808 

HosQUE  of  Aubangzbb,  Bknabes „           •  .  805 

BuBNiNO  Ghat,  Benabes „              .  .  807 

The  Gtan  Kup,  Benabes „           .  .  810 

A  COBNEB  ON  the  GaNOBS,  BENABBS ,.        .  .  812 

SACBiiasoE! „           .  .  814 

t)HAMEK  TOPB,  SABNATH ,,                    .  .  819 

Wateb  Gabbier.        • „           .  .  822 

Temple  OF. BuDDH  Gata U,  H.  Stanton  ,  .  827 

GovEBNMENT  HousB,   CALCUTTA J.  Pedder  .  831 

Post  Office,  Calcutta ,,      .       •  .  832 

The  Hugli  Btyeb,  Calcutta ,,          .  .  38^ 

A  BusTi,  Calcutta               „     .        .  .  335 

Kali  Ghat,  Calcutta E.  H,  Stanton  .  887 

The  Bubning  Ghat,  Calcutta „     .       .  .  339 

A  BuDGEROW,  Calcutta /.  Pedder     .  .  340 

The  Gabden  Ghat,  Calcutta      ,        .       ,        .        .    .            ,,     .        .  .  342 

View  in  Botanioal  Gabdbns,  Calcutta         ...            „          .  .  348 

Gboup  of  Boats,  Calcutta ff.  If.  Stanton  .  844 

Dabjiling J,  Pedder     .  .  345 

On  the  DABJTLiNa  Railway ,,    .        ,  .  siH 

Loop,  Dabjiling  Railway „         .  .  347 

Rbyebsing  Station,  Dabjiling  Railway    ....            „    .        .  .  349 

KiNCHINJANGA  FBOM  DaBJILING „             .  .  351 

A  Bhutla  Woman ,.     ...  354 

A  Lbpcha  Tent .  .  856 


LIST  OF    ILLUSTRATIONS.  xxix 

DRAWN  BT  FAGS 

BmrriAfi  at  Breakfabt /.  Feddcr        .  .  360 

Ih  thb  T18TA  Yalubt ,,          ,  .  868 

Dacca „             .  .  367 

A  Government  Distillery  of  Katiyb  Spirits       •        ,  H.  H.  Stanton  .  870 

Banita*s  Snop,  Allahabad /.  Pedder        .  .  372 

A  Fakir ,,          .  .  376 

Hunting  Buffalo  on  the  Karbada  River        .       ,    ,  H.  H,  Stanton  .  380 

The  Madan  Mahal,  Jabalpub /.  Pedder     .  .  384 

The  Marble  Rocks,  Jabalpub 385 

Capital  of  Column,  Sanchi H,  S,  Dale  .  .  388 

Street  Corner,  Bhopal       .......           „      ...  389 

The  Great  Buddhist  Tope  at  Sanchi    ....           „          .  .  390 

West  Gateway,  Sanchi  Tope „      .       .  .  392 

East  Gateway,  Sanchi  Tope „          .  .  393 

View  on  the  SIahan  River,  Indobe J,  Pedder        .  .  394 

The  Jehaj  Mahal,  Mandu „          .  .  396 

Mandhata  Island „     ...  398 

Native  Fiddler H.  H,  Stanton  .  401 

Tte  Great  Eylas,  Ellora If.  8.  Dale      .  .  403 

Gallery  of  the  Gateway,  Kylas „        .  .  405 

Ground  Plan  of  Eylab fV.  S.  Caine  .  .  406 

PvB  Lanka,  Eylas ff.  S.  Dale  .  .  408 

SoTLPruEE  OF  Siva  and  Parvati,  Ellora  .       .       .    .            „     .       •  •  409 

SotTLPTURE  OF  GOD  OF  THE  WiNDS,   ElLORA       ...                „       ...  411 

Daulatabad •       .    .  H.  ff,  Stanton  .  413 

Hbxxa  Gate,  Aurangabad ff.S.  Dale  .  .  416 

Kasik ff.  B.  Stanton  .  419 

Rama's  Eund,  Kasik ,,    .  .421 

Gold-wire  dbawebs,  Yeola „    ...  424 

A  Holiday  Camp,  Mathbban „           .  .  426 

At  Matheran /.  Pedder     .  .  428 

Emtranoe  TO  Earli  Cave m      •       .  .  481 

A  Deooan  Countryman „           .  .  484 

Am  Bngush  Bungalow,  Puna ff,  ff.  Stanton  .  435 

TUrasL  Cutter,  Puna ,,       .  .  437 

Hill  of  Parvati,  from  tee  Lake,  Puna     •       •       •    •  /.  Pedder        .  .  438 

TuERAV  fitters,  Puna ff.  ff.  Stanton  .  489 

A  Maratha  Brahman J.  Pedder         .  •  440 

A  Wax  Maratha „  .442 

Hill  axd  Fort  of  Pabtabgarh,  Mahableshwae.         •          „            .  .  445 

AUDIHNOE  Hall,  Bijapub ff.  ff.  Stanton  .  458 

Jama  Mabjid,  Buafub ff.S.  Dale      .  .    457 


XXX  LIST  OF  ILLUSTRATIONS, 

DBAWH  BT  PAOB 

Sultan  Mahxub's  Tomb,  Bijafub    .       .       .               ^  ff,  S.  IkUe  .  .  459 

Thb  Malik-i-Maidak  Gttk,  Bijapvr /.  Pedder        .  .  460 

Gbeat  Mosqite,  Ejllbargah ff.  ff,  Sta/rUoji  .  461 

Bridge,  Haidarabad «/*.  Pedder .       .  .  468 

Main  Street  Jlsd  Char  Hinar,  Haidarabad         .        .           „           .  .  471 

GoLCONDA  Fort H,  ff,  Stanton  .  .  473 

Tombs  of  the  Kings,  Golcokda „           .  .  474 

Ancient  Gateway,  Warangal. IT,  S.  DaU      .  .  470 

Portico  of  TemplA,  Hanvmancondah     .       .       .        .          „  .       •  .  478 

GooTY  Fort J.  Pedder        .  .  480 

Umbrella  Tree  and  Granite  Boulder,  Bellart  •        .           „  .       .  .  482 

Car  of  the  God  Yitoba,  Hampi IT,  8,  Dale       .  .  488 

Temple  Tank,  Tirupati „           .  .  489 

Pavilion,  Little  Conjeyeram     ......           „      ...  491 

A  Necklace,  Madras  workmanship        .        .        .        ,  n.  H.  StawUm  .  493 

The  Beach,  Madras /.  Pedder .       .  .  495 

Madras  Catamaran „           .  .  496 

Hackney  Carriage,  Madras >«      •       .  .  497 

A  Madras  Barber „          .  .  499 

Oil  Merchant,  Madras „       .       .  .  501 

Toddy  Tapping,  Madras „           .  .  502 

Granite  Boudder  Temple,  Mahabaupur  ....           „      .       .  .  504 

Monolithic  Temple,  Mahabalipur S.  S.  DaU    .  .  506 

The  Sheyaroy  Hills /.  Pedder        .  .  509 

Maharajah^s  Palace,  Bangalore „  .512 

SacrKd  Bull,  Mysore H.  ff,  Stanton  .  .  517 

Tipu  Sultan's  Tomb,  Serinoapatam        .        .               .  U.  S,  l/aU   .  .  519 

Falls  of  the  Kayeri,  Siyasamudram                        .    .  /.  Pedder         .  .  521 

'I'HE  DoDDA  Pet,  Bangalore „           .  .  523 

CooNOOR JJ.  JET.  Stanton .  .  527 

The  Lake,  Utakamaxd /.  Pedder     .  .  529 

TRAYELLINa  IN  THE  NiLOIRI  HlLLS »»         •          •  •  631 

A  ToDA „            .  .  583 

Mahamohan  Tank,  Combaconum „              .  .  587 

Moat  and  Ramparts,  Tanjore „           .  .  540 

Main  Gateway  of  Temple,  Tanjorb II,  S.  Dale      .  .  542 

Tank  at  Trichinopoli IL  K,  Stanton  .  546 

Rock  of  Trichinopoli •/.  Pedder         .  .  547 

The  Great  Temple  of  Seringham Jl.  S,  DaU  .  .  549 

Hall  of  a  Thousand  Columns,  Seringham               •    .  J.  Pedder        .  .  550 

Inner  Gateway,  Seringham H.  S.  Dale  .  .  551 

An  Asobtio,  Seringham  Temple /.  Pidder        .  .  552 


UST  OF  ILLUSTRATIONS.  xxxi 

DRAWN  BT  PAOB 

F0RTRE88  OF  DiMDiGAL H.  H,  SUmton      .  553 

Great  Temple,  Madura ff.  S,  DaU  .    .  555 

Tank,  Madura  Temple ,,  •       .  556 

A  Country  Bullock-cart J,  Pedder  .    .  559 

An  Indian  ^Fiddle    .        .       • ff.  ff.  Stanton      .  560 

Courtallum ff.  S.  Dale  .    .  561 

Mission  Church,  Tinnevslli ff,  ff,  Stanitm      .  568 

Glant  Banana,  Kandt „  .    .  569 

Cinoalese  Workman H,  S,  Dale  •        .  574 

Colombo  Breakwater ,,  .    .  576 

Shop  on  the  Kandy  Boad J,  Fodder  .  579 

The  Dekanda  Valley ff,  S.  DaU  .    .  582 

Sensation  Bock „  .       .  588 

India-rubber  Tree,  Psradenia „  .    .  586 

Giant  Bamboos,  Pbradsnia ,,  .       .  588 

Adam's  Peak,  Ceylon J,  Pedder  .    .  590 

Devil  Dancer,  Ceylon .           „  •       .  591 

View  from  the  Qustta  Plain „  .    .  607 

Homeward  Bound ,,  .       .  612 


INTRODUCTION 


It  has  been  a  difficult  task  to  compress  into  a  single  volume  even 
the  superficial  information  necessary  to  enable  a  would-be  traveller  to 
a  vast  country  like  India,  to  decide  where  he  will  go,  what  he  would 
like  to  see,  or  how  much  he  can  accomplish  in  a  given  time,  and  my 
success  can  at  best  be  only  partial  and  comparative.  I  have  not 
crowded  my  pages  with  a  single  sentence  which  I  thought  un« 
necessary.  It  will  be  found  that  I  endeavour^  by  constant  references, 
to  embrace  some  very  valuable  standard  books  on  special  subjects, 
which  every  intelligent  traveller  in  India  will  do  well  to  have  always 
with  him,  notably  those  written  by  Mr.  Fergusson  on  Indian  Architec- 
ture and  by  Sir  George  Birdwood  on  Indian  Art.  The  best'popular 
handbooks  on  Indian  History,  Ethnology,  Sociology  and  Politics, 
which  the  traveller  can  take  with  him,  are  '*  India,  Past  and  Present,*' 
by  Mr.  James  Samuelson,  Sir  W.  W.  Hunter's  "  Indian  Empire,*'  the 
*'  Statistical  Abstract,"  and  **  Moral  and  Material  Progress  of  India," 
published  annually  by  the  India  Office;  ''India,"  by  Sir  John 
Strachey,  and  '*  The  Annual  Beport  of  the  Indian  National  Congress,'* 
which  may  be  obtained  at  26  Craven  Street,  London,  from  the  Indian 
Political  Agency.  The  following  is  a  brief  list  of  useful  standard 
works  on  India,  which  may  be  obtained  through  any  bookseller : — 

GENERAL. 

The  Imperial  Gazetteer  of  India.    14  volumes.    By  Sir  W.  W.  Hunter,  E.C.S.I. 
The  Indian  Empire  ;  its  history,  people  and  products ;  a  condensation  into  one 

volume  of  the  Statistical  survey  of  India.    Sir  W.  W.  Hunter,  K.C.S.I. 
History  of  India.    Hindu  and  Muhammedan  periods.    Mount  Stuart  Elphinstonei 
India  Revisited.    Sir  E.  Arnold,  E.C.I.E. 
-^   ...     -  0 


xxxiv  ,  INTRODUCTION, 


Modern  India.    Sir  George  Campbell. 

Geography  of  British  India.    G.  Smith. 

India.    Sir  John  Strachej. 

A  brief  history  of  the  Indian  People.    Sir  W.  W.  Hunter,  K.C.S.L 

England's  Work  in  India.    Sir  W.  W.  Hunter,  K.C.S.L 

History  of  the  Indian  Mutiny.    Col.  G.  B.  Malleson. 

New  India.    H.  S.  Cotton. 

India  ;  past  and  present    J.  Samuelson. 

Industrial  Arts  of  India.    Sir  George  Birdwood, 

India  for  the  Indians— and  England.    Wm.  Digby,  CLE. 

AECHiEOLOGY. 

History  of  Indian  and  Eastern  Architecture.    J.  Fergusson. 
Essays  on  Indian  Antiquities.    Jas.  Prinsep. 

RELIGION. 

India,  what  it  can  teach  us.    Max  MtLller. 

The  Religions  of  India.    A.  Barth. 

The  fiedth  and  progress  of  the  Brahmo-Somaj.    P.  C.  Mozoomdar. 

Religious  thought  and  Ufe  in  India.     Sir  Monier  Williams. 

Sketch  of  the  Religious  Sects  of  the  Hindus.    H.  H.  Wilson. 

Indian  Caste.    Dr.  J.  Wilson. 

The  Light  of  Asia.    Sir  Edwin  Arnold. 

Buddhism.    T.  W.  Rhys  Davids. 

The  Indian  Musaalmans.    Sir  W.  W.  Hunter,  K.C.S.L 

The  Paisis,  their  history  and  religion.    Framji  Dhosabhai. 

Missionaiy  Conference  Reports —published  in  Calcutta  at  intervals. 

History  of  Protestant  Missions  in  India.     Sherring. 

Barth's  '^Beligions  of  India,''  Fergasson's  "Indian  Architecture," 
Sir  George  Birdwood's  "  Industrial  Arts  of  India,'*  and  Sir  W.  W. 
Hunter's  '^  Indian  Empire,"  are,  in  my  judgment,  the  four  most 
valuable  books  the  ordinary  tourist  can  read  before  he  goes,  and  take 
with  him  as  trusty  companions  on  his  journey.  Messrs.  Thacker  & 
Co.  of  Bombay,  Calcutta,  and  Newgate  Street,  London,  and  Newman 
&  Co.  Lim.  of  Calcutta,  keep  in  stock  every  standard  book  on  India, 
and  travellers  will  be  able  to  select  from  their  shelves  many  guides 
and  handbooks,  local  and  general,  as  well  as  works  on  Fauna  and 
Flora,  the  customs  and  religions  of  the  peoples  of  India,  its  history, 
geography,  &c.  &c. 


INTRODUCTION.  xxxv 


Very  few  trayeUers  will  care  to  yisit  India  during  the  hot  or  rainy 
Beasons,  and  the  climate  is  bo  equable  daring  what  is  called  the  '*  cold 
season/'  (from  the  end  of  October  to  the  middle  of  March),  that  very 
little  information  on  the  subject  of  outfit  is*  needful.  The  traveller 
who  intends  to  confine  himself  to  the  north  of  a  line  drawn  from 
Bombay  to  Calcutta,  will  find  ordinary  summer  clothing,  as  worn  in 
England^  all  that  is  necessary,  with  a  light  and  heavy  overcoat.  It  is 
best  to  wear  flannel  underclothing,  and,  indeed,  I  wear  nothing  but 
flannel  all  over  India.  My  own  outfit  is  always  a  very  simple  one, 
and  as  I  am  going  again  to  India  for  the  third  time  this  winter,  I  will 
give  a  list  of  what  I  shall  put  in  my  portmanteau : — 

Shoes     •        •    .    2  pair  of  brown  canvas  shoes. 

1    „    light  walking  boots. 

1    „    dress  shoes. 

1    „    slippers. 

1    „    thin  brown  canvas  leggings  for  riding. 
Socks.        .  12  pair  new  merino. 

Shirts    .        .    .    6  white  dress  shirts. 

4  thin  flannel  with  collars  attached. 

4  thick     »  »y  9,  y% 

Collars       .        .    1  dozen  white  linen. 
Drawers.        .    .    6  very  thin,  all  wool. 

4  medium      „     „ 
Sleeping  dress    .    6  pairs  flannel  pyjamas. 
12  woven  cholera  belts. 
2  suits  of  dark  grey  flannel,  carefully  made  by  a  good  tailor.    Coats  made  to 

wear  without  waistcoat  if  desired. 
1  suit  of  warm  tweed,  for  the  voyage  and  Northern  India. 
1  morning  coat  and  waistcoat  of  thin  black  cloth. 
1  pair  thin  grey  tweed  trousers. 
1  dress  suit  of  light  doth. 
1  grey  alpaca  dust  coat,  without  lining. 
1  light  overcoat 
1  medium  ulster. 

1  good  felt  wide-awake  hat. 

2  light  silk  caps  for  railway  and  ship^ 
6  towels. 

6  pillow-slips. 

Handkerchiefs  and  small  sundries  to  suit  my  own  tastes  and  habits. 

A  white  umbrella. 

With  this  outfit,  any  gentleman  can  go  with  comfort  to  any  place 

e  2 


xxxvi  INTRODUCTION. 


written  about  in  this  book.  Of  course,  if  the  trareller  intends  to 
hunt,  fish  and  shoot,  or  do  anything  exceptional,  he  must  fit  himself 
oat  for  it  without  my  help* 

Washing  can  be  done  at  short  notice  everywhere  in  India,  so  that 
there  is  no  need  to  overburden  oneself  with  underclothing.  A 
necessary  part  of  every  traveller's  baggage  is  a  bedding  kit,  for  use  in 
railway  carriages,  and  at  D&k  bungalows  and  even  at  some  hotels, 
which  only  provide  bedsteads.  This  kit  is  best  obtained  in  Bombay, 
but  two  pairs  of  really  good  blankets  and  a  woollen  travelling  rug  will 
be  found  of  service,  and  should  be  brought  from  England. 

The  sun-hats,  which  are  the  universal  wear  in  India,  are  best 
purchased  in  Bombay. 

Umbrellas  should  be  white,  as  it  never  rains  in  the  cold  season, 
and  the  sun  is  often  fierce  during  the  day. 

The  tradesmen  in  the  large  cities  of  India  are  quite  as  good  as  they 
are  at  home,  and  no  difiSculty  will  be  experienced  in  supplementing 
my  list.  If  any  time  is  to  be  spent  in  Southern  India,  half-a-dozen 
suits  of  white  cotton  will  be  desirable,  but  these  can  be  got  better  and 
cheaper  in  India  than  at  home. 

A  lady,  who  has  spent  a  winter  travelling  in  India,  writes  to  me  as 
follows : — 

'*  It  is  unnecessary  for  ladies  travelling  in  India  to  burden  them- 
selves with  a  large  quantity  of  luggage.  It  is  desirable  to  take  a 
variety  of  morning  and  evening  dresses,  such  as  would  be  worn  at 
home  in  spring  or  summer  weather.  On  the  voyage,  and  in  the 
Northern  parts  of  India,  warm  dresses,  jackets,  and  wraps  are  needed. 
A  plentiful  supply  of  underclothing,  both  warm  and  cool,  will  be 
required,  especially  on  the  voyage,  when  it  is  impossible  to  get  any 
washing  done.  Elaborate  trimmings  on  imderclothing  will  fare  badly 
in  India,  where  the  washermen  treat  such  things  with  ruinous 
roughness. 

''Dust  cloaks  and  gauze  veils  are  indispensable  for  the  hot  and 
dusty  provinces  in  India,  and  a  thin  riding-habit  will  often  be  found 
useful.  The  dresses  for  wearing  on  ship-board  should  be  good  and 
well  made.     These  should  include  a  comfortable  serge  or  stuff  gOTivn, 


INTRODUCTION.  xxxvii 


and  one  of  thin  silk  or  foulard.  Thin  beige,  serge  or  cotton  skirts, 
with  silk  or  cotton  blouses,  make  good  wear  both  for  the  voyages  and 
for  India. 

"  No  one  '  dresses  for  dinner '  on  board  ship,  though  a  Uttle  change 
is  generally  made  from  the  attire  of  the  morning. 

''Hats  or  caps  are  always  worn  on  deck,  generally  of  the  deer- 
stalker order,  and  a  comfortable  warm  hood  for  wear  on  deck  in  the 
evening  will  be  found  very  welcome.  A  good  rug,  ulster,  warm  jacket 
and  Shetland  wrap  will  be  required,  both  for  the  voyage,  and  for  the 
cold  evenings  and  mornings  in  the  North-West  Provinces  and  the 
Punjab. 

"There  is  a  'baggage  day,'  once  or  twice  a  week  during  the 
voyage,  when  portmanteaus  in  the  luggage  room  may  be  got  at  and 
opened,  so  that  warm  garments  worn  in  the  Bay  of  Biscay  and  the 
Mediterranean  may  be  exchanged  for  thinner  clothing  for  the  Red 
Sea,  and  vice  versd  on  the  way  home ;  the  cabins,  therefore,  need  not 
be  unreasonably  crowded  with  trunks. 

"  A  large  hanging  pocket  with  several  divisions  will  be  found  useful 
in  the  state-room. 

"  Ladies  will  of  course  make  up  their  list  of  toilet  necessaries  and 
other  travelling  comforts  to  suit  their  own  requirements,  but  I 
recommend  as  articles  that  will  often  be  found  very  useful,  either  on 
the  voyage  or  in  India : — ^A  Bubber  hot- water  bottle,  and  folding  bath, 
Bimmel's  vinegar.  Pears'  soap,  a  travelling  Etna  or  small  '  afternoon 
tea '  basket,  Eeating's  powder,  some  towels,  sheets  and  pillow-cases, 
and  a  pair  of  good  Jaeger  blankets. 

*'  Silk  or  '  Anglo-Indian '  underclothing  is  very  safe  and  pleasant 
for  use  in  India,  and  to  avoid  risk  of  chills,  it  is  a  wise  precaution  to 
wear  one  of  those  woven  belts  of  wool,  known  to  the  outfitters  by  the 
unnecessarily  alarming  name  of  '  Cholera  belts.' 

"  Hospitality  in  India  is  boundless  and  universal,  and  it  is  well  to 
have  one  or  two  good  evening  dresses  of  some  material  that  will  suffer 
least  from  package.  Of  course  travellers  are  not  expected  to  be  as 
amart  as  other  folk. 

"  Pith  or  other  sun-hats  should  be  bought  in  Bombay  after  arrival ; 


xxxviii  INTROD  UCTION, 


the  doable  awnings  of  the  steamer  render  them  quite  unnecessary 
on  the  voyage. 

''  In  addition  to  any  parasol  or  snnshade,  a  strong,  double-lined, 
white  umbrella  will  be  found  useful  as  a  protection  from  the  sun, 
which  is  always  fierce  in  the  middle  of  the  day,  as  well  as  two  pair  of 
blue  or  tinted  spectacles. 

''  White  canyas  shoes  will  be  pleasant  both  for  deck  use  and  travel 
in  the  country,  and  a  pair  of  thick,  woollen  socks  will  be  useful,  to 
pull  over  the  shoes  when  visiting  mosques,  and  other  holy  places, 
where  the  shoes  must  be  either  removed,  or  covered  by  an  appearance 
of  removal." 

To  most  travellers,  the  first  thought  in  deciding  on  a  journey 
is : — ^What  will  it  cost  ?  This  question  will  be  completely  answered 
by  a  shilling  hand-book  published  by  Messrs  Thos.  Cook  &  Sons, 
Ludgate  Circus,  London,  the  well-known  excursion  agents,  who  have 
branch  offices  in  Bombay  and  Calcutta,  and  who  are  giving  very  close 
attention  to  the  development  of  Indian  business.  In  this  little  volume, 
sixteen  different  tours  in  India  are  quoted,  which  will  give  a  general 
idea  of  the  cost  of  Railway  journeys.  It  also  contains  the  fullest 
information  with  regard  to  every  detail  of  Indian  travel. 

The  fares  of  the  various  steamship  companies  to  India  and  back 
are  as  follows : — 

Feninsular  &  Oriental  Co.,  to  Bombay,  £araclii  or  Madras,  or  Calcutta,  or  Ceylon, 
and  BACK  to  London  : — 

For  three  months  : — Ist  dass  ;^0  ;  2nd  Class  j^5. 
For  six  months  :— 1st  Class  jglOO ;  2nd  dass  £dO. 

J^xtm  vtd  Brindisi  :— let  Class  £12 ;   2nd  Qass  ;^. 

^'dan"  line,  or  ''Hall'*  line,  Liverpool  to  Bombay  and  back,  available  for 
six  months : — 

Ist  Glass  only,  £B&  lOa,    £h  extra  to  Calcutta. 

BritiBh  India  Co.,  London  to  Calcutta  and  back : — 

Ist  Class,  £94  lOf ;  2nd  Class,  £61  12«. 

I  advise  all  travellers  to  go  by  the  P.  &  0.  Co.'s  steamers.  The 
other  lines  are  very  comfortable  and  well-managed,  but  the  slight  extra 


INTRODUCTION,  xxxix 


cost  by  P.  &  0.  is  fully  compensated  for  by  speed  and  general  com- 
fort   I  write  with  the  experience  of  nine  voyages. 

The  following  ronnd  tour  will  be  found  to  iDclude  the  greater  part 
of  India,  and  is  quite  as  much  as  ought  to  be  undertaken  by  the  most 
energetic  traveller  in  the  most  extended  tour  possible  during  the  cold 
season. 

From  Bombay  to  Jabalpur,  Allahabad,  Mirzapur,  Patna,  Calcutta, 
Darjiling  and  back  to  Calcutta,  Benares,  Lucknow,  Cawnpur,  Agra, 
Aligarh,  Delhi,  Umballa,  Amritsar,  Lahore,  Peshawar,  Multan, 
Bewari,  Ulwar,  Jaipur,  Ajmir,  Mt.  Abu,  Ahmedabad,  Baroda,  and 
back  to  Bombay.  Bombay  to  Puna,  Bijapur,  Haidarabad,  Baichur, 
Madras,  Bangalore,  Mysore,  Utakamand,  Trichinopoli,  Madura, 
Tinnivelli,  Tanjore,  Madras,  and  back  to  Bombay.  The  first-class 
railway  fares  for  the  whole  of  this  tour  amount  to  about  720  Bupees ; 
second  class,  880  Bupees ;  third  class,  100  Bupees. 

It  is  necessary  to  engage  a  travelling  servant,  for  it  is  not' the 
custom  in  many  Indian  hotels,  or  in  any  of  the  Dak  bungalows,  to 
provide  service.  A  first-rate  servant  may  be  had  for  80  Bupees  per 
month,  and  a  good,  useful  fellow  as  low  as  15  Bupees.  An  allowance 
of  80  Bupees  more  will  suffice  for  their  food.  So  that  60  to  60  Bupees 
per  month  will  be  an  ample  estimate  for  the  cost  of  a  personal 
attendant.  He  will  pay  porters,  stamps  for  letters,  telegrams,  tips, 
cabs  and  such  like,  which  will  amount  to  20  Bupees  a  month,  will 
take  railway  tickets,  and  look  after  luggage  arrangements.  Thos. 
Cook  &  Sons,  Bombay,  will  provide  this  servant,  if  written  to  before- 
hand. 

It  will  thus  be  seen  that  about  850  Bupees  will  suffice  for  wages, 
food  and  third  class  flare  for  a  personal  attendant  on  a  four  months' 
tour  in  India. 

The  usual  charge  for  hotels  is  5  to  7  Bupees  each  day,  for  four 
meals  and  a  bed-room.  Carriages,  except  in  large  cities,  may  be  hired 
for  8  or  4  Bupees  a  day.  I  find  it  easy  to  travel  with  comfort  in 
India  for  12  Bupees  a  day,  outside  railway  fares. 

It  will  be  seen  by  these  figures,  that  the  actual  cost  of  a  tour  in 
India  of  four  months,  with  the  passage  out  and  home  by  P.  &  0. 


\ 


INTRODUCTION. 


steamer,  need  not,  with  a  little  economy,  exceed  £880,  and  may  be 
done  luxuriously  for  £500. 

Ketum  ticket  London  to  Bombay,  First  Class,  ;£100. 
Hallway  Fares  for  self,  say     •        .    720  rupees,  v 


2800  Rupees. 


„            for  servant  .        •    .  110 

Wages  and  food  of  servant      .        .  250 

Hotel  expenses  for  four  months  .    .  750 

Carriages 470 

Petty  expenses 500 

2800  rupees  at  10  to  j£l  «  say  £280. 

Bailway  travelling  in  India  is  very  comfortable.  AH  first  and 
second  class  carriages  are  convertible  at  night  into  sleeping  berths, 
and  have  good  lavatories.  There  are  excellent  meals  to  be  obtained 
at  regular  intervals  at  the  various  refreshment  rooms.  At  most 
junctions,  and  at  many  minor  stations  even,  there  are  waiting-rooms, 
with  bedsteads  for  the  use  of  travellers.  Although  all  the  railway 
companies  lag  sadly  behind  European  and  American  enterprise,  they 
do  a  great  deal  for  the  comfort  of  long-journey  passengers.  It  is 
impossible  to  speak  too  highly  of  the  universal  civility  and  kindness 
of  Indian  station-masters.  Adventurous  travellers,  alighting  at  road- 
side stations  for  remote  places  of  interest,  who  have  written  a  day  or 
two  beforehand  to  the  station-master,  will  find  whatever  resources  the 
place  possesses  ready  for  his  use.  It  may  be  that  he  wants  a  shake- 
down for  the  night  in  the  station,  a  country  cart  to  visit  some  out- 
of-the-way  antiquity,  or  at  some  more  important  place,  a  bed  at  the 
Dak  Bungalow,  and  some  conveyance  to  take  him  there  from  the 
station;  whatever  it  may  be,  let  him  write  beforehand  to  the  station- 
master,  and  if  it  is  to  be  had  at  all,  it  will  be  duly  provided. 

In  case  of  illness,  however  sUght,  an  English  doctor  should  be  con- 
sulted. There  is  no  place  in  India,  likely  to  be  visited  by  the  ordinary 
tourist,  from  which  an  English  doctor  is  far  distant.  If  travellers  are 
subject  to  any  infirmity,  they  should  not  depend  upon  the  drugs 
available  in  India,  but  take  out  medicine  from  England,  made  up 
specially  under  the  prescription  of  their  own  medical  man.  The 
compressed  drugs  of  Messrs.  Burroughs,  Welcome  &  Co.,  Snow  Hill 


INTRODUCTION,  xli 


Buildings,  London,  E.C.,  are  thoronghly  reliable.  I  showed  some 
of  them,  that  I  had  taken  with  me  round  the  world,  and  afterwards 
to  India  and  back,  to  a  distinguished  physician,  who,  after  careful 
examination,  pronounced  them  as  good  as  ever.  They  were  then  three 
years  old.  A  whole  medicine-chest  of  these  compressed  drugs  can 
be  packed  into  a  small  cigar-box. 

The  best  railway  guide  for  India  is  ''Newman's  Indian  Bradshaw," 
which  may  be  purchased  from  Thos.  Cook  &  Son,  or  Stanford's,  55, 
Charing  Gross. 

A  little  care  is  necessary  with  regard  to  diet.  An  experienced 
medical  officer  in  India,  whom  I  once  had  occasion  to  consult,  summed 
up  the  question  of  diet  in  these  words:  "Never  eat  twice  cooked 
food,  butter  your  own  toast,  and  avoid  alcohol."  The  exhortation 
about  toast  will  be  understood  in  a  moment  by  any  one  who  has 
seen  a  native  cook  do  it  with  a  greasy  old  rag.  Drinking  water  is 
not  always  good,  but  soda-water  is  cheap  and  universal,  and  excellent 
tea  may  be  had  at  every  important  railway  station.  It  is  not  wise 
to  purchase  fruit  indiscriminately  at  small  roadside  stations,  except 
oranges,  bananas,  and  such  other  frxiit  as  have  an  outside  rind  to  be 
removed. 

There  are  of  course  districts  in  India  full  of  intense  interest  to 
the  traveller,  such  as  Kashmir,  Burma,  Nepal,  Orissa,  Travancore  and 
Assam,  which  I  have  hardly  referred  to  in  this  book,  for  the  excellent 
reason  that  I  have  had  no  experience  of  them,  or  knowledge  beyond 
that  which  I  have  acquired  from  books.  This  volume,  as  I  have 
already  said,  is  only  intended  as  a  help  to  traveUers  in  visiting  the 
more  beaten  tracks  of  this  vast  country.  Triibners,  of  Ludgate  Hill, 
or  Thacker  &  Co.,  Newgate  Street,  London,  have  upon  their  shelves  a 
great  variety  of  books,  a  selection  from  which  will  enable  anyone  to 
inform  himself  fully  with  regard  to  Bemoter  India. 

It  will  be  observed  that  I  have  given  much  infonnation,  necessarily 
condensed,  with  regard  to  Christian  Missions  in  India;  I  have 
generally  selected  those  stations  to  be  found  in  cities  where  the 
traveller  is  likely  to  remain  a  few  days.  Most  missionaries  welcome 
with  cordiality  any  traveller  who  is  really  interested  in  missionary 


xlii  INTRODUCTION, 


enterprifle,  and  they  are  always  delighted  to  show  their  schools  and 
other  institutions,  or  give  evety  possible  information  on  the  social 
customs  and  native  institutions  of  the  communities  among  whom 
they  labour.  These  gentlemen  are  generally  men  of  culture,  thoroughly 
in  earnest  in  their  efforts  to  improve  and  elevate  their  people,  and  are 
charming  companions  to  those  travellers  who  can  appreciate  their 
work.  I  think  any  book  professing  to  be  a  guide  or  help  to  the 
traveller  in  India  would  not  be  complete  without,  at  any  rate,  indicat- 
ing those  mission  stations  worthy  of  his  attention.  My  information 
on  this  subject  may  be  relied  upon,  as  it  has  in  every  case  been  supplied 
to  me  by  missionaries  on  the  spot.  The  best  work  is  no  doubt  being 
done  in  remote  places  in  rural  Bengal,  Orissa,  Travancore,  or  among 
the  wild  hill  tribes  and  Aborigines.  My  book  does  not  reach  these 
districts.  Every  ten  years  there  is  published  in  Calcutta  '^  Baddeley's 
Directory  of  Missionaries,*'  which  gives  a  complete  statistical  return  of 
every  mission  in  British  and  Native  India* 

The  politician  will  find  India  a  country  of  vast  unsolved  problems 
which  are  now  being  discussed  with  much  acuteness  by  educated 
Indians. 

The  Indian  National  Congress  of  representative  men  from  all  over 
India,  called  into  existence  six  years  ago,  meets  eveiy  year  between 
Christmas  and  New  Year's  day,  at  some  capital  of  a  province  or  other 
central  place,  for  the  discussion  of  such  constitutional  reforms  as  they 
think  ripe  and  urgent.  Their  chief  demand  is  for  some  scheme  of 
representation  which  shall  at  any  rate  admit  educated  Indians  to  a 
due  and  reasonable  share  in  the  legislation  and  administration  of 
their  own  country. 

The  Congress  for  the  year  1890  will  be  held  in  Calcutta.  European 
visitors  are  always  made  very  welcome,  and  seats  in  the  best  portion 
of  the  auditorium  are  reserved  for  them.  Apart  from  its  political 
interest,  the  spectacle  is  impressive  and  remarkable,  being  an  as- 
semblage of  three  or  four  thousand  persons  gathered  together  from 
every  part  of  India,  all  attired  in  the  characteristic  dress  of  their 
districts.  The  report  of  every  year's  Congress  has  been  printed  in  a 
volume  of  150  or  200  pages,  which  may  be  obtained,  with  other 


INTRODUCTION.  xliii 


kindred  literature,  from  the  offices  of  the  Indian  Political  Agency, 
26,  Graven  Street,  London,  W.C. 

The  aspirations  of  the  Congress  are  strongly  opposed  by  many 
Anglo-Indians  and  an  influential  section  of  Indian  Society,  of  whom 
Sir  Syed  Ahmed  of  Aligarh  is  the  chosen  leader  and  mouthpiece. 
They  have  not  any  agency  in  England,  like  the  Congress  party,  but 
their  views  have  been  expressed  in  numerous  pamphlets,  which  can 
be  got  through  any  of  the  Indian  bookseUers  in  London  already  men- 
tioned. 

It  will  greatly  increase  the  interest  which  an  English  traveller 
must  feel  in  his  Indian  fellow  subjects,  to  have  some  surface  know- 
ledge at  any  rate  of  those  social  and  political  problems  which  are 
exciting  them  from  time  to  time.  Those  who  pass  through  India 
visiting  only  Anglo-Indians,  can  learn  but  little  of  the  inner  life  and 
aspirations  of  the  Native  Indian.  I  shall  myself  be  glad  to  give 
letters  of  introduction  to  native  gentlemen,  to  any  English  traveller 
who  really  wishes  to  get  below  the  surface. 

It  will  also  give  me  much  pleasure  at  any  time,  to  answer  enquiries, 
within  reasonable  limits,  from  any  traveUer  who  intends  visiting 
India. 

I  have,  wherever  I  have  felt  enough  confidence  to  do  so,  named  the 
best  hotels.  None  of  the  Indian  hotels  are  first-rate.  They  are  as  a 
rule  furnished  as  a  speculation  by  some  wealthy  native,  and  leased  to 
a  caterer.  Their  management  continually  changes,  and  it  is  better, 
before  going  up  country  from  Bombay,  to  call  at  Thos.  Cook  &  Son's 
offices,  and  get  a  list  of  the  best  managed  hotels  from  them.  By 
constant  enquiry  from  travellers  and  from  other  sources  of  information 
they  manage  to  keep  up  a  list,  which  is  really  the  only  safe  hotel  \ 
guide  in  India.  Newman's  Indian  Bradshaw  also  contains  a  fairly 
trustworthy  list  of  hotels  and  clubs.  G.  F.  Kellner  &  Co.,  who  are 
the  "  Spiers  and  Pond  "  of  Northern  India,  have  a  good  many  hotels 
at  the  railway  stations,  which  are  all  clean  and  well  managed.  It  is 
always  well  in  the  case  of  both  hotels  and  Dak  bungalows,  to  order 
rooms  beforehand,  stating  hour  of  arrival,  and  ordering  convevance 
from  the  station. 


\ 


xliv  INTRODUCTION. 


One  of  the  many  small  annoyances  of  travel,  is  the  general  unwieldi- 
ness  of  guide-books.  My  own  castom  for  many  years  has  been  to  take 
my  guide-book  to  a  binder,  and  have  it  cut  up  in  thin  Tolumes  of  about 
60  or  100  pages,  bound  in  limp  cloth  or  Morocco.  I  advise  my  readers 
to  treat  this  book  in  the  same  fashion,  of  course  ordering  a  fresh  copy 
at  once  for  their  own  library  shelves. 

I  have  not  thought  it  convenient  to  allocate  the  towns  to  their 
respective  provinces.  It  will  be  found  that  I  have  arranged  them 
along  the  respective  trunk  lines  and  their  branches.  The  contents  of 
each  chapter,  and  a  very  full  index  will  enable  the  reader  to  turn  at 
once  to  any  point  of  attraction.  I  have  also  provided  an  index  to 
the  full  and  comprehensive  maps  prepared  for  this  book  by  Messrs. 
W.  &  A.  K.  Johnston,  so  far  as  all  the  places  mentioned  in  this 
volume  are  concerned.  It  wiU^be  found  that  in  many  cases  the 
spelling  ofjihis  map  and  of  railway  guides  in  India  as  well  as 
other  books,  Offers  slightly  from  that  used  by  me.  I  have  adopted 
Sir  Wm.  Hunter's  spelling  throughout  m^  book,  as  it  is  now  the 
recognized  standard. 


V 


.  h 


ERRATA* 


Tage  28, /or  <<AmanMith'*  read  *' AmaTnath." 
n     72,  the  road  to  Mount  Abu  has  now  been  much  improved,  and  the  journey 
may  be  taken  in  jinrickshawB. 

85,  for  "  Mrs.  Dignan  *•  read  "  Drynan." 

86,  the  title  of  the  cnt  should  be  "  View  in  Jodhpnr.** 

94,  bottom  line,  for  "  Father  "  read  "  predecessor," 

95,  title  of  cut,  *<  The  Amer  Chauk  Square." 
101,  line  6,  for  *«  160,000  "  read  "  250,000." 
104,  title  of  the  cut  should  read  "  The  Cenotaph  of  Maharaja  Sawai  Jni 

Singh.'^ 
117,  line  18, /<w  "  Bilar ''  read  "Bilas." 
Pp.  230,  232,  234,  for  "  Sulim  Chisti "  read  "  SaUm." 
Page  316,  for  "  Yantras  Amrat "  read  "  Yantra  Samrat." 

„   378,  omit  lines  28 — 35.    The  ruined  city  of  Manikpur  is  36  miles  north  of 

Allahabad,  in  Oudh,  not  at  Manikpur  Junction. 
„  501,  title  of  cut,  "  Oil  Coolie,  Madras." 


» 


It 


i» 


»» 


»> 


n 


>i 


1 


y 


•/ 


\ffic^ 


'  I 


PICTUEESQUE    INDIA. 


CHAPTER  I. 

BOMBAY.      -I 


persons  entering  or  leaving  the  ooantry  do  bo  at  Bombay;  it  is 
without  exception  the  finest  modem  city  in  Asia,  and  the  nohleBt 
monoment  of  British  enterprise  in  the  world.  The  traTeller,  eager 
for  the  wonders  of  Agm,  Delhi,  or  Benares,  ia  too  often  satisfied 
with  a  coaple  of  days  spent  ui  driving  through  its  spacioas  streets, 
neglectful  of  the  wonderfnl  life  of  this  great  city  and  seaport,  seeing 
nothing  of  its  institntions,  its  arts  and  mannfactnres,  or  the  interesting 
\  peoples  who  make  np  its  population  of  800,000  sonls.  A  month  may 
he  spent  in  Bombay,  and  at  the  end  many  things  stiU  be  unseen  that 
ought  to  have  been  seen.  As  the  steamer  ronnds  Colaba  point,  and 
proceeds  slowly  to  her  moorings,  the  panorama  of  Bombay  city, 
with  the  noble  pnblio  bnUdings  towering  above  the  masts  in  her 
docks,  the  low  coast  line  beyond  sweeping  roond  the  vast  bay  dotted 
with  palm-clad  islands,  backed  by  the   lofty  blae   moontaina  of 


PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 


Matheran  and  Mahableshwar,  folly  jasiify  the  name  given  by  the 
old  Portngneae  nayigators  in  the  16ih  century — ^Bom  Bahia,  the 
beantifol  bay. 

As  the  yessel  drops  anchor  a  swarm  of  boats  claster  round  her,  and 
in  a  moment  the  deck  is  crowded  with  natiye  boatmen,  hotel  cadgers, 
friends  of  passengers,  and  sach  like,  producing  immediate  pande- 
moninm.  The  Steamship  Companies,  so  far  as  my  experience  goes, 
do  not  proyide  any  transport  from  ship  to  shore,  and  the  confusion  and 
inconvenience  to  passengers  is  very  great.  It  is  impossible  to  get  any 
luggage  off,  and  the  best  course  to  pursue  is  to  leave  everything 
packed  up  in  the  cabin,  and  go  ashore  in  a  boat  as  best  one  may, 
with  a  hand-bag  for  the  night,  getting  the  heavy  baggage  from  the 
custom  house  the  next  day,  where  it  is  landed  from  the  ship  in 
hopeless  confusion,  taking  hours  to  sort  out  and  get  passed.  The 
whole  business  of  getting  ashore  at  Bombay  is  worse  than  any  port 
I  have  ever  landed  at ;  I  am  told  that  the  P.  and  O.  Co.  intend  to 
get  a  good  steam-tender,  and  the  sooner  Ihey  do  so  the  better. 
If  an  Atlantic  liner  in  Liverpool  can  be  cleared  of  six  hundred 
passengers  with  their  luggage  in  three  hours,  there  is  no  justification 
for  such  dire  confusion  and  delay  as  occurs  at  Bombay. 

There  are  several  good  hotels  in  the  city.  The  Apollo  is  a  new 
building  close  to  the  Apollo  Bunder,  clean,  well-managed,  with  an 
excellent  table,  possessing  the  great  advantage  of  isolation,  one  side 
overlooking  the  harbour,  and  the  other  commanding  a  fine  view 
across  Back  Bay  to  Malabar  Hill.  Watson's  Hotel  is  a  very  large 
one  in  the  centre  of  the  city,  surrounded  by  the  principal  public 
offices;  the  Great  Western  and  the  Victoria  are  well-placed,  good 
hotels,  and  in  the  suburbs  are  the  Adelphi  Hotel,  at  Byculla,  and  the 
Family  Hotel,  at  Cumballa  Hill,  all  of  which  are  well-managed 
establishments. 

A  gentleman,  travelling  alone,  will,  if  he  can  manage  it,  get  a  bed- 
room at  the  Byculla  or  Bombay  Club,  both  of  which  are  excellent,  and 
have  sleeping  rooms  or  tents  for  forty  or  fifty  members  each.  Almost 
every  member  of  the  civil  and  military  services,  the  leading  merchants, 
bankers,  and  lawyers,  are  members  of  one  or  other  dub,  and,  if  intend- 
ing travellers  have  acquaintance  in  Bombay,  they  can,  without  much 
difficulty,  get  themselves  elected  as  honorary  members,  by  writing  a 
month  or  two  beforehand ;  a  longer  notice,  however,  is  necessary  to 
secure  bedrooms.    The  Yacht  Club  is  the  most  pleasant  resort  in 


^^•^: 


PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 


Bombay,  ooxmnanding  a  splendid  Tiew  of  the  harbour.  It  has  an 
excellent  restaurant  and  newsroom,  with  yast  yerandahs  overhanging 
the  water.  There  are  no  bedrooms,  bat  anyone  remaining  more  than 
a  day  or  two  in  Bombay  should  become  an  honorary  member.  Its 
committee  are  hospitable,  and  no  difficulty  is  made  about  any  well 
accredited  trayeller.    Ladies  are  admitted  as  guests  to  any  meal. 

Haying  settled  himself  in  club  or  hotel,  the  traveller  will  be  eager 
to  have  a  look  at  Bombay.  Carriages  are  plentiful  and  good,  and 
though  dearer  than  anywhere  else  in  India,  except  Calcutta,  appear 
very  cheap  to  the  European.  Yictorias  with  one  horse,  can  be  got 
for  five  rupees  a  day,  and  a  phaeton,  with  a  pair,  for  ten.  Starting 
from  the  Apollo  Hotel,  the  fine  building  just  opposite  on  the  right  is 
the  Sailors'  Home,  and  on  the  left  the  Young  Men's  Christian  Associa- 
tion. Driving  along  the  Mayo  Boad  we  pass  the  front  of  that 
magnificent  series  of  public  buildings  of  which  Bombay  people  are  so 
justly  proud ;  first,  the  Elphinstone  College,  then  the  Secretariat,  the 
University,  the  High  Court,  the  Public  Works  Office,  the  Post  Office, 
and  the  Telegraph  Office.  Opposite  to  this,  at  the  junction  of 
Esplanade  and  Hornby  Boads,  is  the  beautiful  statue  of  the  Empress 
of  India. 

Turning  down  Esplanade  Boad,  at  the  angle  formed  by  Hornby  Bow, 
is  the  Cathedral  High  School,  a  fine  Gothic  building;  the  stately 
mansion  just  beyond  is  the  new  residence  of  a  Parsi  merchant  prince 
and  philanthropist,  Mr.  Jamsetji  N.  Tata.  At  the  end  of  this  road 
is  the  Mechanics'  Institute,  the  gift  of  the  Sassoons.  Turning  to  the 
right,  and  following  Esplanade  Cross  Boad,  the  building  on  the  right 
is  the  Francis  Xavier  College,  beyond  which,  opposite  the  Free  Church, 
is  the  National  General  Hospital ;  this  road  ends  at  the  Crawford 
Market,  where  a  halt  may  be  made  to  purchase  fruit.  Betuming  by 
Market  Boad,  the  School  of  Art  stands  on  the  right,  the  Salvation 
Army  Headquarters  on  the  left,  and  presently  the  gorgeous  terminus 
of  the  Great  India  Peninsula  Bailway  is  reached,  in  front  of  which  is 
the  well-managed  European  Hospital.  Hornby  Bow  reaches  back 
to  the  statue  of  the  Empress,  and  a  turn  to  the  left,  along  Church 
Gate  Street,  opens  out  into  Elphinstone  Circle,  the  heart  of  the 
business  quarter,  in  which  are  placed  the  Town  Hall,  the  Cathedral, 
and  most  of  the  leading  banks.  This  round  will  occupy  the  morning. 
After  tiffin  a  drive  may  be  taken  along  Queen's  Boad  to  Malabar  Hill 
and  Cumballa,  returning  by  Grant  Boad  and  the  native  bazaars.    By 


this  time  the  traveller  will  have  a  good  enrface  knowledge  of  the  oit^, 
and  may  address  himself  to  detail. 

Trarellers  who  intend  spending  more  than  a  day  oi  two  in  this  city 
should  purchase  "  Maclean's  Guide  to  Bombay"  for  6  rapees.  It  is  a 
complete  vade  mecum,  fall  of  information  and  detail,  besides  being  a 
most  readable  book. 

The  varioas  goTemmect  buildings,  tbongh  handsome  in  elevation, 


OM  TBB  mOAD  TO    MALABAR    HILL. 

hsTe  no  details  of  interest,  containing  merely  a  succession  of  offices 
for  the  nse  of  the  clerks  connected  with  the  different  departments. 
The  finest  of  these  is  the  Secretariat,  bnilt  at  a  cost  of  £180,000, 
from  a  design  of  Col.  Wilkins,  B.E.  The  whole  elevation  presents  a 
clear,  nnbroken  firontage  to  Back  Bay  of  460  feet,  and  looks  very  im- 
posing when  viewed  from  the  Esplanade ;  the  stfle  is  Venetian  GoUiic. 
Here  are  located  all  the  financial  departments  of  the  government  of 
Bombay.  Next  to  the  Secretariat  are  the  Umversity  Senate  Hall,  mi 
the  University  Library  and  Clock  Tower.  These  bnildings  are  from 
deeigOB  1^  Sir  Gilbert  Soott,  in  18th  century  French  architecture. 


PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 


The  Hall  is  104  feet  in  length,  44  feet  in  breadth,  with  a  height  of 
68  feet,  presenting  an  unbroken  line  of  roofing  from  end  to  end. 
There  are  some  fine  stained-glass  windows,  seen  to  best  effect  in  the 
forenoon.  A  carillon  in  the  clock  tower  plays  by  machinery  eyery 
hour.  The  yiew  of  the  city  and  harbour,  looking  oyer  both  bays,  well 
repays  the  climb  of  250  feet  to  the  summit  of  the  tower. 

The  High  Court  is  a  huge  building  660  feet  long,  in  the  early 
English  Gothic  style,  erected  at  a  cost  of  £164,000;  the  smaller 
building  next  to  it,  in  Venetian  Gothic,  is  the  Public  Works  Office. 

The  Post  and  Telegraph  Offices  should  be  yiewed  from  Back  Bay. 
Opposite  to  the  post-office  is  the  superb  white  marble  statue  of  Her 
Majesty,  by  Noble,  B.A.,  one  of  the  finest  modem  monuments  in 
the  world,  the  gift  to  Bombay  of  Khanderao,  the  Gaekwar  of  Baroda. 
The  statue  itself  is  of  colossal  size,  measuring  8  feet ;  the  pedestal  and 
canopy,  42  feet  in  total  height,  are  designed  in  pure  Gothic.  Khan- 
derao also  presented  the  town  of  Bombay  with  the  beautiful  Sailors' 
Home  on  the  Apollo  Bunder,  so  that  this  magnificent  range  of  public 
buildings,  fully  worthy  of  any  European  capital,  begin  and  end  with 
the  generous  gifts  of  the  chief  natiye  prince  within  the  presidency. 

The  finest  building  in  all  Bombay  is  the  new  railway  station  and 
offices  of  the  Great  India  Peninsula  Railway,  completed  in  1888.  Its 
great  dome,  surmounted  by  a  huge  figure  of  Progress,  dominates  the 
whole  city,  and  is  conspicuous  from  eyery  open  space  ;  this  building 
is  also  in  the  Italian  Gothic  style,  and  the  architect,  Mr.  F.  W. 
Steyens,  has  certainly  succeeded  in  distancing  all  Indian  riyals.  The 
waiting  and  refreshment  rooms  are  spacious  and  lofty,  and  are,  with 
the  grand  central  staircase,  and  the  palatial  booking-offices,  one  mass 
of  beautiful  and  artistic  decoration,  in  which  coloured  marbles,  fine 
carying  in  stone  and  wood,  encaustic  tiles,  and  ornamented  railings, 
are  the  chief  features,  haying  a  special  interest  from  being  the  handi- 
work of  the  students  of  the  Bombay  School  of  Art.  This  railway 
station  is  replete  with  eyery  accommodation  and  comfort  for  passengers, 
and  is  a  striking  contrast  to  the  dark  and  dirty  sheds  which  do  duty 
for  stations  at  Calcutta.  It  has  cost  this  railway  company  about 
jS800,000,  and  is  a  fitting  monument  to  an  unbroken  prosperity,  that 
has  nearly  doubled  the  yalue  of  its  shareholders'  property  in  twenty- 
fiye  years. 

The  School  of  Art  is  situated  in  a  pleasant  garden  not  fEur  from  the 
Great  India  Peninsula  Bailway  terminus.    It  is  a  plain,  solid  building, 


BO  MB  A  Y. 


admirably  fitted  for  its  purpose,  the  gift  of  Sir  Jamsetji  Jijibhai. 
This  school  has  had  considerable  influence  on  the  arts  and  manu- 
factures of  the  city,  of  which  I  write  further  on.  Sound  practical 
teaching  is  given  in  drawing,  designing,  modelling,  wood  engraying, 
ceramics,  decoratiye  painting,  and  sculpture  in  wood  and  stone.  The 
beautiful  pottery  for  which  this  school  is  &mous  is  shown  in  a 
separate  building  about  160  yards  off,  where  a  large  and  yaried  stock 
is  kept  for  sale.  This  pottery  is,  perhaps,  the  cheapest,  and,  for  the 
price,  the  most  decoratiye  ware  in  existence ;  the  manager  packs  it 
carefully.  I  haye  had  some  elaborate  pieces  sent  to  England  without 
the  slightest  damage.  This  school  of  pottery  is  due  to  the  energy  of 
Mr.  Oeo.  Terry,  who  is  the  director  and  superintendent.  He  intro- 
duced some  of  the  best  workmen  from  Sind,  and  the  work  Mr. 
Terry's  pupils  turn  out  in  glazed  ware  is  ahnost  equal  in  quality  to 
the  celebrated  products  of  that  proyince.  The  Bombay  ware  may  be 
known  by  its  greater  finish.  Mr.  Terry  has  deyeloped  original 
varieties,  adapted  from  the  Ajanta  Cave  paintings,  and  the  popular 
mythological  paintings  of  modem  Hinduism.  He  has  to  endure 
competition  from  imitators,  of  whom  beware ;  it  is  better  to  buy  only 
direct  firom  the  school  itself. 

The  Goculdas  Tejpal  Hospital  lies  just  behind  the  School  of  Art, 
in  Esplanade  Cross  Boad ;  this  was  built  mainly  at  the  cost  of  Mr. 
Tejpal,  and  Mr.  B.  J.  Jijibhai,  each  of  whom  gave  £15,000,  the 
Goyemment  finding  the  site  and  £10,000.  It  is  rather  mixed  in  its 
styles,  but  one  should  not  look  a  gift-horse  in  the  mouth.  The 
patients  are  all  Indians. 

The  Elphinstone  High  School  is  in  the  same  road ;  the  length  of 
this  palatial  academy  is  452  feet,  and  it  contains  no  less  than  twenty- 
eight  class-rooms,  80  by  26  feet,  with  a  great  central  haU  70  feet 
long  and  a  library  nearly  as  large.  £15,000  of  the  cost  was  con- 
tributed by  Sir  Albert  Sassoon,  the  head  of  that  notable  family  of 
Persian  Jews. 

The  Pestonji  Gama  Hospital  for  Women  and  Children  is  a 
handsome  medi»yal  Gothic  building  in  Cruickshank  Boad,  and  was 
built  at  the  cost  of  the  Parsi  gentleman  whose  name  it  bears.  It 
is  one  of  the  best  designed  hospitals  in  India,  and  deserves  the 
attention  of  every  traveller  who  is  interested  in  the  new  movement 
for  supplying  medical  aid  to  the  women  of  India,  associated  with  the 
honoured  name  of  Lady  Dufferin.     The  only  other  hospitals  worth 


8  PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 

notice  ue  ttie  European,  the  Januetji  Jijibhai,  the  General,  and  the 

,  Cowuji  Jehangir  Ophthalmio  Eoq>ibils. 

The  Yictoria  MnseiuQ  and  , 
Gardens,  are  abont  half  a  mile 
bqrond  the  BjcoUa  Bailway 
Station,  and  make  a  pleasant 
excorsicm  in  the  early  morn- 
ing, vhen  a  delightfal  hour 
may  be  spent  BtroUing  about 
the  gardens,  fragisnt  with 
tropical  flowers  and  Bhrnba, 
many  of  which  are  familiar  to 
the  Englishman  in  his  on-n 
hot-houses,  or  at  Kew,  but 
which  here  flonrish  with  a 
tenfold  Inxoriance.  In  tlie 
eTening,  from  foar  to  six,  the 
gardens  are  crowded  with 
thonaanda  of  gaily  dressed 
Indians,  especially  when  tbe 
band  plays.  There  is  a  rather 
mouldy  collection  of  wild 
beasts  in  tbe  menagerie.  The 
contents  of  the  masenm  itstlf 
are  trivial,  and  badly  arranged. 
There  is,  however,  a  fine 
statue  of  the  late  Prince  Con- 
sort, by  Noble.  A  thoroogblr 
well  •  arranged  collection  of 
Indian  Art,  on  the  lines  of 
Soath  Kensington,  would  be 
. ,,  /  a  great  addition  to  this  hand- 
some and  capacions  mnsenm. 
^-  The  series  of  pablic  baitd- 
ings  thoB  enumerated  have 
WATER  CARRIER— citAWTOHD  MARKET.  bceu  almost  entirely  erected 
during  the  last  thirty  years  at 

a  cost  of  aboat  a  million    sterling,  of  which  one  quarter  has  been 

given  by  Parsia  and  other  wealthy  Indians. 


BOMB  A  Y. 


The  markets  of  Bombay^  like  those  of  every  Asiatic  city,  are  fall  of 
picturesque  interest  to  a  European  visitor. 

The  one  most  worthy  of  attention  is  the  Crawford  Market^  at  the 
north-east  comer  of  the  Esplanade,  standing  on  72,000  yards  of  land 
of  which  about  6,000  is  under  cover.  The  fruit  and  flower  stalls  are 
in  the  main  building,  which  presents  a  very  handsome  elevation  to 
the  street ;  behind  is  a  great  iron  shed,  850  feet  by  100,  devoted  to 
vegetables,  cereals,  and  spices.  The  beef  market,  being  abhorred  by 
Hindus,  is  in  a  separate  building  at  the  back  of  all;  mutton  and 
goat's  flesh,  with  fish,  being  under  another  roof,  and  sadly  over- 
crowded. 

The  poultry  dealers  throng  the  open  spaces,  their  stock  of  fowls, 
ducks,  turkeys  and  other  birds  being  all  alive  in  wicker  cages. 
Parrots,  mynas,  love-birds,  cockatoos  and  singing-birds  of  all  sorts,  as 
well  as  fighting-quafls,  are  also  offered  for  sale. 

The  best  time  to  visit  the  market  is  in  the  early  morning,  about 
seven  o'clock,  when  the  flower  and  fruit  stalls  are  at  their  best,  and 
the  fresh  fish  is  being  brought  in  from  the  bay. 

The  Government  Dockyard  is  one  of  the  oldest  institutions  in 
Bombfiy,  having  been  in  existence  since  1786.  It  consists  of  a  series 
of  moderate  sized  graving-docks,  with  the  necessary  workshops,  and 
contains  no  special  feature  of  interest.  It  was  here  that  the  East 
India  Company  built  their  war-ships,  and  from  time  to  time  a  good 
many  battle  ships  in  the  days  of  the  wooden  walls  of  old  England 
were  turned  out  for  the  British  Admiralty.  Nothing  bigger  than  gun- 
boats and  barges  are  now  built  here,  and  it  exists  mainly  for  repair 
work.  It  is  in  contemplation  to  build  a  superb  graving-dock,  capable 
of  taking  in  a  first-class  modem  ironclad,  at  the  joint  cost  of  Great 
Britain  and  India. 

Behind  the  Town  Hall,  a  homely  building  of  fifty  years  ago,  is  the 
Castle  and  Arsenal.  An  order  must  be  obtained  from  the  Inspector- 
General  of  Ordnance,  the  general  officer  commanding,  or  if  the  visitor 
be  a  foreigner,  from  the  Secretariat ;  it  is  readily  granted.  Here  are 
stored  every  kind  of  warlike  material  and  ordnance,  sufficient  to  furnish 
an  army  of  10,000  men  at  a  day's  notice.  The  workshops  employ  nearly 
a  thousand  artizans,  making  tents,  harness,  saddlery,  accoutrements, 
and  other  equipments,  or  cleaning  and  repairing  small  arms. 

In  the  Compound  the  European  stranger  will  probably  see  his  first 
banyan  trees,  one  of  which  is  800  years  old,  whose  shade  is  utilized 


PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 


na  a  sort  of  moBenm  of  ancient  and  onrioQs  gnnB.     Three  of  these 
were  captured  in  the  last  Bnrmese  war ;  one  was  made  at  Ostend  in 
1601;  another,  very  highly  decorated,  bears  an  inscription  "Jao 
Verbmggen  me  fecit,  1757,"  and  one  long  piece  of  twenty-one  feet, 
ten  tons  in  weight,  was  made  at  Foona  in  1771,  and  captured  at 
Ahmednagar  l^  the  Dnke  of  Wellington  in  1808.    A  collection  of 
quaint    old    weapons    of    native 
manafocture  is  exhibited  in  the 
armonry  of  the  old  Conncil  Hall. 
An  interesting  boat  excorsion 
may   be  made  from   the   Apollo 
Bunder  to  visit  the  Tarions  docks 
and   basins    along    the    harbour 
frontage,    starting   from    Colaba 
Point    and    rowing    up   to    the 
Mazagon  Bunder.   The  old  light- 
house on  Colaba  Point  has  not 
been  need  since  1874,  when  its 
lofty  snccesBor    on    the  Prongs 
Beef,  seen  one  and  a  half  mile 
seaward,  was  completed. 

The  next  important  building  is 

the  Observatory,  then  the  Pilot 

Bunder,  after  which  a  landing 

shonld    be    made    to    visit    the 

Bassoon  Dock,  the  oldest  in  the 

A  BOMBAY  aAiuHo-BOAT.  port,  in  which  large   ships  can 

load  and  discharge.    Continuing 

up  the  harbour,  the  Apollo  Bander,  the  Yacht  Clnb,  the  Dockyard, 

Custom  House  and  Arsenal  are  snccessiTely  passed.    The  long  stretch 

of  vacant  ground  which  follows  is  the  Mody  Bay  reclamation  land, 

taken  in  from  the  foreshore  by  the  Clovemment  at  a  cost  of  £300,000. 

It  is  being  gradoally  taken  up  for  various  purposes,  the  two  large 

buildings  already  erected  being  ice  manufactories.    The  Prince's  Dock 

lies  jast  beyond,  called  after   the  Prince  of  Wales,  who  laid  the 

foundaUon>Btone  daring  his  visit  in  1875.     This  magnificent  dock 

is  1,460  fbet  by  1,000,  80  acres  in  area,  aocommodatiog  about  80 

ocean  steamers  and  sailing-ships.   Passing  three  busy  basins,  Mazagon 

Bonder  is  reached,  near  which  is  a  new  fieb  market. 


BOMBAY.  II 

BetnrDing  to  Apollo  Bander,  a  Tisit  may  be  paid  to  some  of  the 
port  defences,  such  as  Cross  Island,  Middle  Qronnd  and  Oyster  Bock 
Batteries,  and  the  two  coast  defence  ironclads,  the  Abyssinia  and 
Magdala,  orders  for  which  may  be  obtained  when  writing  for  a  permit 
to  visit  the  Arsenal. 

Bombay,  after  New  Orleans,  ia  the  greatest  cotton  port  in  the 
world,  and  a  visit  should  be  paid  to  the  Cotton  Green  aboat  noon,  at 
which  time  "  high  change  "  sets  in  at  a  yard  opposite  to  the  Colaba 
terminaB  of  the  tramway.     Any  open  market  in  India  is  sure  to  be  a 


X  OOBNKB   OF  TBI   (XITVOS   oaSBH. 


strildng  pietare  of  native  life,  brightened  with  an  endless  variety  of 
costume  and  kaleidoscopic  colour.  The  cotton  market  of  Bombay  is 
DO  exception,     Fonr  million  owts.  are  exported  &om  Bombay  in  the 


12  PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 

year,  and  over  two  millions  more  are  consnmed  in  the  82  mills  in  the 
Bombay  presidency,  the  bnik  of  which  are  in  the  city ;  the  value  of' 
all  this  cotton  is  about  ^612,000,000. 

The  spinning  and  weaYing  of  cotton  by  machinery  has  had  a  great 
impulse  during  the  last  20  years,  the  number  of  mills  having  increased 
from  14  in  1870  to  82  in  1888.  These  mills  are  not  content  with  a 
market  in  India,  but  are  rapidly  driving  out  Manchester  from  the 
eastern  markets  in  all  coarse  yams.  The  exports  of  yam  and  other 
cotton  manufactures  from  India  in  1870  were  of  the  total  valuo  of 
£170,000;  in  1888  they  had  increased  to  £1,150,000.  This 
singularly  successful  industry  is  mainly  in  the  hands  of  Parsis,  and 
some  of  the  mills,  notably  those  of  which  Messrs.  Tata  &  Sons,  the 
Alliance  Cotton  Mill  Co.,  Limited,  Messrs.  Maneclgi  Petit  &  Sons, 
Messrs.  J.  N.  Petit  &  Co.,  and  Messrs.  David  Sassoon  &  Co.  are  the 
managing  agents,  are  among  the  finest  and  most  modem  in  the  world, 
having  been  erected  regardless  of  cost  by  such  well-known  English 
firms  as  Asa  Lees  &  Sons,  and  Piatt  Bros.,  of  Oldham*  A  note  sent 
to  any  of  these  firms  will  procure  permission  to  visit  their  mills ;  it  is 
interesting  to  observe  the  difference  between  the  workmanship  of  the 
Indian  and  Lancashire  hands.  There  are,  roughly  speaking,  two  and 
a  half  persons  employed  in  every  Indian  mill  to  one  in  Lancashire. 
A  well  condensed  history  of  this  cotton  industry  will  be  found  in 
"  Maclean's  Guide." 

The  Hindu  temples  of  Bombay  are  lacking  in  interest,  and  as 
the  traveller  will  certainly  visit  such  sacred  Hindu  cities  as  Benares 
and  Muttra,  it  would  be  a  pity  to  take  up  much  time  in  visiting  those 
of  Bombay..  But  when  a  drive  is  being  taken  to  Malabar  Hill  some 
morning  or  evening,  it  will  be  well  worth  while  to  see  the  Walkeshwar 
Temple  and  Tank.  There  has  been  a  temple  in  this  veiy  holy  place 
from  time  immorial,  but  the  series  of  handsome  shrines  of  the 
ordinary  Hindu  type  which  now  surround  the  tank  are  none  of  them 
more  than  160  years  old.  The  various  buildings  interspersed  with  the 
temples  are  the  houses  of  the  resident  Brahman  priests,  and  Dharm- 
salasi  lodging  places  for  pilgrims,  owned  by  rich  and  pious  Hindus, 
who  grant  the  free  use  of  them  on  application  for  a  limited  period. 
Many  of  the  wealthy  merchants  have  small  houses  here,  to  which 
they  repair  on  festival  days  with  their  friends  and  families.  There  is 
a  cleft  rock  on  the  beach,  just  behind  the  tank,  through  which 
pUgrima  squeeze  themselves  as  an  act  of  piety,  signifying  regeneration. 


BOMBA  y.  13 

Walkeshwar  is  a  Htnmge  and  mterestiag  sight  to  the  foreigner  jnst 
landed  in  India,  and  here  he  will  pTobablf  see  for  the  first  time  those 
&kir8,  or  holy  ascetics,  who  play  bo  large  a  part  in  Hindu  society. 
If  an  iDtelligent  and  espenenoed  missionary  can  be  secnred  as  guide, 
or  an  English-speaking  Brahman,  it  will  greatly  increase  the  interest 
of  the  visit.     There  is  a  gronp 
of  temples  at  Breach  Candy  also 
well  worth  seeing,  one  of  which, 
built  by  Mr.  Dhakji,  a  late  prime 
minister   of    Baroda,    is    among 
the    best   specimens   of   modem 
Hindu  architecture  in  India. 

The  Muhammadans  possess 
nearly  100  mosques,  scattered  all 
over  the  town  and  island.  The 
oldest  and  most  interesting  is  the 
Jama  Masjid,  near  the  Crawford 
Market.  The  beet  time  to  visit 
it  is  on  Friday  at  noon,  when  its 
courtyards  are  crowded  with  thou- 
sands of  pious  Musalmans.  It 
is  open  to  visitors,  but  the  shoes 
most  be  removed  before  entering. 

The  Parsi  Fire  temples  are  all 
severely  plain  buildings,  inside 
and  out.  None  but  Parsis  are 
admitted. 

The  human  life  of  Bombay 
differs  from  that  of  every  other 
Indian  city  by  the  dominating 
element  of  the  Parsis,  who,  by  a  fakib. 

their  wonderful  energy,  enterprise 

and  edncation,  have  become  the  most  important  and  powerful  influence 
in  the  Bombay  PrestdeDcy.  These  people  are  the  descendants  of 
ancient  PeraianB,  who  fled  from  their  native  land  before  the  Muham- 
madan  conqaerora  of  Persia,  and  who  settled  at  Surat  1,100  or  1,200 
years  ago.  They  now  nomber  in  all  about  70,000,  the  great  majority 
of  wh(Nn  reside  in  Bombay.  They  speak  English  fluently,  and  it  is 
oarefolly  taught  in  their  schools.     The  fbonder  of  their  religion  was 


14  PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 


Zoroaster,  whom  tradition  says  was  a  disciple  of  tho  Hebrew  prophet 
Daoiel.  He  teaches  a  pure  and  lofty  morality,  summed  np  in  three 
precepts  of  two  words  each,  viz.,  good  thoughts,  good  words,  good 
deeds,  of  which  the  Parsi  continually  reminds  himself  by  the  triple 
coil  of  his  white  cotton  girdle,  which  never  leayes  him. 

The  Parsis  are  often  spoken  of  as  ''Fire  Worshippers,"  a  term 
which  they  rightly  repudiate  with  indignation.  They  are  Theistd. 
God,  according  to  .the  Parsi  fiaith,  is  the  emblem 'of  glory,  refulgence, 
and  spiritual  life;  and  therefore  the  Parsi,  when  praying,  either 
faces  the  sun,  or  stands  before  fire,  as  the  most  fitting  symbol  of 
the  Deity.  The  interior  of  their  temples  is  entirely  empty,  except 
for  the  sacred  fire  in  a  small  recess,  which  is  neyer  allowed  to  expire. 
The  walls  are  bare,  without  the  slightest  decoration.  There  is  no 
pleasanter  sight  in  Bombay  than  the  groups  of  pious  Zoroastrians 
praying  at  sunset  along  the  shores  of  Back  Bay. 

The  ''  good  deeds  "  of  the  Parsis  are  in  evidence  all  over  Bombay, 
and  are  by  no  means  confined  to  their  own  people.  The  charities 
of  Sir  Jamsetji  Jijibhai,  his  sons  and  grandsons,  would  need  a 
volume  to  describe.  Hospitals,  schools,  dispensaries,  colleges,  and 
other  valuable  institutions  are  scattered  over  town  and  province  with  a 
lavish  hand.  One  of  his  sons  is  known  to  have  thus  given  away  a 
quarter  of  a  million  sterling. 

The  Elphinstone  College  building,  the  University  Hall,  two  of  the 
three  Bombay  hospitals,  and  seven  dispensaries,  testify  to  the 
benevolence  of  this  remarkable  people  towards  the  public  generally. 
It  is  impossible  to  describe  what  they  have  done  for  their  co- 
religionists. No  community  in  the  history  of  the  world  has,  in 
proportion  to  its  numbers  and  wealth,  such  a  charitable  record  to 
produce ;  it  puts  modem  Christianity  to  the  blush.  No  more  profit- 
able day  can  be  spent  in  Bombay,  &an  by  visiting,  in  company  with 
some  intelligent  Parsi,  their  educational  and  benevolent  institutions. 
The  cultured  young  men  of  the  best  feanilies  are  always  delighted  to 
undertake  so  pleasant  a  duty. 

A  fitting  illustration  of  the  princely  generosity  of  these  Parsi 
merchants  may  be  found  in  the  list  of  gifts  to  the  public  firom  the 
wealth  of  one  man.  Sir  Cowasji  Jehangir  Beadymoney,  C.S.I.|  the 
descendent  of  a  long  line  of  Parsi  Bankers,  who  deservedly  earned 
the  pseudonym  of  "Beadymoney"  as  much  by  their  scrupulous 
integrity  as  by  their  success  in  thide.    In  1867,  he  built,  at  a  cost  of 


BOMBAY  !5 

66,000  mpees,  the  noble  civil  hospital  at  Sarat.  In  186S,  he  erected 
the  Ophthalmic  hospital  at  Bjcolla,  Bombay,  speeding  97,000  rupees. 
The  beantifol  Civil  Engineoring  College  at  Poona,  and  the  Enropeoa 
Strangers'  Home  at  Bombay  vroold  never  have  been  called  into  eKist- 


ence  bat  for  his  manificonce,  contribntiog  50,000  rapees  to  the  former, 
and  72,000  to  the  latter.  The  snperb  University  Hall  and  Elphinstona 
College  vrere  practically  founded  by  Sir  Cowasji,  vrbo  gave  100,000 
mpees  to  the  hall,  and  200,000  to  the  college ;  he  also  gave  10,000 
tovrards  the  famishing  of  University  Hall.    In  1868,  he  called  i&to 


f 


16  PICTURESQUE   INDIA, 

existence  the  fine  lunatic  asylum  at  Haiderabad,  Slnd,  by  a  contribu- 
tion of  50,000  rupees.  He  has  erected  drinking  fountains  throughout 
Bombay  at  a  cost  of  60,000  rupees,  some  of  them,  such  as  the  one  in 
front  of  the  cathedral,  being  very  artistic  structures. 

His  charity  began  at  home,  but  did  not  stop  there.  His  money 
flowed  out  to  the  Lancashire  relief  fund,  the  War  Victims'  fund  of  the 
Franco-Prussian  War,  Jesuit  and  Presbyterian  schools,  famine-stricken 
districts  in  remote  India,  and  in  a  hundred  other  channels,  all  over 
the  world.  His  public  benefactions  reach  a  sum  of  at  least  1,800,000 
rupees,  and  his  private  charities  were  discoTered  after  his  death  to 
have  been  400,000,  all  spent  without  respect  to  race  or  creed.  When 
Sir  Cowasji  sent  £200  to  London  for  charities,  as  a  thank-offering 
for  the  recovery  of  the  Prince  of  Wales,  Punch,  commenting  thereon, 
said :  ''Is  Mr.  Beadymoney  a  Parsi  ?  at  anyrate  he  is  not  parsi- 
monious." 

One  of  the  leading  peculiarities  of  the  Parsi  religion  is  the  method 
pursued  for  the  disposal  of  the  bodies  of  their  dead.  No  one  should 
pass  through  Bombay  without  paying  a  visit  to  the  Dakhmas,  or 
Towers  of  Silence.  These  strange  towers,  about  90  feet  in  diameter 
and  16  feet  high,  are  built  in  the  midst  of  a  beautiful  garden  on  the 
top  of  Malabar  Hill,  looking  across  the  wide  ocean  towards  the  setting 
sun,  and  surrounded  by  the  villas  and  bungalows  of  the  wealthy 
merchants  of  Bombay. 

The  garden  is  approached  by  a  long  private  road,  to  which  all 
access  is  barred,  except  to  Parsis,  and  those  who  have  received 
permission  from  the  Secretary  of  the  Parsi  Society.  This  leads 
to  a  flight  of  steps,  at  the  top  of  which  is  the  house  of  prayer, 
where  the  sacred  fire  is  kept  burning  with  incense  and  sandal  wood, 
and  never  allowed  to  die  down.  It  is  not  permitted  to  enter,  but 
from  its  terrace  is  obtained  on  the  one  side  a  glorious  view  of  the 
whole  city  of  Bombay,  the  harbour  beyond,  and  the  magnificent 
ranges  of  the  Ghats  in  the  distance.  On  the  other  side  is  a  lovely 
garden  sloping  down  to  the  ocean,  glorious  in  parterres,  flowering 
shrubs  and  palms,  with  five  low  circular  structures  of  solid  granite 
rising  solemnly  out  of  the  foliage.  Banged  round  the  summit  of 
these  towers,  crowded  closely  together,  are  rows  of  loathsome  vultures, 
which,  black  against  the  sunset  sky,  dominate  the  whole  scene  and 
seem  to  crowd  out  of  view  all  their  beautiful  surroundings.  These 
birds  are  still  and  silent ;  but  when  the  gate  is  unlocked  for  a  funeral, 


iS  PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 

they  begin  to  stir  snd  show  signs  of  excitement,  which  iDcreasea  as 

the  procession  winds  slowly  up  the  hill,  followed  by  the  mourners 

reciting  funeral  prayers.     After  the  mourners  comes  a  man  leading 

a  white  dog,   the   emblem   of  faithfolness,  followed  by  a   crowd  of 

priests  in  pure  white  robes,  with  relations  and  friends  of  the  dead 

man,  holding  a  handkerchief  between  them,  in  token  of  sympathy  and 

fellow  feeling.     On  reaching  the  House  of  Prayer,  the  mourners  enter, 

and  chant  pntyers  while  the  corpse  bearers  enter  the  Tower  of  Silence 

with  the  dead  body,  which  they 

expose   naked   on   the   platform 

which  is  erected  inside,  invisible 

to  all  outsiders. 

The  moment  they  withdraw, 

the  rows  of  expectant  vultures 

drop  silently  down  into  the  tower, 

and  in  ten  minnteB  have  stripped 

,  every  particle   of   flesh  off  the 

corpse,  reducing  it  to  a  bare 

skeleton    before    the    mourners 

have  finished  their  prayers.   The 

skeleton   remains  three  or  four 

weeks   exposed  to  the    tropical 

sun,  when  the  bleached  bones  ore 

reverently  placed  in  a  centre  well 

within  the  tower,  where  Parsis 

A  BOMBAT  BRAHMAN.  »'  ^'8^  ""^  low  degree  are  left  to 

turn  into  dust  without  distinction. 

Hindu  charities  are  large  and  generous,  bnt  usually  confined  to 

their  own  people.     Their  benevolent  endowments  generally  feed  the 

hungry,  clothe  the  naked,  or  erect  and  maintain  temples.     Of  late 

years,  however,  the  more  educated  Hinda,  more  or  less  permeated  with 

Western  notions,  has  established  schools  and  colleges ;  the  University 

Library  owing  its  foundation  to  the  generous  contribution  of  £20,000 

from  Mr.  Premchand  Boychand,   who  also  gave  the  same   sum  to 

Calcutta  University  for  a  travelling  scholarship. 

The  most  curious  and  interesting  of  the  Hindu  charities  is  the 
Hospital  for  Aged  and  Infirm  Animals,  at  Pinjrapole,  which  is  a 
unique  instilntion.  Here,  in  cages  and  inclosures,  are  hundreds  of 
decrepit  cows,  mangy   dogs  and   cats,  parrots,  pigeons,  and   other 


domeetic  pets,  fed  and  cared  for  tenderly  in  their  old  age.  It  is  apea 
to  the  pnblic  at  an;  time  of  the  day,  and  ebould  certaitil;  be  seen  by 
every  traveller. 

The  population  of  Bombay  city 
is  officially  claesified  thus : — 

Eun>peans  .        .        .  10,451 

Eorasiaus  .  .  .  1,168 
Native  ChriBtiana  and 

Goaneae  .  .  .  30,708 
Hindus   of  all   cantes, 

nnd  ODt-castes     .    .  503,851 

Jains  ....  17,218 

Mahanuuadann       .     .  156,024 

Parsis.                           .  48,597 

Jews  3,321 

Negroes       ...  689 

Cbiuese  ....  169 

All  race*  and  caates     .  773,196 

These  alone  wonld  make  a 
motley  crowd  in  the  streets  of  the 
city ;  bnt  added  to  them  are 
numbers  of  strangers  from  every 
part  of  Asia  and  India,  Arabs  from 
Muscat  and  Zanzibar,  Afghans, 
Beluchis,  Malagasis,  Malays,  Raj- 
pnts,  Sikhs,  Moormen  from  Cey- 
lon, Madraeis,  Tamils,  and  a  host 
of  others,  all  wearing  distinctive 
clothing  and  tnrbans. 

All  these  mixed  nationalities  ,, 
are,  of  coarse,  seen  to  best  advan-  - 
tage  in  the  native  town,  which  lies 

ri^t   and    left   of    Sheik    Abdul  a  bhahuah  woman. 

.Rahman  Street,  a  continuation  of 

Esplanade  Market  Boad,  beyond  the  Crawford  Markets.  The  travellei- 
vill  find  a  never-ending  amasement  and  interest  in  the  crowds  of 
gaily  dressed  Indians  swarming  in  and  out  of  the  shops,  the  qnaintly 
frescoed  houses,  or  the  mosques  and  temples. 

Everything  is  done  in  the  open  air.     The  shops  are  frontless,  and 


PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 


the  bargainB  driTea  on  the  parapet  in  front,  while  each  handicraft 
iH  paraaed  under  the  eyes  of  every  passer-by.  In  India  everything  is 
hand-wrought,  and  is  therefore  a  work  of  art. 

At  hnsy  times  of  the  day,  the  narrow  cross  streets,  in  which  the 

various  trades  and  crafts  group  themBelves,  are  blocked  with  a  noisy, 

good-hnmoured   crowd   of  men   and  women,   innumerable   ox-carts, 

jakirs,  pedlars,  beggars,   water-cor- 

riers,   dogs,   crows,   kites,    pigeons 

and  parrots. 

The  Nul  Bazar,  between  Parel  and 
Duncan  Bead,  is  where  the  natives 
get  most  of  their  food  supply,  and 
is  always  densely  crowded  in  the 
forenoon.  Here  also  congregate  the 
women  who  sell  the  cakes  of  dried  cow 
dung,  the  universal  fuel  of  India. 

The  cloth  market,  where  all  the 
dealers  in  piece  goods  congregate,  is 
in  Sheik  Memon  Street,  close  to  the 
Jama  Musjid.  Here  may  be  seen 
fine  lofty  houses,  with  carved  wooden 
pillars  and  balconies,  the  residences 
of  wealthy  Hindu  merchants,  and 
temples  studded  all  over  with  little 
black  and  led  images  of  gods  and 
goddesses. 

The  handloom  weavers  congregate- 

A  MLH.va MADAN  MOMAK.  "^  ^^^^  strcfits  aud  allcys  near  Babual 

Tank,  on  the  road  to  Mazagon. 

The  workers  in  brass  and  copper,  a  most  picturesque  trade,  are  to 

be  found  in  the  copper  bazar,  opposite  the  Mombadevy  Tank,  where 

are  manufactured  with  deafening  clang  the  endless  utensils  of  the 

Hindu,  such  as  lotas,  dishes,  bowls,  candlesticks,  gods,  bells,  spoons, 

and  other  domestic  and  sacred  objects. 

There  are  more  than  six  thousand  goldsmiths,  jewellers,  aud  dealers 
in  precious  stones  scattered  all  over  Bombay.  Every  Indian  has  a 
love  of  jewellery,  and  a  wealthy  Hindu  often  has  £20,000  or  £30,000 
worth  in  his  safe  for  the  decoration  of  himself  and  the  ladies  of  his 
zenana,  while  the  poor  choose  this  form  of  investment  in  preference  to 


any  other.  It  ie  a  common  thing  to  see  some  woman  sweeping  the 
streets  or  carrying  a  load  of  cow  dnng,  with  gold  and  silver  banglett, 
and  armlets  of  considerable  value,  or  wearing  a  handsome  hemi- 
spherical gold  ornament,  peculiar  to  the  women  of  Bombay. 

One  of  the  distinctive  art  manufactnies  of  Bombay  is  wood  earring. 
Sir  Geo.  Blrdwood  says : — 

"In  Bombay,  the  wealthy  native  gentlemen  have  their  reception 
rooms  furnished  in  European  style.     It  is  always  the  same  furniture 
tbat  is  to  be  seen  in  these  Bombay 
hoases,  made  of  the  ghialtam  or 
blackwood  trees,  and  elaborately 
carved  in  a  style  obviously  derived 

&om  the  Dutch The 

carving  is  TOry  skilful,  but  in  a  style 
of  decoration  utterly  inapplicable 
to  chairs,  couches,  and  tables,  and 
looks  absolutely  hideous  when 
'  French  polished,'  an  '  improve- 
ment '  introduced  during  the  last 
twenty  years  to  suit  European 
taste.  When,  however,  this  wood 
is  used  for  the  reproduction  of  the 
inlaid  wooden  doors  of  old  Hindu 
temples,    the    effect     is     always 

good I  once  saw  ^  ^^^^  hellbb. 

in  a  Parsi  house  in  Bombay  some 

stately  blackwood  conches,  which  had  been  designed  in  the  Assyrian 
style  from  Bawlinson's  Ancient  Monarchies.  The  common  jackwood 
famitnre  of  Bombay,  rectangular  in  its  forms,  and  simply  fluted  and 
beaded  for  its  ornamentation,  is  far  superior  in  taste  to  the  blackwood 
furniture,  for  which  the  place  is  celebrated." 

If  the  traveller  wishes  to  take  home  some  specimens  of  this  manu- 
iacture,  he  may  bay  screens,  tea-poys,  desks,  inkstands,  and  other 
small  objects  of  purely  native  shapes,  which  are  thoroughly  artistic 
work.  The  process  of  wood  carving,  and  large  stocks  of  everything 
produced,  may  be  seen  at  the  East  India  Art  Manufactory  at  Qowalla 
Tank,  Messrs.  John  Roberta  &  Co.,  Marine  Street,  or  at  Mr. 
Jamdtji  Nowrowji's  workshops. 

Besides  this  cnrved  furniture,  many  beautiful  articles  are  produced 


Ja  PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 

in  the  well-knovn  "Bombay  inlaid  work,"  which  is  to  be  found 
in  every  fancy  shop  in  London  in  the  shape  of  work-boxes,  glove- 
boxes,  card-casea,  and  what  not.  This  pretty  trade  has  dribbled 
down  through  Sind  and  Gnjarat  &om  Persia.  The  inlay  is  made  up 
of  tin  wire,  sandal-wood,  ebony,  ivory,  sappan-wood,  atag-born,  and 
other  materials.  Boxea  are  fjso  prodaced  in  sandal-wood,  without 
inlay,  chiefly  in  low  relief  floriated  patterns. 

Ivory  and  tortoiseshell  are  worked  np  into  ornaments  for  women, 
combs,  bracelets,  elephanta, 
tigers,  cows,  peacocka,  with 
hunting,  social,  and  mythologi- 
cal subjects,  and  fans.  It  is 
well  worth  while  for  the  bric- 
a-brac  collectore  to  hunt  the 
native  bazars  for  specimens, 
especially  of  combs  and  braoe- 
leta,  some  of  which  are  exceed- 
ingly fine  work. 

Almost  every  art  maoafactare 
of  the  Bombay  presidency  may 
be  pnrchaaed  in  the  native 
quarter,  and  those  who  wish  to 
make  collections  will  do  well  to 
seek  the  gaidance  and  coansel 
of  some  intelligent  native  fami- 
FABsi  WOMEN-.  liar  with   the  bazars  and  able 

to  apeak  Engliah,  paying  him  a 
small  commission ;  he  nilt,  of  course,  get  another  from  the  aellers, 
bat  it  is  better  to  make  him  feel  that  he  is  your  broker,  not 
theira.  There  are,  of  course,  plenty  of  art  dealers  in  the  Engliah 
qaarter  who  have  large  and  varied  stocks,  but  most  of  them  ask  about 
20  per  cent,  more  than  the  Regent  Street  ahops  in  London.  The 
Bombay  bazar  is  as  good  and  cheap  a  market  as  any  in  India  in 
which  to  buy  silk  and  cotton  saria,  the  beautiful  gold,  silver,  or  em- 
broidered-bordered garments  of  the  women,  and  the  fignred  silk  saris 
worn  by  Parai  ladies,  many  of  which  are  worth  as  much  aa  £100,  are 
mostly  woven  in  China  for  tbia  special  demand,  and  embroidered  by 
themaetves.  Any  Parsi  gentleman  will  inform  the  traveller  where 
these  splendid  garments  may  be  parchased. 


BO  MBA  y  23 


Anyone  interested  in  munioipal  institntions  should  pay  a  visit  to 
the  weekly  meeting  of  the  City  Council.  It  consists  of  72  members, 
16  of  whom  are  nominated  by  Government,  16  by  the  justices  of  the 
peace  resident  in  Bombay,  2  by  the  University,  2  by  the  Chamber  of 
Commerce,  and  86  by  popular  election  from  the  wards  in  the  city. 
The  members  are  paid  80  rupees  for  every  meeting  of  the  council 
they  attend.  Their  debates  are  conducted  in  English,  with  great 
ability  and  intelligence. 

There  is  an  excellent  salt-water  swimming-bath  at  Back  Bay, 
near  the  band-stand,  and  another  on  the  shore  of  the  Warden  Boad 
at  Breach  Candy*  Ladies  may  use  the  latter  at  certain  times  of 
the  day. 

The  proper  time  of  the  day  for  making  calls  in  European  society  in 
Bombay,  and  indeed  all  over  India,  is  from  11  to  1.30,  or,  in  the  case 
of  personal  Mends  only,  from  4  to  5  o'clock  in  the  evening.  Letters 
of  introduction  to  native  gentlemen  should  be  sent  by  a  servant  or 
posted,  with  addressed  cards.  The  visitors'  books  of  the  Governor 
and  his  wife  lie  upon  the  hall  table  of  Government  House,  Malabar 
Point,  from  11  a.m.  to  1.80.  Letters  of  introduction  should  be  left 
personally,  with  cards,  and  the  book  signed.  Eersons  who  have  been 
presented  at  Court,  or  are  otherwise  possessed  of  recognised  social 
status,  may,  without  letters  of  introduction,  inscribe  their  names  and 
addresses  in  the  Governor's  book,  who  usually  invites  them  to  any 
general  festivity,  such  as  a  garden  party  or  an  **  at  home,"  if  one 
occurs  during  their  stay  in  Bombay. 

Society  ''  takes  the  air  "  after  5  o'clock  in  the  evening,  when  the 
esplanade  is  gay  with  carriages  and  riders,  their  rendezvous  being  the 
band-stand,  when  there  is  music. 

Good  shooting  may  be  had  in  the  country  all  TOund  Bombay. 
There  are  many  districts  easily  accessible  by  an  ordinary  Bunder  boat, 
where  nice  bags  of  snipe  may  be  made,  and  later  in  the  season,  in 
January  and  February,  the  large  grey  quail  is  abundant  over  the  same 
ground.  In  the  muddy  flats  inland  from  the  sea,  and  in  the  creeks 
and  shallows  of  the  bay,  duck,  teal,  widgeon,  snipe,  redshanks,  golden 
plover,  and  other  birds  are  plentiful  enough.  The  sportsman  who 
wishes  to  spend  much  of  his  time  in  shooting  should  engage  a  regular 
shikari.  They  are  easily  obtained  for  five  to  ten  rupees  a  week,  know 
all  the  best  and  most  accessible  spots,  and  will  engage  boats  and 
boatmen. 


PlCTUnESQUE   INDIA. 


The  Caves  op  Elephanta  are  visited  as  a  matter  of  coarse  by 
every  stranger  who  oomeB  to  Bombay.  Apart  &om  the  interest 
attaching  to  the  caves  themselves,  it  is  a  moat  delightful  and  pleasant 
eicursion,  and  is  asnally  made  the  opportimity  for  some  little  festivity 
or  picnic.  Elephaiita  is  a  small  green  island,  six  miles  distant  from 
the  Bunder  across  the  bay.  It  may  be  reached  by  a  sailing-boat,  if 
the  wind  be  fair,  but  it  is  always  uncertain  when  a  sailing-boat  will 


TBI  ORBAT  CAVR  AT  ELRPBAHTA. 

get  back.  Messrs.  Thos.  Cook  St  Son  keep  a  nice  steam-launch, 
which  may  be  hired  for  a  reasonable  sum,  and  it  is  usual  for  parties 
in  the  same  hotel  who  have  become  friendly  to  club  together  and  hire 
it.  On  certain  days  of  the  week  it  is  run  early  in  the  morning  as  an 
omnibus,  and  single  fares,  including  breakfast  on  board,  are  charged. 
The  best  time  for  private  parties  is  after  tiffin.  An  hour  is  enough 
for  the  passage,  an  hour  and  a  half  to  view  the  caves,  with  a  pleasant 
sail  borne  in  the  cool  of  the  eveoing.  The  beantifdl  prospect  of 
Bombay  city,  standing  oat  agunst  the  crimson  sunset,  may  be 
enhanced  by  afternoon  tea  and  some  of  the  bmons  cakes  made  bv 
Peliti,  the  Itr.Iian  confectioner  in  Mca^low  Street. 


BOMB  A  Y  25 


The  pretty  island  opposite  to  Elephanta  is  Batcher's  Island,  where 
the  quarantine  hospitals  are  placed.  Elephanta  is  a  hill  about  600 
feet  high,  covered  with  dense  jungle,  its  beaches  being  mangrove 
swamps,  which  may  be  observed  on  each  side  of  the  slippery  concrete 
blocks  on  which  passengers  are  landed.  The  island  is  sacred  to 
Siva,  the  destroyer  god  of  the  Hindus,  and,  as  is  fit,  is  the  home  of 
malaria  and  poisonous  cobras,  rock,  and  carpet  snakes.  The  island 
swarms  with  curious  insects  and  brilliant  beetles,  which  are  caught, 
and  offered  for  sale  by  children  at  the  landing-place.  Here  also  are 
coolies  with  chairs  fixed  on  poles,  in  which,  for  a  few  annas,  they  will 
carry  visitors  up  the  flight  of  steps  which  lead  to  the  caves,  at  the  top 
of  which  is  the  quaint  bungalow  of  the  keeper,  a  retired  non-com- 
missioned officer,  who  is  a  most  intelligent  guide. 

There  is  no  necessity  for  filling  pages  with  a  lengthy  description  of 
these  interesting  Hindu  monuments,  dating  from  about  the  10th  cen- 
tury. The  principal  temple  is  180  feet  square,  the  roof  of  the  cave  bein^ 
sustained  by  26  massive  fluted  pillars,  and  16  pilasters.  Bound  the 
walls  are  groups  of  massive  figure::,  from  12  to  20  feet  high,  carved 
out  of  the  solid  rock.  It  is  a  Siva-Linga  temple,  and  the  object  of 
its  arrangements  is  to  represent  Siva  in  the  all-productiveness  of 
Nature. 

The  authorities  have  compiled  a  careful  and  accurate  description  of 
the  temples  and  all  their  details,  copies  of  which  have  been  pasted  on 
thin  boards,  one  of  which  is  given  to  each  visitor   as  he  enters, 
enabling  him  easily  and  intelligibly  to  understand  the  significance  of. 
the  decorations,  and  the  various  groups  of  gods  and  goddesses. 

The  caves  have  been  terribly  knocked  about  by  Portuguese  icono- 
clasts, but  at  their  best  they  must  have  been  greatly  inferior  to  the 
cave  temples  at  Ellora  or  Ajanta.  If  the  traveller  does  not  intend  to 
visit  either  of  these  greater  groups  of  rock  temples,  he  ought  to  give 
a  day  to  those  at  Kenheri,  excavated  in  one  of  the  high  hills  of 
Salsette  Island. 

It  is  a  somewhat  fatiguing  excursion.  The  train  at  6.0  a.m.  from 
Victoria  Station  to  Thana  arrives  at  7.12.  The  drive  to  the  foot 
of  the  hill  is  about  six  miles,  three  or  four  of  v;hich  can  be  done 
in  a  bullock  gharry,  and  the  rest  must  be  walked,  the  caves  being 
reached  about  10  a.m.  It  is  better,  therefore,  to  go  to  Thana  the 
night  before,  sleep  at  the  Travellers'  Bungalow,  and  start  for  the 
caves  before  daybreak,  so  as  to  arrive  before  the  heat  of  the  day  sets 


26  PICTURESQUE   INDIA 


in.  The  station-maBter,  or  the  messman  of  the  hnngalow  will,  if 
written  to  beforehand,  order  the  bullock-cart.  The  whole  trip  may  be 
arranged  at  Cook's  Excursion  OiBces. 

The  caves  are  109  in  number.  The  largest  of  these,  dating  from 
the  6th  century,  is  a  noble  temple,  90  feet  long,  40  feet  broad,  with  a 
vaulted  nave  40  feet  high,  resting  on  84  pillars,  flanked  by  side 
aisles.  At  the  upper  end  is  a  domed  dagoba  of  solid  rock,  19  feet 
high  and  49  feet  in  circumference.  The  total  length  of  temple, 
portico,  and  area  is.  142  feet.  From  this  flights  of  steps  lead  to  a 
series  of  Yiharas  (monasteries),  consisting:  of  two  rooms  each,  with  an 
entrance  portico,  and  stone  water-cisterns. 

The  Durbar  Cave  is  about  100  feet  long  by  40  wide,  but  only  9  feet 
high.  It  is  plain  and  simple  in  its  decoration,  merely  surrounded  by 
columns,  with  a  stone  bench  in  front; 

If  any  of  my  readers  wish  to  know  more  details  about  these 
marvellous  excavations  I  must  refer  them  to  that  excellent  book, 
which  will  be  in  their  portmanteaux,  if  they  have  taken  the  advice 
offered  in  my  preface,  ''  Fergusson's  History  of  Indian  Architecture." 

The  Yehar  Lake,  an  artificial  reservoir  formed  to  provide  Bombay 
with  pure  water,  may  be  visited  the  afternoon  of  the  day  set  apart  for 
Eenheri.  It  may  be  reached  by  carriage  from  Thana,  after  tiffin 
at  the  Travellers*  Bungalow,  returning  to  Bombay  from  Bhandup 
Station,  close  to  the  lake,  in  time  for  dinner.  The  lake  is  very  pretty, 
covering  an  area  of  about  1,500  acres.  The  fine  waterworks 
connected  with  Yehar  cost  the  city  nearly  £800,000,  and  the  cor- 
poration have  sanctioned  further  expenditure  of  about  as  much  again. 
When  completed,  the  water  supply  of  Bombay  will  be  about  100 
million  gallons  daily.  They  are  under  the  skilful  management  of 
Mr.  S.  Tomlinson,  the  deputy-engineer,  who  possesses  a  very  wide 
knowledge  of  water  engineering,  having  visited  most  of  the  important 
waterworks  of  Europe,  America,  and  the  Colonies,  in  a  recent  tour 
round  the  world  taken  for  the  purpose.  Travellers  who  take  more 
than  a  passing  interest  in  such  matters  will  find  every  courtesy  and 
attention  from  this  gentleman,  whose  office  is  in  the  Municipal 
Buildings,  in  Rampart  Bow. 

Bassein. — This  ancient  Portuguese  city,  now  a  desolate  ruin,  is 
about  forty  miles  from  Bombay.  The  6.80  train  from  Colaba  Station 
reaches  Bassein  Boad  at  8.47,  returni&g  at  6.65,  arriving  at  Bombay 


BOMB  A  y.  37 

at  9.20  P.H.  A  note  beforehand  to  the  Mamktdar  at  BasseiD,  or  the 
statJon-master  at  Basaein  Boad  (consult  Cook)  will  secore  a  conveyance 
to  the  TninB,  which  are  some  three  miles  diBtaot. 

The  first  object  of  interest  is  the  maesiTe  donble-'Sea-gate.  The 
walls  and  ramparts  of  the  Fort  are  well  preserved,  and  are  about 
thirty  feet  high.  The  Cathedral  of  St.  Joseph  is  roofless,  but  the 
walls  and  tower  are  still  standing.     To  the  left  of  the  Sea-gate  is  the 


led 

«d 


and  convent  of  the  Aogustines ;  the  next  building  is  the  factory, 
and  in  the  garden  of  one  of  the  mined  palaces  stands  all  that  is 
left  of  the  cbnrcb  and  beaatifnl  cloister  of  the  Misericordia,  cheek  by 
jowl  with  a  temple  to  Siva.  None  of  these  buildings  have  any  great 
architectural  interest.  The  Chnrch  of  the  Jesuits,  founded  in  1548 
by  Francis  Xavier,  has  a  fine  arch  still  standing  with  fluted  columnB. 
Near  the  Town  Bangalow  is  the  Church  of  San  Antonio,  the  oldest 
and  largest  of  all ;  the  arched  ceiling  of  the  principal  chapel  is  still  in 
good  condition. 

There  is  a  melancholy  pathos   of  departed   greatness  about  old 
Baasein.     For  more  than  two  centuries  it  was,  after  Goa,  the  chi^ 


28  PICTURESQUE   JNDTA. 


European  settlement  in  the  East  Indies,  and  during  this  time  it  rose 
to  great  prosperity  and  influence ;  its  hidalgos,  or  nobles,  who  alone 
were  allowed  to  live  within  the  walls,  were  proverbial  for  their  wealth 
and  magnificence,  dwelling  in  stately  buildings  two  stories  high, 
graced  with  covered  balconies  and  large  windows.  The  Marathas 
subdued  the  Portuguese  in  1789,  after  a  siege  of  three  months,  and 
from  that  time  Bassein  has  bcou  the  dwelling-place  of  bats  and 
jackals. 

I  have  heard  of  delightful  moonlight  trips  to  Bassein  in  steam- 
launches,  up  the  bay  to  Thana,  and  on  by  the  Ghodbandar  river  to 
Bassein,  a  distance  of  some  fifty  miles,  winding  in  and  out  of  wooded 
islands,  and  by  palm  groves.  I  have  no  doubt  that  Cook  and  Son 
could  arrange  such  a  trip,  on  timely  notice,  at  no  very  serious  cost  to 
a  party  of  a  dozen.  An  interesting  tnp  may  be  made  to  the  ancient 
Hindu  Temple  of  Amaranth,  leaving  Bombay  by  the  7.80  train  for 
Kalyan  Junction,  returning  the  same  afternoon. 

In  this  chapter  I  have  only  touched  the  fringe  of  all  the  interesting 
sights  of  Bombay  and  its  neighbourhood,  but  I  have  indicated  the 
principal,  and  for  the  rest,  are  they  not  written  in  Maclean's  guide  ? 

Missions. — Just  four  per  cent,  of  the  Indian  population  of  Bombay 
are  Christian,  and  this  includes  Portuguese  and  Eurasians.  The 
Church  Missionary  Society  established  a  station  in  Bombay  in  1820. 
They  have  a  community  of  185  Christians,  of  whom  64  are  com- 
municants, with  588  children  in  their  schools.  The  Indian  Female 
Normal  School  Society  has  two  ladies  working  in  co-operation  with 
the  C.  M.  S.  They  have  two  girls'  schools,  with  a  total  attendance  of 
about  220,  and  a  staff  of  about  24  European  and  Indian  ladies 
acting  under  their  superintendence  as  school  teachers  and  Bible 
women.  There  are  four  ordained  missionaries  :  Bev.  H.  C.  Squires, 
secretary;  Bev.  J.  M.  Macdonald,  in  charge  of  the  church  in 
Girgaum ;  Bev.  J.  A.  Harris,  in  charge  of  the  Bobert  Money  School 
with  280  pupils,  mostly  Hindus ;  and  the  Bev.  W.  T.  S.  Tisdall,  who 
specially  devotes  himself  to  Musalmans.  Mr.  Squires  lives  near  the 
church  in  Girgaum.  English  as  well  as  vernacular  services  are  held 
in  the  mission  church. 

The  S.  P.  G.  station  centres  in  their  handsome  church  in 
Kamatipura,  where  services  are  held  in  English,  Maratha,  and 
Tamil,  by  one  or  other  of  the  four  missionaries  in  charge.     There  are 


BOMB  A  Y.  29 


884  Christians,  old  and  young,  connected  with  the  mission,  of  whom 
179  are  communicants.  171  children  c&re  in  three  schools.  The 
BeT.  G.  Ledgard,  who  is  in  charge,  resides  at  the  Adelphi  Hotel, 
Glare  Boad,  BycuUa.  He  is  a  missionary  of  wide  experience,  spread 
over  a  period  of  thirty  years. 

The  work  of  the  Free  Church  of  Scotland  may  be  said  to  date  from 
the  close  of  the  year  1829,  when  Dr.  John  Wilson  first  settled  in 
Bombay,  after  a  residence  of  nearly  a  year  in  the  Konkan  districts,  the 
first  seat  of  the  Scottish  Mission  in  Western  India.  In  addition  to 
the  work  of  preaching  and  publishing  in  the  vernacular,  from  the  out- 
set of  his  Bombay  career.  Dr.  Wilsou  directed  his  attention  to  the 
subject  of  Christian  education,  and  in  1881  he  laid  the  foundation  of 
the  educational  work  which  has  now  grown  to  be  one  of  extent  and 
importance.  With  the  aid  of  the  ladies'  society  of  the  Free  Church 
of  Scotland  for  Female  Education  in  India  and  Africa,  schools  for 
native  girls.  Christian  and  heathen,  have  been  maintained  for  upwards 
of  fifty  years.  These  have,  along  with  similar  agencies  in  other 
missions,  done  much  to  advance  the  cause  of  education  among  the 
women  of  India  which  is  so  striking  a  feature  of  the  Indian  missions 
of  our  time. 

The  educational  work  of  the  mission  may  be  described  in  connec- 
tion vrith  the  buildings  in  which  it  is  carried  on.  The  highest 
development  of  this  branch  of  the  work  is  the  Wilson  College,  which, 
since  1861,  has  been  afiBliated  to  the  University  of  Bombay.  Until 
June  1889  the  work  of  the  College  was  carried  on  in  the  same  build- 
ing with  the  school,  but  was  transferred  to  its  new  premises  on  Back 
Bay  in  1889.  The  new  building  is  near  the  foot  of  Malabar  Hill  on 
the  Back  Bay  Beclamation.  This  site  was  presented  to  the  College 
by  the  Government  of  Bombay,  which  also  gave  a  grant  in  aid  of 
the  building  amounting  to  nearly  half  the  total  cost.  When  the 
Principal's  residence  and  the  home  for  students  will  have  been 
completed,  the  total  cost  of  the  buildings  erected  on  the  site  will 
reach  the  sum  of  about  Ls200,000.  The  college  has  a  staff  of  six 
missionary  professors,  and  the  number  of  undergraduates  in  attend- 
ance is  220.  These  go  through  the  full  university  course  for  the 
degrees  in  Arts.  Religious  instruction  is  daily  imparted  to  each  class 
during  the  first  college  hour.  This  is  the  distinguishing  feature  of 
the  college  as  a  Missionary  Institution,  and  it  does  not  .seem  to 
interfere  with  its  academical  success,  as  it  stands  high  among  the 


30  PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 

affiliated  coUegeB,  and  attracts  nnmberB  of  the  ablest  students. 
In  addition  to  the  daily  Bible  classes,  special  Sunday  classes,  attend- 
ance at  which  is  optional,  are  from  time  to  time  held  in  the  college. 
Oonrses  of  lectures  on  religions  subjects  have  also  been  organised. 
The  college  has  thus  been  for  many  years  a  centre  of  Christian 
influence  and  effort  amongst  the  educated  natiyes  of  Bombay. 

The  High  School  conducted  by  the  Mission  is  in  the  thickly 
populated  district  of  Ehetwadi,  close  to  the  Oirgaum  police  court.  In 
this  building  there  are  four  hundred  boys,  of  all  classes  and  races, 
who  are  going  through  a  course  of  English  education,  from  the  lowest 
to  the  highest  stages.  Beligious  instruction,  in  the  lower  classes 
conducted  in  the  vernacular,  and  in  the  higher  classes  in  English,  is 
the  work  of  the  first  school  hour.  These  classes  are  taught  by  the 
missionaries — one  of  the  ladies  taking  part,  the  native  pastor  and 
native  Christian  teachers.  Amongst  the  pupils  are  Hindus,  Parsis, 
Musalmans,  Bom  Israel  and  Christians.  The  school  is  now  comfort- 
ably accommodated  in  the  building  which  it  used  to  share  with  the 
college;  it  continues  to  be  popular,  and  the  attendance  has  been 
growing  from  year  to  year.  It  receives  an  annual  grant  from  Govern- 
ment, which,  together  with  the  fees  paid  by  the  pupils,  yields  a  local 
income  of  about  Ils.10,000.  The  college  is  also  aided  liberally  by 
Government,  and  has  a  large  income  from  fees.  More  than  half  of 
the  total  cost  of  college  and  school  is  thus  provided  independently  of 
the  contributions  of  the  home  church. 

Immediately  opposite  the  Girgaum  police  court  is  the  Ambroli 
native  church,  in  which  the  native  congregation  connected  with 
the  mission  worships.  Opposite  the  church  still  stands  the  old 
Ambroli  mission-house  in  which  Dr.  Wilson  spent  the  best  years  of 
his  missionary  activity.  This  is,  therefore,  the  district  with  which 
the  mission  is  most  closely  associated.  The  native  church  is 
under  its  own  Indian  pastor,  nearly  the  half  of  whose  salary 
is  provided  by  the  members  of  the  congregation,  who  meet,  also,  all 
the  other  expenses  connected  with  the  maintenance  of  the  church 
services.  Two  services  are  held  every  Sunday  in  the  church;  an 
English  service  at  7.80  a.m.,  conducted  by  the  missionaries,  and  a 
Marathi  service  at  4.  p.m.,  conducted  by  the  native  pastor.  At  8.80 
a.m.  a  large  Sunday  school,  under  the  superintendence  of  the  native 
pastor,  assembles  in  the  adjoining  building  of  the  Ambroli  girls* 
school ;  it  is  a  pretty  sight. 


BOMB  A  Y. 


31 


An  interesting  work  is  carried  on  amongst  Mnsalmans  by  one  of 
the  agents  of  the  mission,  himself  a  convert  from  Mnhammadanism. 

In  the  same  compound  as  Dr.  Mackichan's  honse  at  Gowalia  is  the 
girls'  boarding  school,  in  which  about  forty  girls  reside.  These 
receive  a  thorongh  education  in  Marathi,  and  also  in  English.  Some 
of  them  are  being  trained  as  teachers,  and  during  the  past  years  this 
school  has  furnished  a  number  of  Christian  teachers  for  the  Hindu 
£rirls'  schools  of  the  mission. 

The  Hindu  girls'  schools  are  the  Ambroli  school  and  the  Girgaum 
school.  The  Ambroli  school  is  situated  in  the  compound  of  the  native 
church.  It  has  generally  an  attendance  of  180  girls,  many  of  them 
from  the  higher  castes.  The  Girgaum  school  is  in  a  hired  house  on 
the  Girgaum  road.  The  school  has  been  carried  on  for  a  number  of 
years.  It  contains  about  100  pupils,  and  is,  in  all  respects,  similar  to 
the  Ambroli  school. 

Zenana  mission  work  is  carried  on  amongst  Marathi  and  Gujarati 
speaking  families  by  three  ladies  of  the  mission.  They  have  access 
to  a  large  number  of  houses,  chiefly  Hindu,  but  including  also  some 
Parsi  families.  Some  of  these  Zenana  pupils  were  formerly  in  the 
day-schools  of  the  mission,  and  thus  the  Christian  influence  brought 
to  bear  upon  them  in  their  earlier  days  is  continued  after  they  are 
married  into  their  own  homes. 

In  connection  with  the  Free  Church  of  Scotland  there  is  also  a 
congregation  of  European  residents  which  worships  in  the  Free 
Church,  Esplanade.  There  are  services  at  11  a.m.  and  6  p.m.  The 
manse  is  in  Marine  lines. 

The  American  Marathi  Mission  at  Byculla  has  the  following 
missionaries : — Rev.  E.  S.  Hume,  Mrs.  E.  8.  Hume,  Eev.  J.  E. 
Abbott,  Miss  Abbott,  Miss  Lyman,  Miss  Millard.  The  church  is  at 
Bhendi  Bazar,  with  services  (Marathi)  on  Sunday  9  a.m.  and  4  p.m. 
There  is  a  Christian  congregation  of  about  250,  of  whom  105  are  ' 
communicants  who  support  their  pastor,  besides  paying  the  church 
sexton,  and  carrying  on  mission  work  at  Lalitpur,  N.  W.  P.,  where 
there  is  an  organised  church  and  a  school.  This  excellent  mission 
has  twelve  Sunday  schools  in  the  city,  attended  by  about  600 
men,  women  and  children.  Of  these  one  is  held  in  a  chapel,  one  in  a 
Government  school-house,  three  in  private  houses,  and  the  rest  in 
rooms  belonging  to,  or  hired  by  the  mission.  Thirty  Christians 
attached  to  the  congregation  teach  in  these  Sabbath  schools.     There 


32  PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 

are  three  Christian  Endeavour  societies  connected  with  the  congre- 
gation, containing  in  the  aggregate  more  than  125  members.  One  of 
these,  which  is  for  adults  only,  is  responsible  for  all  the  evangelistic 
work  done  in  the  city  in  connection  with  the  mission,  which  employs 
no  paid  preachers.  In  this  way,  preaching,  Sunday-school  work  and 
tract  distribution,  are  managed  here  by  the  native  church,  not  by  the 
mission.  There  is  a  school  for  native  Christian  children.  It  includes 
primary,  intermediate  and  high  school  departments,  and  is  attended 
by  180  girls  and  boys  in  nearly  equal  proportions. 

In  connection  with  this  day-school  there  is  a  boarding  department 
containing  forty-two  girls,  and  a  similar  one  in  which  are  thirty-six 
boys.  There  are  seven  vernacular  schools  for  native  children.  The 
aggregate  number  attending  these  schools  is  about  225.  Three  are 
for  girls  only,  and  one  more  is  for  girls  and  boys.  There  are  two 
papers  published  by  the  mission,  one  of  which  is  a  weekly  paper  in 
English  and  Marathi,  and  now  in  its  forty-ninth  year.  The  other  is 
an  illustrated  young  people's  monthly  magazine,  in  Marathi,  of 
sixteen  pages.  It  is  now  in  its  eighteenth  year.  The  work  in  con- 
nection with  Bible-women  is  at  present  under  the  charge  of  Miss 
Abbott. 

The  Established  Church  of  Scotland  has  a  mission  under  the 
charge  of  Bev.  A.  B.  Wann,  B.D.,  who  lives  in  the  Camac  Road.  Mr. 
W.  F.  Milvin  is  the  principal  of  a  high  school  of  220  pupils,  in 
which  he  has  the  assistance  of  twelve  non-Christian  teachers. 
This  mission  was  established  in  1885.  There  is  a  small  church  of 
eighteen  communicants. 

The  Salvation  Army  have  their  headquarters  in  Esplanade  Market 
Road.  Their  work  is  as  yet  in  its  infancy  ;  but  their  methods  are 
full  of  interest  to  the  student  of  Christian  missions,  and  ought  not  to 
be  passed  by  without  careful  attention.  They  are  doing  good  work 
among  sailors  and  other  Europeans,  besides  rescue  work  and  prison 
visitation.  They  are  held  in  high  esteem  by  many  of  the  leading 
Parsis  and  Hindus,  who  subsidise  the  army  for  temperance  work 
among  the  cotton-mill  hands. 


CHAPTER  II. 

SURAT.     -^ 

DBAT  is  a  large  town  on  the  banks  of  the  river 
Taptiy  and  is  well  worth  a  visit.  There  is 
no  hotel,  but  there  are  bedrooms  at  the  rail- 
way refreshment-rooms,  and  a  town  bungalow. 
The  city  is  densely  populated,  and  has  often 
been  ravaged  by  fire ;  the  main  thoroughfares 
are  lined  with  handsome  houses,  the  resi- 
dences of  wealthy  Parsis  and  Brahmans, 
whose  fa9ades,  decorated  with  rich  and 
elaborate  wood-carving,  are  extremely  quaint. 
Surat  was  founded  in  1640,  by  a  Turkish 
general,  in  the  service  of  the  Gujarat  kings,  who  buUt  the  castle 
and  the  two  walls;  it  has  been  a  notable  military  fortress  firom 
that  time  till  1862,  when  the  troops  were  withdrawn.  The  city 
is  surrounded  by  a  brick  wall,  about  six  miles  in  circumference, 
flanked  by  small  bastions,  now  in  a  very  tumbledown  condition. 
It  has  twelve  gates.  There  is  a  smaller  inner  wall,  protecting  the 
castle. 

The  castle,  a  place  of  great  historic  interest^  stands  in  a  commanding 
position  on  the  bank  of  the  river,  about  the  centre  of  the  city.  It  is  a 
mass  of  irregular  fortifications,  flanked  at  each  comer  by  round  towers, 
from  which  fine  views  of  the  city,  park,  and  river  may  be  obtained. 
The  castle  itself  is  a  very  picturesque  building ;  the  walls  are  eight 
feet  thick,  covering  about  an  acre,  and  the  main  tower  is  80  feet  high. 
It  is  garrisoned  by  half-a-dozen  native  soldiers,  whose  main  occupa- 
tion, when  I  visited  it  early  one  morning  in  1889,  appeared  to  be  the 
amusement  of  sundry  offenders  imprisoned  in  a  sort  of  Wombwell's 
menafj^erie  cage,  with  a  barred  front,  and  whose  crime  was  that  of 

D 


34  PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 

having  drunk  too  mncli  fermented  toddy  the  night  before.  Kesr  the 
castle  is  b  pretty  garden  of  eight  acres,  in  which  are  specimens  of  the 
trees  and  sbrubB  indigenoas  to  Snrat,  beyond  which,  acroBs  a  email 
creek,  is  a  brick  dam  with  six  sluices,  to  prevent  the  Tspti,  in  the 


BODUB  Off  CAKTZD  TKAK,  SITRAT. 

rainy  season,  flooding  the  town.    Within  a  few  yards  of  this  dam  are 
some  tolerably  well-preserred  portions  of  the  old  city  wall. 

From  the  promenade  of  the  pnblio  gardens  a  good  view  is  obtained 
of  one  of  the  finest  railway  bridges  in  India,  constructed  by  17  spans 
of  lattice  girders,  oarriod  apon  cast-iron  columns,  which  are  sunk 
through  48  feet  of  sand  and  mud,  the  accumulation  of  ages  of  rainy 
seasons ;  the  cost  of  this  bridge  was  £70,000.  From  the  castle  a  fine 
road  runs  throngh  the  station  to  a  lofty  clock-tower,  100  feet  high, 


I. 


SURAT.  35 


which  can  be  ascended,  by  eighty-fiye  steep  steps,  for  the  view.  A 
little  further  on  is  the  Town  Hall,  a  handsome  quadrangle,  built  260 
years  ago  as  a  travellers'  bungalow,  when  Surat  was  in  its  splendour. 

The  English,  Dutch,  and  Portuguese  factories,  massive  buildings, 
strong  and  solid,  interesting  relics  of  the  last  century,  are  now  used  as 
private  dwellings.  The  mosques  and  temples  of  the  city  are  quaint 
and  picturesque,  but  without  any  special  antiquarian  or  architectural 
interest. 

The  hospitals  for  sick  animals  are  well  worth  visiting ;  there  are 
three  or  four  in  Surat,  and  about  1000  head  of  cattle  can  be  acconmio- 
dated  by  them.  The  sick  are  physicked,  the  feeble  taken  tenderly  into 
the  suburbs  to  graze  on  green  pastures,  and  the  chance  calves  nursed 
into  maturity  and  used  as  servants  to  the  hospital  patients.  There  are 
cages  of  deteriorated  street  dogs — a  gruesome  sight — ^fowls  with  hope- 
less pip,  attenuated  sheep  and  goats,  ragged  old  cage-birds ;  and  at 
OviDgton  hospital,  even  insects  are  cared  for,  for  in  a  separate  chamber 
bugs,  fleas,  and  other  vermin  are  fondly  cherished. 

The  most  interesting  sights  of  Surat  are  the  old  cemeteries,  in 
which  lie  buried  governors,  soldiers,  and  merchants  who  died  in  the 
palmy  days  of  the  city.  The  English  cemetery  is  at  the  end  of  a 
long  dirty  lane ;  a  wooden  doorway  opens  into  an  expanse  of  weeds, 
long  grass,  and  brushwood,  scattered  with  huge  Oriental-looking 
tombs,  and  backed  by  fine  trees.  Some  of  the  mausoleums  are  forty 
or  fifty  feet  high,  the  quaint  inscriptions  dating  from  1680  to  1820. 
We  are  told  that  a  president  of  the  Honourable  Company  of  English 
Merchants  "went  unmarried  to  the  heavenly  nuptials  in  the  year  of 
Christ  1649,"  and  that  Mistress  Mary  I^ce,  a  governor's  wife, 
^^  through  the  spotted  veil  of  small-pox,  rendered  a  pure  and 
m:«potted  soul  to  God." 

The  Dutch  cemetery  is  more  neglected  and  wild  than  the  English. 
There  are  a  good  many  fruit  trees  scattered  about  the  ground,  the 
fruit  of  which  is  offered  for  sale  by  the  guardian,  who  lives  in  the 
ruinous  little  lodge  at  the  gate.  The  principal  monument  is  that  of 
Baron  Van  Reede. 

Leading  out  of  the  Dutch  cemetery  is  the  Armenian,  a  small 
enclosure  with  graves  at  one  end ;  the  slabs  have  epitaphs  in  Armenian 
characters,  eadi  ornamented  with  carvings  of  two  cherubs  and  a 
candlestick. 

At  the  time  when  these  cemeteries  were  in  use,  Surat  was  a  very 

n  2 


PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 


dilEgfcnt  phee  from  lo-dsf*  Thai  it  was  the  most  thrirmg  dtj  in 
Indiay  with  %  popohilioii  ekMO  iqmn  a  million,  and  with  the  main  trade 
of  India  eentering  on  ita  wharrea.  The  tiade  of  thediatriet  to-dajis 
a  mere  g^hoat  of  ita  former  magmtude,  BcHnbay  having  entirelj 
snperaeded  Sorai.  The  ezporta  aze  now  amaU^  being  onlj  ahont 
£^50yOOO  for  the  aeren  porta  of  Snrat  diatziet.  Grain,  cotton,  timber, 
bambooa,  eoeoa-nnta,  and  mahna  flowers  for  distilling  natiTe  spirit,  are 
the  main  articlea  of  commerce.  Sorat  is  said  to  be  the  most  dronken 
city  in  India. 

The  spinning  and  wearing  of  cotton  doth  employs  the  great  bulk  of 
the  population,  and  there  are  acme  fine  mills.  Silk  brocade  and 
embroidery  are  also  largely  mannfactnred  by  hand-looms.  An  after- 
noon may  be  pleaaantly  spent  in  a  ramble  through  the  bazars. 

The  present  population  of  Surat  is  107,000,  of  whom  74  per  cent, 
are  Hindu,  20  per  cent.  Mnhammadan,  and  6  per  cent.  Parsis.  There 
are  about  850  Christians  in  the  city. 

There  are  some  excellent  conjurers  and  snake-charmers  at  Surat, 
and  if  the  trsTeller  finds  time  hang  hesTily,  he  may  take  the  opportu- 
nity of  sending  for  some  of  these  wonderful  people,  and  haye  an 
exhibition  of  their  powers. 

The  first  Christian  Missionaries  to  occupy  Snrat  were  the  Capuchin 
Friars,  who  in  the  middle  of  the  17th  century  established  a  monastery 
near  the  buildings  now  occupied  by  the  Irish  Ptesbyterian  Mission. 
The  Capuchins  exercised  consideraUe  influence  in  Surat  from  1660 
till  1670,  and  were  able  to  induce  so  cruel  a  tyrant  as  Sivaji  to  spare 
their  own  lives  and  those  of  others  who  took  refuge  with  them. 

A  Protestant  Mission  was  first  established  in  Surat  in  1812.  It 
was  in  connection  with  the  Baptist  Mission  in  Bengal,  and  was 
conducted  by  C.  C.  Aratoon,  a  Baptist  convert.  Messrs.  Fyrie  and 
Skinner,  agents  of  the  London  Missionary  Society,  arriyed  in  Snrat 
in  1816«  The  present  Mission  Press,  from  which  millions  of 
Christian  books  and  Scriptures  in  Gujarati  have  been  issued,  was 
started  by  Mr.  Skinner  in  1820,  and  the  whole  of  the  New  Testament 
was  printed  in  it  before  the  end  of  1821.  This  may  fairly  be  con- 
sidered the  first  edition  of  the  Scriptures  in  Ghijarati,  as  the  edition 
in  that  language  printed  and  published  at  Serampore  in  1820  and 
handed  over  to  the  London  Mission  at  Surat,  is  not  intelligible. 

In  1846|  the  London  Mission  concentrating  their  forces  in  other 


parts  of  their  extensive  Reld,  retired  from  Somt.    Just  then  the  Rer. 
Robert  Montgomery  of  the  Irish  Preabyterian  Misaion,  on  acconnt  of 


SNAKR  CHABHEHS  1 


the  oonverBion  of  a  well-known  Muhammsdan  Monahi  A.  Bahman, 
was  compelled  l)y  the  Bana  to  withdrew  bom  Forbandar  is 
Kathiawar ;  and  arrengementa  having  been  made  for  the  tranaferenco 


38  PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 

of  Snrat  from  the  London  Mission  to  the  Irish  Presbyterian  Churoh, 
Mr.  Montgomery  was  appointed  to  Sorat,  where  he  remained  till  his 
retirement  in  1877. 

The  Irish  Presbyterian  Mission,  except  the  Salyation  Army,  which 
in  1888  and  1889  commenced  operations  in  Gujarat,  is  the  only 
aggressive  organization  for  the  spread  of  Christianity  in  Snrat. 
There  are  English  Episcopal  and  Boman  Catholic  churches  in  the 
city,  one  for  each  communion,  but  for  the  sole  benefit  of  the 
Christians  attached  to  these  denominations.  The  Episcopal  Protes- 
tant Church  was  consecrated  by  Bishop  Heber  in  1827,  and  a  service 
is  held  in  it  in  English,  every  Sunday,  if  a  chaplain  is  sent  from 
Bombay  for  the  purpose,  or  a  layman  can  be  got  to  read  the  prayers. 
The  small  Boman  Catholic  population,  chiefly  composed  of  Goanese 
servants,  is  under  the  spiritual  care  of  a  Goanese  priest. 

The  Irish  Presbyterian  Mission  Church,  which  is  primarily  for  the 
use  of  the  native  Christian  congregation,  but  sometimes  used  for 
English  services  when  a  European  congregation  can  be  got  together, 
was  built  in  1885.  There  are  two  Gujarati  services,  the  first  at 
8  a.m.  and  the  second  at  6  p.m.,  held  in  it  on  Sundays.  A  short 
service  for  the  benefit  of  the  Christians  residing  in  the  immediate 
neighbourhood,  is  held  in  it  at  9  a.m.  on  Mondays^  Tuesdays, 
Thursdays  and  Saturdays. 

The  Lrish  Presbyterian  Mission  at  the  present  date — December, 
1889 — has  a  working  staff  of  the  following  agents  at  Surat : — 

Missionary,  Bev.  William  Beatty,  B.A ;  Principal  of  the  English 
School,  Mr.  Alfred  S.  Jervis,  assisted  by  seven  Native  Christian 
Agents. 

The  agencies  at  work  are : — 

I.  A  Mission  Press,  firom  which  there  is  a  continuous  flow  of 
Christian  books.  It  has  also  a  type-founding  establishment.  Nearly 
8,000,000  pages,  of  which  upwards  of  6^  million  were  of  purely 
religious  literature,  issued  from  the  Mission  Press,  Surat,  in  1888, 
and  110,885  books  were  bound  in  it. 

n.  One  High  School,  and  one  Branch  English  School,  with  a  staff 
of  twenty- two  teachers,  and  520  pupils. 

m.  Five  Vernacular  Boys'  Schools,  with  a  staff  of  twenty  teachers 
in  all.  All  the  boys  of  the  schools  in  Surat  are  brought  together  on 
Wednesday  mornings  for  examination  on  religious  subjects  by  the 
Missionary  and  Catechists. 


SURAT.  39 

IV.  An  Evangelistio  or  Preaching  Staff,  which  consists  of : — 

1.  The  Missionary. 

2.  The  Gatechists  and  four  Bible  Teachers. 
8.  The  Colporteur. 

Y.  An  Orphanage  for  Girls,  which  is  under  the  care  of  Miss  Beatty, 
the  daughter  of  the  Missionary,  as  a  voluntary  worker  without 
salary.  There  are  28  inmates  cared  for  and  educated  in  it.  Already 
866  girls  have  enjoyed  its  fostering  care,  and  many  of  those  who  were 
brought  up  in  it  are  now  in  positions  of  usefulness,  and  eyen  of  ^rust 
and  afOluence. 

YI.  Sunday  Schools.  There  are  five  Sunday  schools  connected 
with  the  station,  three  for  Christians  and  enquirers,  and  two  for 
purely  Hindu  children. 

YII.  There  are  three  lady  missionaries  in  charge  of  the  Zenana 
department.  One  of  them,  Mrs.  Philip  Jacob,  daughter  of  the  Bev. 
B.  Montgomery,  who  lived  so  long  at  this  station,  works  at  her  own 
expense,  under  the  direction  of  the  Zenana  Mission.  The  other 
workers  are  Miss  McEee  and  Miss  Stavely.  The  former  has  charge 
of  the  Anglo-Yernacular  and  High  School  for  Girls,  the  Female 
Normal  Class,  and  the  six  vernacular  schools  and  two  Sunday  schools. 
Mrs.  Jacob  has  the  superintendence  of  two  Bible-women,  who  are 
supported  by  the  British  and  Foreign  Bible  Society. 

The  Anglo-Yemacular  School  for  Girls  is  in  a  very  prosperous 
state,  owing  to  the  unremitting  attention  and  hard  work  of  Miss 
McEee.  The  grant-in-aid  earned  this  year  nearly  trebled  the  amoimt 
gained  at  the  previous  examination,  and  exceeded  the  amount  allowed 
to  be  drawn  according  to  Government  rule  by  Bs.  120.  It  has  attained 
this  year  the  status  of  a  High  School. 

The  Training  Class  for  teachers,  also  under  Miss  McEee,  consists 
of  twelve  girls.  They  are  all  qualifying  for  Mission  work  as  Christian 
teachers  for  Yernacular  schools  or  Bible-women.  Miss  McEee  is 
assisted  by  a  teacher  trained  in  the  Ahmedabad  Training  College. 

Yin.  Christian  community.  The  total  number  of  baptized  persons 
connected  with  this  mission  station  at  the  end  of  1888  was  190,  and 
the  community  numbered  224. 

The  town  of  Broach,  which  is  midway  between  Surat  and  Baroda, 
has  no  attractions  to  the  traveller,  except  for  a  few  days  in  November, 
when  the  great  religious  fair  is  held  at  Sakaltirth,  10  miles  above 


40  PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 


Broach,  on  the  banks  of  the  sacred  Narbada.  At  Sakaltirth,  on  an 
island,  is  a  very  fiamoas  banian  tree,  said  to  form  cover  for  10,000  men, 
which  tradition  says  grew  from  the  toothpick  of  Eabir. 

Broach  is  a  great  cotton  market,  with  a  population  of  40,000. 
It  presents  a  picturesque  appearance  from  the  river,  from  the  edge  of 
which  a  massive  stone  wall  runs  for  about  a  mile,  with  the  town 
standing  on  rising  ground  behind  it.  It  is  an  ancient  place,  and  was 
settled  in  the  1st  century  by  a  Hindu  sage  called  Bhragu,  whence  the 
name,  and  quickly  became  an  important  trading  centre.  The  English 
had  a  fjGictory  there  in  the  17th  century.  The  magnificent  bridge  over 
the  Narbada  has  25  spans  of  180  feet.  The  supporting  columns  are 
sunk  in  the  bed  of  the  river  to  a  depth  of  125  feet  below  the  level  of 

the  road. 

The  Bev.  T.  McAulis  and  seven  assistants  carry  on  a  vigorous 
mission  in  connection  with  the  Irish  Presbyterian  Church. 


CHAPTER   III. 

BARODA.      — 

RODA  is  a  non-tribntary  inde- 
pendent  Native  State  of  the 
Srst  rank,  in   direct  political 
relation  with  the  Government 
of  India.      Its  raler  is  called 
"the  Gaekwar,"  which  signi- 
fies "  a  cowherd."     His  terri- 
red   patches   of  varions    sizes, 
British    Territory,    some    of 
to  the  peninsula  of  Kathiawar. 
ision,  in  which   the   capital  is 
ertile  plain,  perfectly  flat,  heaa- 
vith  rich  allavial  soil  of  great 
tered  by  streams  that  never  dry 
ills  and  reservoirs.     It  is  one 
of  India,  and  the   sabarhs   of 
tne  city  are  extremely  beantifal.     The  total  area 
of  the  Gaekwar's  territory  is  4,400  square  miles,  with  a  popolstion 
of  2,185,000.     Of  these  90  per  cent,  are  Hindus,  2  per  cent.  Jains,  8^ 
per  cent.  Mnsalmans.   There  are  ahont  8,000  Pareis,  and  less  than  200 
Christians.     The  Parsis  are  almost  all  settled  at  Navasari,  a  thriving 
little  tows  on  the  Bombay  and  Baroda  line,  where  the  sacred  fire  of 
this  wonderfnl  people  has  been  baming  for  500  years.     They  ore 
mainly  engaged  in  weaving  the  fine  cotton  for  which  the  central  State 
of  Baroda  is  famous.    There  are  two  ancient  bill  forts,  Songarh  and 
Baler,  within  easy  reach  of  Kavasari. 

Travellers  who   ore   studying  Indian  aits   and  mannfoctnres  will 
find  much  to  interest  them  in  the  State  of  Baroda.    At  Vohora 


42  PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 

Kathor,  a  famous  deep-red  dye  is  manafactnred  from  the  roots  of 
the  moringa  tree;  Sojitia  is  famous  for  kniyes  and  edge-tools; 
Daboi^  within  an  easy  railway  journey  of  Baroda  city,  is  noted  for 
turbansy  saris  and  other  loom  work  of  fine  quality ;  Patau,  for  a  fine 
.  quality  of  pottery,  light  and  strong,  very  tastefully  decorated.  Mr. 
Dinshaw  A,  Talyarkhan,  the  municipal  commissioner  of  Baroda  city, 
has  a  most  interesting  collection  of  the  arts  and  manufactures  of  the 
whole  state,  which  I  had  the  advantage  of  studying.  He  takes  much 
pleasure  in  assisting  English  visitors  to  see  the  various  towns  and 
villages  whence  these  products  come,  and  a  letter  written  to  him 
will  secure  every  facility  to  the  traveller.  Mr.  Talyarkhan  is  a 
cultured  Parsi  gentleman,  who  speaks  English  perfectly,  with  a  very 
wide  knowledge  of  many  important  native  states. 

Daboi  is  within  an  easy  journey  of  Baroda  by  the  Gaekwar's  Bailway. 
It  is  an  old  town  surrounded  by  a  quadrangular  rampart,  two  miles  in 
circumference,  built  of  large  hewn  stones ;  inside  the  rampart  there  is 
a  beautiful  colonnade ;  within  the  walls  is  a  large  masonry  tank  with  a 
noble  flight  of  steps  round  it,  and  many  fine  temples  on  the  embank- 
ment. The  ramparts  are  surrounded  by  fifty-two  towers,  and  in  each 
face  is  a  double  gate.  The  handsomest  of  these  is  called  the 
''  Diamond  Gate.'*  A  temple  adjoining  this  gate  is  a  singularly  fine 
specimen  of  Hindu  architecture.  It  is  820  feet  long,  the  upper 
story  being  supported  by  rows  of  elephants  cut  in  stone.  All  parts  of 
the  temple  are  covered  with  elaborate  sculptures  of  warriors  in  various 
combats,  lions,  camels,  birds,  snakes,  flowers,  fruit  and  what-not. 

Fifteen  miles  from  Bahadarpur  is  the  ancient  city  and  historic 
fortress  of  Champaner,  situated  on  an  isolated  rock  of  great  height. 
The  upper  fort  is  almost  impregnable,  though  it  was  captured  by  the 
Emperor  Humayun  in  1585,  who  climbed  in  with  a  few  chosen 
followers  by  iron  spikes  driven  in  the  face  of  the  rock.  The  old  city, 
deserted  entirely  a  hundred  years  ago,  is  now  a  jungle,  strewn  with 
the  ruins  of  wells,  mosques  and  palaces,  ghosts  of  the  vanished 
splendour  of  Sultan  Mahmud  Begara.  There  is  no  accommodation 
there,  and  it  is  not  healthy,  but  it  makes  a  pleasant  day's  excursion 
on  horseback  from  Bahadarpur,  a  thriving  little  place  with  a  good 
timber  trade.  Arrangements  for  the  journey  should  be  made  before- 
hand, by  writing  to  the  Bahadarpur  station-master. 

The  military  force  maintained  by  the  Baroda  State  is  five  batteries 
of  artillery,  a  small  cavalry  force  of  120  officers  and  men,  and  six 


44  PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 

regiments  of  infantry.  There  is  also  a  large  irregular  force  of  about 
18,000  men.  This  army,  more  ornamental  than  useful,  costs  the 
Gaekwar  nearly  £400,000  a  year* 

Luxuriant  crops  are  grown  of  grain,  cotton,  tobacco,  opium,  sugar- 
cane, and  oil-seeds,  and  Baroda  is  famous  for  a  breed  of  white  cattle 
of  great  size  and  strength,  of  which  splendid  specimens  may  be  seaa 
in  the  royal  stables. 

The  population  of  Baroda  city  is  about  110,000,  of  which  84,000  are 
Hindus,  and  20,000  Musalmans.  There  is  a  good  Bungalow  a  mile 
and  a  half  from  the  station,  and  some  very  indifferent  sleeping  ac- 
commodation in  the  railway  refreshment  rooms.  The  three  or  four 
main  streets  of  the  city  are  singularly  picturesque,  lined  with  fine 
houses  belonging  to  merchants,  bankers  and  nobles,  many  of  the 
facades  being  finely-carved  teak-wood.  The  rest  of  the  town  consists 
of  a  labyrinth  of  mean  and  overcrowded  alleys.  Near  the  water-gate 
are  some  interesting  aviaries  and  menageries,  and  the  Filkhana,  or 
elephant  stables,  where  there  are  some  fine  specimens  of  these  noble 
animals.  Ehande  Bao  kept  up  a  stud  of  about  a  himdred,  perhaps 
the  finest  in  India,  but  there  are  less  than  half  that  number  now. 

The  college  and  high  school  is  a  fine  building  with  a  remarkably 
handsome  central- domed  hall,  and  a  large  number  of  students,  many 
of  whom  graduate  at  Bombay  University. 

There  are  a  great  many  Hindu  temples  in  Baroda,  some  of  which 
will  repay  a  visit.  The  most  notable  are  those  of  Yithal  Mandir, 
Swami  Naryan  Mandir,  and  the  temple  of  Khandoba,  the  tutelary 
god  of  the  Gaekwars. 

The  Maharaja  is  always  glad  to  see  European  travellers,  and  there 
is  no  difficulty  about  procuring  an  interview.  He  spends  most  of  his 
time  at  his  country  palace,  about  seven  miles  from  the  town.  He  sees 
visitors  without  any  ceremony,  in  his  reception  room,  a  large  apart- 
ment with  windows  at  both  ends,  handsomely  furnished  in  European 
fashion,  with  a  few  good  pictures,  by  well-known  English  and  French 
artists,  on  the  walls,  a  view  of  Windsor  Castle,  painted  by  his  order, 
to  commemorate  his  visit  to  the  Queen,  being  in  the  place  of  honour. 
He  speaks  English  perfectly. 

This  fine  young  prince  succeeded  to  the  throne  after  the  deposition 
of  Malhar  B^ao  for  attempting  to  poison  Colonel  Phayre,  the  British 
Resident,  with  a  cup  of  pomelo  juice  in  which  ground  diamonds  had 
been  mixed.    He  had  previously  tried  the  same  trick  on  his  brother 


46  PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 

and  predecessor,  Khande  Bao,  and  was  a  bad  lot  all  round — an 
Eastern  tyrant  of  the  worst  description.  After  his  deposition  the 
widow  of  IQiande  Bao  was  allowed  to  exercise  the  right  of  adoption, 
and  her  choice  fell  upon  the  present  Gaekwar,  then  a  lad  of  eleven^ 
the  descendant  of  a  distant  and  obscure  branch  of  the  family.  He 
had  the  best  tutors  possible,  and  showed  himself  possessed  of  rare 
qualities  of  mind  and  earnestness  of  purpose.  Five  years  ago  he  was 
formally  installed  on  the  throne,  and  invested  with  full  sovereign 
powers.  He  applied  himself  with  such  energy  to  his  new  re- 
sponsibilities that  his  health  soon  broke  down  under  the  strain, 
compelling  him  to  spend  a  year  in  England  and  some  of  the  European 
capitals.  His  entire  administration  is  Indian.  He  has  surrounded 
himself  with  the  best  advisers  he  could  get,  many  of  whom  have  been 
transferred  to  his  service  from  the  British  Government.  Great 
reforms  have  been  effected  in  the  management  of  the  State  finances. 
The  lavish  expenditure  of  his  immediate  predecessors  has  disappeared, 
and  their  most  vexatious  taxes  have  been  abolished.  Begular  courts 
of  justice,  a  fine  police  force,  good  sanitation,  waterworks,  markets, 
hospitals,  dispensaries,  schools  and  colleges  have  taken  the  place  and 
absorbed  the  cost  of  wild  beast  fights  and  other  barbaric  splendours. 
It  is  less  than  twenty  years  since  his  predecessor  lavished  a  million 
rupees  on  the  festivals  incident  to  the  marriage  of  a  favourite  pigeon 
to  one  belonging  to  the  Prime  Minister. 

The  Gaekwar  has  just  completed  a  superb  modem  palace,  estimated 
to  cost  d6800,000.  It  is  the  most  elaborate  specimen  of  Indo- 
Saracenic  style  in  all  India,  and  its  internal  decorations  are  wonderful 
in  detail  and  variety. 

A  visit  must  be  paid  to  the  old  Nazar  Bagh  Palace  in  the  heart  of 
the  city  to  see  the  treasure-room.  Huge  cheetahs,  carefully  muzzled, 
used  for  hunting  bucks,  are  usually  to  be  seen  on  the  palace  steps. 
The  Begalia  of  Baroda  is  valued  at  £8,000,000  sterling.  The  jewels 
worn  by  the  Maharaja  on  state  occasions  are  those  shown  to  strangers. 
Those  consist  of  a  gorgeous  collar  of  600  diamonds,  some  of  them  as 
big  as  walnuts,  arranged  in  five  rows,  surrounded  by  a  top  and  bottom 
row  of  emeralds  the  same  size ;  the  pendant  is  a  feunous  diamond 
called  ''  The  Star  of  the  Deccan."  An  aigrette  to  match  is  worn  in 
the  turban.  The  rest  of  the  jewels  consist  of  strings  of  pearls  of  per- 
fect roundness,  graduated  from  the  size  of  a  pea  to  a  large  marble; 
wondrous  ringSi  necklaces,  clusters  of  sapphires  and  rubies  as  big  as 


BARODA.  47 


grapes ;  and,  greatest  marvel  of  all,  a  carpet,  about  ten  feet  by  six, 
woven  entirely  of  strings  of  pure  and  colonred  pearls,  with  great  cen- 
tral and  corner  circles  of  diamonds.  This  carpet  took  three  years  to 
make,  and  cost  £200,000.  It  was  one  of  Khande  Bao's  mad  freaks, 
and  was  intended  to  be  sent  to  Mecca  to  please  a  Mohammadan  lady 
who  had  fascinated  him,  bat  the  scandal  of  such  a  thing  being  done  by 
a  Hindu  prince,  was  too  serious,  and  it  never  left  Baroda.  Behind 
the  Nazar  Bagh  is  situated  the  great  walled  arena  where  former 
Oaekwars  held  wild  beast  fights  and  other  shows  for  the  amusement  of 
their  court  and  the  populace  of  the  city. 

At  a  little  distance  from  the  palace  are  two  guns,  weighing  280 
pounds  each,  of  solid  gold,  with  two  companions  of  silver,  the  ammu- 
nition waggons,  bullock  harness,  and  ramrods  being  all  silver.  These 
were  made  at  the  order  of  Malhar  Bao  as  a  piece  of  extravagance  in- 
tended to  take  the  shine  out  of  Khande  Bao's  carpet.  I  suspect  the 
present  Maharaja  would  like  nothing  better  than  to  coin  them  down 
into  good  money,  and  build  that  Technical  School,  which  it  is  one  of 
his  dearest  hopes  to  possess. 

A  public  park,  just  outside  the  city,  has  been  established  for  the 
use  and  pleasure  of  the  people.  The  river  meanders  through,  and  its 
banks  are  dotted  with  pretty  summer-houses  and  pavilions  tenanted 
by  lions,  tigers,  and  other  interesting  beasts.  Deer  and  antelope  are 
tethered  on  the  lawn,  while  every  tree  swarms  with  the  beautifril  birds 
that  are  one  of  India's  greatest  charms.  Bulbuls,  pheasants,  mynas, 
green  parrots  with  a  flight  as  beautiful  as  the  pigeons  in  their 
company,  hoopoes,  shrikes,  kites,  sun-birds,  and  peacocks,  with  many 
others,  forming  a  vast  aviary,  rendered  doubly  attractive  by  the  tame 
freedom  of  its  inhabitants. 

There  are  some  remarkable  Baulis  in  the  neighbourhood  of  Baroda 
that  ought  not  to  be  overlooked.  They  are  nearly  600  years  old. 
Some  of  them  are  circular  wells,  with  galleried  apartments  round 
them,  below  the  surfietce,  while  others  are  surrounded  with  open 
pavilions,  of  Hindu  architecture,  with  pyramidal  roofr.  They  contain 
excellent  water.  The  finest  of  these  is  the  Nine  Lakh  Well,  which 
cost  900,000  rupees. 

Baroda  is  not  an  easy  country  to  travel  through,  as  there  are 
not  more  than  80  miles  of  good  road  in  the  whole  principality ;  but 
the  best  and  most  cultivated  land  is  round  the  capital,  and  readily 
accessible. 


48  PICTURESQUE  INDIA, 

The  total  revenue  of  the  State  in  1881|  was  £1,120,000,  which  is 
made  up  of  the  following  items : — 

Land  revenue,  £850,000 ;  customs,  £94,000 ;  taxes  on  castes  and 
trades,  £81,000;  ahkari  (lienor  and  opium),  £42,000;  forests, 
£7,000 ;  tributary  states,  £64,000 ;  justice,  £26,000. 

The  administration  consists  of  the  Diwan,  or  Prime  Minister,  who 
exercises  supervision  over  the  whole.  Under  him  are  four  cabinet 
ministers :  (1)  political  and  military ;  (2)  judicial  and  educational ; 
(8)  police,  jail,  municipality,  health,  and  public  works ;  (4)  treasuiy 
and  mint. 

Their  salaries  are  about  £1,500  a-year  each. 

Baroda  has  the  right  of  coinage,  which  is  hand-made  at  present ; 
but  shortly  machinery  will  be  introduced  into  the  Mint.  The  coins 
are  curious  and  worth  collecting. 

The  only  place  of  interest  between  Baroda  and  Ahmadabad,  is 
Mehmadabad,  a  town  of  8,000  inhabitants.  It  was  built  by  Mahmud 
Begara,  King  of  Gujarat,  from  whom  it  takes  its  name,  in  1479 ;  the 
gateways  of  the  old  walls,  a  step- well  in  the  town,  the  Dhundia  reser- 
voir, and  two  beautiful  tombs  built  by  Mahmud  in  1484,  are  worth 
seeing. 

At  Anand  Junction,  a  small  branch  railway  leads  to  Godhra,  the 
little  capital  of  the  Panch  Mahal  country,  long  famous  for  the  sport 
afforded  by  its  wild  tracts  of  jungle,  and  for  the  excellent  fishing  in 
the  Mhye  Biver.  At  Dakor,  20  miles  along  the  line  from  Anand,  is 
the  celebrated  temple  where  the  holy  image  of  Krishna,  brought  firom 
Dwarka,  is  now  enshrined.  The  idol's  throne  is  a  masterpiece  of 
wood-carving,  overlaid  with  silver  and  gold,  presented  by  the  Gaek- 
war  at  a  cost  of  £12,000.  During  the  full  moons  of  October  and 
November,  from  50  to  100,000  pilgrims  repair  to  the  temple  at 
Dakor. 

Cambay,  18  miles  from  Anand  Junction,  is  a  seaport  town  of  85,000 
inhabitants.  It  was  mentioned  by  Marco  Polo  (a.d.  1800)  as  a  place 
of  great  trade,  but  the  harbour  has  silted  up.  It  is  a  picturesque 
city,  with  a  fine  old  mosque  built  by  Muhammad  Shah  in  1825  a.d. 
It  is  celebrated  for  the  manufacture  of  agate,  camelian  and  onyx  orna- 
ments, the  stones  being  found  in  the  neighbourhood. 


CHAPTER  IV. 

AHMADABAD.  -1- 


it. 
are  Hindus  ani  22  per  cent.  MaBalmaaB,'thc 
lialance  being  mostly  Jainfi,  who  are  very  strong  aod  influential,  and  a 
large  sprinkling  of  Parsia. 

Ahmadabad  is  one  of  the  most  beantifiil  and  picturesqae  cities  in  all 
India,  and  no  traveller  shonld  pass  it  by.  It  stands  on  the  left  bank 
of  the  Sabarmati  River,  tfae  Fort  and  its  dependencies  occnpying  the 
whole  of  the  river  frontage  ;  the  walls,  which  are  bastioned  every  50 
yards,  are  in  good  preservation,  stretching  east  and  west  abont  a  mile, 
enclosing  an  area  of  about  two  square  miles.  The  fourteen  fine  gate- 
ways, whoHe  great  teak  doors  are  studded  with  spikes  as  a  defence 
gainst  battering  elephants,  are  worthy  of  notice.  The  river  is  abont 
fiOO  yards  wide,  bnt  during  the  winter  months,  the  stream  is  shallow, 
and  not  more  than  100  yards  across.  The  surrounding  country  is 
fertile,  well  wooded,  with  good  cultivation,  rendered  additionally 
interesting  by  the  remains  of  old  suburbs,  with  their  mosques, 
temples,  and   Musalman  tombs.     The  walls  and  fort  were  built  by 


so  PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 

Ahmad  Shah  (1418 — 48),  the  second  Musabnan  Kmg  of  Gujarat, 
after  whom  the  city  is  named,  but  they  have  been  altered  and  repaired 
since,  till  not  much  of  the  original  fabric  is  left.  Ahmadabad  has  a 
great  history,  and  in  the  height  of  its  prosperity  contained  a  population 
of  nearly  a  million. 

There  are  three  or  four  nicely  furnished  bed-rooms  at  the  railway- 
station,  and  trayellers  who  don't  mind  a  little  noise,  will  find  them- 
selves yery  comfortable.  The  Town  Bungalow  is  a  well-ordered  place, 
nearer  the  centre  of  things.  The  water  supply  is  bad  all  through  the 
city,  the  municipaUty  being  at  present  engaged  upon  new  waterworks 
of  some  magnitude.     Strangers  had  better  keep  to  soda-water  or  tea. 

The  chief  attractions  of  Ahmadabad,  are  the  superb  buildings  of 
ancient  Musalman  architecture,  which,  more  than  in  any  other  city 
in  India,  illustrate  the  results  of  the  contact  of  Saracenic  and  Hindu 
forms.  Here,  the  vigorous  aggressiveness  of  Musalman  art,  which 
has  all  its  own  way  at  Agra  and  Delhi,  has  been  forced  to  submit  itself 
to  the  influence  of  Hindu  or  Jain  architects,  the  Jain  predominating. 
Even  the  mosques  are,  in  all  their  detail  and  decoration,  entirely 
Hindu. 

The  mosques  of  Ahmadabad  are  among  the  finest  in  the  East, 
though  the  most  beautiful  are  not  remarkable  for  size.  It  is  best  to 
devote  a  day  to  the  mosques  and  tombs  alone,  if  the  traveller  is  not 
pressed  for  time.  The  mosques  best  worth  seeing  are :  the  Jama 
Masjid,  the  Queen's,  the  Bani  Sipri,  Muhafiz  Khan's,  Sidi  Sayyid's, 
Sayyid  Alam's,  and  Shujat  Khan's.  There  are  of  course  a  score 
of  others  worthy  of  the  notice  of  an  archseologist,  but  these  are  the 
finest,  and  contain  within  themselves  illustrations  of  every  architectural 
detail  peculiar  to  their  class. 

The  Jama  Masjid  is  in  the  Manik  Chauk,  in  the  very  centre  of 
jhe  city ;  the  entrance  is  poor  and  mean,  but  opens  out  into  a  great 
quadrangle  882  feet  by  258,  at  one  end  of  which  is  the  mosque,  with 
its  260  pillars  and  15  domes,  the  three  central  ones  being  much  larger 
than  the  rest.  The  minarets  are  gone,  having  Mien  during  an  earth- 
quake some  fifty  years  ago,  and  have  never  been  rebuilt.  This  mosque 
was  built  by  Ahmad  Shah,  whose  splendid  tomb  is  within  an  enclosure 
on  the  east  side.  It  is  a  building  about  86  feet  square,  paved  with 
parti-coloured  marbles.  The  central  sarcophagus  is  that  of  the  great 
king  himself,  the  other  two  being  those  of  his  son  and  grandson ; 
they  are  of  white  marble,  richly  carved  with  floral  designs.    A  short 


52  PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 

distance  off,  down  a  narrow  dirty  lane,  are  the  tombs  of  the  qaeens  of 
Ahmad  Shah,  choked  up  with  mean  buildings.  They  are  placed  in  a 
rectangular  court,  with  a  colonnade  running  round  it.  Some  of  the 
sarcophagi  are  finely  carved. 

The  Queen's  Mosque  is  close  to  the  Town  Bungalow.  There  are 
three  domes,  each  crowning  compartments  entered  by  lofty  archways. 
On  either  side  of  the  centre  arch  are  minarets,  which  are  only  carried 
up  as  high  as  the  top  of  the  facade.  It  is  not  known  whether  they 
were  ever  finished,  or  if  they  were,  like  those  of  the  Jama,  destroyed 
by  some  earthquake.  The  mosque  is  a  little  over  100  feet  long,  by 
44  feet  deep  ;  it  is  beautifully  proportioned,  and  with  the  exception  of 
the  minarets,  is  not  elaborately  sculptured.  Near  the  mosque  is  a 
fine  mausoleum,  the  tomb  of  a  princess  named  Rupavati,  about  40 
feet  square,  in  excellent  preservation,  having  been  recently  restored. 
This  tomb  is  ornamented  with  the  chain  and  censer,  a  favourite  Hindu 
device. 

The  mosque  and  tomb  of  Bani  Sipri,  or  Isni,  are  two  of  the  most 
exquisitely  beautiful  buildings  in  all  India ;  Mr.  Sheppard  Dale's 
illustrations  will  give  a  better  idea  of  the  charming  and  infinite  detail 
of  their  architecture  than  pages  of  description.  They  are  small 
buildings,  the  mosque  being  54  feet  long  by  19  feet  wide,  and  the 
tomb  86  feet  square.  Bani  Sipri  was  a  daughter-in-law  of  Ahmad 
Shah,  and  her  mosque  and  mausoleum  were  built  by  herself  and 
completed  in  the  year  1481.  Both  are  in  red  sandstone,  and  the 
mosque  windows  are  perfect  specimens  of  fine  carving,  one  of  which 
is  drawn  on  page  54;  their  designs  are  various,  and  will  repay  the 
most  careful  study.  There  are  six  double  pillars  in  front  of  the 
mosque,  and  six  single  ones  behind,  all  of  which  are  about  ten  feet 
high.  The  two  minarets  are  about  fifty  feet  high,  with  four  stories 
tapering  up  to  the  top.  The  whole  building,  from  the  base  of  the 
pillars  to  the  topmost  stone  of  the  minaret,  is  one  continuous  triumph 
of  the  sculptor's  art.  The  tomb  contains  two  sarcophagi,  and  its 
windows  are  beautiful  pierced  work. 

The  mosque  of  Muhafiz  Khan  is  about  800  yards  walk  from  the 
Town  Bungalow.  It  was  built  in  1465  by  a  governor  of  the  city 
whose  name  it  bears.  It  is  in  almost  perfect  preservation,  and  is  a 
beautiful  little  building,  51  feet  by  86,  with  two  minarets  50  feet  high. 
Its  details  are  nearly  equal  in  merit  to  those  of  Bani  Sipri,  which 
they  closely  resemble.  . 


PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 


Sidi  SajTid's  Mosque  is  gituated  withia  the  walls  of  the  fort ;  it  is 
DOW  deBecrated,  and  is  an  office  connected  with  the  local  admimBtra- 


r   RAMI   SIPBi'h   UOSQCE. 


tioD.  The  interior  is  witbont  interest,  but  on  going  round  to  the 
back  of  the  boilding,  five  arched  windows  are  seen ;  one  of  these  has 
been  destroyed,  bat  the  remaining  foor  form  the  finest  examples  of 
pierced  marble  lattice-woik  in  existence,  and  are  alone  worth  coming 


PICTURESQUE    INDIA. 


to  Abmsdabad  to  see.  These  windows  will  be  familiar  to  all  who 
have  Tisited  the  iDdiaQ  Maseom  at  South  KeDBington,  vhere  tht^i-a 
are  good  copies  of  the  two  best.     I  gire  an  illustration  of  one,  which 


is  a  conrentioiial  treatment  of  a  tree.  Another  window  is  a  design  tif 
palms,  and  the  others  are  panelled  in  Tarions  patterns.  The  greatest 
possible  skill  is  displayed  both  in  the  artistic  treatment  of  the  designs, 
and  in  the  perfection  of  the  carving  itself.  Beautiful  as  are  the 
windows  of  the  Taj  Mahal  at  Agra,  they  are  distinctly  inferior  in 
both  design  and  workmanship  to  those  of  Sidi  Sayyid's  Moaqae  at 
Abmadabad. 

Shah  Alam's  Mosque  is  reached  by  a  drive  of  aboat  half-an-hour 
beyond  the  city  walls  ;  it  was  bailt  aboat  1420,  and  with  its  adjacent 
tombs  forms  a  very  fine  and  richly  decorated  group  of  baildings.  Oti 
the  west  side  of  a  great  court  is  the  mosqac,  with  handsome  minarets 
nearly  100  feet  high,  the  stories  being  snrronnded  by  galleries  sap- 
ported  with  brackets.  The  tomb  is  one  of  the  most  notable  in 
iiujarat,  and  in  its  pristine  splendour  was  adorned  with  gold  and 


AHMADABAD.  57 

precione  stones,  the  beaatifnl  hammered  and  perforated  brass  gates 
Mly  illQBtrating  the  ancient  ekiU  of  the  natives  of  Onjarat  in  metal- 
work.  The  drive  may  be  continned  a  mile  or  two  further,  to  Butwa, 
to  see  the  mosqae  and  tomb  of  Kutb-ol-AIam,  returning  by  way  of 
the  enc  banting  Kankariya  Tank. 

These  are  but  a  few  of  the  many  beantifnl  and  interesting  mosqaes 
with  which  Ahmadabad  abonnds.  Those  who  wish  to  thoronghly 
master  their  details  shoold  stady  Chapter  V.  of  the  "Indian  Saracenic 


r  HCENK.    AHMAI 


.\rchitectare  "  section  of  Frrgiisson't  volume,  or  the  more  expanded 
criticism  contained  in  "  Architecture  of  Ahmadabad,"  byMessre.  Hope 
and  Fergnsson.  The  genera]  character  of  all  of  them  is  ahke :  a  mosque 
proper,  with  minarets,  containing  spaces  for  worshippers,  and  a 
mimbar  from  which  the  Eoran  is  read.  This  is  placed  at  one  end  of 
a  colonnaded  courtyard,  in  the  centre  of  which  is  a  large  tank  for 


58  PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 

ablutions.  Leading  out  of  this  yard  is  the  Bozah,  a  garden  or  open 
space,  in  the  centre  of  which  is  the  mausoleum  covering  the  tombs  of 
the  founder  of  the  mosque  and  his  family.  These  Bozahs  should 
never  be  passed  by,  as  they  all  contain  beautiful  little  buildings, 
generaUy  of  marble,  with  exquisite  pierced  windows  and  sculptured 
columns.  These  are  grouped  in  picturesque  confusion  round  the 
larger  mausoleum  of  the  founder,  and  are  tombs  of  his  family,  his 
favourite  ministers,  or  some  holy  man  who  was  his  spiritual  adviser 
and  guide.  The  Bozah  of  Shah  Alam's  Mosque  is  the  most  charming 
of  them  all,  every  nook  and  comer  presenting  a  picture  of  sculptured 
column  and  lace-like  screen  or  window  Hiat  would  make  Alma 
Tadema's  mouth  water.  In  the  flush  of  Ahmadabad's  glory,  towards 
the  end  of  the  16th  century,  there  were  not  less  than  a  thousand 
mosques,  tombs  and  cenotaphs  in  city  and  suburbs,  all  surrounded 
by  carefully  kept  gardens.  They  are  beautiful  enough  in  their  ruin 
and  decay  to  give  some  idea  of  what  they  must  have  been  when  those 
who  built  them,  or  whose  fathers  were  buried  in  them,  loved  and 
tended  them. 

The  Hindu  temples  of  the  city  are  hardly  worth  notice,  but  a  visit 
should  be  made  to  the  magnificent  shrine  of  Hathi  Sing,  a  rich  Jain 
merchant,  who  built  it,  some  thirty  years  ago,  with  the  adjacent 
mansion  and  rest-house  for  pilgrims,  at  a  cost  of  £100,000.  This 
temple  is  just  outside  the  Delhi  Gate,  and  is  dedicated  to  Dhar- 
manath,  one  of  the  Jain  Tirthankars,  whose  image  crowned  with 
diamonds  is  in  the  inner  temple. 

The  temple  stands  in  a  quadrangle  of  about  60  pagoda  domes,  and 
is  150  feet  long  by  100  wide  ;  there  is  a  fine  corridor  surrounding  the 
inner  courtyard.  All  round  the  corridor  are  rooms,  or  chapels,  in 
which  are  placed  figures  of  the  Jain  Tirthankars,  or  saints,  of  whom 
Dharmanath  stands  in  the  front  rank. 

The  whole  building  is  a  mass  of  elaborate  carving,  tesselated  marble 
pavements,  and  richly  coloured  decorations,  and  is  probably  the  noblest 
modern  sacred  building  in  all  India. 

In  and  round  Ahmadabad  are  several  Baulis,  or  wells,  round  which, 
deep  down  beneath  the  surface  of  the  soil,  are  pillared  galleries 
of  great  extent  and  beauty,  built  as  cool  refuges  from  the  fierce  heat 
of  summer.  The  finest  of  these  is  that  known  as  Dada  Hari's,  at  the 
end  of  a  sandy  line  just  outside  the  Daryapur  Gate.  Steps  lead  down 
from  portico  to  portico,  all  as  elaborately  carved  as  the  Mosque  and 


AHMADABAD.  59 

Bozah  abore^  mifl  tSL  ksi  *  cirenkr  welU  sunoiijided  bj  ptilan.  is 
reached,  80  ieei  bdov  tlie  aor&ee ;  the  leii^[th  of  the  whole  seiiea  is 
more  than  150  feel*  There  is  an  older  well,  aboat  100  juds  fiirUier, 
called  MatcL  Bhawam,  in  the  final  portico  of  which  is  a  small  temple 
to  BhawanL  These  wella  are  rery  cnrioos  and  interesting,  and  should 
not  be  left  nmisited* 

The  Tin  Darwaza,  or  Triple  Gateway,  is  a  richly  canred  building 
erossing  the  main  street,  boilt  by  Ahmad  L  ;  it  appears  in  the  initiai 
iUastration  of  this  chapter*  Opposite  the  middle  arch  is  an  ancient 
foontain  called  the  Earanj. 

The  large  Pinjrapol,  or  Hospital  for  Sick  Animals,  is  an  inclosnre 
of  aboat  8  acres,  sorroonded  by  sheds  and  cages,  in  which  abont 
1,000  aged  and  diseased  domestic  animals  have  their  declining  years 
made  easy*  To  soch  a  degree  is  this  care  for  animal  life  carried,  that 
a  room  is  resenred  tor  the  yermin  which  trouble  the  bodies  of  the 
nhra-Faithfal,  who  will  not  even  kill  an  attacking  flea,  which, 
when  captored,  is  reverently  conveyed  to  Pinjrapol.  These  in- 
teresting prisoners  are  fed  on  the  bodies  of  men  poor  enough,  for 
a  small  consideration,  to  pass  the  night  on  a  bed  in  their  private 
apartment* 

A  few  yards  from  the  entrance  to  Pinjrapol  are  some  curious  old 
tombs,  more  ancient  than  any  other  building  in  the  city,  called  the 
Nan  Gaz  Pin  (the  nine  yard  saints).  They  are  nine  in  number,  and 
about  18  feet  long. 

The  Bbadr,  or  citadel,  is  in  the  centre  of  the  town.  Azim  Khan's 
palace  is  the  only  important  building  within  its  area,  except  Sidi 
Bayyid's  mosque,  already  described.  The  palace,  which  was  built  in 
1686  by  the  viceroy  whose  name  it  bears,  was  originally  a  serai, 
or  hotel,  for  the  use  of  country  nobles.  In  the  Peshwa's  time 
it  was  used  as  an  arsenal,  and  is  now  the  city  jail.  There  is 
on  imposing  tower,  about  60  feet  high.  Behind  the  jail,  and 
across  the  compound,  is  the  handsome  residence  and  offices  of  the 
collector. 

No  one  should  quit  Ahmadabad  without  driving  out  to  the  ruined 
and  deserted  city  of  Sarkhej.  This  beautiful  place  was  one  of  those 
splendid  freaks  of  extravagance  which  makes  it  possible  to  believe  any 
of  the  wildest  stories  of  the  **  Arabian  Nights."  In  the  middle  of 
the  16th  century,  Sultan  Mahmud  Begara  thought  he  would  like  a 
country  villa.    He  proceeded  to  dig  out  a  large  lake  of  18  acres  in 


6o  PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 

oxtent,  with  30  feet  of  water  in  it*  This  he  Burrounded  with  splendid 
flights  of  steps,  above  which  rise  a  succession  of  palaces  and  pavilions. 
Here  is  the  resplendent  tomb  of  a  favonrite  vizier,  that  wonld  cost 
^50,000  to  reproduce ;  here  also  he  buried  his  queen  in  like  mag- 
nificence, and  provided  a  similar  mausoleum  for  himself  when  his 
time  came.  Behind  this  rozah,  in  a  cloistered  square  of  over  an  acre, 
he  built  a  mosque,  only  second  in  pretensions  to  the  famous  Moti 
Masjid  at  Agra.  All  this  ruined  grandeur  now  stands  solitary  and 
forgotten,  the  home  of  storks,  crows,  parrots,  monkeys,  jackals,  and 
iilligators,  with  trees  and  brushwood  choking  its  stately  courtyards, 
visited  only  two  or  three  times  in  the  year  by  some  tourist  who  has 
the  good  sense  to  give  more  than  twenty-four  hours  to  Ahmadabad, 
as  he  scrambles  on  for  Delhi  and  Agra. 

The  drive  to  Sarkhej  is  across  the  Sabarmati  River,  fordable  for 
carriages  throughout  the  winter.  Hundreds  of  gaily-dressed  men  and 
women  are  washing  themselves  or  their  clothing,  or  baling  water  into 
great  earthenware  pots  on  buUock-carts ;  in  those  picturesque  groups 
which  can  only  be  seen  in  this  land  of  supple  grace  and  flowing 
garments  (see  pages  51  and  65).  Then  for  six  miles  along  a  sand} , 
dusty  road,  through  fields  and  past  ancient  tombs.  The  massive  brick 
tomb,  about  two  miles  from  Ahmadabad,  is  that  of  Azam,  the  Persian 
architect  of  Sarkhej.  The  mosque  and  rozah  of  Sarkhej  are  entered 
by  a  raised  terrace  and  covered  gateway.  The  first  building  on  the 
left  is  the  tomb  of  Mahmud  Begara  and  his  two  sons.  Beyond  is  a 
delightful  portico,  leading  to  a  terrace  and  steps,  overlooking  the  tank. 
Passing  a  pretty  well  and  fountain,  a  covered  pavilion,  also  over- 
looking the  tank,  leads  into  the  tomb  of  Bibi  Bajbaie,  Mahmud's 
queen.  Across  the  courtyard  is  a  noble  pavilion,  raised  on  a  stepped 
platform,  the  richly-decorated  roof  crowned  with  domes,  and  supported 
by  sixteen  pillars.  Opposite  this  is  the  gorgeous  tomb  of  Gunj 
Baksb,  begun  by  Mahmud  Shah  in  1445  and  completed  by  Begara 
in  1451.  GuDJ  Baksh  was  the  vizier  and  spiritual  guide  of  Sultan 
Ahmad,  who  retired  to  Sarkhej  at  the  death  of  his  great  master, 
living  himself  to  the  venerable  age  of  111  years.  The  whole  structure 
is  about  150  feet  by  165 ;  it  is  crowned  by  a  great  central  .cupola, 
surrounded  by  fifty-two  smaller  ones.  The  shrine  is  octagonal,  sur- 
rounded by  finely-worked  lattice  windows  of  brass,  the  floor  being 
coloured  marbles,  and  the  roof  heavily  gilt.  A  small  door  leads  from 
the  yard  of  the  tomb  to  that  of  the  mosque,  perhaps  the  loveliest  of 


62  PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 


all  the  Ahmadabad  group.  On  leaving  the  mosque  the  carriage  may 
be  sent  to  the  other  end  of  the  tank,  and  joined  after  visiting  the 
supply-sluice  of  the  tank,  which,  like  all  other  tank  supply-sluices,  is 
beautifully  decorated,  and  a  stroll  through  the  deserted  palaces  and 
pavilions  along  the  margin. 

The  art  manufactures  of  Ahmadabad  are  famous  all  over  India.  An 
old  proverb  of  the  place  says,  ''  Ahmadabad  hangs  on  three  threads — 
gold,  silk,  and  cotton,"  and  the  proverb  still  holds  good,  as  these 
three  threads  still  support  a  large  portion  of  the  population.  The 
trades  of  Ahmadabad,  like  those  of  most  other  large  Indian  cities,  are 
vested  in  guilds,  composed  of  all  the  freemen  of  the  trade  caste, 
governed  by  two  hereditary  zetliB^  or  chiefs  of  the  guild,  and  some 
elected  colleagues  called  mahajans.  Membership  is  also  hereditary ; 
but  outsiders  may  be  admitted,  on  proof  of  capacity,  by  payment 
of  an  entrance  fee,  varying  from  £2  to  £60.  Every  boy  bom  into 
one  of  these  trade  castes  learns  his  father's  handicraft  as  a  matter 
of  course,  entering  the  guild  as  a  full  member  when  he  has  mas- 
tered it.  The  Nagar-seth,  or  city  lord  of  Ahmadabad,  is  the  titular 
head  of  all  the  guilds,  and  is  the  highest  personage  in  the 
city.  The  smallest  infringement  of  the  rigid  rules  of  these  guilds 
is  punished  by  heavy  fines,  which  form  their  chief  source  of 
income.  Under  this  ancient  system  the  beautifcd  art  manufactures 
of  India,  which  for  centuries  have  been  encouraged  by  the  great 
native  chiefs,  and  sought  for  by  European  wealth,  were  founded  and 
fostered. 

Ahmadabad  has  always  been  fi&mous  for  its  brass  and  copper  work. 
The  lovely  gates  and  screens  of  Shah  Alam's  tomb  give  evidence  of 
the  power  of  its  brass-workers  nearly  600  years  ago.  The  braziers  of 
to-day  still  produce  graceful  and  delicately-cut  brass  screens,  beautiful 
boxes  covered  with  intricate  tracery,  rings,  lamps,  chains,  idols,  jewel- 
caskets,  and  inkstands,  besides  a  great  variety  of  domestic  utensils, 
some  of  which  are  even  more  perfect,  as  works  of  art,  than  the  purel}*^ 
ornamental. 

The  leather-workers  are  a  large  community ;  they  make  boots  and 
shoes,  slippers  and  saddlery,  handsomely-painted  leather  shields, 
which  look  well  on  the  wall  of  an  English  hall,  and  finely-embroidered 
leather  mats. 

The  jewellers  are  numerous,  their  special  work  being  the  chopped- 
gold  form  of  jewellery  worn  throughout  India,  the  art  of  which  is 


AHMADABAD.  63 


carried  to  the  highest  perfection  at  Ahmadabad,  and  which  is  in  great 
request  among  the  people  of  Gujarat.  ''It  is  made  of  chopped 
pieces,  like  jujubes,  of  the  purest  gold,  flat,  or  in  cubes,  or  by  the 
remoTal  of  the  angles  made  octahedrons,  strung  on  red  silk.  It  is 
the  finest  archaic  jewellery  in  India.  The  nail-head  earrings  are 
identical  with  those  represented  on  Assyrian  sculptures.  It  is 
generally  in  solid  gold,  for  people  in  India  hoard  their  money  in  the 
shape  of  jewellery,  but  it  is  also  made  hollow  to  perfection  at  Surat, 
the  pieces  being  filled  with  lac." — Bi/rdwood. 

The  exquisite  stone  carving,  which  decorates  alike  the  ancient 
mosques  and  Hathi  Sing's  new  temple,  finds  its  match  in  the  craft  of 
wood-carvers.  The  city  is  full  of  specimens  of  this  beautiful  art,  on 
the  door-frames,  balconies,  windows,  and  wooden  pillars  of  the  houses 
in  every  bazar  and  side  street ;  some  of  the  mansions  of  the  richer 
merchants  are  more  picturesque  than  any  in  Nuremburg,  being  one 
mass  of  carving,  figures,  animals,  trees,  and  flowers,  from  roadway  to 
roof,  often  gaily  painted. 

There  is  also  a  considerable  trade  carried  on  in  the  Blackwood 
furniture  and  other  decorative  objects,  already  referred  to  at  page  21. 
Lacquered  wooden  bracelets,  toys,  and  other  turnery  are  also  largely 
produced  at  Ahmadabad. 

In  spite  of  the  rapid  growth  of  cotton  mills  in  India,  the  hand- 
weaving  of  cotton  cloth  still  thrives  in  the  city.  Large  quantities  of 
English  yams  are  used,  and  worked  up  into  saris,  dhotis  or  loin- 
cloths, chahtas  or  waist-cloths,  and  quilts,  which  find  their  way  to 
every  village  bazar  in  the  Bombay  Presidency.  Calico  printing  is 
also  a  craft  of  some  consequence,  and  its  products  are  very  well  worth 
the  attention  of  the  connoisseur  in  such  art  fabrics.  At  one  time 
cotton  hand-weaving  was  the  most  important  industry  of  Ahmadabad, 
but  it  appears  doomed  to  eventuiJ  extinction  by  the  mechanical 
productions  of  Manchester  and  Bombay.  A  strong  effort,  however, 
is  being  made  by  the  wealthier  merchants,  led  by  Mr.  Ranchorelal 
Chotalal,  CLE.,  to  secure  its  permanence  in  Ahmadabad,  even  though 
it  must  be  transferred  from  hand  to  machine.  There  are  now  four 
or  five  factories  at  work  in  the  city,  representing  a  capital  of  between 
£800,000  and  £400,000,  employing  about  8,000  hands  at  good  wages. 

While  the  cotton  "thread"  of  the  proverb  still  holds,  the  "gold 
thread "  is  stronger  than  ever,  for  the  drawing  of  gold  and  silver 
wire  and  thread,  the  making  of  gold  and  silver  lace  therefrom^  with 


64  PICTURESQUE  INDIA, 

foils  and  tinsely  is  one  of  the  most  thriving  industries  of  the  bazars. 
Nothing  is  prettier  than  the  drawing  oat  by  hand  of  gold  and 
silver  wire.  Yon  may  give  a  rnpee  to  one  of  these  clever  crafts- 
men, and  he  will  presently  return  it  to  you  a  coil  of  800  yards  of 
silver  wire.  The  lace  which  is  made  from  these  fine  gold  and 
silver  threads,  and  the  thin  foils  and  spangles,  are  used  for  trimming 
shoes  and  caps,  for  the  edging  of  9ari%  and  jackets,  turbans  and 
petticoats,  for  stamping  muslins  and  chintzes,  embroidering  shawls 
and  other  woollen  fabrics,  the  manufacture  of  gold  and  silver  cloths  of 
state,  and  especially  for  the  manufacture  of  the  \Anc6b%  or  brocades 
for  which  Ahmadabad  and  Benares  are  so  famous. 

''  Silk  thread  "  successfully  defies  machinery,  and  is  as  flourishing 
as  of  old.  All  the  processes  of  silk  manufeu^ture  are  carried  on  in  this 
city.  The  raw  silk  comes  from  different  parts  of  India,  from  China, 
Persia,  and  even  Bokhara,  the  yearly  import  being  about  200,000 
pounds,  valued  at  £150,000.  It  is  reeled,  sorted,  spun,  warped, 
dyed,  dressed,  woven  and  brocaded.  The  most  beautiful  silk  fabrics 
in  the  world  are  made  here. 

Kincobs  are  highly  ornamented  gold  and  silver-wrought  silk 
brocades,  some  of  which  are  literally  stiff  with  the  precious  metals. 
Those  produced  at  Ahmadabad  are  more  highly  prized  than  any 
other.  Sir  George  Birdwood  maintains  that  the  kincobs  of  India 
were  worn  by  Ulysses,  Helen  of  Troy,  Solomon,  Queen  Esther,  and 
Herod.  These  beautiful  fabrics  are  of  course  costly,  but  small  pieces 
are  manufactured,  suitable  for  cushion-covers  or  table-mats,  which 
may  be  purchased  as  specimens.  A  ''  piece  **  of  kincob  large  enough 
for  a  robe  costs  anything  from  £40  to  £1,000.  Some  lovely  table- 
cloths can  be  had,  in  white,  black,  or  cream-coloured  silk,  with  kincob 
borders,  from  £8  to  £10  each.  To  weave  these  brocades,  or  kincobs, 
u  more  complicated  loom  is  necessary  than  for  ordinary  silk  weaving. 
A  kind  of  inverted  heddles,  called  the  naksh  (design),  are  hung  above 
the  warp  immediately  behind  the  heddles,  the  other  end  of  the  cords 
being  fastened  to  a  horizontal  band  running  below  the  warp.  Like 
the  cords  of  a  heddle,  the  naksh  strings  when  they  cross  the  warp 
have  loops,  through  which  certain  of  the  warp  threads  are  passed. 
But  instead  of  getting  an  up-and-down  motion  from  treddles  pressed  by 
the  weaver's  foot,  the  naksh  is  worked  from  above  by  a  child  seated  on 
a  bench  over  his  father's  head.  The  little  fellow  holds  a  bar  of  wood, 
and  by  giving  it  a  twist,  draws  up  the  cords  attached  to  the  threads  of 


AHMADABAD.  65 

the  warp,  which,  according  to  the  nalah,  or  pattern,  sre  at  any  time  to 
i^pear  in  the  surfitce  of  the  web.  The  weaver  at  the  head  of  the 
loom  adds  variety  to  his  design  by  working  silks  of  divers  colours 
into  the  woof,  along  with  threads  of  silver  and  gold ;  and  thna  the 
vision  grows  in  the  sight  of  the  young  child  seated  aloft. 

The  spread  amongst  wealthy  natives  of  the  European  fashion  of 
plain  dressing,  is  serionsly  affecting  the  piece  trade  in  Kincobs,  which 
are  now  only  worn  as  State  robes.     A  pure  "  cloth  of  gold  "  is  also 


WATER-CABTa  IH  THE 

made  at  Ahmadabad,  called  "  Soneri,"  and  of  silver,  called  "  Buperi." 
Klk  muslins  and  nets  are  made  here,  which  are  also  brocaded,  or 
stamped  vrith  gold  leaf,  and  of  course,  an  infinite  variety  of  dyed 
silk  piece  goods,  turbans,  and  cummerbands. 

The  common  pottery  of  Ahmadabad  is  very  artistic  and  decorative, 
soperior  to  most  other  earthenware  mannfactures  of  India;  die' 
natural  coloar  of  the  clay  is  brightened  with  ochres  and  mica;  no 
glaze  is  need,  but  the  surface  of  the  pottery  is  polished  by  bamboo 
Bticks  and  agates.  The  potter's  wheel  is  primitive,  bein^  a  hori- 
zontal fly-wheel,  two  or  three  feet  wide,  loaded  round  the  rim  to  make 
it  spin  truly  and  steadily.     The  great  jars,  four  or  five  feet  high, 


66  PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 

ranged  round  the  potter's  shop,  are  used  by  the  natives  for  storing 
their  grain  or  pnlse,  or  for  bringing  water  from  the  river.  The  rest 
of  his  products  are  water-pots,  bottles,  tiles,  bricks,  idols,  and  toys. 
The  consumption  of  pottery  is  enormous  in  India,  as  cups  and  basins 
are  seldom  drunk  out  of  twice,  and  never  by  two  persons.  The 
native  liquor  shop,  where  uKAora  and  other  spirit  is  retailed,  may  be 
easily  foimd  by  the  dJebrii  of  broken  potsherds  scattered  about  the 
pavement. 

Ahmadabad  is  a  great  paper-making  place,  though  the  manuflEusture 
is  suffering  sadly  from  foreign  competition.  Its  trade  in  hand-made 
paper  is  mainly  with  native  states,  and  native  merchants  whose 
methods  of  business  require  a  good  tough  article.  It  is  made 
principally  from  jute  rags.  The  paper-makers  here  turn  out  large 
quantities  of  those  mock  ornaments  for  idols  which  are  so  conmion 
in  every  Hindu  temple.  They  are  cut  out  of  thick  paper,  in  various 
shapes,  and  stuck  over  with  bits  of  many-coloured  tinfoil,  peacock's 
feathers,  &c.  The  great  occasion  for  the  use  of  these  ornaments  is 
the  birthday  of  Krishna.  A  rich  Hindu  will  often  spend  two  or 
three  hundred  rupees  in  decking  a  single  image  of  his  god  with  this 
paper  rubbish. 

All  these  great  staple  trades,  combined  with  the  endless  variety  of 
the  ordinary  handicrafts  of  the  country,  carried  on  in  houses  and 
shops  that  are  themselves  marvels  of  glyptic  art,  place  the  bazars  of 
Ahmadabad  among  the  most  delightful  and  amusing  in  India. 

The  cantonments  of  Ahmadabad  are  about  two  miles  out  of  the  city, 
at  the  end  of  a  well-made  road,  lined  with  fine  trees.  Very  few  troops 
are  stationed  here,  being  only  a  half  battery  of  artillery,  a  company  of 
European  infantry,  and  a  battalion  of  Native  infantry. 

Of  the  modern  buildings  in  Ahmadabad,  one  that  will  attract  the 
notice  of  a  visitor  is  the  large  English  High  School  built  by  the 
Irish  Presbyterian  Mission  in  1874,  at  a  cost  exceeding  80,000 
rupees.  It  stands  facing  the  Oliphant  Boad,  and  almost  touching  the 
Government  Training  College  for  Teachers.  The  Mission  school  has 
at  present  an  attendance  of  about  200  boys,  whom  it  prepares  for  the 
entrance  examination  of  the  Bombay  University.  Scripture  instmo- 
tion  forms  a  part  of  the  daily  lessons  in  each  class.  The  same 
mission  has  in  the  city  three  Vernacular  Schools  for  boys,  and  two  for 
girls,  with  a  very  large  attendance  of  scholars.  A  Mission  Dispensary 
for  women  and  children  was  opened  in  1886,  and  has  been  from  the 


AHMADABAD.  67 


first  under  the  charge  of  a  folly-qualified  lady  doctor.  Divine 
service  in  Gujarati  is  conducted  in  the  hall  of  the  Mission  High 
School  every  Sunday  morning  and  afternoon,  and  daily  prayers  are 
held  in  the  same  building  each  evening. 

One  of  the  chief  features  of  the  mission  work  at  the  Ahmadabad 
station  is  the  Christian  colony  established  in  1860  at  the  village  of 
Banipur,  about  four  miles  from  the  city.  There  some  800  native 
Christians  live  together,  supporting  themselves  solely  by  farming, 
their  land  being  rented  by  themselves  direct  from  the  Government. 
This  village  has  its  church,  built  from  subscriptions  raised  entirely  in 
India,  and  largely  firom  the  native  Christian  community;  its  school 
for  boys  and  girls,  its  mission  bungalow,  and  its  resident  native 
evangelist.  The  colony  would  seem  to  have  thriven,  for  it  can  show 
many  fairly  comfortable  houses ;  its  buffaloes  and  bullocks  are  fat  and 
strong ;  both  well  and  tank  supply  the  village  with  water  for  man  and 
beast,  and  its  irrigated  fields  are  tilled  by  English  ploughs.  In  con- 
nection with  the  differtout  mission  stations  in  Gujarat  of  the  Irish 
Presbyterian  Church,  no  less  than  four  other  similar  Christian  colonies 
have  been  founded — ^Wallacepur,  Bhalaj,  BrookhiU,  and  Carrypur — 
each  one  of  which  forms  a  distinct  nucleus  for  manifold  Christian 
agencies,  while  at  the  same  time  attaining  a  prosperity  beyond  the 
average  of  most  villages  in  the  district. 

A  little  to  the  north-east  of  the  Queen's  Mosque  at  Mirzapur  is  the 
Episcopal  church,  at  which  divine  service  in  English  is  held  every 
Sunday.  This  building  can  seat  140  persons,  and  was  erected  in 
1848  at  a  cost  of  12,000  rupees.  The  chaplain  resides  in  the  canton- 
ment, three  miles  distant,  where  very  recently  a  second  and  larger 
English  church  has  been  built. 

A  few  yards  south-east  of  the  same  mosque  stands  the  Boman 
Catholic  church.  The  resident  priest  occupies  a  building  in  the 
same  compound,  and  a  small  English  school  is  conducted  on  the 
premises. 

In  the  neighbourhood  of  the  railway  station  the  Salvation  Army 
has  its  headquarters  for  Gujarat,  a  district  where  this  organisation  is 
exceptionally  busy. 

In  1578  Ahmadabad  was,  with  the  rest  of  Gujarat,  subjugated  by 
Akbar.  During  the  16th  and  17th  centuries  Ahmadabad  was  one  ot 
the  most  splendid  cities  of  Western  India.  There  were,  according  to 
Ferishta,  860  different  wards,  each  surrounded  by  a  waU.    The  decay 

V  8 


68  PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 

o{  the  Mughal  Empire,  and  the  rise  of  the  Maratha  power,  led  to 
disastrous  changes.  Early  in  the  18th  century  the  authority  of  the 
Court  of  Delhi  in  Gujarat  had  become  merely  nominal,  and  yarious 
leaders,  Musalman  and  Maratha,  contended  for  the  possession  of 
Ahmadabad.  In  the  year  1788  the  city  fell  into  the  hands  of  two  of 
these  combatants,  Damaji  Gaekwar  and  Momin  Ehan,  who,  though  of 
different  creeds,  had  united  their  armies  for  the  promotion  of  their 
personal  interests,  and  now  exercised  an  equal  share  of  authority,  and 
diyided  the  revenues  between  them.  The  Mai*atha  chief,  Damaji 
Gaekwar,  having  subsequently  been  imprisoned  by  the  Peshwa,  the 
agent  of  his  Mughal  partner  took  advantage  of  his  absence  to  usurp 
the  whole  power  of  the  city,  but  permitted  Damaji's  collector  to 
realize  his  master's  pecuniary  claims.  Damaji,  on  obtaining  his 
liberty,  united  his  forces  with  those  of  Bagunath  Bao,  who  was 
engaged  in  an  expedition  for  establishing  the  Peshwa's  claims  in 
Gujarat.  In  the  troubles  that  followed,  combined  Maratha  armies 
gained  possession  of  Ahmadabad  in  1758.  The  city  was  subsequently 
recaptured  by  Momin  IGian  in  1755-66,  and  finally  acquired  by  the 
Marathas  in  1757.  In  1780  it  was  stormed  and  captured  by  a 
British  force  under  General  Goddard.  The  British,  however,  did  not 
then  retain  it.  The  place  was  restored  to  the  Marathas,  with  whom 
it  remained  till  1818,  when,  on  the  overthrow  of  the  Peshwa's  power, 
it  reverted  to  the  British  Government. 

In  the  days  of  its  prosperity  the  city  is  said  to  have  contained  a 
population  of  about  900,000  souls ;  and  so  great  was  its  wealth,  that 
some  of  the  traders  and  merchants  were  believed  to  have  fortunes  of 
not  less  than  one  million  sterling.  During  the  disorders  of  the  latter 
part  of  the  18th  century  Ahmadabad  suffered  severely,  and  in  1818, 
when  it  came  trnder  British  rule,  was  greatly  depopulated  and  became 
a  melancholy  wreck. 

Kathiawab. — The  traveller  with  ample  time  on  his  hands  may  find 
it  worth  while  to  spend  a  few  days  in  seeing  this  very  interesting 
peninsula,  which  has  within  the  last  year  or  two  been  opened  up 
by  railway.  Kathiawar  is  a  political  agency  under  the  government  of 
Bombay,  having  under  its  control  the  187  separate  states,  which  make 
II  map  of  the  district  more  like  a  tesselated  pavement  than  anything 
else.  Of  these,  13  pay  no  tribute,  97  pay  tribute  to  the  British 
Government,  78  to  the  Gaekwar  of  Baroda,  184  also  paying  tribute  to 
the  Nawab  of  Junagarh.    These  states  are  divided  into  seven  classes. 


AHMADABAD.  O9 

Chiefs   of  the  Ist  and  2nd  clasaea  exercise  plenary  jurisdiction ;  the 
jadicial  powers  of  the  remaining  clasHea  are  graded  in  a  diminishing 
scale,  the  residuary  jurisdiction  being  vested  in  British  political  officers, 
the  Political  Agent  snperintending  the  whole,  as  may  be  expected. 
Society  is  not  too  well  ordered  in  this  district,   and  there  are  bands  of 
outlaws  and  dacoits  who  give  the  govemment  a  great  deal  of  trouble. 
The  Nawab  of  Bhavnagar  has 
done   very  much  to  improve 
his    principality   by   the   in- 
auguration of  municipal  insti- 
tutions and  other  reforms,  and 
the  State  of  Porbander,  whioh 
formerly  gave  much  cause  for 
anxiety,  has  been  brought  into 
a  condition  of  much  prosperity 
by  Mr.  F.  S.  Leiy,  one  of  the 
ablest    civil   servants  in  the 
Bombay  Presidency. 

The  towns  of  importance 
opened  up  by  the  railway  are 
Bhavnagar,  Junsgarh,  and 
Somnath.  The  train  leaving 
Ahmadabad  at  8  a.u.  reaches 
Bhavnagar  at  5  p.m.,  and 
'  Junagarh  at  9.30  p.m.  the 
same  day.  Verawal,  the  stA- 
tion  for  Somnatbj  is  about 
four  hours  journey  from  Jnna- 
garh.      These     remote     and 

primitive  cities  have  much  to  ^hil  wowm  of  kathiawar. 

interest    the    traveller.     The 

town  bungalows  of  all  the  leading  towns  in  Kathiawar  are  clean  and 
well  built.  Bhavnagar  is  one  of  the  largest  states,  with  a  population 
of  400,000,  mainly  Hindus.  The  capital  is  a  great  centre  for  the 
cotton  trade,  and  exports  to  Bombay  about  £1,500,000  worth  of 
raw  cotton  yearly.  It  has  a  good  safe  harbour.  There  are  no 
bnildings  of  importance,  and  it  is  hardly  worth  a  visit  from  the 
ordinary  toorist.  The  politician,  if  well  introduced  to  the  Maharaja, 
would  find  mocb  interest  in  the  varioas  improvements  of  recent  years 


70  PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 

— waterworks,  a  college  and  high  school,  an  hospital  and  dispensary. 
He  has  also  hnilt  a  lovely  pavilion  of  white  marble  on  the  pearl 
lake  to  the  memory  of  his  wife.  His  country  was  dry-nursed  for  him 
during  a  long  minority  by  British  administrators,  and  the  Thakur» 
being  an  enlightened  young  prince,  has  raised  upon  the  foundation 
thus  laid  a  model  native  state. 

Junagarh  is  the  capital  of  the  state  of  the  same  name,  next  in 
importance  to  Bhavnagar.  It  is  one  of  the  most  picturesque  cities 
in  India,  surrounded  by  high  hills,  and  full  of  historical  and  anti- 
quarian interest.  The  tombs  of  the  Nawabs,  new  buildings  of  the 
present  century,  are,  of  their  kind,  very  beautiful.  The  Lip-arkot  or 
citadel  is  a  very  old  building,  parts  of  it  dating  back  to  the  time  of 
Asoka,  B.o.  270.  The  walls  of  this  ancient  fortress  are  60  or  70  feet 
high,  with  three  massive  gateways.  The  citadel  contains  some 
interesting  Buddhist  caves,  and  the  moat,  which  is  cut  out  of  the 
solid  rock,  is  honeycombed  with  curious  caves;  a  Hindu  temple 
converted  into  a  mosque,  a  very  ancient  underground  Hindu  temple, 
some  fine  tombs,  old  cannons,  and  deep  wells,  the  bottoms  of  which 
are  reached  by  long  flights  of  steps. 

Near  Junagarh  is  the  sacred  mountain  of  Gimar,  8,700  feet  high^ 
on  the  road  to  which  is  the  finest  of  Asoka's  stone  columns,  carefully 
preserved  under  a  shed.  Girnar  is  one  of  the  holy  places  of  Jainism. 
A  rock  at  the  foot  of  the  mountain  is  covered  with  a  set  of  Asoka' a 
inscriptions,  and  there  are  other  inscriptions  200  or  800  years 
older  still.  The  temples  of  Gimar  are  clustered  on  a  ledge  600 
feet  from  the  summit,  and  were  probably  erected  in  the  10th,  11th  and 
12th  centuries.  A  full  description  of  these  will  be  found  in  Fergusson's 
"History  of  Indian  Architecture,"  page  228.  The  view  from  the 
summit  of  Gimar  is  superb. 

Somnath  is  an  ancient  city,  whose  grandeur  is  lost  in  the  obscurity  of 
history,  and  only  suggested  by  the  vast  area  of  ruined  temples,  mosques, 
and  tombs  which  surround  it.  Between  the  railway  terminus  at  Yerawal 
and  Somnath  is  a  very  large  temple  and  tank,  sacred  to  Sri  Krishna, 
who  died  here.  There  is  a  large  Gujarat  fortress,  entrenched  with  a 
rock-cut  moat.  The  Junagarh  gate  is  triple,  of  Hindu  architecture, 
and  probably  dating  from  the  7th  or  8th  century.  The  bazar  is 
narrow,  full  of  quaintly-carved  old  houses.  The  old  temple,  from 
which  the  famous  "  gates  of  Somnath,"  now  in  the  fort  at  Agra,  were 
taken  by  Mahmud  of  Ghazni  in  1026  a.d.,  had  a  fabulous  reputation 


AHMADABAD.  71 

in  old  times  for  its  wealth  and  splendour :  though  now  almost  a  ruin, 
it  furnishes  enough  to  Bhow  that  it  must  have  been  a  place  of  great 
magnitude  and  importance. 

The  town  of  Verawal  is  a  flourishing  seaport  and  commercial 
centre,  from  which  Somnath  is  distant  two  or  three  miles.  There  is 
probably  a  town  bungalow  of  some  sort  at  Verawal,  but  as  the  train 
leaves  Junagarh  at  8  a.m.,  arriving  at  Verawal  about  noon,  returning 
at  2.30  the  same  day,  it  will  be  better  to  persuade  the  Junagarh  station- 
master  to  allow  a  Ist  class  compartment  to  remain  at  Verawal  over- 
night  till  next  day,  sleeping  in  it,  and  taking  cooked  provisionB.  This 
will  give  thirteen  or  fourteen  hours  of  daylight  available  for  visiting 
Somnatb. 

Fifteen  miles  from  Songad  station  are  the  morvelloQa  Jain  temples 
of  Pahtana,  of  which  a  fnll  description  will  be  found  in  Fergusson's 
"Indian  Architecture,"  p.  226.  These  temples  and  shrines  are  scattered 
by  hundreds  over  the  summits  of  the  two  peaks,  about  2,000  feet  high, 
of  Satrnnjaya  Hill,  the  hohest  of  all  the  fine  Jain  sacred  mountains, 
viz.,  Satrunjaya,  Girnar,  Abu,  Parasnath,  and  Gwalior.  Conveyance 
from  Songad  to  Palitana  may  be  obtained  by  writing  to  the  deputy 
political  agent  at  Songad. 

At  Siddbpnr,  sixty-four  miles  north  of  Ahmadabad,  are  the  gigantic 
fragments  of  a  famous  Shiva  temple  of  great  holiness,  to  which  many 
thousands  of  Hindu  pilgrims  resort.  Polanpur  is  the  capital  of  a 
small  native  State,  with  nothing  of  great  interest  about  it. 


CHAPTER  V. 

ABU. 


The  joamej  from  Ahmadabad  had  better  be  taken  at  night,  reach- 
ing Abu  Koad  about  7  a.m.  There  ia  a  refreshment-room  at  the 
station  ;  bat  it  is  best  to  write  the  day  before  to  the  messman  at  the 
traTellers'  bungalow,  which  ia  about  half  a  mile  from  the  station  on 
the  way  to  the  mountain,  ordering  a  breakfast  to  be  ready  on  arrival. 
A  email  party  can  hare  sleeping  accommodation  here  if  required. 
The  distance  from  the  station  to  Abu  is  sixteen  miles,  which  can  be 
done  in  about  fonr  hours  on  ponies,  or  in  six  honrg  on  Jhampans, 
chairs  carried  by  coolies.  These  conveyances,  whichever  may  be 
preferred,  should  be  ordered  a  day  or  two  previously.  A  line  to  the 
station-master  will  suffice.  The  road  is  bad,  and  winds  along  the 
edge  of  precipices.  It  is  hardly  safe  to  travel  by  night  on  ponicB,  and 
the  journey  shonld  be  taken  by  daylight,  both  for  this  reason,  and 
that  the  exquisite  scenery  may  not  be  missed. 

There  is  a  good  hotel  at  Aba,  bat  rather  small,  and  a  travellers' 


bnngalow  of  two  rooms.     During  the  cold  BeBsoo  accommodation  is 
always  to  be  bad,  but  it  is  better  to  write  beforehand. 

Mount  Abn  is  a  striking  object  in  the  landscape  for  about  thirty 
miles  of  the  Rajpatana  Railway.  It  stands  out  of  the  great  plain,  a 
hnge  island  of  granite,  finely  wooded  to  the  snmmit,  which  is  an  undu- 
lating plateau,  the  topmost  point  being  6,650  feet  above  the  sea.     In 


I  JHAHl'AN,    MOUNT  A 


the  midst  of  this  plateau,  cut  up  by  granite  rocks  of  fantastic  shapes, 
is  Abu,  a  picturesque  village  on  the  margin  of  a  pretty  lake,  dotted 
with 'green  islands,  whose  banks  are  bright  with  bungalow  and  garden. 
Here  is  the  summer  residence  of  the  British  agent  for  Rajpntans,  an 
English  church,  a  military  sanitarium,  the  Lawrence  school,  the  hotel, 
and  many  private  bungalows.  The  lake  is  surrounded  by  a  path, 
from  different  points  of  which  pleasant  views  are  obtained.  The  air 
is  rare  and  re&eshing,  and  the  temperature  at  night  qnite  cold. 
Good  sport  may  be  had  in  tbe  dense  jungles,  which  clothe  the  flanks 


74  PICTURESQUE    INDIA. 

of  Mount  Abu,  and  the  native  Bbils  are  famous  huntere.  Beara  may 
be  shot,  and  by  good  chance  a  panther  or  tiger  may  be  found,  but 
they  have  to  be  looked  for. 

The  great  sights  of  Mount  Abu  are  the  famous  Jain  temples,  the 
finest  in  India,  and  these  alone,  without  the  scenery,  fully  repay  the 
journey.  These  temples,  called  the  DelwEira,  are  about  a  mile  &om 
the  hotel,  and  an  order  to  view  them  must  be  obtained  &om  the 


hotel-keeper  to   get   them   when 

writing  for  rooms.     They  date  from  the   11th  century,  and  are   in 

perfect  preservation.     They  are  built  entirely  of  white  marble,  and,  as 

no  quarries  of  that  materiaJ  esist  nearer  than  300  miles,  the  labour  in 

transporting  it  across  the  plains,  and  dragging  it  up  to  the  top  of 

this  steep  mountain,  mnst  have  been  an  undertaking  worthy  of  ancient 

Egypt. 

The  older  of  the  two  was  built  a.d.  1032  by  a  merchant  named 
Vimala  Sah,  and  is  simpler  and  bolder  than  the  other,  which  was 
built  by  two  brothers,  Tejpala  and  Vaatupala,  about  a.d.  1200. 
These  brothers  had  previously  built  almost  as  fine  a  temple  at  Girnar, 
a  sacred  monntain  of  the  Jains  in  Kathiawar,  near  Junagarh. 


The  VlmalB  Sab  temple  is  eoclosed  in  a  cottrtyard  about  140  x  90 
feet,  earrotuided  by  a  donble  coloDDada  of  pillars,  which  form 
I'orticoeB  to  a  range  of  55  cells.      Each  cell  is  occupied  by  a  cross- 


legged  image  of  Parswanatha,  the  Jain  saint  to  vhom  the  temple  is 
dedicated.      Over   the   door   of  each  cell,   and   on   the  jamhs,   are 
Bcolptored  scenes  from  his  life,  elaborate  devices  of  human  figores 
interspersed  with  foliage. 
It  is  an  importart  point  in  the  Jain  religion,  that  the  patron  saint 


76  PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 


of  the  temple  should  be  honoured  by  a  great  number  of  his  images, 
and  that  each  should  enjoy  a  separate  shrine. 

Within  this  marvellous  courtyard  is  a  still  more  marvellous  temple, 
which,  as  in  other  Jain  temples,  is  a  cell,  lighted  only  from  the  door, 
containing  brazen  images  of  Parswanatha.  This  cell  is  covered  with 
the  pyramidal  roof,  called  a  Sikra,  which  is  common  alike  to  Jain 
and  Hindu  temples  all  over  India.  The  portico  of  the  cell  consists 
of  forty-eight  elaborately  carved  pillars,  which,  rising  to  a  certain 
height,  branch  off  into  curious  angular  struts  of  white  marble, 
between  which,  springing  from  the  capitals  of  the  thicker  colunms, 
are  dwarf  pillars.  These  forty-eight  columns  form  an  octagon,  on 
which  rests  a  dome  that  in  richness  of  ornament  and  delicacy  of  detail 
is  probably  unsurpassed  in  the  world.  Above  two  rows  of  ornament 
are  sixteen  pedestals,  on  each  of  which  is  mounted  a  finely-carved 
image,  and  in  the  centre  is  a  marvellous  pendant  of  rare  beauty. 
Facing  the  entrance  to  the  temple  is  a  square  building  containing 
nine  white  marble  elephants,  on  each  of  which  is  a  male  figure, 
though  some  have  been  broken  away.  This  represents  Yimala  Sah 
and  his  family  going  in  procession  to  the  temple.  Yimala  Sah 
is  represented  by  the  clay  figure  on  horseback,  the  original  statue 
having  been  destroyed  by  some  Moslem  iconoclast. 

The  picturesqueness  of  the  situation  and  surroundings  of  these 
splendid  temples  adds  greatly  to  their  charm.  There  are  five  in  aU, 
but  the  Delwara  are  incomparably  the  finest.  They  are  reputed  to 
have  cost  eighteen  millions  sterling,  and  to  have  occupied  fourteen 
years  in  building.  They  are  all,  however,  worth  careful  inspection, 
the  temple  of  Bishabhanath,  the  first  of  the  twenty-four  Tirthankars, 
or  deified  men  whom  the  Jains  worship,  being  larger  than  either  of 
the  Delwara.  The  shrine  here  has  four  doors,  and  the  image  of  the 
saint  inside  is  fourfold,  facing  each  door ;  the  two  others  are  known 
as  the  Dailak  and  Gorakhalanchau. 

Three  days  should  be  given  to  Mount  Abu  for  the  full  enjoyment 
of  its  invigorating  air,  beautiful  scenery,  and  wonderful  temples ;  but 
it  is  quite  possible,  by  arriving  at  Abu  Boad  in  the  early  morning,  to 
spend  twenty-four  hours  on  the  summit,  and  catch  the  mail  train  for 
Ajmere  or  Jodhpur  at  four  o'clock  the  next  day. 


CHAPTEE  VI. 

AJMIR-^ODHPUR— UDAIPUR. 


ith 
led 

ttbed,  the  fori  of  Taragarh,  which  domiDatea  tha  city,  beiog  2,8^^  feet 
above  sea  level.  It  ie  im  ancient,  beautiful  city,  full  of  interest, 
both  historical  and  architectural;  its  gay  busy  bazars,  and  its  old 
honseB  with  carved  frontB,  Bome  of  which  are  among  the  finest  in 
India,  giving  an  added  attraction  to  its  superb  situation.  It  is  a 
town  of  49,000  inhabitants,  of  which  about  80,000  are  Hindu,  and 
18,000  Mnsalman.  A  well-built  stone  wall,  with  five  gateways,  eor- 
roonds  the  city.  There  is  an  excellent  town  bungalow,  and  one  of 
the  nicest  hotels  in  India,  the  "  Kajputana." 
The  finest  specimen  of  early  Indian  Mahommedan  architecture  is  to 


TBK  ABDAI-SIK-ZA-JHOKPSA  HOBQUK. 


A/MIR,  79 

be  found  at  Ajmir.  The  '' Arhai-din-Ea-Jhonpra"  Mosque,  which 
literally  translated  is  "the  house  of  two  and  a  half  days/'  is 
beautifully  situated  on  the  lower  slope  of  the  hill  opposite  the  Fort  of 
Taragarh.  It  was  originally  a  very  fine  Jain  temple,  dating  from 
about  the  tenth  century,  but  in  the  year  1286,  Altamsh,  having 
conquered  the  city  and  slain  its  Baja,  converted  it  into  a  Musalman 
mosque  in  two  days  and  a  half ;  hence  its  name.  Only  the  west  side 
of  the  Jain  temple  was  left  standing,  in  front  of  which  Altamsh 
erected  a  screen  of  seven  arches,  similar  to,  but  much  more  beautiful 
than,  the  mosque  of  the  Kutab-Minar  at  Delhi.  The  central  arch  is 
twenty-two  feet  wide,  the  two  right  and  left  thirteen  and  a  half  feet, 
and  the  outer  ones  teH  and  a  half  feet.  The  height  of  the  screen  over 
the  great  central  arch  is  fifty-six  feet.  This  arch  is  flanked  by  two 
minarets,  which  seem  to  have  crumbled  away  to  mere  stumps, 
ornamented  with  convex  flutes  alternately  semi-circular  and  rect- 
angular, like  the  decoration  of  the  £utab-Minar  at  Delhi.  The 
decoration  of  the  whole  fa9ade  of  this  wonderful  screen  is  of  unique 
beauty. 

Fergusson  expresses  the  opinion  that  no  mosque  in  Cairo  or  Persia 
is  so  exquisite  in  detail,  and  that  nothing  in  Spain  or  Syria  can 
approach  these  mosques  of  Altamsh  at  Ajmir  and  Delhi  for  beauty 
of  surface  decoration.  Nothing  can  exceed  the  taste  with  which  the 
Gufic  and  Togra  inscriptions  are  interwoven  with  the  more  purely 
architectural  decorations,  or  the  manner  in  which  they  give  life  and 
variety  to  the  whole,  without  ever  interfering  with  the  constructive 
lines  of  the  design.  The  buildings,  when  I  visited  them  in  1888, 
were  in  a  shameful  condition  of  neglect  and  decay,  but  I  was  informed 
that  the  Government  had  at  last  determined  to  take  some  steps 
towards  repairing  and  restoring  this  supremely  interesting  and 
historical  mosque. 

The  Dahoah,  situated  on  the  southern  side  of  the  city,  is  a  strange 
group  of  buildings  clustering  round  the  burial-place  of  a  famous 
saint,  one  Kwnja  Sahib,  who  died  at  Ajmir,  a.d.  1235.  His  memory 
is  revered,  and  tomb  held  sacred,  by  both  Hindus  and  Musalmans» 
and  his  eldest  lineal  descendant  holds  to-day  the  lucrative  appointment 
of  curator  of  bis  shrine.  It  is  imperative  that  the  shoes  be  removed 
before  entering  the  enclosure.  Many  of  the  courtyards  never  see  the 
sun,  and  the  pavements  are  jba  cold  as  ice,  so  it  is  best  to  come 
wearing  two  or  three  pairs  of  thick  socksi  or  with  a  large  pair  pulled 


PICTURESQUE    INDIA. 


over  the  shoes.     The  magnificent  gateiray  is  called  the  IXlkueha,  or 
"heart  expanding,"  opening  oat  into  a  wide  coortyard,  containing 


two  Toet  iron  pots,  in  which  messes  of  rice,  oil,  sngar,  raisins  and 
ahnonda  are  cooked  and  distributed  to  the  pilgrims  who  come  &om 
a  distance  to  the  great  anDoal  feBtival  of  the  holy  Kwaja.  Some 
10,000  lbs.   of  ingredients   are   cooked   in   the  larger,    and   nearly 


A  J  MIR.  8 1 

6,000  lbs.  in  the  smaller.  The  cost  of  filling  the  large  pot  is  over 
i£100 ;  they  are  called  the  great  and  little  Deg.  When  the  pudding 
is  ready,  a  supply  is  ladled  out  for  the  pilgrims,  and  then  the  men  of 
the  suburb  of  Indrakot  and  the  servants  of  the  Dargah  'have  the 
hereditary  right  to  scramble  for  what  is  left.  Swathing  themselves 
in  cloths  to  the  eyes,  to  save  themselves  from  being  burnt,  the 
strongest  of  them  finally  tumble  into  the  caldron,  and  scrape  it  clean. 
The  courtyard  is  crowded  with  thousands  of  spectators,  for  this  is  one 
of  the  great  annual  feasts  of  Ajmir ;  but  the  traveller  need  not  time 
his  visit  to  see  this  gruesome  spectacle. 

The  tomb  of  the  Kwaja  is  a  square  domed  building  with  two  door- 
ways, one  of  which  has  a  silver  archway.  The  mosque,  which  was 
built  by  Akbar,  has  fallen  into  decay.  Further  on  is  a  beautiful 
mosque  of  white  marble,  built  by  Shah  Jahan,  the  builder  of  the 
Taj  Mahal.  It  has  eleven  arches,  and  a  Persian  inscription  runs 
the  whole  length  of  the  building  under  the  eaves.  This  building  will 
charm  the  traveller  who  has  not  yet  reached  Delhi  and  Agra.  In  the 
centre  of  the  inclosure  is  a  deep  well  or  tank  cut  in  the  solid  rock, 
round  which  are  grouped  many  fine  tombs.  This  well  is  reached  by  a 
succession  of  wide  steps,  up  and  down  which  a  stream  of  worshippers 
are  continually  passing.  This  great  tank,  all  in  warm  shadow, 
surrounded  by  white  marble  tombs,  intermingled  with  the  deep  green 
foliage,  topped  with  the  lofty  hills  which  surround  Ajmir,  ablaze  with 
sunlight,  forms  a  picture  not  easily  forgotten. 

When  visitors  return  to  the  entrance-gate,  and  have  made  their 
expected  gift  of  a  couple  of  rupees  to  the  shrine,  they  are  subjected  to 
the  pretty  custom  so  prevalent  throughout  India :  garlands  of  sweet- 
smelling  flowers  are  hung  rouud  their  necks,  which  politeness  requires 
should  not  be  taken  ofif  till  home  is  reached. 

Just  outside  the  entrance  of  the  Dargah,  are  two  small  venerable- 
looking  pavilions,  with  carved  pillars.  These  are  probably  Hindv 
temples,  though  they  are  not  now  used  as  such. 

The  old  fortress  of  Taragarh  is  seen  from  every  part  of  the  city, 
perched  on  the  summit  of  a  lofty  and  steep  hill,  1,000  feet  above  the 
streets.  It  is  a  stiff  walk,  and  most  visitors  go  up  in  jhampans,  or 
litters,  carried  by  eight  coolies.  The  fort  covers  an  area  of  80  acres, 
and  was  an  impregnable  place  in  its  day.  There  is  nothing  of 
architectural  interest  in  its  buildings,  but  the  view  is  superb, 
especially  in  the  early  morning. 

a 


«2  PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 

The  Ana  Sagar,  one  of  the  loveliest  tanks  in  India,  is  about  three 
miles  oat  of  the  North  gate.  This  is  a  lake  of  many  btmdreds  of 
acres  in  area.  It  is  best  viewed  &om  the  beautiful  marble  pavilioD 
built  bj  Shah  Jahan,  in  the  Daolat  Bagh,  or  garden  of  splendour,  a 
beautiful  park  full  of  fine  old  trees,  in  the  midst  of  vhich  is  the 
residence  of  the  Chief  Commissiooer.  The  water  of  this  lake  is 
conveyed  by  two  undeiground  aqueducts  to  Ajmir,  for  the  supply  of 
its  inhabitants.  Going  or  retuming,  the  strongly- fortified  old  palace 
of  Akbar,  now  used  as  public  offices,  should  be  observed,  and  a  visit 
paid  to  the  Mayo  College,  conspicuously  placed  in  the  centre  of  a  fine 


park,  represented  in  the  initial  illustration  to  this  chapter.  This 
college,  whose  object  is  to  provide  an  education  in  accordance  with 
European  ideas  for  the  sons  of  Bajpnt  nobles,  was  established  by 
the  Earl  of  Mayo  in  1870.  It  is  supported  by  endowments  given  by 
Bajput  princes,  by  the  contributions  of  the  pupils,  and  by  Govern- 
ment grants.  This  valuable  institution  has  already  borne  excellent 
fruit  in  the  growing  enlightenment  of  the  Rajput  populations. 

Seven  miles  from  Ajmir  is  the  lake  and  village  of  Pasbkar.  The 
road  passes  through  a  deep  defile  on  the  Car  side  of  the  range  of 
mountains  seen  from  the  pavilion  at  Ana.  Sagar.  The  shore  of  the 
Iske,  in  front  of  the  village,  is  lined  with  a  saccession  of  temples  and 
bathing  ghats,  which  during  October  and  November  are  crowded  with 


A/MIR,  83 

^^^W^— ^^^—  '  ■■■  ■■■■  -■■■I.  ■■»■■■ ■»  ■   ^^  ,   ■^^|^  _  ■     ■     ■  ■  ■        —        ™ 

pilgrims,  over  100,000  repairing  to  the  sacred  Melas  held  daring 
those  months.  At  these  Melas,  like  all  others  in  India,  a  regular 
fair  is  held,  and  a  large  trade  done  in  sheep,  cattle,  horses,  camels, 
and  merchandise  of  all  sorts.  The  temples  are  all  modem,  without 
interest,  except  that  one  is  the  only  temple  in  India  dedicated  to 
Brahma,  who  here  performed  a  sacrifice  so  holy,  that  paradise  is 
gained  hy  hathing  in  the  lake  on  a  certain  day  in  the  year. 

The  Bazars  of  Ajmir  present  the  same  interesting  features  as 
other  Indian  towns — the  only  artistic  product  special  to  the  place 
being  carved  animals  in  white  marble  and  reddish  sandstone,  excel- 
lent in  workmanship  and  moderate  in  price. 

The  cantonment  of  Nasirabad  is  14  miles  from  Ajmir,  with  lines 
for  about  2,000  troops,  native  and  English. 

A  mission  of  the  United  Presbyterian  Church  of  Scotland  was 
established  at  Ajmir  in  1862.  The  present  Missionaries  are :  Rev. 
James  Gray  and  Eev.  Dr.  Husband.  Zenana  Missionaries : — Mrs. 
Pignan  and  Miss  Dr.  Grant.  The  work  carried  on  consists  of  one 
Anglo-Vernacular  and  seven  Vernacular  village  schools,  two  hospitals 
and  dispensaries,  in  which  50,000  patients  were  treated  during  the 
last  year,  three  girls'  schools.  Zenana  visiting,  eight  Sunday  schools, 
ft  mission  printing  press,  in  which  about  thirty  men  are  employed, 
and  a  Christian  settlement  eight  miles  from  Ajmir.  There  is  a 
Christian  community  of  226,  while  the  native  church  numbers  108 
members,  only  a  few  of  whom  are  in  any  way  supported  by  the 
Mission.  Bazar  and  village  preaching  is  regularly  carried  on  by  the 
Missionaries  and  their  helpers.  Two  English  services  are  kept  up 
by  the  Missionaries :  one  in  the  Bailway  Institute  on  Sunday  evening, 
the  other  in  the  Mission  Church  on  Tuesday  night. 

The  Church  of  England  Mission  is  under  the  care  of  Bev.  B.  H. 
Skelton.  Services  are  held  in  All  Saints',  near  the  Law  Courts, 
every  Sunday  morning;  in  St.  Mary's,  a  new  church,  morning 
and  evening  on  Sunday,  and  on  stated  days  during  the  week. 

The  Society  for  the  Propagation  of  the  Gospel  established  a 
mission  in  1882.  It  is  managed  by  a  native  pastor — Bev.  Jara 
Chand;  the  membership  is  128;  there  is  one  school  with  sixty  pupils 
on  the  roll.  Public  preaching  is  carried  on  by  Mr.  Chand  and  two 
Catechists  in  the  town  and  villages  around. 

The  Methodist  Episcopal  Church  Mission  is  conducted  by  Bev. 
A.   Gilruth.    English  and   vernacular    work    is  carried    on.     Two 

0  2 


JODHPUR.  85 


English  services  in  the  church  on  the  Beawar  road,  each  Sundav, 
morning  and  evening. 

The  Boman  Catholic  Church  has  a  large  congregation,  composed 
mainly  of  Portuguese  and  Eurasians ;  the  chapel  is  near  Government 
College. 

JoDHPUB,  or,  as  it  is  sometimes  called,  Marwar,  is  the  largest  of 
the  Bajputana  States ;  its  gi'eatcst  length  is  about  800  miles,  and  its 
greatest  width  130  miles.  It  contains  an  area  of  37,000  square  miles. 
The  population  of  the  state  is  about  3,000,000,  86  per  cent.  Hindup, 
10  per  cent.  Jains,  with  4  per  cent,  of  Muhammadans.  The  Rajput 
caste  predominates. 

The  aspect  of  the  country,  viewed  from  the  short  line  of  sixty-four 
miles  from  Marwar  Junction  to  the  capital,  is  that  of  a  sandy  plain, 
from  which  rise  here  and  there  picturesque  conical  hills,  from  600  to 
1,000  feet  in  height.  Some  of  these  are  crowned  with  temples,  and 
on  the  summit  of  one,  the  Nadolai  Hill,  has  been  placed  a  colossal 
stone  elephant. 

The  soil  is  poor  and  sterile,  except  in  the  valley  of  the  Loni  River, 
where  are  excellent  crops  of  cereals.  This  river  is  crossed  about 
half-way  between  Mans'ar  and  Jodhpur. 

The  villages  are  groups  of  beehive-shaped  huts,  the  larger  houses 
seen  in  some  of  them  being  the  residences  of  the  I'hakurs,  to  whom 
concessions  of  land  have  been  made,  and  who  owe  feudal  or  military 
service  to  the  Maharaja,  paying  a  money  share  of  the  produce  as  well. 

The  city  of  Jodhpur  was  founded  by  the  Maharaja  Jodha  in  1650, 
and  has  been  the  seat  of  the  capital  ever  since.  Jodhpur  is  one  of 
the  most  picturesque  towns  in  India,  standing  on  the  edge  of  a  rocky 
ridge  of  sandstone,  400  feet  above  the  plain,  w4th  a  splendid  citadel 
dominating  it,  perched  on  an  isolated  rock  800  feet  high.  The 
palace  covers  nearly  half  of  the  area  of  the  citadel,  which  is,  roughly, 
500  3-ard8  by  200.  The  Diwan,  or  Hall  of  1,000  Pillars,  is  a  large 
and  handsome  building,  and  the  view  from  the  upper  fort  is  very 
extensive. 

The  main  streets  of  tho  city  are  lined  with  fine  houses,  palaces  of 
the  Maharaja,  and  the  town  residences  of  the  nobles  and  thakurs, 
many  of  whom  are  very  wealthy.  A  strong  wall,  six  miles  in  cir- 
cumference, with  seven  gates,  encircles  tho  city.  There  are  many 
beautiful  tanks  of  strong  masonry,  with  steps  descending  to  the 
water,  surrounded  by  glittering  temples,  and  handsome  wells. 


PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 


Tbe  suburb  of  Maha  Mandir,  a  quarter  of  a  mile  outside  the  city 
walls,  has  a  fine  pagoda,  visible  from  a  great  distance,  with  a  richly- 
decorated  interior.  There  are  two  palaces  near  this  temple,  in  one  of 
which  the  Maharaja's  confidential  priest  lives  in  considerable  state. 
The  ghost  of  his  predecessor  lives  in  the  other,  with  a  golden  canopy 
over  his  bed ;  no  living  person  is  allowed  to  sleep  in  this  building. 

A  pleasant  drive  of  three  miles  leads  to  another  suburb,  where  are 
the  ruins  of  Mandor,  the  site  of  the   ancient   capital   of  Marwar, 


previous  to  its  couquest  by  the  Kajpnts.  The  monnd  on  which  these 
ruins  are  bnilt  is  called  Jodhagir,  or  the  Warrior's  Hill.  Here  are 
scattered  the  tombs  of  the  princes  and  nobles  of  the  country,  and 
there  are  many  carious  stone  effigies  of  these  chieftains. 

A  little  further  out  into  the  country  are  some  fine  gardens, 
surrounding  a  clear  deep  lake,  and  three  miles  further  on  is  the  Bal 
Snmundar,  another  sheet  of  water  half-a-mile  in  length,  with  crags  of 
red  sandstone  and  fine  palm-trees  fringing  the  shores. 

The  deserted  palace  of  Ajit  Singh  is  worth  a  visit,  though  it  is 
dirty,  and  full  of  bats  aud  other  vermin.  It  is  interesting  from  the 
gigantic  figures  of  divinities  and  other  heroes  vrith  which  it  is 
decorated. 


XIdaipcb. — In  ray  mtroduction  to  this  book,  I  have  orged  all 
travellerB  in  India  to  see  sometliing  of  country  life  in  districts  remote 


from   railways   and   Europeans.      A   visit   to   the   beautiful   city  of 
TJdaipnr,  in  Bajpatana,  makes  nn  excellent  opportunity. 
Leaving  Ajmir  at  1.40  p.u.  the  train  arrives  at  Chitor  Station  at 


88  PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 

11  P.H.,  close  to  which  is  a  good  Dak  bungalow.  From  Ghitor  a  new 
road  has  recently  been  constructed  to  Udaipur,  along  which  a  mail- 
tonga  runs  daily ;  the  distance  is  seventy  miles ;  the  fare  is  fifteen 
rupees.  A  special  tonga  may  be  engaged  by  writing  to  the  mail- 
agent,  or  the  fitation-master  at  Chitor,  who  will  take  care  that  the 
order  is  placed  in  the  right  hands.  It  is  better  to  write  a  week  or  ten 
days  beforehand,  and  thus  make  sure  by  written  confirmation  that 
your  instructions  are  clearly  understood. 

There  are  four  Dak  bungalows  on  the  road — Banin,  14  miles ;  Mun- 
gerwar,  80  miles ;  Minar,  43  miles ;  Daboke,  59  miles,  from  Ghitor, 
and  if  it  is  intended  to  break  the  long  tonga  journey,  it  will  be  best  to 
leave  it  to  the  mail-agent  to  decide  which  shall  be  chosen,  though 
Minar  is  the  best,  containing  two  good  rooms.  There  is  a  good 
bungalow  at  Udaipur,  where  accommodation  may  be  had.  I  advise 
travellers  to  write  to  the  Resident,  making  full  inquiries  about  it 
beforehand.  Probably  Messrs.  Thos.  Cook  &  Son,  Bombay,  would 
arrange  the  whole  trip  from  Ajmir  and  back,  with  timely  notice. 

Chitor  is  an  ancient  city,  crowned  by  a  famous  fortress,  called 
Chitorgarh.  The  town  is  surrounded  by  a  wall,  connecting  with  the 
fort.  Chitor  was  the  capital  of  the  sifrrounding  country  as  far  back 
as  A.D.  700,  but  it  has  been  deserted  since  its  capture  by  the  Emperor 
Akbar.  The  fort  is  200  to  800  feet  above  the  town,  on  the  summit 
of  a  long  precipitous  rock,  covered  with  dense  jungle.  It  is  worth 
visiting  for  the  sake  of  a  venerable  Jain  monument,  called  the 
Ehowasin  Sthamba,  a  remarkable  square  pillar,  75  feet  bigh,  80  feet 
thick  at  the  base,  and  15  feet  at  the  top,  covered  with  sculptured  Jain 
figures,  and  inscribed  with  the  date  a.d.  896.  The  whole  of  the 
interior  of  the  fortress  is  covered  with  ruined  temples,  tanks,  and 
palaceSi  the  remains  of  the  ancient  city.  Among  these  is  a  notable 
column,  erected  in  1450  to  commemorate  a  great  victory,  122  feet 
high,  85  feet  broad  at  the  base,  tapering  in  nine  storeys  to  a  diameter 
of  18  feet  under  the  cupola.  It  stands  on  a  terrace  42  feet  square, 
and  is  covered  with  sculpture  representing  mythological  subjects. 

In  A.D.  1290  Chitor  was  taken  by  storm  by  Ala-ud-din.  On  this 
occasion  the  women  of  the  city,  rather  than  fall  into  the  hands  of  the 
Musalmans,  performed  the  awful  sacrifice  of  ''  Johur.*'  Several 
thousands  of  them,  including  the  queen,  were  suffocated  in  the  vaults 
of  the  fort ;  the  men  all  dying  in  battle. 

The  palace  of  Bhim,  of  the  18th  century,  and  that  of  Khumbo 


UDAIPUR.  89 

Bans,  early  15tb  ceutary,  are  well  praaerred,  and  the  beauty  of  detail 
is  considerable.  The  Earn  Pol  is  the  &uest  of  the  gateways,  and 
Mira  Baie's  temple  (a.d.  1450)  is  a  very  magnificent  ruin.  A  pleasant 
and  proEtable  day  may  be-  spent  at  Chitor,  wandering  among  these 
interesting  and  historical  remains  of  the  ancient  Bajput  capital,  whose 
bngbtest  days  were  a  thousand  years  ago. 

Udaipur  is  the  capital  of  a  native  state  in  Kajputana  of  the  same 
name,  with  a  total  population  of  1,500,000,   mainly  Hindus;   Uie 


TBS  PALACE,  UDAIPUK, 


population  of  the  city  itself  being  about  40,000.  The  scenery 
throughout  the  state  is  very  beautiful,  and  that  of  the  Aravalli 
monntains,  above  the  capital,  is  said  to  equal  Kashmir.  The  state  is 
well  provided  with  lakes  and  tanks,  some  of  which  are  very  large. 
The  Dhebar  tank,  20  miles  &om  Udaipur  city,  is  9  miles  long,  6 
broad,  and  covers  an  area  of  21  square  miles.  The  masonry  dam  is 
1,200  feet  long,  by  95  feet  high,  50  feet  thick  at  the  base,  and  15  at 
the  top.  There  are  three  distinct  tribes  of  aborigines  in  the  hills  of 
Udaipur — the  Nehairs,  Minas,  and  Bhila. 

The  city  of  Udaipur,  with  its  noble  palace  overlooking  a  romantic 
lake,  surrounded  by  wooded  bills,  its  great  temple  of  Jagannath,  th« 


90  PICTURESQUE   INDIA, 


mansions  of  its  Rajput  nobles,  its  cenotaphs,  flower-gardens,  fountains, 
orange  and  lemon  groves,  is  one  of  the  most  beautiful  and  picturesque 
in  the  world. 

The  Boyal  Palace  has  been  thus  described :  ''  It  is  a  most  imposing 
pile,  of  a  regular  form,  built  of  granite  and  marble,  rising  at  least  100 
feet  from  the  ground,  and  flanked  with  octagonal  towers,  crowned  with 
cupolas.  Although  built  at  various  periods,  uniformity  of  design  has 
been  very  well  preserved  ;  nor  is  there  in  the  East  a  more  striking  and 
majestic  structure.  It  stands  upon  the  very  crest  of  a  ridge  running 
parallel  to,  but  considerably  elevated  above,  the  margin  of  the  lake ; 
the  terrace,  which  is  at  the  east  and  chief  front  of  the  palace,  extends 
throughout  its  length,  and  is  supported  by  a  triple  row  of  arches  from 
the  declivity  of  the  ridge.  The  height  of  this  arcaded  wall  is  full  50  feet ; 
and  although  all  is  hollow  beneath,  yet  it  is  so  admirably  constructed 
that  an  entire  range  of  stables  is  built  on  the  extreme  verge  of  the 
terrace,  on  which  the  whole  personal  force  of  the  Bana,  elephants, 
horse,  and  foot,  are  often  assembled.  From  this  terrace  the  city  and 
valley  lie  before  the  spectator,  whose  vision  is  bounded  only  by  the  hills 
shutting  out  the  plains ;  while  from  the  summit  of  the  palace  nothing 
obstructs  its  range  over  lake  and  mountain." — Tod!%  Annals  of 
Rajasthan. 

Many  other  beautiful  palaces  and  mansions  surround  the  lake,  and 
occupy  the  wooded  islands  dotted  over  its  surface.  The  only  boats 
permitted  are  those  belonging  to  the  Maharana ;  but,  like  all  Indian 
princes,  he  is  politeness  itself,  and  a  request  for  the  use  of  a  boat, 
made  through  the  Kesident,  will  be  certain  to  be  met  with  a  favour- 
able reply.  Every  island  is  a  grove  or  garden,  with  noble  palaces  or 
pavilions,  and  each  forms  a  subject  for  a  fresh  picture.  The  most 
interesting  is  the  Jagmandir,  noted  as  the  asylum  of  Shah  Jahan, 
when  in  revolt  against  his  father,  Jahangir ;  this  splendid  palace  was 
built  for  him  during  his  residence  at  Udaipur. 

A  chain  of  fortresses,  surrounding  the  city  wall,  commanding  every 
road  leading  thereto,  adds  greatly  to  the  charm  of  the  scenery.  Two 
miles  from  the  capital  is  the  lovely  burning  ground  where  the 
Maharanas,  their  wives  and  families,  have  been  cremated  since 
Udaipur  became  the  capital  in  1580.  Hfire,  in  a  beautiful  garden  full 
of  trees  and  flowers,  are  scattered  hundreds  of  tombs,  great  and  small, 
but  the  smallest  and  meanest  a  work  of  art  worthy  of  notice.  The 
finest  is  the  cenotaph  of  Singram  Sinh,  a  famous  king  of  Udaipur, 


92  PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 

who  was  burned  here  with  twenty-one  of  his  wives,  a.d.  1783.  The 
Tariety  of  style  and  architecture  is  infinite.  It  is  a  fifty-six  pillared 
portico,  with  an  octagonal  dome  in  the  centre,  supported  on  eight 
pillars  with  carved  brackets.  There  is  a  chapter  on  cenotaphs  in 
Fergusson,  page  470,  which  give  details  and  illustrations  of  some  of 
diese  beautiful  monuments,  which,  with  their  lovely  sylvan  surround- 
ings, form  the  most  charming  cemetery  imaginable. 

The  fortified  hill,  south  of  the  city  which  it  commands,  is  called 
Eklingarh.  At  the  foot  of  the  hill  is  an  interesting  building  called 
the  Gobardan  Belas,  a  country  residence  and  farm-house  of  the  royal 
family. 

Twelve  miles  north  of  Udaipur,  at  Eklingji,  in  a  narrow  defile,  is  an 
interesting  shrine  and  temple  sacred  to  Mahadeo,  the  tutelary  divinity 
of  the  Mewar  Bajputs.  The  shrine  is  of  white  marble,  under  an  open 
vaulted  temple,  with  a  colonnade.  The  Maharana,  as  vice-regent  of 
Siva,  performs  the  ceremonies  instead  of  the  priests,  on  the  occasion  of 
his  visit;  to  the  shrine.  There  is  a  beautiful  lake  here,  surrounded  by 
hills,  the  embankment  of  which  is  studded  with  temples  and  shrines  of 
various  kinds.  At  the  further  end  of  the  Eklingji  gorge  a  gateway  is 
built  across  the  mouth,  with  a  wall  crowning  the  heights  on  either 
side. 

The  Maharana  of  Udaipur  is  a  ''  sacred  man "  of  the  Hindu 
pantheon,  and  is  an  object  of  worship.  He  is  the  representative  of 
the  Solar  Race.  According  to  his  genealogy,  he  is  the  lineal  descen- 
dant of  a  triple  royal  line.  He  is  the  living  representative  of  the 
legendary  hero  of  the  Ramayana,  descending  in  direct  line  from  Rama, 
from  the  Sassanian  kings  of  Persia,  and  from  the  Caesars  of  Rome. 
He  is  always  portrayed  with  an  aureole  round  the  head. 

The  Maharana  has  fifty-one  feudatory  nobles,  who  enjoy  rights  and 
privileges  which  do  not  exist  in  other  paiis  of  Rajputana.  They  main- 
tain much  pomp  and  state  in  their  own  localities.  When  a  feudatory 
noble  enters  the  Maharana's  presence  the  whole  court  rises.  The 
reputed  income  of  these  nobles  is  about  two  millions  of  rupees,  and 
that  of  the  Maharana  about  three  and  a  half  millions.  The  military 
force  of  the  state  is  about  26,000  men  of  all  arms. 

Much  of  the  lac  so  largely  used  all  over  the  north  and  west  of  India 
for  the  manufacture  of  native  jewellery,  is  collected  in  the  neighbouring 
forest  by  the  Bhils. 

Twenty-four  miles  from  Udaipur  is  Nathdwara,  where  is  one  of  the 


UDAIPUR.  93 

most  sacred  Bhnnes  in  India,  dedicated  to  Vishnu.  The  idol  was 
brought  from  Mattra  daring  the  perijecations  of  Aarangzeb.  There  is 
a  splendid  road  from  Udaipur,  made  by  Mr.  G.  T.  WilliamB,  the  Kaj 
engineer,  daring  the  Residency  of  Dr.  Stratton ;  Mr.  Williams  also 
completed  the  Dak  road  from  Cbitor.  The  road  to  Nathdwara  passes 
t'lrougb  EkliDgji,  the  scenery  is  Tery  pictaresqne  all  the  way,  and  on 
t'ae  Ekiingji  Ghat  magnificent. 

Eight  miles  beyond  Nathdwara  is  the  snperb  tank  of  Raj  Samnnd, 
the  band  of  which  is  some  two  miles  long,  all  of  white  marble.  In 
the  centre  of  the  bund  is  the  town  of  Kankroli,  with  a  temple  sacred 
ta  Vishnu,  almost  as  old  as  Nathdwara. 

The  United  Presbyterian  Church  of  Scotland  has  a  small  mission- 
station  at  Udaipur  city. 


CHAPTER  VII. 

JAIPUR. 


JPUH  ie  a  place  of  great  interest, 
being  the  capital  of  the  most  im- 
portant of  that  group  of  indepen- 
dent states  known  aa  Bajpataua. 
The  state  of  Jaipur  contains  an 
area  of  14,466  square  miles,  and  a 
population  of  nearly  two  millioDB, 
)m  about  one-eighth  are  BajpntB, 
rhtbs  other  castes  of  Hindus,  tbree- 
iths  Muhammadans,  and  about  one- 
ith  Jains,  who  are  s  very  influential 
?altby  section  of  Rnjput  society, 
scenery  of  Jaipur  is  very  fine,  the 
y  being  crossed  by  ranges  of  lofty 
isolated  peaks  of  a  very  striking 
sing  abruptly  &om  the  plain.  There 
id  arid  tracts  of  desert,  in  which 
""'     --  some  of  the  Bmaller  rivers  are  absorbed.     The 

bills  to  the  north  of  the  largest  desert  have  been  broken  up  by  some 
remote  geological  disturbance,  exposing  deposits  of  alum,  cobalt, 
copper,  and  nickel  ore,  some  of  their  products  being  used  in  the 
mannfactore  of  the  fine  Jaipur  enamels  which,  with  the  cutting  of 
oarbuDcles  and  garnets  found  in  Southern  Jaipur,  forms  one  of  the 
staple  industries  of  the  capital. 

The  Maharaja  is  the  descendant  of  a  long  line  of  kings,  founded  in 
A.D.  967,  by  Bama,  king  of  Adjodya,  in  Oudb.  He  representB*  the 
thirty-fifth  generation.     His  father  was  one  of  the  most  public-spirited 


JAIPUR.  95 

princes  in  India,  who  Bet  aside  the  extravagant  splendoar  of  bis  pre- 
decessors in  favour  of  expenditure  fur  the  benefit  of  his  people  at 
large.  His  memory  is  revered  by  all  the  population  of  the  state. 
The  military  forces  of  the  Maharaja  consist  of  about  1,000  artillery- 
men, 4,500  cavalry,  and  16,000  infantry.  The  mcome  of  the  state  is 
£1,200,000,  of  which  more  than  half  is  devoted  to  religious  grants  of 
one  kind  or  another.  The  city  of  Jaipur  is  about  1,600  feet  above  the 
sea;  it  is  a  delightful  place.     The  temperature  in  winter  is  com- 


TBB  FOUNTAIN   SQl'ABE,    JAIFUK. 

paratively  cool  and  pleasant,  and  the  climate  dry  and  healthy.  It  is 
the  largest  and  most  prosperous  of  all  the  Bajput  capitals,  and  is 
tmdoubtedly  the  finest  of  modern  Hindu  cities.  It  is  beautifully 
situated  in  an  amphitheatre  of  rugged  and  precipitous  hills,  whose 
summits  are  crowned  by  picturesque  fortifications,  the  chief  of  which, 
the  Tiger  fort,  dominates  the  city  on  the  top  of  an  inaccessible  scarped 
rock.  A  solid  crenellated  wall,  twenty  feet  high,  and  nine  feet  thick, 
BQrroonds  the  whole  city,  pierced  with  seven  gateways,  strengthened 
by  screen  walls.  At  intervals,  in  the  walls,  are  bastions  and  towers 
armed  with  old-fashioned  cannons. 

Jaipur  is  remarkable  for  its  fine  wide  streets.     The  main  thorough- 


JAIPUR.  97 

fares  are  111  feefc  wide,  the  side  streets  66  feet,  and  even  the  back 
lanes  and  slnxns  are  28  feet;  all  running  at  right  angles  to  each 
other. 

The  streets  are  crowded  with  a  stalwart  race  of  men,  superior  in 
every  way  to  the  poor,  ill-fed  people  of  so  many  districts  of  Bengal  or 
Bombay.  There  are  signs  of  wealth  on  every  hand.  The  scene  from 
the  fountain,  where  the  four  great  thoroughfares  of  Jaipur  converge, 
is  one  of  the  most  picturesque  in  the  world.  The  great  open  space  is 
filled  with  stalls  of  fruit,  vegetables  and  cereals ;  gay  piece  goods  from 
Cashmere,  Gawnpore,  or  Manchester  are  displayed  from  others; 
thousands  of  pigeons  walk  in  and  out  on  the  pavement,  taking  the 
greatest  interest  in  the  gaily  dressed  bargainers  in  front  of  every 
stall. 

A  continual  stream  of  traffic  flows  up  and  down  sach  broad  road- 
way, foot-passengers  mingling  with  smartly  caparisoned  elephants, 
trains  of  camels,  white  donkeys,  and  bullock-carts ;  the  syces,  or  run- 
ning footmen  of  some  Bajput  noble,  cry  passage  for  their  master,  who 
prances  gravely  in  from  the  country  on  his  white  horse,  with  green 
and  gold  saddle,  himself  armed  to  the  teeth  with  musket,  pistol, 
sword  and  dagger ;  or  some  groom  of  the  Maharaja  comes  along,  lead- 
ing a  muzzled  panther  or  leopard. 

The  houses  are  all  washed  rose  colour,  and  glow  warmly  in  the 
bright  sunlight  against  the  deep  cobalt  of  the  sky.  On  the  roofs  are 
smart  groups  of  women  and  children,  clad  in  wondrous  colours,  with 
flocks  of  parrots,  pigeons,  and  crows  sweeping  round  them,  fluttering 
about  the  eaves,  or  perched  on  every  corner. 

In  the  shops  below  every  possible  handicraft  is  carried  on,  for 
nothing  is  done  by  machinery  in  India.  Here  are  women  in  bright 
red  dresses  grinding  at  the  mill,  and  singing  as  they  work.  Men,  all 
the  colours  of  the  rainbow,  stand  in  front  of  the  dyers,  waving  long  strips 
of  green,  red,  or  blue  cloth  in  the  drying  sunshine.  Others  squat  on 
the  side  walk  being  shaved,  or  wash  themselves  at  the  gutter  with 
bright  brass  basins  full  of  clean  water.  Cotton  ginning,  wheat  winnow- 
ing, copper  smelting,  the  potter's  wheel,  the  spinning  wheel,  the  gem- 
grinder^s  wheel,  the  gold-wire  drawer,  the  silversmith,  the  shoemaker, 
with  fifty  other  trades  and  their  tools,  clattering  and  noisy,  make  the 
busy  scene  a  mass  of  moving  colour  and  life  such  as  I  have  never 
seen  equalled  elsewhere. 

There  is  a  good  town  bungalow  at  Jaipur,  as  well  as  two  or  three 


PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 


hotels,  of  which  the  Kaieer-i-Hind  is  the  best.  Good  carriages  may 
be  hired  b;  the  day,  and  there  are  two  or  three  reaBonably  intelligent 
guides.  The  traveller,  immediately  on  arrival,  should  vrrite  a  note  to 
the  British  fiesident,  asking  for  permits  to  see  the  old  Palace  of  Amber 
and  the  palace  and  stables  of  the  Maharaja.  The  note  should  be  left, 
with  cards,  at  the  residency,  and  the  orders  will  be  sent  to  the  hotel 


daring  the  day.  If  only  a  short  visit  is  being  made  to  Jaipur,  it  will 
be  better  to  write  a  day  or  two  beforehand. 

There  is  nothing  of  historical  or  arcbffiological  interest  in  Jaipur, 
the  main  charm  of  the  place  consisting  of  the  wonderful  picturesqoe- 
ness  of  the  people  and  the  streets. 

The  palace  and  gardens  of  the  Maharaja  lie  in  the  angle  formed 
by  the  two  main  streets,  covering  a  seventh  of  the  area  of  the  entire 
city.  The  grand  entrance  to  the  Palace,  the  Siran  Deorhi,  is  opposite 
the  College,  in  the  most  central  part  of  the  city.  The  only  portion  of 
tlie  palace  visible  from  the  street  is  the  singnlarly  beautiful  bnilding 


JAIPUR.  99 

called  the  Hawal  Mahal,  or  Hall  of  the  Winds,  described  by  Sir 
Edwin  Arnold  as  ''  a  vision  of  daring  and  dainty  loyeliness,  nine 
stories  of  rosy  masonry  and  delicate  overhanging  balconies,  and  latticed 
windows,  soaring  with  tier  after  tier  of  fanciful  architecture  in  a 
pyramidal  form,  a  very  mountain  of  airy  and  audacious  beauty,  through 
the  thousand  pierced  screens  and  gilded  arches  of  which  the  Indian 
air  blows  cool  over  the  flat  roofs  of  the  very  highest  houses.  Aladdin's 
magician  could  have  called  into  existence  no  more  marvellous  abode, 
nor  was  the  pearl  and  silver  palace  of  the  Peri  Banou  more  delicately 
charming." 

This  building  is  part  of  the  quarters  assigned  to  the  ladies  of  the 
Zenana.  Much  of  it  is  a  mere  mask  of  stucco,  and  most  critics  would 
refuse  to  accept  Sir  Edwin  Arnold's  poetic  tribute  to  its  beauty.  It 
is,  however,  a  unique  bit  of  Indian  architecture,  well  worth  careful 
observation. 

In  the  first  great  square,  after  entering  the  palace  gates,  is  the 
largest  of  the  five  great  observatories  erected  early  last  century,  by  Joi 
Singh,  the  celebrated  Hindu  astronomer  and  mathematician.  It  con- 
tains dials,  azimuth  masonry,  altitude  pillars,  astrolabe,  and  a  double 
mural  quadrant,  of  enormous  size  and  height,  built  of  massive 
masonry  smoothed  with  plaster,  on  which  the  gradations  have  been 
carefully  marked.  Passing  on,  the  Diwan-i-Khas,  or  Private  Audience 
Hall,  is  reached,  a  great  marble  building,  beyond  which  is  the  Ghanda 
Mahal,  or  '^  Silver  House,"  the  gi'eat  palace  of  the  Maharaja  himself, 
seven  stories  high.  Some  favour  or  influence  is  required  to  gain 
admission  to  the  apartments,  which  are  furnished  with  the  usual 
garish  splendour  of  modern  Indian  palaces,  the  only  thing  worth 
seeing  being  the  magnificent  view  from  the  roof,  and  a  fine  illuminated 
manuscript  of  the  time  of  Akbar  in  one  of  the  rooms  of  the  groimd 
floor. 

A  very  pleasant  hour  may  be  spent  in  the  lovely  and  well-kept 
gardens  of  the  palace,  especially  if  the  Maharaja's  band,  carefully 
trained  by  an  experienced  European  band-n^aster,  should  be  playing. 
All  about  the  courtyards,  and  on  the  steps  of  the  Diwan-i-Khas^ 
lounge  picturesque  smartly  dressed  groups  of  the  innumerable  servants 
of  the  Maharaja,  who  seem  to  spend  an  easy  and  idle  life.  Leading 
from  the  central  quadrangle  is  a  long  bazaar,  where  food  and  other 
necessaries  arc  retailed  to  these  retainers. 

The  fine  tower,  just  outside  the  main  entrance  to  the  palace,  which 

B  2 


loo  PICTURESQUE  INDIA, 

dominates  the  street,  is  called  the  Ishwari  Minar  Swarga  Snl,— the 
minaret  which  pierces  the  sky.  It  is  not  permitted  to  ascend  this 
tower,  but  the  view  cannot  be  finer  than  that  obtained  from  the  roof  of 
the  palace. 

The  Maharaja's  College  is  a  pretty  and  interesting  sight  when 
school  is  in  session,  and  its  thousand  brightly  attired  lads  are  all 
assembled  in  their  classes,  grouped  on  the  floors  and  verandahs  of  the 
great  courtyards.  Several  of  the  professors  and  teachers  speak 
English  fluently,  especially  the  accomplished  Professor  of  History, 
Mr.  Amritalal  De,  and,  justly  proud  of  their  institntion,  they  gladly 
show  it  to  visitors,  putting  their  clever  students  through  their  paces. 
This  college  was  opened  in  1844  with  forty  pupils,  and  now  has  up- 
wards of  1,000  on  its  register. 

The  scholars  are  mostly  Hindu.  The  college  staff  consists  of  fifteen 
English-speaking  teachers,  twelve  Maulavis  or  Persian  teachers,  and 
four  Hindu  pundits,  with  others.  Many  of  these  gentlemen  are 
graduates  of  Calcutta  University,  with  which  the  college  is  affiliated. 
The  other  schools  of  Jaipur  worth  visiting  are  the  High  School  for 
the  sons  of  Bajput  nobles;  any  of  the  thirty-three  elementary  schools 
for  boys  ;  and  the  charming  female  schools  which  the  late  Maharaja, 
with  great  liberality,  has  established,  and  which  contain  700  or  800 
pupils.  The  best  of  these  is  in  the  handsome  house  of  Nattani,  a 
former  Minister  of  State. 

One  of  the  finest  buildings  in  the  city  is  the  School  of  Art,  with 
remarkably  well-appointed  technical  classes,  in  which  a  large  number 
of  young  men  receive  instruction  in  drawing,  carpentry,  iron-work, 
electroplating,  engraving,  metallurgy,  gold  and  silver  work,  damascen- 
ing, gem  grinding  and  setting,  enamelling,  watch-making, 
wood-carving,  sculpture,  embroidery,  weaving,  and  all  those  other 
native  arts  for  which  India  in  time  past  has  been  famous,  but  which 
have  in  some  cases  died  out  before  European  machinery  and 
competition. 

The  public  garden  of  seventy  acres  is  extremely  beautiful,  and  is 
partly  zoological  and  partly  botanical.  The  handsome  building  of 
white  stone  with  a  lofty  clock  tower  at  the  entrance  of  the  garden  on 
the  city  side,  is  the  Mayo  Hospital  with  a  hundred  beds,  an  excellent 
and  well-appointed  institution  bnilt  by  the  late  Maharaja  in  memory  of 
his  fast  friend,  the  Earl  of  Mayo.  Li  the  centre  of  the  garden  is  the 
museum,  one  of  the  noblest  modem  buildings  in  all  India,  in  which  is 


JAIPUR.  loi 

an  interesting  collection  of  Indian  and  European  art.  Here  are  cases 
of  objects  illustrating  every  variety  of  Indian  arts,, industries,  and 
antiquities ;  loom  work  of  all  kinds,  carpets,  sculptures,  brass,  silver 
and  gold  work,  glass,  enamels,  jewellery,  and  natural  products, 
gathered  together  at  great  cost  from  every  comer  of  India.  This 
museum  is  a  favourite  resort  of  the  people,  160,000  passing  its 
turnstiles  during  the  year. 

The  public  garden  cost  400,000  rupees  to  lay  out,  and  80,000 
rupees  a  year  are  spent  to  keep  it  up.  The  fine  bronze  statue  is  that 
of  the  Earl  of  Mayo. 

All  these  splendid  institutions  are  monuments  to  the  enlightened 
and  public  spirited  prince,  who  has  by  their  aid  raised  his  little  capital 
to  the  position  of  one  of  the  most  modern  and  civilized  cities  in  the 
world. 

The  menagerie  is  near  the  north  gate,  and  here  are  ten  or  twelve 
huge  man-eater  tigers,  confined  in  strong  cages,  fed  at  the  Maharaja's 
expense.  The  amiable  creatures  to  which  we  are  accustomed  at  home, 
at  Regent's  Park  or  in  Sanger's  menageries,  are  quiet  tabby  cats  com- 
pared with  these  horrible  monsters,  who  shake  the  strong  bars  of  their 
cages  with  impotent  rage  and  fierce  glare,  growling  with  every  tooth 
exposed,  at  any  person  who  approaches.  One  huge  brute  is  known  to 
have  killed  and  eaten  fifteen  human  beings,  another  ten,  and  a  third 
seven.  These  tigers  are  trapped  in  pitfalls,  where  they  are  left  for 
many  days  until  they  have  been  starved  into  extreme  weakness ;  then 
they  are  dragged  off  to  imprisonment  for  life. 

Mr.  G.  P.  Sanderson  writes  thus  of  man-eater  tigers  in  his 
"  Thirteen  Years  among  the  Wild  Beasts  of  India :  "  "  This  truly 
terrible  scourge  to  the  timid  and  unarmed  inhabitants  of  an  Indian 
village  is  now  happily  becoming  very  rare ;  man-eaters  of  a  bad  type 
are  seldom  heard  of,  rarely  survive  long.  Before  there  were  so  many 
European  sportsmen  as  there  are  now,  in  the  country,  a  man-eater 
frequently  caused  the  temporary  abandonment  of  whole  tracts;  and 
the  sites  of  small  hamlets  abandoned  by  the  terrified  inhabitants,  and 
which  have  never  been  reoccupied,  are  not  uncommonly  met  with  by 
the  sportsmen  in  the  jungles.  The  terror  inspired  by  a  man-eater 
throughout  the  district  ranged  by  him  is  extreme :  the  helpless 
people  are  defenceless  against  his  attacks.  Their  occupations  of 
cattle-grazing  or  wood-cutting  take  them  into  the  jungles,  where  they 
feel  that  they  go  with  their  lives  in  their  hands.    A  rustling  leaf,  or  a 


102  PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 

squirrel  or  bird  moTing  in  the  undergrowth,  sets  their  heart  beating 
with  a  di-ead  sense  of  danger.  The  only  security  they  feel  is  in 
numbers.  Though  the  bloodthirsty  monster  is  perhaps  reposing  with 
the  remains  of  his  last  yictim  miles  away,  the  terror  he  inspires  is 
always  present  to  every  one  throughout  his  domain.  The  rapidity 
and  uncertainty  of  a  man-eater's  movements  form  the  chief  elements 
of  the  dread  he  causes.  His  name  is  in  every  one's  mouth;  his 
daring,  ferocity,  and  appalling  appearance  are  represented  with  true 
Eastern  exaggeration,  and  until  some  European  sportsman,  perhaps 
after  days  or  weeks  of  pursuit,  lays  him  low,  thousands  live  in  fear 
day  and  night.  Bold  man-eaters  have  been  known  to  enter  a  village 
and  carry  off  a  victim  from  the  first  open  hut.  Having  lived  in  a 
tract  so  circumstanced  until  I  shot  the  fiend  that  possessed  it,  and 
having  myself  felt  something  of  the  grim  dread  that  had  taken  hold  of 
the  country-side,  where  ordinary  rambling  about  the  jungles,  and 
even  sitting  outside  the  tent  after  dark  except  with  a  large  fire,  or 
moving  from  the  encampment  without  an  escort,  were  unsafe,  I 
could  realise  the  feelings  of  relief  and  thankfulness  so  earnestly  ex- 
pressed by  the  poor  ryots  when  I  shot  the  Jezebel  that  had  held  sway 
over  them  so  long. 

"  The  man-eater  is  often  an  old  tiger  (more  frequently  a  tigress),  or 
an  animal  that,  through  having  been  wounded  or  otherwise  hurt,  has 
been  unable  to  procure  its  usual  food,  and  takes  to  this  means  of 
subsistence.  It  is  invariably  an  ex-cattle-kiUer  that,  from  constant 
intercourse  with  man,  has  become  divested  of  its  natural  dread  of  our 
race,  and  interference  with  whose  kills  has  caused  collisions  between 
itself  and  cow-herds  which  have  finally  led  to  its  preying  upon  the 
hitherto  dreaded  man  when  other  food  fails.  The  man-eater  is  as 
cowardly  as  it  is  cunning,  fleeing  before  an  armed  man,  between 
whom  and  a  possible  victim  it  discriminates  with  wonderful  sagacity. 
The  slightest  sound  of  any  one  in  pursuit  of  it,  even  the  whisper  of  a 
single  sportsman  with  one  or  two  trackers  in  its  haunts,  starts  it  at 
once;  it  will  then  probably  travel  for  miles,  though  fiven  whilst 
fleeing  it  may  pounce  upon  some  unwary  victim,  as  I  have  seen  an 
ordinary  tiger  seize  a  bullock  when  itself  the  object  of  hot  pursuit. 
This  combination  of  cowardice  and  audacity  constitutes  the  difficulty 
there  always  is  in  bringing  a  man-eater  to  bay. 

''  Though  the  belief  that  some  tigers  confine  themselves  entirely  to 
human  flesh  is  undoubtedly  erroneous,  a  man  is  so  much  more  easily 


JAIPUR.  103 

OYercome  than  any  other  animal  that  man-eaters  frequently  seize  cow- 
herds in  preference  to  the  cattle  they  are  in  charge  of.  It  is  this 
which  has  led  to  the  belief  that,  after  having  once  tasted  human  flesh, 
the  tiger  prefers  it  to  any  other.  The  reason  why  tigresses  should 
be  more  frequent  ofleuders  than  their  lords  is  difficult  to  conjecture. 
Perhaps  it  is  that  when  their  cubs  are  young  they  are  often  put  to 
great  straits  to  obtain  food  for  them,  or  urged  to  acts  of  boldness  in 
their  defence ;  or  the  fact  that  tigresses  are  as  a  rule  more  vicious, 
sly,  and  entei'prising,  as  also  more  ferocious  when  pushed  to  ex- 
tremities than  tigers,  may  partly  account  for  it.  This  may  seem  an 
ungallant  representation  by  a  sportsman  (and  who  is  more  tender- 
hearted, more  ready  to  overlook  the  sex's  failings  than  the  true  sports- 
man ? ),  but  it  is  the  truth. 

'*  How  the  belief  arose  that  man-eaters  are  usually  mangy  animals 
it  is  difficult  to  understand.  I  do  not  remember  to  have  read  of  a 
single  instance  of  any  sportsman  finding  this  to  be  the  case.  Were 
tigers  apt  to  lose  their  hair,  or  to  become  lean  in  old  age,  a  foundation 
for  the  belief  might  exist ;  though  to  say  that  this  was  the  result  of 
eating  human  flesh  would  be  erroneous.  But  old  animals  merely 
become  lighter  in  colour,  the  black  stripes  narrowing  and  becoming 
further  apart,  and  very  slightly  mixed  with  grey  hairs,  whilst  the 
yellow  turns  to  a  paler  hue  than  in  youth.  As  far  as  my  own  experi- 
ence goes,  I  have  never  seen  a  mangy  or  lean  tiger.*' 

The  Maharaja's  stables  are  worth  seeing.  Here  are  kept  many 
varieties  of  carriages,  some  of  which  are  ancient  and  curious ;  also  a 
fine  stud  of  three  hundred  horses,  about  fifty  elephants,  and  a  number 
of  cheetahs  and  hunting  leopards. 

There  are  many  interesting  excursions  into  the  suburbs  of  Jaipur. 
The  alligator  tank  is  a  shallow  lake  just  outside  the  walls,  in  which 
are  a  considerable  number  of  these  loathsome  reptiles.  As  visitors 
approach  the  bank,  the  native  cadgers  who  haunt  all  places  of  resort 
in  India  come  forward.  One  goes  off  to  the  slaughter-house,  to 
fetch  a  mass  of  the  inwards  of  a  bullock,  while  the  others  run  to  the 
margin  of  the  tank,  uttering  shrill  and  weird  cries.  Presently  the 
surface  of  the  water  is  broken  by  the  serrated  backs  of  alligators,  who 
in  response  to  the  yells  of  the  loafers,  emerge  from  their  mud,  seeking 
what  they  may  devour.  They  swim  slowly  to  the  bauk,  sticking  out 
expectant  snouts,  and  gaping  their  white  mouths  and  cruel  jaws. 
Presently,  the  sky  is  almost  obscured  by  kites,  also  attracted  by  the 


PICTURESQUE    INDIA. 


crieEi  of  the  men.  Now  comes  the  mesBeuger,  with  a  lamp  of  \\0Aa 
and  offal,  and  a  long  rope.  Thia  is  twisted  ronsd  and  roand  the  bait, 
and  thrown  among  the  alligators,  who  fight  for  its  posBeesion — the 
kites  swooping  in  at  ever;  gap,  snatching  off  bits  of  meat  The 
lacky  one  slowly  bolts  it  down,  rope  and  all,  when,  with  Bcreams  of 
joy,  a  dozen  loafers  seize  the  rope,  and  the  tng-of-war  begins.  By 
degrees   the  huge  monster,   fi^en  or  sixteen  feet   long,  is   slowly 


3.  8AWA1,    JAtPUIt. 


dragged  ont  of  the  water,  snapping  and  snarling,  till  the  rope  breaks, 
the  loafers  fall  back  in  a  yelling  heap,  and  the  alligator  sails  slowly 
away,  with  six  feet  of  rope  waving  behind  him  like  a  following  snake, 
to  digest  his  meal  of  hemp  and  offal  at  his  ease.  It  is  a  gruesome 
spectacle,  and  hardly  worth  the  couple  of  rupees  which  the  loafers 
expect  for  their  pains.  It  is,  however,  a  very  pretty  sight  to  watch 
the  kites  swoop  down  with  wonderful  grace,  catching  bits  of  meat 
thrown  ap  into  the  air,  eating  them  as  they  hover,  waiting  for  more. 

The  cenotaphs  of  the  Maharajas  are  placed  in  charming  gardens, 
just  oatside  the  north-east  wall.     The  trees  are  full  of  monkeys. 


JAIPUR.  105 

which  abound  all  round  the  sabnrbs  of  Jaipur.  The  finest  of  these 
cenotaphs  is  that  of  Jai  Singh  Sawai,  of  the  purest  white  marble — ^a 
dome  supported  by  aa  octagon  of  eight  beantifaUy  carved  piUara. 
The  cornice  is  finely  decorated  with  scene's  in  alto-relievo  from  the 
Hindu  mythology,  and  the  slabs  round  the  base  are  groups  of  soldiers 
on  elephants  and  horses,  and  other  striking  subjects.  There  is  an 
excellent  model  of  this  beautiful  work  of  art  in  South  Kensington 
Museum. 

A  pleasant  morning  excursion  may  be  made  to  the  Temple  of  the 
Sun,  and  the  sacred  shrines  of  Galta.  The  Sun  Temple  is  on  the  top 
of  a  hill  about  850  feet  high,  two  miles  and  a  half  from  the  hotel. 
The  road  is  too  bad  for  carriages,  but  a  bullock-cart  can  go  the 
greater  part  of  the  way,  and  will  furnish  a  new  experience  in  locomo- 
tion. The  temple  is  a  very  ordinary  ofiair,  but  the  view  over  the 
plain,  with  the  minarets  and  gardens  of  Jaipur  glistening  at  the  foot 
of  the  hill,  is  well  worth  the  climb.  It  is  interesting  to  note  how  the 
sand  of  the  great  Bajputana  desert  is  encroaching  upon  the  town. 
The  houses  and  gardens  of  a  near  suburb  lie  deserted  and  almost 
buried  in  the  sand,  which  has  blown  up  the  ravines  of  the  hiUs,  scores 
of  feet  deep. 

The  road  descends  rapidly  from  the  Temple  of  the  Sun  into  a  dark 
gorge,  narrowing  into  a  pass  about  twenty  feet  wide,  at  the  end  of  which 
is  a  group  of  ancient  temples  surrounding  two  deep  pools  of  water. 
These  temples  are  greatly  venerated,  and  at  times  great  hosts  of 
pilgrims  resort  to  them.  Below  the  second  tank  are  some  minor 
temples  and  priests'  houses,  beyond  which  is  the  wide  plain,  dotted 
with  rocks,  some  of  which  are  crowned  with  old  fortifications. 

The  old  Palace  and  Temple  of  Sanganer  is  distant  a  pleasant  drive 
of  seven  miles  from  Jaipur.  The  town  is  entered  by  a  gateway, 
beyond  which  are  two  Tirpauliyas,  as  they  are  called — gateways  with 
three  openings  and  three  stories ;  they  are  in  a  somewhat  tumble- 
down condition.  Passing  two  temples,  dedicated  to  Krishna  and 
Sitaram,  the  palace  is  reached — a  vast  wilderness  of  ruins,  with  some 
lovely  fragments  here  and  there. 

In  one  of  these  the  doors  are  panels  of  sandal-wood  inlaid  with 
ivory,  leading  into  a  charming  courtyai-d  with  a  ruinous  old  garden 
and  fountains,  that  is  very  picturesque.  Beyond  the  palace  is  the 
Sanganer  Temple,  dating  from  the  9th  centui-y.  In  a  hollow  of  the 
outer  wall  is  a  rude  stone  idol  covered  with  vermilion,  called  Bhojaji, 


io6  PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 

supposed  to  be  thousands  of  years  old.  The  main  entrance  to  the 
temple  is  of  fine  white  marble.  The  inner  courtyard  is  about  sixty 
feet  by  forty,  ornamented  by  rows  of  pillars  with  elaborately  carved 
struts,  surmounted  by  figures  of  gods. 

The  gateway  leading  into  the  inner  court  is  also  of  marble,  and  is 
one  mass  of  sculptured  decoration ;  the  sill  is  held  up  by  heads  of 
fearsome  demons.  Within  this  inner  court  is  a  shrine,  into  which 
none  but  the  faithful  may  enter.  Under  a  canopy  sit  three  white 
marble  figures  of  Parswanath,  with  six  smaller  black  figures  in  front. 

There  are  several  other  temples,  Hindu  and  Jain,  worth  visiting, 
and  two  or  three  hours  may  be  pleasantly  spent  in  wandering  about 
this  decayed  old  city. 

The  greatest  of  all  the  attractions  to  Jaipur  is  Ambeb,  the  ancient, 
but  now  deserted  and  ruined,  capital  of  Jaipur.  An  early  start,  not 
later  than  six  o'clock,  should  be  made  on  the  day  for  which  permission 
has  been  obtained  through  the  Resident.  The  route  from  the  hotel 
passes  through  the  city,  out  on  the  other  side  into  a  road  lined  with 
the  handsome  gardens  and  mansions  of  Bajput  nobles ;  presently  a  fine 
spacious  lake  is  reached,  in  the  centre  of  which  is  a  deserted  palace, 
only  accessible  by  boat.  Basking  on  the  banks  and  small  islands  are 
a  number  of  enormous  alligators,  while  others  swim  slowly  about  with 
their  ugly  backs  just  above  the  water.  Two  miles  beyond  this  lake, 
and  six  from  the  hotel,  the  foot  of  the  hill  leading  up  to  Amber  is 
reached,  where  two  or  three  elephants  in  smart  trappings  have  been 
sent  to  meet  the  party,  by  the  kindness  of  the  Maharaja.  These  are 
placed  by  him  at  the  disposal  of  every  stranger  who  obtains  a  permit 
through  the  Resident ;  the  mahouts  expect  two  or  three  rupees  as  a 
present.  The  elephants  take  the  visitor  up  to  Amber — a  distance  of 
two  miles,  in  about  an  hour,  wait  while  the  palace  is  visited,  and  then 
make  the  return  journey. 

The  city  of  Amber  is  quite  deserted,  except  by  a  number  of  fakirs 
or  Hindu  ascetics,  who  have  taken  possession  of  the  empty  houses. 
It  is  a  weird  looking  place  enough,  and  as  the  huge  elephants  plod 
slowly  through  its  streets,  no  human  being  is  met  with,  except  some 
unkempt  and  ash-strewn  creature  looking  silently  out  of  a  window  or 
over  the  edge  of  a  roof.  There  is  nothing  stranger  in  all  India's  past 
than  the  desertion  by  some  monarch,  for  reasons  now  lost  in  obscurity 
or  only  guessed  at,  of  his  splendid  palace  and  well-built  capital,  taking 
not  only  his  court,  but  the  entire  population  with  him. 


JAIPUR.  107 

The  palace  is  a  fine  pile  of  buildings  of  the  later  period  of  Musal- 
man  art.  Its  situation  is  extremely  picturesque,  being  built  along 
the  slopes  of  a  lofty  hill,  immediately  over  the  lake,  the  summit  being 
crowned  with  a  powerful  fortress.  The  surrounding  hills  are  topped 
with  smaller  castles,  linked  to  the  fort  by  long  walls  of  thick 
crenellated  masonry.  The  old  deserted  garden  of  the  palace, 
stretching  far  out  into  the  lake,  is  a  place  of  wondrous  beauty, 
and  its  rich  dark  green  foliage  throws  up  in  strong  relief  the  whole 
fa9ade  of  the  great  range  of  white  and  yellow  buildings.  Reproduced 
in  the  mirror  of  tl^e  still  lake,  it  makes  a  picture  not  easily  to  be 
forgotten. 

The  elephants  wind  slowly  up  the  steep  slopes  which  lead  to  the 
entrance  of  the  palace,  which  is  defended  by  a  narrow  and  curtained 
approach  with  three  massive  gateways,  the  last  of  which  opens  on  a 
great  desolate  square,  where  the  visitor  dismounts,  if  '^  elephant- 
sickness  ''  has  not  dismounted  him  earlier.  I  have  obtained  permis- 
sion to  quote  at  length  the  description  of  this  marvellous  palace, 
given  by  Sir  Edwin  Arnold  in  his  "  India  Revisited  " : — 

"  A  rich  nakdr-khanay  with  brass  doorways  and  alcoves  of  em- 
broidered marble,  opens  the  way  into  a  second  courtyard,  paved  with 
white  and  red  stone,  and  surrounded  by  the  most  graceful  buildings 
imaginable.  One  is  the  Diwan-i-Khas,  a  pavilion  formed  by  columns 
of  white  marble  and  red  sandstone,  its  inner  walls  of  laced  and  pierced 
stonework,  and  its  roof  delicately  embellished  with  colour.  On 
another  face  of  this  '  Court  of  Honour '  rises  magnificently  the 
gateway  of  the  Mardana  or  'Men's  Abode,'  which  has  been 
pronounced  the  finest  portal  in  the  world.  It  is  in  truth  too  lovely  in 
tints,  material,  artistic  labour,  and  ensemble  to  be  described — a 
matchless  portico,  such  as  might  provide  the  door  to  Paradise. 
Through  this  you  reach  across  a  green  and  cool  garden — the  Jey 
Mandir,  or  *  Hall  of  Victory,'  adorned  by  panels  of  alabaster,  inlaid 
with  birds,  flowers,  and  arabesques  in  various  colours,  the  roof 
glittering  with  the  mirrored  and  spangled  work  for  which  Jaipur  art 
is  renowned.  There  are  bathing-rooms  here,  all  of  pale,  creamy 
marble,  looking  forth  upon  the  dead  city  and  the  fair  valley  through 
screens  of  fretted  stone ;  chambers  painted  with  curious  pictures  of 
towns,  temples,  and  hunting  or  mythological  scenes;  and  one 
beautiful  apartment  entirely  lined  with  plates  of  mica  let  into  the 
white  walls  and  vaultings,  between  lines  and  floriated  ornaments  of 


JAIPUR.  109 

grey,  the  effect  being  as  though  this  royal  retreat  were  fiUed  with 
moonlight.  Then  we  traverse  the  tiny  bat  elegant  chambers  of  the 
zenana — ^for  the  palace  is  at  present  empty — shut  from  the  world  by  a 
jealously  high  wall,  in  which  pierced  lattices  permit  the  imprisoned 
ladies  to  gaze  upon  the  world  without.  There  is  a  delicious  little 
pavilion  above  this,  on  the  roof  of  the  great  gate,  styled  Sohag 
Mandir^  from  which  those  secluded  piincesses  could  watch  the 
Durbars  in  the  square  of  the  Diwan-i-Ehas ;  and  over  the  '  Hall  of 
Victory  *  is  built  a  Jos  Mandir  or  *  Alcove  of  Light,'  which  literally 
glows  with  bright  and  tender  colours  and  exquisite  inlaid  work,  and 
looks  through  arches  of  carved  alabaster  and  clusters  of  slender 
columns  upon  the  sleeping  lake  and  the  silent  mountains.  If  this 
portion  of  the  palace  must  be  regarded  as  a  prison,  it  is  the  most 
beautiful  gaol  imaginable;  and  the  grey  old  Bajput  in  charge 
explains  that  when  the  Maharaja's  court  is  here,  the  men  are 
sometimes  all  excluded,  and  the  princesses  have  the  run  of  the  entire 
edifice. 

"  Yet  the  palace  is  not  quite  empty  even  to-day.  At  the  side  of  the 
main  entrance,  beneath  the  ramp,  exists  a  temple  dedicated  to  Devi,  and 
here  it  is  the  custom  every  morning  in  the  year  to  sacrifice  an  animal. 
At  the  Durga  festival,  a  whole  herd  of  buffaloes  and  a  flock  of  sheep 
are  offered  to  the  dread  goddess,  but  the  daily  tribute  is  a  goat,  which 
replaces,  it  is  said,  the  human  victim  whose  life  used  to  be  taken  every 
morning  in  this  gloomy  fane  before  the  times  of  our  British  Raj.  It 
chanced  that  we  entered  the  temple  just  at  the  hour  of  sacrifice,  and, 
although  the  ladies  would  by  no  means  view  the  sanguinary  ceremony, 
a  brief  conversation  with  the  attendants  induced  them  to  admit  Dr. 
Hendley  and  myself,  to  the  presence  of  the  goddess.  She  sat — ^the 
awful  blood-loving  Kali — all  black  and  red,  upon  a  platform  inside  the 
dai^kest  part  of  the  adytum  of  the  temple,  with  eyes  of  glittering 
mother-o'-pearl  and  a  necklace  of  skulls.  At  the  foot  of  the  platform 
was  a  heap  of  sand,  and  near  it  some  wide-mouthed  brass  vessels,  and 
a  broad  heavy-bladed  sword.  A  Bajput  was  worshipping  in  the  corner, 
and  the  priest,  with  two  assistants,  moved  grimly  about,  arranging  for 
the  matutinal  rite.  The  victim,  a  black  goat,  stood  placidly  enough 
upon  the  heap  of  sand,  sniffing  curiously  at  the  edge  of  the  stone  plat- 
form where  so  many  of  his  predecessors  had  perished.  Suddenly  a 
bell  was  touched,  and  the  priest  took  the  heavy  sword  and  laid  it  in 
front  of  the  image,  while  he  made  the  '  ashtanga  '  or  eight- fold  pros- 


PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 


tnitioD,  and  repeated  the  mantra  of  expiation.     Then  the  two  atten- 
dants laid  hold  of  the  goat  qnite  geutlj,  one  steadying  it  at  the  tail, 
and  one  keeping  itfi  head  straight  with  a  cord  lightl;  fastened  ronnd 
the  neck  and  ears.     The  poor  animal,  qnite  nnalarmed  and  uncon- 
cerned, stood  perfectly  still,  while  the  priest  bared  his  right  shoulder 
and  squared  himself  athwartwise  ;  the  sword,  graaped  bj  both  hands, 
balancing  under  the  goat's  neck.     Abruptly  he  raised  it,  swung  it  back 
far  behind  him,  and  then  brought  it  whistling  round  with  a  blow 
which  combined  the  cut  and  draw. 
There   was    a   slight  sound,   as 
when  a  soft  stick  is  chopped,  and 
the  blade  had  shred  clean  through 
the  goat's  neck-bone  and  neck,  so 
that  the  boy  with  the  cord  canght 
up  the  severed  head  into  the  air 
before  it  could  touch  the  earth. 
The  body  of  the  victim  fell  side- 
ways, guided  by  the  other  atten- 
dant, who  directed  the  bleeding 
arteries  into   one   of   the   brass 
vessels.    Taking  the  goat's  head, 
the  priest  then   laid   it  on  the 
platform,  before  the  glaring  eyes 
of  the  goddess,  aod  placing  his 
brow  on  the  earth,  repeated  the 
prayer    prescribed.      Thus    the 
horrid  propitiation  ended,  but  we 
learned  that  the  priests  of  the 
A  noRNBtt  OF  THE  DiwAK-i-KHAs,  AHBEfL       tcmple,  hciug  of  a  speclal  caste, 
themselves  ate  daily  five  seers  of 
the  goat's  flesh,  and  had  the  right  to  sell  the  remainder  in  the  bazaar. 
The  palace  pays  seventeen  rupees  monthly  to  the   contractor  who 
supplies  these  innocent  victims.     The  priest  said  that  the  goddess 
would  he  very  angry  if  the  goat  were  not  decapitated  at  a  single  blow, 
and  that  he  could  cut  off  the  head  of  a  buffalo  with  equal  ccrtunty 
in  one  attempt." 

The  excursion  to  Amber  takes  about  six  or  seven  hoars  to  go,  stay 
for  two  hours,  and  retnm.  The  student  of  architecture,  the  sketcher 
or  photographer,  will  not,  however,  be  content  with  so  short  a  visit. 


JAIPUR.  Ill 

and  it  is  better  to  set  aside  a  whole  day  for  Amber,  taking  lancheon 
from  the  hotel. 

Jaipur,  like  all  native  capitals,  is  a  great  place  for  processions. 
While  I  was  there,  in  the  winter  of  1888,  a  new  British  Besident  had 
come,  and  the  Maharaja  paid  him  a  state  visit,  with  fall  processional 
honours.  The  first  indication  of  his  leaving  the  palace  was  an 
enormous  elephant,  painted  all  over  with  gorgeous  devices  in  brilliant 
colour,  on  whose  back  was  a  trumpeter,  and  another  man  bearing  aloft 
a  great  flag.  This  beast  was  a  ^'  trotter,''  and  went  lumbering  by  at 
eight  ndles  an  hour,  to  clear  the  way  for  his  Highness.  The  proces- 
sion followed  hard  after.  It  was  led  by  about  fiffy  camels,  each 
mounted  with  soldiers  armed  with  big  guns,  that  threw  a  6  or  8  oz. 
ball.  Following  these  was  a  company  of  artillery,  then  a  group  of 
horsemen  beating  big  drums,  the  king's  horse-guards,  tall  fierce 
Bajputs,  bearing  lances  with  bright  pennons,  and  the  Maharaja 
himself,  a  resplendent  object  encrusted  with  jewels,  in  an  open 
barouche  drawn  by  four  horses.  Behind  him  rode  a  regiment  of 
cavalry,  another  of  mounted  police,  carriages  containing  his  diwan, 
his  ministers,  the  members  of  his  council,  and  a  large  number  of 
nobles  who  had  come  in  from  the  surrounding  country.  The  whole 
procession  was  closed  by  a  number  of  fine  elephants  with  splendid 
trappings,  and  several  cart-loads  of  Nautch  girls !  It  was  a  brave  and 
imposing  spectacle. 

Jaipur  is  a  great  centre  for  the  manufacture,  as  well  as  the  distri- 
bution, of  Indian  artistic  workmanship.  Makers  of  enamels,  damas- 
cened work,  shawls  and  chuddars,  state  umbrellas  and  chauris,  marble, 
wood,  and  ivory-carving,  printed  muslins  and  chintzes,  and  every 
description  of  native  jewellery,  may  be  seen  at  work  in  Jaipur,  in  its 
various  bazars  and  back  lanes. 

The  Jaipur  enamels  are  exceedingly  beautiful,  in  depth,  translucency, 
and  purity  of  colour,  ranking  before  all  others  in  the  world.  Its 
principal  form  is  that  known  as  champleve,  in  which  the  pattern  is  cut 
out  of  the  gold  or  silver  vessel,  or  jewel,  and  filled  in  with  the  enamel, 
which  is  fused  on  to  the  metal.  The  trinkets  thus  produced  are 
plates,  dishes,  cups,  saucers,  spoons,  bowls,  boxes,  inkstands,  and 
jewellery.  In  all  cases  the  more  costly  specimens  of  the  art  are 
embellished  with  precious  stones,  and  the  enamels  are  as  lustrous  and 
transparent  as  the  emeralds  and  rubies  set  in  their  midst.  Some- 
times the  art  is  used  with  much  efiect  in  the  hilts  of  the  swords  every 


113  PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 

trne  Rajpnt  chief  still  feels  bonnd  to  carry  about  irith  him  wheoevw 
he  goes  abroad. 

If  the  visitor  vishes  a  modest  specimen  of  this  beautiful  Jaipnr 
enamel,  be  cannot  do  better  than  bay  a  ring.    Th^  are  made  of  pare 


WAITIKU  FOB  T 

gold,  from  Mohnrs,  in  pretty  designs,  ancb  as  twisted  snakes,  or 
clasped  hands,  costing  from  20  to  40  rnpees,  or  doable  that  amoant 
if  precioDB  stones  have  been  need.  There  are  also  many  other  speci- 
mens of  enamelled  jewellery  made,  such  as  ear-rings,  pendants,  and 
necklaces.     Some  very  effective  and  brilliant  enamelled  trinkets  may 


JAIPUR.  113 

sometimes  be  purchased  at  Jaipur,  which  are  manufactured  at  Part- 
abghar,  in  southern  Bajputana,  described  in  a  later  chapter  {j^e 
"Bhopal— Indore"), 

Jaipur  is  celebrated  for  its  garnet  jewellery,  which  is  manufactured 
▼ery  largely  here.  It  is  very  efifectiye  and  cheap.  The  principal 
manufacturer  is  Mr.  Saith  Mull  Chand  Golcha,  who  also  keeps  a  large 
stock  of  enamels  and  other  Bajput  jewellery.  He  is  a  very  accom* 
pUshed  gentleman,  and  speaks  English  fluently.  If  any  visitor  who 
calls  upon  him  is  really  interested  in  art  manufacture,  Mr.  Golcha,  or 
his  secretary,  Mr.  Ganput  Lai,  will  show  him  all  sorts  of  beautiful 
things. 

The  Damascened  work  of  Jaipur  is  very  inferior  to  that  of 
Kashmir,  Gujarat,  and  the  Paujab,  and  is  confined  mostly  to  the 
decoration  of  shields,  spears,  swords,  and  other  weapons,  familiar  in 
London  shop-windows,  and  altogether  unworthy  of  the  connoisseur's 
attention. 

The  beautiful  white  marble,  so  plentiful  in  Jaipur  State,  is  worked 
up  into  carved  elephants,  tigers,  and  other  animals,  and  Hindu  gods 
and  goddesses,  the  marble  being  richly  painted  in  a  very  efifectiye  way. 

The  weaving,  dyeing,  and  printing  of  cotton  fabrics  is  one  of  the 
great  features  of  bazar  life,  and  the  printed  muslins  and  cotton  cloths 
of  Jaipur  are  sold  all  over  India  for  the  purity  and  brilliance  of  their 
dyes.  There  is  no  better  market  anywhere  for  the  traveller  who 
wishes  to  purchase  specimens  of  the  skill  of  Indian  weavers,  dyers, 
and  cotton-printers.  Here  are  made  large  cotton  Aari^y  striped  in 
various  colours,  gold  and  silver-printed  muslins,  turbans,  bed-covers, 
and  many  other  beautiful  cotton  fabrics.  A  day  or  two  may  be  well 
spent  in  Jaipur  in  the  study  of  all  these  various  native  industrial  arts, 
where  everything  is  made  by  hand,  machinery  practically  unknown, 
and  where  the  methods  and  processes  have  been  virtually  the  same  for 
a  thousand  years.  The  ordinary  hotel  guide  is  not  much  use,  as  he 
has  no  ideas  beyond  the  rubbish  sold  on  the  verandah,  or  the  small 
dealers  who  wiU  give  him  a  commission. 

The  only  Christian  Mission  in  Jaipur  was  established  in  1866  by 
the  United  Presbyterian  Church  of  Scotland.  There  are  two  British 
agents,  several  native  preachers,  and  some  excellent  schools  well 
worth  seeing. 

A  day  may  be  spent  while  at  Jaipur,  in  visiting  the  interesting  salt 
lake  at  Sambhar.     A  convenient  train  leaves  Jaipur  at  6.0  a.m.» 

X 


114  PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 

reaching  Sambhar  at  8.20;  returning  thence  at  8.40,  arriiring  at 
Jaipur  at  7.10.  The  manager  of  the  hotel  at  Jaipur  will,  if  instructed, 
write  the  day  before,  ordering  a  conveyance  to  meet  the  train  on 
arrival  at  Sambhar — probably  a  bullock-cart.  The  lake  is  an  irregular 
sheet  of  water  20  miles  long,  very  shallow,  nowhere  more  than  four 
feet  deep.  It  is  surrounded  by  arid  rocks,  abounding  in  lime  and 
salt,  and,  during  the  rains,  the  water  pouring  down  the  sides  of  these 
hills  becomes  strongly  impregnated  with  salt.  As  soon  as  the  dry 
season  sets  in,  the  water  of  the  lake  begins  to  evaporate,  and  a  crust 
of  salt  forms  on  the  surface  of  the  black  mud  which  forms  the  bottom. 
This  salt  is  red  and  blue,  as  well  as  white,  the  colours  being  caused 
by  the  presence  of  subaqueous  microscopic  plants.  The  harvesting  of 
this  salt  goes  on  from  October  to  March.  Hundreds  of  men  and 
women  are  employed  in  wading  out  through  the  mud  to  break  off 
large  cakes  of  this  salt,  bringing  it  in  baskets  to  solid  ground,  where 
they  load  it  into  country  bullock-carts  to  be  taken  to  the  railway- 
station.     The  evaporation  of  the  lake  is  six  inches  in  fifteen  days. 

There  are  one  or  two  rickety  boats,  if  adventurous  visitors  choose 
to  run  the  risk  of  being  upset  in  two  feet  of  water  and  one  of  plastic 
mud ;  but  nothing  is  to  be  seen  thereby  that  cannot  be  equally  well 
contemplated  from  the  shore.  The  mud  smells  strongly  of  carburetted 
hydrogen. 

The  lake  is  in  Bajputana,  one  shore  belonging  to  Jaipur,  the  other 
to  Jodhpur,  but  it  is  leased  to  the  British  Government.  The  average 
out-put  of  salt  is  about  4,000  tons,  and  supplies  nearly  all  the 
markets  of  Bajputana,  the  Fanjab,  the  North  West,  and  Central 
India. 

If  time  permits,  after  visiting  the  lake,  an  excursion  may  be  made 
to  Naren,  the  headquarters  of  the  sect  of  Dadu  Panthis,  where  there 
are  some  fine  temples,  a  tank,  and  some  magnificent  specimens  of 
Ficus  indioa,  one  of  which  measures  nearly  sixty  feet  in  circumference 
round  the  trunk  four  feet  from  the  ground.  There  is  also  a  mosque 
built  of  the  ruins  of  an  old  Jain  temple,  and  a  handsome  gateway 
with  an  arch  forty  feet  high. 


CHAPTEE  Tin. 

ULWAR. 


.rt. 


Ml  of  fish,  and  also  abound  in  teal  and  other  wild  fowl.  TigerB  and 
panthers  are  to  be  found  in  the  hill  jnngles ;  and  sambhar,  nilghai. 
black  buck,  and  pig  in  the  plajns. 

The  Baja  has  a  revenue  of  about  £250,000,  and  maintains  an  arm; 
of  2,000  cavalrj,  6,500  infantry,  and  800  artillerymen.  He  is  an 
enlightened  prince,  on  excellent  terms  with  the  British  Government. 

The  city  of  Ulwar  is  well  deserving  of  the  traveller's  notice,  and  if 
time  presses,  may  be  visited  en  route  from  Jaipur  to  Delhi  in  a  single 
day.  The  mail-train  leaves  Jaipur  at  7  a.m.,  reaching  Ulwar  at  11.30, 
a  slower  train  leaving  for  Delhi  at  4.30  p.m.,  giving  five  hoars  at 
Ulwar. 

Ulwai  is  a  pictnresqne  town  of  50,000  inhabitants.    It  ia  protected 


ii8  PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 

life,  vhich  words  cannot  conve}- There  is  no  dead  king's 

spirit  which  might  not  be  proad  of  sach  a  tomb,  and  no  artist  who 
would  not  confess  it  a  perfect  subject  for  his  pencil,  with  the  wild 
peacocks  dropping  their  gorgeous  trains  down  its  white  walls,  and  the 
water  reflecting  every  line  and  angle  of  its  noble  contours." 

In  the  armonry  will  be  found  a  remarkable  collection  of  ancient 
swords,  with  hilts  of  gold,  decorated  with  jade,  pearls,  enamels,  and 
other  jewelling.     Ulwar  has  always  been  famous  in  Indian  art,  for  its 


fine  workmanship  in  steel.  The  weapons  and  armour  of  Bani  Singh, 
grandfather  of  the  present  Raja,  are  those  of  a  man  of  great  propor- 
tions, his  coat  of  mail  weighing  sixteen  and  a  half  pounds — the  whole 
set  are  studded  with  diamonds. 

The  Treaeure  Home  contains  great  teak  chests  of  gold  mohnrs  and 
costly  jewels,  an  emerald  cup  eat  oat  of  a  large  single  stone,  another 
like  it  of  ruby,  magnificent  strings  of  pearls,  and  a  diamond  valued  at 
100,000  rupees.  Banged  round  the  walls  are  gorgeous  trappings  for 
elephants  and  horses,  costly  robes  and  shawls,  and  cupboards  stored 
with  priceless  perfumes  for  the  Zenana  ladies. 

The  Shisk  Kkana,  or  Hall  of  Mirrors,  is  fomished  with  a  table  of 


ULIVAR.  119 


silver,  with  quaint  crystal  channels,  in  which  coloured  crystal  fish  are 
placed. 

The  stables  are  the  Maharaja's  special  pride,  for  he  is  passionately 
fond  of  horses,  and  keeps  up  a  fine  breeding  stud  of  the  best  Indian 
and  English  thoroughbreds.  The  cavaliy  of  Ulwar,  are  the  best 
mounted  troops  in  India.  Just  beyond  the  stables  are  the  kennels, 
where  are  kept  lithe  hunting-leopards,  lynxes,  and  cheetahs,  for 
chasing  black  buck,  and  other  wild  deer,  as  well  as  some  handsome 
falcons. 

All  these  places  may  be  inspected  by  any  reputable  European 
traveller,  but  if  his  visit  is  to  be  a  short  one,  he  will  do  well  to 
write  for  permission  a  few  days  beforehand,  to  the  Diwan  of  Ulwar, 
or  to  the  Maharaja's  secretary. 

The  best  time  to  see  the  Fort  is  early  in  the  morning — ^it  is  a  stiff 
climb,  but  litters  or  jhampans  can  easily  be  obtained  by  ordering  them 
over-night  through  the  mess-man  of  the  Dak  bungalow.  There  is 
nothing  worth  seeing  in  the  fort  itself,  the  magnificent  view  of  the  city 
and  surrounding  country  being  the  only  reward  for  the  fatigue,  except 
some  curious  old  cannons.  The  ramparts  run  along  the  hills  for  a 
circle  of  two  miles. 

The  streets  of  Ulwar  are  full  of  interest,  and  the  bazars  well  worth 
strolling  through;  the  people  are  tall  and  stately,  the  women  wearing 
gay  dresses  of  crimson  and  yellow,  with  saris  embroidered  with  little 
round  bits  of  looking-glass,  whiph  glitter  like  diamonds.  In  one  of 
the  squares  is  a  small  menagerie,  with  the  usual  cages  of  savage, 
man-eater  tigers,  and  some  other  wild  beasts.  A  short  distance  off 
is  the  famous  elephant  carriage,  used  by  the  Bajah  at  the  feast  of  the 
Dasara.  It  is  drawn  by  four  elephants,  will  carry  fifty  persons,  and 
is  two  stories  high  ;  it  is  a  piece  of  barbaric  splendour,  of  no  artistic 
merit  or  interest. 

A  pleasant  drive  of  about  eight  miles,  through  cotton  fields,  and 
between  rocky  hills,  leads  to  the  fine  lake  of  Seliserh,  where  the 
Maharaja  has  built  a  pretty  palace,  and  keeps  a  small  steam-launch. 
The  lake  is  an  artificial  tank  about  a  mile  long,  embanked  within  the 
hills  of  a  green  valley.  It  not  only  supplies  the  capital  with  pure 
water,  but  irrigates  much  of  the  surrounding  country. 

The  United  Presbyterian  Church  of  Scotland  has  a  mission  and 
schools  at  Ulwar. 

Bewabi.     This  station  is  the  junction  for  the  Bewari-Ferozpur 


120  PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 

section  of  the  B.  B.  &  C.  I.  Railway. — Travellers  intending 
to  go  through  to  Lahore,  will  saye  ahout  six  hours  by  taking  this 
route.  The  line  runs  through  alternate  tracts  of  sandy  waste,  and 
rich  wheat  and  rice  lands ;  the  only  towns  of  any  importance  being 
Hisar,  Sirsah,  and  Ferozpur.  At  the  two  former  there  are  eztensiTo 
ruins  of  Mughal  cities,  but  they  are  not  worth  stopping  to  see. 
Ferozpur  is  a  comparatively  modem  place ;  a  military  cantonment, 
and  the  principal  arsenal  of  the  Panjab.  The  battle-field  of  Sobraon 
is  twenty-four  miles  from  Ferozpur,  by  a  bad  road  only  fit  for  country 
carts. 

A  very  interesting  cross-country  journey  may  be  made  from 
Ferozpur  to  Lodiana,  by  a  good  road  through  the  finest  wheat  district 
in  India.  The  distance  is  sixty-four  miles,  and  the  whole  route  is 
alive  with  busy  countiy  life,  and  studded  with  large,  prosperous 
villages.    There  is  a  good  Dak  bungalow  half  way  at  Jagrama. 


CHAPTER  IZ. 

DELHI. 


ed 

as  those  of  Mmeveb,  liabylon  or  the  Hlzodus. 

Seyen  accient  &nd  rained  cities,  with  colossal  fortresseB,  splendid 
palftces,  BtQpendons  wells,  magnificent  temples  and  mosqnes,  and 
gorgeons  tombs  stretch  for  twelve  or  fifteen  miles  on  the  great  plain 
which  lies  between  the  Bidge  and  the  river  Jnmna.  Delhi  ma;  rank, 
for  architectaral  beanty,  historical  associations,  or  present  Boctol 
interest  with  Rome,  Athens,  Cairo,  Venice,  or  Constantinople. 

Delhi  cannot  be  seen  in  a  day.  It  undoabt«dly  competes  with  Agra 
and  Benares,  for  the  right  to  be  considered  the  most  historical  and 
profoundly  interesting  city  in  India. 

Delhi  has  plenty  of  hotel  accommodation.  The  hotels  are  mostly 
the  property  of  natives,  who  tent  them  famished  to  a  caterer.  The 
management  changes  continually,  and  the  traveller  most  find  out  from 
Thomas  Cook  &  Son,  or  from  another  traveller,  which  hotel  has  the 


122  PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 

best  reputation  at  the  time.  There  is  now  no  Dak  bungalow — ^it  has 
become  an  hotel.  For  those  who  don't  mind  the  noise  of  a  railway 
station,  the  railway  refreshment-rooms  will  be  found  central  and  com- 
fortable, with  good  bed-rooms. 

The  guides  who  hang  about  the  hotels  are  very  ignorant,  and  few 
can  speak  more  English  than  is  sufficient  to  get  themselves  engaged. 
It  is  always  best  to  settle  a  programme  for  a  morning  or  afternoon, 
and  get  the  hotel-keeper  to  give  clear  instructions  to  the  driver  of 
your  carriage. 

The  modem  city  of  Delhi  is  called  Shahjahanabad,  or  else  New 
Delhi.  It  abuts  on  the  river  Jumna,  which  flows  under  the  walls  of 
its  famous  fort.  The  city  is  surrounded  by  a  lofty  wall,  strengthened 
with  a  ditch  and  glacis.  The  circuit  of  the  wall  is  about  six  miles ; 
there  are  ten  gates,  of  which  the  principal  are  the  Kashmir  and  Mori 
gates  on  the  north,  the  Kabul  and  Lahore  on  the  east,  and  the  Ajmir 
and  Delhi  on  the  south.  The  population  is  about  180,000,  pretty 
equally  divided  between  Hindu  and  Muhammadan,  who  hate  each  other 
very  heartily,  and  are  ready  to  show  their  hatred  at  a  moment's  notice. 

The  best  hand-book  for  Delhi  is  a  charming  little  volume  of  eighty 
pages,  by  Mr.  H.  6.  Keene,  published  by  Thacker,  Spink  &  Co., 
Calcutta,  which  I  advise  every  traveller  to  buy  who  intends  making 
any  stay.  It  contains  more  detailed  information  than  I  am  able  to 
give,  and  is  written  up  to  date  with  each  edition. 

The  Imperial  Palace  of  the  H ughals,  known  as  the  fort,  was  built 
in  A.D.,  1628 — 68,  by  Shah  Jahan,  the  most  magnificent  of  the 
imperial  builders  of  India.  In  its  glory,  it  was  probably  the  most 
splendid  palace  in  the  world.  As  its  massive  and  lofty  red-sandstoue 
walls,  towers,  and  noble  gateway  burst  upon  the  view  on  entering  the 
Maidan  in  front,  it  is  as  impressive  as  the  first  sight  of  Windsor 
Castle  from  the  Thames.  The  area  within  these  walls  is  more  than 
1,000  yards  long  by  500  yards  wide,  and  contains  many  buildings  of 
unique  beauty  and  interest,  though  many  others  have  been  cleared 
away  by  the  ruthless  exigences  of  a  British  military  barracks.  The 
Lahore,  or  as  it  is  now  called,  the  Victoria  gate,  is  the  main  entrance, 
and  feuses  the  Ghandni  Chowk,  separated  from  it  by  a  fine  park 
planted  with  trees.  It  is  a  singularly  beautiful  building,  soaring 
140  feet  above  the  plain,  its  interior  being  a  vaulted  hall,  875  feet 
long,  which  Mr.  Fergusson  says  forms  the  noblest  entrance  known  to 
belong  to  any  existing  palace,  presenting  very  much  the  effect  of  the 


DELHI.  123 

nave  of  a  gigantio  gothio  cathedral.  There  is  a  magoificent  view  of 
the  city  and  Burronndiiigs  from  the  top.  Passing  on  through  a 
bazar,  in  which  stores  of  yarious  kinds  are  sold,  chiefly  to  the  troops 
stationed  in  the  fort,  the  yast  court  of  the  palace  opens  out.  The 
homely  brick  buildings  right  and  left,  are  the  modem  barracks  of 
English  soldiers,  and  greatly  mar  the  beauty  of  this  marvellous  palace. 
A  ground  plan  of  the  whole  fort,  as  it  existed  in  Shah  Jahan's  time, 
will  be  found,  with  explanations,  on  page  592  of  Fergusson's  Indian 
Architecture. 

The  first  of  the  original  buildings  is  the  Diwan-i-am,  or  public  hall 
of  audience,  a  beautiful  colonnaded  structure  of  red  sandstone  and 
inlaid  marble.  In  the  centre  of  the  back  wall  is  the  royal  throne  and 
canopy,  of  white  marble,  decorated  with  pietra  dura,  representing 
flowers,  fruits,  birds,  &c.  Many  of  the  bits  of  precious  stone  have 
been  picked  out  and  stolen.  About  one  hundred  yards  further  on  a 
long  range  of  buildings  is  reached,  whose  backs  look  over  the  Jumna. 
These  are,  beginning  on  the  left,  the  Moti  Masjid,  the  Akab  baths, 
the  Dewan-i-Khas,  the  Bung  Mahal  and  the  Zenana.  A  gateway 
under  the  Zenana  leads  out  to  an  exercise  ground  on  the  river's  bank, 
from  which  a  good  view  of  the  whole  line  of  buildings  may  be  got. 
The  Dewan-i-Khas  was  the  private  hall  of  audience.  It  is  a  building 
of  pure  white  marble,  ornamented  without  and  within  by  inlaid  work. 
The  ceiling  is  richly  decorated  in  gold  and  colour,  and  at  one  time 
was  plated  with  silver,  coined  into  rupees  by  the  Maratha  invaders  in 
1760.  In  the  centre  of  this  hall  stands  a  white  marble  dais,  on 
which  was  once  placed  the  fjEunous  peacock  throne,  a  seat  between  two 
peacocks,  whose  spread  tails  were  encrusted  with  sapphires,  diamonds, 
rubies,  emeralds  and  other  precious  stones,  in  imitation  of  the  natural 
colours ;  over  th^  back  was  a  parrot,  said  to  have  been  carved  from  a 
single  emerald.  This  throne  is  reputed  to  have  cost  three  to  five 
millions  sterling ;  it  was  realised  by  Nadir  Shah  in  1789.  Over  the 
north  and  south  arches  of  the  hall  is  a  Persian  inscription,  raised  and 
gilt,  which  may  be  translated :  '*  If  there  be  a  paradise  on  earth,  it  is 
this,  it  is  this,  it  is  this."  This  hall  is  probably  the  most  beautiful 
of  all  Shah  Jahan's  costly  buildings,  always  excepting  the  Taj  Mahal. 
In  design,  proportions,  and  decorations,  it  is  choice  to  perfection.  It 
measures  ninety  by  seventy  feet.  The  Akab  baths  lead  out  of  the 
Dewan-i-Khas.  They  consist  of  three  large  rooms,  lined  and  fioored 
with  white  marble,  delicately  inlaid  in  patterns  of  pietra  dura.     They 


PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 


axe  crowned  with  marble   domes,  and  aie  lighted  from  the  rooC 
These  chambers  have  been  recently  restored. 

A  courtyard  on  the  other  side  leads  into  the  lovely  Bung  Mahal, 
the  entrance  to  which  is  one  of  the  most  perfect  specimens  of  pierced 
marble  screen  work  in  all  India.  There  is  s  small  window  in  the 
centre  of  the  screen,  above  which  is  the  symbol  of  a  pair  of  scales. 


THB  FBABL  ItOSqOB,   SSLHI. 

The  building  contains  a  charming  snite  of  rooms,  with  the  neotlpittra 
dura  decoration,  the  arches  of  the  doors  leading  from  one  to  the  other 
being  inscribed  with  Persian  conplete.  The  other  buildings  connected 
with  the  Rang  Mahal  are  now  used  as  officers'  mess  rooms,  and  a 
very  horrible  mess  has  been  made  of  all  their  charming  details  I 
Opposite  to  the  Akab  baths  is  the  jewel-like  Moti  Masjid,  or  Pearl 
mosqne,  sixty  feet  sqnare,  the  daintiest  little  building  in  all  India,  a 
veritable  "  pearl  of  price."  It  was  built  in  1685  a.d.  by  Anraugzeb. 
The  arches  are  Saracenic,  and  it  posBesses  a  bronze  door  of  remark- 
able beauty. 


DELHI.  125 


Ex  pede  Heronlem !  From  these  brilliant  remnants  of  this  trnly 
imperial  palace,  we  may  form  some  feeble  idea  of  what  it  was  in  all  its 
original  gloiy,  when  the  Burj-uShameU,  the  great  marble  bath-room, 
the  MetiaZ'Mehal,  a  huge  quadrangle  of  palaces  enclosing  a  garden 
800  feet  square,  the  Nobatkhana,  or  Music  gate,  the  Golden  mosque, 
the  Hareem  courts,  and  fifty  other  lovely  pavilions,  fountains  and 
gardens,  were  thronged  with  the  courtiers  and  retainers  of  the  mighty 
Mughal  emperors.  These,  and  other  glories  of  the  palace,  have  all 
been  swept  away  by  successive  barbarians.  Nadir  Shah,  Ahmed 
Khan,  and  the  Maratha  chiefs,  were  content  to  strip  the  buildings 
of  their  precious  metals  and  jewelled  thrones ;  to  the  Government  of 
the  present  Empress  of  India  was  left  the  last  dregs  of  Vandalism, 
which,  after  the  mutiny,  pulled  down  these  perfect  monuments  of 
Mughal  art,  to  make  room  for  the  ugliest  brick  buildings  from  Simla 
to  Ceylon. 

Mr.  Fergusson,  commenting  on  this  in  his  '^  Indian  Architecture,'* 
says,  "the  whole  of  the  Hareem  courts  of  the  palace  were  swept  o£f 
the  face  of  the  earlh  to  make  way  for  a  hideous  British  barrack,  with- 
out those  who  carried  out  this  fearful  piece  of  Vandalism  thinking  it 
even  worth  while  to  make  a  plan  of  what  they  were  destroying,  or 
preserving  any  record  of  the  most  splendid  palace  in  the  world.  Of 
the  public  parts  of  the  palace  all  that  now  remains  is  the  entrance 
hall,  the  Nobut  Khana,  the  Dewani  Aum,  the  Dewani  Khas,  and 
the  Bung  Mahal,  now  used  as  a  mess-room,  and  one  or  two  small 
pavilions.  They  are  the  gems  of  the  palace,  it  is  true ;  but  without 
the  courts  and  corridors  connecting  them  they  lose  all  their  meaning, 
and  more  than  half  their  beauty.  Being  now  situated  in  the  midst  of 
a  British  barrack-yard  they  look  like  precious  stones  torn  from  their 
settings  in  some  exquisite  piece  of  oriental  jeweller's  work,  and  set  at 
random  in  a  bed  of  the  conmionest  plaster.'' 

The  Jama  Masjid  is  without  rival  among  mosques.  Nothing  in 
Cairo  can  be  ranged  with  it,  and  the  great  Constantinople  mosque  is 
only  the  converted  Christian  church  of  St.  Sophia.  It  stands  grandly 
isolated  on  a  plateau  of  rock  between  the  fort  and  the  city,  and  is 
built  of  red  sandstone,  inlaid  with  white  marble.  It  was  begun  by 
Shah  Jahan  in  the  fourth  year  of  his  reign,  and  finished  in  the 
tenth.  There  are  three  stately  gates,  approached  by  great  flights 
of  forty  steps,  the  lowest  of  which  is  150  feet  long,  on  which 
hundreds    of    Musalmans    lounge    in   picturesque    groups.      The 


126  PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 

principal  gateway  is  finer  thas  the  other  two,  and  faces  the  east ;  they 
lead  into  a  vast  coartyard,  450  feet  sqaare,  sortoonded  hy  a  cloister 
arcaded  on  both  sideB.  The  roof  of  this  cloister  is  worth  notice, 
being  formed  of  sandstone  slabs  fifteen  feet  long.  The  court  la  paved 
with  granite  inlaid  with  marble.  At  one  end  is  the  mosque,  260  feet 
long  and  120  feet  wide.  It  is  entered  by  a  flight  of  marble  steps, 
leading  np  to  the  great  central  archway  eighty  feet  high.  It  is 
crowned  by  three  domes  of  pare  white  marble,  with  two  lofty  minarets 
of  marble  and  sandstone  in  alternate  stripes.     The  best  view  of  Delhi 


THB  JANA   UASJID,   DELHI. 

is  obtained  from  their  sammita.  The  floor  of  the  mosque  is  paved 
with  slabs  of  white  marble,  with  a  border  of  black  marble ;  each  slab 
is  three  feet  long  by  one  and  a  half  broad,  and  forms  a  "  pew  "  for  one 
person  on  Friday,  when  the  mosqae  ia  thronged  at  noon  vrith  ten 
thonsand  devont  Muhanunadana. 

The  only  other  mosqae  in  Delhi,  with  any  architectural  interest,  is 
the  Ealan  Masjid,  or  Black  mosqne,  near  the  Turkman  gate.  It  was 
built  in  A.D.  1386  by  Firoz  Shah  Taghlak,  and  was  part  of  the  city  of 
Firozabad.  It  is  a  massive,  ondecorated  building,  though  the  open- 
ings of  the  walls  are  filled  with  some  fine  screen  work  in  red  sand- 
stone. It  is  worth  stndying  as  an  excellent  and  characteristic 
specimen  of  the  Patban  architecture  of  the  14tfa  century. 

The  mosqae  of  Boshau-nd-Datila,  with  its  three  golden  domes,  ia 


DELHI.  127 

near  the  Northbrook  fonntain  in  the  Chandni  Ghowk.  Its  interest  is 
only  historical,  being  the  mosqne  from  which  Nadir  Shah  witnessed 
the  terrible  slaughter  of  the  inhabitants  in  1782.  Near  by  is  the 
Kotwali  mosque,  where  Hodson  exposed  the  dead  bodies  of  the  Delhi 
princes. 

There  are  no  Hindu  temples  worth  visiting  in  Delhi  city,  but  the 
beautiful  Jain  temple  described  and  illustrated  on  page  259  of 
Eergusson's  "  Indian  Architecture,"  situated  up  some  winding  lanes 
behind  the  Jama  Musjid,  may  be  viewed  from  4  to  6  p.m. 

The  celebrated  Chandni  Chauk,  or  Silver  street,  the  main  thorough- 
fare of  Delhi,  is  one  of  the  most  striking  and  picturesque  streets  in  all 
India.  It  is  nearly  a  mile  long,  and  seventy-four  feet  broad.  Down  the 
middle  runs  an  old  aqueduct,  now  used  as  a  footpath,  shaded  by  a 
double  avenue  of  neem  and  peepul  trees.  It  is  lined  on  both  sides 
with  the  shops  and  handsome  dwelling-houses  of  merchants,  whose 
touts  are  the  scourge  of  Delhi,  swooping  down  upon  every  stranger 
like  swarms  of  flies,  pestering  him  to  come  and  see  their  wares, 
cramming  cards  and  circulars  into  his  unwilling  hands,  screaming  in 
the  same  breath  the  praises  of  their  own  shops,  and  the  most  terrible 
slanders  of  their  opponents.  These  pests  wake  you  in  the  morning, 
hang  about  you  at  breakfast,  swarm  round  the  hotel  doors  and 
verandahs,  ride  on  the  steps  of  your  carriage,  take  short  cuts,  and 
come  upon  you  unawares  when  you  fondly  hope  you  have  got  rid  of 
them  at  last,  and  finally  assemble  at  the  railway  station  to  curse  you 
when  you  leave.     Stony  indifference  is  the  only  treatment. 

The  shops  in  the  Chandni  Chauk  are  full  of  Cashmere  shawls, 
chadars,  kincobs,  brocades,  gold  and  silver  embroidery,  wonderful 
loom-work,  painting,  jewellery,  metal-work,  enamels,  carpets,  pietra 
dura,  pottery,  weapons,  armour,  and  all  the  other  artistic  melangerie 
for  which  India  is  fiAmous.  Travellers  will  do  best  in  the  long  run  by 
asking  their  bankers  to  recommend  some  firms  of  known  respecta- 
bility, and  buy  only  from  them.  Maniok  Chand,  for  shawls, 
embroideries,  and  loom  work  generally,  and  the  well-kuown  firm  of 
Ram  Chand  and  Hazari  Mull,  for  jewellery,  are  substantial  men  of 
good  character  and  reputation.  I  have  had  satis&ctory  dealings  with 
both  firms.  If  a  buyer  tells  them  to  ask  a  fixed  price  and  stick  to  it, 
absolutely  refusing  to  bargain,  they  will  be  reasonable  enough.  If, 
however,  bargaining  should  be  preferred,  Caveat  emptor,  and  he  will 
eventually  buy  at  one  third  less  thau  the  price  asked,  and  a  trifle  more 


128  PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 


than  he  would  have  done  on  fixed  price.  With  regard  to  the  rack  of 
smaller  men,  no  European  or  American  can  approach  them  in 
wilinesSy  or  staying  power  in  a  bargain. 

The  visitor  wiU  pass  repeatedly  through  the  Queen's  Gardens,  which 
lie  between  the  railway  and  the  Chandni  Chauk.  These  are  well  laid 
out  with  beautiful  trees  and  shrubs,  and  abundant  water  from  a  branch 
of  Ali  Mardan's  Canal.  There  is  a  small  collection  of  wild  beasts. 
The  fine  building  Sfacing  the  Chauk  is  the  Institute,  which  contains 
the  station  library,  a  reading-room,  the  municipal-offices,  a  museum, 
public-hall,  and  a  pleasant  suite  of  rooms,  used  for  dances  and  other 
social  reunions  of  the  English  residents.  Visitors  find  admission  to 
all  its  priyileges  easy  enough,  through  their  bankers  or  any  resident 
European. 

Just  outside  the  building,  in  the  gardens,  is  a  huge  stone  elephant, 
of  considerable  but  unknown  antiquity,  brought  here  from  Gwalior  by 
Shah  Jahan  in  1645.  The  stone  figures  in  the  yerandah  of  the 
museum,  are  those  of  two  notable  Bajput  generals  named  Jaimal  and 
Patta,  who  were  slain  by  Akbar  at  the  siege  of  Chitor.  Keene's 
Guide  contains  a  careful  chapter  on  these  ancient  sculptures.  There 
is  not  much  to  be  seen  in  the  museum.  There  is  a  fine  clock  tower 
opposite,  in  the  Chandni  Chauk,  128  feet  high,  built  by  the  munici- 
pality at  a  cost  of  25,000  rupees. 

The  handsome  native  hotel,  called  the  Queen's  Serai,  is  in  the 
Queen's  Boad,  near  the  railway-station,  and  well  deserves  a  visit.  It 
is  a  huge  quadrangle  of  separate  rooms  or  small  buildings,  in  each  of 
which  some  native  commercial  traveller  or  merchant  is  located. 
There  are  strangers  from  all  parts  of  India  to  be  seen  here  at  times. 
The  fine  church  in  the  same  road,  is  St.  Mary's,  Boman  Catholic. 

The  old  fort  of  Salimgarh,  lies  on  the  river  between  the  Foi-t  and 
the  bridge.  It  was  built  about  1530,  and  possesses  no  features  of 
special  note. 

The  cemetery  is  near  the  Kashmir  Gate,  and  contains  many  in- 
teresting tombs  and  monuments.  Among  them  is  that  of  the  hero  of 
the  siege  of  Delhi,  during  the  mutiny,  General  John  Nicholson,  who, 
leading  the  assault,  was  struck  down  moiially  wounded  at  the  moment 
of  victory.  There  is  an  older  grave-yard  hard  by,  filled  with  nameless 
graves.  A  pretty  cross,  twenty-five  feet  high  has  been  erected,  with 
an  inscription  to  the  memory  "  of  those  whose  nameless  f^raves  lie 
around." 


DELHI.  129 

The  Memorial  Church  of  St.  James  is  in  the  same  neighbourhood, 
in  a  charming  and  well-kept  garden.  It  was  built  by  Colonel  Skinner, 
at  his  sole  cost,  as  stated  on  a  tablet  facing  the  altar,  ''in  fulfilment 
of  a  Yow  made,  while  lying  wounded,  on  the  field  of  battle,  in  grateful 
acknowledgment  of  the  mercy  of  Divine  Providence,  and  in  testimony 
of  his  sincere  faith  in  the  truth  of  the  Christian  religion."  Bound  the 
walls  of  the  church  are  many  memorial  tablets,  chiefly  to  those  who 
were  murdered  during  the  horrors  of  the  mutiny. 

The  Kashmir  Gate,  and  its  story,  are  too  familiar  to  Englishmen 
to  require  any  lengthy  comment.  It  is  a  plain  double-arched  gateway 
in  the  city  wall,  left  in  the  semi-ruined  condition  of  the  siege,  great 
boles  pounded  by  cannon-balls  being  visible  not  only  in  the  gate  itself, 
but  in  the  wall  on  each  side. 

Few  Englishmen  will  care  to  leave  Delhi  without  visiting  all  the 
scenes  of  tiie  famous  siege  of  1857.  The  best  general  view  of  the 
British  lines  is  obtained  from  the  Mutiny  Memorial,  on  the  top  of  the 
Bidge,  a  mile  or  so  outside  the  Kashmir  or  Mori  Gates.  This  is  a 
beautiful  monument,  110  feet  high,  from  the  summit  of  which  an 
expert  con  point  out  all  the  various  batteries  and  other  details  of  the 
siege  operations.  Keene's  excellent  little  Guide  Book  gives  all  the 
needful  information,  with  some  simple  maps  giving  the  positions  of  the 
contending  forces.  It  would  not  be  possible  for  a  civilian  to  write  any 
adequate  description  of  this  heroic  and  historic  struggle;  but  the 
traveller  who  wishes  to  visit  all  the  battlefield,  and  master  its  smaller 
details,  will  find  the  information  he  requires,  in  the  book- shelves  of 
the  Institute  Library. 

Having  exhausted  New  Delhi  the  traveller  will  want  to  make 
arrangements    for    visiting    Ferozabad,  Indraput,    Siri,   Jahanpuna, 
Lalkot  and  Tughlakabad,  all  of  which  were  in  their  turn  Imperial 
cities,  and  together  form  the  district,  some  thirty  square  miles  in  area 
now  known  as  "  Old  Delhi." 

If  time  presses  they  can  all  be  visited  in  a  day,  by  sending  a  spare 
pair  of  horses  over  night  to  Lalkot,  and  starting  at  daybreak.  It 
is,  however,  hurried  work,  and  leaves  very  little  time  for  detailed 
observation.  It  is  better  to  take  two  days,  spending  the  night  at  the 
comfortable  bungalow  under  the  Kutab-Minar  at  Lalkot,  and  making 
a  special  morning  excursion  some  other  day  to  Ferozabad  and  Indra- 
put,  which  are  only  a  mile  or  two  outside  the  city  wall. 

The  road  to    the  far-famed    Kutab-Minar    is  quite  an    Indian 

K 


I30  PICTURESQUE   INDIA, 

"  Appian  Way/'  both  sides  being  lined  with  tombs  and  maasolenms, 
the  bulk  of  which,  however,  have  no  architectural  or  historical  interest. 

The  first  important  building  is  the  '^  Jantar  Mantar/'  one  of  the 
huge  observatories  built  by  Jai  Singh,  Bajah  of  Jaipur,  1780  a.d. 

The  largest  of  the  group  is  an  enormous  equatorial  dial  called  tho 
Semrat  Yantar,  or  '*  Prince  of  Dials."  The  dimensions  of  the  gnomon, 
which  may  be  ascended  by  sixty-six  steps,  are  : — 


Length  of  hjrpotliennse 

.     118-5  feet 

„        basH . 

.     104-  0    „ 

,,        perpendicular      .    . 

56-76    „ 

The  building  is  rather  dilapidated,  and  is  only  of  interest  to  those 
who  have  some  rudimentary  knowledge  of  the  uses  of  an  observatory. 

There  are  also  structures  for  taking  observations  of  the  stars  by 
means  of  converse  globes,  an  astrolabe,  and  others. 

Three  miles  further  on,  the  mausoleum  of  Safdar  Jang  is  reached, 
standing  in  a  walled  inclosure  about  900  feet  square.  It  is  raised  to 
the  memory  of  a  successful  general  and  vizier,  who  died  a.d.  1758. 

It  is  built  of  red  sandstone  and  white  marble,  and  contains  a  richly 
decorated  sarcophagus.  It  is  a  good  specimen  of  the  degraded  Moghai 
architecture  of  the  last  century. 

Half  way  on  the  cross  road  between  this  mausoleum  and 
Humayun's,  is  an  interesting  group  of  four  tombs  and  a  mosque,  the 
exact  date  of  which  is  lost  in  controversy.  By  some  authorities  they 
are  of  the  Lodi  period,  15th  century,  while  others  maintain  they  are 
much  older ;  I  can  only  state  that  I  found  them  very  beautiful  both 
in  design  and  surroundings,  and  well  worth  visiting  if  time  permit. 

After  leaving  Safdar  Jang's  tomb,  a  building  is  seen  across  the 
fields  to  the  right  of  the  road.  This  is  the  tomb  of  Firoz  Shah,  who 
died  A.D.  1888.  It  is  placed  on  the  bank  of  a  still  more  ancient  tank, 
100  acres  in  extent,  constri^cted  by  Ala-ud-din  in  the  18th  century. 
This  tank  is  now  quite  ruined  and  dry,  the  bottom  being  under  culti- 
vation. There  is  no  road  to  it,  but  it  can  be  reached  by  walking  ono 
and  a  half  miles. 

On  the  left,  about  a  mile  short  of  the  Kutab-Minar,  are  scattered  the 
ruins  of  Muhammed  Toglak*s  city  of  Jahanpuna,  about  a.d.  1880,  and 
Siri,  built  by  Sultan  Ala-ud-din  a.d.  1800.  Both  these  cities  have 
been  used  as  stone-quarries  for  600  years,  and  there  is  nothing  left 
of  Jahanpuna  but  huge  mounds  of  rubbish  and  a  section  of  the  city 


DELHI.  131 

wall.  At  Siri,  the  remnants  of  the  old  fortress  of  Shahpor,  witliin 
which  was  the  famous  palace  of  Hazar  Slinar,  or  the  thoasaod 
minarets,  of  which  enough  details  are  still  distinguishable  to  give 
some  &int  ides  of  the  splendonr  of  Ala-nd-din's  city. 

Anotlier  mile,  and  the  gloij 
of  Delhi,  the  soaring  Entah- 
Minar,  is  reached.  This  mag- 
nificent tower  is  238  feet  high, 
twice  the  height  of  the  Dnke 
of  York's  Column,  tapering 
from  nearly  fifty  feet  in  dia- 
meter at  the  base  to  nine  feet 
at  the  lop.  It  is  divided  into 
five  stories.  The  lower  story 
is  ninety-five  feet  high,  and 
consists  of  twenty-four  faces 
in  the  form  of  convex  Actings, 
alternately  semicircular  and 
rectangular.  In  the  second 
story,  which  is  fifty-one  feet 
high,  these  projections  are  all 
semicircniar ;  in  the  third 
floor,  forty-oue  feet,  they  are 
all  rectangular ;  the  fourth, 
twenty-six  feet,  is  a  plain 
cylinder ;  the  fifth,  twenty-five 
feet,  is  partly  Anted  and  partly 
plain.  Each  story  is  divided 
by  a  boldly  projecting  gallery 
running  round  the  tower.   The 

whole  stmctore   is  encrusted  jg^  KuriB-iuM**. 

with  chapters  from  the  Koran 

sculptured  in  low  relief.  A  circular  staircase  of  STS  steps  leads 
to  the  top,  and  no  traveller,  who  is  equal  to  the  exertion,  should 
forego  the  view  to  be  obtfuned  from  it.  Spread  oat  like  a  map 
is  the  whole  Delhi  plain,  on  which  may  be  picked  out  the  well- 
defined  walls  limitiTig  the  great  fortified  palaces  and  citadels  which 
have  one  by  one  disappeared  with  the  successive  dynasties  which 
created  them,  leaving  only  Titanic  ruins  as  the  memorials  of  their 

X  % 


132  PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 

vanished  empires.  The  Entab-Minar  is  supposed  to  be  the  most 
perfect,  as  well  as  the  second  loftiest  tower  in  the  world.  Its  carvings 
are  as  fresh  as  though  they  were  of  yesterday's  date,  though  it  is  650 
years  since  it  was  finished.  Its  beauty  of  form  and  colour — ^red  sand- 
stone and  white  marble,  contrasted  with  the  intense  blue  of  an  Indian 
sky — cannot  be  described  at  all.  I  do  not  know  of  anything  that  can 
be  compared  with  it  for  beauty  of  design  and  perfection  of  proportion, 
except  that  wonderful  masterpiece  of  Italy's  great  architect,  the 
Campanile  of  Giotto,  at  Florence,  which  was  erected  about  the  same 
period,  and  which  is  thirty  feet  higher.  The  Kutab-Minar  was  com- 
menced by  Eutab-ud-din,  in  the  latter  part  of  the  12th  century,  and 
finally  completed  by  Altamsh,  his  successor,  about  a.d.  1210 — 20. 
It  is  a  Tower  of  Victory,  and  has  looked  down  upon  the  EUndus 
conquered  by  its  founder,  under  an  unbroken  Muhammadan  sway, 
from  its  completion,  until  the  Mutiny  in  1857. 

About  150  yards  firom  the  Eutab-Minar,  a  second  tower  of  twice  its 
dimensions  was  begun  by  Ala-du-din,  Altamsh's  successor,  but  the 
project  was  abandoned  before  it  had  reached  a  height  of  fifty  feet.  It 
stands  on  the  opposite  side  of  the  Delhi  road. 

The  Eutab-Minar  rises  from  the  centre  of  the  old  Hindu  fortress 
of  Lalkot,  built  about  a.d.  1060,  whose  massive  walls,  thirty  feet  thick, 
still  surround  it  in  sufficient  preservation  to  enable  the  spectator  to 
trace  them  distinctly  from  the  summit  of  the  tower.  Considerable 
sections  are  still  standing,  sixty  feet  high,  with  great  bastions  at  the 
angles.  In  the  west  wall  portions  of  two  or  three  gateways  can  still 
be  made  out.  The  inner  walls  are  altogether  two  and  a  quarter  miles 
in  circumference.  The  outer  walls,  which  extend  further  into  the 
plain,  belong  to  a  later  fortification,  built  during  the  following  century 
by  Raja  Pithora,  the  last  champion  of  Hindu  independence  in  Upper 
India,  who  was  defeated  by  Muhammad  of  Ghor,  a.d.  1191,  in  a 
great  battle  under  the  walls  of  the  fortress  which  still  bears  his  name, 
and  put  to  death  afterwards  in  cold  blood. 

The  group  of  buildings  surrounding  the  Eutab-Minar  possess,  like 
the  "  Two  and  a  half  days  "  Mosque  at  Ajmir,  built  also  by  Altamsh, 
the  peculiar  features  of  a  Muhammadan  mosque  constructed  from  the 
spoils  of  Hindu  temples.  This  mosque  of  Altamsh  at  Lalkot  has  all 
its  walls  of  Musalman  architecture,  while  its  columns  are  Hindu. 
The  pillars  are  very  elaborate,  though  much  injured  by  iconoclasm ; 
but  figures  of  Jain  saints  may  bo  seen  here  and  there  in  the  roof  and 


obscnre  corners.     The  great  central  range  of  arches,  extending  about 
880  feet,  conaiats  of  three  large  and  eight  amaller  arches,  the  central 


Hoxqoe  ASD  mas  pillab,  laucot. 


(Hifl  being  fifty-three  feet  high  and  twenty-two  feet  wide.     The  great 
central  arch  is  in  excellent  preserratioD,  bat  the  smaller  ones  are 
mncb  dihtpidated. 
In  the  centre  of  the  courtyard  of  this  moaqne  an  ancient  iron  pills* 


134  PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 

stands,  whicb  is  one  of  the  most  cnrioUB  things  in  India.  It  stauds 
twenty-two  feet  above  the  gronnd,  and  its  base,  wbich  is  balbons,  is 
metted  to  stone  slabs  two  feet  below  the  snrface.  Its  diameter  at  the 
base  is  16'4  inches,  and  at  the  capital  12*05  inches.  It  is  a  malleable 
forging,  welded  together  in  sections.  The  iron  is  quite  pare,  without 
alloy.  There  are  six  lines  in  Sanscrit  inscribed  npon  it;  it  is  dedi- 
cate! to  Vishnu,  and  is  a  memorial  of  yictory,  erected   bj  one  Eaja 


Bhava,  to  commemorate  "the  defeat  of  the  Babilkas,  near  the  seven 
months  of  the  Indus,"  which  fixes  the  date  of  its  erection  as 
A.D.  S60 — 400.  It  weighs  about  six  tons,  and  it  is  a  striking  ^t 
that  the  Hindas,  so  long  ago,  could  forge  a  bar  of  iron  larger  and 
heavier  than  any  that  have  been  forged,  even  in  Europe,  until  a  very 
recent  date. 

Just  outside  the  north-west  comer  of  the  mosque  stands  the  tomb 
of  its  builder,  Altamsh,  who  died  a.d.  1236.  It  is  very  beaatifal  in 
its  details,  especially  in  its  interior  decorations.  It  was  bnilt  by 
his  BOQ  and  daughter,  and  is   the  oldest  Musalman  tomb  known 


DELHI.  135 

to  exist  in  India.     The  roof  has  gone,  but  it  is  otherwise  in  fair 
preservation. 

The  noble  southern  gateway  of  the  mosque  was  added  by  Ala-ud- 
din,  seventy  or  eighty  years  later,  and  is  supposed  to  be  the  finest 
specimen  extant  of  the  early  Pathan  style  of  architecture.  The  whole 
of  this  wonderful  group  of  buildings  which  include  and  surround  the 
Kutab-Minar,  is  fully  described  in  Fergusson's  ''  Indian  Architecture," 
pp.  500—610. 

About  half  a  mile  to  the  south-west  of  the  Eutab-Minar,  are  the 
beautiful  white  marble  tombs  of  two  Maulavis,  called  Jamala  and 
Kamalu;  the  side  walls  are  richly  decorated  with  coloured  glazed 
tiles.     The  mosque  of  FaizuUah  Khan  is  close  by,  and  is  worth  seeing. 

On  the  road  to  the  neighbouring  village  of  Maharoli,  is  the  tomb  of 
Adham  Khan,  one  of  Akbar's  generals,  now  a  police  station.  At 
Maharoli,  a  mile  distant  from  the  Dak  bungalow,  are  a  collection  of 
tombs  of  kings  and  nobles  about  and  after  the  time  of  Aurangzeb,  the 
ruins  of  a  palace  and  gateway,  some  tanks,  and  other  picturesque 
remains.  But  it  is  impossible  even  to  mention  all  the  numerous 
and  splendid  ruins,  which  are  scattered  about  the  plain  within  a  radius 
of  two  miles  from  the  Kutab-Minar. 

The  vast  and  desolate  fortress  of  Tughlakabad,  the  stronghold  and 
capital  of  the  Emperor  Tughlak,  lies  about  four  miles  from  the  Kutab 
bungalow.  This  cyclopean  group  of  buildings  was  erected  a.d.  1821, 
and  consists  of  a  citadel,  a  vast  enclosing  fortress  with  thirteen  gates, 
and  a  huge  hexagon  of  outer  walls  including  an  area  five  miles  in  cir- 
cumference. Tughlak  Ghazi  Khan  was  a  successful  military  adventurer, 
whose  life  was  oneof  those  topsy-turvies  onlypossible  in  oriental  empires. 
He  started  life  as  a  Turki  slave,  who,  after  being  raised  by  his  master, 
a  renegade  Hindu  Emperor,  to  the  position  of  Governor  of  the  Punjab, 
rose  in  revolt  against  him,  murdered  him,  and  seized  the  throne. 
His  dynasty,  a  series  of  ferocious  rufBans  whose  kingdom  was  in 
continual  revolt,  lasted  nearly  100  years,  and  was  finally  wiped  out  by 
Tamerlane  a.d.  1898.  Timur  stormed  Tuglakabad^  had  a  five  days' 
slaughter  of  the  inhabitants,  after  the  manner  of  the  times,  and  left 
the  city  in  ruins,  the  abode  of  the  vulture,  the  panther  and  the  jackal, 
whose  descendants  are  the  sole  inhabitants  to-day. 

''  The  fort  of  Tughlakabad  may  be  described  with  tolerable  accuracy 
as  a  half-hexagon  in  shape,  with  three  faces  rather  more  than  three- 
quarters  of  a  mile  in  length  each,  and  a  base  of  one  mile  and  a  half. 


136  PICTURESQUE    INDIA. 

the  whole  circuit  being  only  one  furlong  lees  than  four  miles.  The 
fort  atandB  on  a  rocky  height,  and  is  built  of  maEsive  blocks  of  stone, 
so  large  and  besTj  that  they  mast  have  been  qnarried  on  the  spot. 
The  largest  stone  which  I  obserred  measured  fourteen  feet  in  length 
by  two  feet  two  inches,  and  one  foot  ten  inches  in  breadth  and  thick- 
ness, and  mast  have  weighed  rather  more  than  six  tons.  The  short 
faces  to  the  north-west  and  east  are  protected  by  a  deep  ditch,  and  the 
long  face  to  the  south  by  a  large  sheet  of  water,  which  is  held  up  by 
an  embankment  at  the  south-east  corner.     On  this  side  the  rock  is 


scarped,  and  above  it  the  main  walls  rise  to  a  mean  height  of  forty 
feet,  with  a  parapet  of  seven  feet,  behind  which  rises  another  wall  of 
fifteen  feet,  the  whole  height  above  the  low  ground  being  upwards  of 
ninety  feet.  In  the  south-west  angle  is  the  citadel,  which  occupies 
about  one-sixth  of  the  area  of  the  fort,  and  contains  the  ruins  of  an 
extensive  palace.  The  ramparts  are  raised  as  usual  on  a  line  of 
domed  rooms,  which  rarely  commnuicste  with  each  other,  and  which 
DO  doubt  formed  the  qoarters  of  the  troops  that  garrisoned  the  fort. 
The  walls  slope  rapidly  inwards,  even  as  much  as  those  of  Egyptian 
buildings.  The  rampart  walls  are  pierced  with  loopholes,  which  serve 
also  to  give  light  and  air  to  the  soldiers'  quarters.  The  parapets  are 
pierced  with  low  sloping  loopholes,  which  command  the  foot  of  the 
wait,  and  are  crowned  with  a  line  of  mde  battlements  of  solid  stone. 


DELHI,  137 

which  are  also  provided  with  loopholes.  The  walls  are  built  of  large 
plainly  dressed  stones,  and  there  is  no  ornament  of  any  kind ;  but  the 
vast  size,  the  great  strength,  and  the  visible  solidity  of  the  whole  give 
to  Taghlakabad  an  air  of  stem  and  massive  grandeur,  that  is  both 
striking  and  impressive.  The  fort  of  Tughlakabad  has  thirteen  gates, 
and  there  are  three  inner  gates  to  the  citadel ;  it  contains  seven  tanks 
of  water  besides  the  ruins  of  several  large  buildings,  as  the  Jama 
Masjid  and  the  Burj  Munder.  The  upper  part  of  the  fort  is  full  of 
ruined  houses,  but  the  lower  part  appears  as  if  it  had  never  been  fully 
inhabited." — Cunningham. 

The  tomb  of  Tughlak  is  opposite  the  fort,  in  a  small  but  strong 
citadel,  surrounded  by  what  was  once  a  lake,  but  which  is  now  dry 
and  grass-grown ;  the  causeway  by  which  the  tomb  was  reached,  still 
remains.  It  is  a  solid,  simple  but  very  impressive  building  in  much 
better  preservation  than  the  fortress.  Inside  the  mausoleum  are  the 
tombs  of  Tughlak  himself,  his  queen,  and  his  son  and  successor 
Muhammed,  who  built  the  fortress  on  the  opposite  hill  of  Adilibad. 

The  powerful  rock-like  sloping  walls,  and  massive  towers,  which 
surround  the  tomb,  and  the  stem  uncompromising  architecture  of  the 
mausoleum  itself,  are  fitting  surroundings  to  the  last  resting  place  of 
this  fierce  warrior  king.  Very  few  travellers  visit  Tughlakabad. 
Guides  and  drivers  look  upon  it  only  as  added  trouble,  and  are 
dissuasive.  I  passed  it  by  myself  on  my  first  visit  to  Delhi,  but 
afterwards  spent  a  day  wandering  through  its  desolate  streets,  and 
deserted  fortifications.  It  has  made  as  lasting  an  impression  on  my 
memory  as  anything  in  India. 

Humayun'fl  tomb  is  about  four  miles  from  Delhi.  It  was  built  by 
Akbarthe  Great  about  1660  a.d.  in  memory  of  his  father  the  Emperor 
Humayun.  It  took  sixteen  years  to  build,  and  cost  fifteen  lakhs  of 
mpees.  It  stands  in  the  midst  of  a  great  garden  of  eleven  acres,  now 
a  tangled  waste,  raised  on  a  lofty  double  platform  adorned  with  arches. 
It  is  built  of  red  sandstone,  decorated  with  marble  inlay,  crowned  by  a 
superb  dome  of  white  marble,  estimated  at  three  fourths  the  size  of  that 
of  St.  Paul's,  London.  The  tomb  itself  is  a  large  octagonal  chamber. 
Four  sides  are  occupied  by  doorways,  and  the  other  four  lead  into 
small  octagonal  chapels,  rendering  the  building  nearly  square  on  the 
outside  dimensions.  It  is  about  sixty-five  feet  in  diameter,  and  seventy 
feet  high  to  the  top  of  the  dome. 

The  enclosure  is  surrounded  by  a  wall,  the  main  gateway  being  a 


PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 


loft;  andfitting  eBtrasce  to  this  splendid  tomb.  Humajon'B  maosoleam 
has  a  special  intereBt,  from  being  the  first  of  that  snccesBioD  of  royal 
mansoleamB  for  vbich  India  is  renowned,  of  which  Akbar's  tomb  at 
Sikandia,  and  the  Taj  Mahal  at  Agra  are  the  more  excellent  seqnels. 
Five  of  Hnmaynn'  b  BQCceBBors  to  the  crown  of  Delhi  lie  bnried  here,  as 
well  as  eleven  other  viziers,  generals  and  statesmen,  deemed  worthy 
of  interment  under  the  same  royal  dome.  Some  of  the  tombs  are 
finely  carved,  and  there  is  much  heantifnl  pierced  marble  and  stone- 
work thronghont ;  it  is  nndonbtedly  one  of  the  most  strildng  buildings 
in  all  India.  ItwaB  to  this  building  that  the  two  sons  of  the  last  king 
of  Delhi  fled,  afber  the  storming  of  the  city  in  1657.  They  were 
discovered  by  Hodson,  who  shot  tiiem  afterwarde. 


TUB   TOMB   1>V    BUMAYUN. 

The  beautiful  cemetery  of  Kizara-ud-din  is  a  short  distance  &om 
Hmnayun's  tomb,  where  lies  buried  the  brilliant  Shah  Nizam-ud-din, 
Ala-nd-din's  general,  reputed  to  be  the  founder  of  Thuggism,  and 
the  murderer  of  Tugblak,  whose  tomb,  hoary  and  time-worn,  is 
enclosed  in  a  very  finely-pierced  marble  screen,  surrounded  by  a 
Terandah  of  white  marble ;  the  roof  of  the  verandah  is  painted  in  a 


flower  pattern.  This  singnlar  and  remarkable  tomb  is  snrroanded  by 
many  otberg  of  great  beauty,  notably  those  of  the  poet  Ehnsm,  the 
laureate  of  TngUak's  court,  whose  songB  sre  Btill  popular  in  India ; 
of  Mohammad  Shah,  Emperor  of  Delhi  from  1719  to  1748;  of 
Jahanara  Begum,  daughter  of  the  Emperor  Shah  Jehan,  whose 
inscription  begs  that  nothing  hot  grass  may  cover  her,  a  wish  still 
respected,  and  the  lovely  modem  tomb  of  Mirza  Jahangir. 


Nizam-nd-din's  Baoli,  or  well  honse,  is  within  the  enclosare,  and  the 
idlers  of  the  place  jump  into  the  water,  feet  foremost,  a  height  of  seventy 
feet,  for  the  pleasure  of  visitors,  and  for  half  rupees  for  themselves. 

Indrapat,  or  Pnrana  Kila,  is  the  most  ancient  of  all  the  dead  cities 
of  the  BeUti  plain.  It  was  founded  2000  years  b.c,  by  Yudisthira, 
first  king  of  the  Panda  dynas^  of  Indraprastha,  whose  sabjecta  were 
the  earhest  Aryan  immigrants  into  India.  He  was  succeeded  by 
thir^  generations  of  successors  to  the  throne,  until  his  line  was 
extinguished  by  the  nsnrpation  of  Tisarwa,  prime  minister  of  the  last 


I40  PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 

king.  iDilrapat,  neglected  and  allowed  to  fall  to  decay  by  its 
MuBalman  conquerors,  was  at  last  rebnilt  by  Hnmayun,  whose  capital 
it  became.  Most  of  the  walls  and  the  citadel  date  from  bis  time,  bat 
portions  are  still  pointed  out,  which  antiquarians  allege  are  as  old  as 
1500  B.C.  Erery  gateway  is  now  built  up  except  the  one  illastrated 
below.  Paeaing  through  its  portals,  and  continuing  through  a  squalid 
village,  the  singularly  beautiful,  but  now  desolate,  mosque  of  Shir 
Shah,  A.D.  1541,  is  reached.  The  fine  octagon  of  red  sandstone, 
seventy  feet  high,  beyond  the  mosqne,  is  called  the  Shir  Mauzil,  and 
was  Humayun's  library.  The  little  chapel  near  the  bazar  is  a  station 
of  the  Baptist  mission  at  Delhi. 


The  ruins  of  Firozabad  lie  abont  a  mile  outside  the  Delhi  gate  on 
the  banks  of  the  Jumna.  There  is  hardly  one  stone  left  upon  another 
of  the  old  capital  built  by  Firoz  Shah  Taghlak,  a.d.  1S51-88.  The 
only  building  not  in  absolute  ruins  is  the  Eotila,  a  three-storied  house 
erected  as  a  platform  for  the  famous  Stambha  or  Lat  of  King  Asoka. 
This  remarkable  pillar  is  a  monolith  of  pink  sandstone,  42  ft.  7  in. 
long,  and  about  3  ft.  6  in.  in  diameter.  The  inscriptions  on  the  pillar 
are  mainly  the  edicts  of  Asoka,  promulgating  hie  religion  of  reformed 
Buddhism.  A  careful  explanation  of  the  Lata  of  Asoka,  which  are 
found  at  Allahabad,  Tirhut,  Sankisa,  and  many  other  places,  will  be 
found  in  FergvMion,  pp.  62 — 66. 

I  have  now  briefly  described  the  chief  points  of  ioterest  in  this 


DELHI.  141 

great  plain  of  ruined  cities.  If  my  readers  wish  for  more  detailed 
information  than  can  be  found  in  these  pages,  which  will  probably  be 
found  sufficient  for  the  ordinary  traveller  who  is  not  a  student  of 
architecture,  he  will  find  it  in  the  pages  of  Fergusson,  or  in  the  more 
extended  writings  of  General  Cunningham,  the  great  authority  on  Delhi 
archseology.  His  works-  will  be  found  on  the  shelves  of  the  Institute 
Library  in  the  Chandni  Chauk. 

Delhi  is  a  city  of  merchants  rather  than  handicraftsmen,  but  it 
enjoys  a  high  reputation  for  gold  and  silk  embroidery,  jewellery,  ivory 
painting,  and  carving,  and  other  ornamental  goods  of  fine  workmanship, 
and  its  glazed  pottery  is  only  second  in  quality  to  that  of  Peshawar. 
The  foundation  of  its  art  manufactures,  especially  loom  fabrics,  was 
laid  by  Akbar,  who  brought  together  at  Delhi  the  best  workmen  he 
could  get  from  various  parts  of  India,  Persia,  and  even  Europe. 
Sir  George  Birdwood  writes,  in  his  Industrial  Arts  of  India : 

''  It  has  been  through  the  encouragement  given  by  the  great  native 
princes  and  chiefs,  and  the  cultivated  taste  of  the  common  people, 
that  the  sumptuary  arts  of  India  have  been  brought  to  such  artistic 
perfection.  From  the  Ayin  Akbari,  or  Institutes  of  the  Emperor 
Akbar[A.D.  1556 — 1605],  written  by  Abdul  Fazl,  Akbar's  great  minister, 
we  learn  that  the  Mogol  emperors  of  Delhi  maintained  in  their  palaces 
skilled  workmen  from  every  part  of  India.  It  is  said  that  Akbar  took 
a  great  delight  in  painting,  and  had  in  his  ser^ce  a  large  number  of 
artists,  in  order  ,that  they  '  might  vie  with  each  otiber  in  fame, 
and  become  eminent  by  their  productions.'  Once  a  week  he  inspected 
the  work  of  every  artist,  when  in  proportion  to  their  individual  merits 
they  were  honoured  with  premiums,  and  their  regular  salaries  were 
increased.  In  the  armomy  also  the  emperor  personally  superintended 
the  preparation  of  the  various  weapons  which  were  forged  and 
decorated  there  in  every  stage  of  their  manufacture.  In  the  workshop 
of  the  imperial  wardrobe  the  weavers  and  embroiderers  of  every  country 
were  to  be  found,  and  whatever  was  made  by  them  was  carefully  kept, 
and  those  articles  of  which  there  thus  came  in  time  to  be  a  superfluity 
were  given  away  in  presents  of  honour.  Through  the  attention  of  the 
emperor  the  manufacture  of  various  new  fabrics  was  established  at 
Delhi.  The  skill  of  the  imperial  manufacturers  increased  also  with 
their  number,  so  that  the  cloths  of  Persia,  Europe  and  China  became 
drugs  in  the  market.  The  emperor  was  very  fond  of  woollen  stufl's, 
particularly  shawls ;  and  the  Ayin  Akbari  gives  a  list  of  all  the  varieties 


142  PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 

made  in  the  palace,  which  were  classified  according  to  their  date,  yalue, 
colonr,  and  weight.  He  had  a  vast  establishment  of  jewellers,  inlayers 
in  gold,  silver,  crystal,  and  camelian ;  damascene  workers,  chiefly  for 
ornamenting  arms ;  enamellers ;  plain  workers  in  gold  and  silver;  and 
pierced  workers ;  embossers ;  '  inlayers  with  little  grains  of  gold,' 
whose  art  will  be  further  noticed  in  connection  with  the  modern 
jewellery  of  Delhi ;  makers  of  gold  and  silver  lace  \mnhaf£\  for  sword- 
belts,  &c. ;  engravers  and  workers  in  a  sort  of  mUo ;  stone  engravers, 
and  lapidaries,  and  other  artists.  Sir  John  Chardin,  who  travelled  in 
the  East  from  1664  to  1670,  in  his  Journal  du  Voyage  [London,  1686, 
Amsterdam,  1711],  tells  ns  that  the  kings  and  nobles  of  Persia  also 
then  maintained,  as  they  do  now,  manufactures  of  all  the  arts  and 
trades  in  their  '  ca/rconSs  *  [karkhanas^  or  workshops.  He  compares 
these  factories  to  the  galleries  of  the  Grand  Duke  of  Florence  and  of 
the  Louvre. 

''  They  entertain  in  these  places  a  large  number  of  excellent 
master-workmen  who  have  a  salary  and  daily  rations  for  their 
lives,  and  are  provided  with  all  the  materials  for  their  work.  They 
receive  a  present  and  an  increase  of  salary  for  every  fine  work  they 
produce.  Their  appointments  were  hereditary.  This  was  formerly, 
and  is  now  also,  the  case  in  India.  In  the  Indian  Museum  collection 
of  jade  there  is  a  large  engraved  bqwl,  on  which  a  family  of 
lapidaries,  in  the  employ  of  the  emperors  of  Delhi,  was  engaged 
for  three  generations.  It  is  only  in  this  way  that  artistic  excellence 
in  works  of  industry  can  ever  be  attained,  and  it  is  thus  that  the 
finest  enamels  and  damascened  work  and  shawls  are  still  produced  in 
India  in  the  royal  fiEUstories  respectively  of  Jaipur,  Hyderabad  and 
Srinagar." 

Delhi  has  always  been  a  great  centre  for  the  manufacture  of 
gemmed  and  enamelled  jewellery.  Its  wealthy  merchants,  such  as 
Bam  Chand  and  Hazari  Mull,  will  spread  out  on  the  floor  of  their 
house  a  stock  of  tiaras,  aigrettes,  head-ornaments,  earrings,  ear 
chains,  nose  rings  and  studs,  necklaces  of  pearls,  diamonds  and 
other  precious  stones,  cubes  and  tablets  of  gold  set  with  stones  on 
one  side,  and  covered  with  brilliant  enamel  on  the  other,  armlets, 
anklets,  bracelets  in  gold  and  silver,  of  endless  variety  of  form  and 
beauiy  of  decoration.  The  merchants,  however,  are  very  reluctant  to 
show  these  exquisite  specimens  of  native  jewellery  to  Europeans,  who, 
I  regret  to  say,  seldom  buy  them,  while  they  will  pay  far  larget  prices 


DELHI,  143 

for  jewellery  set  and  designed  in  European  fashion,  which  is  pretty 
and  cheap  enough  in  its  way. 

The  exquisite  miniatures,  known  as  ''  Delhi  paintings/'  are  drawn 
in  colours  on  ivory,  with  a  fine  pen.  They  are  mostly  portraits  of 
famous  Bajas  and  views  of  well-known  buildings,  but  the  artists  will 
produce  portraits  from  photographs,  in  which  they  manage  at  once  to 
preserve  the  likeness  and  transform  the  subject  into  a  Hindu.  These 
pictures  are  very  expensive  if  painted  by  really  good  artists,  but  are 
not  of  much  real  value,  except  as  specimens  of  a  unique  art. 

Delhi  has  always  been  famous  for  gem  engraving.  The  old  Delhi 
work  in  engraved  and  gem-encrusted  jade  of  the  Mughal  period  is  of 
priceless  value.  There  are  some  exquisite  specimens  in  the  Indian 
Museum  at  South  Kensington.  The  modem  imitation  of  this  beau- 
tiful jewellery  is  very  tasteful  and  pretty.  Much  of  it  is  made  in 
Delhi  and  also  imported  from  Jaipur  for  sale  by  the  Delhi  jewellers. 
There  are  many  clever  carvejbs  in  ivory  and  wood  in  the  bazars  of  the 
city,  whose  work  is  exposed  for  sale  in  the  Chandni  Chauk  shops. 
There  is  no  better  place  than  Delhi  in  which  to  collect  the  native 
ornaments  which  make  even  the  poorest  Hindu  woman  look  smart 
and  well  dressed.  The  large  beads  worn  round  the  neck,  and  the 
bracelets  and  armlets  of  the  humble  folk  in  the  bazars  are  generally 
lacquered  wood,  or  bronzed,  silvered  or  gilt.  The  silvering  is 
produced  by  mixing  tinfoil  and  lac  together  till  they  amalgamate ; 
this,  when  thoroughly  purified  is  boiled  up  into  a  solution,  spread 
upon  the  wooden  beads,  and  burnished  when  dry.  The  gilt  is  got  by 
boiling  myrrh,  copal,  and  sweet  oil  together,  and  applying  with  a 
brush.  The  imitation  of  the  genuine  metal  is  excellent,  but  is  often 
spoilt  by  having  coloured  glass  stuck  about  the  beads  to  imitate 
precious  stones.  I  bought  a  biscuit-box  full  of  the  most  charming 
and  effective  sham  jewellery  for  a  few  rupees.  They  look  very 
pretty,  grouped  with  brass  lotas  and  Indian  glazed  pottery,  in  a 
comer  cupboard. 

Delhi  is  famous  for  its  leather  work,  and  produces  any  quantity  of 
cheap  slippers,  embroidered  in  pinchbeck  and  imitation  silver,  to  the 
great  detriment  of  the  genuine  gold  and  silver  embroidered  slippers  of 
Lucknow.  There  is  also  a  considerable  manufacture  of  musical 
instraments,  many  of  which  are  not  only  interesting  as  curiosities, 
but  also  remarkable  for  the  beauty  and  variety  of  their  forms. 

Delhi  is,  after  Calcutta  and  Bombay,  the  largest  market  in  India  for 


144  PICTURESQUE   INDIA, 

cotton  goods,  many  Manchester  houses  finding  it  worth  while  to  have 
resident  agents  to  look  after  their  trade.  Manchester  does  not  have 
all  its  own  way,  for  there  are  two  or  three  cotton-mills  recently 
estahlished,  besides  innumerable  hand-loom  weavers  making  every 
variety  of  native  dress  pieces.  Delhi  is  noted  for  its  muslin  turbans, 
which  are  in  great  request  all  over  India.  I  have  bought  most 
artistic  pieces  of  native  cotton  fabrics,  hand-printed,  in  the  Delhi 
bazars  for  a  few  coppers.  Delhi  is  a  great  depot  of  the  crafts  of 
gold-lace  weaving,  spangle  making,  gilt  embroidery,  and  all  the 
trades  connected  with  silver-gilt  wire  drawing,  and  gilt  thread.  The 
weavers,  however,  do  not  produce  the  rich  and  costly  brocades  and 
kincobs  made  at  Ahmadabad  and  Benares,  and  inexperienced  travellers 
should  be  very  careful  indeed  in  buying  this  description  of  loom  work. 
Many  of  the  cashmere  shawls  offered  in  the  Ghandni  Chauk  have 
been  embroidered  in  Delhi  with  inferior  tinsel  thread.  There  is  some 
very  pretty  cheap  embroidery  with  coloured  floss  silk  upon  muslin, 
which  is  special  to  this  city.  The  Delhi  pottery,  both  glazed  and 
enamelled,  is  excellent,  and  some  good  pieces  may  be  picked  up  in 
the  bazars.  It  is  not,  however,  equal  to  that  made  at  Lahore, 
Peshawar,  or  Multan.  The  traveller  who  is  not  able  to  go  into  the 
Punjab,  yet  wishes  to  take  away  with  him  some  specimens  of  the 
finest  loom- work  and  embroideries  produced  there,  will  find  splendid 
and  well-assorted  stocks  in  the  warehouses  of  the  Delhi  merchants, 
who  indeed  are  able  among  them  to  produce  good  specimens  of 
almost  every  art-manufacture  in  India,  North,  South,  East,  and  West. 
There  are  two  extensive  Christian  missions  at  Delhi,  in  connection 
with  the  Baptist  Missionary  Society,  and  the  Society  for  the 
Propagation  of  the  Gospel  in  Foreign  Parts.  The  Society  for  the 
Propagation  of  the  Gospel  has  three  missionaries,  six  or  seven 
Cambridge  Brethren,  nine  catechists,  fourteen  readers,  twenty- 
eight  schools  of  all  sorts,  eight  churches  and  chapels,  about  200 
communicants,  and  1,400  pupils  in  their  schools.  It  also 
has  an  active  Zenana  Mission,  consisting  of  fifteen  ladies,  and  ten 
Christian  native  teachers.  The  beautiful  memorial  church  used  by 
the  Indian  adherents  of  this  mission  is  in  the  very  centre  of  the  city, 
in  the  road  leading  from  the  railway-station  to  the  Chandni  Chauk ; 
it  possesses  the  unusual  feature  of  two  Baptisteries,  a  font  for 
sprinkling  infants,  and  a  larger  one  for  the  immersion  of  adult 
converts  who  may  prefer  this  method.     There  is  always  a  crowded 


DELHI.  145 

congregation  at  the  Vernacular  senrices  on  Sunday.  This  is  one  of 
the  most  interesting  missions  in  India,  and  the  Cambridge  brethren 
are  always  glad  to  show  the  work  to  appreciative  visitors. 

The  Baptist  Mission  and  College  are  situated  on  the  Maidan,  a  little 
beyond  the  Jama  Maajid.  There  are  four  missionaries  in  charge  of 
Delhi,  three  European  and  one  Indian,  and  about  twenty-six  village 
stations  in  the  district.  There  is  also  a  well-organized  Zenana  Mission, 
under  the  superintendence  of  Miss  Thorn,  a  lady  of  great  ability  and 
experience,  assisted  by  six  or  seven  Englishwomen,  and  several  native 
teachers.  The  number  of  communicants  is  about  400,  and  the 
children  in  the  various  day-schools  about  600. 

The  Baptist  College  is  an  institution  for  training  native  Christians 
for  the  Ministry.  There  are  usually  about  twenty  students,  who 
receive  a  careful  education  in  arts  and  theology.  English  services  are 
conducted  by  the  Baptist  missionaries  every  Sunday  in  a  handsome 
chapel  in  the  Chandni  Chauk,  for  the  benefit  of  English  residents  in 
Delhi,  and  the  garrison. 

Meebut  is  the  principal  military  station  of  the  North  West,  and 
is  the  military  head-quarters  of  a  division,  including  the  garrisons 
of  Delhi,  Agra,  Fatehgarh,  Muttra,  Dehra  Dun,  Landaur,  Burki,  and 
Ghakrata.  The  traveller  who  wishes  to  see  something  of  Indian 
cantonment  life,  cannot  do  better  than  stay  a  day  or  two  at  Meerut, 
especially  if  he  has  introductions  to  residents  there.  There  are  good 
hotels  and  a  Dak  bungalow,  a  fine  church  seating  8,000  persons,  but 
nothing  of  Indian  interest.  The  Mall  is  accounted  one  of  the  most 
beautiful  drives  in  India. 


CHAPTEE  X. 

SAHARANPDR.— SIMLA.-AMBITSAB. 


HARANPUR  ia  a  well  -  baUt 
town,  of  50,000  inhabitante,  with 
a  good  hotel  and  Dak  bungalow. 
There  are  some  excellent  agri- 
cultaral  and  botamc.il  gardens 
establiehed  by  Government,  an 
old  fort  used  as  a  coorthouse, 
and  a  few  handsome  tombs,  but 
. "  nothing  worthy  of  serious  atten- 

tion. There  is  a  vigorous  and 
thriving  American  Fresbyterian 
Miesion.  From  Saharanpur  there 
is  a  good  carriage  road  to  Dehra 
Dun  and  Muasooree — two  popular 
hill  stations.  Mnssooree  is  about 
7,000  feet  above  the  eea,  and  in 
popularity  as  a  health  resort, 
ranks  neit  to  Simla.  The  views 
of    the    BQowy    ranges    of    the 

^-     "~.H-,    "■ <  Himalayas    are    very    fine,    but 

greatly  inferior  to  Darjiling.  Mnseooree  is  much  colder  than 
Darjiling,  and  during  the  winter  months  is  subject  to  heavy  falls 
of  enow.  It  is  a  twelve  or  fourteen  honrs'  journey  from  Sabaranpnr. 
Dehra  Dan  is  a  very  beautiful  district,  with  an  increasing  tea  crop  on 
the  slopes  of  the  hills.  It  is  a  famous  district  for  sport  of  all 
kinds,  tlie  Mahseer  fishing  being  the  best  in  India. 
Sncu  is  the  summer  capital  of  India.    The   "  Simla  exodaa " 


SIMLA.  147 

from  Calcutta,  as  Boon  as  the  hot  weather  fairly  sets  in,  is  the 
great  Anglo-Indian  eyent  of  the  year,  the  whole  of  the  Govern- 
ment departments  transferring  their  ofices  to  this  beantiM  hill 
station*  Daring  the  winter  Simla  is  deserted*  The  town  is  seventy- 
eight  miles  from  Ambala — ^an  important  cantonment  and  trading 
centre  on  the  North  Western  Bailway*  The  journey  is  made  by 
Dak  gharries  or  mail  tongas,  and  takes  about  twelve  hours  to 
accomplish* 

Ambala  is  a  native  walled  city  of  25,000  inhabitants,  with  a 
cantonment  of  about  the  same  population,  the  garrison  consisting  of 
two  regiments  each  of  native  and  British  troops,  with  three  batteries 
of  artillery*  It  is  a  good  centre  for  sport.  The  American  Presby- 
terian Board  of  Missions  and  the  Church  Missionary  Society  have 
stations  here. 

The  traveller  should,  if  possible,  time  his  departure  from  Ambala 
so  as  to  reach  the  foot  of  the  hills  by  daybreak,  that  he  may  enjoy  to 
the  full  the  beautiful  scenery  which  awaits  him.  There  are  good  hotels 
at  Ealka,  thirty-eight  miles  from  Ambala,  nearly  half  way.  Four 
hours'  journey  from  £alka  is  Kasauli,  6,800  feet  above  the  sea,  a 
popular  hill  station  and  sanitarium,  situated  in  the  midst  of  lovely 
scenery*  Here  is  the  Lawrence  Military  Asylum,  a  valuable  orphan 
school  maintained  by  the  Government* 

Twenty-seven  miles  beyond  £alka,  by  the  longer  route,  is  Solan, 
where  there  is  a  good  Dak  bungalow,  from  whence  it  is  thirty  miles 
more  to  Simla*  From  Solan  the  scenery  is  magnificent,  the  road 
twisting  in  and  out  between  high  rocks,  and  hanging  over  precipitous 
valleys*  The  shorter  road  passes  through  Haripur  and  Siri*  It  is 
best  to  go  one  way  and  return  the  other. 

The  population  of  Simla,  in  the  winter,  is  'about  15,000*  This 
number  is  greatly  increased  on  the  arrival  of  the  ''  Simla  exodus,'* 
when  the  Government  and  all  the  departments  come  up  from 
Calcutta.  The  mean  elevation  above  sea  level  is  7,084  feet.  It  is 
very  cold  during  the  winter,  and  is  often  covered  with  a  deep  fall  of 
snow. 

'^  Lieutenant  Boss,  Assistant  Political  Agent  for  the  Hill  States, 
erected  the  first '  residence — ^a  thatched  wooden  cottage,  in  1819. 
Three  years  afterwards,  his  successor.  Lieutenant  £ennedy,  built  a 
permanent  house.  Officers  from  Ambala  and  neighbouring  stations 
quickly  followed  the  example,  and  in  1826  the  new  settlement  had 


|4|8  PICTURESQUE   INDIA, 

acquired  a  name*  A  year  later  Lord  Amhurst,  the  Goyernor-General, 
after  completing  his  progress  through  the  North-West,  on  the  con- 
clusion of  the  successfal  Bhartpur  campaign,  spent  the  summer  at 
Simla.  From  that  date  the  sanitarium  rose  rapidly  into  fayour  with 
the  European  population  of  Northern  India.  Year  after  year, 
irregularly  at  first,  hut  as  a  matter  of  course  after  a  few  seasons,  the 
f^  of  Government  was  transferred  for  a  few  weeks  in  eveiy  summer 
from  the  heat  of  Calcutta  to  the  cool  climate  of  the  Himalayas. 
Snccessiye  Govemors-General  resorted  with  increasing  regularity  to 
Simla  during  the  hot  weather.  Situated  in  the  recently  annexed 
Punjab,  it  formed  an  advantageous  spot  for  receiving  the  great 
chiefs  of  Northern  and  Western  India,  numbers  of  whom  annually 
come  to  Simla  to  pay  their  respects  to  the  British  Suzerain.  It  also 
presented  greater  conveniences  as  a  starting-point  for  the  Governor- 
General's  cold-weather  tour  than  Calcutta,  which  is  situated  in  the 
extreme  south-east  comer  of  Bengal.  At  first  only  a  small  staff  of 
officials  accompanied  the  Governor-General  to  Simla ;  but  since  the 
administration  of  Sir  John  Lawrence  (1864),  Simla  has  practically 
been  the  summer  capital  of  the  Government  of  India,  with  its 
secretariats  and  headquarters  establishments,  unless  during  ex- 
ceptional seasons  of  fiamine  on  the  plains,  as  in  1874. 

''Under  these  circumstances  the  station  grew  with  extraordinary 
rapidity.  From  80  houses  in  1880  it  increased  to  upwards  of  100  in 
1841,  and  290  in  1866.  In  February,  1881,  the  number  of  occupied 
houses  was  1141.  At  present  the  bungalows  extend  over  the  whole 
length  of  a  considerable  ridge,  which  runs  east  and  west  in  a  crescent 
shape,  with  its  concave  side  pointing  southward.  The  extreme  ends 
of  the  station  lie  at  a  distance  of  six  miles  from  one  another. 
Eastward  the  ridge  culminates  in  the  peak  of  Jako,  over  8,000  feet  in 
height,  and  nearly  1,000  feet  above  the  average  elevation  of  the 
station.  Woods  of  deodar  oak  and  rhododendrons  clothe  its  sides, 
while  a  tolerably  level  road,  five  miles  long,  runs  round  its  base. 
Another  grassy  height,  known  as  Prospect  Hill,  of  inferior  elevation 
to  Jako,  and  devoid  of  timber,  closes  the  western  extremity  of  the 
crescent  The  houses  cluster  thickest  upon  the  southern  slopes  of 
Jako,  and  of  two  other  hills  lying  near  the  western  end.  The  Viceregal 
Lodge,  formerly  named  Peterhoff,  stands  upon  one  of  the  latter,  while 
the  other  is  crowned  by  a  large  building  erected  for  an  observatory, 
but  now  used  as  an  ordinary  residence*    A  new  and  more  com- 


modioas  Viceregal  residence  is  now  (1866)  in  connie  of  erection  on 
the  Observatory  bill,  a  little  to  the  west  of  the  present  QoTemmcDt 
Hoase.     The  cbnrch  stands  at  the  western  base  of  Jako,  below  wbioh. 


tm  the  Bonth  side  of  the  hill,  the  native  h&z&t  cnts  oflf  one  end  of  the 
station  from  the  other.  The  eastern  portion  bears  the  name  of  Chote 
Simla,  while  the  most  western  extremity  is  known  as  Boileangaqj. 
A  beaatifal  northern  spar,  nmning  at  right  angles  to  the  main  ridgo 


I50  PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 

and  still  clothed  with  oak  and  rhododrendron  trees,  has  acquired  the 
complimentary  dcEdgnation  of  Elysium.  Three  and  a  half  miles  from 
the  western  end  a  battery  of  artillery  occupies  the  detached  hill  of 
Jutogh.    The  exquisite  scenery  of  the  neighbourhood  is  unrivalled. 

"The  public  institutions  include  the  Bishop  Cotton  School,  the 
Punjab  Girls'  School,  the  Mayo  Industrial  Girls'  School,  a  Boman 
Catholic  convent,  a  hospital,  a  dispensary,  and  a  handsome  town  hall 
now  [1886]  approaching  completion.  The  Government  buildings 
comprise  a  district  court-house  and  treasury,  tah^VLi  and  police  office, 
post-office,  telegraph  station,  &c.  Until  recently,  the  various  offices 
were  located  in  ordinary  private  houses,  in  many  cases  widely  distant 
from  each  other.  Since  1884  the  offices  of  the  Imperial  Government 
have  been  concentrated  in  blocks  of  handsome  buildings,  centrally 
situated,  and  constructed  at  a  cost  of  upwards  of  half  a  million 
sterling  "  (flttw^er). 

The  commerce  of  the  town  consists  mainly  in  the  supply  of 
necessaries  to  the  summer  visitors  and  their  dependents;  but  a 
brisk  export  trade  exists  in  opium,  charas  (an  intoxicating  preparation 
of  hemp),  fruits,  nuts,  and  shawl- wool,  collected  from  the  neighbour- 
ing hills,  or  brought  in  from  beyond  the  border,  vid  Bimpur. 
Numerous  European  shops  supply  the  minor  wants  of  visitors,  most 
of  them  being  branches  of  Calcutta  firms.  The  station  has  three 
English  banks,  a  club,  and  several  churches ;  and  two  European 
breweries  are  situated  in  the  valley  below.  The  great  deficiency  of 
Simla  lies  in  its  inadequate  water  supply.  A  water  supply  by  means 
of  pipes  supplies  Simla  with  water  from  the  Mah^su  range ;  but  the 
constantly  increasing  population  puts  a  strain  upon  the  works  which 
they  are  at  times  scarcely  able  to  bear,  and  a  further  extension  of  the 
works,  by  the  construction  of  additional  reservoirs,  is  now  well 
advanced  towards  completion.  The  springs  are  few  in  number,  and 
several  of  them  run  dry  during  the  summer  months,  when  the  demand 
for  water  is  greatest. 

There  is  a  Baptist  Mission  in  Simla,  under  the  superintendence  of 
Ftcv.  James  Smith. 

PatiaIiA. — This  interesting  city  lies  about  an  hour's  railway  journey 
from  Rajpur  junction.  It  is  the  capital  of  a  Sikh  state,  the  principal 
of  the  group  of  native  states  known  as  the  '' Country  of  the  Cis-Sutlej/* 
The  state  of  Patiala  has  an  area  of  5,412  square  miles,  and  a  popula- 
tixm  of  1,600,000«    The  young  Maharaja,  Bajendra  Singh,  who  came 


AMRITSAR.  151 


to  the  throne  in  1888,  is  a  cultured  and  enlightened  ruler.  His  palace 
is  a  magnificent  building,  of  modem  Indian  style,  surrounded  by  fine 
gardens.  The  audience  chamber  is  a  gorgeous  specimen  of  the  very 
worst  kind  of  decoration,  ablaze  with  those  glass  chandeliers  of  which 
native  princes  are  so  inordinately  fond.  There  are  100  huge 
chandeliers,  and  a  vast  glass  candelabrum  in  the  centre  of  the  hall,  in 
imitation  of  a  fountain.  This  room  is  credited  with  an  expenditure  of 
over  £100,000.  The  Maharaja's  regalia  is  one  of  the  costliest  in 
India,  one  of  his  diamonds  having  cost  £40,000. 

SiRHiND. — At  this  place  there  are  several  interesting  tombs  of 
Afghan  princes  and  others,  many  of  them  being  finely  decorated  with 
coloured  encaustic  tiles ;  a  large  brick  mansion,  known  as  the  Haveli, 
and  a  great  Sarai  of  the  Mughal  Emperors,  portions  of  which  date  back 
to  the  10th  century.  These  buildings,  however,  have  not  enough 
interest  to  detain  the  traveller ;  but  to  those  who  take  any  interest  in 
public  works,  it  is  quite  worth  while  to  spend  a  day  at  Sirhind  for  the 
purpose  of  visiting  one  of  the  most  important  of  the  great  irrigation 
canals  of  India.  The  Sirhind  Canal  draws  its  water  from  the  Sutlej, 
near  Bupar,  and  runs  through  the  Ambala,  Lodhiana,  and  Firozpur 
districts.  Branches  traverse  some  of  the  native  states  of  the  Punjab, 
including  Patiala,  Nabha,  and  Jind,  terminating  at  Sirsa  and  Kamal. 
This  magnificent  work  has  cost  nearly  £7,000,000,  part  of  which  waa 
contributed  by  native  states,  but  mostly  by  the  Indian  Government. 
There  are  over  2,000  miles  of  channel,  and  it  irrigates  800,000  acres 
of  land. 

LuDHiANA  is  a  thriving  town  of  about  50,000  inhabitants,  prin- 
cipally Muhammadans.  There  are  a  large  number  of  Eashmeri  and 
Pathan  settlers.  It  is  a  great  central  grain  market,  and  maintains 
a  considerable  manufacture  of  shawls  of  the  fine  Rampur  wool, 
colton  cloth,  turbans,  and  other  textile  fabrics.  There  are  some 
interesting  Christian  Missions  here,  under  the  charge  of  American 
Presbyterians,  who  also  have  a  station  at  Jalandhar,  but  otherwise 
there  are  no  attractions  for  the  ordinary  traveller. 

jAiJkNDHAB  is  a  Musalman  city  of  60,000  inhabitants,  which  has  a 
conspicuous  place  in  ancient  history.  The  only  antiquities  are  a 
couple  of  tanks  with  some  scattered  ruins.  There  is  a  Cantonment 
here,  with  two  regiments  stationed. 

Ambitsar  is  the  most  populous,  thriving,  and  wealthy  city  in  the 
whole  of  the  Punjab.    It  is  not  only  of  political  and  religious  interest 


152  PICTURESQUE   INDIA, 

as  the  sacred  city  of  the  Sikh  nation,  bat  it  is  the  seat  of  many  artistic 
manufactures,  and  the  great  commercial  gateway  from  India  into  the 
North  Himalyan  countries,  and  Central  Asia.  It  is  the  18th  city  in 
India  as  regards  population,  which  is  152,000.  The  value  of  its  imports 
and  exports  are  about  £4,000,000  yearly.  Its  merchants  exchange 
the  products  of  Bokhara,  Khokand,  Thibet,  Afghanistan,  and  Persia, 
with  those  of  Calcutta,  Bombay,  Manchester,  and  Birmingham.  Its 
Waars  are  thronged  by  a  score  of  nationalities,  and  present  a  variety 
of  type  and  dress  only  to  be  equalled  by  those  of  Peshawar. 

There  are  three  hotels  and  a  town  bungalow,  the  Amritsar  Hotel 
being  the  best.  It  is  pleasantly  situated  about  half  a  mile  outside  the 
city,  in  a  large  garden.  There  is  also  a  fair  hotel  near  the  railway 
station. 

The  great  attraction  to  Amritsar  is  the  famous  Golden  Temple,  built 
by  Banjit  Singh  in  the  beginning  of  this  century,  in  the  centre  of  the 
sacred  tank  which  gives  Amritsar  its  name  (Hterally,  "  the  pool  of  im- 
mortality  ")•  This  temple  has  the  double  interest  of  its  own  intrinsic 
beauty  as  a  work  of  art,  and  of  being  the  heart  of  the  Sikh  religion. 

The  Sikhs  are  not  a  nation,  but  a  religious  sect  bound  together  by 
the  tie  of  military  discipline.  They  are  the  product  of  a  reformation 
of  the  15th  century,  when  Nanak  Shah  endeavoured  to  preach  in  the 
Punjab  the  doctrines  of  the  great  Bengal  reformer,  Eabir,  whose  aim 
was  to  found  a  unitary  religion  which  would  unite  in  the  same  faith, 
Musalman  and  Hindu,  and  whose  teaching  still  survives  in  a  small 
Hindu  sect  called  '*  Kabir-panthis,**  whose  headquarters  are  at 
Benares.  The  Sikh  religion  is  grounded  on  Monotheism  and  moral 
purity.  Their  Bible,  called  the  Oranth,  was  commenced  by  Guru 
Nanak  Shah,  consolidated  by  his  5th  successor.  Guru  Arjuu,  about 
A.i>.  1600,  and  completed  by  the  last  Ouru,  the  famous  Govind  Singh. 
The  leading  features  of  this  Sikh  Bible  are  the  importance  attached  to 
moral  precepts,  and  the  ordering  of  worship  stripped  of  every  vestige 
of  idolatry,  raised  to  a  high  platform  of  simplicity  and  spirituality. 
The  original  copy  of  the  Granth  of  Ouru  Arjun,  is  jealously  preserved 
in  the  Golden  Temple. 

With  the  exception  of  Amritsar,  which  is  the  religious  centre,  and 
a  few  sanctuaries  in  places  where  Gurus  and  martyrs  have  lived  or 
died,  they  have  no  holy  places.  Their  temples  are  entirely  houses 
for  prayer  and  worship.  Here  they  recite  portions  of  the  Granth, 
or  sing  hymns  from  the  same   sacred    book.      The    congregation 


154  PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 

separates  after  each  person  has  partaken  of  the  Karah  Prasad,  or 
*'  effectual  offering/'  a  cake  consecrated  in  the  name  of  Ouru,  They 
have  no  objection  to  well-conducted  strangers  taking  part  id  the 
service,  and  even  offer  them  participation  in  the  Karah  Prasad*  An 
account  of  this  interesting  people  will  be  found  in  Earth's  Religion  of 
India,  pp.  288—251. 

Few  of  the  great  cities  of  the  world  can  boast  such  a  noble  square 
as  that  which  surrounds  the  beautiful  sacred  tank  in  the  centre 
of  Amritsar.  In  the  middle  of  the  lake,  reflected  in  its  glassy  surface, 
is  the  Golden  Temple  shining  in  the  sunlight  like  some  jewelled 
casket.  All  round  the  square  are  noble  palaces,  the  dome-topped 
residences  of  wealthy  Sikh  princes  and  chieftains,  white  and  dazzling 
amidst  the  dark  green  foliage  of  their  gardens.  High  above  them 
are  soaring  minars  and  lofty  towers,  while  the  white  steps  of  the  tank, 
the  tesselated  marble  pavements  of  the  terraces,  and  the  causeway  to 
the  temple,  are  thronged  with  many-coloured  pilgrims.  The  best 
view  of  this  wonderful  scene  is  obtained  from  the  platform  of  the 
clock  tower. 

Visitors  are  met  at  the  entrance  gate  of  the  Temple  by  an  official 
guide ;  their  shoes  are  removed,  and  their  feet  covered  in  canvas  socks. 
A  causeway,  about  seventy  yards  long,  conducts  to  the  temple  itself. 
On  both  sides  of  the  way  are  rows  of  beggars  and  musicians,  to 
whom  every  worshipper  gives  a  few  grains  of  rice  or  other  cereal. 
There  are  also  nine  curious  gilt  lamps  on  each  side  of  the  pier.  The 
Golden  Temple  stands  on  a  square  platform  surrounded  with  a  hand- 
some marble  balustrade,  except  on  the  outer  side,  when  the  temple  is 
flush  with  the  tank  and  pierced  by  a  handsome  water-gate.  It  is  not 
a  large  building,  being  only  fifty-three  feet  square,  but  it  is  the  most 
splendid  temple  in  India,  so  far  as  richness  of  decoration  is  concerned. 
Its  details,  and  indeed  its  general  architecture,  are  disappointing ;  its 
charm  consists  more  in  the  beauty  of  its  surroundings,  and  the 
splendour  of  its  colour. 

The  interior  is  richly  carved  and  decorated  with  floral  patterns.  In 
the  centre  sits  the  chief  priest,  reading  from  the  Granth,  sur- 
rounded by  pious  worshippers  who  chant  with  him  the  verses  from 
the  sacred  book.  There  is  a  small  and  beautifully  sculptured 
pavilion  on  the  roof.  The  domes,  cupolas  and  the  upper  portion  of 
the  walls  are  covered  with  thin  plates  of  gold,  hence  the  name 
"  Golden  Temple." 


AMRiTSAR. 


In  the  bandBome  gateway,  at  the  beginning  of  the  causeway,  whose 
beaatifdlly  wrought  doors  shonld  be  carefully  observed,  are  kept  the 


Tarioas  "  properties  "  of  ihe  temple  in  a  huge  silver  chest ;  gilt 
maces,  a  bejewelled  gold  canopy,  and  sundry  necklaces  and  diadems  of 
precious  stones.  These  are  used  on  proceBsional  occasions.  In  the 
Ak&l  Bungah,  a  building  in  the  onter  courtyard  opposite  the  gateway, 


156  PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 


is  kept  the  sword  of  the  mighty  Guru  Govind  Singh,  sundiy 
other  historic  weapons,  and  an  ark  containmg  the  vessels  used  for 
initiation  into  the  membership  of  the  Sikh  Church. 

Here  the  visitor  will  be  presented  with  caps  of  sugar-candy,  which  he 
should  carry  conspicuously  in  his  hand  until  he  is  clear  of  the  premises, 
whatever  he  may  do  with  them  after. 

In  the  beautiful  garden  of  the  temple,  thirty  acres  in  extent,  well 
planted  with  orange,  lemon,  pomegranate  and  other  flowering  trees 
and  shrubs,  are  several  pretty  pavilions,  and  the  Atal  Tower,  181  feet 
high,  which  may  be  ascended  for  the  fine  prospect  of  the  city  enjoyed 
from  its  summit. 

On  the  other  side  of  the  temple  square  are  the  two  lofty  and  im- 
posing towers,  called  the  Bam  Gurhuja  Minars,  180  feet  high,  built 
170  years  ago  by  an  ancestor  of  the  Mangal  Singh  family.  They  are 
not  fine  specimens  of  Minar  architecture,  but  their  massive  whiteness 
tells  out  against  the  blue  sky,  and  adds  variety  and  charm  to  this 
stately  square. 

The  pubUc  gardens  are  about  forty  acres  in  extent,  and  in  the 
centre  is  a  pavilion  which  was  used  as  a  residence  by  Sanjit  Singh, 
when  he  visited  Amritsar. 

The  fort  of  Govindgarh  was  built  by  Banjit  Singh  to  dominate  the 
town,  and  inspire  the  turbulent  pilgrims  who  came  to  the  sacred 
shrine,  with  some  sense  of  the  presence  of  authority.  It  is  a  place  of  no 
great  interest,  being  merely  a  modem  Indian  fort  of  the  present  century. 
It  is  at  present  occupied  by  a  small  number  of  British  troops. 

If  the  traveller  has  a  day  to  spare  from  the  attractions  of  Amritsar, 
he  will  find  it  worth  while  to  drive  twelve  miles  to  Taran-Taran,  which 
was  the  city  of  Quru  Arjun,  and  is  counted  only  less  sacred  than 
Amritsar.  Arjun  constructed  here  a  magnificent  tank  nearly  1,000 
feet  square,  and  built  by  its  side  a  Sikh  temple,  decorated  inside  and 
out  with  frescoes. 

The  tank  is  said  to  possess  miraculous  healing  powers,  especially 
towards  lepers,  who  are  cured  by  swimming  across  it.  Banjit  Singh 
greatly  revered  this  temple,  overlaying  it  with  copper  gilt,  and  richly 
ornamenting  it.  The  tall  column  which  stands  by  the  tank  is  140 
feet  high,  and  was  erected  by  Prince  Nao  Nihal  Singh.  This  dty  ia 
famous  in  history  as  the  stronghold  of  the  Sikhs,  and  the  country 
round  furnishes  most  of  the  recruits  of  those  Sikh  regiments  which 
are  the  fiower  of  the  native  Indian  army. 


AMRITSAR,  157 


If  any  desire  is  felt  to  see  Indian  leprosy,  there  is  plenty  of  it  at 
Taran-Taran,  in  spite  of  the  healing  tank.  One  of  its  suburbs  is  in- 
habited by  a  tribe  of  hereditary  lepers,  who  claim  direct  descent  from 
Guru  Arjun  himself,  whom  tradition  says  was  afflicted  with  this 
terrible  disease.  There  is  also,  outside  the  town,  a  large  leper 
asylum. 

The  Serai  at  Amritsar  is  one  of  the  most  interesting  sights  in 
India,  and  the  hotel  guides  never  dream  of  taking  visitors  to  such 
places.  It  is  a  great  open  space,  surrounded  by  small  houses,  in 
which  are  lodged  the  travelling  merchants  from  Central  Asia.  In 
front  of  the  houses  are  groups  of  various  Asiatic  nationalities,  who 
have  brought  the  produce  of  their  country  to  exchange  for  Manchester 
piece  goods,  Sheffield  cutlery,  iron,  copper,  and  other  foreign  commo- 
dities. Here  are  white-skinned  Kashmeris,  stout  Nepalese,  sturdy 
little  Beluchis,  stately  but  filthy  Afghans,  Persians,  Bokharans, 
Khivans,  Ehokandis,  Turcomans,  Yarkandis,  Eashgaris,  Thibetans 
and  Tartars,  and  even  the  ubiquitous  Chinaman.  These  various  types 
of  the  human  race,  with  their  strange  national  dress,  cannot  be  seen 
anywhere  else  in  India  except  Peshawar.  They  are  all  very  good- 
natured,  seem  to  like  being  stared  at,  and  will  show  anything  which 
may  excite  curiosity,  such  as  the  ingredients  of  a  cooking-pot,  their 
jewels  and  ornaments,  their  clothing,  their  babies,  dogs,  ponies,  or 
iheir  merchandise. 

These  people  bring  to  Amritsar  the  raw  material  for  the  great 
staple  manufacture  of  the  city, — ^the  soft  fine  down,  or  under-wool,  of 
goats  of  the  Great  Thibet  plateau  and  Kashmir,  from  which  Kashmir 
shawls  are  woven.  This  craffc  is  carried  on  by  Kashmeris  who 
settled  here  early  in  the  century.  In  every  side  street  looms  are 
visible  through  the  open  fronts  of  the  houses,  and  there  are  altogether 
upwards  of  4,000  of  them  at  work  in  the  city.  The  weavers  are 
delighted  to  show  their  processes  to  any  stranger  who  is  interssted. 
If  any  time  is  taken  up,  a  few  annas  should  be  given. 

Besides  the  shawls  of  home  manufacture,  Amritsar  is  the  chief  em- 
porium for  those  of  a  similar  kind  made  in  Kashmir.  The  great 
houses  of  London,  Paris  and  Vienna  have  their  resident  buyers  in 
Amritsar,  and  it  is  said  that  they  pay  as  much  as  a  quarter  of  a 
million  sterling  every  year  for  these  beautiful  fabrics.  A  full-sized 
shawl,  of  the  finest  quidily,  costs  £40  to  £50,  though  smaller  sizes, 
equally  good  as  an  example,  can  be  bought  as  low  as  £10  to  £15. 


158  PICTURESQUE  INDIA, 

This  craft,  one  of  the  most  skilled  in  the  world,  is  learned  by  the 
weavers  from  their  earliest  childhood.  Those  made  in  Kashmir  are  the 
finest  in  quality  and  pattern,  as  Amritsar  has  been  somewhat  cor- 
rupted by  French  designs  and  Magenta  dyes.  The  Kashmir  shawl 
craft  is  an  ancient  and  important  one,  whether  it  be  simple  loom- 
weaving  or  embroidered  with  the  needle  on  the  plain  fabric.  The 
well-known  cone  pattern  with  its  flowing  curves  and  minute  diaper  of 
flowers,  is  the  one  most  in  vogue.  Many  other  articles  are  made  in 
Amritsar  from  the  down  of  the  Kashmir  goat,  as  well  as  from  camera 
hair,  which  is  even  finer  still ;  also  from  Kerman  wool,  which  so 
closely  resembles  that  of  Kashmir  and  Thibet,  that  only  an  expert  can 
detect  the  difference. 

The  plain  shawls,  white,  blue,  gray  or  crimson,  known  as  Rampur 
chadars,  are  largely  woven  in  Amritsar,  and  cost  anything  from  20  to 
500  rupees,  according  to  their  fineness.  They  make  charming 
presents  to  take  home  for  ladies,  old  or  young.  These  chadars  are 
often  embroidered  along  the  border  with  the  same  needlework  as  the 
Kashmir  shawls. 

There  is  a  large  manufacture  of  silk  goods  at  Amritsar.  The  silk 
piece  goods  are  of  solid  worth,  thick,  strong  and  rich,  a  marked  con- 
trast to  European  silks,  which  have  never  been  able  to  find  a  market 
in  India.  Here  is  woven  the  smart  and  gay  striped  silk,  in  conmion 
wear  throughout  the  Punjab,  called  gvibadan.  Pale  green  or  dark 
green  with  scarlet  stripe,  yellow  and  crimson  stripe,  purple  and  yellow 
stripe,  crimson  and  white  stripe,  white  with  various  colours,  are  those 
mostly  kept  in  stock  Other  fabrics  are  shot  with  various  colours, 
checked,  or  enriched  with  gold  and  silver  fringes.  There  is  a  deep 
scarlet  silk,  with  broad  gold  border,  that  is  exceedingly  beautiful,  and 
also  exceedingly  costly. 

Very  choice  carving  in  ivory  may  be  procured  at  Amritsar,  which  is 
one  of  the  chief  places  in  India  for  its  manufacture.  The  subjects  are 
manifold,  processions  of  Bajas,  scenes  from  the  Hindu  mythology, 
hunting  scenes,  groups  of  birds,  animals,  trees  and  flowers,  are  carved 
in  relief  on  combs  and  bracelets.  Bichly  caparisoned  elephants,  state 
barges,  palanquins,  tigers,  cows,  peacocks,  and  other  animals  are 
carved  as  statuettes.     They  are  wonderfully  cheap. 

Some  of  the  finest  carpets  in  India  are  woven  at  Amritsar.  One 
dealer,  just  inside  the  first  gate  entered  from  the  railway  station  and 
hotels,  employs  from  700  to  1,000  hands  in  carpet-weaving,  at  a 


AMRITSAIL  159 


wage  of  from  three  to  six  annas  a  day.  He  works  mainly  for  three 
or  four  great  London  firms,  and  I  haye  seen  no  worthier  results  in 
any  of  the  carpet  manufactories  I  have  visited  up  and  down  India. 
No  better  opportunity  will  present  itself  to  the  traveller  for  studying 
this  artistio  and  peculiarly  Indian  loom-work  than  this  particular 
factory  at  Amritsar*  Sir  George  Birdwood,  in  his  "  Industrial  Arts 
of  India,"  says — 

'*  These  pile  carpets  are  called  in  India  specifically  ftaZtn  and 
hoXicha.  The  foundation  for  the  carpet  is  a  warp  of  the  requisite 
number  of  strong  cotton  or  hempen  threads,  according  to  the  breadth 
of  the  carpet,  and  the  peculiar  process  consists  in  dexterously  twisting 
short  lengths  of  coloured  wool  into  each  of  the  threads  of  the  warp,  so 
that  the  two  ends  of  the  twist  of  coloured  wool  stick  out  in  front. 
When  a  whole  line  of  the  warp  is  completed,  the  projecting  ends  of 
the  wool  are  clipped  to  a  uniform  level,  and  a  single  thread  of  wool  is 
run  across  the  breadth  of  the  carpet,  between  the  threads  of  the  warp, 
just  as  in  ordinary  weaving,  and  the  threads  of  the  warp  are  crossed  as 
usual ;  then  another  thread  of  the  warp  is  fixed  with  twists  of  wool  in 
the  same  manner ;  and  again,  a  single  thread  of  wool  is  run  between 
the  threads  of  the  warp,  across  the  carpet,  serving  also  to  keep  the 
tags  of  wool  upright,  and  so  on  to  the  end.  The  lines  of  work  are 
further  compacted  together  by  striking  them  with  a  blunt  fork  (Jtangi)^ 
and  sometimes  the  carpet  is  still  further  strengthened  by  stitching  the 
tags  of  wool  to  the  warp.  Then  the  surface  is  clipped  all  over  again, 
and  the  carpet  is  complete.  The  workmen  put  in  the  proper  colours 
either  of  their  own  knowledge  or  from  a  pattern.  No  native,  however, 
works  so  well  from  a  pattern  as  spontaneously.  His  copy  will  be  a 
facsimile  of  the  pattern,  but  stiff,  even  if  it  be  a  copy  of  his  own 
original  work.  His  hand  must  be  left  free  in  working  out  the  details 
of  decoration,  even  from  the  restraint  of  the  example  of  his  own 
masterpieces.  If  he  is  told  simply,  '  Now  I  want  you  to  make  some- 
thing in  this  style,  in  your  own  way,  but  the  best  thing  you  ever  did, 
and  you,  may  take  your  own  time  about  it,  and  I  will  pay  you  whatever 
you  oak,*  he  is  sure  to  succeed.  It  is  haggling  and  hurry  that  have 
spoiled  art  in  Europe,  and  are  spoiling  it  in  Asia. 

'*  Apart  from  the  natural  beauty  of  the  dyes  used,  and  the  know- 
ledge, taste,  and  skill  of  the  natives  of  India  in  the  harmonious 
arrangement  of  colours,  the  charm  of  their  textile  fabrics  lies  in  the 
simplicity  and  treatment  of  the  decorative  details.    The  knop  and 


i6o  PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 

flower  pattern  appears  uniyersallj,  but  infinitely  modified,  never  being 
seen  twice  under  the  same  form :  and  the  seventh  and  lotus^  which 
have  been  reduced,  through  extreme  conventionalisation,  to  one 
pattern.  We  have  beside  the  shoe  flower,  and  parrots,  and  peacocks, 
and  lions  and  tigers,  and  men  on  horseback,  or  on  foot,  hunting  or 
fighting.  These  objects  are  always  represented  quite  flat  as  in  mosaic 
work,  or  in  draps  entailUs,  and  generally  symmetrically  and  in 
alternation.  The  symmetrical  representation  of  natural  objects  in 
ornamentation,  and  their  alternation,  seems  through  long  habit  to 
have  become  intuitive  in  the  natives  of  the  East.  If  you  get  them  to 
copy  a  plant,  they  will  peg  it  down  flat  on  the  ground,  laying  its 
leaves,  and  buds,  and  flowers  out  symmetrically  on  either  side  of  the 
central  stem^  and  then  only  will  they  begin  to  copy  it.  If  the  leaves 
and  flowers  of  the  plant  are  not  naturally  opposite,  but  alternate,  they 
will  add  others  to  make  it  symmetrical,  or  at  least  will  make  it  appear 
so  in  the  drawing.  The  intuitive  feeling  for  alternation  is  seen  in 
their  gardens  and  heard  in  their  music,  and  is  as  satisfactory  in  their 
music  as  in  their  decoration,  when  heard  amid  the  associations  which 
naturally  call  it  forth.  When  the  same  form  is  used  all  over  a  fabric, 
the  interchange  of  light  and  shade,  and  the  effect  of  alternation,  are  at 
once  obtained  by  working  the  ornament  alternately  in  two  tints  of  the 
same  colour.  Each  object  or  division  of  an  object  is  painted  in  its 
own  proper  colour,  but  without  shades  of  the  colour,  or  light  and 
shade  of  any  kind,  so  that  the  ornamentation  looks  perfectly  flat,  and 
laid,  like  a  mosaic,  in  its  gronnd.  It  is  in  this  way  that  the  natural 
surface  of  any  object  decorated  is  maintained  in  its  integrity.  This^ 
added  to  the  perfect  harmony  and  distribution  of  the  colouring,  is  the 
specific  charm  of  Indian  and  Oriental  decoration  generally.  Nothing 
can  be  more  ignorant  and  ridiculous  than  the  English  and  French 
methods  of  representing  huge  nosegays,  or  bunches  of  fern  leaves  tied 
together  by  flowing  pink  ribbons,  in  light  and  shade,  on  carpets,  with 
the  effect  of  full  relief.  One  knows  not  where  to  walk  among  them. 
Continually  also  are  to  be  seen  perfectly  shaped  vases  spoiled  by  the 
appearance  of  flowers  in  full  relief  stuck  round  them,  or  of  birds 
flying  out  from  them.  Such  egregious  mistakes  are  never  made  by 
the  Indian  decorative  artist.  Each  ornament,  particularly  in  textile 
fabrics,  is  generally  traced  round  also  with  a  line,  in  a  colour  which 
harmonises  it  with  the  ground  on  which  it  is  laid.  In  embroideries 
with  variegated  silksi  for  instance,  on  clothi  or  sating  or  velvet,  a  gold 


AMRITSAR.  i6i 


or  silver  thread  is  run  round  the  outline  of  the  pattern,  defining  it, 
and  giving  a  uniform  tone  to  the  whole  surface  of  the  texture.  Gold 
is  generally  laid  on  purple,  or  in  the  lighter  kincoba  on  pink  or  red. 
An  ornament  on  a  gold  ground  is  generally  worked  round  with  a  dark 
thread  to  soften  the  glister  of  the  gold.  In  carpets,  however  gay  in 
colour,  a  low  tone  is  secured  hy  a  general  hlack  outline  of  the  details. 
All  violent  contrasts  are  avoided.  The  richest  colours  are  used,  but 
are  so  arranged  as  to  produce  the  effect  of  a  neutral  bloom,  which 
tones  down  every  detail  almost  to  the  softness  and  transparency  of 
atmosphere.  The  gold-broidered  snufif-coloured  Kashmir  shawl  in 
the  collection  of  the  Prince  of  Wales  presents  this  ethereal  appearance. 
Light  materials  are  lightly  coloured  and  ornamented,  heavier  more 
richly,  and,  in  the  case  of  apparel,  both  the  colouring  and  the 
ornaments  are  adapted  to  the  effect  which  the  fabric  will  produce 
when  worn  and  in  motion.  It  is  only  through  generations  of  patient 
practice  that  men  attain  to  the  mystery  of  such  subtleties.  It  is 
difficult  to  analyse  the  secret  of  the  harmonious  bloom  of  Indian 
textures,  even  with  the  aid  of  Chevreurs  prismatic  scale.  When 
large  ornaments  are  used,  they  are  filled  up  with  the  most  exquisite 
details,  as  in  the  cone  patterns  on  Kashmir  shawls.  The  vice  of 
Indian  decoration  is  its  tendency  to  run  riot,  as  in  Indian  arms,  but 
Indian  textile  fabrics,  at  least,  are  singularly  free  from  it,  and 
particularly  the  carpets." 


CHAPTER  XI. 

LAHORE. 


!0I8 

lir, 

ntfl 
are  Musalman,  »<j,UUU;  tbere  are  04,000 
HinduB  and  5,000  Sikhs. 

Lahore  is  an  ancieBt  city,  bat  did  not  attain  any  importance  before 
the  Maghal  empire,  when  it  was  a  place  of  considerable  size  and 
magnificence  and  its  population  probably  twice  or  thrice  that  of  to-day. 
Akbar  enlarged  and  etrengtheued  the  fort,  and  surrounded  the  city 
with  a  Btrong  wall,  portions  of  which  still  remain,  built  into  the 
modem  fortifications  of  Kanjit  Singh.  Jahangir  erected  the  Kwabgah, 
the  Moti  Masjid,  and  the  Maasoleom  of  Anar  Kalli,  and  Jahangir's 
own  mausoleum  is  one  of  the  meet  beaatiful  buildings  in  the  Panjab. 
The  Jama  Masjid  was  the  work  of  Anrangzeb. 

Modem  Lahore  bears  the  stamp  everywhere  of  the  great  Maharaja 
Banjit  Singh.  His  buildings  are  tawdiy  and  in  bad  taste,  and  have 
Tery  little  artistic  or  architectural  interest.  Ranjit's  city  covers  an 
area  of  &40  acres,  is  sarrounded  hy  a  dull  brick  waU  30  feet  high,  and 
a  moat,  which  has  recently  been  filled  up  and  planted  as  a  garden. 


LAHORE.  163 

There  are  13  gates,  connected  on  the  outside  of  the  ramparts  by  a  good 
macadamized  road. 

The  city  itself  is  raised  above  the  plain  on  the  rnias  of  its  pre- 
decessors. The  streets  are  narrow  and  winding,  forming  a  perfect 
labyrinth  of  quaint  and  picturesque  scenes.  The  houses  are  lofty, 
many  of  them  richly  decorated.  The  bazars  are  densely  crovrded, 
very  dusty  and  evil- smelling,  bat  full  of  interest,  like  every  Punjab 
bazaar. 

The  European  quarter  is  handsomely  laid  out  on  the  south  side 
beyond  the  wall.     The  Mall,  as  the  main  thoroughfare  is  called,  is 


about  three  miles  long,  studded  on  each  side  with  public  offices, 
private  houses,  fine  shops,  and  churches.  There  are  several  good 
hotels  in  and  near  the  Mall. 

The  principal  group  of  ancient  buildings  in  Lahore  is  the  Fort  and 
those  clustering  round  it.  The  Fort;  is  shorn  of  much  of  its  former 
splendour,  and  what  little  is  lefr;  does  not  suggest  that  in  its  palmiest 
days  it  would  bear  comparison  with  Delhi  or  Agra.  It  is  entered 
by  the  Boshanai  Gate,  whose  imposing  facade  is  decorated  with  the 
■coloured  tiles  so  much  in  use  throughout  central  Asia,  introduced  into 
the  Punjab  by  Persian  artizans. 

The  visitor  is  met  inside  the  gate  by  an  intelligent  non-com- 
missioned officer  who  acts  as  guide,  pointing  out  and  explaining  the 
various  objects  of  interest.     The  first  building  on  the  left  is  the  Moti 


i64  PICTURESQUE   INDIA, 

Masjid,  or  pearl  mosque,  erected  by  Jahangir,  a.d.  1598.  Its  arched 
entrances  are  now  built  up ;  the  whole  structure  is  desecrated  by 
British  whitewash,  and  used  as  the  strong-room  of  the  Government. 
A  little  farther  on  is  a  small  modern  Sikh  temple,  and  beyond  it  is 
what  is  left  of  Akbar*s  palace,  to  which  additions  were  made  by  Shah 
Jahan  and  Aurangzeb.  The  facade  is  quaintly  decorated  with 
enamelled  tiles  representing  hunting  and  mythological  scenes.  In 
this  group  is  a  Shish  Mahal,  or  palace  of  mirrors,  a  quadrangle  about 
130  feet  by  100,  and  the  Nau  Lakha,  a  pavilion  of  white  marble  inlaid 
with  pietra  dura.  The  Shish  Mahal  has  a  sentimental  interest  as 
the  place  where  the  sovereignty  of  the  Punjab  was  transferred  to  the 
British  Government. 

The  armoury  contains  a  singularly  fine  collection  of  old  Indian 
weapons.  The  shield  and  battle-axe  of  Guru  Govind  Singh  hangs  on 
the  wall,  with  other  curious  and  historical  armour,  swords,  guns,  and 
harness.  The  view  from  the  summit  of  Akbar's  palace  is  superb, 
commanding  the  city  on  one  hand,  and  on  the  other  the  vast  fertile 
Punjab  plain,  dotted  with  tombs  and  villages,  the  river  Bavi 
meandering  through  it  like  a  silver  ribbon. 

The  other  buildings  in  the  Fort  are  the  Diwan  i  Khas  and  the 
Kwabgah  i  Ealan,  both  of  which  must  have  been  splendid  halls  in 
their  prime,  but  their  beauty  of  decoration  can  hardly  be  discerned 
under  their  thick  coat  of  whitewash,  and  their  propoi-tions  have  been 
shorn  for  the  utilitarian  purposes  of  a  British  barracks. 

Leaving  the  Fort  again  by  the  Boshanai  Gate,  and  turning  to  the 
right  through  a  doorway,  the  Hazuri  Bagh  is  entered.  It  is  a  dis- 
hevelled garden  of  surpassing  beauty,  in  the  centre  of  which  is  a 
pretty  marble  pavilion.  On  the  right  hand  side  of  this  garden  is  a 
lofty  crenellated  wall,  in  the  middle  of  which  is  a  fine  gateway,  now 
built  up,  which  in  Akbar's  time  was  the  entrance  to  the  citadel. 
The  towers  of  this  gateway  are  remarkable.  On  the  left  of  the 
garden  is  a  desolate  mosque,  the  Jama  Masjid,  desecrated  by  Banjit 
Singh,  who  used  it  as  an  arsenal.  It  is  now  restored  to  the 
Musalmans  as  a  place  of  worship,  but  it  is  little  used  and  greatly 
neglected.  The  quadrangle,  which  is  580  feet  square,  is  over- 
shadowed by  fine  trees,  the  dark  gi*een  foliage  acting  as  a  charming 
contrast  to  the  deep,  rich,  warm  red-sandstone.  A  splendid  flight  of 
twenty-two  steps,  ninety  feet  long  at  the  base,  leads  up  from  the 
garden  to  the  mosque,  the  minarets  of  which  cut  the  sapphire  sky 


LAHORE.  165 

150  feet   in  height.     The  whole   forms  odb  of  the  most  beaatifol 
pictuies  to  be  fotuid  in  all  India. 

The  Bomewhat  garish  white  hnilding  which  glitters  in  bright 
contriiBt  to  the  solemn  and  sombre  mosqne  is  Banjit  Singh's  Samadh, 
or  burning-place.  The  interior  decoration  of  this  bailding  is  fantastic, 
and  is  inlaid  with  conyex  mirrors.  In  the  centre  of  the  floor  is  a 
raised  platform  on  which  is  carved  a  lotos  flower,  snrronnded  by  eleven 


smaller  ones,  marking  the  place  where  Banjit  Singh's  bod;  was  burnt, 
ivith  eleven  ladies  of  bis  Zenana.  The  temple-tomb  just  outside  the 
gate  of  the  Hnzuri  Bagh  is  the  shrine  of  Arjun,  the  fifth  Sikh  Gwrtt  ; 
the  Granth,  of  which  he  was  the  author,  is  read  daily  in  Bangit  Singh's 
Samadh. 

There  are  some  fine  old  mosques  within  the  city  walls.  The  mosque 
of  Vazir  Khan  was  built  in  1634  by  a  Vazir  of  the  Emperor  Shah 
Jehan.  The  walls  are  richly  decorated  with  coloured  tiles.  The 
coortyatd  is  130  feet  square,  the  facade  of  the  mosque  being  covered 
with   carved  inscriptions   from  the  Koran.     A  climb  of  eighty  feet 


i66  PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 

reaches  the  summit  of  the  minaret,  from  which  a  very  fine  view  of 
this  peculiarly  oriental  city  may  be  obtained.  In  the  centre  of  the 
mosque  is  the  tomb  of  Abdul  Ushak,  a  gi*eat  resort  for  gossip  and 
bargains.  The  streets  in  the  neighbourhood  of  this  mosque  are  very 
striking,  the  balconies  of  the  houses  and  the  frames  of  the  doorways 
being  richly  carved.  The  finest  house  in  Lahore  is  that  of  Baja  Har 
Bans  Singh,  near  the  Masti  Gate,  which  should  be  visited.  It  was 
built  in  the  reign  of  Jahangir.  The  Golden  Mosque  (Soneri  Musjid) 
is  more  modern,  dating  from  1753.  It  is  finely  placed  at  the  angle  of 
two  streets,  amid  pictm*esque  surroundings,  its  three  golden  domes 
glittering  in  the  sunlight.  Behind  it  is  a  curious  well  of  great  size,, 
with  a  stone  staircase  descending  to  the  water.  In  the  open  space- 
called  Hira  Mandi  throngs  of  gaily-dressed  natives  swarm,  and  many 
types  of  Afghans,  Kashmiris,  and  other  Himalayans  and  Central 
Asians  may  be  observed.  Driving  a  carriage  through  the  streets  of 
Lahore  is  no  sinecure,  and  there  is  so  much  dust,  dirt,  and  crowd  that 
pedestrians  who  have  come  to  stare  about  them  are  somewhat  dis- 
agreeably, but  not  unkindly,  jostled.  The  wonderful  picturesqueness 
of  the  bazars  is,  however,  ample  compensation  for  the  inconvenience. 

The  tomb  of  Anar  Kali,  now  converted  into  St.  James's  Church,  is 
near  the  Mall.  Anar  Kali  (pomegranate  blossom)  was  a  lady  of 
Akbar*s  court,  who  loved  "not  wisely,  but  too  well"  Salim,  one  of 
Akbar's  sons.  The  tradition  is,  that,  being  detected,  she  was  buried 
alive  by  Akbar,  after  whose  death  Salim  erected  this  beautiful 
mausoleum  to  her  memory.  The  sarcophagus,  which  stood  in  the 
centre  of  the  building,  has  been  removed  to  an  ante-room,  where  it  may 
be  seen.  It  is  one  of  the  most  beautiful  and  perfect  specimens  of  carv- 
ing to  be  seen  in  India.  It  is  of  white  marble,  and  its  decoration  con- 
sists of  the  ninety-nine  names  of  Allah,  and  an  inscription  stating  that 
the  tomb  was  erected  to  Anar  Kali's  memory,  by  Salim,  or  Jahangir. 

The  tomb  with  the  fine  blue-tiled  dome  is  that  of  Sheikh  Musa, 
called  Ahanjar,  or  the  Ironmonger.  This  tomb  was  once  covered  with 
Nakkashi  tiling,  but  it  has  been  almost  all  stripped  o£f.  A  hundred 
yards  off  is  a  smaller  tomb,  the  walls  of  which  are  much  better 
preserved,  and  contain  good  pieces  of  this  beautiful  encaustic  tile- 
work.  Another  building  which  gives  a  good  illustration  of  coloured- 
tile  ornamentation  is  that  called  Chauburji,  or  the  Four  Towers ;  it  is 
the  fine  gateway  to  a  garden,  and  is  faced  with  green  and  blue 
encaustic  decoration. 


LAHORE.  t67 

The  chief  public  bnildings  of  the  European  town  are  situated  on 
the  Mall  ;  they  do  not  call  for  much  comment.  The  Punjab 
UniTorsity,  with  its  senate  hall,  is  worth  visiting ;  also  the  Oriental 
College,  the  Lahore  Government  College,  the  Central  Training 
College,  the  Medical  School,  the  Law  School,  the  Hi^^h  School,  and 
the  Mayo  Hospital,  a  fine  building,  with  capacity  for  110  beds. 

The  best-managed  and  most  BuccesBfal  School  of  Art  in  India  is  at 
Lahore,  under  the  superintendence  of  Mr.  J.  L.  Kipling,  CLE.,  who 


is  also  curator  of  the  Lahore  Museum.  Mr.  Kipling  and  his  talented 
papils  have  rendered  great  service  in  the  completion  of  the  collectioua 
in  the  India  Musenm  at  South  Eensiugton,  and  many  of  the  beautiful 
plates  in  "  The  Journal  of  Indian  Art,"  published  in  London  mider 
the  patronage  of  the  Qovemment  of  India,  are  contributed  by  them 
also.  No  traveller  interested  in  Lidian  art  should  leave  Lahore  with- 
out a  visit  to  the  Mayo  School  of  Art  and  the  Museum. 

The  world -renowned  Shalimar  Gardens  (the  Abode  of  Love)  are 
about  six  miles  firom  Lahore.  These  beautiful  gardens  are  about 
eighty    acres    in    extent,   entered    by    an    imposing    gateway,   and 


i68  PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 

Borronnded  by  a  lofty  wall,  with  pavilions  at  each  comer.  The  lalbd 
fllopes,  and  is  divided  into  three  terraces,  connected  by  flights  of 
steps ;  they  were  laid  ont  by  the  Emperor  Shah  Jahan  in  a.d.  1687. 
Canals  carry  water  to  all  parts  of  the  garden,  and  in  the  centre  is  a 
large  tank,  with  an  island  in  the  middle.  There  are  innumerable 
small  fonntains  everywhere.  The  buildings  are  rather  mooldy,  and 
the  garden  ill-kept,  bat  in  its  day  it  must  have  been  a  lovely  place. 

There  are  other  gardens  in  the  neighbourhood,  all  of  which  will 
repay  the  searcher  after  picturesqueness.  The  best  of  these  is  the 
Gulabi  Bagh  (or  Bose  Garden),  half-a-mile  from  Shalimar;  this  was 
laid  out  in  1655.  It  is  entered  by  a  well-preserved  gateway  of  some 
beauty,  being  richly  decorated  with  Nakkashi  work — ^the  coloured 
tiles  already  referred  to  as  the  ornamentation  of  the  mosque  of  Yazar 
Khan,  and  the  Boshanai  Gate  of  the  Fort. 

The  cantonment  of  Meean  Meer  is  three  miles  from  Lahore,  and 
is  a  dull  and  dreary  placa  Here  are  stationed  two  batteries  of 
artillery,  one  regiment  of  British  infantry,  one  of  native  cavalry  and 
infantry,  and  a  regiment  of  Punjab  Pioneers.  The  place  is  named 
after  a  Mussulman  saint  of  the  time  of  Aurangzeb,  whose  tomb  stands 
in  the  centre  of  a  square  on  a  fine  marble  platform,  a  few  hundred 
yards  from  the  cantonment.  It  is  a  handsome  domed  building  of  red 
sandstone  and  white  marble. 

There  are  several  other  tombs  in  this  neighbourhood,  the  most 
noteworthy  being  that  of  Pakdaman  (the  chaste  lady),  the  holiest 
shrine  in  the  Lahore  district.  She  and  her  sisters,  who  are  buried 
here  with  her,  are  said  to  be  nieces  of  Ali,  the  successor  of  the 
Prophet ;  she  died,  a.d.  728,  at  the  age  of  ninety.  The  tomb  itself  is 
an  ancient  and  simple  brick  structure,  thirteen  or  fourteen  feet  square. 
There  are  some  curious  old  trees  about  the  place,  reputed  to  have 
more  than  800  years'  growth. 

The  magnificent  mausoleum  of  the  Emperor  Jahangir  is  at  Shah 
Darrah,  four  or  five  miles  out  of  Lahore,  on  the  right  bank  of  the 
River  Bavi.  The  road  leads  through  a  well-timbered  country,  across 
an  interesting  bridge  over  the  Bavi.  This  tomb  is  placed,  as  usual, 
in  the  centre  of  a  great  walled  garden,  now  a  tangled  \Nilderness, 
1,600  feet  square,  entered  by  a  fine  gateway  of  white  marble  and  red 
sandstone,  some  fifty  feet  high.     {Bea  chapter  initial.) 

The  great  featqre  of  this  remarkable  mausoleum  consists  in  a  vast 
platform  over  200  feet  square,  with  a  tesselated  pavement  of  coloured 


LAHORE  169 

marble.  At  each  corner  is  a  soaring  minaret  over  100  feet  high,  of 
singular  beaatj,  and  built  of  massive  blocks  of  stone.  Bound  the 
platform,  originally,  ran  a  richly-carved  marble  wall,  which  for  some 
cause  or  other  was  destroyed  by  Banjit  Singh,  who  replaced  it  with 
the  rubbishy  substitute  now  standing.  A  splendid  view  of  Lahore 
and  the  valley  of  the  Bavi  may  be  obtained  from  the  topmost  gallery 
of  one  of  the  minarets.  The  central  dome  of  the  tomb  is  small,  and, 
in  proportion  to  the  noble  platform  and  minarets,  insignificant ;  the 
sarcophagus  within  is  a  good  specimen  of  carving  in  white  marble,  the 
decoration  being  as  usual  the  ninety-nine  names  of  God. 

To  the  west  of  Jahangir's  tomb,  through  a  doorway  in  the  wall,  is 
the  tomb  of  Asij  Jah,  in  the  midst  of  a  ragged  and  neglected  garden. 
Judging  from  the  beautiful  fragments  still  remaining  of  the  Nakkashi 
decorations  of  this  building,  it  must  have  been  one  of  the  finest 
specimens  of  this  art.  The  big  ugly  tomb  fiEirthcr  to  the  west  is  that 
of  Nur  Jahan,  and  is  not  worth  visiting. 

If  a  somewhat  prolonged  stay  is  being  made  at  Lahore,  an  interest- 
ing day's  excursion  may  be  arranged  to  Shekohpura,  an  ancient  town 
twenty-two  miles  distant,  which  contains  a  ruined  fort  built  by 
Jahangir,  and  a  huge  brick  palace,  built  by  Banjit  Singh  for  one  of 
his  queens.  Here  is  also  a  large  disused  tank,  with  a  marble  pavilion, 
and  minaret  over  100  feet  high,  of  the  time  of  Jahangir. 

Lahore  is  a  good  centre  for  sport. .  Wolves,  leopards,  and  nilgai 
are  sometimes  found  in  the  wild  country  across  the  Bavi,  and  in  the 
forest  plantations  antelope,  deer,  wild  hog,  hares,  quails,  sandgrouse, 
and  peafowl  are  abundant.  Ducks,  geese,  cranes,  pelicans,  and  other 
wading  birds  are  plentiful  along  the  Sutlej,  the  Bavi,  and  other  rivers, 
also  crocodiles  and  alligators.  There  is  good  mahseer  and  other 
fishing  to  be  had  within  easy  distance. 

There  are  four  Missionary  Societies  represented  in  Lahore — ^the 
American  Methodist  Episcopal,  the  Church  of  England,  the  American 
Presbyterian,  and  the  Indian  Female  Normal  School  and  Instruction 
Society. 

The  Methodist  Mission  employs  two  missionaries,  whose  work  lies 
chiefly  among  Europeans  and  Eurasians.  Their  church  building  is 
near  the  railway  station. 

The  Church  Missionary  Society  (whose  headquarters  for  the 
Punjab  are  in  Amritsar)  began  work  in  Lahore  in  the  year  1867. 
At  present  there  are  two  English  missionaries  and  one  native  pastor 


I70  PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 

connected  with  this  mission.  The  former  occupy  the  extensive 
premises  enclosed  by  a  high  wall,  which  were  once  held  by  a  wealthy 
Sirdar,  and  hence  are  known  as  '^  Mahan  Singh's  Garden."  Within 
this  enclosnre  are  the  mission-house,  a  hostel  for  native  Christian 
young  men  coming  to  Lahore  from  other  stations  for  instruction  in 
the  schools,  or  employment  in  the  offices,  and  a  pretty  little  chapel 
for  religious  services.  Divinity  classes  were  begun  in  1869  by  Mr» 
French  (afterwards  Bishop  French).  The  English  missionaries  are 
engaged  mainly  in  superintending  the  hostel,  instructing  classes  in 
Divinity,  and  preaching  in  bazaar  chapels.  The  native  pastor 
ministers  to  a  large  community  of  native  Christians,  scattered 
through  that  part  of  Lahore  called  ^'Anarkali,"  whose  place  of 
worship,  "Holy  Trinity,"  is  a  well-built  structure  situated  in  a 
central  position. 

The  American  Presbyterian  Mission  here  is  the  oldest  in  point  of 
time,  and  strongest  in  point  of  numbers.  At  present  there  are  six 
American  missionaries  and  several  native  helpers.  The  mission  was 
opened  in  1849,  with  the  approbation  of  the  highest  authorities 
(especially  Sir  Henry  and  Sir  John  Lawrence),  by  Messrs.  Newton  & 
Forman,  who  are  still  alive  and  on  the  field,  esteemed  and  honoured 
throughout  India.  At  that  time  the  country  was  thought  by  many  to 
be  in  an  unsettled  state,  and  new  insurrections  were  looked  for,  the 
Pimjab  having  just  been  annexed.  The  new  missionaries  were,  there- 
fore, advised  by  the  civil  authorities  to  desist  temporarily  from  street 
preaching.  This  was  carried  on,  however,  after  a  few  months,  quietly^ 
and  then  more  openly,  and  from  that  time  to  this  scarcely  a  day  has 
passed  without  the  voice  of  the  preacher  being  lifted  in  the  broadest 
thoroughfares,  and  before  the  great  gates  of  the  city.  A  day-school 
for  boys  was  first  started  in  the  missionaries*  house — ^at  that  time 
within  the  city.  It  opened  with  three  pupils,  all  Hindu  Kashmiris. 
Now  there  are  about  1,100  boys  and  400  girls  in  the  various  schools. 
In  those  days  boys  had  to  be  bribed  with  books  to  come  to  study 
English — now  nothing  could  bribe  them  to  stay  away,  and  English 
is  of  paramount  importance.  There  is  a  Mission  College,  whose 
imposing  buildings  occupy  a  fine  site  granted  by  Government.  There 
are  now  about  150  students  preparing  for  the  Intermediate  and  B.A. 
examinations,  to  whom,  besides  the  regular  University  curriculum^ 
daily  instruction  in  the  Bible  and  the  Christian  religion  is  given* 
When  the  missionaries  first  came  to  Lahore  there  were  no  native 


n 


LAHORE.  171 


Christians ;  now  it  is  said  that  there  are  oyer  1,000  who  claim  to 
helong  to  one  Christian  denomination  or  another. 

The  Presbyterian  native  congregation  worship  in  a  neat  brick 
building,  which,  with  the  Mission  premises,  are  at  Naalakka,  near 
the  railway  station.  English  services  are  held  every  Sunday  by  the 
missionaries  in  the  Presbyterian  church  in  Anarkali. 

The  Indian  Female  Normal  School  and  Instruction  Society  have 
been  at  work  here  nearly  twenty-five  years.  At  present  they  are 
represented  by  five  ladies.  Of  these,  two  are  engaged  in  the  manage- 
ment of  a  large  and  flourishing  boarding-school  for  Christian  girls. 
The  other  three  ladies  devote  themselves  entirely  to  city  and  village 
work.  They  have  the  supervision  of  day-schools,  in  which  are  collected 
women  and  girls  to  the  number  of  about  450.  They  visit,  besides, 
nearly  ninety  zenanas,  where  instruction,  especially  in  the  Bible,  ia 
given. 

Pathankot  is  reached  by  a  branch  line  from  Amritsar  in  about  four 
hours.  It  is  a  quaint  old  place,  with  a  fort  built  by  Shah  Jahan. 
Fifty- seven  miles  farther  into  the  Himalayas  is  Dalbousie,  a  charming 
hill  station,  7>700  feet  above  the  sea,  built  upon  three  peaks,  whose 
flanks  are  covered  with  beautiful  forest.  This  is  a  very  pleasant 
sanatorium,  and  the  winter  is  less  severe  than  at  Simla  or  Mussoorie» 
The  Bcenery  is  Bnperb,  especiaUy  at  Chamba,  twelve  miles  distant, 
the  curious  little  capital  of  an  ancient  Hindu  principality,  which  ia 
surrounded  by  mountains  from  14,000  to  20,000  feet  high.  The 
Kangra  Valley,  which  lies  between  Dalbousie  and  Simla,  contains 
some  of  the  sublimest  sconery  in  the  world,  but  it  cannot  be  visited 
during  the  winter,  except  with  considerable  difficulty  and  hardship. 


CHAPTEK  XII. 

RAWAL    PINDL— SEALKOT.— ATTOCK.— THE    INDUS.— PESHAWAR. 

JAL  PINDI  is  a  modem  town,  with 
a  popalatioB  a  little  over  50,000, 
pretty  eqnally  divided  between 
Mohammedans  aud  Hindus.  It  ib 
a  clean,  bright,  well-planned  city, 
planted  with  fine  trees,  the  head- 
quarters of  a  military  division,  with 
a  garrison  of  three  European  and 
Be  native  regiments,  two  batteries 
artillery,  and  three  mountain  bat- 
ies.  It  boasts  a  handsome  public 
den,  an  extensiye  and  singularly 
lUtiful  park,  the  favourite  evening 
I  morning  resort  of  the  European 
idents,  a  huge  garrison  church  and 
'  usual  public  offices  and  buildings 
Qg  to  a  commissioner's  district  of 
0,000  souls.  Its  sitnation  is  pic- 
e  foot  of  the  Murree  hills,  sandstone 
imir  Himalyas  clothed  with  magnifi- 

r— ^»  o^'^'  acacia  and  other  hard  woods. 

Leopards,  wolves,  hyenas,  jackals,  foxes,  barking  deer,  ravine  deer, 
hares,  partridges,  jungle  fowl  and  pheasants,  are  plentiful  all  over 
the  Murree  hills,  and  good  Mahseer  fishing  may  be  had  in  most  of 
the  streams.  The  popular  bill  station  of  Murree  is  thirty-nine  miles 
from  Bawal  Pindi,  7,500  feet  above  sea  level.  There  are  several 
good  hotels.     This  is  one  of  the  most  beautiful  of  the  Himalyan 


SEALKOT.-^ATTOCK.  173 

Banitariams ;  its  cottages  and  bnngalowsy  nestled  in  mingled  forest 
and  cultivation^  enjoy  a  superb  panorama  of  the  sxm-clad  Kashmir 
mountains.  The  old  town  of  Bawal  Pindi  is  a  group  of  narrow 
.crooked  bazaars,  the  population  consisting  of  a  mixture  of  Ohakkars, 
Bhattis,  Awans,  Khattris  and  Kashmiris. 

The  fort  and  arsenal  is  a  strong  pentagon,  with  a  bastion  at  each 
angle,  armed  with  heavy  guns.  It  is  designed  to  resist  a  siege  by  a 
fully  equipped  European  army. 

The  missionaries  stationed  at  Bawal  Pindi  belong  to  the  American 
Presbyterian  Board. 

Sealkot  and  Jummoo  are  reached  by  a  branch  line  just  opened 
from  Wazirabad  junction. 

Sealkot  is  a  trading  centre  of  rapidly  increasing  importance,  with 
a  large  manufacture  of  paper.  It  has  a  population  of  about  80,000. 
The  remains  of  the  ancient  fort  of  Baja  Salwan  crown  a  low  circular 
hill  in  the  middle  of  the  town.  The  suburbs  are  very  handsomely 
laid  out.  There  is  an  interesting  Sikh  shrine,  much  resorted  to  by 
pilgrims,  and  the  fine  old  Musalman  tomb  of  Imam  Alf-ul-hak.  It 
is  a  military  cantonment.  The  Church  of  Scotland  and  the 
American  United  Presbyterians  have  missions  at  Sialkot. 

Jummoo  is  an  ancient  capital  of  Kashmir,  once  the  seat  of  a  Bajput 
dynasty,  whose  dominions  extended  over  the  plains  of  Sialkot.  The 
town  and  palace  are  on  the  right  bank  of  the  Biver  Tavi,  and  a  grand 
old  fortress  overhangs  the  opposite  bank  on  a  cliff  160  feet  above  the 
water.  It  is  a  striking  and  picturesque  place,  with  curious  and 
interesting  ruins  scattered  through  the  suburbs,  giving  evidence  of 
its  former  magnitude  and  prosperity.  The  scenery  in  the  immediate 
neighbourhood  is  very  beautiful.  There  is  no  accommodation,  but 
the  Sealkot  stationmaster  will  arrange  for  a  railway  cai'riage  to  be 
shunted  for  a  sufficient  time  to  enable  visitors  to  see  the  place.  The 
principal  road  to  Srinagar,  the  present  capital  of  Kashmu*,  starts 
from  Jummoo,  the  distance  being  about  170  miles. 

Attock  is  the  great  historic  fortress  on  the  Indus,  at  its  junction 
with  the  Kabul  river.  The  fort,  which  was  built  by  the  Emperor 
Akbar  in  158S  a.d.,  is  an  irregular  polygon  built  on  the  end  of  a 
spur  running  down  to  the  Indus.  Banjit  Singh  subdued  Attock  in 
1818,  the  fortress  remaining  in  the  hands  of  the  Sikhs  till  the  British 
conquest  of  1849.  Before  1888,  the  Indus  was  crossed  by  a  bridge  of 
boats  for  eight  months  of  the  year,  the  rest  of  the  time  a  good  ferry 


AITOCK.-^THE  INDUS.  175 

1)6ing  maintained.  There  is  also  a  canons  tnnnel  under  the  riyer,  a 
costly  and  useless  piece  of  work.  On  the  opposite  side  of  the  Indus 
is  another  massive  fortress,  Ehairabad,  the  two  places  being  now 
connected  by  the  magnificent  bridge  of  the  Northern  State  Railway, 
which  has  a  subway  for  carts  and  foot-passengers.  The  fort  at 
Attock  is  a  hnge  citadel,  and,  when  built,  must  have  been  im- 
pregnable. It  is  one  of  Akbar's  fortresses,  and  was  built  a.d.  1583. 
It  is  finely  situated  on  the  spur  of  a  hill  running  down  into  the  Indus. 
Attock  is  surrounded  by  mountains  from  2,000  to  8,000  feet  high,  and 
the  scenery  ranks  with  the  finest  in  India.  The  town  is  small,  but 
y&rj  picturesque,  especially  the  old  Lahore  gate ;  the  population  about 
4,000,  chiefly  Muhammadans.  The  junction  of  the  two  rivers  is  about 
half  a  mile  above  the  town,  the  Indus  coming  down  from  the 
Himalyas,  a  fine,  clear,  blue  stream,  the  Kabul  running  into  it  at 
right  angles,  dark  and  turbid.  Below  the  meeting  of  the  waters,  a 
whirlpool  eddies  between  jutting  precipices  of  black  slate,  known  as 
Kamalia  and  Jalalia,  from  the  names  of  two  famous  Boshanai  heretics, 
who  were  flung,  each  from  a  summit,  during  the  reign  of  Akbar,  into 
the  boiling  pool  below.  Gold  is  washed  out  on  the  shores  of  the 
Indus  and  Kabul  rivers  above  Attock,  giving  employment  to  about 
SOO  men. 

A  veiy  interesting  excursion  may  be  made  by  travellers  who  are 
prepared  to  rough  it  a  little,  by  a  boat  voyage  down  the  Indus  from 
Attock  to  Dera  Ismail  Khan.  Good  native  boats,  with  a  deck-house 
of  reeds  or  straw,  may  be  hired  for  twenty  or  twenty-five  rupees  a  day, 
and  a  polite  note  a  week  or  two  beforehand  to  the  Assistant-Com- 
missioner at  Attock  will,  no  doubt,  be  sufficient  to  get  one  of  them 
engaged,  and  ready  by  the  starting  day,  with  a  suitable  crew  and 
pilot.  Some  instalment  of  pay  will  probably  have  to  be  sent  before 
the  boat  could  be  fitted  up,  but  the  A.  C.  will  furnish  the  necessary 
information.  The  daily  stages  are  Khushalgarh,  Mokbad,  Kalabagh, 
Kafir  Kot  and  Dcra  Ismail  Khan,  five  days  in  all,  though  so  much 
depends  on  the  state  of  the  river,  that  it  may  be  necessary  to  allow 
seven  days. 

Bnkkur  station,  on  the  Sind  Sagar  Railway,  is  only  a  few  miles  by 
good  road  from  Dera  Isbmail  Khan,  and  twelve  hours  by  rail  from 
Multan.  It  will  be  necessary  to  take  provisions  for  the  whole  voyage, 
as  supplies  cannot  be  depended  upon. 

The  scenery  is  very  fine,  and  there  are  some  formidable  rapids  here 


PICTURESQUE    INDIA. 


and  there  that  lend  excitement  to  the  voyage.  The  Ghora  Trap  is  a 
narrow  gorge,  abont  thirty  yards  wide,  through  which  the  river  rashes 
with  great  speed.       There   is,  however,  no   danger  to  the  light 


XHCSHALOAKH. 


passenger  boat.  All  the  way  from  Attock  to  Kalabagh  the  Indas  rnns 
throngh  a  enccession  of  magnificent  moontain  goi^e.  At  Ehnshal- 
garh,  the  military  road  to  Kobat,  Thai  and  the  Enran  valley,  crosses 
the  Indns  by  a  fine  bridge  of  boats.     The  cliffs  rise  to  a  great  height. 


THE  INDUS.  177 


and  on  the  right  bank  are  picturesquely  crowned  by  an  old  fort. 
There  is  a  good  Dak  road  to  Kohat  (first  class  fare  four  rupees)  at 
the  foot  of  the  Safia  Eoh  and  Afridi  mountains.  Mokbad  is  a 
thriTing  little  town  of  over  4,000  inhabitants,  a  quaint  old  place,  with 
a  roofed  bazaar,  crowded  with  Afghan  traders.  There  is  a  good  road 
back  to  Attock  from  here,  with  a  series  of  Dak  bungalows;  the 
distance  is  about  100  miles. 

£alabagh  is  a  striking  place.  The  old  town  is  piled  up  the  side  of 
a  steep  hill  of  rock  salt,  like  a  great  staircase,  the  roofs  of  one  row  of 
houses  forming  the  street  in  front  of  the  row  above.  A  great  cliff  of 
rock  salt  towers  above  the  town.  There  are  important  quarries  of  salt 
at  Mari,  just  opposite  to  Kalabagh,  where  there  are  workable  seams  of 
pure  salt  lying  between  alternate  ztraXa  of  impure  salt  and  marl. 
Between  8,000  and  4,000  tons  are  blasted  out  and  sent  away  by  the 
Indus  during  the  year.  There  is  also  an  alum  industry  in  the  neigh- 
bouring valleys,  and  a  manufacture  of  iron  implements  of  various 
kinds.  A  good  road  runs  from  Elalabagh  to  Piplan  on  the  Sind-Sagar 
Bailway,  distant  about  seventy  or  eighty  miles. 

From  Kalabagh  to  Dera  Ismail  £han  the  river  flows  tranquilly 
through  very  beautiful  river  scenery,  with  fine  views  of  the  distant 
Suleiman  Range.  At  Kafir-Eot  there  are  some  very  interesting  ruins 
built  of  huge  blocks  of  smoothly  chiselled  stone,  intermingled  with 
ancient  Hindu  temples  or  sanctuaries.  There  are  quaint  carvings  here 
and  there  representing  idols.  These  ruins  are  placed  on  the  crest  of 
a  spur  of  the  Khisor  hills,  perched  over  the  river  bank.  The  towers 
are  connected  with  the  Indus  by  a  wall.  There  is  another  ruined 
castle  on  the  opposite  bank.     Their  origin  is  lost  in  obscurity. 

General  Cunningham's  Archssological  Survey,  which  may  be  seen  in 
any  good  Indian  library,  contains  full  particulars  of  these  strange 
buildings,  vol.  xiv.  p.  254. 

Beyond  Eafir-Eot,  the  Ehisor  range  comes  down  to  the  water's 
edge  in  a  precipitous  mass,  the  peaks  rising  4,000  or  6,000  feet  above 
the  plain.  The  banks  are  covered  with  patches  of  forest,  and  the 
tamarisk-covered  islands  are  very  lovely. 

Dera  Ismail  Ehan  is  a  cantonment  for  three  native  regiments,  and 
the  administrative  headquarters  of  a  district.  It  is  a  new  town  of 
25,000  inhabitants,  and  a  favourite  residence  with  Pathan  and  Mul- 
tani  nobles.  The  distance  to  the  west  is  closed  in  by  the  two  lofty 
peaks  of  Tukt-i- Suleiman,  the  highest  of  the  great  Suleiman  range, 


178  PICTURESQUE  INDIA, 

11,800  feet  above  the  sea.  It  is  a  dull  place,  and  the  traveller  will  be 
glad  to  drive  away  from  it  by  the  excellent  road  which  leads  to 
Bakkar,  a  station  on  the  Sind-Sagar  Railway,  208  miles,  or  fifteen 
hours  from  Lala  Masa  junction  northwards,  and  147  miles,  or  eleven 
hours  from  Multan  southwards. 

Peshawab. — This  ancient  and  historic  ciiy  is  situated  in  the  midst 
of  the  '^  debateable  ground  "  of  our  Indian  Empire.  Its  traditions  go 
far  back  into  the  earliest  days  of  Aryan  colonization.  It  was  men- 
tioned by  the  historians  of  Alexander's  Conquest  of  India,  and  in  the 
eighth  century  of  the  Christian  era  fell  into  the  hands  of  the  Afghans, 
since  which  it  has  been  held  by  a  score  of  successive  conquerors, 
until  in  1848  it  became  British. 

The  city  and  cantonment  has  a  population  of  80,000,  of  which 
£8,000  are  Musalmans,  18,000  Hindus,  8,000  Christians,  and  less  than 
2,000  Sikhs.  It  is  surrounded  by  a  mud  wall,  built  by  the  Sikh 
general,  Avitabile,  an  Italian  adventurer,  which  is  pierced  with  sixteen 
gates,  all  of  which  are  closed  at  sun-down. 

The  main  street  is  entered  by  the  Kabul  gate,  and  is  fifty  feet  wide, 
consisting  of  a  double  row  of  shops.  This  street  is  usually  thronged 
with  people,  and  is  one  of  the  most  picturesque  bazars  in  India.  On 
each  side  of  this  main  road  are  twisting  narrow  lanes  opening  out  in 
small  squares,  in  many  of  which  are  situated  handsome  mosques. 
The  large  building  known  as  the  Ghor  Ehattri  was  originally  a 
Buddhist  monastery,  then  a  Hindu  temple,  and  is  now  a  native  Serai 
or  hotel,  swarming  with  quaint  and  strange  people  from  every  part  of 
Central  Asia.  A  magnificent  view  of  the  entire  Peshawar  valley  and 
its  lofty  snow-clad  mountains  may  be  obtained  from  the  roof. 

Just  outside  the  walls  is  a  quadrilateral  fortress,  caUed  the  Bala 
Hissar,  on  a  hill  completely  dominating  the  city.  Bastions  stand  at 
each  corner,  with  a  powerful  armament  of  guns  and  mortars.  The 
walls  are  of  sun-drif^d  brick,  and  rise  nearly  100  feet  from  the  ground. 

The  suburbs  of  Bnana  Man  and  Baghban  are  a  succession  of  beau- 
tiful gardens,  producing  quinces,  pomegranates,  plums,  limes,  peaches, 
apples,  and  other  fruit.  North  of  Peshawar  is  a  public  pleasure- 
ground,  the  Bagh  Shahi,  or  old  royal  gardens.  Two  miles  west  of  the 
city  lie  the  military  cantonments  and  civil  ofiices.  The  city  was  at 
one  time  completely  surrounded  by  a  chain  of  watch-towers,  some  of 
which  are  still  standing,  though  most  have  become  ruins. 

Peshawar,  from  its  geographical  position,  and  from  being  a  railway 


i8o  PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 

terminus,  ought  to  be  the  great  emporium  for  all  the  trade  between 
India  and  Afghanistan,  Persia  and  Turkestan,  but  it  has  failed  hitherto 
to  become  more  than  a  halting-place  on  the  great  highway,  and  the 
traffic  only  streams  through  it.  The  bazars  are,  however,  rendered 
very  interesting  from  the  variety  of  people  passing  through  in  charge 
of  this  trade,  making  Peshawar  almost  an  Afghan  city.  The  Afghan 
traders  are  extremely  dirty,  being  dressed  in  loose  coat  and  trousers 
of  coarse  cotton-cloth,  never  washed,  with  thick  woollen  or  sheep- 
skin overcoats.  Their  shaggy  unkempt  black  locks  hang  down  be- 
neath enormous  turbans.  They  find  their  way  through  Peshawar  to 
the  most  distant  comers  of  India,  hawking  strings  of  weedy  horses, 
raw  silk,  cochineal,  drugs,  fruits,  and  other  miscellaneous  products  of 
their  country.  The  little  wooden  boxes  of  yellow  grapes  packed  in 
cotton,  sold  at  every  railway  station  in  India,  are  aU  brought  from 
Afghanistan  by  these  wandering  traders. 

The  local  manufactures  of  Peshawar  are  cutleiy  and  weapons,  copper- 
chasing,  embroidery,  coarse  cloth,  and  very  beautiful  lungia  or  scarves, 
for  which  Peshawar  is  famous.  The  dark  blue  lungis,  with  crimson 
edges,  or  ornamented  with  gold  borders,  are  the  most  characteristic. 
They  are  made  both  in  silk  and  cotton.  The  mass  of  the  population 
is  divided  into  petty  trade  guilds,  recruited  from  miscellaneous  tribes 
of  every  race  in  northern  India  and  its  adjacent  countries ;  and  almost 
every  kind  of  art  craft  can  be  found  at  work  in  the  bazaars  of 
Peshawar. 

The  stony  plain  of  Peshawar  is  the  eastern  mouth  of  the  celebrated 
Ehyber  pass,  which  has  played  so  conspicuous  a  part  in  the  history  of 
India,  and  especially  in  the  series  of  wars  between  British  India  and 
Afghanistan,  of  which  it  is  to  be  hoped  we  have  seen  the  last. 

It  has  been  the  great  route  into  India  for  ages,  whether  for  war, 
conquest,  or  commerce.  The  pass  commences  at  the  fort  of  Jamrud, 
ten  miles  from  Peshawar,  and  twists  for  thirty-three  miles  through 
mountains  6,000  or  7,000  feet  high,  till  it  debouches  on  the  plain  of 
Jalalabad  at  Dhaka.  The  fort  of  Jamrud  stands  on  a  hill  about  100 
feet  above  the  plain.  It  has  three  encircling  walls  of  stone,  and  is  a 
strong  place.  Three  miles  from  Jamrud,  at  Kadam,  a  little  village  on 
the  top  of  a  hill,  the  pass  is  entered.  The  mountains  close  in,  and  in 
less  than  half  a  mile,  the  pass  narrows  to  150  yards,  and  a  mile 
further,  to  about  thirty  yards,  the  rocks  rising  in  sheer  precipices  of 
60  or  100  feet,  then  sloping  back.     Six  and  a  half  miles  from  Jamrud, 


PESffAWAR.  i8i 

All  Masjid  is  reached,  and  here  the  width  is  fifteen  yards  only,  the 
moantains  on  either  side  rising  1,000  to  1,800  feet  sheer  &om  the 
floor  of  the  pasB.  The  pass  rises  altogether  abont  1,700  feet  to  the 
snnunit  of  the  pass  at  Land!  Kotal.  A  permit  must  be  obtained  ixom 
tiie  eommaDding  officer  of  the  cantonment  at  Peshawar,  before  the 
Eliyher  can  be  visited  ;  indeed,  at  times  it  is  nece^ary  for  Tisiting 
Jammd,  and  nnder  no  circumstances  can. the  pass  be  traversed  beyond 
Ali  Masjid.  It  is  better  to  make  application  by  letter  a  few  days 
beforehimd,  ae  an  escort  is  necessary  beyond  the  British  frontier. 
The  only  Missionary  Society  for  the  male  popnlation  engaged  in 


P 
C 

w 

«1 

ail        HppiNlI       UUIU       JUBJUI        ...      w. 

Martin,  backed    np    by  a  very  jamrdd. 

influential  committee,  held  on  Dec.  19th,  1653,  nnder  the  chair- 
manship of  the  commissioner,  Major  [afterwards  Colonel]  Sir  Herbert 
Edwardea. 

The  first  Missionary  was  the'  gallant  major  himself,  who  severed  his 
connection  with  Government,  and  was  soon  joined  by  the  Revds. 
B.  Clark  and  Dr.  Pfander.  There  has  ever  since  been  a  staff  of  two, 
three,  or  foot  Missionary  Clergy,  who  live  in  the  Mission  clergy- 
honse,  close  to  the  Cantonment  Station,  where  there  is  a  large  and 
valuable  library  of  some  4,000  volames,  not  only  on  Theology,  but  on 
India,  Afghanistan,  Central  Asia,  Persia,  Secular  and  Ecclesiasticsl 
History,  Biography,  Philosophy  and  the  varioas  Sciences. 

The  Mission  ia  to  Afghans,  who  believe  themselves  to  belong  to 


i82  PICTURESQUE   INDIA, 

the  Ten  Tribei3  of  Israel.  Their  tradition,  history,  castoms,  and 
physiognomy  support  the  theory.  The  Afghans  are  a  fine  manly  race 
of  men,  and  whatever  their  faults  are,  hospitality  is  one  of  their 
greatest  virtues,  for  which  they  will  often  go  into  debt.  The 
hospitality  the  Missionary  Clergy  everywhere  receive,  is  reciprocated 
by  them  in  the  guest-house  they  have  erected  in  their  compound,  to 
which  men  of  all  classes  come,  from  all  parts  of  A%hanistan.  They 
have  also  here  a  boarding-school  for  Afghan  lads,  representing  many 
of  the  neighbouring  tribes,  and  who  attend  as  day-scholars  the  large 
Mission  School  in  the  city. 

The  Church  of  All  Saints,  which  was  erected  in  1886  in  the  city  of 
Peshawar  to  the  memory  of  departed  missionaries,  is  a  very  pretty 
oriental  building,  containing  much  handsome  carving  and  decorated 
with  Peshawar  tiles.  The  Church,  Pastor's  house,  library,  &c.,  form 
one  of  the  most  complete  places  of  Missionary  energy  in  North 
India.  The  resident  Native  Pastor  is  always  glad  to  show  the  church 
to  visitors.  Divine  service  is  held  every  morning  and  evening  in  the 
vernacular. 

The  school,  which  is  close  by,  opposite  the  Kohati  Gate,  while 
possessing  no  architectural  beauty,  is  admirably  adapted  for  the 
education  of  several  hundred  scholars  in  English,  taking  them  up  to 
the  Panjab  University  Matriculation  Examinations,  under  the  super- 
intendence of  an  English  M.A.  The  scholars  gathered  from  many 
nationalities,  when  assembled  for  the  roll-call,  seated  on  the  large 
gallery,  tier  above  tier,  dressed  in  their  many-coloured  garments,  is  a 
very  interesting  sight.  The  school  has  been  named  after  Sir  Herbert 
Edwardes,  whose  memory  is  much  revered  for  the  great  interest  he 
always  took  in  the  mission,  and  for  the  immense  pecuniary  assistance 
he  afforded. 

The  Literary  Institute,  called  after  the  late  Colonel  Martin,  is  a 
building  in  the  Pipal  Mandi,  containing  a  reading-room  for  educated 
Indians,  and  also  a  lecture-ball  in  which  religious  and  scientific 
lectures  are  delivered,  and  evangelistic  services  are  held. 

The  Church  of  England  Zenana  Missionaiy  Society  for  women 
has  several  ladies  working  in  connection  with  it:  two  for  visiting 
native  ladies  and  superintending  girls'  schools,  and  two  for  medical 
Missionary  work.  The  latter  have  their  head-quarters  at  Gorkhatri, 
in  the  highest  part  of  the  city,  where  they  have  a  dwelling-house,  and 
a  small  temporary  hospital  which  H.H.  the  Duchess  of  Connaughty  at 


PESHA  WAR,  183 


her  Tisit  in  Nov.  1884,  has  permitted  to  be  called  after  her.  The 
amount  of  good  done  is  incaloalable,  but  this  tentative  hospital  is 
altogether  too  small  for  present  exigencies,  and  subscriptions  are  now 
being  received  to  build  a  commodious  one  on  hygienic  principles. 

The  American  Presbyterian  Society  were  once  represented  by  the 
Bev.  Isidore  Loewenthal,  a  converted  Polish  Jew  of  great  linguistic 
ability,  but  he  was  accidentally  shot  by  his  watchman  in  1864.  It  is 
with  reference  to  him  that  the  story  is  told,  that  on  his  tombstone  is 
inscribed :  "  He  was  shot  by  his  chookidar ;  well  done  thou  good 
and  faithful  servant."  The  fact  is,  this  text  does  not  appear,  but  ''  I 
am  not  ashamed  of  the  Gospel  of  Christ."  The  story  has,  however, 
a  substratum  of  truth,  for  in  the  Burial  Begister,  that  text  is  written 
underneath  the  record  of  his  death.  Although  this  stoiy  has  been 
constantly  refuted,  it  is  a  good  one,  and  consequently  dies  a  hard 
death.  He  was  the  first  person  to  translate  the  New  Testament  into 
readable  Pashto,  the  language  of  the  Afghans. 

The  European  garrison  in  cantonments  is  ministered  to  by 
Anglican  Catholic,  Presbyterian,  and  Boman  Catholic  chaplains. 
The  members  of  the  Church  of  England  worship  in  the  large  hand- 
some Church  of  St.  John,  where  daily  services  are  held;  the 
Presbyterians  in  a  barrack  on  Sundays  ;  and  the  Bomanists  in  their 
chapel  on  Sundays  and  week-days ;  the  hours  of  service  in  each  caso 
varying  with  the  season  of  the  year. 


CHAPTEE    Sin. 

MULTAN  AND  SIND. 


LTAN,  though  of  great  antiquity  and 
historic  interest,  ie  seldom  visited  by 
Enropean  tonrists.  It  is  only  ten  hours' 
journey  from  Lahore,  and,  although  I 
haye  never  been  there  myself,  I  strongly 
advise  the  traveller  who  has  a  margin  of 
tiiDe  to  fill,  to  pay  it  a  visit.  Mnltan  has 
had  a  continuous  existence  in  history  for 
2,700  years,  and  is  one  of  the  most  fre- 
quently besieged  cities  in  the  world.  It 
made  a  desperate  reeiHtance  to  Alexander 
of  Macedon,  who,  after  Gubduing  it,  left 
a  Satrap  in  charge  of  the  province.  The 
coins  of  the  Graeco-Bactrian  kings  are 
"^"^         '  "  frequently  found  in  the  neighbourhood  of 

the  city.  Among  its  other  famous  sieges  may  be  counted  that  of 
Sultan  Mahmud  in  1005,  that  of  the  Sikhs  under  Banjit  Singh  in 
1818,  and .  the  storming  of  the  city  by  the  British  in  1849,  the 
crowning  victory  vbich  led  to  the  annexation  of  the  Fanjab. 

Moltan  is  bnilt  on  a  huge  mound,  the  accumulated  debris  of 
previous  cities,  four  miles  from  the  present  course  of  the  river  Cbenab. 
It  is  surrounded  on  three  sidea  by  a  ruined  wall,  the  fourth  side  facing 
the  dry  bed  of  the  old  course  of  the  rivet  Ravi,  which  once  flowed  past 
the  city,  leaving  two  islands  in  its  stream,  the  one  that  on  which  the 
city  now  stands,  the  other  picturesquely  crowned  by  the  citadel.  The 
suburbs  of  Mnltan  are  straggling  and  irregular,  mingling  with  remains 
of  the  old  fortifications,  dismantled  by  the  British  in  1854.  Within 
the  city  walls  there  is  one  broad  street  lined  with  shops  called  the 


MULTAN  AND   SIND.  185 

Ghauk,  made  by  the  British  in  1850.  The  other  streets  are  narrow 
winding  cul-de-sacs.  The  population  is  abont  70,000,  of  whom  more 
than  half  are  Mohammadans.  Multan  is,  and  always  has  been,  a 
great  trading  centre.  Before  the  railway  was  made  it  was  the  collect- 
ing depot  for  the  trade  of  the  central  Panjab,  down  the  Bavi  and 
Jehlam  rivers,  whence  large  quantities  of  produce  were  sent  by  the 
Indus  flotilla  to  Karachi  for  shipment  to  Europe.  The  railway 
appears  to  have  increased  instead  of  diminished  its  prosperity,  the 
exports  and  imports  of  Multan  being  over  j61,800,000  annually. 

The  Fort  is  a  massive  group  of  buildings.  Some  of  its  most 
interesting  details  have  been  almost  obliterated  by  the  explosion  of  the 
powder-magazine  during  the  siege  of  1849,  but  many  buildings  remain 
with  great  artistic  and  picturesque  interest,  differing  greatly  from  any 
others  in  India.  The  shrine  of  Rnkn-i-Alam  is  an  octagon  of  finely 
polished  brick,  fifty-two  feet  in  diameter,  topped  by  a  smaller  octagon, 
leaving  a  narrow  passage  all  round,  crowned  by  a  magnificent  dome. 
The  whole  structure  is  over  100  feet  high.  It  is  placed  on  the  summit 
of  the  mound  on  which  the  citadel  is  built,  and  the  whole  outside 
surface  is  decorated  with  raised  tiles  of  blue  and  white  glaze.  It  was 
built  by  the  Emperor  Tuglak  in  1340—60. 

The  great  obelisk  near  by,  seventy  feet  high,  was  erected  to  the 
memory  of  two  British  officers,  whose  treacherous  murder  by  the  viceroy 
of  Multan  in  1848,  led  to  the  war  which  ended  in  the  annexation  of  the 
Panjab. 

The  tomb  of  Bhawal  Hakk  is  another  octagonal  mausoleum  within 
the  walls  of  the  citadel.  It  has  been  rather  barbarously  restored,  and 
some  of  the  original  tiles,  a.d.  1270,  are  still  stuck  about  in  the 
plaster.  The  sarcophagus  is  decorated  with  green  tiles  of  fine  colour 
and  workmanship. 

The  only  other  ancient  monument  within  the  Fort  worthy  of  notice  is 
the  ancient  Hindu  temple  of  the  Narasinha  Avatar  of  Yishnu,  greatly 
injured  by  the  explosion  in  1849. 

Within  the  city  walls  is  the  shrine  of  Muhammad  Yusef,  an  ancient 
tomb  of  1150  A.D.,  covered  with  encaustic  tiles,  excellent  specimens  of 
this  beautiful  ceramic  decoration,  and  some  other  tombs  of  more 
recent  date ;  and  the  fine  mosque  of  Shah  Gutlej. 

The  artistic  crafts  of  Multan  have  held  high  position  in  India  for 
centuries.  Beautiful  enamel  work,  similar  in  character  to  that  of 
Jaipur,  brilliant  glass  bangles,  silk  and  cotton  fabrics,  especially 


MULTAN  AND   SIND.  187 

chintzes  and  Bcarves,  fignred  and  damasked  silks,  known  as  Suja 
Khani,  are  all  to  be  seen  in  the  bazaar,  and  possess  peculiar  cha- 
racteristics. 

The  art  of  glazing  earthenware  has  probably  been  possessed  by 
Multan  longer  than  any  other  district  in  India,  and  the  city  still 
maintains  its  supremacy.  It  dates  from  the  earliest  years  of  the  13th 
century,  and  is  said  to  have  been  brought  from  China  by  Ohengiz 
Khan,  after  his  invasion  and  conquest  of  that  country.  The  following 
sentences  are  condensed  from  Sir  Geo.  Birdwood's  ''Industrial  Arts 
of  India  "  :— 

"  It  is  said  that  the  inyasion  and  conquest  of  China  by  Ohingiz 
Ehan,  1212,  was  the  eyent  that  made  known  to  the  rest  of  Asia  and 
Europe  the  art  of  glazing  earthenware ;  but,  in  fact,  the  Saracens 
from  the  first  used  glazed  tiles  for  covering  walls,  and  roofs,  and  pave- 
ments, and  of  course  with  a  view  to  decorative  effect.  The  use  of 
these  tiles  had  come  down  to  them  in  an  unbroken  tradition  from  the 
times  of  the  'Temple  of  Seven  Spheres,'  or  Birs-i-Nimrud,  at 
Borsippa,  near  Babylon,  of  the  temple  Sakkara  in  Egypt,  and  of  the 
early  trade  between  China  and  Egypt,  and  China  and  Oman,  and  the 
valley  of  the  Tigris  and  Euphrates.  Diodorus,  describing  (after 
Ctesias)  the  circular  wall  of  the  royal  palace  of  Babylon,  says : — '  The 
whole  portrayed  a  royal  hunting  scene,  beautified  with  divers  coloured 
forms  of  men  and  beasts,  baked  in  the  clay,  and  much  like  unto  nature* 
....  There  was  Simiramis,  killing  a  tiger,  and  by  her  side  her 
husband  Ninus,  piercing  his  spear  through  a  lion.'  Olazed  tiles  had, 
however,  fallen  into  comparative  disuse  before  the  rise  of  the  Saracens, 
and  it  was  undoubtedly  the  conquests  of  Ohingiz  Khan,  a.d.  1206 — 
1227,  which  extended  their  general  use  throughout  the  nations  of  Islam. 
The  glazed  pottery  of  the  Panjab  and  Sind  probably  dates  from  this 
period,  and  as  we  shall  presently  see,  was  directly  influenced  by  the 
traditions  surviving  in  Peria  of  the  ancient  civilisations  of  Nineveh 
and  Babylon.  It  is  found  in  the  shape  of  drinking-cups  and  water- 
bottles  (cf.  pot,  and  Latin  poto,  I  drink),  jars,  bowls,  plates,  and 
dishes  of  all  shapes  and  sizes,  and  of  tiles,  pinnacles  for  the  tops  of 
domes,  pierced  windows,  and  other  architectural  accessories.  In  form, 
the  bowls,  and  jars,  and  vases  may  be  classified  as  egg-shaped, 
turban,  melon,  and  onion-shaped,  in  the  latter  the  point  rising  and 
widening  oat  gracefully  into  the  neck  of  the  vase.  They  are  glazed  in 
turquoise,  of  the  most  perfect  transparency,  or  in  a  rich  dark  purple. 


i88  PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 

or  dark  green,  or  golden  brown.  Sometimes  they  are  diapered  all 
over  by  the  'paU'WT-'pdiXe  method,  with  a  conventional  flower,  the 
%e^entiy  or  lotns,  of  a  lighter  colour  than  the  ground.  Generally  they 
are  ornamented  with  the  univerBal  knop  and  flower  pattern,  in  com- 
partments formed  all  round  the  bowl,  by  spaces  alternately  left  un- 
coloured  and  glazed  in  colour.  Sometimes  a  wreath  of  the  knop  and 
flower  pattern  is  simply  painted  round  the  bowl  on  a  white  ground. 

'^  Mr.  Drury  Fortnum,  in  his  report  on  the  pottery  at  the  Inter- 
national Exhibition  of  1871,  observes  of  the  Sind  pottery  : — '  The 
turquoise  blue  painted  on  a  paste  beneath  a  glaze,  which  might  have 
been  unearthed  in  Egypt  or  Phoenicia — a  small  bottle  painted  in  blue 
or  white — ^is  of  the  same  blood  and  bone  as  the  ancient  wares  of 

Thebes.  •  •  •    But  the  tiles  are  very  important They  are  in 

general  character  similar  to,  although  not  so  carefully  made  as,  the 
Oriental  tiles  known  as  Persian,  which  adorn  the  old  mosques  of 

Egypt,  Syria,  Turkey,  and  Persia The  colours  used  upon 

them  are  rich  copper  green,  a  golden  brown,  and  dark  and  turquoise 
blue.  •  .  .  The  antiquary,  the  artist,  and  the  manufacturer  will  do 
well  to  study  these  wares.  As  in  their  silk  and  woollen  fabrics,  their 
metal-work,  and  other  manufactures,  an  inherent  feeling  for  and  a 
power  of  producing  harmony  in  the  distribution  of  colour  and  in 
surface  decoration  exists  among  the  Orientals,  which  we  should  study 
to  imitate,  if  not  to  copy.  It  is  not  for  Europeans  to  establish  schools 
of  art,  in  a  country  the  productions  of  whose  remote  districts  are  a 
school  of  art  in  themselves,  far  more  capable  of  teaching  than  of  being 
taught.' 

''It  is  a  rare  pleasure  to  the  eye  to  see  in  the  polished  corner  of  a 
native  room  one  of  these  large  turquoise  blue  sweetmeat  jars  on  a  fine 
Elirman  rug  of  minimum  red  ground,  splashed  with  dark  blue  and 
yellow.  But  the  sight  of  wonder  is,  when  travelling  over  the  plains  of 
Persia  or  India,  suddenly  to  come  upon  an  encaustic-tiled  mosque.  It 
is  coloured  all  over  in  yellow,  green,  blue,  and  other  hues ;  ai^d  as  a 
distant  view  of  it  is  caught  at  sunrise,  its  stately  domes  and  glittering 
minarets  seem  made  of  purest  gold,  like  glass,  enamelled  in  azure  and 
green,  a  fairy-like  apparition  of  inexpressible  grace  and  most  enchant- 
ing splendour. 

'^  The  enamelled  pottery  of  Sind  and  the  Panjab  is  a  sumptuary  and 
not  a  village  art,  and  is  probably  not  older  than  the  time  of  Ginghiz 
Khan.    In  all  the  Imperial  Mughal  cities  of  India  where  it  is  practised, 


MULTAN  AND  SIND.  189 

especially  in  Lahore  and  Delhi,  the  tradition  is  that  it  was  introduced 
from  China,  through  Persia,  hy  the  Afghan  Mongols,  through  the 
influence  of  Tamerlane's  Chinese  wife ;  and  it  is  stated  by  indepen- 
dent European  authorities  that  the  beginning  of  ornamenting  the 
walls  of  mosques  with  coloured  tiles  in  India  was  contemporary  with 
the  Mongol  conquest  of  Persia.  But  in  Persia  the  ancient  art  of 
glazing  earthenware  had  come  down  in  an  almost  unbroken  tradition 
from  the  period  of  the  greatness  of  Chaldaea  and  Assyria,  and  the 
name  hm^  by  which  the  art  is  known  in  Persia  and  India,  is  probably 
the  same  Semitic  word,  A;a«,  glass,  by  which  it  is  known  in  Arabic 
and  Hebrew,  and  carries  us  back  direct  to  the  manufacture  of  glass 
and  enamels,  for  which  *  great  Zidon '  was  already  famous  1,500 
years  before  Christ.  The  pillar  of  emerald  in  the  temple  of  Melcarth, 
at  Tyre,  which  Herodotus  describes  as  shining  brightly  in  the  night, 
'can,'  observes  Kendrick,  'hardly  have  been  anything  else  than  a 
hollow  cylinder  of  green  glass,  in  which,  as  a  Oades,  a  lamp  burnt 
perpetually.'  The  designs  used  for  the  decoration  of  this  glazed 
pottery  in  Sind  and  the  Panjab  also  go  to  prove  how  much  it  has 
been  influenced  by  Persian  examples,  and  the  Persian  tradition  of  the 
ancient  art  of  Nineveh  and  Babylon.  The  '  knop  and  flower ' 
pattern,  which  we  all  know  in  Greek  art  as  the  '  honeysuckle  and 
palmetto '  pattern,  appears  in  infinite  variations  on  everything. 

''  The  old  glazed  tiles  to  be  seen  in  India  are  always  from  Mahom- 
medan  buildings,  and  they  vary  in  style  with  the  period  to  which  the 
buildings  on  which  they  are  found  belong ;  from  the  plain  turquoise 
blue  tUes  of  the  earlier  Pathan  period,  a.d.  1193 — 1254,  to  the 
elaborately  designed  and  many-coloured  tiles  of  the  latter  part  of  the 
great  Mughal  period,  a.d.  1566 — 1750.  Wherever  also  the  Muham- 
madans  extended  their  dominion  they  would  appear  to  have  developed 
a  local  variety  in  these  tiles. 

''  It  is  the  vigorous  drawing,  and  free,  impulsive  painting  of  this 
*pottery  which  are  among  its  attractions.  The  rapidity  and  accuracy 
of  the  whole  operation  is  constant  temptation  to  the  inexperienced 
bystander  to  try  a  hand  at  it  himself.  You  feel  the  same  temptation 
*n  looking  on  at  any  native  artificer  at  his  work.  His  artifice  appears 
CO  be  so  easy,  and  his  tools  are  so  simple,  that  you  think  you  could 
do  all  he  is  doing  quite  as  well  yourself.  You  sit  down  and  try. 
You  fail,  but  will  not  be  beaten,  and  practise  at  it  for  days  with  fdl 
your  English  energy,  and  then  at  last  comprehend  that  the  patient 


I90  PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 

Hindu  handicraftsman's  dexterity  is  a  second  nature,  developed  from 
father  to  son,  working  for  generations  at  the  same  processes  and 
manipulations.  The  great  skill  of  the  Indian  Tillage  potter  may  be 
judged  also  from  the  size  of  the  vessels  he  sometimes  throws  from  his 
wheel,  and  afterwards  succeeds  in  baking.  At  Ahmedabad  and 
Baroda,  and  throughout  the  fertile  pulse  and  cereal-growing  plains  of 
Gujarat,  earthem  jars,  for  storing  grain,  are  baked,  often  five  feet 
high ;  and  on  the  banks  of  the  Dol  Samudra,  in  the  Dacca  division  of 
the  Bengal  Presidency,  immense  earthem  jars  are  made  of  nearly  a 
ton  in  cubic  capacity.  The  clay  figures  of  Karttikeya,  the  Indian 
Mars,  made  for  his  annual  festival  by  the  potters  of  Bengal,  are  often 
twenty-seven  feet  in  height." 

For  the  last  thirty  years  the  Church  Missionary  Society  has  main- 
tained a  weak  mission  in  this  place — the  most  important  in  the  South 
of  the  Panjab.  There  are  occasionally  two  missionaries  on  the  spot, 
but  the  average  since  the  commencement  is  one  and  a  half.  The 
Multan  Mission  district  comprises  an  area  of  some  9,000  square  miles, 
and  a  population  of  about  1,000,000. 

In  addition  to  the  Church  Missionary  Society,  the  Society  for 
Promoting  Female  Education  in  the  East  has  two  ladies  in  the 
station,  who  carry  on  a  dispensary  for  women  and  children,  and  some 
schools  for  girls. 

The  mission  houses  are  opposite  to  the  Eutcherry  in  Civil  Lines. 
There  is  a  large  mission  school  near  the  Husain  Gui  Gate  of  the  city 
under,  as  head-master,  Mr,  William  Khun  Chand.  This  school 
prepares  students  up  to  the  Entrance  Examination  of  the  Panjab  and 
Calcutta  Universities. 

The  mission  church  is  situated  in  the  compound  of  the  mission 
school.  Sixty-two  miles  from  Multan,  at  Bahawalpore  (capital  of  the 
native  state  of  that  name),  is  another  mission  school,  containing  200 
boys,  and  educating  up  to  the  middle  school  standard.  This  school 
has  held  its  own  in  spite  of  the  difficulties  and  opposition  which  arise 
in  a  native  state,  and  some  years  ago  when  the  Government  started  a 
rival  school,  and  paid  boys  to  come — ^while  those  in  the  mission  school 
had  to  pay  for  coming — it  was  a  common  saying  in  Bahawalpore  that 
if  boys  wanted  scholarships  they  should  go  to  the  Government  school, 
if  teaching,  they  should  go  to  the  mission  schooL 

What  itineration  work  has  been  done  has  been  principally  in  the 
district  of  Muzaffargarh,  lying  to  the  west  of  Multan. 


MULTAN  AND   SIND.  191 

From  Multan  to  Karachi  by  the  Indus  Valley  Bailway  is  611  miles. 
The  time  occupied  on  the  journey  by  the  mail-train  is  twenty-six  and 
a  half  hours.  Sind  does  not  present  great  attractions  to  the  general 
touristy  but  as  Karachi  has,  since  the  opening  of  the  railway,  become 
an  important  port  for  the  arrival  and  departure  of  European  passenger- 
steamers,  this  book  would  not  fulfil  its  purpose  if  all  information  was 
omitted  concerning  the  various  points  of  interest  on  the  line  of 
railway. 

The  first  place  of  any  importance  is  Bahawalpur,  the  capital  of  a 
natiye  state  of  the  same  name,  on  the  western  border  of  Bajputana, 
and  on  the  edge  of  the  vast  sandy  desert  which  stretches  across  to 
Bikaneer.  The  area  of  the  state  is  16,000  square  miles,  and  the 
population  578,000.  The  nawab  is  an  intelligent  young  prince,  thirty 
years  of  age,  ranking  next  to  the  Maharaja  of  Patiala  on  the  list  of 
Panjab  chiefs. 

The  city  of  Bahawalpur  has  a  population  of  about  15,000.  It  is 
surrounded  by  a  wall  four  miles  in  circuit.  The  nawab*s  palace  is  a 
huge  square  pile,  with  towers  at  each  comer.  The  great  reception 
hall  is  sixty  feet  long,  and  fifty-six  feet  high ;  the  vestibule  of  the 
palace  is  120  feet  high,  and  from  the  summit  an  extensive  view  may 
be  had  across  the  vast  Bikaneer  Desert. 

Ruk  Junction  is  the  station  for  the  Sind-Pishin  Railway  to  Quetta. 
It  has  always  been  a  regret  to  me  that  I  have  not  been  able  during 
either  of  my  journeys  through  India  to  visit  Quetta  and  the  Afghan 
frontier.  My  readers,  however,  are  gainers  thereby,  as  they  have  the 
advantage  of  the  experience  of  one  of  the  greatest  authorities  on 
Indian  frontier  questions — the  Hon.  George  N.  Curzon,  M.P.,  who 
has  been  so  kind  as  to  condense  his  experience  into  the  last  chapter  of 
this  volume,  where  the  traveller  will  find  all  the  information  he 
requires. 

Larkhana  is  a  busy  town  in  the  midst  of  the  most  fertile  tract  of 
arid  Sind.  There  is  nothing  of  special  interest  except  an  old  fort  and 
tomb,  and  the  irrigation  works. 

Sehwan  has  a  population  of  about  6,000,  a  large  number  of  whom 
are  professional  beggars,  supported  by  the  charity  of  pilgrims  to  the 
great  shrine  of  Lai  Shahbaz,  an  old  Musalman  saint,  whose  tomb, 
dating  back  to  1856  a.d.,  is  a  beautiful  specimen  of  encaustic  tile- 
work.  The  fort  is  one  of  the  most  interesting  relics  in  India,  having 
been  built  by  Alexander  the  Great.     It  is  a  huge  artificial  mound 


192  PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 

about  250  feet  high,  the  Bammit  of  which  is  abont  1,600  feet  by  800, 
surtoanded  by  a  dilapidated  wall ;  the  remains  of  several  towers  are 
visible.  Sehwan  is  probably  the  most  ancient  place  in  Sind.  There 
is  a  good  Dak  bnngalow. 

A  few  miles  from   Sebwon  is  Mancbhar  Lake,  which,  when  the 

Indas  is  in  full  flood,  covers  an  area  of  twenty  miles  by  ten,  but  in 

the  dry  season  shrinks  to  abont  half  its  size.     The  space  left  by  the 

receding  water  yields  splendid  crops  of  wheat  and  other  cereals.     The 

lake  is  full  of  fine  fish,  twelve  or  fifteen  varieties,  affording  employ- 

ment  to  hundreds  of  fishermen,  who  spear 

the  fish,  as  the  lake  is  too  weedy  for 

nets.    The  Government  take  one-third  of 

the  catch  as  royalty.    During  the  winter 

months  the  lake  swarms  with  every  kind 

of  waterfowl. 

Bohri  and  Sukknr  are  two  towns  on 

\  opposite   sides    of  the  Indus,  with  the 

Island  of  Bnkknr  lying  between. 

The  Jama  Masjid  at  Rohri  was  built 
abont  1570  a.d.  ;  it  is  a  fine  building  of 
red  brick,  with  handsome  domes.  The 
whole  surface  is  covered  with  glazed 
encaustic  tiles.  The  Idgah  Masjid  dates 
AT  BOHBi.  ^™'°    1593,   and   the   War   Mubarak,   a 

building  about  twenty-five  feet  square, 
was  erected  by  Prince  Mir  Muhammad,  for  the  reception  of  a  hair 
from  the  beard  of  the  Prophet.  This  hair  is  set  in  amber,  and 
enclosed  in  a  gold  case  studded  with  precious  stones.  Rohri  is 
very  picturesque,  many  of  the  older  houses  being  lofty  brick  build- 
ings, whose  flat  roofs  are  surrounded  by  balustrades.  The  town  is 
built  on  the  top  of  a  precipitous  rock  forty  feet  high,  overhanging 
the  river.  There  are  some  important  irrigation  works  here,  with 
powerfol  sluice  gates,  feeding  a  series  of  canals,  which  have  cost 
over  a  million  sterling.  Sukkur  is  a  modem  town  of  no  interest 
beyond  the  busy  life  of  the  river  bank,  crowded  with  river  boats  and 
steamers. 

Five  miles  &om  Kohri  is  the  ruined  city  of  Aror,  formerly  the 
capital  of  tbe  Hindu  Bsja  of  Sind,  built  on  the  old  banks  of  the  Indus. 
There  is  a  fine  old  mosque  in  good  preservation  among  the  ruins,  and 


MULTAN  AND    SIND.  I93 


a  curious  cave  sacred  to  the  goddess  Kalka  Devi,  much  resorted  to  by 
pilgrims. 

Bukkur  is  a  fortified  island,  composed  of  a  great  limestone  rock 
800  yards  by  800  wide.  The  fortress  covers  the  whole  area  of  the 
island,  which  is  surrounded  by  a  double  wall  thirty  feet  wide.  It  has 
an  ancient  history,  and  has  been  fought  for  incessantly  by  rival  states. 
There  are  two  very  pretty  islands  north  and  south  of  Bukkur,  beati- 
fully  wooded,  called  Jind  Pir,  and  Sadh  Bela,  on  which  are  venerable 
and  very  holy  shrines.  A  good  steam  ferry  plies  between  Sukkur  and 
Rohri. 

Kotri  is  the  station  for  Haidarabad,  the  capital  of  Sind,  which  is 
reached  by  steam  ferry,  and  a  short  drive  of  three  miles.  Kotri  has 
a  population  of  about  10,000,  and  is  practically  the  terminus  of  the 
downward  traffic  of  the  river  Indus.  The  bank  presents  a  lively 
scene,  crowded  with  river  craft  of  every  kind,  loading  or  discharging 
their  various  cargoes.  Bailway  sidings  are  laid  down  to  the  river 
brink  in  zig-zags,  so  constructed  as  to  do  their  work  however  low  or 
high  may  be  the  river's  level.  The  railway  has  greatly  diminished  the 
importance  of  Kotri. 

Haidarabad  is  the  old  capital  of  Sind,  with  a  population  of  50,000. 
It  is  approached  from  the  river  by  a  very  beautiful  avenue  of 
trees,  and  the  town  itself  is  finely  placed  on  the  hills  of  the  Ganjo 
range,  a  site  of  great  natural  strength.  The  fort  was  a  strong  place 
when  it  was  built,  more  than  100  years  ago,  but  it  has  no  modern 
improvements.  It  contains  the  arsenal  of  the  province.  It  is  irregular 
in  shape,  following  the  natural  shape  of  the  rock,  surrounded  by  a 
Persian  spear-head  battlement,  and  approached  by  a  bridge  over  a  deep 
trench,  leading  to  an  intricate  gateway.  The  whole  building  is  very 
picturesque  both  as  a  w^hole,  and  in  its  details.  The  mosques^ 
barracks  and  other  buildings,  which  originally  filled  the  interior,  have 
all  disappeared,  with  the  exception  of  the  palace  of  Mir  Nasir  Khan, 
now  used  by  the  commissioner  as  a  residence.  The  ^'painted 
chamber "  in  this  palace  is  a  curious  specimen  of  Indian  decorative 
art  A  splendid  view  is  obtained  from  the  massive  circular  tower  that 
was  the  treasure-house  of  the  Amirs  of  Sind. 

On  a  hill  near  the  city  is  a  famous  Musalman  shrine  dedicated  to  a 
saint,  one  Shah  Makkai,  a  place  of  great  resort  for  pious  Moslem 
pilgrims.     The  Green  Mosque  is  an  interesting  but  dilapidated  ruin. 

The  tombs  of  Gulam  Shah  Kalhora  and  those  of  the  Talpur  family 


OATBWAT  or  OASVKD  WOOD,  HJLIDARABAD. 


MULTAN  AND    SIND.  igj 

are  jast  beyond  the  market  place  of  new  Haidarabad.  Thej  are  ex- 
ceedingly beantifal  maaeolenms,  of  yellow  marble,  with  finely  carved 
and  pierced  windows,  roofed  with  encaustic  tiles.  The  old  bazar 
clusters  roand  the  gateway  of  the  fort,  and  is  a  busy  scene  full  of  life 
and  trade.  Many  of  the  shops  and  ruerchant's  houses  are  very  quaint. 
The  silver  tissues  of  Haidarabad  are  noted  all  over  India,  and  there  is 
also  a  large  manufacture  of  embroideries  in  siik  and  gold.  In  the 
days  of  the  Amirs,  this  city  was  also  famous  for  its  enamelling  and 
dam^ceue  work,  chiefly  employed  in  the  decoration  of  swords,  match- 


locks and  other  weapons.  There  are  still  interesting  survivals  in 
the  bazar,  and  some  fine  Bpecimens  of  enamelling  on  gold  and 
silver  may  be  obtained.  They  are,  however,  inferior  to  those  of 
Jaipur,  Partabgarh,  and  other  Bajput  enamels.  There  is  also  a  con- 
siderable amount  of  seal-engraving  carried  on,  and  if  the  traveller  is 
remaining  a  day  or  two,  he  may  bring  away  as  a  memento  a  camelian 
or  silver  seal,  with  his  name  engraved  on  it  in  Persian  or  Arabic, 
moQuted  on  an  enamel  handle.  The  jewellery  of  Haidarabad  Is 
similar  to  that  prevalent  throughout  the  Panjab,  and  is  mostly  gold 
and  silver.  Solid  silver  torques,  anklets  and  bracelets,  of  a  severe 
style  of  recttmgular  oonstraction  and  omamentatioa  are  Uie  usual 
forms. 

0  8 


196  -     PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 

The  best  of  the  Iscqaered  wooden  and  papier  mache  boxes  and  traya, 
now  so  familiar  in  English  fancy  shops,  are  largely  made  at  Haidara- 
bad.     They  are  prodnced  by  laying  Tarionsly-colonred  lac  in  snccession 


on  the  boxes,  while  turning  on  the  lathe,  and  then  cutting  the  design 
through  the  varions  colours.  Other  work  is  simply  etched  and  painted 
with  hunting  scenes,  natoial  or  conrentional  flowers,  animals,  birds. 
&c.,  and  then  Tarnished.  Furniture,  sach  as  choirs,  and  the  legs  of 
bedsteads  are  often  lacquered  in  this  way. 


MULTAN  AND    SIND.  197 

Haidarabad  is  a  hot  and  dusty  place,  the  average  rain-&ll  in  the  year 
being  only  six  inches. 

Tatta  is  tweWe  miles  from  Jnngchahi.    It  is  a  decaying  and  un- 


well known  as  among  the  best  specimens  of  this  class  of  loom  work. 
They  are  thick,  rich,  variegated  fabrics  of  cotton  and  silk.  The 
only  antiquities  of  any  note  at  Tatta  are  Mnsalman.  There  is  a  series 
of  remarkable  tombs  of  the  governors  of  Sind  nnder  the  Mognl 
dynasty,   bnilt  of  brick   and  decorated  with  encaustic  tiles  in  the 


198  PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 

Persian  style,  of  great  beauty  of  pattern  and  exquisite  harmony  of 
colouring.  These  tombs  date  from  a.d.  1500  to  1650,  and  are  well 
worth  a  visit  (5e^  Fergusson,  page  567).  They  are  on  the  Makli  hills, 
a  mile  from  the  town,  and  are  undoubtedly  the  work  of  Persian 
artizans.  They  are  all  grouped  behind  an  immense  Idgah  mosque. 
Some  of  them  are  built  of  yellow  marble,  carved  with  flowers  and 
other  decorations  in  low  relief,  and  covered  with  domes  of  brilliant 
tiles.  They  are  scattered  over  a  vast  cemetery  six  square  miles  in 
extent,  said  to  contain  a  million  tombs,  and  to  have  been  a  sacred 
burial  ground  for  over  twelve  centuries. 

The  Jama  Masjid  is  in  the  centre  of  the  town.  It  was  built  by 
Shah  Jahan  a.d.  1647  and  finished  by  Aurangzeb.  It  is  a  magnificent 
ruin  815  feet  long  and  190  feet  wide,  of  brick,  with  a  great  central 
stone  arch.  The  100  domes  with  which  the  roof  is  surmounted 
are  painted  in  different  colours.  The  interior  is  beautifully  coated 
with  encaustic,  the  delicacy  and  harmony  of  the  colours  being  very 
perfect. 

Kalyan  Kot  is  a  venerable  brick  fortress,  much  dilapidated,  ascribed 
to  Alexander  the  Great.  All  that  can  be  said  on  this  point,  however, 
is,  that  it  was  built  before  the  invention  of  cannon.  It  is  a  curious 
old  place,  full  of  quaint  ruins,  the  abode  of  countless  pigeons. 

KiiucHi  is  a  brand-new  English  seaport  of  about  90,000  inhabitants, 
which  of  late  years,  owing  to  the  Indus  Valley  railway,  has  become  a 
place  of  great  importance,  drawing  most  of  the  traffic  from  the 
Panjab  away  from  Bombay.  The  distance  by  rail  from  Lahore 
being  820  miles,  as  compared  with  1,804  from  Lahore  to  Bombay. 
The  rival  ports  meet  at  Saharanpur,  so  far  as  railway  traffic  is 
concerned. 

In  1844,  the  first  year  of  British  rule,  the  trade  of  Karachi  was  only 
£122,000 ;  in  1856  it  had  reached  £1,285,000,  and  in  1889  its  total 
was  no  less  than  £5,890,000.  The  town  is  handsomely  built  and  well 
laid  out,  but  apart  from  the  interest  of  a  great  and  thriving  Indian 
seaport,  it  offers  no  attractions  to  the  traveller.  The  British  India 
Company  run  frequent  steamers  from  Karachi  to  Bombay,  a  distance 
of  808  miles,  and  a  voyage  of  three  days. 

The  Sind  stations  of  the  Church  Missionary  Society  are  at  Sukkur, 
Ilaidarabad,  and  Karachi,  and  they  are  also  represented  at  Quetta  and 
Bhawalpur. 


CHAPTER  XIV. 

ACRA. 


cTOHaed  by  a  fine  railway  bridge  of  sixteen  Bpsns 
of  142  feet  each,  and  briber  op  by  a  clutnBy  bridge  of  boats.  The 
famous  Fort  is  placed  in  the  angle  of  the  peninsula  foi-med  by  this 
bend,  on  the  very  edge  of  the  river,  which  in  the  rainy  season,  washes 
the  base  of  its  walls. 

The  old  walls  of  the  city  encircle  about  eleven  square  miles,  about 
one  half  of  which  is  covered  with  houses.  Agra  is  a  well-built  town, 
with  a  large  number  of  thriving  citizens,  whose  houses  are  better  and 
handsomer  than  those  of  other  cities  of  the  North- West. 

It  is,  without  doubt,  the  most  interesting  place  in  all  India.  It 
marks,  as  no  other  city  does,  the  crowning  period  of  the  Great  Mogul 
Dynasty,  which,  beginning  with  Baber  the  Lion,  sixth  in  descent  &om 
Timonr  the  Tartar,  has  sat  upon  the  throne  of  Delhi  till  it  was  finally 
out  off  by  Hodson  in  the  tomb  of  Humayun,  after  the  siege  of  Delhi. 
Akbar  the  Great  removed  the  seat  of  his  government  from  Delhi  to 


200  PICTURESQUE   INDIA, 

Agra,  and  in  1566  built  the  noble  Sandstone  Fort,  whose  red  battle- 
ments stand  uninjured  to  the  present  day. 

The  following  is  a  brief  summary  of  the  history  of  Agra,  from  Sir 
W.  W.  Hunter's  "  Imperial  Gazetteer  of  India." 

''  Before  the  time  of  Akbar,  Agra  had  been  a  residence  of  the 
Lodi  kings,  whose  city,  however,  lay  on  the  left  or  eastern  bank  of 
the  Jumna.  Traces  of  its  foundations  may  still  be  noticed  opposite 
the  modern  town.  Babar  occupied  its  old  palace  after  his  victory 
over  Ibrahim  Khan  in  1526 ;  and  when,  a  year  later,  he  defeated  the 
Bajput  forces  near  Fatehpur  Sikri,  and  securely  established  the 
Mughal  supremacy,  he  took  up  his  permanent  residence  at  this  place. 
Here  he  died  in  1580,  but  his  remains  were  removed  to  Kabul,  so 
that  no  mausoleum  preserves  his  memory  amongst  the  tombs  of  the 
dynasty  whose  fortunes  he  founded  for  a  second  time.  His  son 
Humayun  was  for  a  time  driven  out  of  the  Ganges  valley  by  Sher 
Shah,  the  rebel  Afghan  governor  of  Bengal,  and  after  his  re-esta- 
blishment on  the  throne  he  fixed  his  court  at  Delhi.  Humayun  was 
succeeded  by  his  son  Akbar,  the  great  organiser  of  the  imperial 
system.  Akbar  removed  the  seat  of  government  to  the  present  Agra, 
which  he  founded  on  the  right  bank  of  the  river,  and  built  the  fort 
in  1566.  Four  years  later  he  laid  the  foundations  of  Fatehpur  Sikri, 
and  contemplated  making  that  town  the  capital  of  his  empire,  but 
was  dissuaded,  apparently,  by  the  superior  advantages  of  Agra,  situated 
as  it  was  on  the  great  waterway  of  the  Jumna.  From  1570  to  1600 
Akbar  was  occupied  with  his  conquests  to  the  south  and  east ;  but  in 
1601  he  rested  from  his  wars,  and  returned  to  Agra,  where  he  died 
four  years  later.  During  his  reign  the  palaces  in  the  fort  were  com- 
menced, and  the  gates  of  Chittor  were  set  up  at  Agra.  The  Emperor 
Jahangir  succeeded  his  father,  whose  mausoleum  he  built  at  Sikandra. 
He  also  erected  the  tomb  of  his  father-in-law,  Itmad-ud-daula,  on  the 
left  bank  of  the  river,  as  well  as  the  portion  of  the  palace  in  the  fort 
known  as  the  Jahangir  Mahal.  In  1618  he  left  Agra  and  never 
returned.  Shah  Jahan  was  proclaimed  emperor  at  Agra  in  1628,  and 
resided  here  from  1682  to  1687.  It  is  to  his  reign  that  most  of  the 
great  architectural  works  in  the  fort  must  be  referred,  though  doubtless 
many  of  them  had  been  commenced  at  an  earlier  date.  The  Moti 
Masjid,  or  Pearl  Mosque — the  Jama  Masjid,  or  Great  Mosque — ^and 
the  Khas  Mahal,  were  all  completed  under  this  magnificent  emperor. 
The  Taj  Mahal,  generally  allowed  to  be  the  most  exquisite  piece  of 


AGRA,  201 

Muhammadan  architectnre  in  the  world,  commemorates  his  wife, 
Mmntaz-i-Mahal.  In  1668  Shah  Jahan's  fourth  son,  Aurangzeb, 
rebelled  and  deposed  him ;  but  the  ex-emperor  was  permitted  to  live 
in  imperial  state,  but  in  confinement,  at  Agra  for  seven  years  longer. 
After  his  death  Agra  sank  for  a  while  to  the  position  of  a  provincial 
city,  as  Anrangzeb  removed  the  seat  of  government  permanently  to 
Delhi.  ^  It  had  often  to  resist  the  attacks  of  the  turbulent  Jats  during 
the  decline  of  the  Mughals ;  and  in  1764  it  was  actually  taken  by  the 
Bhartpur  forces  under  Suraj  Mall  and  the  Swiss  renegade  Walter 
Reinhardt,  better  known  by  his  native  name  of  Samru.  In  1770  the 
Marathas  ousted  the  Jats,  and  were  themselves  driven  out  by  the 
imperial  troops  under  Najaf  Ehan  four  years  later.  Najaf  Khan  then 
resided  in  the  city  for  many  years  with  great  state  as  imperial  minister. 
After  his  death  in  1779  Muhammad  Beg  was  governor  of  Agra ;  and 
in  1784  he  was  besieged  by  the  forces  of  the  Emperor  Shah  Alam, 
and  Madhuji  Sindhia,  the  Maratha  prince.  Sindhia  took  Agra  and 
held  it  till  1787,  when  he  was  in  turn  attacked  by  the  imperial  troops 
under  Jhulam  Kadir  and  Ismail  Beg.  The  partisan  General  de 
Boigne  raised  the  siege  by  defeating  them  near  Fatehpur  Sikri  in 
June  1788.  Thenceforward  the  Marathas  held  the  fort  till  it  was 
taken  by  Lord  Lake  in  October  1803.  From  this  time  it  remained  a 
British  Frontier  fortress,  and  in  1835  the  seat  of  the  government  for 
the  North-Western  Provinces  was  moved  here  from  Allahabad. 

''  The  English  rule  continued  undisturbed  until  the  Mutiny  of  1857. 
News  of  the  outbreak  at  Meerut  reached  Agra  on  the  11th  of  May, 
and  the  fidelity  of  the  native  soldiers  at  once  became  suspected.  On 
the  80th  of  May  two  companies  of  the  Native  Infantry,  belonging  to 
the  44th  and  67th  regiments,  who  had  been  despatched  to  Muttra  to 
escort  the  treasure  into  Agra,  proved  mutinous,  and  marched  off  to 
Delhi.  Next  morning  their  comrades  were  ordered  to  pile  arms,  and 
sullenly  obeyed;  most  of  them  then  quietly  retired  to  their  own 
homes.  The  mutiny  at  Gwalior  took  place  on  the  15th  of  June,  and 
it  became  apparent  immediately  that  the  Gwalior  contingent  at  Agra 
would  follow  the  example  of  their  countrymen.  On  the  Srd  of  July 
the  Government  found  it  necessary  to  retire  into  the  fort.  Two  days 
later  the  Nimach  (Neemuch)  and  Nasirabad  (Nusserabad)  rebels 
advanced  towards  Agra,  and  were  met  by  the  small  British  force  at 
Sucheta.  Our  men  were  compelled  to  retire  after  a  brisk  engage- 
ment, and  the  mob  of  Agra,  seeing  the  English  troops  unsuccessful, 


202  PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 

roBe  at  once,  plundered  the  city,  and  murdered  every  Christian, 
European  or  native,  upon  whom  they  could  lay  their  hands.  The 
blaze  of  the  bungalows  was  seen  by  our  retreating  troops  even  before 
they  reached  the  shelter  of  the  fort ;  the  mutineers,  however,  moved 
on  to  Delhi  without  entering  the  town,  and  on  the  8th  partial  order 
was  restored  in  Agra.  During  the  months  of  June,  July,  and 
August,  the  officials  remained  shut  up  in  the  fort,  though  occasional 
raids  were  made  against  the  rebels  in  different  directions.  The 
Lieutenant-Governor  of  the  North- Western  Provinces  (John  Colvin), 
the  seat  of  whose  government  lay  at  Agra,  was  one  of  the  officers 
thus  shut  up.  Ho  died  during  those  months  of  trouble,  and  his  tomb 
now  forms  a  graceful  specimen  of  Christian  sculpture  within  the  fort 
of  the  Mughals.  After  the  fall  of  Delhi  in  September,  the  fugitives 
from  that  city,  together  with  the  rebels  from  Central  India,  advanced 
against  Agra  on  October  6th.  Meanwhile  Colonel  Greathed's  column 
from  Delhi  entered  the  city  without  the  knowledge  of  the  mutineers, 
who  unsuspectingly  attacked  his  splendid  force,  and  were  repulsed, 
after  a  short  contest,  which  completely  broke  up  their  array.  Agra 
was  immediately  relieved  from  all  danger,  and  the  work  of  recon- 
stituting the  district  went  on  unmolested.  The  Government  con- 
tinued to  occupy  the  former  capital  until  February,  1858,  when  it 
removed  to  Allahabad,  which  was  considered  a  superior  military 
position.  Since  that  time  Agra  has  become,  for  administrative 
purposes,  merely  the  head-quarters  of  a  division  and  district ;  but  the 
ancient  capital  still  maintains  its  natural  supremacy  as  the  finest  city 
of  Upper  India,  while  the  development  of  the  railway  system,  of  which 
it  forms  a  great  centre,  is  gradually  rendering  it  once  more  the  com- 
mercial metropolis  of  the  North-West." 

The  European  quarter  of  Agra  lies  to  the  west  of  the  city,  beyond 
Laurie's  Hotel,  and  contains  the  barracks  of  the  garrison,  the  church, 
Havelock's  memorial  chapel,  the  judges'  court,  the  Government  college, 
and  some  handsome  bungalows,  all  scattered  through  well-timbered 
maxAams.  The  Catholic  mission  and  orphanage  is  worth  a  visit, 
being  one  of  the  oldest  missionary  foundations  in  India,  going  back  to 
the  time  of  Akbar.  Behind  the  mission  is  the  old  European  cemetery, 
in  which  have  been  buried  successive  generations  of  Christians,  some 
of  the  inscriptions  being  nearly  800  years  old. 

In  viewing  the  city  from  the  other  side  of  the  river,  the  great 
central  object  is  the  huge  crenellated  fortress  oi  sandstone,  with  its 


AGRA.  303 

Tast  red  walls  and  flankmg  defences  flurronnded  b;  the  white  marble 
domes  and  towers  of  its  Boyal  Palace.  This  stnpendons  fort,  im- 
pregnable at  the  time  it  was  built,  ia  a  mile  and  a  half  in  circuit, 
its  frowning  walls  being  70  feet  in  height.  Ihiring  the  mutiny  in 
1867,  it  sheltered  within  the  walls  of  its  barracks  and  palaces  the 
whole  Eoropean  and  Christian  population  of  Agra  and  the  district 
round,  over  SOOO  in  number.  It  commands  the  whole  town,  and  also 
dominates  every  possible  approach  by  the  riTer.  The  encctnfe  is  a 
later  work,  supposed  to  be  by  Shah  Jahan. 
The  only  entrance  to  the  Fort  is  by  the  Delhi  Gate,  a  splendid 


building  of  red  sandstone,  reached  by  a  drawbridge  which  spans  the 
wide  moat.  Passing  through  this  gateway,  which  is  guarded  by  tall 
Sikhs,  a  winding  road  mounts  to  the  long  flight  of  steps  which  leads 
to  the  entrance  of  the  famous  Moti  Masjid,  or  pearl  mosqae,  the 
private  chapel  of  the  court  of  the  Mughal  Emperors,  occupying  much 
the  same  relative  position  to  the  great  palace  of  Agra  as  St.  George's 
Chapel  does  to  Windsor  Castle.  When  the  doors  of  the  gateway  are 
thrown  open,  the  dazzling  whiteness  of  this  lovely  mosque,  standing 
in  the  full  blaze  of  the  noon-day  sun,  is  simply  blinding,  and  can  only 
be  sees  through  ooloared  glasses.  Against  the  pure  azure  of  the 
clondless  Indian  sky,  "  all  sapphire  and  snow,"  stands  a  corridor  of 
three  rows  of  beautifully-proportioned  Saracenic  columns  and  arches, 


204  PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 

roofed  over  with  a  row  of  exquisite  cupolas,  crowned  by  three  lofty 
dome&  These  three  aisles  stand  open  to  a  great  court-yard,  surrounded 
by  cloisters,  formed  by  fifty-eight  slender  twelve-sided  pillars  on 
square  bases,  with  a  lar^^e  fountain,  or  tank  for  ablutions,  in  the 
centre.  Court-yard,  cloisters,  corridors,  cupolas,  windows  and  domes 
are  all  alike  of  the  most  beautiful  white  marble,  enriched  with  fine 
carving  in  low  relief.  The  mosque  itself,  i.e.,  the  three  arched 
corridors,  is  142  feet  long  by  fifty-six  feet  deep,  the  courtyard  being. 
100  feet  wide  &om  mosque  to  gateway.  At  each  end  of  the  mosque 
are  marble  screens  of  floriated  tracery;  the  columns,  arches,  and 
vaults,  exquisitely  decorated,  intersecting  one  another  with  infinite 
grace  and  beauty  when  viewed  from  the  outer  comers.  The  Moti 
Masjid  was  built  by  Shah  Jahan  in  1654,  and  the  only  ornament  not 
strictly  architectural  is  an  inscription  in  black  marble,  inlaid  in  the 
frieze  of  the  mosque.  This  inscription  tells  us  that  the  mosque  may 
be  likened  to  a  precious  pearl,  for  no  other  in  the  world  is  lined 
throughout  with  marble.  The  gateway  is  exceedingly  beautiful,  and 
must  not  be  overlooked  in  the  dazzling  beauty  of  the  mosque.  During 
the  occupation  of  the  fort  by  the  British  refugees  at  the  time  of 
the  Mutiny,  the  pearl  mosque  was  used  as  a  hospital. 

A  few  minutes'  walk  from  the  Moti  Masjid  brings  us  to  the  great 
square  of  the  Fort,  flanked  on  one  side  by  the  Diwan-i-Am,  or  public 
audience  hall,  built  by  Aurangzeb  in  1685,  192  feet  long  by  64 
feet  wide,  the  roof  being  supported  by  a  succession  of  colonnades 
of  red  sandstone,  covered  with  plaster  and  painted  white  and  gold.  In 
the  centre  of  this  hall  is  a  curious  alcove  of  marble,  inlaid  with 
mosaics  of  precious  stones,  within  which  the  Emperor  sat,  watching 
the  administration  of  justice  in  the  court  immediately  beneath  him. 

Here  the  Prince  of  Wales,  the  future  Emperor  of  a  vaster  India 
than  that  of  the  Great  Mughal,  held  a  durbar,  or  public  reception  of 
native  princes  and  nobles,  during  his  visit  to  India  in  1876. 

The  great  square,  now  cumbered  up  with  ugly  British  buildings, 
was  where  the  Emperors  held  their  jousts — elephant  fights,  and  other 
sports  of  the  period,  the  public  being  admitted  to  the  cloisters  which 
still  surround  three  sides  of  it. 

Passing  through  a  small  door  at  the  back  of  the  alcove  within  the 
Diwan-i-Am,  a  flight  of  steps  leads  into  what  is  undoubtedly  the  most 
beautiful  and  unique  monument  of  Saracenic  art,  the  succession  of 
buildings  which  form  the  palace  of  Shah  Jahan. 


The  quadrangle  first  entered  is  the  Machki  Bkawan,  or  Fiah- 
sqoare.  A  corridor  muB  all  round,  except  on  the  side  focing  the  mex, 
where  there  is  a  wide  terrace.  From  t^is  terrace  there  is  a  splendid 
view  of  the  Taj  Mahal,  reflected  in  the  glaBsy  surface  of  the  Jnmna. 
On  the  north  side  of  the  square  is  a  small  white  marble  mosqne,  which 
was  reserved  as  a  private  chapel  for  the  Emperor  and  his  family. 
This  dainty  miniature  honse  of  prayer  is  entirely  made  of  the  finest 
and  purest  marble  without  gilding  or  inlaying  of  any  sort.  It  is 
perfect  in  its  way.  The  brass-pierced  doorways  are  made  from  gons 
captured  by  Akbar  at  Cbitor.      Further  on  the  same   side  of  the 


I   BBAWAN,    AORA   F 


square,  are  a  succession  of  apartments  used  by  the  court  officials. 
Returning  to  the  west  side,  passing  the  entrance  door,  two  or  three 
small  chambers  contain  some  chairs  and  a  marble  throne,  relics  of  past 
Emperors.  On  the  south  side  is  a  raised  platform  with  a  marble 
canopy,  from  which  the  courtiers  used  to  angle,  when  the  tank  below, 
now  dry  and  grass-grown,  was  full  of  clear  water  stocked  with  gold 
and  silver  fishes.  On  the  terrace  over  the  river,  is  a  black  throne, 
with  a  white  seat  opposite.  The  crack  in  the  black  throne  is  said  to 
have  occurred  when  the  throne  was  usurped  by  a  Jat  invader. 

Ac>  the  south  end  of  the  terrace  is  the  Diwan-i-Khas,  or  hall  of 
private  audience,  consisting  of  two  corridors,  sixty-four  feet  long, 
thirty-four  broad,  and  twenty-two  feet  high,  built  in  16S7.  There  is 
nothing  in  India  excelling  the  exquisite  low  relief  carving  of  this 
building.     The  decoration  of  the  pillars  and  walls  is  "  pietra  dnrn." 


2o6  PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 

Most  of  this  has  heen  finely  restored  at  the  cost  of  Earl  Northbrook, 
who  found  it  mnch  dilapidated  by  Indian  and  British  Vandals. 

Descending  a  few  steps  a  two-storied  marble  payilion  is  reached, 
snrmounting  one  of  the  circular  bastions  on  the  river  face,  which 
possesses  an  unrivalled  elegance  and  r^nement,  forming  one  of  the 
most  picturesque  features  of  this  marvellous  palace.  This  is  called 
the  Saman  Burj,  or  Jasmine  tower,  and  is  said  to  have  been  the 
boudoir  of  the  chief  sultana.  The  terrace  in  front  is  marked  out  in 
divisions  of  grey  and  white  marble,  and  was  used  for  playing  pa^hisi, 
a  kind  of  magnified  draughts.  Beyond  this  are  a  series  of  charming 
apartments,  overlooking  the  Jumna,  leading  to  the  Khas  Mahal,  a 
small  pavilion  of  white  marble,  the  walls  and  ceiling  of  which  were 
once  richly  gilt  and  coloured.  A  comer  of  the  decoration  has  been 
recently  restored.  This  pavilion  opens  out  into  the  Anguri  Bagh,  the 
pretty  garden  of  the  Zenana,  a  fine  quadrangle  some  800  feet  square. 
This  is  surrounded  by  various  buildings,  once  devoted  to  the  ladies  of 
the  Hareem,  the  most  curious  of  which  is  the  Shish  Mahal,  or  palace 
of  glass,  an  oriental  bath,  the  walls  and  ceiling  of  which  are  decorated 
with  thousands  of  small,  circular,  convex  mirrors  arranged  in  intricate 
patterns. 

In  another  room  are  preserved  the  celebrated  gates  of  Somnath, 
double  emblems  of  conquest :  firstly,  when  Mahmud  of  Ghazni  carried 
them  off  from  Somnath  in  Gujerat  in  the  11th  century ;  and,  secondly, 
when  they  were  brought  back  as  a  trophy  from  Ghazni  800  years 
afterwards,  and  paraded  through  Northern  India  by  a  victorious 
British  army.  It  is  to  be  feared  that  our  trophy  is  but  a  clumsy 
forgery,  or,  at  best,  the  gates  of  Mahmud's  sepulchre.  It  is  even 
doubted  if  Mahmud  ever  took  away  any  gates  from  Somnath  at  all. 
Archaeologists,  now-a-days,  leave  us  none  of  our  cherished  myths. 
An  Afghan  horse-shoe,  nailed  on  the  middle  of  one  of  the  doors,  shows 
how  wide-spread  and  venerable  is  the  old  superstition  of  luck 
connected  therewith. 

On  the  south  side  of  the  garden  is  a  doorway  leading  to  the  oldest 
buildings  within  the  Fort,  the  Jahangir  Mahal,  built  during  Akbar's 
reign  as  private  apartments  for  the  prince,  his  successor.  These  are 
built  of  red  sandstone.  The  entrance  gateway  is  exceptionally  fine. 
The  facade  of  the  palace  is  decorated  with  relieving  lines  of  white 
marble ;  the  two  inner  courts,  one  of  which  is  seventy  feet  square,  are 
very  massive,   with  carved  brackets  that  at  one  time  supported  a 


AGRA.  209 

banging  on  them.  Below  there  was  nothing  to  be  seen  bnt  great 
silken  tapestries,  very  rich,  of  an  extraordinary  length  and  breadth. 
In  the  court  there  was  set  abroad  a  curtain  tent,  as  long  and  large  as 
the  hall,  and  more.  It  was  joined  to  the  hall  by  the  upper  part,  and 
reached  almost  as  far  as  to  the  middle  of  the  court :  meantime  it  was 
all  inclosed  by  a  great  balistre  coYered  with  plates  of  silver.  It  was 
supported  by  three  pillars,  being  of  the  thickness  and  height  of  a 
barge-mast,  and  by  some  lesser  ones,  and  they  all  were  covered  with 
plates  of  silver.  It  was  red  from  without,  and  lined  within  with  those 
fine  chitteSf  or  cloth  painted  by  a  pencil  of  Masulipatam,  purposely 
wrought  and  contrived  with  such  vivid  colours,  and  flowers  so 
naturally  drawn,  of  a  hundred  several  fashions  and  shapes,  that  one 
would  have  said  it  was  a  hanging  parterre.  Thus  was  the  great  hall 
of  the  Am-kas  adorned  and  set  out.  As  to  those  arched  galleries  which 
I  have  spoken  of  that  are  round  about  the  courts,  each  Omrah  had 
received  order  to  dress  one  of  them  at  his  own  charges ;  and,  they  now 
striving  who  should  make  his  own  most  stately,  there  was  seen  nothing 
but  purfled  gold  above  and  beneath,  and  rich  tapestries  under  foot." 

From  every  window  and  terrace  of  the  palace  fortress  at  Agra,  the  view 
closes  in  with  the  shining  domes  and  minarets  of  the  sublimely  beautiful 
tomb  erected  by  Shah  Jahan  over  the  body  of  his  beloved  wife,  Arjamand 
Banu,  who  died  giving  birth  to  her  eighth  child.  It  was  completed 
A.  D.  1648.  The  famous  Taj  Mahal  is  probably  the  most  renowned 
building  in  the  world.  Like  that  other  great  tomb,  the  Pyramid  of 
Cheops,  the  enjoyment  of  its  wondrous  loveliness  is  marred  by  the 
recollection  that  it  was  built  by  forced  labour,  and  reared  on  th^ 
lives  of  hundreds  of  its  makers.  20,000  workmen  were  employed  for 
seventeen  years  in  building  and  decorating  the  Taj  Mahal.  They  were 
half  starved,  and  their  families  wholly  starved,  producing  great  distress 
and  mortality.    The  total  cost  is  estimated  at  over  JE4,000,000  sterling. 

The  road  to  the  Taj  from  Agra  passes  the  ruins  and  debris  of  many 
ancient  palaces,  and  leads  up  to  a  superb  gateway  of  red  sandstone, 
inlaid  with  floral  designs  and  passages  from  the  Eoran  in  white 
marble.  This  gateway  is,  in  itself,  one  of  the  most  beautiful 
buildings  in  all  India.  The  roof  is  adorned  with  Moorish  cusped 
arches,  kiosks,  and  pavilions.  A  magnificent  view  of  the  Taj  itself, 
with  its  surrounding  gardens  and  the  Jumna  flowing  beyond,  is 
obtained  from  the  roof.    Passing  through  this  splendid  entrance, 

which  is  140  feet  high  and  110  feet  wide,  and  pausing  on  the  top  of  a 

If 


AGRA.  211 

flight  of  wide  steps,  the  eye  travels  down  an  avenue  of  sombre 
cypresses,  the  floor  of  which  is  a  long  tank  of  white  marble,  covered 
with  water  about  a  foot  deep,  and  reaching  away  for  800  or  400  yards. 
This  lovely  vista  closes  in  with  a  vapt  dome  of  white  marble,  posed  on 
a  building  whose  perfect  symmetry  and  absolute  finish  of  every  detail, 
Dashes  like  some  priceless  jewel  in  the  glorious  blue  setting  of  the 
Indian  noon-day  sky.  Words  are  worthless  in  describing  a  building 
which,  as  a  whole — whether  in  its  details,  its  surroundings,  its 
exterior,  or  its  interior — is  absolutely  faultless. 

The  enclosure  in  which  the  Taj  is  placed  is  a  great  garden  in  which 
orange  and  lemon  trees,  pomeloes,  pomegranates^  palms,  flowering 
shrubs  and  trees,  with  marble  fish  ponds  and  fountains,  speak  of  the 
East  in  every  whisper  of  their  leaves  and  plash  of  their  waters.  This 
garden  is  a  third  of  a  mile  square,  surrounded  by  a  wall  of  rich 
beauty.  The  marble-paved  avenue  of  cypresses  runs  through  its 
entire  length,  closed  at  one  end  with  the  dazzling  white  tomb,  and  at 
the  other  with  the  rich  rod  gateway.  The  Taj  Mahal  is  186  feet 
square,  and  220  feet  high  to  the  top  of  the  dome.  It  is  raised  upon 
a  plinth  of  white  marble  813  feet  square,  and  18  feet  above  the 
level  of  the  garden.  At  each  corner  of  the  plinth  stand  four  tapering 
minarets  187  feet  high.  At  each  side  of  the  Taj,  400  feet  back 
across  a  great  court  flagged  with  marble,  are  splendid  mosques  of  red 
sandstone  richly  d(^corated  with  mosaics  of  white  marble,  topped  witli 
three  marble  domes,  only  inferior  in  beauty  to  that  of  the  Taj  itsel£. 
These  mosques  are  among  the  finest  in  India,  and  are  apt  to  be  over- 
looked in  the  all-entrancing  beauty  of  the  tomb  to  which  they  are  comple- 
mentary. I  never  saw  a  prettier  picture  than  a  picnic  party  of  thirty 
or  forty  Hindus  in  every  variety  of  bright  holiday  attire,  grouped 
against  the  sunlit  brightness  of  the  marble  pavement  of  the  yard  iu 
front  of  one  of  these  mosques. 

Inside  the  Taj  the  emperor  Shah  Jahan  and  his  beloved  queen  lio 
buried  side  by  side  in  marble  tombs,  inlaid  with  rich  gems,  lighted 
by  double  screens  of  white  marble  trellis-work  of  the  most  exquisite 
design  and  workmanship,  one  on  the  outer,  the  other  on  the  inner 
face  of  the  walls.  In  England  a  building  thus  lighted  would  be 
gloomy  and  dark ;  under  the  blazing  sun  of  India  it  only  tempers  a 
glare  that  would  otherwise  be  intolerable,  while  giving  light  enough 
to  see  the  infinite  lace-like  details  of  the  wonderful  screen  of  open 
tracery  surrounding^  the  cenotaphs. 

P  2 


PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 


The  Trj  IB  even  more  beautiful  in  the  silver  dress  of  moonlight  than 
ill  the  golden  robes  of  the  noonday  enn.  By  day  or  night  alike  it 
makes  an  impression  on  the  memory  that  nothing  can  obliterate. 

Many  hours  may  be  spent  in  studying  the  details  of  the  decoration 
»f  the  Taj  and  its  adjacent  bnildings.  The  lower  walls  and  panels  ere 
tovered  with  tulips,  oleandere,  liliee,  and  other  flowers  carved  in  low 
relief  on  the  white  marble.  The  '^i^a  dura  inlaying  is  eqnal  to 
the  finest  Florentine,  and  is  probably  the  work  of  a  European  artist, 
Austin  of  Bordeaux.  The  whiteness  of  the  great  mass  of  marble  is 
tlias  broken  with  earring  and  inlaid  flowers  done  in  precioas  stones, 
(;ombined  in  wreaths,  scrolls,  and  frets.    These  ore  brilliant  enoogh 


when  looked  at  closely,  bat  at  a  distance  blend  and  tone  the  white- 
ness, giving  a  delicate  suggestion  of  colour  without  losing  the  all- 
prevailing  sentiment  of  pearhness,  quiet  and  calm. 

I  am  BO  sensible  of  my  own  impotence  to  do  any  meaeare  of  justice 
to  this  wonderful  "dream  in  marble,"  that  I  have  obtained  "permission 
from  the  poet  of  India,  Sir  £dwin  Arnold,  to  qnote  both  a  prose  and 
Terse  deBcription  &om  his  ever  facile  pen : — 

" the   wonder  of  Agra   and   the  '  Crown  of  the 

"World,"  the  Taj,  the  PeerleBS  Tomb,  built  for  the  fair  dead  body  of 
Arjamand  Sanu  Begom,  by  her  lord  and  lover,  tbe  emperor  Shah 
Jaban.  In  truth,  it  is  difficult  to  speak  of  what  has  been  bo  often 
described,  the  charm  of  which  remainB,  nevertheless,  quite  in- 
describable. As  a  matter  of  course,  our  first  hoars  in  Agra  were 
devoted  to  contemplation  of  that  tender  elegy  in  marble,  which,  by  its 
beanty,  has  made  immortal  the  loveliness  that  it  conunemorateB. 


AGRA.  2f3 

The  Tarter  princes  and  princesses,  from  whom  sprang  the  proud  Lion 
of  the  Moguls,  were  wont  in  their  lifetime  to  choose  a  piece  of 
picturesque  ground,  to  enclose  it  with  high  walls,  embellish  its 
precincts  with  flower-beds  and  groves  of  shady  trees,  and  to  build 
upon  it  a  Bara-duri,  a  '  twelve-gated '  Pleasure  House,  where  they 
took  delight  during  the  founder's  life*  When  he  died,  the  pavilion 
became  a  mausoleum,  and  never  again  echoed  with  song  and  music. 
Perhaps  the  fair  daughter  of  Asuf-Ehan,  Shah  Jahan's  Sultana,  had 
loved  this  very  garden  in  her  life,  for  her  remains  were  laid,  at  death, 
in  its  confines,  while  the  Emperor  commissioned  the  best  artificers  of 
his  time  to  build  a  resting-place  for  her  dust  worthy  of  the  graces  of 
mind  and  body  which  are  recorded  in  the  Persian  verse  upon  her  grave. 
''In  all  the  world  no  queen  had  ever  such  a  monument.  You 
have  read  a  thousand  times  all  about  the  Taj ;  you  know  exactly — so  you 
believe — what  to  expect.  There  will  be  the  gateway  of  red  sandstone 
with  the  embroidered  sentences  upon  it  from  the  '  Holy  Book,'  the 
demi-vault  inlaid  with  flowers  and  scrolls,  then  the  green  garden, 
opening  a  long  vista  over  marble  pavements  between  masses  of  heavy 
foliage  and  mournfal  pillars  of  the  cypress,  ranged  like  sentinels  to 
guard  the  solemnity  of  the  spot.  At  the  far  end  of  this  vista,  beyond 
the  fountains  and  the  marble  platform,  amid  four  stately  white 
towers,  you  know  what  a  sweet  and  symmetrical  dome  will  be 
beheld,  higher  than  its  breath,  solid  and  majestic,  but  yet  soft  and 
delicate  in  its  swelling  proportions  and  its  milk-white  sheen.  Pre- 
pared to  admire,  you  are  also  aware  of  the  defects  alleged  against  the 
Taj,  the  rigidity  of  its  outlines,  the  lack  of  shadow  upon  its  unbroken 
front  and  flanks,  and  the  coloured  inlaying,  said  to  make  it  less  a 
triumph  of  architectural  than  of  mosaic  work,  an  illustration  some- 
what too  striking  and  lavish  of  what  is  declared  of  the  Moguls,  that 
they  '  designed  Uke  giants,  and  finished  like  jewellers.'  You  deter- 
mine to  judge  it  dispassionately,  not  carried  away  by  the  remembrance 
that  twenty  thousand  workmen  were  employed  for  twenty-two  years  in 
its  construction,  that  it  cost  hard  upon  two  millions  pounds  sterling, 
and  that  gems  and  precious  stones  came  in  camel-loads  from  all  parts 
of  the  earth  to  furnish  the  inlayers  with  their  material.  Then  you 
pass  beneath  the  stately  portal — in  itself  sufficient  to  commemorate 
the  proudest  of  princesses — and  as  the  white  cupola  of  the  Taj  rises 
before  the  gaze  and  reveals  its  beauty — grace  by  grace — as  you  pace 
along  the  pavemented  avenue,  the  mind  refuses  to  criticise  what 


214  PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 


enchants  the  eye  and  fills  the  heart  with  a  sentiment  of  reverence  for 
the  royal  love  which  could  thus  translate  itself  into  alabaster.  If  it 
be  time  of  sunlight,  the  day  is  softened  to  perpetual  afternoon  by  the 
shadows  cast  from  the  palms  and  peepuls,  the  thuja  trees,  and  the 
pomegranates,  while  the  hot  wind  is  cooled  by  the  scent  of  roses  and 
jasmine.  If  it  be  moonlight,  the  dark  avenue  leads  the  gaze 
mysteriously  to  the  soft  and  lofty  splendour  of  that  dome.  In  either 
case,  when  the  first  platform  is  reached,  and  the  full  glory  of  the 
snow-white  wonder  comes  into  sight,  one  can  no  more  stay  to  criticise 
its  details  than  to  analyse  a  beautiful  face  suddenly  seen.  Admira- 
tion, delight,  astonishment,  blend  in  the  absorbed  thought  with  a 
feeling  that  human  affection  never  struggled  more  ardently, 
passionately,  and  triumphantly  against  the  oblivion  of  death.  Thero 
is  one  sustained,  harmonious,  majestic  sorrowfulness  of  pride  in  it, 
from  the  verse  on  the  entrance  which  says  that  '  the  pure  of  heart 
shall  enter  the  Gardens  of  God,'  to  the  small,  delicate  letters  of 
sculptured  Arabic  upon  the  tombstone,  which  tell,  with  a  refined 
humility,  that  Mumtaz-i-Mahal,  the  'Exalted  of  the  Palace,' lies  here, 
and  that  '  Allah  alone  is  powerful.' 

''  The  garden  helps  the  tomb,  as  the  tomb  dignifies  the  garden. 
It  is  such  an  orderly  wilderness  of  rich  vegetation  as  could  only  be 
had  in  Asia,  broad  flags  of  banana  belting  the  dark  tangle  of  banyan 
and  bamboo,  with  the  white  pavements  gleaming  crosswise  through 
the  verdure.  Yet  if  the  Taj  rose  amid  the  sands  of  a  dreary  desert, 
the  lovely  edifice  would  beautify  the  waste,  and  turn  it  into  a  tender 
parable  of  the  desolation  of  death,  and  the  power  of  love,  which  is 
stronger  than  death.  You  pace  round  the  four  sides  of  the  milk- 
white  monument,  pausing  to  observe  the  glorious  prospect  over  the 
Indian  plains,  commanded  from  the  platform  on  that  face  where 
Jumna  washes  the  foot  of  the  wall.  Its  magnitude  now  astounds. 
The  plinth  of  the  Taj  is  over  100  yards  each  way,  and  it  lifts  its 
golden  pinnacle  244  feet  into  the  sky.  From  a  distance  this  lovely 
and  aerial  dome  sits  therefore  above  the  horizon  like  a  rounded  cloud. 
And  having  paced  about  it,  and  saturated  the  mind  with  its  extreme 
and  irresistible  loveliness,  you  enter  reverently  the  bm-ial-place  of  the 
Princess  Aijamand,  to  find  the  inner  walls  of  the  monument  as  much 
a  marvel  of  subtle  shadow  and  chastened  light,  decked  with  delicate 
jewellery,  as  the  exterior  was  noble  and  simple.  On  the  pure  surface 
of  this  HaU  of  Death,  and  upon  the  columns,  panels,  and  trellis-work 


THE  TAJ,  AOBA.      vrtwED  F 


2i6  PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 

of  the  marble  screeiis  sarrounding  the  tomb,  are  patiently  inlaid  all 
sorts  of  graceful  and  elaborate  embellishments  —  flowers,  leaves, 
berries,  scrolls,  and  sentences — ^in  jasper,  coral,  bloodstone,  lapis- 
lazuli,  nacre,  onyx,  turquoise,  sardonyx,  and  even  precious  gems. 
Moreover,  the  exquisite  Abode  of  Death  is  haunted  by  spirits  as 
delicate  as  their  dwelling.  They  will  not  answer  to  rude  noises,  but 
if  a  woman's  voice  be  gently  raised  in  notes  of  hymn  or  song,  if  a 
chord  is  quietly  sounded,  echoes  in  the  marble  vault  take  up  the 
music,  repeat,  diversify,  and  amplify  it  with  strange  combinations  of 
melodious  sounds,  slowly  dying  away  and  re-arising,  as  if  Israfil, 
'  who  has  the  sweetest  voice  of  all  Allah's  angels,'  had  set  a  guard  of 
his  best  celestial  minstrels  to  watch  the  death-couch  of  Arjamand. 
For  under  the  beautiful  screens  and  the  carved  trellis-work  of 
alabaster  is  the  real  resting-place  of  the  '  Exalted  One  of  the  Palace.' 
Bhe  has  the  centre  of  the  circular  area,  marked  by  a  little  slab  of 
snow-white  marble;  while  by  her  side — a  span  loftier  in  height, 
because  he  was  a  man  and  emperor,  but  not  displacing  her  from  the 
pre-eminence  of  her  grace  and  beauty — is  the  stone  which  marks  the 
/esting-spot  of  Shah  Jahan,  her  lord  and  lover.  He  has  immortalised, 
if  he  could  not  preserve  alive  for  one  brief  day,  his  peerless  wife  ;  yet 
the  pathetic  moral  of  it  all  is  written  in  a  verse  hereabouts  from  the 
Hudees,  or  '  traditions.'  It  runs,  after  reciting  the  styles  and  titles 
of  '  His  Majesty,  King  of  Kings,  Shadow  of  Allah,  whose  Court  is  as 
Heaven ' : — *  Saith  Jesus  {on  whom  be  peace),  This  world  is  a  hidge  ! 
pass  thou  over  it,  hit  build  not  upon  it !  This  world  is  one  hour ; 
give  its  minutes  to  thy  prayers  /  for  the  rest  is  unseen.* 

For,  thTough  tlie  vaulted  door,  opeus  to  siglit 
A  glorious  garden — green,  for  ever  green, 
Since  hitlier  comes  no  harsli  nor  biting  time 
To  strip  the  buds,  but,  all  the  warm  year  through 
The  palms  rise  feathered,  and  the  pipal-bonghs 
Whisper  men's  doings  to  the  listening  Gods 
With  watchful  leaves  ;  citrons  and  rose-apples 
Keep  their  bright  blossoms  and  Uieir  jewelled  fruits. 
And  broad  bananas  flaunt  their  silken  flags. 
The  spacious  Pleasaunce  &ho\^rs  on  cither  hand 
Dark  verdant  banks  of  various  foliage — 
Cooling  the  eyes,  and  quietuig  the  heart — 
With  parterres  interspersed,  and  rose-thickets, 
And  fleets  of  fteiy  Indian  marigolds. 
Moon-flowers,  and  shell-flowers ;  crimson  panoply 


AGRA,  ai7 

Of  the  idlk-cottoiiB,  and  soft  lilao  light 

Wheie  sunbeamB  dft  through  Bougainyillieis : 

Pink  oleander-spiaTS  you  mark,  fig-blooms, 

Stais  of  the  champak,  tulip-cups,  and  spikes 

Of  silyer-studded  aloes,  with  red  gold 

Of  peacock-hushes,  and  fair  deadly  bells 

Of  white  datura.     What  most  holds  the  eye, 

Leading  it  onward  towards  the  sight  of  sights, 

Is  yon  black  avenue  of  thujartrees 

With  cypress  intermixed  ranged,  aU  the  way. 

On  either  border  of  the  broad -paved  path. 

Like  sentinels  of  honour.     From  the  gate 

Straight  to  the  threshold,  of  the  Taj-Mahal 

Those  trees  of  mourning  marshal  you !     Between 

Gleams  the  paved  way,  laid  smooth  in  slabs  of  white 

River-Hke  running  through  the  banks  of  green ; 

And,  on  this  middle  pavement — ^all  its  length — 

Wan  water  lies  entanked,  its  crystal  face 

Rippled  with  gliding  fish,  and  lotus-leaves 

By  the  wind  rocked,  and  rain  of  fountain-drops ; 

For — all  its  length — -jets  of  thin  silver  dart 

Into  the  Blue,  and  sparkle  back  to  the  Blue 

Reflected  in  those  marble-margined  pools. 

Led  thus  by  sombre  cypresses,  and  Unes 

Of  dancing  water-jets,  and  lilied  tanks, 

And  glittering  garden-causeway,  the  gaze  lights 

On  that  great  Tomb,  rising  prodigious,  still, 

Matchless,  perfect  in  form,  a  miracle 

Of  grace,  and  tenderness,  and  synunetry, 

Pearl-puie  against  the  sapphire  of  the  sky 

Enclumted,  the  foot  follows  the  fixed  gaze, 

Which  marks  no  more  the  garden's  wealth,  the  pooLi, 

The  tall,  dark  sentry-trees,  the  shining  path. 

The  enlaced  and  rustling  bamboos,  the  plumed  palms 

With  doves  and  sun-birds  in  their  swinging  crowns ; 

Only  it  dwells  on  that  strange  shape  of  grace 

Instinct  with  loveliness — not  masonry ! 

Not  architecture !  as  all  others  are. 

But  the  proud  passion  of  an  Emperor's  love 

Wrought  into  living  stone,  which  gleams  and  soars 

With  body  of  beauty  shrining  soul  and  thought, 

Insomuch  that  it  haps  as  when  some  fioce 

Divinely  fair  unveils  before  our  eyes  — 

Some  woman  beautiful  unspeakably— 

And  the  blood  quickens,  and  the  spirit  leaps^ 

And  will  to  worship  bends  the  half-yielded  knees, 

While  breath  forgets  to  breathe :  so  is  the  Taj ; 

You  see  it  with  the  heart,  before  the  eyes 


AGRA,  2?9 

Have  scope  to  gaze.     All  white !  mow- white !  clond-white  f 

Like  a  white  rounded  cloud  seems  that  smooth  domr 

Seated  so  stately  mid  its  sister-domes, 

Waxing  to  waist,  and  waning  to  wan  brow ; 

White,  too,  the  ininaret*s  like  ivory  towers, — 

Four  tall  court  ladies  tending  their  Princess — 

Set  at  the  four  shorn  comers.     Near  and  far 

The  garden  clasps  the  Sanctnary  in  folds 

Of  rounded  verdure ;  on  its  right  and  left 

Pise  fair  two  Musjids,  chapels  of  the  shrine, 

Tiiemselves  in  other  spot  majestical : 

The  one  which  looks  to  Mecca  is  for  prayer. 

This  other,  the  Juwab — for  symmetry — 

Offers  a  resting-house  where  men  may  sit 

And  hear  the  Bulbul  singing  to  the  Hose, 

And  talk  of  Arjamand,  and  Love  and  Death. 

Behind  the  glorious  Tomb  a  court,  a  wall, 

A  bank  which  drops  to  Jumna,  and,  beyond — 

Over  the  river,  where  her  emperor  died —      . 

Brindaban,  and  a  hundred  leagues  of  plain.  J 

ITushed,  yon  advance — ^yonr  gaze  still  fixed  !  heart,  soul 

Full  of  the  wonder ;  drinking  in  its  spell 

Of  purity  and  mystery)  its  poise 

lilagical,  weird,  aerial ;  the  ghost 

Of  Thought  draped  white — as  if  that  Sultan's  sigh 

Had  lived  in  issuing  from  his  love  and  grief 

Immense,  and  taken  huge  cmbodimont 

WTiich  one  rash  word  might  change  from  Tomb  to  Cloud. 

But  moimt  the.  first  great  platform — sandstone,  red, 

A  thousand  feet  each  way — and,  coming  nigh. 

You  shall  perceive  the  sovereignty  of  this 

Which  utmost  loveliness  did  somewhile  hide. 

Now  grows  the  mighty  greatness  of  the  Tiy 

Plainer !  'tis  eighty  feet  of  marble  snow 

From  the  embroidered  fillet  of  yon  Dome 

To  its  gold  Crownal,  glittering  in  the  sky 

A  himdred  *'  yards  of  Akbar  "  from  the  ground. 

Under  that  Saracenic  entry-arch 

These  palms  might  grow,  nor  brush  a  topmost  plume 

Against  the  kcy-«tonc.     Henco,  too,  shall  you  see 

As  if  the  Empress'  self  drew  near,  and  near, 

Till  her  blue  veins  showcil,  and  her  brows,  and  gems. 

How  opulent  the  unsullied  marble  spreads 

With  ornament,  how  decked  with  precious  work 

Of  scroll  and  spray,  volute  and  choseiy. 

And  grave  texts  written  clear  in  black  and  led 

Inlaid  upon  the  white ;  not  marring  it 


220  PICTURESQUE  INDIA 


■taa«. 


More  than  those  blue  veins  mar  a  lady's  neck ; 
Moie  than  her  pencillings  of  lash  and  biow 
Break  totalness  of  spotless  skin  and  limb. 

Mount,  now,  this  second  stair,  arriving  so 

On  upper  platform,  paved  with  marble  pale. 

Each  way  three  hmidred  feet     Here  stands  the  Tiy  I 

This  is  IJie  snowy  table-land  wherefrom 

Rises  the  House  of  snow,  momitoinous,  pore. 

As  any  topmost  peak  of  Himalay ! 

A  massy  square ;  the  angles  shorn ;  each  face 

Pierced  with  a  vaulted  entrance,  parted  off 

From  too  keen  worship  of  the  Sun — who  loves 

Arjamand's  bed — from  too  direct  a  ray 

Of  Indian  moonlight,  by  those  panelled  doors 

Of  lace-cut  alabaster.     Nearer  draw 

And  note  their  wond'rous  toil — ^the  white  rock  wrought 

To  exquisite,  entangled,  tracery 

Intricate-patterned  ;  knit,  like  midnight  dreama 

Of  some  geometer,  in  governed  curves 

Cissoid,  parabola,  and  lemniscate, 

Rhombus,  and  rhomboid,  cirque,  trapezium, 

Each  absolute,  if  eye  shaJl  follow  them ; 

Strong  as  cast  steel,  but  delicate  as  veil 

Of  filmy  web  from  Dacca's  patient  loom 

Ten  folds  whereof  left  Akbar's  daughter  bare. 

So  that  the  Mogul  cried  :  *^  Com'st  thou  imclad  1  ^ 

Thus  by  a  hundred  marble  lattices 

Passes  the  daylight  to  their  place  of  rest, 

Shorn  of  its  glare ;  but  you — ^before  yon  pass — 

Note,  too,  this  diaper^work  of  branch  and  leaf 

On  door-post,  lintel,  and  long  cornices ; 

And  how  the  black  embroidering  lines  and  texts, 

Strict  marshalled  from  the  Arab  alphabet, 

Serve  the  broad  beauty  of  the  pearly  walls 

For  softening  shadows,  how  the  Finial — 

Pointing  wiUi  gold  the  moon-round  cupola — 

Crowns  with  thin  crescent  its  fair-lifted  swell ; 

How — near  approached — faint  stains  and  wandering  veins 

Show  on  the  marble^azure,  saffron,  rose — 

So  that  it  hath  not  coldness,  like  to  snow. 

But  in  large  purity,  takes  glad  the  sun, 

And  answers  him  with  tender  tint  and  glow, 

As  if  the  milky  marble  lived,  indeed* 

y/Y  ou  enter,  reverent : — for  a  Queen  if  here^ 

And  the  dead  King  who  loved  her ;  and  Death's  self 
Who  ends  all — and  begiiis  all ;  and  Love's  might 


AGRA.  221 


Which  greater  is  than  Death,  and  heeds  him  not 
White !  white  I  tenderly,  softly,  white — around, 
Above,  beneath,  save  that  the  praying  floor 
Ib  laid  in  dark  sqoares^md  the  architrave 
Bans  comely  with  adomings  staid  and  script 
Of  Toghra  text 


Four  tombs 
Of  Princes  and  Princesses — ^kindred  bones — 
Surround  the  shrine ;  here,  in  the  heart  of  all, 
With  chapels  girdled,  shut  apart  by  screens, 
The  shrine's  self  stands.     White,  delicately  white  I 
White  as  the  cheek  of  Mumtoz  i-Mahal 
When  Shah  Jahan  let  fall  a  king's  tear  there, 
White  as  the  breast  her  new  babe  vainly  pressed 
That  ill  day  in  the  camp  at  Burhanpur, 
The  &ir  shrine  stands,  guarding  two  Cenotaphs : 
For  when  the  trumpet  of  Serafil  blows, 
They  shall  not  rise  herefrom ;  their  happy  dust 
Sleeps  in  one  earth  beneath,  where  two  plain  stones. 
Hers  in  the  midst,  and  his — raised  half  a  span 
[For  lordliness  of  sex  and  Empery] 
But  close  beside  it — mark  their  very  graves. 
This  is  but  record  of  them,  two  Death-chests 
O'er-flowered  upon  white  marble  with  bright  sprays 
And  coloured  buds  and  blooms,  posies  of  Death 
Softly  enamelled :  on  the  Emperor's  bier 
The  Ealamdan,  noting  a  Mussulman 
Dead  in  the  Faith  ;  on  heis  verses  in  black 
Praising  the  name  of  Allah,  and  her  name. 
And  when  she  lived  and  died — of  all  that  time 
The  Glory,  and  the  pynosure,  and  PearL 

All  which  rare  work  is  over-canopied 

With  vaulted  inner  roof  of  milk-white  blocks 

Contracting,  tier  by  tier,  'till  far  above, 

A  cap-stone  shuts  the  canopy,  so  high 

Those  letters  of  the  "  Throne  verse  "  cubit-long 

Show  like  the  little  writing  on  a  gem. 

And  ever,  in  the  womb  of  that  white  roof, 

Echoes  sigh  round  and  round,  low  murmurings^ 

Voices  a&rial,  by  a  word  evoked — 

A  foot-falL     Yet  it  will  not  render  back 

111  noises,  or  a  rude  and  scurril  sound  : 

But  if  some  woman's  lips  and  gentle  breath 

Utter  a  strain,  if  some  soft  bar  be  played. 

Some  verse  of  hymn,  or  Indian  love-lament^ 


'^-»'» 


PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 


Or  chord  of  Seventh,  the  white  walls  listen  close, 

And  take  that  music,  and  say  note  for  note 

Softly  again  ;  and  then  —  echoing  themselves — 

Reverberate  their  melting  antiphones, 

Low  waves  of  harmony  encountering  waves 

And  rippling  on  the  rounded  milky  shores, 

And  maldng  wavelets  of  new  harmonies. 

Thus — fainter,  fainter — ^higher,  higher — sighing 

The  music  dieth  upwards ;  but  so  sweet, 

So  fine  and  far,  and  lingering  at  the  last, 

You  cannot  tell  when  Silence  comes  :  the  air, 

Peopled  by  hovering  Angels,  still  seems  full 

With  stir  celestial,  with  foldings  down 

Of  pinions ;  and  those  heavenly  parting  notes 

As  tender,  as  if  great  Israfil's  self — 

Who  hath  the  sweetest  voice  in  all  God's  worlds — 

Still  whispered  o'er  the  tomb  of  Arjamand  1 


The  milk-white  marvel  of  this  inner  shrino 

Is  carved  in  Jali-work  of  traceiy — 

One  panel  of  the  tracery  a  slab 

Five  cubits  every  way,  fretted  and  pierced 

To  marble  gauze — so  that  the  sunbeams,  dimmed, 

Steal,  like  gold  twilight,  to  their  mighty  names 

And  show  them  well-nigh  as  if  whii^pering  them. 

But  yet  a  greater  wonder !  for  its  sides — 

Where  the  wan  stone  spreads  whole — holds  inlaid  wealth 

Of  fair  delicious  fancies,  wreath  and  sprig. 

Blown  tulip,  and  closed  rose,  lilies  and  vines, 

All  done  in  cunning  finished  jewellery 

Of  precious  gems — ^jasper  and  lozulite. 

Sardonyx,  onyx,  blood-stone,  golden-stone, 

OameUan,  jade,  crystal,  and  chalcedony, 

Turkis,  and  agate  i  and  the  berries  and  firuits 

Heightened  wjtj^ral  points  and  nacre-lights 

[e' spray  set  here  with  five-score  stones] 
^0  that  this  place  of  death  is  made  a  bower 
With  beauteous  grace  of  blossoms  overspread ; 
And  she  who  loved  her  garden,  lieth  now 
Lapped  in  a  garden. 

And  all  this  for  Love  I 

A  visit  to  the  mansolenm  of  Prince  Itmad-ad-Danlat  provides  ft 
pleasant  morning's  drive  across  tlie  Jumna  by  the  old  bridge  of  boats ; 
a  gay  and  busy  scene,  thronged  with  buU-carts  from  the  country,  the 
gravelly  banks  of  the  river  on  each  side  crowded  with  washermen  and 


-water-canierB.  The  tomb  of  Itmod-nd-Daalat  stands  on  the  margin 
«f  the  river,  a  mile  or  bo  above  the  bridge.  This  prince  was  thti 
futber-in-law  and  prime  minister  of  the  Emperor  Jahangir,  and  his 
maasolenm  is  one  of  Uie  most  beantiful  tombs  in  India,  a  masterpiece 
of  pierced  and  carved  marble  and  jtietra  dura.  It  stands  in  a  lovely 
garden  overbangiag  the  river.  It  consiBts  of  two  stories ;  the  lower 
one  is  inlaid  on  the  outside  with  precious  stoucB  in  geometrical 
pntterns,  diagonals,  cubes,  and  stars.     The  numerons  niches  in  tho 


-walls  are  decorated  with  enamelled  paintings  of  vases  and  flowers. 
The  principal  entrance  is  a  marble  arch,  groined,  and  finely  carveil 
with  flowers  in  low  relief.  The  interior  is  decorated  with  brightly- 
coloured  enamel  paint.  The  upper  story,  surrounded  by  four  towers, 
is  reached  by  a  staircase  ;  it  consists  of  pillars  of  inlaid  marble,  and  a 
series  of  perforated  marble  screens  stretching  from  pillar  to  pillar,  the 
whole  being  roofed  over  with  a  canopy  of  marble. 

The  well-kept  garden  is  entered  by  a  groat  gateway  of  red  sand- 
stone. From  the  terrace,  a  fine  extended  view  is  obtained  of  the 
River  Jumna,  and  some  amnsement  may  be  found  in  watching  the 


224  PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 

enormous  turtles  swimming  about  under  the  walls.  Some  of  thesa 
are  four  or  fiye  feet  long,  with  great  horny  beaks;  they  haye  been 
known  to  attack  men  swimming  across  the  river,  and  pull  them  under 
water. 

There  are  one  or  two  other  tombs  further  up  the  riyer,  worth 
visiting,  if  the  traveller  has  plenty  of  time  on  his  hands.  The  most 
interesting  of  these  is  the  Chini-ka-Boza,  or  china  tomb,  so  called 
from  its  ornamentation,  a  sort  of  coarse  enamelling  on  the  plaster 
which  has  a  look  of  porcelain.  It  is  the  resting-place  of  Afzul  Khan^ 
one  of  Jahangir  s  ministers  of  state. 

The  Bam  Bagh,  or  Garden  of  Bepose,  close  by,  is  extensive  ancE 
well  kept.  The  patched-up  palace  on  the  edge  of  the  river  was  the 
residence  of  the  Empress  Nur  Jahan,  though  it  is  doubtful  if  much  of 
the  original  building  remains.  It  is  said  the  Bam  Bagh  was  first  laid 
out  by  Baber,  the  founder  of  the  Moghul  dynasty. 

The  Jama  Masjid  of  Agra  was  constructed  by  Shah  Jahan  in  1644,. 
in  honour  of  his  devoted  daughter  Jahanara,  whose  tomb  lies  side  by 
side  with  the  poet  £husru,  in  the  beautiful  cemetery  of  Nizam-ud-din,. 
near  Delhi.  The  main  building  of  the  mosque  is  divided,  as  usnalr 
into  three  compartments,  each  of  which  opens  on  the  courtyard  by  a 
fine  archway,  roofed  by  a  low  dome  curiously  built  of  white  and  red 
stone  in  oblique  courses.  The  mosque  is  a  stately  building,  180  feet 
long  by  100  wide,  and  anywhere  else  but  Agra  would  attract  th& 
attention  it  deserves. 

The  Kalan  Masjid  is  flie  oldest  mosque  in  Agra,  having  been  built 
by  Sikandar  Lodi,  and  is  a  fine,  though  somewhat  dilapidated^ 
specimen  of  the  earliest  style  of  Hindustani  art. 

The  only  other  buildings  in  and  round  Agra  worth  noting  are  the- 
usual  modem  surroundings  of  an  important  Indian  city.  There  are- 
two  or  three  churches  in  the  cantonment,  and  the  Eavelock  memorial 
chapel. 

The  Boman  Catholic  church  and  convent  are  about  half  a  mile- 
from  the  fort,  not  far  from  the  Central  Jail,  which  is  one  of  the 
largest  in  India,  containing  generally  about  2,500  prisoners.  Some- 
of  the  finest  carpets  in  India  are  made  here.  The  Government 
College  is  in  Drummond  Bead. 

Firoz  Khan's  tomb  is  three  miles  on  the  Gwalior  road.  It  is  a. 
beautiful  building  of  Akbar's  period,  decorated  with  coloured  encaustic; 
tiles  and  fine  sculpture  of  animals. 


SIKANDRA.  225 


The  only  art-craft  of  importance  in  the  Agra  bazaars  is  that  of 
inlaying  on  marble,  inferior  specimens  of  which  are  offered  for  sale  on 
the  verandahs  of  the  hotels.  This  mosaic  work  is  somewhat  akin  to 
that  of  Florence^  bat  its  best  work  is  very  inferior  to  the  modem 
Florentine.  It  is  produced  by  an  inlay  of  various  precious  stones 
upon  white  Jaipur  marble,  consisting  chiefly  of  agates,  camelians, 
chalcedonies^  bloodstone,  jasper,  and  lapis  lazuli ;  but  the  costlier 
specimens  are  worked  up  with  pearls,  topazes,  crystals,  turquoise, 
garnets,  coral,  amethysts,  and  even  sapphires.  It  is  applied  to 
various  household  trinkets,  trays,  boxes,  paper-weights,  inkstands, 
and  table- tops.  This  beautiful  craft  was  brought  into  Agra  by  Austin 
de  Bordeaux,  the  reputed  architect  of  the  Taj  Mahal,  and  has  been 
greatly  revived  of  late  years  xmder  the  influence  of  Dr.  J.  Murray,  late 
Inspector-General  of  Hospitals  for  Bengal.  In  purchasing  specimens 
it  is  necessary  to  avoid  those  which  pander  to  European  decoration, 
and  buy  only  those  which  illustrate  purely  Indian  ornamentation.  A 
careful  study  of  the  Mosaics  of  the  Taj  and  the  fort  will  assist  the 
traveller  in  making  a  wise  selection. 

SiKANDRA.. — The  tomb  of  the  Emperor  Akbar  at  Sikandra  is,  after 
the  Taj,  the  noblest  mausoletm  in  all  India.  The  early  morning  is 
the  best  time  of  the  day  to  visit  Sikandra,  which  is  six  miles  distant 
from  Agra  cantonments.  The  road  is  bordered  with  tombs,  more  or 
less  ruined.  The  most  interesting  group  will  be  found  in  a  field  about 
half  way.  One  of  them  has  an  adjacent  hall  of  sixty-four  pillars,  and 
conmiemorates  one  of  Akbar's  generals,  a  nephew  of  Etmad-ud-daulat. 
Not  far  off,  close  to  the  road,  is  a  large  hcyoli^  or  series  of  chambers 
built  round  a  well,  as  a  cool  retreat  in  hot  weather. 

The  pillars  which  stand  by  the  wayside  every  two  and  a  half  miles 
are  fco«  minarSf  or  milestones  (1  kos  »  2  miles,  4  furlongs,  158 
yards),  built  by  Jahangir  on  the  Imperial  highroad  to  Lahore.  Four 
miles  from  Agra,  in  front  of  a  lofty  arched  gateway,  is  an  old  stone 
horse,  supposed  to  have  been  placed  there  by  Sikandar  Lodi  of  Jaun- 
pur,  who  founded  the  village  of  Sikandra,  and  built  a  palace  there  in 
1496,  the  BaraU'dari,  now  used  as  part  of  the  buildings  of  the  Famine 
Orphanage  of  the  C.  M.  S. 

Half  a  mile  farther  on  is  the  Guru-Ka-Tal,  a  fine  tank  of  red  sand- 
stone, now  dry  and  weed-grown,  with  a  mausoleum  said  to  bo  Sikandar 
Lodi's  tomb.  This  tomb  is  generally  knoAvn  as  that  of  the  Begam 
Mariam,  the  Portuguese  Christian  wife  of  Akbar,  who  was  buried  here. 


226  PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 

Her  tomb  is  in  the  vatdt  below,  and  the  cenotaph  in  the  npper 
chamber.  Close  to  Sikandra,  a  handsome  gateway  of  carved  stone 
leads  into  an  enclosure  in  which  is  an  elaborately  sculptured  red  sand- 
stone building  of  the  period  of  Jahangir. 

Fergusson  speaks  of  the  noble  mausoleum  at  Sikandra  as  the  most 
characteristic  of  all  Akbar's  buildings,  quite  unlike  any  other  tomb 
built  in  India  before  or  since,  and  of  a  design  borrowed  from  a  Hindu, 
or  more  correctly  a  Buddhist,  model.  It  stands  in  a  desolate  but 
charming  walled  garden  filled  with  fine  trees,  160  acres  in  extent, 
entered  by  a  splendid  gateway  of  red  sandstone,  adorned  with  a  wide 
scroll  of  Tugghra  writing.  At  each  comer  of  its  roof  rise  white  marble 
minarets  sixty  feet  high,  disfigured  by  the  absence  of  their  upper  por- 
tions, which  are  said  to  haye  been  shot  oiF  wantonly  by  cannon  balls, 
during  the  sacking  of  Agra  by  the  Jats. 

The  Tiew  from  the  roof  of  the  gateway  is  magnificent ;  not  only  be- 
cause it  is  the  best  point  from  which  to  get  a  general  view  of  the 
garden  and  tomb,  but  for  the  splendid  prospect  it  affords  of  the  sur- 
rounding  country ;  the  river  Jnnma  winding  through  the  fertUe  plain 
like  a  blue  ribbon,  the  domes  and  minarets  of  the  mosques  and  palaces 
of  Agra  and  the  Taj  Mahal  glistening  like  precious  beads  in  its  great 
loop,  and  the  towering  entrance  of  Fatehpur  Sikri  cutting  the  hori- 
zon in  the  far-away  south. 

Passing  through  this  gateway,  a  broad  paved  road  150  yards  in 
length  leads  through  the  garden  to  the  tomb  itself. 

This  building  has  five  stories,  or  arched  causeways  of  hewn  stone 
richly  carved,  tJie  bottom  story  being  820  feet  square,  with  towers  at 
each  angle ;  it  is  thirty  feet  in  height,  with  ten  lofty  arches  in  each 
face ;  the  entrance  to  the  tomb  being  about  sixty  feet  high,  topped 
with  an  exquisite  marble  cupola.  The  grand  simplicity  of  this  vast 
platform  forms  the  best  of  settings  for  the  more  ornate  terrace  which 
stands  upon  it,  measuring  186  feet  each  way,  and  fifteen  feet  in 
height.  Upon  this  stand  a  third  and  fourth  story  of  similar  design, 
the  whole  building  so  far  being  of  red  sandstone  elaborately  carved. 
The  fifth  story  is  of  the  purest  white  marble,  a  cloistered  quadrangle 
within,  surrounded  with  marble  trelliswork  of  the  most  intricate  and 
beautiful  designs,  through  which  the  blue  of  the  sky  and  the  dark 
green  of  the  tangled  garden  gleam  like  some  jewelled  mosaic.  Bainty 
cupolas  crown  the  angles.  In  the  centre  is  the  cenotaph  of  Akbar, 
decorated  with  Arabesque  tracery.    A  few  feet  from  the  monument 


228  PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 

stands  a  marble  pillar  containing  a  receptaclei  in  which  it  is  said  the 
Koh-i-noor  was  kept. 

In  the  heart  of  this  stupendous  pile  of  arched  terraces  lies  the  grave 
of  the  mighty  Akbar,  in  a  gloomy  domed  chamber,  into  which  the 
light  of  day  faintly  struggles  through  narrow  apertures  in  the  walls. 
This  huge  mausoleum  took  twenty  years  to  build,  and  is  said  to  have 
employed  8,000  workmen  the  whole  time.  The  total  height  of  the 
building  is  about  100  feet. 

The  Baptist  mission  at  Agra,  under  the  superintendance  of  Rev. 
Daniel  Jones,  is  just  opposite  Laurie's  Hotel.  There  are  three  Euro- 
pean agents,  nine  native  evangelists,  sixteen  teachers  of  800  scholars 
in  vernacular  schools,  with  forty-five  communicants.  The  Havelock 
Memorial  Chapel,  built  by  subscription  to  the  memory  of  Sir  Henry 
Havelock,  who  was  a  Baptist,  is  managed  by  the  mission.  Services 
are  held  there  on  Sunday  for  the  benefit  of  English  residents  and 
soldiers,  and  part  of  the  building  is  devoted  to  a  soldiers'  institute  and 
reading-room. 

The  Church  Missionary  Society  has  extensive  premises,  consisting  of 
St.  John's  Church  and  schools,  and  St.  John's  College.  The  church 
is  under  the  care  of  a  native  clergyman,  Rev.  W.  Seetal,  and  the  con- 
gregation is  about  600,  with  180  communicants.  The  principal  of 
St.  John's  College  is  Rev.  G.  E.  A.  Pargeter,  and  the  vice-principal. 
Rev.  T.  F.  Robatban.  This  is  one  of  the  best  managed  colleges  in 
India,  and  prepares  students  for  Calcutta  University  with  very  great 
success.  The  sons  of  most  of  the  influential  citizens  of  Agra  are 
educated  here,  and  there  is,  besides,  a  boarding-house  for  fifty  Chris- 
tian  students. 


J 


CHAPTER  XV. 

FATEHPTJR  SIKBI. 

TEHPUR  SIKRI.— Tlie  deBcrted  city 
of  Fatehpur  Sikri  is  a  place  of  sin- 
gular  iDtereet  and  beaaty.  Ko 
traTeller  should  pass  it  by,  however 
much  he  may  be  pressed  for  time. 
It  is  distant  Irom  Agra  twenty-three 
mileB,  and  it  is  necessary  to  order  a 
carriage  the  day  before,  that  relays 
of  horses  may  be  sent  forward.  Thera 
is,  howerer,  so  much  to  be  Been 
that  if  time  permit,  it  is  better  to 
take  two  days  for  this  ezcnrsioa, 
spending  the  night  in  Akbar's  record 
hoase,  which  is  now  fitted  up  as  a 
Dak  bungalow.  There  ia  also  a  mesaman  and  four  beds  at  Birbul'B 
House,  within  the  palace  courtyard.  In  either  case,  it  is  better  to 
send  word  a  day  or  two  preTiously,  that  food  may  be  procured. 

The  drive  to  Fatehpar  Sikri  takes  abont  three  hours  and  a  half,  the 
road  passing  through  a  richly-oultiTated  cotmtry  and  several  large 
villages.  If  it  is  intended  to  go  and  retam  the  same  day,  the  start 
should  not  be  later  than  daybreak.  The  scenes  along  the  road  are 
foil  of  interest  and  variety,  and  much  of  the  abundant  animal  life  of 
India  may  be  observed.  The  minas  and  other  small  birds  hardly  take 
the  trouble  to  hop  oat  of  the  way  of  the  horses'  feet.  Yulturea  and 
crows,  the  village  scavengers,  roost  abont  on  stnmpe  and  rocks, 
letting  one  come  within  a  few  feet,  when  they  fly  lazily  away  to  the 
next  mound.  At  every  wayside  pond,  handsome  storks,  cranes  and 
other  waterfowl  abound.  Wild  peacocks  strut  about  the  fields,  phea- 
flants  run  across  the  road,  pigeons,  ringdoves,  hoopoes,  woodpecken, 


2.30  PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 

and  bright  green  parrots,  fly  from  tree  to  tree,  and  the  nbiquitous  and 
ever-delightfal  palm  squirrels,  so  fall  of  cheerful  impudence,  frisk  all 
over  the  place,  playing  in  the  dusty  road  or  chasing  each  other  up 
trunks  of  trees,  on  walls,  or  the  roof  of  some  village  hut. 

Fergusson  tells  us  that  it  is  at  Fatehpur  Sikri,  more  than  any- 
where else,  that  Akbar  the  Oreat  must  be  judged  of  as  a  builder.  He 
was  the  first  to  occupy  the  spot,  and  apparently  the  last  to  build  there, 
no  single  building  being  identified  with  any  other  emperor.  It  is  a 
veritable  romance  in  stone,  the  reflex  of  the  mind  of  the  great  man 
who  built  it. 

Akbar,  the  real  founder  of  the  great  Mughal  Empire  as  it  existed 
for  two  centuries,  came  to  the  throne  in  1556,  and  died  in  1605, 
reigning  nearly  fifty  years,  covering  the  entire  period  during  which 
Queen  Elizabeth  sat  on  the  throne  of  England.  Inheriting  from  his 
father,  Humayun,  but  a  small  remnant  of  his  kingdom,  scarcely  ex- 
tending beyond  Agra  and  Delhi,  he  reconquered  the  Punjab  in  1556, 
annexed  the  Bajput  kingdom  in  1561 — 8,  Gujerat  in  1578,  Bengal  in 
1576,  Kashmir  in  1586,  Sind  in  1592,  Afghanistan  in  1594,  Khandesh 
in  1601,  passing  on  to  his  son  Jahangir  an  empire  stretching  from 
Persia  to  Burma,  and  from  the  Deccan  to  the  crest  of  the  EQmalayas. 
Akbar  removed  the  capital  of  the  Mughal  Empire  to  Fatehpur  Sikri  in 
1570,  with  a  view  to  the  permanent  establishment  there  of  his  court. 
But  within  fifty  years  of  its  foundation,  it  was  abandoned  in  favour  of 
Delhi  by  his  successor,  driven  away,  so  it  is  said,  by  the  badness  of 
the  water  supply.  The  whole  of  the  buildings  of  Fatehpur  Sikri  were 
therefore  erected  within  a  period  of  about  thirty  years,  1570 — 1605. 

The  road  stops  in  an  outer  courtyard  surrounded  with  red  sandstone 
buildings,  of  which  the  principal  is  the  Dak  bungalow.  Two  or  three 
guides  are  generally  hanging  about  the  door.  These  are  all  supposed 
to  be  lineal  descendants  of  SheikH  Suiim  Ghisti. 

The  visitor  should  go  at  once  to  the  great  gateway,  and  work  back 
through  the  mosque  to  the  palace  buildings.  This  superb  entrance  is 
called  the  Buland  Darwaza  (or  high  gate),  and  must  not  be  taken  as 
any  part  of  the  architectui'al  scheme  of  the  noble  mosque,  to  which  it 
forms  the  entrance.  It  is  really  a  triumphal  arch,  erected  many 
years  after  the  mosque,  in  commemoration  of  conquest,  as  the 
inscription  on  the  left  hand  of  the  gate  entering  the  quadrangle 
states : — 

''  His  Majesty,  King  of  Kings,  whose  place  is  as  Heaven,  Shadow 


FATEHPUR   SIKRI.  331 

of  God,  Jnlal-nddiD  Hobnminiid  KhaD,  the  Emperor.  He  cooqoeTed 
the  Kingdom  of  the  Sooth  ....  in  the  46th  year  (of  his 
leign),  corree^onding  to  the  Hyree,  1010.  Having  reached  Fiitehpar, 
he  proceeded  to  Agra."  This  fixes  the  date  of  Uie  Buland  Darwaza 
06  1601  A.D. 


TBE  RULAJiD  DAKWA2A,    FATEHPDE  BIKKI. 

The  corresponding  inscription,  on  the  other  side  of  the  entrance,  is 
tiansUted  thus : — 

"  Jems,  on  whom  be  peace,  scud,  the  world  is  a  bridge,  pass  over  it, 
bnt  bnild  do  honse  there  ;  he  who  hopeth  for  an  bonr,  may  hope  for 
eternity.  The  world  lasts  bnt  an  hour,  spend  it  m  devotion ;  the  rest 
is  wiseen."     A  similar  inscription  is  on  the  Taj. 

The  other  inscriptions  are  pioas  proverbs,  brief  prayers,  exhortations 
to  good  works,  and  sacb  like. 

Descending  Uie  broad  flight  of  steps,  ascending  to  the  roof  of  a  mined 
Hammam,  or  bath-honse,  the  whole  of  this  superb  monament  may  be 


332  PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 

seen  to  the  best  advantage.  The  plan  is  ISO  feet  long  by  eighty-five 
feet  wide,  and  180  feet  high  from  the  platform  at  the  top  of  the 
splendid  stairway.  The  fja9ade  is  richly  decorated  and  inlaid,  pierced 
by  a  huge  concave  doorway,  which  is  said  by  architects  to  be  the  most 
successful  effort  in  the  world  to  give  dignity  to  a  doorway  in  a  great 
building  used  by  men  six  feet  high. 

The  doors  themselves  are  not  out  of  proportion  for  human  beings 
to  use,  but  being  placed  at  the  back  of  a  semidome,  to  which  the  rest 
of  the  building  is  subservient,  being  not  much  more  than  its  door- 
posts and  lintels,  their  smallness  is  lost,  and  the  full  impression  is 
convoyed  that,  in  spite  of  its  size,  the  gateway  is  fit  for  the  use  of 
ordinary  people,  and  was  not  built  for  Anakim.  The  gateway  is  slightly 
out  of  the  perpendicular. 

At  the  side  of  the  Buland  Darwaza  is  a  large  tank  about  thirty  feet 
deep,  into  which  men  and  boys  leap  from  the  wall  of  the  mosque, 
seventy  feet  above  the  water,  running  wet  and  breathless  up  the  steps 
after  their  dive  to  beg  for  annas  from  good-natured  visitors.  This  is 
one  of  those  tanks  or  wells  to  be  seen  in  most  of  the  Mughal  palaces, 
which  were  used  as  cool  retreats  during  the  heat  of  summer. 

It  is  worth  while  ascending  the  gateway  for  the  bird's-eye  view  of 
the  mosque  and  palaces,  and  the  wide  prospect  of  the  surrounding 
country.  The  guide,  if  asked,  will  point  out  the  vestiges  of  the  great 
market,  or  bazar,  the  flint  pavement  of  which  can  still  be  traced  for 
more  than  a  mile  in  length.  The  ancient  wall  of  the  city  still  stands, 
seven  miles  in  circumference,  though  little  of  its  buildings  remain 
outside  the  precincts  of  the  mosque  and  palace. 

The  glorious  quadrangle,  to  which  the  Buland  Darwaza  forms  the 
entrance,  is  488  feet  long  by  866  feet  wide,  including  the  mosque  and 
cloister;  the  outside  measurement  is  550  by  470.  The  mosque 
occupies  the  greater  part  of  the  west  side,  the  other  three  being  sur- 
rounded by  a  beautiful  cloister  of  red  sandstone,  in  which  are  a  suc- 
cession of  cells  for  pilgrims.  The  inscription  on  the  main  arch  of 
the  mosque  states  that  it  was  built  in  the  year  ▲.n.  1571. 

The  mosque  is  crowned  with  three  beautiful  white  marble  domes. 
It  is  seventy  feet  high.  The  wings  are  of  red  sandstone,  with  lofty 
Hinduized  pillars.  The  centre  has  a  fine  vaulted  roof,  is  paved  with 
white  marble,  and  is  quaintly  decorated  in  geometric  patterns. 

Passing  through  a  door  at  the  back  of  the  mosque  is  the  tomb  of 
the  infant  son  of  the  Sheik  Sulim  Chisti,  and  some  other  interesting 


234  PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 

bnildings,  including  the  house  in  which  the  Emperor  Jahangir  was 
bom,  a  curious  mosque  with  S-shaped  brackets  built  by  a  stone- 
masons^ guild  for  the  Sheik,  and  the  portico  under  which  he  taught 
his  disciples.     This  group  is  older  than  the  buildings  of  Akbar. 

On  the  north  side  of  the  quadrangle  are  two  of  the  finest  tombs  in 
all  India ;  one  is  of  carved  red  sandstone,  and  the  other  6t  white 
marble  whose  pierced  screens  look  at  a  distance  like  fine  lace. 

The  latter  is  the  tomb  of  Sulim  Chisti,  the  holy  fakir,  who  exercised 
such  influence  over  the  Emperor  Akbar  as  to  have  been  almost  his 
aiUr  ego.  If  half  the  legends  of  this  singular  man  are  true,  he  must 
have  been  a  shrewd  and  able  statesman.  The  emperor's  son,  Jahangir, 
was  named  after  this  saint,  bearing  the  title  of  Prince  Sulim  until  he 
came  to  the  throne.  The  tomb  is  elaborate  and  somewhat  fantastic, 
the  chamber  being  surrounded  by  a  deep  marble  cornice,  supported 
by  curious  twisted  brackets  of  very  elaborate  design.  Inside  the 
building  is  a  canopy  like  a  four-post  bed,  encrusted  fdl  over  with  fine 
mother-of-pearl  inlaid  work,  under  which  the  saint  reposes.  Sulim 
Chisti  died  in  1572,  and  his  tomb  was  completed  in  1581  a.d.  Half 
the  village  claims  descent  from  this  holy  Fakir,  and  I  believe  the 
guides  have  some  right  to  do  so. 

The  neighbouring  tomb  is  that  of  Islam  Khan,  a  grandson  of  Sulim, 
who  was  a  distinguished  minister  of  Jahangir ;  it  is  very  harmonious 
in  all  its  details,  a  marked  contrast  to  the  exaggerated  design  of  its 
companion. 

There  are  many  other  interesting  tombs  on  the  north  side  of  the 
quadrangle,  including  those  of  the  ladies  of  Akbar's  Court. 

The  fine  gateway  on  the  east  side  of  the  quadrangle  is  the  Badshahi, 
or  '*  Boyal  Gate,*'  about  sixty  feet  high.  Passing  through,  descending 
the  flight  of  steps,  and  turning  to  the  left,  the  pretty  houses  of  Abul 
Fuzl  and  his  brother,  Faizi,  are  reached,  inside  a  courtyard.  These 
buildings  are  now  used  as  an  Anglo- Vernacular  boys'  school,  the 
scholars  forming  bright  and  picturesque  groups  round  their  masters 
in  difierent  comers  of  the  open  yard.  The  lads  are  very  proud  of 
their  English,  which  they  show  off  to  any  visitors  who  give  them  the 
opportunity. 

The  vast  range  of  buildings  which  comprise  the  palace  of  Akbar  ib 
now  entered  through  the  stable-yard,  in  which  over  100  horses  and  a 
large  number  of  camels  were  kept.  The  fittings  are  still  intact,  being 
of  carved  stone.     The  next  courtyard  is  that  known  as  the  palace  of 


236  PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 

Jodh-Bai,  a  princess  of  the  royal  house  of  Jodhpur  in  Bajputana,  wife 
of  Akbar,  and  mother  of  Jahangir.  This  quadrangle  measures  177 
feet  by  157»  and  is  entered  by  an  imposing  and  richly  sculptured  gate. 
On  the  north  and  south  sides  are  suites  of  rooms  roofed  with  stone 
slabs,  enamelled  a  deep  blue,  in  rich  contrast  to  the  sober  red  of  the 
sandstone  of  which  the  palace  is  built. 

On  the  stone  terrace  in  front  of  the  palace  of  Jodh-Bai  are  a  series 
of  small  houses  of  the  most  delicate  beauty,  the  most  notable  of  which 
is  the  apartment  of  Birbul,  one  of  Akbar's  Hindu  ministers.  It  con- 
tains eight  rooms,  each  fifteen  feet  square,  or  two  stories  of  four  rooms 
each.  Not  a  particle  of  wood  or  iron  is  to  be  found  in  the  entire 
structure,  which  is  massively  built  of  red  sandstone.  The  minuteness 
of  the  sculptured  decoration  covering  every  inch  of  surface  inside  and 
out,  is  more  like  the  work  of  some  Japanese  carver  in  ivory  than  that 
of  a  stonemason.  The  ceiling  of  the  rooms  on  the  ground  floor  is 
made  of  long  slabs  of  sandstone,  fifteen  feet  long  by  one  foot  vride, 
resting  on  bold  cornices,  richly  carved.  The  rooms  on  the  upper 
floor  are  crowned  by  massive  domes,  got  by  putting  a  capstone  on 
the  top  of  sixteen  sloping  slabs,  each  of  which  stands  on  an  abut- 
ment, the  whole  supported  on  eight  sides,  rising  from  the  four  walls 
of  the  room. 

On  the  opposite  side  of  the  terrace  is  the  pavilion  known  as 
Mariam's,  or  the  Christian  lady's  house.  This  is  said  to  have  been 
built  by  Akbar  as  a  present  for  a  Portuguese  wife,  and  some  of  the 
panels  over  the  door,  defaced  by  the  iconoclastic  zeal  of  later 
Mussulmans,  represent  an  Annunciation,  and  other  Christian  subjects. 
Modem  sceptics  question  whether  Akbar  ever  had  a  Christian  wife, 
but  it  is  no  concern  of  mine  to  throw  doubts  on  any  legend  which  may 
shed  a  halo  of  romance  over  anything  I  write  about.  It  is  better  to 
believe  a  pretty  and  quaint  tradition,  than  to  quibble  over  it. 

Between  Birbul's  and  Mariam*s  houses,  are  placed  some  gardens 
with  a  charming  little  mosque,  no  doubt  the  private  chapel  of  the 
ladies  of  the  Zenana.  Close  by,  is  the  Panch  Mahal,  a  five-storied 
colonnade,  sixty-five  feet  high.  The  ground-floor  has  fifty-six 
columns,  the  first  floor  thirty-five,  the  third  fifteen,  the  fourth 
eight,  while  the  fifth,  or  top  story  is  a  dainty  little  domed  pavil- 
lion,  resting  upon  four  columns.  The  capitals  of  the  columns  vary 
in  design.  The  guide  points  out  one  which  is  formed  of  two 
elephants  with  interlaced  trunks,  and  another  of  a  man  plucking 


238  PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 


frait  from  a  tree,  which  is  said  to  be  a  fragment  of  some  ancient 
Buddhist  temple. 

The  Ehas  Mahal  is  a  flagged  coortjard,  210  feet  by  120,  with 
a  pretty  tank  in  the  middle,  in  which  fonntains  used  to  play. 

The  buildings  on  the  south  side  are  surmounted  by  a  small  and 
simple  chamber,  known  as  Akbar's  Krvabgah,  or  sleeping-place.  The 
walls  are  decorated  with  Persian  inscriptions,  which  are  mostly 
couplets  in  honour  of  the  Emperor.  In  one  of  the  angles  of  the  Ehas 
Mahal,  is  one  of  the  most  beautiful  buildings  in  Fatehpur  Sikri, 
known  as  the  house  of  the  Stambuli  Begam,  one  of  Akbar's  wives, 
who  is  said  to  have  come  from  Constantinople.  Bunning  round  the 
walls  of  this  pavilion  are  a  series  of  elaborately-carved  panels,  about 
four  feet  high,  the  subjects  of  which  are  all  drawn  from  nature,  birds, 
beasts,  trees,  flowers,  one  panel  being  an  elaborate  and  realistic  jungle 
scene.  Many  of  the  pillars  are  also  decorated  with  foliage  and 
flowers. 

The  Diwan-i-Khas  stands  at  the  end  of  a  large  quadrangle,  210  feet 
by  120  feet,  the  floor  of  which  is  marked  out  in  tesselated  squares  for 
the  game  of  Pachisi.  It  is  a  curious  and  fantastic  building,  appearing 
from  without  to  have  two  stories,  but  on  entering  it  is  found  to  be 
open  from  floor  to  roof,  with  an  extraordinary  pillar  in  the  centre 
rising  to  tho  height  of  the  upper  windows.  This  column  has  an 
immense,  elaborately-carved  capital,  from  which  four  stone  causeways 
lead  to  the  four  comers  of  the  building,  where  they  meet  a  landing- 
place,  reached  from  the  ground  by  a  flight  of  steps.  An  accurate 
model  of  this  column  and  capital  stands  in  the  India  Museum,  South 
Kensington.  It  is  one  of  the  queerest  buildings  I  have  ever  seen,  and 
none  of  the  many  conjectures  of  architects  as  to  its  original  use 
appears  to  me  to  be  satisfactory  explanations.  I  can  only  look  upon 
it  as  some  costly  freak.  A  colonnade,  somewhat  dilapidated,  leads 
from  tho  Diwan-i-Ehas  to  the  Diwan-i-Am,  a  small  building  of  no 
great  interest,  placed  in  a  vast  colonnaded  quadrangle,  probably 
devoted  to  pageants  and  wild  beast  fights. 

The  only  other  building  within  the  precincts  of  the  palace  worthy  of 
special  notice  is  the  Ankh  Michauli,  or,  as  the  words  mean,  "  the  hide- 
and-seek  place."  My  guide  said  that  here  Akbar  and  his  friends 
played  blind-man's  buff,  and  other  games,  while  others  maintain  that 
it  was  built  for  a  playing-house  for  little  Prince  Sulim.  It  is  more 
probable  that  it  was  the  treasure-house  of  the  palace,  as  an  examina- 


FATEHPUR   SIKRL  239 


tion  of  the  doorways  show  hinge-holes  for  massiye  stone  doors.  In 
front  of  this  building,  is  an  interesting  little  pavilion  of  pure  Jain 
architecture,  each  of  the  architraves  being  supported  by  two  struts 
coming  from  the  mouths  of  monsters,  and  meeting  in  the  middle  like 
the  apex  of  a  triangle. 

There  are  many  minor  buildings  scattered  about  in  the  villages  of 
Fatehpur  and  Sikri,  that  are  of  interest  to  the  archaeologist,  the  most 
important  of  which  lies  just  outside  the  boundaries  of  the  palace,  of 
which  indeed  it  is  the  chief  outer  gateway,  the  Hathi  Pol,  or  elephant- 
gate.  It  obtains  its  name  from  the  two  colossal  elephants  which 
flank  the  spandrels  of  the  main  arch,  one  on  each  side.  They  were 
decapitated  by  Aurangzeb  in  a  fit  of  Musalman  iconoclastic  zeal. 
Their  trunks  originally  were  interlaced,  surmounting  the  keystone  of 
the  arch.  A  viaduct  leads  to  a  closed  gallery  from  the  Jodh-Bai  to  the 
rooms  over  the  Hathi  Pol.  Adjoining  this  gateway  is  a  great  bastion, 
Sunjia  Burj,  the  beginning  of  a  series  of  massive  fortifications  begun 
by  Akbar,  but  never  carried  out.  Below  the  Hathi  Pol  is  the  Hiran 
Minar,  or  deer-tower,  seventy  feet  high,  studded  with  imitations  of 
elephants*  tusks,  an  ugly  structure  past  which  bucks  and  other  game 
were  driven  for  the  Emperor  to  shoot. 

The  great  square  enclosure  below  the  bastion  is  the  Serai,  built  for 
the  accommodation  of  merchants  whose  caravans  brought  their  costly 
wares  to  Akbar's  court. 


OHAPTEE    XVI. 

GWALIOS.      — 

LIOB. — This  historical  city  may 
most  conTcniently  viBited  frora 
Agra.  The  Sindhia  State  Bail- 
way  nins  one  train  ddly  each 
way.  It  leayeB  Agra  4.30  p.m., 
reach  iBg  Gwalior  8.30  p.m., 
retnrning  next  morning  about 
7  A.M. ;  it  is  therefore  necessary 
to  stay  two  nights  at  Gwalior. 
There  is  a  Dak  bungalow  at 
'Morar,  bat  since  the  departure  of 
the  garrison,  it  has  not  been  well 
kept  up,  and  may  now  be  dis- 
continued altogether.  If  that  be 
80,  the  traveller  shonld  arrange 
with  the  station-master  at  Agra 
for  the  use  of  a  carriage,  which 
COD  be  dropped  off  and  shunted 
at  Morar  Station,  to  be  picked 
up  on  the  return  journey.  The 
night  may  be  thus  comfortably 
-■'^'  spent  in  a  railway- carriage.     Of 

coarse,  cooked  provisions  must  be  taken. 

Halfway  between  Agra  and  Gwalior  is  Dholpur,  the  capital  of  a 
native  state  of  that  name  in  Eajputana,  with  an  area  of  about  1200 
oqoare  miles,  and  a   popalation  of  230,000 ;    the  whole  country  is 
agricultoral.      There  is  a  small  town  bungalow  in  Dholpnr.      Tho   ■ 
railway  crosses  the  rirer  Chombal  by  a  fine  sandstone  bridge,  2,700 


GWAUOR.  241 


feet  long,  about  five  miles  from  the  town.  The  piers  of  the  bridge 
are  sunk  sixty-five  feet  below  the  bed  of  the  river,  and  rise  more  than 
a  hundred  feet  above  it.  In  dry  weather  the  Chambal  is  only  a 
trickling  stream,  but  in  the  rains  it  rises  seventy  feet,  and  runs 
more  than  half  a  mile  wide. 

The  palace  of  the  Bana  was  built  about  seventy  years  ago,  and  is  a 
handsome  building  of  no  great  interest.  A  short  distance  from  the 
town  is  a  beautiful  tank,  about  half  a  mile  square,  dotted  with 
pavilion-covered  islands,  and  surrounded  with  114  Hindu  temples  of 
various  periods,  from  the  15th  century  to  the  present  day.  The  lake 
is  full  of  alligators.  It  is  a  great  resort  of  pilgrims  ;  Melas  are  held 
in  May  and  September.  There  is  a  fine  bridge  of  boats  across  the 
Chambal  near  Dholpur. 

The  station  for  Gwalior  fort  is  Morar,  where,  until  1886,  a  British 
garrison  2,000  strong  was  stationed.  In  that  year,  however,  the 
fortress  of  Gwalior,  and  the  Cantonment  of  Morar,  were  restored  to 
the  Maharaja  Sindhia,  after  having  been  held  by  British  troops  since 
the  Mutiny  in  1858.  Jhansi  is  now  the  head-quarters  of  the  military 
division  of  this  part  of  India.  Morar  is  connected  with  the  fort  of 
Gwalior  by  a  good  road,  shaded  by  an  avenue  of  fine  trees. 

GwAiiioB  is  the  capital  of  the  great  Maratha  chiefs  of  the  house  of 
Sindhia,  their  scattered  territories  lying  between  the  Jumna  and 
the  Narbada  rivers,  of  which  the  Gwalior  district  is  the  largest, 
covering  an  area  of  nearly  80,000  square  miles,  with  a  population  of 
three  and  a  quarter  millions,  inhabiting  more  than  10,000  towns  and 
villages.  The  people  are  mostly  Hindus,  not  more  than  five  per 
cent,  being  Musalmans.  The  total  revenue  of  the  State  is 
£1,200,000.  The  Maharaja  Sindhia  is  a  staunch  friend  to  the 
British  Government,  and  displayed  great  courage  and  unswerving 
loyalty  during  the  Mutiny.  He  is  an  Honorary  General  in  the  British 
Army,  a  Knight  of  the  Grand  Cross  of  the  Bath,  and  a  Grand 
Commander  of  the  Star  of  India.  His  army  consists  of  forty-eight 
guns,  6,000  cavalry,  and  5,000  infantry.  The  founder  of  his  family 
was  a  Maratha  named  Banoji  Sindhia,  who  began  his  career  last 
century  as  slipper-bearer  to  the  Peshwa  Banoji,  by  whom  he  was 
promoted  to  the  head  of  the  body-guard.  Banoji  then  became  a 
.leading  Maratha  raider,  and  died  prince  of  the  territories  which 
have  been  handed  down  intact  to  his  living  descendant.  Gwalior  and 
the  Sindhia  family  have  played  a  leading  part  in  the  history  of 

R 


PICTURESQUE    INDIA. 


firitieb  India,  and  their  orange  flag  with  its  cobra  has  carried  terror 
into  man;  an  Indian  battle-field.  Gwalior  ia  an  intensely  interesting 
city.  As  the  fortreBB  capital  of  one  of  the  leading  native  princes  of 
India,  it  vroold  naturally  command  the  attention  of  the  traveller, 
without  the  added  intereBt  of  itB  beanty  of  situation,  its  fine 
architecture  of  the  best  Hindu  period  {I486 — 1516),  its  ancient 
temples,  and  its  rock-cut  Jain  sculptures.  The  great  fortress  stands 
out  of  the  surrounding  plain  on  a  mighty  isolated  rock  of  yellow 


11 

half  miles  in  length,  and  300  yards  wide.  On  the  eastern  side 
of  the  rock,  some  colossal  figures  have  been  cnt  in  bold  relief.  A 
rampart  surrounds  the  fort  which  Ib  reached  by  a  vast  staircase 
of  BUCcesBive  elopes  and  steps,  nearly  half  a  mile  in  length,  pro- 
tected on  the  outside  by  a  masBive  wall,  and  swept  with  guna.  This 
long  ascent  is  defended  by  six  gates,  all  of  them  remarkable : 
the  first  is  called  Alam^in,  bnilt  in  1660,  it  has  no  special 
features;  the  second  is  Badal^ark,  100  years  older,  the  work  of 
Badal,  an  uncle  of  Man  Singh,  and  a  Tery  fine  specimen  of  the 
Hindu  architecture  of  ite  time ;  the  third  is  Shairon,  and  hears  the 
date  1485  ;  the  fourth  is  Ganesh,  bnilt  about  1440 ;  near  this  gate  ia 
an  old  temple,  sacred  to  the  hermit  Gwalipa,  who  gives  his  name  to 
Gwalior ;  tiie  fifth  is  the  Lakthman,  and  just  before  it  is  reached  a 


GWALIOR.  243 


temple  is  passed,  hewn  out  of  the  solid  rock,  with  an  inscription 
fixing  its  date  as  a.d.  876.  Above  the  gate,  on  the  surface  of  the 
rock,  are  carvings  of  Mahadeo  and  his  wife,  and  a  huge  sculpture  of 
the  Boar  incarnation,  probably  one  of  the  oldest  in  Gwalior;  the 
sixth  is  the  Haihija^  or  elephant-gate. 

The  citadel  stands  at  the  north-eastern  comer  of  the  enclosure,  and 
presents  a  very  picturesque  appearance.  This  venerable  fortress  has 
been  the  cockpit  of  Central  India ;  it  has  stood  many  a  siege,  and 
been  stormed  or  starved  into  submission  a  dozen  times  at  least.  The 
rock  was  originally  fortified  in  a.d.  778  by  Surya  Sen ;  in  1023  it  was 
unsuccessfully  besieged  by  Mahmud  of  Ghazni ;  in  1196  it  was 
captured  by  Mahmud  Ghori ;  in  1211  the  Musalmans  lost  it  again, 
but  Altamsh,  King  of  Delhi,  won  it  back  in  1281,  after  a  year's  siege. 
Narsinh  Bai,  a  Hindu  chief,  seized  Gwalior  in  1898,  and  tiie 
Musalmans  never  regained  it  for  120  years,  Ibrahim  Lodi,  the 
Pathan  Emperor,  recovering  it  for  the  Delhi  throne  in  1519.  In 
1526,  Baber  took  it  by  stratagem,  and  in  1548  his  son  Humayun  lost 
it  again  to  Sher  Shah,  to  be  recovered  in  1556  by  Akbar  the  Great, 
who  made  it  a  prison  for  persons  of  rank.  In  the  dismemberment  of 
the  Delhi  Empire,  Gwalior  was  seized  by  the  Jat  Bana  of  Gohad ; 
then  it  fell  into  Sindhia's  possession,  who  in  his  turn  lost  it  to  the 
East  India  Company  in  1780,  who  entrusted  it  once  more  to  the  Bana 
of  Gohad.  Sindhia  promptly  retook  it,  and  with  the  exception  of  two 
years,  1808-5,  it  has  remained  with  the  Sindhias  to  this  day. 

Gwalior  owes  its  strength  almost  as  much  to  its  never-failing  water 
supply,  as  to  its  steep  rock ;  the  fort  is  full  of  tanks,  cisterns,  and 
wells. 

There  are  several  palaces  in  the  fort,  of  which  the  Man  Mandir  is 

the  most  important,  being  the  most  interesting  example  of  early 

Hindu  work  in  India.    It  was  built  by  Man  Singh  about  a.d.  1500. 

It  measures  800  feet  by  160,  and  on  the  east  side  towers  100  feet 

into  the  air.     It  is  perched  on  the  edge  of  the  clifif,  and  the  fafade  is 

relieved  by  a  series  of  noble  towers,  crowned  by  open-domed  cupolas, 

originally  covered  with  gilt  copper,  joined  together  by  a  very  fine 

lattice-work  screen ;  the  interior  consists  of  two  courts  of  considerable 

beauty,  with  rooms  leading  out  of  them.     Man  Singh's  successor, 

Yikramaditya,  added  a  still  larger  palace  in  1516,  and  the  Emperors 

Jahangir  and  Shah  Jahan  in  their  turn  added  a  couple  more.     Shah 

Jahan's  palace  overhangs  the  city  on  the  brink  of  a  steep  ch'ff,  and  is 

R  2 


PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 


an  oblong  320  feet  by  170.  The  Gujanu  palace  is  in  an  outwork  at 
the  foot  of  the  fort,  and  was  built  for  the  Qaeen  of  Man  Singh ;  it  is 
a  long  two-Btoried  building,  much  dilapidated. 

There  are  aboat  a  dozen  ancient  Jain  and  Hinda  temples  on  the 


UAK   lUNDIR   r ALACK,   OWALIOK. 

rock  of  Gwalior,  of  which  the  two  most  important  are  the  Sas  Baha,  a 
Jain,  and  the  Teli-Ka  Mandir,  a  Hmda  temple. 

The  SaB  Bahii  is  dedicated  to  the  sixth  Tirthankar,  Padman&tha, 
and  Fergusson  fixes  the  date  at  a.d.  1093.  All  that  remains  standing 
is  the  cmciform  porch,  measiiring  100  feet  throngh,  and  sixty-three 
feet  across  the  arms.     Of  the  rest  of  the  building  only  the  foundation 


PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 

The  porch  itBelf  is  somewhat  dilapidated,  bat  most  of  it 
remains  intact,  a  chamiiiig  and  beautiful  work  of  the  mason's  art. 
Its  snrface  is  covered  with  Bculptoree  of  figures,  animals,  flowers,  and 


TKLl-KA  UAH  DIB, 

diapered  ornamentation.  The  central  hall  is  thirty  feet  square,  with 
foDT  stnpendooB  pillars  beariDg  the  great  pyramidal  roof.  This  roof 
is  elaborately  decorated. 

The  Hindu  temple,  Teli  •  Ka  Mandir  (the  Oilman's  temple)  ia  a 
square  of  sixty  feet  each  way,  rising  in  a  succession  of  sculptured 


GIVALIOR.  247 


stories  to  a  truncated  platform  eighty  feet  high  and  thirty  feet  across. 
The  fine  doorway  is  thirty-five  feet  high.  It  was  originally  dedicated 
to  Vishnu,  and  afterwards  altered  for  the  worship  of  Siva  in  the  15th 
century.  The  date  of  its  erection  is  put  by  Fergusson  in  the  10th  and 
11th  century. 

The  most  striking  of  the  Jain  work  at  Owalior,  are  the  succession  of 
rock-cut  sculptures  excavated  all  round  the  face  of  the  cliff,  about  100 
in  all,  varying  in  size  from  a  huge  colossus  fifty-seven  feet  high,  to 
ordinary  life-size  figures.  These  were  all  excavated  during  the  thirty- 
three  years  from  a.d.  1441 — 74.  Eighteen  of  these  figures  are  over 
twenty  feet  high.  The  most  of  the  statues  are  representations  of 
Adinath,  the  first  Jain  pontiff.  They  may  be  known  by  his  symbol  on 
the  pedestal,  a  bull.  A  seated  figure  of  Nenmath,  the  twenty-second 
pontiff,  is  thirty  feet  high,  his  symbol  being  a  shell. 

The  old  town  of  Gwalior  is  a  rambling  dirty  conglomeration  of  flat- 
roofed  houses,  crowded  together  at  the  eastern  base  of  the  rock.  It 
contains  the  singularly  beautiful  tomb  of  Muhammad  Ghaus,  built  in 
the  early  part  of  Akbar's  reign,  of  yellow  sandstone,  grey  and  hoary 
from  time.  It  is  a  square  of  100  feet,  with  towers  at  each  corner, 
roofed  by  a  lofty  Pathan  dome,  to  which  a  few  of  the  rich  blue 
encaustic  tiles  which  originally  covered  it,  still  adhere.  The  tomb 
stands  on  a  lofty  platform,  and  is  surrounded  by  stone  lattices  of 
intricate  pierced  work,  and  a  projecting  porch  on  each  face,  crowned 
by  a  cupola.  It  is  a  finely  proportioned  building,  and  one  of  the 
noblest  mausoleums  of  Akbar's  time. 

The  tomb  of  Tansen,  a  famous  musician,  is  hard  by,  and  is  a  square 
building  on  twelve  pillars. 

The  Jama  Masjid,  a  very  lovely  mosque  of  white  sandstone,  in 
excellent  preservation,  is  near  the  Alamgeri  gate  at  the  entrance  to 
the  fort.     It  was  built  in  a.d.  1665. 

The  new  town  of  Gwalior  is  called  Lashkar,  with  a  population  of 
90,000.  Here  is  the  fine  new  palace  of  the  Maharaja,  and  a  beautiful 
modem  temple  and  cenotaph  built  by  his  mother. 

BuKDELKHAKD. — The  extcnsiou  of  the  Indian  Midland  Railway 
firom  Gwalior  to  Jhansi  opens  up  to  the  traveller  the  interesting 
district  of  Bundelkhand,  a  tract  of  country  comprising  five  British 
districts,  and  three  small  native  treaty  states,  Orchha,  Datia  and 
Samthar,  with  about  thirty  other  smaller  states  subordinate  to  the 
Central  Indian  Agency.      This  group  of  native  states  has  a  total 


BUNDELKHAND.  249 


population  of  1,749,000,  ranging  from  811,000  in  Orchha  to  800  in 
Dharwai. 

A  college  has  been  established  at  Nowgong  for  the  edacation  of  the 
sons  of  the  yarions  Bajas,  in  memory  of  Lord  Mayo,  attended  by  some 
twenty  or  more  of  these  young  chiefs. 

The  >(rhole  province  is  full  of  ruins,  large  tanks,  magnificent  temples 
and  ancient  fortresses,  built  chiefly  of  granite  and  carved  sandstone, 
dating  from  the  time  of  the  Chandel  Bajputs,  who  ruled  the  country 
in  the  11th  and  12th  centuries. 

The  best  centre  from  which  to  explore  Bundelkhand  is 

Jhansi,  the  administrative  head-quarters  of  the  British  district  of 
that  name.  It  is  now  an  important  military  contonment,  taking  the 
place  of  Morar,  near  Gwalior.  There  is  a  good  Dak  bungalow  under 
the  management  of  the  deputy  commissioner,  and  other  accommodation 
may  be  had  in  a  large  building  known  as  the  Bani  of  Jhansi's  palace. 
A  letter  should  be  written  beforehand  to  the  deputy  commissioner. 
The  fortress  is  occupied  by  British  troops,  and  a  beautiful  winding  df  ive 
has  been  constructed  by  the  civil  authorities  round  the  ramparts,  from 
which  extensive  views  of  the  surrounding  country  and  the  old  town  of 
Jhansi  in  Gwalior  territory  may  be  obtained.  There  is  plenty  of  large 
and  small  game  in  the  neighbourhood,  and  any  traveller  who  can  get 
introductions  may  have  a  good  time.  The  scenery  is  fine,  the  plains 
of  Bundelkhand  being  diversified  by  a  series  of  granite  and  sandstone 
hills  1  to  2,000  feet  high,  with  scattered  hills  at  the  base  of  the 
ranges,  abrupt  and  isolated,  on  which,  as  at  Kalinjar,  Ajaigarh  and 
others,  strong  scarped  forts  have  been  erected,  which  in  time  past  enabled 
the  inhabitants  of  Bundelkhand  to  set  at  defiance  the  great  Empires 
of  India.  These  hill  ranges  have  innumerable  tanks  for  irrigation 
purposes,  some  of  which  are  very  ancient. 

Barwa  Sagab. — Twelve  miles  from  Jhansi,  on  the  Nowgong  road,  is 
the  village  of  Barwa  Sagar,  with  a  population  of  about  6,000  Hindus. 
This  village  is  picturesquely  situated  at  the  foot  of  a  rocky  ridge, 
on  the  banks  of  a  beautiful  lake,  in  the  middle  of  which  are  two 
craggy  wooded  islands.  This  lake  is  formed  by  an  embankment  three- 
quarters  of  a  mile  long,  from  which  flights  of  steps  descend  to  the 
water's  edge.  The  plain  below  this  embaulunent  is  planted  with 
mango  and  other  trees,  many  of  which  are  of  great  size  and  age. 
This  work  was  constructed  by  Udit  Singh  between  1705 — 37.  Above 
the  lake  rises  one  of  the  finest  old  castles  in  India,  also  built  by  Udit 


PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 


Singh,  Bsja  of  Orchha,  in  nhich  some  rootuB  have  beeo  fitted  up  as  a 
Dak  boDgalow.  Near  Barwa  Sagar  is  u  venerable  Chandel  temple  of 
the  lOth  centaty,  built  of  massive  stone  blocks,  fiaelj^  sculptured  with 


r  binch's  castlk,  barwa  sagab. 


the  figures  of  Hindu  gods,  llie  village  is  divided  into  three  sections 
separated  by  stretches  of  cultivation,  and  the  houses  are  embosomed 
in  luxuriant  foliage.  Barwa  Sagar  is  one  of  the  most  picturesque 
spots  in  India. 

Orchha. — The  old  capital  of  Orchha  state  is  within  an  easy  drive  of 


n 


252  PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 

Jhansi.  The  present  capital  is  Tehri,  forty  miles  distant^  where  the 
Baja  now  lives.  The  gross  revenue  of  the  state  is  ^690,000.  The 
population  of  the  state  is  811,000,  and  of  the  town  of  Orchha,  about 
20,000.  The  interest  of  Orchha  centres  in  its  magnificent  fortress 
palace,  built  for  the  accommodation  of  the  Emperor  Jahangir.  The 
fine  bridge  leading  across  the  river  to  the  main  gateway,  its  carved 
balconies,  fluted  domes,  and  gilded  cupolas,  with  the  rich  foliage  of 
the  surrounding  trees,  make  up  a  charming  picture.  There  are  some 
fine  mausoleums  of  Bundela  chiefs,  and  a  very  fine  Hindu  temple. 

Datia. — The  chief  town  of  Datia  state  is  twelve  or  fifteen  miles 
north  of  Jhansi,  on  the  railway  to  Gwalior.  It  is  a  most  quaint  and 
picturesque  city  of  about  80,000  population,  nobly  placed  on  a  rocky 
eminence,  surrounded  by  a  stone  wall  thirty  feet  high.  The  streets 
are  narrow  and  intricate,  but  contain  many  fine  old  houses,  the 
residences  of  neighbouring  chiefs.  The  Raja's  palace  stands  boldly 
on  the  banks  of  a  small  lake,  within  the  walls  of  a  charming  garden, 
planted  with  avenues  of  oranges,  pomegranates  and  other  trees.  This 
garden  is  entered  by  a  handsome  gateway,  and  surmounted  at  each 
corner  by  embattled  towers.  Within  the  precincts  is  an  octagonal 
building  surrounded  by  a  reservoir,  containing  a  fountain  composed 
of  four  elephants  from  whose  trunks  arises  a  jet  of  water.  There  are 
two  other  noble  palaces  at  Datia,  remarkable  for  great  size  and 
strength,  as  well  as  for  the  beauty  of  their  architecture.  On  the 
banks  of  the  lake,  opposite  the  palace,  are  several  fine  tombs,  and  at 
SoNAGiB,  a  sacred  hill  four  miles  away,  are  some  fine  old  Jain 
temples. 


CHAPTEE  XVn. 

MUTTRA.— BINDEABAN.— GOVEEDHAN.-EHABTPUB.-AUGARH. 

UTTRA.— AdeUghtful  day's  excnraion 
ma;  be  made  from  Agra  to  Mnttra, 
)  the  birthplace  of  Krishna,  and  one 
of  the  seres  holiest  cities  of  Hindn- 
Btan.  A  train  leaving  Agra  at  6*80 
.  arriyea  at  Mnttra  at  10"0  a.m.. 
and  one  returns  from  Mnttra  at  5'0 
P.M.,  reaching  Agra  at  8'SO  p.m.  A 
second  day,  spending  the  night  at  the 
jxcellent  town  bungalow  at  Mnttra, 
vill  be  neeessat;  if  the  trsveller  wishes 
o  see  the  temples  at  Bindraban  as 
ell. 

xa  is  a  very  ancient  place.  It  is  men- 
by  Ptolemy,  Arrian,  and  Pliny,  and  is 
associated  with  the  earliest  Aryan  period. 
Here  Krishna  and  Balarama,  the  divine  herdsmen,  fed  their  cattle  in 
primeval  forest  paBtnres.  It  became  a  centre  of  Buddhism,  and  in  the 
4th  century  possessed  twenty  monasteriea  with  3,000  monks.  Many 
Bnddbist  relics  still  exist.  The  ancient  Hindu  temples  have  all  been 
swept  away.  Mnttra  was  sacked  with  horrible  atrocities  by  Mahmad 
of  Ghuzni  in  1018.  Snltan  Sikandar  Lodi,  in  1600,  utterly  obliterated 
all  the  Hindn  shrines  and  temples ;  in  1636  Shah  Jahan  appointed  a 
governor  with  express  orders  to  suppress  sternly  all  Hindn  idolatry, 
which  was  again  msking  headway,  and  in  1670  Aurangzeb  rubbed 
out  completely  anything  that  was  left  over.  The  Hindu  buildings  of 
Mnttra  are  therefore  comparatively  modem,  and  without  architectural 
Interest.     The  population  is  about  60,000,  mostly  Hindu,  though  at 


254  PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 


festival  times  it  is  swelled  by  tens  of  thousands  of  pilgrims  firom 
various  parts  of  India. 

Muttra  abuts  on  the  river  Jumna.  There  is  a  wide  street  running 
along  the  bank  the  whole  length  of  the  city,  with  a  succession  of 
bathing  ghats  or  flights  of  steps  leading  down  to  the  river,  surmounted 
by  ornamented  platforms  and  picturesque  pavilions.  These  are  best 
seen  from  the  river  itself,  and  boats  for  the  purpose  are  to  be  hired. 
On  the  city  side  rises  a  succession  of  temples,  palaces,  and  mansions, 
some  of  which  are  beautiful  in  design  and  elaborate  in  detail.  They 
are  generally  built  of  fine  white  stone ;  the  most  remarkable  of  these 
buildings  are,  the  Tower  of  Sati  Burj,  built  in  1570,  to  commemorate 
the  Sail  of  the  wife  of  Baja  Bhar  Mai  of  Jaipur ;  the  house  of  Guru 
Parshotomdas ;  that  of  Balamdas,  a  wealthy  Gujerati ;  the  temple  of 
Farasanath ;  and  the  great  palace  and  temple  of  Lakshman  Das,  a 
Muttra  Seth,  reputed  to  be  the  richest  man  in  India.  A  good  view  of 
the  city  is  obtained  by  crossing  the  bridge  of  boats  to  the  other  side 
of  the  river. 

The  Elatra  is  a  vast  enclosure  800  by  650  feet,  with  two  terraces, 
on  the  upper  of  which  is  a  mosque.  This  was  the  site  of  the  magni- 
ficent pagoda  of  Muttra,  once  the  finest  temple  in  India,  but  completely 
destroyed  by  Aurangzeb.  Its  walls,  of  hard  red  sandstone,  still 
remain,  with  visible  traces  of  their  plaster  modelling  and  graceful 
ornamentation.  The  Katra  also  marks  one  of  the  oldest  religious 
spots  in  India,  for  it  has  been  identified  with  the  site  of  the  ancient 
Buddhist  monastery  of  Upagupta.  Near  by  is  the  magnificent  masonry 
tank  known  as  the  Patara-Eund,  with  high  walls  and  steps  rising 
about  fifty  feet  from  the  water,  on  three  sides,  the  fourth  being  an 
inclined  plane,  down  which  horses  descend  to  drink.  There  are  some 
very  fine  trees  surrounding  this  curious  and  imposing  structure. 
There  is  a  museum  at  Muttra,  in  which  are  some  very  interesting 
Buddhist  sculptures  discovered  in  the  neighbourhood,  reported  upon 
at  great  length  by  Cunningham,  Vol.  III. 

The  bazars  are  full  of  interest.  The  bankers  and  chief  merchants 
are  very  wealthy,  and  their  houses  are  richly  carved  and  ornamented, 
rendering  Muttra  one  of  the  most  charming  cities  in  India.  Swarms  of 
monkeys  infest  the  streets,  and  the  river  is  full  of  great  turtles,  both 
being  fed  by  pious  Hindus. 

The  only  Musalman  building  of  any  importance  is  the  Jama  Masjid, 
recently  restored  with  white  chunam  and  encaustic  tiles.    It  would 


MUTTRA.  2S5 


hardly  be  worth  a  visit,  were  it  not  for  the  splendid  view  obtained 
from  the  minarets. 

The  general  characteristics  of  Muttra  are  the  same  as  those  of 
Benares,  but  inferior  in  every  way,  and  though  it  is  full  of  Hindu 
features,  the  traveller  who  is  limited  as  to  time,  and  is  including 
Benares  in  his  tour,  may  leave  it  out  of  his  arrangements  without 
much  loss. 

Six  miles  from  Muttra  is  the  village  of  Gokul,  the  scene  of 
Krishna's  childhood,  where  there  are  many  ruins  of  ancient  Hindu 
temples  and  fortifications.  The  most  interesting  is  a  covered  court, 
called  Nanda's  Palace,  or  the  Assi  Ehamba  (eighty  pillars).  ''It  is 
divided  by  five  rows  of  sixteen  pillars,  each  into  four  aisles,  or  rather 
into  a  centre  and  two  narrower  side  aisles  with  one  broad  outer  cloister. 
The  external  pillars  of  this  outer  cloister  are  each  of  one  massive  shaft 
cut  into  many  narrow  facets,  with  two  horizontal  bands  of  carving,  the 
capitals  decorated  either  with  grotesque  heads,  or  the  usual  four  squat 
figures ;  the  pillars  of  the  inner  aisles  vary  very  much  in  design,  some 
being  exceedingly  plain,  and  others  as  richly  ornamented  with  profuse 
and  ofben  graceful  arabesques." 

The  Methodist  Episcopal  Church  Mission  commenced  operations 
in  the  city  of  Muttra  in  1887,  by  appointing  William  Plomer,  an 
ordained  native  Oatechist,  under  the  superintendence  of  the  Bev.  W. 
R.  Clancey,  then  missionary  in  charge  at  Agra.  In  January  of  the 
following  year,  the  Muttra  cu'cuit  was  formed,  embracing  the  towns  of 
Muttra  and  Brindaban  in  the  Muttra  district,  and  Hathras  and 
Sikandra  Bao  in  the  Ali  Sarh  district,  as  centres  of  work,  and  the 
Bev.  J.  E.  Scott,  Ph.D.,  was  appointed  in  charge.  Both  educational 
and  evangelistic  work  was  at  once  commenced  and  carried  on  during 
the  year,  resulting  in  the  organisation  of  thirteen  secular  schools  with 
an  attendance  of  836  pupils,  and  seventeen  Sunday  Schools,  involving 
nearly  1000  scholars,  and  the  baptism  of  about  a  dozen  converts. 
Land  was  secured,  and  a  mission*house  erected  thereon.  In  January, 
1889,  the  mission  was  further  strengthened  by  a  Deaconess  House 
and  Training  School.  Miss  F.  J.  Sparkes  is  superintendent,  and  is 
supported  by  a  stafif  of  assistants.  A  Medical  Mission  was  also  opened 
early  in  the  year  by  Miss  Eate  McDowell,  M.D.,  which  has  proved  a 
great  help  in  the  work.  Throughout  the  year  almost  every  form  of 
mission  work  is  carried  on.  Ten  Catechists,  occupying  six  difierent 
centres,    including    Muttra,    Brindaban,   Hathras,    Sikandra    Bao, 


256  PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 

Mohaban  and  Gokul,  are  constantly  preaching  at  the  fairs  and  in  the 
bazars. 

Zenana  work  has  also  been  carried  on  at  those  centres,  partly  nnder 
the  superintendence  of  Mrs.  Scott,  and  partly  under  the  direction  of 
Miss  Sparkes.  Schools,  both  for  boys  and  girls,  the  latter  managed 
by  Mrs.  Scott,  have  been  kept  np  thronghont  the  circuit.  Evangelistic 
services  have  been  held  regularly  in  the  city  of  Muttra.  A  book-shop 
is  kept  supplied  with  both  secular  and  religious  books,  and  the  sales 
are  encouraging.  About  2000  Urdu  and  Hindi  tracts  are  distributed 
gratuitously  every  week.  In  addition  to  this  work  several  services  are 
held  weekly  for  ii^i'^  benefit  of  the  Nonconformist  troops  of  the  station. 
A  chapel  is  being  erected  for  their  accommodation.  During  the  year 
1889,  there  have  been  gathered  on  the  entire  circuit  about  100  con- 
verts, the  most  of  whom  have  been  from  the  lower  castes. 

BiNDBABAN. — Biudrabau  is  another  sacred  city  on  the  banks  of  the 
Jumna,  six  miles  from  Muttra  in  the  opposite  direction  from  Gokul. 
It  has  a  population  of  22,000,  of  whom  21,000  are  Hindu.  It  contains 
a  large  number  of  temples  and  shrines,  one  of  which,  the  temple  of 
Gobind  Deva,  built  by  Bajah  Man  Singh  of  Amber,  is  among  the 
most  notable  buildings  in  India.  Mr.  Growse,  who  is  the  authority 
on  the  architecture  of  the  district  of  Muttra,  contends  that  it  is  the 
most  impressive  religious  edifice  that  Hindu  art  has  ever  produced. 
It  dates  from  1590  a.d.  The  body  of  the  building  is  in  the  form  of  a 
Greek  cross,  being  100  feet  through  the  nave,  and  the  same  through 
the  transepts.  The  four  arms  of  the  cross  are  roofed  with  vaulting 
equal  in  design  and  execution  to  that  of  the  best  period  of  Gothic  art. 
The  centre  is  crowned  by  a  beautifully  proportioned  dome.  The  efiect 
produced  is  very  similar  to  that  of  a  Gothic  cathedral  of  a  late  period. 
The  external  design  of  the  temple  is  very  fine.  It  is  somewhat 
dilapidated,  and  the  domes  are  gone.  It  probably  sufiered  considerable 
injury  at  the  hands  of  Aurang^eb. 

There  are  three  other  temples  at  Bindraban  of  the  same  period, 
those  known  as  Gopi  Nath,  Jugal  Kishor,  and  Madan  Mohan.  They 
are  of  the  same  style  as  the  Gobind  Deva,  but  inferior  in  proportions, 
and  in  a  much  more  ruinous  condition.  The  gorgeous  modem  temple 
which  dominates  the  town  of  Bindraban  was  built  by  two  brothers, 
Muttra  Seths,  Govind  Das  and  Radha  Krishnu.  The  former  retired 
fr*om  the  wodd  and  became  a  religious  devotee  in  1874,  devoting  him- 
self to  worship  and  almsgiving.    Every  day  more  than  100  persons 


BINDRABAN.  357 

are  fed  at  this  temple.  The  great  court  ia  500  feet  by  400,  and  the 
temple,  which  fills  ap  the  centre,  leaves  a  passage  all  rooiid  aboat 
fifty  feet  wide.  There  are  three  goparas  or  gate-towers  in  the  oater 
wall,  eighty  feet  high,  covered  with  scnlptures  of  very  inferior  work- 
manship. The  enter  conrt,  which  is  773  feet  long  by  440  broad,  not 
only  encloses  the  temple  and  inner  conrt,  bnt  a  fine  garden  and  tank, 
with  steps  leading  down  to  the  water  on  all  fonr  sides.  The  main 
entrance  to  the  outer  court  is  through  a  pavilion  ninety-three  feet  high. 


TWO   FAKIRS,    BINDtlABAtl. 

the  most  beantiful  portion  of  the  whole  structure.  In  front  of  the  god 
is  a  huge  pillar  of  copper,  gilt,  rising  sixty  feet,  and  sunk  twenty-four 
more  in  the  ground.  Th^re  is  10,000  rupees'  worth  of  copper  in  this 
pillar.  This  temple  was  begun  in  1845,  took  six  years  to  complete, 
and  cost  about  £500,000  from  first  to  last. 

Two  days  may  be  well  spent  in  a  deUghtfnl  excursion  through  tho 
Rajput  State  of  Bhartpur,  by  laying  a  Dak  from  Muttra  through 
Goverdhau,  Dig,  and  Kumbher,  to  Bhartpur  city,  the  distance  being 
forty-three  miles. 


2S3  PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 


Muttra  ... 

,    — 

Goverdhan 

14  milea. 

Big 

8    „ 

Kombber  . 

.     10    „ 

Bbartpur       .        .        .    . 

.     11    „ 

There  is  a  good  well-metalled  road  all  the  way.  The  night  must  be 
spent  at  Dig,  in  the  Gopal  Bhawan,  a  palace  placed  at  the  disposal  of 
travellers  by  the  Maharaja  of  Bhartpur,  who  also  supplies  them  with 
food  and  other  necessaries.  It  is  necessary  to  write  to  the  political 
agent  at  Bhartpur  for  permission  to  use  it. 

GoYEBDHAN  is  in  British  territory,  but  contains  the  cenotaph  of 
the  Boyal  family  of  Bhartpur,  which,  with  temples,  tombs  and  ghats, 
surround  two  large  masonry  tanks.  The  cenotaph  of  Buldeo  Sing 
has  a  curious  painted  roof,  full  of  pictures  of  the  battles  between 
Lord  Lake  and  the  Thakur  Banjit  Singh  in  the  siege  of  Bhartpur,  in 
which  the  English  are  being  slain  hip  and  thigh. 

'^  One  mile  further  eastward,  in  the  depth  of  a  wild,  wooded  country, 
is  the  cenotaph  of  Suraj  Mall,  the  virtual  founder  of  the  Bhartpur 
state.  It  is  a  beautiful  building  marking  the  spot  where  the  Thakur's 
ashes  were  deposited.  On  every  side  of  the  reservoir  that  fronts  it, 
handsome  landing-places  run  out  into  the  still  water,  with  deep  and 
wide  staircases  between ;  a  venerable  banyan-tree  shades  the  south 
side,  and  sends  its  pendant  shoots  towards  the  water ;  apes  swarm  on 
its  boughs,  and,  from  time  to  time,  a  kingOsher  quivers  his  flashing 
colours  over  the  lake  before  he  strikes  a  fish,  or  a  great  crane  makes  a 
swoop  from  one  side  of  the  woods  to  the  other.  The  spot  is  singular 
in  its  repose,  its  silence,  and  its  irregular  charm.  This  is  the  Kusitm- 
Barowar,  or  lake  of  flowers,  one  of  the  stations  in  the  ban-jatra  or 
autumn  perambulation  of  the  groves  sacred  to  Krishna  and  his 
companions." — Kcenc. 

This  beautiful  sheet  of  water  is  400  feet  square ;  the  tombs  of 
Suraj  Mall  and  his  two  Queens,  with  many  other  charming  little 
Idosks  and  temples,  crown  the  lofty  terrace  which  runs  along  the 
east  side.  The  town  of  Goverdhan  clusters  round  a  vast  tank  called 
the  Mansi  Gauga,  where  a  great  religious  fair  is  hold  every 
autumn,  resorted  to  by  as  many  as  100,000  pilgrims. 

Dig  is  reached  by  a  long  causeway  above  a  low  flat  country.  It 
is  a  town  of  about  15,000  inhabitants,  and  is  a  place  of  great 
antiquity,  being  mentioned  in  the  Furanas.    Its  commanding  fort  was 


26o  PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 

dismantled  by  the  British  after  the  capture  of  Bhartpor  by  Lord 
Combermere.  The  great  feature  of  Dig  is  the  superb  palace,  or  rather 
series  of  palaces,  the  work  of  Suraj  Mall,  the  founder  of  the  Bhurtpur 
dynasty,  a.d.  1725 — 68.  The  palace  at  Dig  is  rightly  considered  the 
most  perfect  of  all  the  many  beautiful  palaces  of  Bajputana.  It  is 
also  the  last  erected  palace  in  India  of  the  Great  Mogul  period  of 
architecture,  all  the  Boyal  residences  which  have  since  been  built  being 
bastard  examples  of  European  styles,  mostly  Italian. 

The  Gopal  Bhawan,  where  travellers  who  have  obtained  permission 
are  lodged,  is  built  on  the  brink  of  a  lovely  tank,  full  of  fish,  about  400 
feet  long  by  800  broad.  The  other  pavilions  are  the  Nund  Bhawan, 
a  fine  marble  hall  over  100  feet  long ;  the  Suraj  Bhawan,  about  the 
same  length,  and  the  oldest  of  the  group— it  has  a  beautiful  floor  of 
inlaid  marbles  ;  the  Sawun  Bhawan  and  the  Eishun  Bhawan. 

These  buildings  are  most  elegant  in  design,  and  richly  decorated  ; 
with  their  annexes,  they  surround  an  area  about  700  feet  square  filled 
in  with  fountains  and  parterres,  in  true  Mughal  style. 

The  special  architectural  interest  of  these  beautiful  buildings 
centres  in  their  double  cornices,  which  Fergusson  says,  "  for  extent 
of  shadow  and  richness  of  detail,  surpass  any  similar  ornaments  in 
India,  either  in  ancient  or  modern  buildings." 

All  round  the  palace  are  beautiful  gardens,  planted  with  fruit-trees 
and  flowering  shrubs,  with  abundant  water.  The  bird  life  of  these 
gardens  is  plentiful  and  various:  peafowl,  parrots,  pigeons,  mynas^ 
kingfishers,  and  twenty  other  gay-plumaged  birds  fly  and  hop  about 
with  charming  tameness. 

A  pleasant  walk  along  the  Rup  Sagar  Lake  leads  to  the  fort,  a  strong 
moated  building  with  twelve  principal  bastions,  covering  about  twenty 
acres.  A  good  view  of  the  town  and  neighbourhood  can  be  obtained 
from  the  top  of  one  of  the  bastions. 

EuMBHER. — Halfway  from  Dig  to  Bhartpur  is  the  town  and  fortified 
palace  of  Kumbher,  founded  at  the  beginning  of  last  century  by  the 
llaja  of  Jaipur.  It  is  a  small  town  of  7,000  inhabitants,  situated  in  a 
plain  and  fortified  by  a  mud  wall  and  ditch.  The  fort  stands  on 
a  low  hill  commanding  the  surrounding  country.  The  large  palace 
Avithin  the  fortress  was  built  by  Budan  Singh,  and  is  in  good  preser- 
vation. It  is  never  used  as  a  residence^  and  is  full  of  bats  and  other 
vermin.     The  place  is  very  picturesque. 

The  road  between  Dig  and  Bhartpur  is  the  main  highway  of  the 


I 


I 


BHARTPUR.  261 

State,  and  fall  of  interest.  The  nfttive  travellers  are  qnaintl;  dressed 
in  dark  green  qnilted  cotton  cIotheB,  looking  brave  and  warlike  with 
ancient  matchlocks  over  their  shoulders  and  sworda  stack  in  their 
belts,  worn  only  for  harmless  swagger.  The  women  wear  gay  clothes 
and  profuse  jewellery,  some  of  which  is  worth  purchasing  in  the 
bazars  of  Dig  or  Bhartpar. 

Bhastpdb. — The  traveller  will  stay  at  the  Maharaja's  Dak  Bunga- 
low, where  His  Highness  provides  lodging  and  entertainment  free  for 
twonty-fonr  hours,  treating  his  visitors  with  generous  hospitality. 
Bhartpur  is  the  capital  of  the  native  Bajput  state  of  that  name.  It 
is  seventy-seven  miles  long  and  sixty-three  wide,  with  a  total  area  of 


about  2,000  square  miles,  and  a  thrifty  and  industrious  population  of 
about  700,000.  The  country  is  flat,  and  with  few  natural  advantages, 
being  short  of  water,  none  of  the  rivers  being  navigable  or  perennial. 
The  coantry  is  thought  much  of  by  religious  Hindus,  being  popu- 
larly known  as  Brij,  or  the  land  of  Krishna. 

Its  main  human  interest  lies  in  the  fact  that  it  is  the  only  Jat 
principality  of  any  importance  in  India,  and  that  a  great  proportion  of 
the  people  are  also  Jats,  thus  belonging  to  the  same  ancient  people  as 
their  nobles  and  princes. 

The  JatB  (Getie)  are  the  sorrival  in  India  of  the  great  Scythian 
invasion  of  the  first  century  a.d.  There  are  nearly  five  millions  of 
them  in  the  country,  mostly  in  the  Panjab,  where  they  form  the  most 
numerous  and  valuable  element  in  the  agricaltuial  population. 

During  the  anarchy  which  followed  the  death  of  Aurangzeb,  a  band 


PICTURESQUE    INDIA, 


of  this  hardy  and  brave  people,  ander  a  chief  named  Charamao,  seized 
territory  in  Bhartpor  and  fortified  themselyea  npon  it.  Choraman 
waB  dtBpoBBeesed  by  his  brother,  Badan  Singh,  who  bnilt  Ettmbher 
and  BhartpuT  fortreBSes,  and  his  son,  Suraj  Mall,  enlarged  his  boonds 
and  boilt  the  fort  and  beautiful  palace  at  Dig.  The  Maharajas  of 
Bhartpnr  have  been  twice  in  serions  collision  with  the  British  power ; 
in  1805,  when  Lord  Lake  nnsaccesafally  besieged  their  capital,  and 


OLD   FA[»ICE,    BBABTFUK. 

in  1826,  when  Lord  Gombermere  carried  it  by  breach  and  assanlt. 
However,  they  managed  through  all  to  keep  their  throne  and  increase 
their  territory.  The  present  Maharaja  holdB  in  nnbroken  Baccession 
from  Badan  Singh,  and  is  in  offensive  and  defensive  alliance  with  the 
British  Govenunent. 

The  revennes  of  the  State  are  about  £800,000  a  year,  and  the 
Maharaja  coinB  Mb  own  money.  The  army  consists  of  about  1,500 
cavalry,  8,500  infantry,  and  250  artillery,  whose  guns,  however,  are 
only  good  enough  for  salutes.  The  State  is  well  administered,  and 
the  present  Maharaja,  Jaswant  Singh,  is  an  eoligbtened  and  cultured 


BHARTPUR.  263 


Bhartpor  is  a  fine  Hindu  city  of  60,000  inhabitants,  with  clean, 
bright,  prosperons  bazars.  It  is  surrounded  by  a  wall  and  a  dry 
moat.  Its  name  is  derived  from  Bharat,  a  legendaiy  character  in 
Hindu  mythology.  The  fortress  is  surrounded  by  a  canal,  and  is 
exceedingly  picturesque ;  there  is  a  fine  view  from  a  bastion  of  the 
inner  fort  called  the  Jawahar  Burj.  The  palace  is  within  the  fort,  and 
is  a  modem  building  with  a  magnificent  stone  staircase ;  it  is  fur- 
nished with  tawdry  European  magnificence.  The  old  palace  is  a  very 
interesting  building.  There  are  some  handsome  Hindu  temples  in 
the  city,  and  a  mosque  built  by  the  State  for  the  use  of  its  Musaknan 
subjects. 

Bhartpur  is  famous  for  its  manufacture  of  ChauriSf  or  fly-whisks. 
The  craft  is  confined  to  a  few  families  in  the  employ  of  the  Maharaja, 
and  the  process  by  which  the  tails  are  made  is  kept  a  profound  secret. 
These  tails  are  bunches  of  long  straight  fibres  of  ivory  or  sandal- 
wood, as  fine  as  ordinary  horsehair,  from  which  chauris  are  usually 
made.  The  handles  are  of  beautifully  carved  sandal-wood,  ivory  or 
silver. 

A  train  at  five  o'clock  p.m.,  from  Bhartpur,  reaches  Agra  before  eight 
P.M.,  ending  one  of  the  most  delightful  little  excursions  in  all  India, 
which  may  be  accomplished  in  three  days,  or  spread  out  into  a  pleasant 
week,  at  the  traveller's  will. 

Aligabh. — The  fort  and  civil  station  of  Aligarh  form  a  suburb  to 
the  ancient  city  of  Koil,  which  has  played  a  conspicuous  part  in  the 
history  of  India  for  the  last  1600  years.  It  is  situated  in  the  midst  of 
a  fertile  plain  lying  between  the  Oanges  and  the  Jumna,  known  as  the 
Doab,  an  almost  uninterrupted  sea  of  green  and  smiling  cultivation. 
The  station  is  one  of  the  prettiest  in  India,  and  the  roadways  are 
avenues  of  nim,  mango,  peepul,  mowra,  and  other  fine  trees.  The 
town  bungalow  is  near  the  railway-station.  The  native  town  of  Koil, 
is  handsome  and  well-placed,  surrounding  a  high  mound,  once  the  site 
of  an  ancient  Dor  fortress,  but  now  crowned  by  Sabit  Khan's  beautiful 
mosque,  which  though  built  during  the  last  century,  is  getting  some- 
what dilapidated.  The  only  other  mosque  worth  notice  is  a  small 
Moti  Musjid ;  the  tombs  of  Oisu  Khan  and  Hai  Baksh  are  handsome 
in  their  way.  There  is  a  very  beautiful  tank  in  the  city,  surrounded 
by  temples,  pavilions,  and  magnificent  trees,  in  which  countless 
monkeys  live.  These  mischievous  animals  are  a  great  nuisance  to 
the  inhabitants,  who  are  compelled  to  put  iron  gratings  over  the 


364  PICTURESQUE    INDIA. 

windows  of  the  hoaseB  to  keep  them  out ;  being  sacred,  thej  cannot 
be  dealt  with,  eitber  by  slaughter  or  deportation. 
.  The  fort  of  Aligarh   is  about  two  miles  from  Koil,  and  has  no 
features  of  interest ;  it  is  sarronnded  by  a  wide,  deep  moat,  full  of 
fish.     It  is  a  strong  native  fortification. 

The  main  interest  of  Aligarh  is  the  fine  Mnsalman  College  for  the 
sons  of  Muhammadan  gentlemen,  established  by  the  energy  and 
patriotism  of  Sir  Syed  Ahmed,  K.G.S.I.,  who  also  founded  the 
Aligarh  Institute,  with  its  library,  news-rooms,  and  printing-press. 

The    Muhammadan    Anglo  -  Oriental    College    differs    from   most 


SABtT  KHAN  S  UOMJCB,  AUOARa. 

other  colleges  in  being  the  expansion  of  a  political  ratber  than  a 
purely  educational  impulse.  To  this  feeling,  tiie  feeling  that  national 
interests  depend  upon  the  principle  it  asserts,  is  due  the  support  it 
has  received,  and  the  extreme  interest  with  which  it  is  watched, 
not  only  by  the  advanced  school  of  MuhammadanB,  bat  by  the  British 
Oovenunent.  In  a  country  under  foreign  rule,  a  knowledge  of  the 
language  and  thoughts  of  the  rulers  is  an  absolute  necessity  not 
merely  for  the  progress  of  a  people,  but  for  the  maintenance  of  a  state 
of  civilization.  The  learned  professions,  government  appointments, 
trade,  in  fact  all  the  sources  from  which  an  aristocracy  and  a  middle- 
class  derive  their  means  of  subsistence,  have  a  natural  tendency  to  pass 
into  the  hands  of  those  who  have  the  best  acquaintance  with  the 


ALTGARH.  265 


ruling  language.  The  Muhammadans,  partly  from  instincts  of  pride 
and  conservations,  partly  from  religious  motives,  have  hitherto  held 
aloof  from  English  learning,  so  much  so  that  even  at  the  present  date 
less  than  five  per  cent,  of  the  students  of  colleges  belong  to  this 
formerly  dominant  race.  Having  been  accustomed  to  the  position  of 
rulers,  with  the  income  of  the  state  very  largely  at  their  disposal, 
occupying  the  most  prominent  posts,  civil  and  military,  with  the 
numerous  emoluments  that  in  an  Eastern  state  accompany  power, 
they  find  themselves  deprived  of  all  their  sources  of  revenue,  while 
saddled  with  the  expensive  tastes  inherited  from  their  forefathers. 
The  consequence  has  been  national  bankruptcy,  and  a  loss  of  in- 
fluence, of  civilization,  and  of  learning,  that  is  one  of  the  most 
lamentable  spectacles  that  can  offer  itself  to  a  patriotic  mind.  The 
mutiny  of  1857  achieved  at  a  stroke  results  as  calamitous  to  the 
Musalman  gentry,  who  when  anarchy  set  in  rushed  like  a  high-spirited 
race  into  the  fray,  as  many  years  of  decadence.  The  spectacle  of  the 
ruin  of  so  many  noble  Musalman  houses  aroused  Sir  Syed  Ahmed, 
who  during  the  mutiny  had  protected  the  English  of  his  district  with 
the  most  intrepid  gallantry,  to  devote  his  life  to  the  amelioration  of 
his  people.  After  years  of  thought  he  came  to  the  conclusion  that 
the  acquisition  of  English  education  was  the  only  remedy  for  his 
nation,  and  seeing  that  the  Government  colleges  being  secular  and 
one-sided  in  their  education  failed  to  attract  his  people,  he  determined 
to  found  a  college  which  should  meet  the  peculiar  needs  of 
Muhammadans.  Being  himself  without  property,  though  belonging 
to  one  of  the  most  illustrious  of  the  old  Muhammadan  families,  the 
enterprise  seemed  hopeless.  But  the  extraordinary  talents  he  brought 
to  the  task,  coupled  with  an  indomitable  perseverance,  have  achieved 
a  success  far  greater  than  the  expectation  of  his  supporters,  who  knew 
the  lethargy  and  the  poverty  of  the  Muhammadans,  had  dared  to 
anticipate. 

The  college  was  started  in  1875  as  a  small  school,  and  has  now,  in 
1890,  some  200  boys  in  the  school,  and  about  eighty  students  reacUng 
for  their  degrees  in  the  college  department.  It  has  a  staff  of  four 
Englishmen,  three  of  them  Cambridge  graduates,  and  several  native 
professors  and  teachers,  Mr.  Theodore  Beck,  M.A.,  being  the  prin- 
cipal, to  whom  much  of  the  great  success  of  the  college  is  undoubtedly 
due.  The  subjects  it  teaches  are  English  literature,  mathematics, 
philosophy,  history,  Arabic,  Persian,  and  Sanscrit.    It  diflfers  from 


266  PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 


the  colleges  started  by  the  State  in  two  essential  principles.  In 
the  first  place  provision  is  made  for  the  religious  instruction  of  the 
Muhammadans  reading  in  its  school  and  college  departments.  Five 
times  a  day  the  melodious  cadences  of  the  call  to  prayer  summon 
the  students  from  all  parts  of  the  capacious  quadrangle,  in  which 
they  livcy  to  worship  in  the  mosque  according  to  the  faith  of  their 
ancestors.  The  punctilious  obsenration  of  the  fixed  times  of  prayer 
is  regarded  as  the  most  essential  characteristic  of  a  devout  Muham- 
madan,  but  the  discipline  necessary  for  the  enforcement  of  this  at 
first  irksome  practice,  on  boys  and  young  men  in  whom  the  religious 
instinct  is  not  strongly  developed,  is  one  of  the  most  difficult  tasks 
in  the  management  of  a  large  Musalman  institution;  but  scarcely 
anything  is  valued  so  highly  by  the  public,  and  no  cause  of  complaint 
is  heard  so  loud  against  the  youths,  educated  in  government  institu- 
tions, as  their  neglect  of  this  distinguishing  mark  of  Islam.  In 
addition  to  the  enforcement  of  prayers,  reading  of  the  Koran  and  of 
books  of  theology  and  morality  form  part  of  the  college  curriculum. 
By  these  and  other  means  it  is  hoped  that  the  students  who  leave  this 
college  will  serve  to  engraft  the  new  learning  on  the  ancient  traditions, 
thereby  winning  over  the  most  bigoted  and  the  most  conservative  of 
the  old  school  to  a  willingness  to  march  with  the  times,  and  to  adopt 
the  only  way  open  to  them  of  rescuing  their  nation  from  its  present 
depressed  conditions. 

The  second  principle,  in  which  this  college  differs  from  the  Govern- 
ment institution  is,  while  the  latter  devotes  attention  solely  to  the 
intellectual  aspect  of  education,  and  is  of  necessity  mechanical  in  its 
methods,  the  Aligarh  College  is  based  on  the  model  of  the  colleges  of 
the  English  universities,  the  students  living  together  in  a  large  quad- 
rangle, dining  together,  enjoying  a  healthy  college  life,  and  coming 
into  constant  contact  with  their  English  professors.  It  would  bo 
difficult  to  find  in  any  country  an  institution  inspiring  a  stronger 
e9:pnt  de  corps.  To  all  the  natural  sentiments  an  alma  mater  is 
capable  of  exciting  the  motive  of  patriotism  is  here  added.  The 
hopes  of  the  nation  are  bound  up  witii  the  success  of  this  institution. 
It  is  the  one  great  effort  made  towards  progress  ane  reform  by  a  nation 
in  which  adverse  circumstances  have  engendered  a  melancholy 
resignation  to  fate,  and  have  sapped  the  springs  of  action.  Hope  finds 
its  birth  in  this  community  of  energetic  and  high-spirited  young  men. 
All  the  influences  which  give  vitality  to  centres  of  education,  have 


ALIGARH.  267 


been  set  on  foot  here  by  the  energetic  old  man  whose  mind  conceived 
the  scheme.  The  cricket  team  of  the  college  holds  the  palm  among 
native  teams  throughout  Upper  India,  and  holds  its  own  with  the  best 
English  station  elevens.  The  debating  society,  founded  on  the 
model  of  the  Cambridge  Union;  trains  the  youths  in  the  art  of 
public  speaking  and  in  the  English  method  of  conducting  public 
business.  College  feasts  and  entertainments^  religious  festivals, 
poetic  contests,  cricket,  football,  and  athletic  sports  help  to  diversify 
the  lives  and  call  out  the  varied  talents  of  the  young  Musalmans.  To 
all  this  an  additional  charm  is  added  by  the  absence,  as  between 
teacher  and  pupil,  of  any  feeling  of  distance  or  prejudice  arising 
from  difference  of  race.  There  is  to  be  seen  in  Aligarh  a  frankness 
and  intimacy  of  social  intercourse  between  Englishman  and  Indian 
rarely  met  with  in  India.  The  English  ladies  and  gentlemen  of  the 
station  entertain  the  college  students  at  lunch^  and  accept  their  invi- 
tations to  dine  with  them  in  the  college  hall.  The  basis  is  thus  laid 
of  feelings  of  goodwill  which,  if  it  spread,  will  be  of  incalculable  advan- 
tage both  to  the  people  of  India  and  to  the  British  Bule.  On  such 
occasions  the  venerable  old  Syed  has  frequently  uttered  with  impas- 
sioned earnestness  the  wish  of  his  heart  that  the  Englishman  and  the 
Muhammadan  may  become  sincere  friends  and  fellow-workers,  and 
has  pointed  to  the  college  banner  of  a  cross  supported  on  a  crescent. 

The  college  at  Aligarh  is  still  in  its  infancy.  It  is  still  beset  with 
enemies  who  resist  all  change  in  the  established  culture  of  Islam. 
Its  buildings  are  not  half  erected  for  want  of  funds.  In  all  ways  its 
existence  is  a  struggle  against  financial  difficulties.  If  any  generous 
persons  feel  drawn  towards  assisting  this  struggling  institution  of  the 
50,000,000  Muhanmiadan  subjects  of  the  Queen,  they  might  remember 
that '' Aligarh,  India,"  is  a  sufficient  address  to  secure  finding  the  old 
Syed.  But  in  spite  of  the  incompleteness  of  the  task  the  college  has 
set  itself,  the  scarcely  perceptible  direct  effect  it  has  been  able  as  yet 
to  exert  on  the  fortunes  of  the  Indian  Muhammadans,  it  is  difficult  to 
exaggerate  the  moral  influence  Sir  Syed's  work  has  had  on  the 
Muhammadan  community.  It  has  deeply  implanted  in  them  the  idea 
that  without  education  they  can  do  nothing,  that  a  thorough  know- 
ledge of  the  English  language  is  the  first  condition  of  their  progress. 
It  has  led  the  way  towards  other  humbler  efforts  being  made  in  many 
other  parts  of  the  countiy.  It  has  taught  the  Muhammadans  that 
though  depressed  they  are  not  powerless  to  work  out  their  own  im- 


268  PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 

provement.  It  has  led  them  to  rely  on  their  own  efibrtB  rather 
than  on  the  Government,  and  to  accnse  themselves  and  not  their 
ralers  for  their  misfortunes.  And  if,  as  its  aspiration  is,  the  college 
at  some  fatnre  time  develop  into  a  great  Indian  Muhammadan 
University,  the  Oxford  or  Cambridge  of  Islam,  it  will  be  Sir  Syed 
Ahmed  and  Mr.  Theodore  Beck  to  whom  the  fature  historian  of  India 
will  point  as  educational  saviours  of  the  greatest  and  most  illustrious 
of  the  nationalities  of  that  continent. 


CHAPTER  XVIII. 

CAWNPUR. 

i.WNPUR.— The  journey  from  Agra  to 
Cawnpnr  is  one  of  eight  hoars.     There 
are  three  trains  daily  each  way.     Half 
way  is  the  town  of  Etawah,  little  visited 
hx  trayellers,  bat  a  place  of  much  in- 
terest, well  repaying  a  break  for  a  few 
hours.     The  mail  leaves  Agra  at  8.30 
P.U.,   reaching  Etawah    at    midninht. 
There  is  a  good  Dak  Bungalow,  and  it 
)  pcesible  bedstead  in  the  station,  where 
t  there  is  a  re&eshment-room.     A  train 
leaves  Etawah  for  Cawnpur   the   next 
day  at  5  p.m.,  giving  ample  time  to  see 
the  town  and   its  buildings.      The  population  is  35,000,  of  whom 
24,000  are  Hindu,  and  10,000  Musalmans. 

The  town  is  picturesquely  built  on  a  series  of  ravines  running  down 
to  the  bank  of  the  River  Jumna.  The  gronps  of  buildings  nestle 
among  fine  trees,  and  from  the  top  of  the  Jama  M&sjid  the  city 
looks  like  a  great  garden.  In  the  centre  of  the  city  is  Hume  Square, 
a  fine  open  space  containing  market-place,  public  offices,  the  magis- 
trate's court,  a  mission-house,  police  station,  dispensary,  and  the 
Hume  high  school.  The  square  is  crowded  with  bright  groups  of 
com,  cotton,  indigo,  and  other  produce  merchants,  for  rail  and  river 
make  Etawah  a  busy  and  thriving  centra  A  fine  serai,  with  a  hatul- 
eome  gateway,  adjoins  the  market-place. 

Etawah  is  an  ancient  city,  dating  back  long  before  the  Musalmim 
invasions ;  it  afforded  rich  plunder  to  Mahmnd  of  Ghazni. 
The  banks  of  the  Jumna  are  lined  with  bathing  ghats,  temples. 


270  PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 


and  shrines,  some  of  which  are  yery  ancient.  The  finest  is  the  Bisrant 
Temple,  more  than  400  years  old.  A  modem  Jain  bnilding,  with  a 
beantifol  white  spire,  is  worthy  of  notice. 

The  Jama  Mayid  is  a  carioas  old  building,  patched  up  nearly 
600  years  back  from  a  Buddhist  temple.  It  contains  many  interesting 
fragments  of  early  Hindu  architecture. 

The  Asthal  is  one  of  the  finest  modem  temples  in  India.  It  was 
built  about  100  years  ago  by  a  rich  Brahman  of  Etawah,  and  is  very 
richly  endowed. 

The  fort  was  built  by  the  Thakur  Samersi  in  the  11th  century,  and 
is  a  striking  ruin  placed  on  the  top  of  a  hill  overlooking  the  river. 
It  is  reached  by  an  underground  passage.  There  is  no  detail  of  any 
interest,  except  a  very  deep  well,  and  some  underground  chambers. 

Cawnpub. — This  is  a  large  modem  native  city,  with  British  canton- 
ments, whose  population  is  over  150,000.  Apart  from  the  events  of 
the  Mutiny,  it  has  no  attractions  to  the  traveller.  There  are  several 
hotels,  and  comfortable  quarters  for  a  night  may  be  had  at  the 
refreshment-rooms  at  the  railway  station. 

The  following  concise  description  of  the  city,  from  Sir  W.  W. 
Hunter's  '' Gazetteer  of  India,"  will  suffice  to  remind  my  readers  of 
the  incidents  which  give  the  ghastly  interest  clinging  to  this  other- 
wise prosperously  dull  commercial  city  and  railway  junction  : — 

''  The  cantonments  and  civil  station  of  Cawnpur  lie  along  the  right 
bank  of  the  Ganges,  while  the  native  city  stretches  inland  toward  the 
south-west,  and  also  fills  up  the  space  between  the  military  and  civil 
portions  of  the  European  quarter.  Starting  from  the  east,  on  the 
Allah&bdd  road,  the  race-course  first  meets  the  eye  of  the  approaching 
visitor.  The  native  cavalry  lines  succeed  to  the  westward,  after  which 
comes  the  brigade  parade-ground.  North-east  of  the  latter  lie  the 
European  infantry  barracks  and  St.  John's  Church ;  while  the  inter- 
vening ground,  between  these  cantonments  and  the  river  bank,  is 
occupied  by  the  Memorial  Church,  built  on  the  site  of  Wheeler*s 
entrenchments  in  1857,  the  club,  the  artillery  lines,  and  the  various 
military  offices.  The  city  covers  the  plain  north  of  the  parade- 
ground;  and  the  Ganges  shore  is  here  lined  by  the  Memorial 
Gardens,  enclosing  the  &mous  well.  The  gardens  cover  nearly  fifty 
acres,  and  are  prettily  laid  out.  Over  the  fatal  well  a  mound  has 
been  raised,  which  slopes  upwards  until  it  is  crowned  by  a  handsome 
octagonal  Gothic  wall,  with  iron  gates.    In  the  centre  of  the  inclosure 


CAWNPUR.  271 


is  the  figure  of  an  angel  in  white  marble  by  Marochetti,  with  arms 
crossed  on  her  breast,  each  hand  holding  a  palm  branch.  Over  the 
archway  of  the  gate  is  inscribed :  *'  These  are  they  which  came  out  of 
great  tribulation ; '  and  around  the  wall  which  marks  the  circle  of  the 
well :  '  Sacred  to  the  perpetual  memory  of  a  great  company  of 
Christian  people,  chiefly  women  and  children,  who  near  this  spot  were 
cruelly  murdered  by  the  followers  of  the  rebel  Nand  Dhundu  Panth  of 
Biihur,  and  cast,  the  dying  with  the  dead,  into  the  well  below,  on  the 
xvih  day  of  July,  MDCCCLVII.*  The  expense  of  the  construction 
of  the  gardens  and  memorial  was  defrayed  partly  out  of  a  fine  levied 
on  the  city  after  the  suppression  of  the  rebellion.  A  Goyemment 
grant  of  dG500  a  year  is  made  for  the  maintenance  of  the  gardens, 
which  are  irrigated  from  the  Ganges  Canal.  In  the  gardens,  south 
and  south-west  of  the  well,  are  two  graveyards,  with  monuments^  to 
those  who  were  massacred  or  died  at  Cawnpur  during  the  Mutiny. 
Further  to  the  west  stands  the  civil  station,  with  the  Bank  of  Bengal, 
Christ  Church,  the  theatre,  and  other  European  buildings.  Old 
Cawnpnr  lies  three  miles  farther  along  the  river-side,  separated  from 
the  present  city  by  fields  and  gardens.  The  modem  origin  of 
Cawnpur  deprives  it  of  architectural  attractions ;  and  it  cannot  boast 
of  such  ancient  palaces  or  handsome  mansions  as  adorn  Agra, 
Benares,  and  other  historic  capitals.  The  few  buildings  with  any 
pretensions  to  beauty  or  elegance  have  been  erected  during  the  last 
fifty  years  by  bankers,  merchants,  or  pleaders.  The  native  city  was 
built  according  to  no  plan,  and  is  badly  laid  out,  abounding  in  narrow 
streets  and  passages.  Except  on  the  undulating  margin  of  the 
Ganges,  or  where  indented  by  ravines,  the  sites  of  the  city,  canton- 
ment, and  civil  station,  are  alike  flat  and  uninteresting.  The 
principal  landing-place  on  the  Ganges  is  that  known  as  the  Sarsiya 
Ghatj  a  noble  flight  of  steps,  surrounded  by  a  vaulted  arcade  of  brick 
and  stone.  Cawnpur  also  contains,  besides  the  buildings  mentioned 
above,  two  Boman  Catholic  chapels,  a  Union  church,  a  fine  market- 
place, high  school,  club,  and  two  racquet  courts,  etc. 

''  Cawnpur  possesses  no  historic  interest  in  early  times,  being  a 
purely  modern  creation  to  meet  the  military  and  administrative  needs 
of  the  British  Government.  The  city  first  arose  after  the  defeats  of 
Shuja-ud-daula,  Nawab  Wazir  of  Oudh,  at  Buxar,  in  October,  1764, 
and  at  Kora,  in  May,  1765.  The  nawab  then  concluded  a  treaty 
with  the  British,  granting  them  the  right  of  stationing  troops  at 


272  PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 

two  places  in  his  dominions,  Cawnpur  and  Fatehgarh.  One  of  the 
detachments,  however,  was  at  first  quartered  at  Bilgr&m;  and  it 
was  not  till  1778  that  the  present  site  became  the  advanced  frontier 
post  in  this  portion  of  the  newly-acquired  territory.  From  the 
location  of  a  large  body  of  troops  in  Cawnpur,  the  town  sprang  rapidly 
into  importance  as  a  trading  mart,  and  has  now  developed  into  a 
commercial  city  of  the  first  rank.  In  1801,  the  surrounding  country 
came  finally  under  British  rule,  by  cession  from  the  Nawab  Wazir, 
and  the  headquarters  of  a  district  were  fixed  in  the  city.  No  events 
of  historical  note  occurred  between  the  annexation  and  the  Mutiny  of 
1857 ;  but  in  that  year  Cawnpur  was  rendered  memorable  by  the 
leading  part  which  it  played  in  the  operations  of  the  mutineers.  The 
struggle  with  the  rebels  lasted  from  May  to  December,  but  the  station 
itself  was  never  lost  for  more  than  a  few  days. 

''  News  of  the  outbreak  of  the  troops  at  Meerut  reached  Cawnpur 
on  the  14th  of  May.  Eleven  days  later,  the  Nana  Dundhu  Panth  of 
Bithur,  adopted  son  of  the  last  Peshwa,  Baji  Bao,  was  placed  in 
charge  of  the  treasury ;  and,  on  the  30th  of  May,  the  entrenchment  of 
the  European  barracks  began.  On  the  6th  of  June  the  native  troops 
mutinied,  sacked  the  treasury,  broke  open  the  jail,  and  burnt  the 
public  offices.  Next  day  the  Nana  opened  fire  on  the  entrenchments, 
which  had  no  other  fortifications  than  a  mud  parapet,  five  feet  in 
height.  After  three  weeks'  cannonade  the  position  became  untenable, 
and  the  gairison  capitulated  under  a  promise  of  personal  security  and 
safe  conduct  to  Allahabad.  On  the  27th  they  embarked  in  boats  on 
the  Ganges  for  Allahabad,  at  the  Sati  Chaura  Ghaty  a  landing-place 
near  the  spot  where  the  Memorial  Gardens  now  stand.  Before  they 
could  put  off,  they  were  treacherously  fired  upon  from  the  bank,  and 
all  destroyed  or  captured,  except  one  boat-load,  which  escaped  for  the 
time  into  Fatehpur  district.  The  prisoners,  including  women  and 
children,  were  crowded  into  a  house  at  Cawnpur,  and  finally  massacred 
by  the  Nana's  orders  in  the  Savada  Kothi,  near  the  East  Indian 
Bailway,  and  their  bodies  cast  into  the  now  historic  well,  noticed 
above.  On  the  16th  of  July,  Havelock's  small  force  entered  the  city, 
and  the  Nana  fled  precipitately  to  Bithur. 

''Four  days  later  General  Neill  arrived  with  an  ample  reinforce- 
ment of  400  Europeans.  Havelock  thrice  advanced  unsuccessfully 
into  Oudh,  and  retreated  at  last  to  Cawnpur,  on  the  lOth  of  August. 
Shortly  afterwards,  General  Outram  reached  the  city,  and  marched  on 


CA  WNPUR.  273 


to  the  relief  of  Lncknow,  which  was  successfally  accomplished  on  the 
25th.  Lord  Clyde's  and  Colonel  Greathed's  columns  passed  through 
on  different  occasions  in  October ;  and  on  the  26th  of  November  the 
Gwalior  mutineers  approached  Cawnpur.  General  Windham  attacked 
and  defeated  the  rebel  force,  but,  being  strengthened  by  Oudh  in- 
surgents, they  again  assaulted  the  city,  which  they  wrested  from  us 
on  the  27th.  They  held  it,  however,  only  for  a  single  night,  as  Lord 
Clyde's  army  marched  in  on  the  evening  of  the  28th,  drove  out  the 
mutineers,  and  utterly  defeated  them  next  day,  outside  the  city,  with 
the  loss  of  all  their  guns.  After  the  reorganisation  of  the  district  the 
site  of  the  massacre  was  laid  out  as  memorial  gardens,  and  an 
ornamental  building  was  placed  over  the  well  into  which  the  bodies 
were  flung.  The  surrounding  wall  is  pierced  with  rows  of  lancet 
windows  or  openings,  having  trefoiled  muUions,  and  handsome  bronze 
doors  close  the  entrance.  Within  stands  the  marble  angel  of 
Marochetti,  already  described.  This  forms  the  chief  object  of  interest 
to  visitors  in  a  city  otherwise  devoid  of  historical  interest.  A 
memorial  church  also  occupies  the  site  of  General  Wheeler's 
entrenchments  in  the  cantonment.  The  style  is  Bomanesque,  and 
the  material  consists  of  massive  red  brick,  relieved  by  buttresses  and 
copings  of  buff  freestone." 

Cawnpur  is  famous  for  its  conjurers  and  snake-charmers.  An  idle 
hour  may  be  pleasantly  whiled  away  by  sending  for  a  group  of  these 
clever  and  amusing  jugglers,  who,  for  a  few  rupees,  will  perform  any 
number  of  wonderful  tricks. 

The  Society  for  the  Propagation  of  the  Gospel  has  a  station  at 
Cawnpur  with  two  European  missionaries,  180  communicants,  and 
schools  with  820  pupils.  The  American  Episcopal  Methodists  are 
represented  by  three  agents,  but  I  have  not  been  able  to  procure  any 
recent  returns  of  their  work. 

The  Ganges  forms  the  natural  waterway  for  the  traffic  of  Cawnpur, 
and  still  carries  a  large  portion  of  the  heavy  trade.  The  Ganges 
Canal,  which  passes  just  south  of  the  city,  is  also  navigable,  and 
affords  means  of  communication  for  a  considerable  number  of  country 
boats.  The  East  Lidian  Bailway  from  Allahabad  to  Delhi  has  a 
station  about  a  mile  west  of  the  city ;  and  the  Lucknow  branch  of 
the  Oudh  and  Bohilkhand  Bailway,  after  crossing  the  Ganges  by  a 
girder  bridge,  passes  between  the  native  quarter  and  the  cantonments, 
and  joins  the  East  Lidian  line  a  little  west  of  the  Cawnpur  station. 

T 


274  PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 

The  Grand  Trunk  Boad  from  Calcutta  to  Delhi  also  runs  through  the 
city  and  military  lines,  while  other  roads  branch  off  southward  to 
Ealpi  and  Hamirpur,  and  northward,  over  the  railway  bridge,  to  XJnao 
and  Lucknow. 

The  chief  industry  of  Gawnpur  consists  in  the  manufacture  of 
leather  goods,  which  is  rapidly  developing  from  year  to  year.  A  large 
Government  tannery  and  leather  manufactory  is  situated  in  the  old 
fort,  together  with  a  steam  flour-mill.  Two  large  steam  cotton-mills 
give  employment  to  a  considerable  number  of  operatives,  who 
manufacture  yam,  cloth,  and  tents,  and  supply  the  native  weavers 
with  material  for  their  craft,  and  several  cotton  -  presses,  both 
European  and  native.  These  two  item^  of  leather  and  cotton  goods 
make  up  the  principal  export  trade  of  Cawnpur ;  but  the  city  also 
forms  a  great  grain  mart,  where  agricultural  produce  from  Bundel- 
khand,  Oudh,  and  the  middle  Doab  is  collected  for  dispatch  by  rail. 
The  commerce  of  Cawnpur  has  steadily  increased  for  many  years  past, 
somewhat  to  the  detriment  of  Fatehgarh,  Mirzapur,  and  other  local 
trading  centres,  but  the  development  of  the  railway  system  in  Upper 
India  is  already  acting  so  as  to  decentralise  the  trade,  by  creating 
intermediate  marts. 


CHAPTER  XIX. 

LUCKNO  W.— JAUNPU  B.— AJODHYA. 

V,  the  capital  of  the  comparatively 
recent  kingdom  of  Oadb,  is  a 
terribly  fiuniliar  word  to  eyery 
EngUshman.  The  romance  of 
the  awful  Btraggle  of  the  Mutiny 
centreB  around  the  mins  of  its 
.  ReBideacy,  sacred  to  the  eternal 
memory  of  its  heroic  defence  by 
the  British  garrison  in  1867,  and 
its  two  equally  heroic  reliefs  under 
Harelock,  Ontram  and  Colin 
Campbell. 

Lncknow  is   quite    a   modem 

■=' city ;  after  Calcntta,  Madras,  and 

Bombay,  it  is  the  moat  populous  in  India,  city  and  cantonments  to- 
gether nambering  nearly  300,000  souls,  of  wbom  one-half  are  Miisal- 
mans.  Thirty-fire  years  ago,  it  was  the  capital  of  a  great  Muhamma- 
dan  kingdom,  and  is  now  the  centre  of  administration,  and  the  focus 
of  the  commerce,  of  an  important  British  province.  Lucknow  attracts 
to  itself  mach  of  the  native  Masalman  aristocracy  and  learning,  and 
undoubtedly  exercises  more  potent  influence  in  Muhammadan  society 
than  any  other  city  in  India,  except  perhaps  Haidarabad.  Luoknow  is 
wealthy  and  prosperous,  presenting  an  outward  appearance  of  magni- 
ficence and  splendonr,  though  its  architecture,  with  one  or  two  excep- 
tions, is,  beyond  all  expression,  execrable.  Placed  in  the  centre  of  a 
province  justly  called  "  the  Garden  of  India,"  the  suburbs  are  ex- 
tremely beautiful ;  viewed  from  any  vantage  point,  the  city  is  wonder- 
folly  picturesque,  the  debased  and  degraded  architecture  being  toned 


376  PICTURESQUE    INDIA. 


by  distance,  its  lofty  minarets  and  glided  domes  alone  Tisible  among 
the  laxuriant  foliage  in  vMch  the  whole  city  appears  emboBomed. 
Nowhere  in  India  are  there  more  beaatifal  avenueB,  parks,  and 
gardens ;  nowhere  in  India  are  there  oglier  palaces,  moaqnes  and 
mansoleoms. 

Lucknow  has  one  quality  that  will  be  appreciated  by  the  traveller, 
weary  of  Dak  bongalows  and  railway  rest-honses — Hill's  Hotel  is  one 
of  the  best  in  India,  centrally  sitoated,  in  handsome  buildings  once  the 


ronnd  the  Ontram,  Aminabad,  and  Canning  roads,  along  the  river's 
bank  to  the  two  bridges,  and  back  throngh  the  native  bazars :  as 
charming  and  beantiful  a  drive  as  can  be  foond  in  any  city  in  the 
world. 

The  royal  palaces  of  Lacknow  are,  withont  exception,  the  worst  speci- 
mens in  all  India ;  costly  and  extravagant,  taw^  and  tinsel,  bad  in 
architectoral  design,  worse  in  decorative  treatment,  but  worst  of  all  in 
the  smear  of  Oriental  vice  and  degradation  that  still  seems  to  cling  about 
them.  The  principal  of  these  is  the  KaUar  Bagk,  built  in  1848 — 60, 
at  a  cost  of  ten  millions  of  rupees.  It  is  difficult  to  imagine  where 
so  much  money  is  to  be  found  in  this  hideous  quadrangle  of  stucco 


LUCKNOW.  277 


rubbishy  but  probably  every  official,  from  the  Prime  Minister  to  the 
clerk  of  'the  works,  had  their  share  of  it  before  it  reached  the  actual 
buildings.  These  are  already  beginning  to  decay,  and  it  is  to  be  hoped 
that  the  Government  will  give  all  the  assistance  in  their  power  towards 
their  final  destruction,  and  so  make  some  amends  for  their  Vandalism 
at  Delhi,  Bijapur,  and  elsewhere.  Every  courtyard  and  pavilion  is 
redolent  of  the  debauched  king  who  built  them,  of  his  ferocious  Begam, 
and  his  tribe  of  concubines.  The  Kaisar  Pasand,  in  the  south-west 
angle,  the  worst  specimen  of  the  group,  has  historic  interest  from 
having  been  the  prison  of  Sir  M.  Jackson  and  his  party,  previous  to 
their  massacre. 

The  Chattar  Manzel,  or  umbrella  house,  is  another  palace  of  the 
same  bizarre  and  debased  sort,  so  called  from  a  fantastic  gilt  umbrella 
or  canopy  which  crowns  the  roof.  This  was  built  1827 — 37  by 
Nasir-ud-din  for  his  huge  hareem,  and  was  originally  surrounded 
by  a  lofby  wall,  which  made  it  a  strong  place  for  the  rebels  during 
the  Lucknow  mutiny.  This  palace  is  now  handed  over  to  the  United 
Service  Club,  which  opens  its  doors  readily  to  any  well-introduced 
stranger. 

There  are  many  other  smaller  palaces  and  mausoleums  scattered 
about  Lucknow,  all  of  which  present  a  wearisome  monotony  of  bad- 
ness.   They  are  to  be  avoided  rather  than  looked  for. 

The  only  group  of  buildings  in  Lucknow  of  noble  proportions  and 
architectural  interest  is  that  made  up  of  the  Great  Imambara,  and 
the  really  beautiful  Jama  Masjid  or  cathedral  mosque.  The  Great 
Imambara,  though  its  details  will  not  bear  too  dose  an  examination,  is 
however  conceived  on  so  grand  a  scale,  as  to  entitle  it  to  rank  with 
the  buildings  of  an  earlier  age.  The  principal  apartment  is  162  feet 
long,  by  58'6  wide ;  on  the  two  sides  are  verandahs,  respectively  26*6 
and  27*8  wide,  and  at  each  end  an  octagonal  apartment  fifty-three 
feet  in  diameter,  the  whole  interior  dimensions  being  thus  268  feet  by 
145.  This  immense  building  is  covered  with  vaults  of  a  very  simple 
form  and  still  simpler  construction,  being  of  a  rubble  or  coarse 
concrete  several  feet  in  thickness,  which  is  laid  on  a  rude  mould  or 
centering  of  bricks  and  mud,  and  allowed  to  stand  a  year  or  two  to  set 
and  dry.  The  centering  is  then  removed,  and  the  vault,  being  in  one 
piece,  stands  without  abutment  or  thrust,  apparently  a  better  and 
more  durable  form  of  roof  than  our  most  scientific  Gothic  vaulting ; 
certainly  £ar  cheaper  and  far  more  easily  made,  since  it  is  literally  cast 


278  PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 

on  a  mud  form,  which  may  be  moulded  into  any  shape  the  fancy  of 
the  architect  may  dictate  (Fergiissan). 

The  word  Imambara  signifies  the  '*  Patriarch's  place/'  used  in  the 
Musalman  feast  of  the  Mohurram,  in  celebration  of  the  martyrdom  of 
the  sons  of  Ali,  the  inmiediate  descendants  of  Muhammad.  This 
huge  building  was  erected  by  Asaf-ud-Daula  in  1784  a.d.,  as  a  relief 
work  during  the  terrible  famine  of  that  year.  Its  mosque,  part  of  the 
original  design,  is  a  handsome  and  stately  building. 

The  lesser  Imambara  is  a  florid  horror  to  be  escaped  from  as 
quickly  as  possible.     It  was  erected  by  Muhammad  Ali,  1887 — 41. 

The  JainaMasjid,  or  cathedral  mosque,  is  the  most  beautiful  build- 
ing in  Lucknow.  Its  towering  minarets  are  a  conspicuous  object  in 
the  landscape  for  miles  round.  It  is  the  only  building  in  all  Luck- 
now,  with  the  exception  of  the  Great  Imambara,  worth  looking  at  a 
second  time. 

All  round  Lucknow  are  riverside  pleasure-houses,  walled  gardens, 
tombs,  and  mansions,  many  of  which,  such  as  the  Moti  Mahal,  the 
Sikander  Bagh,  Kadam  Rasul,  Najaf  Ashraf,  Khurshed  Manzal,  the 
Lall  Baradari,  the  Musa  and  Alam  Bagh,  the  Dil  Kusha,  and  the 
ruined  fort  of  Jalalabad,  are  associated  with  striking  incidents  of  the 
defence  and  relief  of  Lucknow ;  their  details  hardly  belong  to  a  book 
deyoted  rather  to  the  picturesque  than  to  history,  but  they  are  admir- 
ably set  out  in  Mr.  Keene*8  clever  little  handbook  of  Lucknow,  which 
may  be  purchased  at  any  of  the  leading  shops  near  Hill's  Hotel. 

In  the  Alam  Bagh,  a  beautiful  walled  garden  a  third  of  a  mile 
square,  is  the  tomb  of  General  Sir  Henry  Havelock,  surmounted  by  an 
obelisk. 

Wingfield  Park  is  a  pretty  garden,  of  some  forty  acres,  laid  out  with 
much  taste  and  skill.  It  is  famous  for  its  roses,  and  other  flowers.  It 
is  adorned  with  statues  and  little  marble  pavilions  and  fountains. 

The  Martiniere  is  a  college  for  boys,  founded  by  General  Martin, 
one  of  the  many  European  military  adventurers  of  the  last  century, 
who  took  service  with  the  Indian  princes.  He  was  a  Frenchman  who 
in  Clive's  day  enlisted  in  the  British  army,  rising  to  the  rank  of  cap- 
tain, when  he  entered  the  service  of  the  Nawab  of  Oudh,  succeeding 
to  the  command  of  his  army,  and  accumulating  a  vast  fortune.  He 
built  the  Martiniere,  a  huge  bizarre  building  with  every  imaginable 
style  of  architecture  jumbled  up  together.  Dying  just  as  it  was 
finished,  he  left  money  for  its  completion,  and  its  endowment  as  a 


school.  About  150  boys  are  edacated  there  &ee  of  cost.  It  is  one 
of  the  "  Bights  "  of  Lncknow.  A  large  number  of  the  boys  took  a 
manly  part  in  the  defence  of  the  residency,  as  hospital  attendants, 
Bignallere,  and  even  in  active  combat. 

The  great  brick  bridge  of  thirteen  arches  which  spans  the  river,  was 
bnilt  in  1780  by  Asaf-nd-Daula,  and  is  a  very  qnaint  and  picturesque 
structure. 


The  Residency  is  of  coarse  the  spot  which,  more  than  any  other 
object  of  interest  in  Lucknow,  attracts  the  British  tourist.  Apart 
&om  their  romantic  history,  the  ruins  and  surrounding  garden  form  a 
beautiful  pictare.  It  is  impossible  for  the  most  callous  to  wander 
unmoved  through  its  pathetic  cemetery,  gay  with  flowers  and  shadowed 
by  feathery  bamboos.  Every  inscription  brings  to  mind  some  fresh 
incident  of  the  awful  defence  and  relief  of  Lucknow.  Here  rests 
Henry  Lawrence,  "  who  tried  to  do  his  duty ;  "  here  are  the  graves  of 
the  chaplain  and  his  only  child,  of  twelve  brave  women  and  eight  little 
children  stnick  down  by  shot  and  shell,  vritb  two  thousand  officers 


iSo  PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 

and  men  who  perished  by  war  and  massacre  daring  the  mutiny 
of  1857. 

I  leave  each  of  my  readers  to  select  from  the  abundant  literature  of 
these  terrible  times  such  books  as  may  enable  them  to  make  an  intelli- 
gent inspection  of  the  scenes  of  all  the  incidents  of  the  defence  of 
Lucknow.  In  my  opinion  Malleson's  ''  History  of  the  Mutiny  "  is 
the  clearest  and  most  graphic.  The  professional  guides  know  all  the 
spots  by  name,  especially  those  in  and  round  the  Residency  itself. 
The  following  extract  from  the  Imperial  Gazetteer  will,  however, 
suffice  to  bring  to  mind  the  main  surface  facts  of  the  Mutiny  narra- 
tive. A  visit  to  the  Museum,  where  there  is  a  large  model  of  the 
Besidency,  will  also  be  found  very  helpful. 

''A  couple  of  months  before  the  outbreak  at  Meerut,  Sir  Henry 
Lawrence  [20th  March,  1867]  had  assumed  the  Chief  Commissioner- 
ship  of  the  newly  annexed  province  of  Oudh.  The  garrison  at 
Lucknow  then  consisted  of  the  82nd  [British]  Begiment,  a  weak 
company  of  European  Artillery,  the  7th  Begiment  Native  Light 
Cavalry,  and  the  18th,  48th,  and  71st  regiments  of  Native  Lifantry. 
In  or  near  the  city  were  also  quartered  two  regiments  of  irregular 
local  infantry,  together  with  one  regiment  of  military  police,  one  of 
Oudh  Irregular  Cavalry,  and  two  batteries  of  Native  Artillery.  The 
town  thus  contained  nearly  ten  Indian  soldiers  to  every  European,  or 
7,000  to  750.  Symptoms  of  disaffection  occurred  as  early  as  the 
month  of  April,  when  the  house  of  the  surgeon  to  the  4dth  was 
burned  down  in  revenge  to  a  supposed  insult  to  caste.  Sir  Henry 
Lawrence  immediately  took  steps  to  meet  the  danger  by  fortifying 
the  Besidency  and  accumulating  stores.  On  the  80th  of  April  the 
men  of  the  7th  Oudh  Irregulars  refused  to  bite  their  cartridges,  on 
the  ground  that  they  had  been  greased  with  cow*s  fat.  They  were 
induced  with  some  difficulty  to  return  to  their  lines.  On  May  8  Sir 
Henry  Lawrence  resolved  to  deprive  the  mutinous  regiment  of  its 
arms,  a  step  which  was  effected  not  without  serious  delay. 

'*  On  May  12,  Sir  Henry  held  a  darbar,  and  made  an  impressive 
speech  in  Hindustani,  in  which  he  called  upon  the  people  to  uphold 
the  British  Government,  as  most  tolerant  to  Hindus  and  Muhammadans 
alike.  Two  days  earlier  the  massacre  at  Meerut  had  taken  place,  and 
a  telegram  brought  word  of  the  event  on  the  morning  after  the  darbar. 
On  the  19th  Sir  Henry  Lawrence  received  the  supreme  military  com- 
mand in  Oudh.    He  immediately  fortified  the  Besidency  and  the  Machi 


LUC  KNOW.  281 

Bhawan,  bringiDg  the  ladies  and  children  into  the  former  bailding.  On 
the  sight  of  the  SObh  May  the  expected  iuBorrectioQ  broke  out  at  Lack- 
now.  The  men  of  the  71st,  with  a  few  from  the  other  regiments,  began  to 
born  the  bungalows  of  their  officers  and  to  murder  the  inmates. 
Prompt  action  was  taken,  and  early  next  morning  the  European 
force  attacked,  dispersed,  and  followed  up  for  ten  miles  the  retreating 
mutineers,  who  were  joined  during  the  action  by  the  7th  Cavalry. 


THE  BBllDRNCr,  l.ttCKSOW. 


The  rebels  fled  towards  Sitapnr.  Although  Lucknow  thus  remained 
in  the  hands  of  the  British,  by  the  12th  of  Jane  every  other  post  in 
Oudb  had  fallen  into  the  power  of  the  mutineers.  The  Chief  Com- 
missioner still  held  the  cantonments  and  the  two  fortified  posts  at  the 
beginning  of  June,  but  the  symptoms  of  disafiection  in  the  city  and 
among  the  remaining  native  troops  were  nnmistakeable.  In  the  midst 
of  such  a  crisis  Sir  Henry  Lawrence's  health  unhappily  gave  way. 
He  delegated  bis  authority  to  a  council  of  five,  presided  over  by  Mr. 
Oubbins,  the  Financial  Commissioner,  but  shortly  after   recovered 


282  PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 

snfficiently  to  resume  the  command.  On  Jane  the  11th,  however, 
the  military  police  and  native  cavalry  hroke  into  open  revolt,  followed 
on  the  succeeding  morning  by  the  native  infantry.  On  the  20th  Jane 
news  of  the  fall  of  Gawnpur  arrived ;  and  on  the  29th  the  enemy, 
7,000  strong,  advanced  upon  Chinhat,  a  village  on  the  Faizabad  road, 
eight  miles  from  the  Besidency.  Sir  Henry  Lawrence  marched  out 
and  gave  the  enemy  battle  at  that  spot.  The  result  proved  disastrous 
to  our  arms,  through  the  treachery  of  the  Oudh  artillery,  and  a  retreat 
became  necessary.  The  troops  fell  back  on  Lucknow,  abandoned  the 
Machi  Bhawan,  and  concentrated  all  their  strength  upon  the  Besidency. 
The  siege  of  the  enclosure  began  upon  1st  July.  On  the  2nd,  as  Sir 
Henry  Lawrence  lay  on  his  bed,  a  shell  entered  the  room,  burst,  and 
wounded  him  severely.  He  lingered  till  the  morning  of  the  4th  and 
then  died  in  great  agony.  Major  Banks  succeeded  to  the  civil  com- 
mand, while  the  military  authority  devolved  upon  Brigadier  Liglis. 
On  20th  July  the  enemy  made  an  unsuccessful  assault.  Next  day 
Major  Banks  was  shot,  and  the  sole  command  was  undertaken  by 
Inglis.  On  the  10th  August  the  mutineers  attempted  a  second 
assault,  which  was  again  unsuccessful.  The  third  assault  took  place 
on  the  18th,  but  the'  enemy  were  losing  heart  as  they  found  the  small 
garrison  so  able  to  vrithstand  them,  and  the  repulse  proved  com- 
paratively easy. 

'^  Meanwhile  the  British  within  were  dwindling  away  and  eagerly 
expecting  reinforcements  from  Gawnpur.  On  6th  September  news  of  tho 
relieving  force  under  Outram  and  Havelock  reached  the  garrison  by  a 
faithful  native  messenger.  On  22nd  September  the  relief  arrived  at 
the  Alambagh,  a  walled  garden  on  the  Gawnpur  road  held  by  the 
enemy  in  force.  Havelock  stormed  the  Alambagh,  and  on  25th  fought 
his  way  with  continuous  opposition  through  the  narrow  lanes  of  the 
city.  On  the  26th  he  arrived  at  the  gate  of  the  Besidency  enclosure, 
and  was  welcomed  by  the  gaUant  defenders  within.  General  Neill  fell 
during  the  action  outside  the  walls.  The  sufferings  of  the  besieged 
bad  been  very  great ;  but  even  after  the  first  relief  it  became  clear 
that  Lucknow  could  only  be  temporarily  defended  till  the  arrival  of 
further  reinforcements  should  allow  the  garrison  to  cut  its  way  out. 
Outram,  who  had  now  re-assumed  the  conmiand  which  he  generously 
yielded  to  Havelock  during  the  relief,  accordingly  fortified  an  enlarged 
area  of  the  town,  bringing  many  important  outworks  within  the  limits 
of  defence ;  and  the  siege  began  once  mo];e  till  a  second  relieving: 


LUCK  NOW.  283 


party  could  set  the  besieged  at  liberty.  Night  and  day  the  enemy 
kept  up  a  continual  firing  against  our  position,  while  Outram  re- 
taliated by  frequent  sorties. 

*'  Throughout  October  the  garrison  continued  its  gallant  defence, 
and  a  small  party  shut  up  in  the  Alambagh,  and  cut  off  unexpectedly 
from  the  main  body,  also  contrived  to  hold  good  its  dangerous  post. 
Meanwhile  Sir  Colin  Campbell's  force  had  advanced  from  Cawnpur, 
and  arrived  at  the  Alambagh  on  the  10th  of  November.  From  the 
day  of  his  landing  at  Calcutta  Sir  Colin  had  never  ceased  in  his 
endeavours  to  collect  an  army  to  relieve  Lucknow  by  gathering 
together  the  liberated  Delhi  field  force  and  the  fresh  reinforcements 
from  England.  On  the  12th  the  main  body  threw  itself  into  the 
Alambagh  after  a  smart  skirmish  with  the  rebels.  Sir  Colin  next 
occupied  the  Dilkusha  palace,  south-east  of  the  town,  and  then  moved 
against  the  Martini^re,  which  the  enemy  had  fortified  with  guns  in 
position.  After  carrying  that  post,  he  forded  the  canal,  and  on  the 
16th  attacked  the  Sikandra  Bagh,  the  chief  rebel  stronghold.  The 
mutineers,  driven  to  bay,  fought  desperately  for  their  fortress,  but 
before  evening  the  whole  place  was  in  the  hands  of  the  British.  As 
soon  as  Sir  Colin  Campbell  reached  the  Moti  Mahal,  on  the  outskirts 
of  the  city  proper,  General  Havelock  came  out  from  the  Besidency 
to  meet  him,  and  the  second  relief  was  successfully  accomplished. 

**  Even  now,  however,  it  remained  impossible  to  hold  Lucknow,  and 
Sir  Colin  Campbell  determined  before  undertaking  any  further 
offensive  operations,  to  return  to  Cawnpur  with  his  army,  escorting 
the  civilians,  ladies  and  children  rescued  from  their  long  imprison- 
ment in  the  Besidency,  with  the  view  of  forwarding  them  to  Calcutta. 
On  the  morning  of  the  20th  of  November,  the  troops  received  orders 
to  march  for  the  Alambagh  ;  and  the  Besidency,  the  scene  of  so  long 
and  stirring  a  defence,  was  abandoned  for  a  while  to  the  rebel  army. 
Before  the  final  departure.  Sir  Henry  Havelock  died  from  an  attack  of 
dysentery.  He  was  buried  in  the  Alambagh,  without  any  monument, 
a  cross  on  a  neighbouring  tree  alone  marking  for  the  time  his  last 
resting-place.  Sir  James  Outram,  with  8,500  men,  held  the 
Alambagh  until  the  commander-in-chief  could  return  to  recapture  the 
capital.  The  rebels  used  the  interval  well  for  the  fortification  of  their 
stronghold  to  the  utmost  extent  of  their  knowledge  and  power.  They 
surrounded  the  greater  part  of  the  city,  for  a  circuit  of  twenty  miles, 
with  an  external  line  of  defences,  extending  from  the  Gumti  to  the 


284  PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 

canal.  An  earthen  parapet  lay  behind  the  canal ;  a  second  line  of 
earthworks  connected  the  Moti  Mahal,  the  mess-house,  and  the 
Imambara;  while  the  Eaisar  Bagh  constituted  the  rebel  citadel. 
Stockade  works  and  parapets  closed  every  street,  and  loopholes  in  all 
the  houses  afforded  an  opportunity  for  defending  the  passage  inch  by 
inch.  The  computed  strength  of  the  insurgents  amounted  to  30,000 
Sepoys,  together  with  50,000  volunteers,  and  they  possessed  100 
pieces  of  ordnance  guns  and  mortars. 

"  On  the  2nd  of  March,  1858,  Sir  Colin  Campbell  found  himself 
free  enough  in  the  rear  to  march  once  more  upon  Lucknow.  He  first 
occupied  the  Dilkusha,  and  posted  guns  to  command  the  Martiniere. 
On  the  5th,  Brigadier  Franks  arrived  with  6,000  men,  half  of  them 
Gurkhas  sent  by  the  Baja  of  Nepal.  Outram's  force  then  crossed 
the  Gumti,  and  advanced  from  the  direction  of  Faizabad,  while 
the  main  body  attacked  from  the  south-east.  After  a  week's  hard 
fighting,  from  the  9th  to  the  15th  March,  the  rebels  were 
completely  defeated,  and  their  posts  captured  one  by  one.  Most  of 
the  insurgents,  however,  escaped.  As  soon  as  it  became  clear  that 
Lucknow  had  been  permanently  recovered,  and  thr.t  the  enemy,  as  a 
combined  body,  had  ceased  to  exist,  Sir  Colin  Campbell  broke  up  the 
British  Oudh  army,  and  the  work  of  reorganisation  began.  On  the 
18th  of  October,  1858,  the  Govemor-Oeneral  and  Lady  Canning 
visited  Lucknow  in  state,  and  found  the  city  already  recovering  from 
the  devastation  to  which  it  had  been  subjected." 

An  interesting  excursion  may  be  made  to  the  elephant  stables  of 
the  Commissariat  Department,  about  three  miles  from  the  hotel 
There  are  over  thirty  elephants,  and  the  whole  stud  is  valued  at 
about  £10,000.  These  useful  animals  drag  enormous  loads,  draw 
water,  and  perform  a  hundred  other  useful  functions.  They  and 
their  keepers  are  great  friends,  and  they  may  be  seen  nursing  the 
babies  in  a  coil  of  their  trunks,  while  the  father  prepares  their  food. 
They  are  fed  on  coarse  loaves,  or  chowpatties,  and  are  allowed  a  given 
number  each.  The  elephant  coimts  them  carefully  over,  and  if  the 
keeper  gives  him  short  allowance,  he  protests  with  loud  trumpetings 
till  his  tale  is  made  up.  They  will  search  for  and  find  with  their 
trunks  two-anna  silver  bits,  handing  them  to  their  keepers  when  found, 
with  much  gravity  of  demeanour. 

The  native  city  of  Luclcnow  affords  ample  opportunity  for  studying 
all  the  handicrafts  of  India.      The  bazars  of  any  Indian  native  town 


LUCKNOW.  285 


are  full  of  nnwearying  interesty  especially  in  cities  where,  as  in 
Lucknow,  artistic  manafactores  have  been  stimulated  by  the  presence 
of  a  wealthy  Indian  Court.  Although  the  royal  family  of  Oudh  is 
fj&st  yanishing  into  obscurity,  Lucknow  is  still  the  favourite  residence 
of  its  princes,  as  well  as  of  the  numerous  wealthy  nobles  and 
Talukdars  of  Oudh.  These,  with  the  many  rich  merchants  and  the 
growing  stream  of  English  visitors,  foster  and  encourage  the  shops 
and  art- workmen  of  the  bazars. 

Different  trades  occupy  various  quarters  of  the  Great  Bazar,  which 
is  a  narrow  winding  street  running  from  one  end  of  the  native  city  to 
the  other.  The  leading  men  of  each  craft  occupy  the  front  shops,  the 
smaller  fry  crowding  into  the  narrow  lanes  and  alleys  behind.  The 
roadway  is  filled  with  a  busy  clamorous  throng  of  Indians  in  gay 
dresses  and  bright  turbans ;  so  dense,  indeed,  is  the  crowd,  that  for 
many  hours  in  the  afternoon  all  vehicular  traffic  is  forbidden  by  the 
authorities,  as  well  as  elephants,  camels  or  horses. 

To  see  any  Indian  bazar  to  advantage,  a  good  intelligent  guide  is 
neccssaiy.  In  Lucknow,  the  professional  valets-de-place  have  got 
such  a  low  ideal  of  what  an  Englishman  is  likely  to  want  to  see,  that 
they  are  not  much  use.  If  possible,  the  traveller  should  get  an  intro- 
duction to  some  Indian  gentleman,  merchant,  pleader,  schoolmaster  or 
doctor,  who  can  speak  English  fluently,  and  persuade  him  to  spend  an 
afternoon  as  guide  through  the  Lucknow  bazar.  It  will  be  one  of 
the  most  interesting  experiences  he  is  likely  to  have  during  his  whole 
journey,  and  will  give  a  thorough  insight  into  the  native  life  of  India. 

The  entrance  of  the  Great  Bazar  is  occupied  by  the  silversmiths, 
pale-faced  Kashmiris  who  have  formed  colonies  of  their  own  in  almost 
every  city  of  Oudh,  the  Punjab  and  the  North- West.  They  sit 
gravely  on  the  floor  of  their  open  shops,  chasing  exquisite  patterns  of 
floral  or  animal  subjects  on  silver  teapots,  cream-jugs,  basins,  cups, 
vases,  bowls,  rose-water  bottles,  boxes  and  other  pretty  trinkets. 
These  are  sold  for  a  certain  weight  of  rupees.  The  finest  designs 
fetch  double  their  weight,  and  simple  patterns  can  be  had  for  a  fourth 
more  than  their  weight*  The  ancient  craft  of  gold  and  silver  smiths 
has  existed  in  India  for  thousands  of  years.  The  oldest  piece  now  in 
existence  is  a  beautiful  and  delicate  Buddhist  relic  casket  belonging  to 
the  India  Office  Library,  found  about  forty  years  ago  in  a  tope  near 
Jalalabad  in  Afghanistan,  dating  from  about  50  B.C.  The  gold  and 
silver  workers  of  Lucknow  maintain  a  well-deserved  reputation  for  the 


a86  PICTURESQUE    INDIA. 

excellence  of  their  work.  The  beat  known  is  the  pencil-gilt  silver- 
work,  which  is  mainly  nsed  in  the  prodaction  of  Sarait,  or  water- 
bottles.  Their  elegant  shapes  and  delicate  tracery,  graven  through 
the  gilding  to  the  dead  white  silver  below,  which  softens  the  lustre  of 
the  gold  to  a  pearly  radiance,  gives  a  most  charming  effect  to  this 
refined  and  graceful  work.  It  is  said  to  be  a  Mongolian  art,  bat 
inflnenced  and  refined  by  the  superiority  which  the  XashmiriB  possess 
over  all  other  Orientals  in  elaborating  decorative  details  of  good  design , 
whether  in  metal  hammered  or  cut,  enamelling  or  weaving.     Caps 


are  also  made  in  this  work,  and  trsys  of  a  very  pretty  fonr-comered 
pattern,  the  corners  being  shaped  like  the  Mnhammadon  arch.  The 
Kashmir  origin  of  the  art  is  manifest  by  the  constant  introdnction 
of  the  well-known  cone  pattern  so  familiar  in  embroidered  Kashmir 
shawls.  No  prettier  present  can  be  taken  home  from  India  than  one 
of  these  lovely  pencil-gilt  cnps  or  saraia,  or  the  cheaper  but  not  less 
beautiful  engraved  silver-work.  Any  traveller  interested  in  the  history 
of  the  silversmith's  art  in  India,  should  consnlt  the  chapter  on  "  Gold 
and  silver  plate,"  in  Birdwood's  "  Industrial  Arts  of  India." 

Lucknow  is  famous  for  its  Hukas,  or  tobacco-pipes,  the  smoking  of 
which  is  so  essential  a  part  of  every  Indian  bargain.  The  clay  bowls 
are  manuflactured  in  the  same  quarter  as  the  deftly-modelled  and 


LUCKNOW,  287 


brightly-coloared  clay  figures  which  are  sold  in  the  same  shops. 
This  is  the  potters'  quarter,  where  every  kind  of  earthen  vessel,  from 
the  common  unglazed  lota  and  water-jug,  to  turquoise  imitations  of 
the  finest  Persian  glazed  wares,  are  manufactured  in  the  sight  of 
every  passer-by.  Figures  in  clay  representing  faithfully  and  with 
much  spirit  the  domestic  servants  and  handicraftsmen  of  the  city,  and 
the  different  races,  tribes  and  castes  of  Oudh  and  the  North-west, 
dressed  up  in  muslins,  silks  and  spangles,  are  sold  in  the  potters^ 
bazar  for  two,  three  or  four  rupees  a  dozen,  according  to  size  and 
quality.  It  is  possible  also  to  procure  from  some  of  the  finest 
modellers  in  clay,  turbaned  heads  representing  with  great  fidelity  the 
facial  type  and  head-dress  of  literally  hundreds  of  differing  races, 
castes  and  trades  all  over  India.  The  coloured  clay  models  of  fruit 
are  often  used  by  the  natives  as  a  practical  joke,  and  I  have  more  than 
once  been  taken  in  by  their  striking  fidelity  to  nature.  The  more 
costly  potter's  work  of  Lucknow  is  garish,  flaunting  and  debased,  not 
worth  the  notice  of  any  European  customer.  It  bears  about  the  same 
relation  to  the  beautiful  glazed  pottery  of  the  Panjab,  as  the  Chatter 
Manzil  does  to  the  Taj  Mahal. 

The  jewellery  bazar  of  Lucknow  was,  during  tho  time  of  the 
Nawabs,  one  of  the  most  famous  in  India,  but  now,  though  still 
important,  it  ranks  far  behind  Jaipur  or  Delhi.  The  jewellers  lost  all 
their  capital  during  the  Mutiny,  and  are  only  now  beginning  to 
recover  something  of  their  old  position.  The  table  and  rose  diamond 
is  cut  here  to  a  considerable  extent.  The  finest  and  most  elaborate 
jeweller's  work  can  be  had  in  Lucknow  for  about  six  or  seven  per  cent, 
on  the  cost  of  the  gold  and  precious  stones.  The  very  best  artists 
will  work  for  a  rupee  a  day.  The  gold-enameUing  of  Lucknow  ranks 
only  next  to  that  of  Jaipur,  to  which  it  is  very  similar.  With  the 
exception  of  the  well-known  diamond-cut  pattern  of  silver  bangles, 
there  is  no  specially  distinctive  jewellery  of  Lucknow;  it  is  mainly 
gemmed  and  enamelled  gold,  similar  to  that  of  Delhi.  It  is  a  pretty 
sight  to  watch  a  gem-setter  arranging  his  stones  on  a  white  cloth, 
picking  them  out,  one  by  one,  into  patterns  for  which  the  gold  and 
silver  smiths  make  the  setting.  A  clever  guide  may  perhaps  unearth 
some  of  the  engraved  gems,  or  gem-encrusted  jade,  for  which  Lucknow 
was  famous  in  the  days  of  the  Nawabs. 

The  craft  for  which  Lucknow  has  the  greatest  reputation  through- 
out   India    is    that    of   gold    and    silver    wire-drawing,   with    its 


PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 


complemeDtar;  tradeB  of  gold  and  eiher  kce,  brocades,  and 
embroidery.  There  are  aboat  1000  artisans  employed  in  this 
industry.  The  basia  of  these  fabrics  is  gold,  silver,  or  siWer-gOt  wire 
drawn  out  by  hand,  or  rather  by  that  extra  hand  possessed  by  every 
Indian,  the  foot,  to  an  extreme  thinness ;  sometimes  nsed  round,  at 
other  times  flattened  out  into  fine  metal  ribbons,  or  cut  into  spangles 


of  Tarious  patterns  :  a  rupee  can  be  drawn  out  to  800  yards  of  wire. 
These  products  are  far  superior  to  anything  of  the  kind  produced  in 
Europe  by  machinery;  the  wire  is  nsed  largely  in  Ahmadabad, 
Benares,  and  indeed  all  over  India  in  the  manufacture  of  kincob 
brocades.  The  principal  kinds  of  lace  made  at  Lucknow  from 
gold  and  silver  wire  are  called  lackka,  kalabatu,  and  lai$.  In  lachka 
the  warp  is  of  silver-gilt  strips,  woven  with  a  woof  of  silk;  it  is 
often  stamped  with  patterns  in  high  relief,  and  is  mostly  used  for 
edging  turbans  and  petticoats.  Kalahatu,  consists  of  strips  of  gilded 
silver  twisted  spirally  round  threads  of  yellow  silk,  and  then  woTen 


into  a  ribbon  similar  to  lackka.     In  lata  the  woof  is  of  wire,  and  the 
warp  of  silk.    This  indaetry  reappears  in  the  shoe  and  slipper  bazar, 


where    beantiful    embroidered  velvet   and   leather   slippers   may  be 
porchaaed.     The  native  kings  of  Oadh  prohibited  the  embroidery  of 


290  PICTURESQUE  IXDIA. 


slippers  with  anything  but  pure  gold  wire,  but  the  bazars  of 
Lucknow  are  now  mainly  filled  with  pinchbeck  frauds  from  Delhi.  It 
is,  howeiyer,  possible  to  pick  up  very  beautiful  specimens  of  these  old 
gold-embroidered  shoes  of  Lucknow,  from  some  of  the  dealers  in 
curiosities  who  frequent  the  verandah  of  Hill's  Hotel,  who  must  not  be 
judged  by  the  cheap  rubbish  they  offer  at  first,  for  they  can  produce 
things  worth  seeing  and  buying  to  anyone  whom  they  think  a  likely 
customer.  The  tailors*  quarter  is  hard  by  the  lace  bazar,  and  a 
tailor  clad  in  striped  muslin,  with  a  jaunty  green  cap  on  his  head, 
and  a  gay  huka  by  his  side,  stitching  silver  lace  on  a  blue  velvet  coat, 
made  a  quaint  and  pretty  picture  which  a  friend  secured  for  me  with  a 
"detective"  camera,  and  which  Mr.  Pedder  has  reproduced  on  the 
previous  page.  Gold  embroidery  is  used  to  adorn  gorgeous  velvets 
called  makhmal^  which  is  made  into  costly  State  canopies,  umbrellas 
of  dignity,  elephants'  cloths,  horse  trappings,  and  other  State 
caparisons.  The  sumptuous  gold  scroll-ornamentation  is  in  design 
distinctly  of  Italian  16th  century  origin,  brought  over,  no  doubt,  by 
the  skilled  Italian  workmen  who  flocked  to  the  court  of  Akbar  and 
his  immediate  successors.  The  embroidered  native  coats  of  Lucknow 
have  a  great  reputation  all  over  India. 

The  Lucknow  cotton-cloth  bazar  is  a  famous  one.  There  is  of 
course  a  large  importation  from  Manchester,  but  there  is  still  a 
solid  survivid  of  the  ancient  weaving  industry  of  Oudh.  There 
are  about  1600  looms  still  at  work  in  the  city;  cotton  printing 
by  small  hand-blocks  is  a  very  successful  trade,  and  the  native 
chintzes,  owing  to  the  great  superiority  of  their  colour  and  their 
freedom  from  sizing,  command  nearly  double  the  price  of  Manchester 
goods.  Some  of  the  most  beautiful  cotton  fabrics  and  stuffs  of 
India  are  produced  at  Lucknow,  owing  more  to  the  strength  and 
brilliance  of  their  natural  dyes,  than  to  the  fineness  or  softness 
with  which  they  are  woven.  It  is  estimated  that  in  spite  of  the 
enormous  and  increasing  imports  of  Manchester  cotton-prints  into 
India,  that  the  domestic  manufacture  not  only  far  exceeds  it,  but 
is  almost  equal  to  the  entire  export  trade  of  Manchester  itself. 
Anyone  who  will  take  the  trouble  to  turn  over  the  stock  of  some 
large  dealer  in  native- dyed  cotton  fabrics,  will  be  well  rewarded  in 
the  beautiful  and  harmonious  masterpieces  of  textile  art  he  will  bo 
able  to  purchase,  for  a  few  annas  each. 

The  whole  of  the   mile- and -a -half  to  which  the  central  bazar 


LUCKNOW.  291 

Btretchcs,  is  one  pictureeijae  jumble  of  trades,  following  each  other  in 
qnick  HUCcessioQ.  In  the  fruit  bazar  are  stalls  piled  with  oranges, 
pomeloes,  tamarinds,  limes,  guanas,  grapes,  pears  and  apples,  many  of 
which  are  brought  by  Afghan  merchants  from  Kabul,  who  lounge 
abont  in  their  dirty  loose  clothes  and  sheepskin  caps. 

A  saYoury  smell  filling  the  whole  air  heralds  the  food  bazar.  Here 
are  stalls  of  hot  frizzling  kabobs,  piles  of  sweetmeats  made  of  honey, 
floor  and  ghee ;  bakers  busy  with  chapatties,  the  flat  cakes  which 
are  the  universal  bread  of  India,  and  which  are  baked  brown  in  two 


minutes  on  flat  sheets  of  iron  over  little  charcoal  fires ;  piles  of  yellow 
turmeric  and  scarlet  chillies  for  curry ;  women  grinding  corn,  dhal 
and  other  cereals. 

Now  the  loud  clattering  of  pots  and  pans  announces  the  copper- 
smiths' quarter,  where  brassworkers  and  tinsmiths  congregate.  The 
work  of  the  former,  being  an  ancient  craft,  is  as  good  as  the  latter,  a 
19th  centnry  importation,  is  bad.  Everybody  is  familiar  with  the 
beautiful  brass  work  of  India,  so  much  used  in  England  for  household 
decoration ;  its  makers  will  use  nothing  but  the  finest  material  for 
their  artistic  labours.  The  tinsmiths,  however,  are  content  to  work 
Dp  disused  petroleum  and  castor-oil  canisters,  and  their  work  is  on  a 
par  with  their  material.  Nothing  is  more  curious  in  an  Indian  bazar 
Uian  the  rapid  transition  &om  a  workshop  turning  out  the  most 

0  2 


292  PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 


perfect  and  arfcistic  results,  to  another  whose  jerryness  and  inefficiency 
have  no  rival  anywhere  in  the  world. 

A  group  of  shops  piled  with  rough  pink  lumps  of  mineral,  like 
]  aferior  gypsum,  form  the  salt  bazar,  a  Government  monopoly  which 
brings  in  a  revenue  all  over  India  of  some  £7,000,000  every  year. 
Here  and  there  throughout  the  bazar  are  little  shops  whose  entire 
stock  consists  of  a  small  lump  of  greenish  pudding,  which  is  being 
retailed  out  in  tiny  cubes.  This  is  another  "  Government  monopoly  " 
and  is  Majoon,  a  preparation  of  the  deadly  Bhang  or  Indian  hemp 
known  in  Turkey  and  Egypt  as  Hasheesh,  the  most  horrible  intoxicant 
the  world  has  yet  produced.  In  Egypt,  its  importation  and  sale  is 
absolutely  forbidden,  and  a  costly  preventive  service  is  maintained  to 
suppress  the  smuggling  of  it  by  Greek  adventurers ;  but  a  Christian 
Government  is  wiser  in  its  generation  and  gets  a  comfortable  income 
out  of  its  sale.  When  an  Indian  wants  to  commit  some  horrible 
crime,  such  as  murder  or  wife  mutilation,  he  prepares  himself  for  it 
with  two  annas'  worth  of  Bhang  from  a  government  majoon  shop. 
The  little  rooms,  open  to  the  street,  of  which  the  sole  furniture  is 
some  matting  and  a  few  Hukas,  are  Churras  or  Cliandu  shops,  feirmed 
out  by  the  government  of  India  to  provide  another  form  of  Indian 
hemp  intoxication  which  is  smoked  instead  of  eaten.  The  wide  and 
spacious  shops  in  front  of  which  are  strewn  broken  potsherds,  and 
whose  contents  are  two  or  three  kegs  and  a  pile  of  little  pots,  are 
the  Government  liquor-farmers'  establishments.  The  groups  of  noisy 
men  seated  on  the  floor  are  drinking  ardent  spirits  of  the  worst 
description,  absolutely  forbidden  to  the  British  soldier,  but  sold  retail 
to  natives  at  three  farthings  a  gill,  of  T-hich  two  farthings  go  to  the 
Exchequer.  No  Hindu  will  drink  from  the  same  vessel  as  any  one 
else,  which  explains  the  pile  of  little  pots,  and  the  broken  sherds  in 
the  street  outside. 

Here  and  there  a  large  native  house  is  passed  through  the  door  of 
which  streams  in  and  out  a  swarm  of  customers.  It  is  perhaps  three 
o'clock  in  the  afternoon.  Entering  with  them,  you  will  find  yourself 
in  a  spacious  but  veiy  dirty  courtyard,  round  which  are  ranged  fifteen 
or  twenty  small  rooms.  The  stench  is  sickening,  the  swarm  of  flies 
intolerable,  and  there  is  something  strange  and  weird  in  the  faces  of 
ihose  coming  in  from  the  street.  This  is  the  establishment  of  another 
Gt>vemment  contractor,  the  opium  farmer.  At  the  entrance  sits  a 
comely  well-dressed  native  woman,  whose  husband  is  busy  sorting 


294  PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 

the  arriTing  customerB  into  the  least  crowded  of  the  side  rooms.  Before 
her  is  a  table  on  which  are  large  bowls  rapidly  filling  up  with  copper 
coins ;  like  Matthew  of  old,  she  sits  at  the  receipt  of  custom,  for  half 
these  coins  go  to  the  Government  treasury  at  Calcutta,  the  other  half 
going  into  the  pocket  of  the  Oovemment  tax-collector,  the  opium 
farmer.  Enter  one  of  the  small  rooms.  It  has  no  window,  and  is 
very  dark,  but  in  the  centre  is  a  small  charcoal  fire,  whose  lurid  glow 
lights  up  the  faces  of  nine  or  ten  human  beings,  men  and  women, 
lying  on  the  floor  like  pigs  in  a  sty.  A  young  girl  some  fifteen 
years  of  age  has  charge  of  each  room,  fans  the  fire,  lights  the  opium 
pipe,  and  holds  it  in  the  mouth  of  the  last  comer,  till  his  head  falls 
heavily  on  the  body  of  his  or  her  predecessor.  In  no  East-end  gin 
palace,  in  no  lunatic  or  idiot  asylum,  will  you  see  such  horrible  de- 
struction of  God's  image  in  the  face  of  man,  as  appears  in  the 
countenances  of  those  in  the  preliminary  stages  of  opium  drunkenness. 
Here  you  may  see  some  handsome  young  married  woman  nineteen  or 
twenty  years  of  age,  sprawling  on  the  senseless  bodies  of  men,  her  fine 
brown  eyes  flattened  and  dull  with  coming  stupor,  and  her  lips  drawn 
convulsively  back  from  her  glittering  white  teeth.  Here  is  a  younger 
girl,  sitting  among  a  group  of  newly-arrived  customers,  singing  some 
lewd  romance,  as  they  hand  round  tiie  pipes.  There  is  a  bonny  little 
lad  of  six  or  seven,  watching  his  father's  changing  face  with  a  dreadful 
indifference.  At  night  these  dens  are  crowded  to  excess,  and  it  is 
estimated  that  there  are  upwards  of  12,000  persons  in  Lucknow 
enslaved  by  this  hideous  vice.  Green  hands  can  get  drunk  for  an 
anna,  or  even  less,  but  by  degrees  more  and  more  opium  is  needed, 
till  hardened  sots  require  200  or  800  drops  of  thick  opium  mixed  with 
tobacco,  to  jecure  complete  intoxication.  An  opium  sot  is  the  most 
hopeless  of  all  drunkards.  Once  in  the  clutches  of  this  fiend,  every- 
thing gives  way  to  his  fierce  promptings.  His  victim  only  works  to 
get  more  money  for  opium.  Wife,  children,  home,  health  and  life 
itself  at  last,  are  all  sacrificed  to  his  degrading  passion. 

In  the  city  of  Lucknow  in  1889,  there  were  thirty  distilleries  of 
native  spirits,  201  liquor  shops,  twenty-four  opium  dens,  and  ninety-two 
shops  for  Bhang,  Churras,  and  other  maddening  and  intoxicating  ^rugs. 
These  bring  in  a  substantial  and  steadily -increasing  profit  to  the 
Indian  exchequer.  The  receipts  of  the  North- West  Provinces  and  Oudh 
from  the  retail  sale  of  opium.  Bhang  and  such  poisonous  drugs  is 
nbont  d670,000  and  steadDy  increasing,  while  the  revenue  from  spirits 


LUCK  NOW.  29s 


is  nearly  d£600,000^  having  doubled  itself  during  the  last  soyen 
years. 

But  this  is  not ''  picturesque  India."  Let  us  get  away  from  the 
reeking  atmosphere  of  liquor  shops  and  opium  dens  to  the  cheerful 
brightness  of  the  Nakhas,  or  bird  bazar,  where  live  birds  of  all  sorts 
are  sold,  not  for  the  table,  but  for  sport  or  pets.  Here  are  cages  of 
rare  gamecocks,  and  pigeons  trained  to  tumble  in  the  air  for  wagers ; 
little  open  boxes  of  fighting  quails,  kept  severely  apart  till  their  duels 
are  fought,  for  quail-fighting  is  the  popular  sport  of  Musalman 
Lucknow ;  parrots  and  minas  trained  to  talk ;  larks  and  doves, 
weaver-birds,  bulbuls,  avadavats,  and  other  singing-birds ;  tiny  young 
partridges,  mere  balls  of  down,  to  be  trained  as  they  grow  into  house- 
hold pets  ;  hawks  and  falcons  for  the  chase ;  peafowl,  herons,  storks, 
and  waterfowl  for  the  ponds  of  native  gentlemen's  gardens.  Hundreds 
of  small  birds,  of  no  value  either  as  pets,  songsters,  or  fighters,  are 
bought  by  pious  people  every  morning,  to  be  set  at  liberty  again  as  a 
work  of  merit,  pleasing  to  the  gods,  or  to  serve  the  purpose  of  some 
other  superstition.  There  is  no  prettier  sight  anywhere  than  the 
Nakhas  Bird  Market  of  Lucknow,  if  the  eyes  are  discreetly  closed  to 
much  ill-treatment  and  cruelty  to  these  unfortunate  feathered  captives. 

Nothing  is  more  surprising  to  an  Englishman,  in  visiting  an  Indian 

bazar,  than  the  microscopic  bargains  which  are  made  by  the  poorer 

buyers,  as,  for  instance,  the  various  condiments  that  are  needed  to 

make  up  a  curry.     The  anna,  in  the  Lucknow  Bazar,  can  be  divided 

up  into  912  fractions,  perhaps  the  smallest  currency  in  the  world, 

unless  it  be  in  the  remoter  parts  of  inland  China.     The  money  table 

is  as  follows : — 

4  Cowries  a  1  gimdx 
19  giindas   »  1  pie. 

3  pies         =  1  pice. 

4  pice        B  1  anna. 

The  money-changers  will,  for  a  tiny  commission,  change  an  anna  into 
any  or  all  of  these  sub-divisions. 

The  Christian  missions  at  Lucknow  are  in  the  hands  of  the  Church 
Missionary  Society,  the  American  Episcopal  Methodists,  and  the 
English  Wesleyan  Methodists. 

The  Church  Missionary  Society  is  under  the  charge  of  the  Bev. 
A.  J.  Birkett  and  a  native  colleague;  there  are  about  100  com- 
municants, and  400  children  in  the  schools. 


296  PICIURESQUE  INDIA. 

The  Wesleyan  Methodists  have  a  chapel  for  English  people,  with 
thirty-seyen  church  members,  largely  attended  by  soldiers,  and  a 
yemacular  chapel  with  thirty-three  members.  The  schools  have  an 
attendance  of  abont  600  children.  The  Bev.  W.  D.  Frater  and  the 
Bey.  J.  Parsons  are  in  charge  respectiyely.  There  is  a  small  theo- 
logical training  school,  with  seyen  or  eight  students. 

The  American  Mission  is  the  most  important  of  the  three,  haying 
four  or  fiye  American  and  as  many  more  natiye  ministers.  They 
haye  nearly  200  communicants,  and  oyer  1,000  pupils  in  their  yai*ious 
schools,  most  of  which  are  Anglo-Vernacular. 

The  Oudh  and  Bohilkhand  Bailway  runs  north-west  from  Lucknow 
to  Saharaupur  junction,  on  the  North  Western,  through  Shah- 
jahanpur,  Bareilly,  and  Moradabad,  none  of  which  towns  present  any 
features  of  interest  that  need  attract  the  tourist,  or  which  call  for  any 
description  in  this  book.  The  pretty  hill  station  of  Naini  Tal,  greatly 
resorted  to  by  Europeans  &om  Oudh  and  the  North- West  Proyinces, 
is  a  long  day's  journey  of  seyenty-four  miles  from  Bareilly.  It  lies 
on  the  banks  of  a  yery  beautiful  lake,  about  a  mile  long,  6,500  feet 
aboye  the  sea.  It  is  not,  howeyer,  worth  the  time  needful  for  a  yisit, 
being  inferior  in  grandeur  and  beauty  of  surroundings  to  either 
Darjiling,  Mussoorie,  or  Simla. 

Southward,  the  Oudh  and  Bohilkhand  Bailway  passes  through  a  rich 
and  fertile  country,  through  Faizabad,  Jaunpur,  and  Benares  to  its 
terminus,  Moghal  Serai,  on  the  East  India  Bailway. 

Jaunpub  is  an  important  town  and  administratiye  headquarters  of 
about  50,000  inhabitants.  It  has  borne  an  important  part  in  Indian 
history.  Fragments  of  ancient  Buddhist  and  Hindu  buildings  are 
found  in  the  walls  of  the  Fort  of  Firoz,  and  there  is  no  doubt  that 
Jaunpur  held  an  important  place  in  the  kingdom  of  Ajodhya.  The 
splendid  architectural  monuments  with  which  the  city  abounds, 
belong  to  the  Pathan  period,  1860 — 1560.  The  Sharki  dynasty 
founded  their  capital  at  Jaunpur  in  1894,  and  it  remained  in  the 
hands  of  successiye  Musalman  dynasties  until  1775,  when  it  passed 
into  the  hands  of  the  East  India  Company. 

The  Forfc  of  Firoz  was  built  by  the  Emperor  Tuglak  in  1860.  The 
fine  gateway  was  once  decorated  with  glazed  yellow  and  blue  bricks, 
of  which  some  portions  may  still  be  seen.  Within  are  seyeral  ruined 
buildings  of  some  interest :  a  small  mosque,  a  curious  Jain  pillar  in 
three  stories,  with  an  ornamenial  spire,  a  round  tower,  and  a  bath. 


J  A  UNPUR.  297 


The  river  face  of  the  fort  is  very  fine,  the  battlements  being  150  feet 
above  the  surface  of  the  water.  A  splendid  view  of  the  city  and 
surrounding  country  may  be  obtained  from  the  top.  The  greater 
portion  of  the  interior  structure  of  the  fort  was  blown  up  and 
destroyed  after  the  Mutiny.  The  mosque  in  the  fort  is  the  oldest  in 
the  town ;  the  front  rows  of  pillars  have  evidently  been  plundered 
from  an  older  Hindu  temple ;  they  are  very  richly  sculptured. 

One  of  the  finest  old  stone  bridges  in  India  spans  the  Gumti  at 
Jaunpur.  It  was  erected,  1569 — 78,  by  Munim  Khan,  measures  712 
feet  in  length,  with  four  central  arches,  and  six  of  smaller  span  on 
each  side.  There  used  to  be  shops  on  each  side  of  the  roadway,  but 
they  were  all  swept  away  by  a  great  flood  100  years  ago. 

The  Jama  Masjid  is  a  very  noble  mosque,  begun  by  Shah  Ibrahim 
▲.D.  1419,  and  finished  in  the  reign  of  Husain,  1451 — 78.  The 
courtyard  measures  220  by  214  feet ;  on  the  western  side  is  a  range 
of  buildings,  the  centre  one  being  covered  by  a  finely- proportioned 
dome.  The  front  is  a  very  remarkable  pyramidal  gate,  like  an 
Egyptian  propyUm  in  mass  and  outline,  rising  to  a  height  of  eighty- 
six  feet.  The  three  sides  of  the  court  were  originally  surrounded  by 
double  colonnades,  two  stories  high  inside,  and  three  outside,  the 
floor  of  the  yai*d  being  raised  to  the  height  of  the  first  storey.  On 
each  face  was  a  handsome  gateway,  but  the  greater  part  of  this  lovely 
quadrangle  has  been  taken  down  by  the  British  authorities,  being 
used  by  them  as  a  stone-quariy  for  general  purposes. 

The  Atala  Mosque  is  a  highly-ornamented  and  very  beautiful 
building;  the  colonnades  are  four  storeys  deep,  the  outer  columns 
on  both  sides  being  double  square  pillars.  The  lovely  gateways  are 
pure  Saracenic,  and  the  western  face  is  broken  by  three  pyramidal 
gateways,  not  so  lofty  as,  but  much  finer  in  decoration  than,  the  one 
at  the  Jama  Masjid.  Fergusson  considers  the  interior  domes  and 
roofs  superior  to  any  other  specimen  of  Muhammadan  art  of  so  early 
an  age.  They  exhibit  the  arched  style  of  the  Saracenic  architects  in 
as  great  a  degree  of  completeness  as  it  is  exhibited  at  any  subsequent 
period. 

The  Lall  Darwaza  Mosque  has  a  richly-decorated  gateway,  hand- 
somely carved,  with  panels  containing  bells  and  lotus  flowers.  This 
gateway  is  boldly  massive,  and  is  a  curious  mixture  of  Hindu  and 
Musalman  style«.  There  are  many  other  beautiful  mosques  and 
buildings  at  Jaunpur,  the  principal  of  which  are  the  Jinjiri  Masjid, 


298  PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 

with  large  piers  upholding  a  screen  of  much  beauty,  built  by  Ibrahim ; 
the  Dariba  Mosque,  and  the  Idgah. 

Faizabad  is  a  city  of  about  40,000  population,  half  way  between 
Lucknow  and  Benares.  No  special  interest  attaches  to  this  city,  and 
the  only  inducement  for  the  traveller  to  halt  there  is  to  see  Ajodhya, 
an  ancient  Hindu  city  of  great  holiness,  five  miles  distant.  There  is 
a  good  Dak  bungalow  at  Faizabad,  which  is  a  modern  town.  The 
only  building  possessing  any  architectural  interest  is  the  tomb  of 
Bahu  Begam,  who  lived  and  died  here.  It  is  said  to  be  the  finest 
mausoleum  in  Oudh. 

Ajodhya  is  one  of  the  seven  sacred  cities  oi  Hindustan,  a  pilgrimage 
to  which  secures  eternal  happiness.  These  seven  cities  are  Ajodhya, 
the  city  of  Bama ;  Muttra,  the  city  of  Krishna ;  Buddh  Gaya,  the 
city  of  illusion ;  Benares,  the  city  of  Siva ;  Gonjeveram,  Avani,  and 
Dwarka  in  Kathiawar.  The  interest  of  Ajodhya  centres  in  its  ancient 
history:  the  scenes  described  in  the  great  Hindu  epic  poem  of  the  later 
Yedic  age,  B.C.  500-800,  the  '' Ramayana,"  or  the  adventures  of 
Bama,  are  laid  in  and  round  Ajodhya.  Bama  Ghandra  ruled  in  great 
pomp  at  Ajodhya,  and  his  epic  covers  the  whole  period  of  the  rise  and 
establishment  of  Buddhism,  and  of  the  earlier  history  of  the 
Brahminical  revolt  against  its  influence.  The  beautiful  description  of 
Ajodhya  in  its  prime,  given  in  that  unique  and  fascinating  poem, 
''  The  Light  of  Asia,"  by  Sir  Edwin  Arnold,  are  faithful  transcripts 
from  the  pages  of  the  Bamayana.  They  furnish  striking  pictures  of 
the  city,  court  and  country  life  of  the  Buddhistic  state  of  Eapilavastir 
long  before  the  birth  of  Ghrist.  When  the  Baja  of  Jaipur  prepared 
his  magnificent  reception  of  the  Prince  of  Wales  in  1876,  he  planned 
his  decorations  of  the  city  and  the  whole  ceremonial  from  these 
wonderful  descriptions  of  Ajodhya  in  the  Bamayana.  At  this  time 
Ajodhya  was  the  capital  of  the  Aryan  Empire,  the  most  magnificent 
city  in  India,  and  was  probably  unrivalled  in  all  Asia.  It  is  said  to 
have  covered  an  area  of  ninety- six  square  miles,  l^othing  is  left  now 
but  heaps  of  ruins. 

Ajodhya  was  restored  on  the  revival  of  Brahmanism  by  King 
Yikramaditya,  a.d.  57.  The  antiquities  of  the  place  are  all  identified 
with  this  period.  Rainkot  is  the  ancient  fortified  palace  of  this  king, 
an  oblong  building  about  200  feet  long,  with  thick  solid  walls,  now 
used  as  a  temple  sacred  to  Bam.  It  is,  however,  very  doubtful  if  any 
portion  of  the  original  building  exists.    It  marks  the  spot  where 


AJODHYA. 


Bama  Chandra  was  born.  The  Maui  Parbat  is  a  Bacred  monnd  or 
stapa  attributed  to  Asoka,  bnilt  on  a  spot  where  Bnddba  preached. 
There  are  two  other  moonda  of  the  same  kind  called  the  EoTer  and 
Sngrir  Parbat.  There  are  a  great  onmber  of  temples  and  shrines,  to 
which  some  400,000  pilgrimB  repair  at  the  time  of  the  great 
Bamnanmi  Mela.  There  is  also  a  singularly  fine  old  moaqoe,  boilt 
by  Baber,  somewhat  neglected,  but  one  of  the  most  pictnresqae  rains 
in  all  Oadh. 


AK  AJOIIUVA   V 


CHAPTEE  XX. 

BENARES, 


BlZfl, 

ftce  of 
and 
I,  and 
ognp 
also  a 
com- 
merce, and  is  notable  for  the  manafactnre  of 
ornamental    bi-ass-work,   which   finds   its   way   abnndantly  all   over 
Europe  and  Aiuericaj  a8  well  as  for  its  silks,  shawls,  embroider;,  and 
brocades,  famoas   all   oyer   India.     Its  population,    apart   from   its 
innumerable  companies  of  pilgrims,  is  about  200,000,  Uiree-foarths 
of  which  are  Hindu  and  one-foarth  Masalman.    There  are  not  800 
Christians  all  told. 

Benares  is  the  metropolis  of  the  Hindn  faith.  It  is  probably  the 
most  ancient  city  in  India,  and  is  snpposed  to  date  back  to  the  first 
Aryan  colonization.  It  is  certainly  coeval  with  the  earliest  days  of 
Hinduism,  and  has  held  the  first  place  of  all  in  the  hearts  and 
afTeotions  of  Hindus  through  every  century  of  their  history.  To  the 
pious  Brahman  Benares  is  what  Mekka  is  to  the  Musalman,  Jerusalem 
to  the  Christisn.     The  longing  of  his  whole  life  is  to  visit  this  place 


BENARES.  301 


of  spotless  holiness  and  wash  away  his  blackest  sins  in  the  sacred 
Ganges  before  he  dies.  The  palaces  which  fringe  the  river  are  fall  of 
the  aged  relatiyes  of  their  owners,  come  together  from  all  parts  of 
India,  waiting  with  calm,  patient,  ecstatic  happiness  the  summons  to 
Swarga  of  the  angel  of  death,  for  Benares  is,  indeed,  the  very  gate  of 
heaven. 

Benares  is  equally  revered  by  that  other  great  religion  of  the  East, 
the  Buddhist  Twenty- five  centuries  ago  JBuddha  preached  his  first 
sermon  here,  and  made  it  the  centre  from  which  he  sent  forth  his 
missionaries  to  Ceylon,  China,  Japan,  Burma,  Nepal,  and  Thibet, 
until  half  the  human  race  came  under  the  sway  of  his  doctrine. 
Benares  was  even  then  so  great  a  centre  of  religious  thought  and 
influence,  that  Buddha  naturally  selected  it  as  his  centre  of  opera- 
tions, and  endeavoured  first  of  all  to  secure  the  countenance  and 
support  of  its  learned  pundits  and  teachers.  Tradition  avers  that  it 
was  from  Benares  Solomon  procured  his  **  apes  and  peacocks,*'  both 
of  which  are  still  held  sacred,  in  the  Hindu  temples  of  the  city.  It  is 
also  said  that  one  of  the  wise  men  of  the  East,  who  brought  presents 
to  the  infant  Jesus  at  Jerusalem,  was  a  Baja  from  Benares.  How- 
ever that  may  be,  there  is  probably  no  sacred  city  in  the  world  with 
so  ancient  and  unbroken  a  record,  or  which  even  to-day  exercises  its 
sway  over  so  many  millions  of  devotees ;  dear  alike  to  that  religion 
which,  above  all  others,  is  saturated  with  idolatry,  and  to  its  great 
rival  which,  scomiug  idolatry  and  polytheism,  teaches  that  every 
individual  man,  by  a  holy  life,  can  lift  himself  into  and  become  part 
of  the  Divine. 

Modern  Benares  is  wholly  given  to  idolatiy.  Buddhism  has  long 
since  succumbed  to  Brahmanism,  and  been  swept  out  of  India 
altogether.  Nothing  remains  but  the  ruins  of  its  topes,  temples, 
chaitya  halls  and  Yiharas,  the  most  important  group  beiug  at 
Samath,  five  miles  from  Benares. 

Benares  is  without  question  the  most  picturesque  city  in  India.  It 
lies  on  a  bend  of  the  Ganges,  along  the  crest  of  a  hill  about  100  feet 
above  the  water.  Viewed  fr*om  the  river,  it  presents  a  panorama  of , 
palaces,  temples  and  mosques,  surmounted  by  domes,  pinnacles  and 
minarets,  stretching  three  miles  along  the  top  of  the  bank.  From 
these  descend  great  flights  of  stone  stairs,  broken  into  wide  platforms, 
on  which  are  built  exquisite  Hindu  shrines,  bathing-houses,  and. 
preaching  canopies.    Long  piers  project  into  the  river,  on  which  sick 


303  PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 

people  lie,  carefally  tended  by  their  relatiyes,  to  get  the  beneficent 
heiding  of  the  great  mother  Ganges.  Ghats,  platforms  and  piers  are 
alive  with  pilgrims  from  every  part  of  India,  in  every  variety  of 
costmne,  and  every  stage  of  dress  and  nndress,  grouped  under  huge 
straw  umbrellas,  sitting  at  the  feet  of  some  learned  mahant  or 
preacher,  gazing  at  holy  ascetics,  jostled  by  sacred  bulls,  crowding 
in  and  out  of  the  water,  drying  themselves  with  towels,  prostrate  at 
the  margin  telling  beads.  Grows,  kites,  pigeons  and  parrots  circle 
round  the  heads  of  this  kaleidoscopic  crowd.  Up  and  down  the  ghats, 
all  day  long,  but  especially  in  the  eai'ly  morning,  stream  the  endless 
course  of  pilgrims,  ragged  tramps,  aged  crones,  horrible  beggars, 
hawkers,  Brahman  priests,  sacred  bulls  and  cows,  Hindu  preachers, 
wealthy  rajas  or  bankers  in  gay  palankins.  Fakirs,  pariah  dogs,  and 
scoffing  globe-trotters  from  Europe  and  America. 

A  pathetic  feature  of  this  jostling,  bellowing  crowd  is  the  large 
number  of  tottering  aged  women,  with  scanty  white  locks,  coming  out 
of  the  cold  river,  crawling  feebly  up  the  steep  steps  with  their  wet 
clothes  clinging  to  their  poor  shivering  lean  legs,  shrinking  into  some 
recess  lest  the  shadow  of  a  passing  Englishman  or  Musalman  should 
fall  upon  them,  a  calamity  that  spoils  the  effect  of  the  sacred  cleansing 
and  renders  it  needful  to  creep  back  once  more  to  the  chill  water. 
Hundreds  of  aged  creatures  of  both  sexes  are  always  in  Benares, 
having  left  home  and  family,  perhaps  a  thousand  miles  away,  never  to 
return,  happy  and  glad  to  chill  themselves  slowly  into  heaven  in  the 
sacred  waves  of  the  Ganges. 

Nothing  in  all  their  religion  is  so  dear  to  the  devout  Hindu  as  their 
beloved  mother  Ganges.  The  ice-cavern  in  the  mysterious  Himalya 
which  is  her  birth-place,  is  the  fifth  head  of  Siva.  For  1600  miles 
her  gracious  course  is  hallowed  by  the  haunts  of  gods  and  heroes. 
The  most  pious  act  a  Hindu  can  perform  is  the  six  years'  pilgrimage 
from  source  to  mouth  and  back  again.  Pilgrims  to  her  banks 
carry  back  bottles  of  the  precious  water  to  their  kindred  in  fiu-off 
provinces ;  to  die  and  be  burnt  on  her  sacred  margin,  and  have  their 
ashes  borne  away  to  the  ocean  on  her  loving  bosom,  is  the  last  wish  of 
millions  of  Hindus.  No  river  in  the  world  does  more  to  justify  the 
reverence  of  the  people,  blessed,  fed  and  sustained  by  the  water  she 
brings  down  to  the  fertile  plains  from  the  **  roof  of  the  world.** 

Every  morning,  during  his  stay  at  Benares,  the  European  traveller 
should  take  boat  and  row  slowly  down  in  front  of  the  ghats.     The 


304  PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 

guides  belonging  to  Clark's  Hotel,  which  is  the  best  in  the  city,  will 
make  all  necessary  arrangements. 

It  is  a  great  advantage  to  secure  introductions  in  Benares  to  some 
educated  Hindu  gentleman,  or  missionary  who  has  been  for  some 
time  resident  in  the  town.  The  professional  guides  all  over  India  are 
very  inferior,  and  cannot  do  more  than  show  the  way  through  the 
bazars,  point  out  notable  buildings,  and  keep  a  sharp  eye  on  tips  and 
commissions.  Every  turn  of  the  street,  every  step  of  the  ghat,  every 
group  on  the  platforms  present  some  incident  exciting  the  greatest 
curiosity,  which  can  only  be  satisfied  by  someone  versed  in  the  customs 
of  the  Hindu  religion. 

Along  the  whole  length  of  the  city,  there  are  altogether  about  fifty 
principal  ghats.  Boats  generally  embark  at  the  Dasasamedh  ghat, 
or  the  Baj  ghat,  near  the  railway  bridge.  The  boatmen  prefer  the 
former,  as  it  gives  them  a  row  down  stream,  but  it  is  better  to  start 
from  the  Baj  ghat  and  row  up,  the  slower  pace  of  the  boat  giving  more 
time  for  observation. 

The  magnificent  steel  bridge  of  the  Oudh  and  Bohilkhand  Bailway 
is  one  of  the  finest  in  India,  and  has  a  total  length  of  about  1200 
yards.  Passing  under  this  fine  work,  the  first  ghat  of  interest  is  the 
Trilochana.  The  water  between  the  two  turrets  on  this  ghat  has  a 
special  sanctity,  and  every  pilgrim  bathes  there.  The  houses  above 
belong  to  some  Delhi  merchants. 

Next  to  it  is  the  Gau,  or  Cow  ghat,  so  called  from  a  stone  figure  of 
a  cow,  and  that  it  is  the  drinking-place  of  the  many  sacred  zebus 
which  frequent  the  city. 

The  next  two  ghats  are  dedicated  to  Mahadeva  and  Durga ;  passing 
these  the  Panchganga,  where  five  rivers  are  supposed  to  meet  under- 
ground, leads  up  a  magnificent  flight  of  steps  to  the  noble  mosque 
which  the  iconoclast  Aurangzeb  reared  on  the  site  of  the  magnificent 
Krishna  temple  which  he  utterly  destroyed. 

It  will  be  well  to  land  here,  and  ascend  the  soaring  minaret  for  the 
marvellous  bu'd's-eye  view  it  affords  of  the  ghats,  the  whole  city,  and  tho 
sweeping  mother  Ganges  bearing  away  the  sins  of  her  faithful  and 
devoted  children  to  be  merged  in  the  mighty  ocean.  This  mosque  is  the 
finest  building  in  Benares,  and,  in  many  respects,  is  unique.  Its  solid 
foundations,  laid  deep  below  the  river's  bed,  rise  from  its  level  in  huge 
stone  breast-works,  on  the  top  of  which  rest  the  four  walls  and  domes 
of  the  mosque.     Springing  lightly  into  the  air,  like  the  tall  stems  of 


J-7tiintR_ 


OKQIE  or  AUKUfOZIB,   BBKARE& 


5o6  PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 


some  beandfal  flower,  are  two  exquisite  and  graceful  minarets,  150 
feet  from  the  floor  of  the  mosque.  These  slender  pinnacles  are  only 
eight  and  a  quarter  feet  in  diameter  at  the  base,  tapering  to  seTen  and 
a  half  feet  at  the  summit.  The  river  is  150  feet  below  the  mosque,  so 
that  the  whole  building  rises  800  feet,  almost  sheer  from  the  water's 
edge,  forming  the  very  crown  of  the  city.  Muhammad,  the  theist  and 
the  idol  breaker,  thus  appears  to  dominate  with  lofty  and  desolate 
scorn  the  1400  temples  of  that  ancient  Brahman  faith,  which  surviyes 
alike  the  precepts  of  Buddha,  the  fierce  persecutions  of  Aurangzeb, 
and  the  mild  and  gentle  teaching  of  Jesus.  To  sit  in  the  air,  on  the 
topmost  balcony  of  one  of  these  slender  minarets,  with  the  city  and 
river  at  one's  feet,  the  pigeons  and  parrots  whirling  between,  is  an 
experience  never  to  be  forgotten. 

Beturning  to  the  boat,  the  next  ghat  reached  is  the  Bam,  sacred  to 
that  deity,  whose  temple  stands  above  it.  Three  or  four  others  of  no 
special  interest  are  passed  by,  above  one  of  them  rising  the  great 
turreted  palace  of  the  Baja  of  Nagpur.  The  massive  ghat  which 
appears  to  be  crumbling  into  the  river  is  Sindhia's  (the  Maharaja  of 
Gwalior). 

We  now  reach  the  Manikaranika,  the  most  sacred  of  all  the  ghats, 
leading  down  from  the  famous  well  dug  by  Vishnu.  Here  also  is  the 
Tarakeswar  Temple  and  the  Charana-paduka. 

The  next  ghat  of  any  importance  is  the  Nepal;  this  handsome 
stairway  is  surmounted  by  the  strikingly  beautiful  Nepalese  Temple, 
the  most  picturesque  in  all  Benares,  differing  altogether  from  the 
Hindu  shrines.  Above  this  is  the  famous  Golden  Temple;  imme- 
diately beyond  is  the  Burning  Ghat,  and  here  may  be  observed 
corpses  undergoing  cremation.  The  pairs  of  stones  set  up  on  end  are 
monuments  to  widows  who  in  time  past  were  burnt  alive  with  their 
husbands.  These  suttee  stones  are  to  be  found  all  along  the  whole 
range  of  the  ghats,  but  they  are  more  plentiful  just  here.  At 
Bbairava  Ghat,  hawkers  sell  peacock  fans,  warranted  to  blow  away 
fiends  and  evil  spirits ;  at  the  top  of  the  steps  is  a  goddess  with  a 
silver  face,  who  protects  her  devotees  from  smallpox.  The  Man 
Mandir  Ghat  leads  up  to  Jai  Singh's  observatory,  the  lofty  building 
which  towers  above  it. 

Dasasamedh  is  one  of  the  five  specially  sacred  bathing-ghats. 
Here  Brahma  made  his  celebrated  sacrifice  of  ten  horses,  which  gives 
the  ghat  its  name.    There  are  some  twenty  or  more  ghats  above 


3o8  PICTURESQUE  INDIA, 

love  to  worship  or  idle,  when  not  engaged  at  the  bathing  ghats.  It  is 
said  there  are  nearly  1,600  Hindu  temples  and  shrines  altogether  within 
the  city  and  in  the  immediate  suburbs,  but,  beyond  a  passing  glance, 
very  few  of  these  are  worth  serious  attention.  The  round  of  the 
principal  temples,  as  taken  by  every  pilgrim,  is,  however,  after  the 
ghats,  the  most  curious  and  interesting  sight  in  Benares.  The 
interest  is  increased  tenfold  to  him  who  is  able  to  secure  the  guid- 
ance of  an  intelligent  English-speaking  Hindu  resident  or  experienced 
missionary.  Failing  these,  I  will  endeavour  to  give  such  help  as  may 
be  possible  in  the  pages  of  a  descriptive  book. 

It  is  only  when  face  to  face  with  the  eager  crowds  from  every  part  of 
India,  which  throng  the  ghats  and  temples  of  Benares,  that  we  realise 
to  the  full  the  latent  power  which  still  lives  in  the  Hindu  religion, 
and  makes  its  votaries  the  most  pious  and  devoted  in  the  whole  world. 
These  pilgrimages  to  their  holy  places  have  a  deep  e£fect  on  the 
religious  temper  of  India,  and  the  worship  which  goes  on  here  from 
day  to  day,  year  by  year,  is  the  very  vital  force  itself  of  Hinduism. 
The  Hindu  at  home  is  isolated  within  his  own  sect,  and  practises  a 
very  perfunctory  religion ;  but  on  the  great  occasions  of  his  life,  when 
he  visits  one  or  other  of  the  seven  sacred  cities,  he  realizes  that  he  is 
after  all  a  member  of  a  vast  religious  community.  He  first  visits  the 
temples  and  shrines  connected  with  his  own  particular  faith,  but  that 
accomplished,  he  goes  the  round  of  all  the  sanctuaries  in  general.  If 
he  is  a  follower  of  Siva,  he  presently  finds  himself  blended  in 
sympathy  with  a  disciple  of  Vishnu,  and  in  turn  finds  his  way  to  and 
wor^ips  at  the  shrines  of  Indra,  Agni,  Brahma,  Saraswati,  Lakshmi, 
Parvati,  Ganesa,  Krishna,  and  Hanuman. 

The  Holy  of  Holies  at  Benares  is  the  famous  sanctuary  of  the 
terrible  Siva,  the  Biaheshwar,  or  Golden  Temple.  Siva  is  a  lofty 
god;  with  his  followers  there  is  none  like  unto  him.  With  every 
EKndu  he  is  in  the  very  front  rank,  none  superior  to  him,  except 
perhaps  Vishnu.  He  sits  enthroned  on  Kailasa,  the  fabulous  moun- 
tain of  the  north,  surrounded  and  waited  on  by  innumerable  spirits 
and  minor  gods,  who  get  their  orders  through  his  trusty  lieutenants, 
chief  among  whom  are  his  adopted  son,  Skanda,  the  god  of  war,  and 
the  foster-child  of  the  Pleiades ;  Oaneaha,  the  chief  of  the  troops,  the 
god  with  the  elephant's  head,  the  inspirer  of  cunning  devices  and 
good  counsel,  the  patron  of  learning,  whose  image  appears  on  evezy 
school-house  door;  Kuvera,  the  god  of  treasures;  Virabhadra  (the 


BENARES.  309 


venerable  hero),  the  personification  of  fury  in  battle.  Siva's  birth  is 
variously  represented,  but  in  reality  he  is  eternal ;  he  is  MahaJcala 
(endless  time),  which  begets  and  devours  all  things.  As  creator,  his 
symbols  are  the  bull  and  the  phallus,  and  his  diadem  is  the  moon. 
As  destroyer,  he  is  armed  with  a  terrible  trident,  wears  a  gruesome 
necklace  of  skulls,  and  his  attendants  are  skeletons.  He  is  ''Death ; " 
the  master  of  human  cattle;  the  ''  master  of  victims."  He  is,  more 
than  any  god,  cruel,  and  exacts  a  bloody  worship.  He  is  the  ruler  of 
evil  spirits,  ghouls,  and  vampires,  and  at  nightfall  he  prowls  about  in 
their  company,  in  places  of  execution  and  where  there  are  buried 
dead.  He  is  Bhairava,  the  god  of  mad  frantic  folly,  who,  clothed  in 
the  bloody  skin  of  an  elephant,  leads  the  wild  dance  of  the  Tandava. 
He  is  the  god  of  the  ascetics;  this  fearful  sect  go  naked,  smutty 
with  ashes,  their  long,  matted  hair  twisted  round  their  heads ;  others 
follow  hideous  secret  rites  of  blood,  lust,  gluttony,  drunkenness,  and 
incantations ;  others  pose  themselves  in  immoveable  attitudes,  till  the 
sinews  shrink,  and  the  posture  becomes  rigid;  others  tear  their 
bodies  with  knives,  or  devour  carrion  and  excrements.  These 
wretched  beings  lead  wandering  lives,  and  swarm  at  Benares,  and  all 
other  holy  places. 

By  the  side  of  Siva  sits  enthroned  Uma,  his  awful  wife,  the  exact 
counterpart  of  her  husband.  Her  most  familiar  designations  are 
Dm,  the  goddess ;  Parvati,  the  daughter  of  the  mountains ;  Durga^ 
the  inaccessible ;  Sati^  the  devoted  wife ;  Bhairavi,  the  terror- 
inspiring  ;  Kali,  the  black  one ;  Karali,  the  horrible ;  all  expressive 
of  her  twofold  nature  as  goddess  of  life  and  death.  Siva  is  the  third 
person  in  the  Hindu  Triad  (Brahma — Yishnu — Siva).  Brahma  is 
an  abstract  idea  rather  than  a  god,  and  for  practical  purposes  the 
Hindu  people  may  be  divided  into  followers  of  Yishnu  and  Siva.* 

Benares  is  the  holy  city  of  Sivaism,  and  the  Golden  Temple  is  its 
holy  of  holies.  It  is  a  small  building,  a  quadrangle,  covered  with  a 
roof,  above  which  rises  a  very  picturesque  tower.  At  each  corner  is 
a  dome,  with  a  larger  dome  in  the  centre.  These  are  all  gilded  with 
beaten  gold,  at  the  cost  of  Banjit  Singh.  The  guide  will  point  out  a 
shop  near  by,  from  the  upper  windows  of  which  a  fine  prospect  is 
obtained  of  this  roof,  and  the  spires  and  domes  of  neighbouring 


*  For  further  details,  see  Borth's  "  Religions  of  India,**  and  Sir  W.  W.  Hunter's 
**  India,''  voL  vi  of  the  Imperial  Gazetteer. 


310  PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 

temples  and  moeqtieB.  It  Ib  not  permitted  to  any  but  Hindns  to 
enter  the  temple,  but  viBitors  may  stand  on  some  atepa  in  the 
threshold,  from  which  a  anfficient  view  may  be  got  of  the  interior  of 
the  temple.  It  is  rery  crowded  with  pilgrims,  priests,  and  sacred 
halls  and  cows,  the  floor  being  filthy  beyond  description.  Cheek  by 
jowl  with  the  temple  of  Siva  is  a  temple  to  Mahadeva.  The  space 
between  is  a  sort  of  bel&y,  in  which  is  hang,  with  others,  a  beantifnl 


bell  of  fine  workmanship,  presented  by  the  King  of  Nepal.     The 
Mahadeva  Temple  was  bnilt  by  a  famous  Maharani  of  lodore. 

Thmst  into  this  group  of  sacred  Hindo  buildings  by  Aarangzeb,  is 
a  mosqae,  built  as  an  insult  to  the  Brahman  faith.  The  Hindus  have 
since,  in  some  way  or  other,  acquired  the  courtyard  of  the  mosque, 
and  Musalman  worshippers  hare  to  find  their  way  in  through  a  side 
door.  In  the  street  outside  is  a  curious  shrine,  called  the  Court  of 
MahadeTa.  -  Here  have  been  collected  images  of  Hindu  gods  in  great 
numbers  and  variety,  and  others  have  been  built  into  the  surrounding 
wall.  These  are  probably  images  collected  together  from  the  desecrated 


BENARES,  311 


and  broken  temples  which  suffered  from  the  fierce  iconoclastic  zeal  of 
Aurangzeb. 

Between  the  mosque  and  the  Golden  Temple  is  a  courtyard,  in  the 
centre  of  which  is  the  Oyan  Kvp^  or  "  well  of  knowledge."  Within 
this  well  is  the  choice  residence  of  Siva  himself.  When  the  old 
temple  of  Bisheshwar  was  destroyed,  the  chief  priest  concealed  the 
idol  at  the  bottom  of  this  well,  which  gives  it  unusual  sanctity.  The 
well  is  surrounded  by  a  beautiful  colonnade  of  forty  pillars,  presented 
in  the  year  1828  by  a  widow  of  the  Maharaja  Sindhia  of  Gwalior.  The 
well  is  resorted  to  by  every  pilgrim,  who  drinks  the  precious  water, 
handed  to  him  in  a  sort  of  ladle  by  the  attendant  priests.  This  water  is 
filthy  and  putrid  from  the  rotted  flowers  thrown  into  the  well  by  those 
who  resort  to  the  shrine.  Neither  the  well  nor  the  enclosure  gives 
any  suggestion  of  having  been  cleaned  out  during  its  existence. 

Adjacent  to  the  well  is  a  fine  bull,  seven  feet  high,  carved  in  stone, 
dedicated  to  Mahadeva  by  a  king  of  Nepal. 

All  round  the  Golden  Temple  are  a  motley  crowd  of  other  temples 
and  shrines,  few  of  which,  however,  have  any  architectural  interest, 
and  are  only  worthy  the  attention  of  the  student  of  the  Hindu  religion. 
The  temple  of  Antipurna,  the  goddess  of  plenty,  patroness  of  beggars 
and  the  poor,  is  worth  visiting  to  see  the  groups  of  beggars  sitting  in 
front  of  the  gate  with  their  bowls,  to  catch  the  pinches  of  grain  and 
rice  thrown  in  by  passing  worshippers. 

Within  the  temple  are  scores  of  sacred  bulls  and  cows,  many  of 
them  horribly  diseased,  fed  by  tlie  pious  devotees,  who  resort  to 
Anupuma*s  shrine. 

Close  by  is  the  temple  of  Sakhi  Bunjankay  the  witness  bearer. 
Here  pilgrims,  on  completion  of  their  round  of  bathing  and  devotions, 
receive  the  crowning  verification  of  it,  and  depart  certain  of  entire 
cleansing  and  future  bliss.  At  Shunkareshwar  Shrine  groups  of 
expectant  women  may  be  seen  praying  for  handsome  and  stalwart 
sons. 

Near  the  old  observatory,  in  the  passage  leading  to  its  entrance,  is 
a  curious  little  temple  sacred  to  the  Bain  God,  who  is  drenched  with 
water  in  dry  weather  to  remind  him  of  his  duty,  but  who  is  neglected 
and  encrusted  with  dirt  in  the  rainy  season.  In  times  of  great  drought 
they  put  him  overhead  in  a  cistern,  till  he  is  aroused  to  a  proper  sense 
of  responsibility. 

The  sacred  spot  of  the  followers  of  Vishnu  is  the  Manikamika^  the 


312  PICTURESQUE    INDIA. 

{amons  "  well  of  healing,"     YiBhuu,  the  imconqaerable  preserver,  is  a. 
great  contrast  to  Siva  the  destroyer.     He  is  a  good  fellow  all  round, 


^  COBKIK  ox  IBS  OAMQU, 


BENARES.  313 


began  to  practise  asceticism.  In  the  meantime  the  god  Mahadeva 
arriyed,  and,  looking  into  the  well,  beheld  in  it  the  beaniy  of 
100,000,000  suns,  with  which  he  was  so  enraptured  that  he  at  once 
broke  out  into  loud  praises  of  Vishnu,  and  in  his  joy  declared  that 
whatever  gift  he  might  ask  of  him  he  would  grant.  Gratified  by 
the  ofier  Vishnu  requested  that  Mahadeva  should  always  reside  with 
him.  Mahadeva,  hearing  this,  was  so  flattered  that  he  shook  with 
delight,  and  one  of  his  earrings  fell  into  the  well,  giving  it  a  double 
sanctity." 

The  well  is  four  square,  with  steps  going  down  for  the  use  of 
bathers;  the  seven  lowest  steps  are  alleged  to  be  without  joining, 
thus  furnishing  evidence  of  the  divine  origin.  The  water  is  about 
three  feet  deep,  horribly  foul  with  the  continual  washings  of  the  wor- 
shippers, and  the  stench  fills  the  entire  enclosure.  After  bathing, 
the  devotees  drink  deep  draughts  of  this  filthy  stuff,  ladled  out  to 
them  by  priests  in  exchange  for  coppers.  No  matter  how  criminal  or 
violent  the  life  of  the  pilgrim  has  been,  the  stinking  muddy  water  of 
Manikarnika  cleans  up  the  record  of  a  lifetime,  and  sends  him  away 
absolutely  pure  and  holy. 

Below  Manikarnika,  on  the  edge  of  the  river,  is  the  graceful  and 
beautiful  temple  of  Tarakeshwar ;  the  idol  is  kept  immersed  in  a  tank 
of  water.  Just  above  it  is  a  large  round  slab  let  into  the  pavement, 
in  the  middle  of  which  is  a  stone  pedestal,  the  top  of  which  is  inlaid 
with  marble.  In  the  centre  of  this  are  two  small  flat  spots,  supposed 
to  represent  the  two  feet  of  Vishnu.  It  is  held  in  great  veneration, 
and  at  times  great  numbers  flock  to  this  Charana  paduka,  as  it  is 
called,  to  worship  Vishnu's  feet. 

The  temple  of  Bhaironath  is  that  of  the  tutelary  god  of  Benares,  a 
sort  of  deified  watchman,  who  drives  evil  spirits  out  of  the  city,  and 
keeps  a  fatherly  eye  over  all  those  who  come  to  Benares  to  die  in 
peace.  The  idol  of  this  temple  is  a  mighty  stone  cudgel,  called 
Dondpan,  with  a  small  silver  face  on  the  thin  end.  The  worshippers 
repair  to  this  shrine  on  Tuesday  and  Sunday. 

Close  by  Bhaironath  is  the  richest  temple  in  Benares  for  furniture 
and  jewels,  the  Oopal  Mandir,  containing  two  gold  images  of  Krishna. 
Near  here  also  is  the  KaUKup,  or  Well  of  Fate.  A  square  hole  in 
the  roof  brings  the  rays  of  the  sun  upon  the  water  exactly  at  noon, 
when  the  well  is  resorted  to  by  those  anxious  about  their  futures. 

One  of  the  most  carious  and  picturesque  of  all  the  Benares  temples 


314  PICTURESQUE    INDIA. 

18  that  sacred  to  the  goddess  Dnrga,  which  ia  abont  two  miles  ont  of 
the  city.  The  temple  is  a  fine  building,  set  off  by  a  large  tank  in  front, 
and  Borronnded  by  well-grown  trees.     Durga  is  tbe  most  terrific  form 
of  Siva's  wife,  and  delights  in  all  kind  of  bloodshed  and  destmction. 
When  a  Benares  Hindn  wants  a  meat  dinner,  he  brings  a  goat  or  kid 
to  the  blood-bedabbled  altar  in  ^ont  of  the  shrine,  where  its  head  is 
cut  off  by  the  officiating  priest.     This  functionary  levies  toll  on  the 
carcase,  and  the  rotary  then  carries  it  off,  and  eats  meat  offered  to  idols 
to  his  heart's  content.     In  the  trees  around  this  temple  are  hosts  of 
monkeys,  who  peer  round  walla,  and  over  pinnacles,  or  between  the 
leaves  waiting  \a  be  fed.     These  creatm^s  are  all  goda  and  goddesses, 
and  must  not  be  molested.     They  are  so  mischievous  that  no  one  can 
live  within  half  a  mile  of  the  temple,  as  all  their  household  belongings 
would  be  destroyed   by   these  monkeys,   which   number  thonsanda. 
Some  years  ago  they  became  such   an  intolerable  plague  that  'the 
authorities  caught  as  many  as  they 
could,  and  deported  them  to  a  dis- 
tant jungle.    A  few  handefnl  of  rice, 
scattered    on    the    pavement    snr- 
ronnding    the    tank,    will     attract 
scores  of  them  in  a  few  seconds. 
These     monkeys     are     sacred     to 
Vishnu,  and  are  kept  up  and  revered 
as  representations  of  Hanuman,  the 
monkey  god  aseociated  with  Rama. 
-    -     .-  .  -  What  the  monkeys  are  to  Vishnu, 

8ACB[LE0E  \  tbe  sacred  Zebu  is  to  Siva,  and  so 

the  cow  and  bull  are  the  objects  of 
special  worship  to  the  Hindu;  their  alanghter  is  a  horrible  crime, 
and  to  eat  their  flesh  is  loss  of  caste  in  this  world,  and  far  worse  in 
the  world  to  come.  It  is  a  most  meritorious  act  to  dedicate  balls 
and  cows  to  Siva,  and  to  multiply  aronnd  the  god  the  living  images 
of  Nandi,  his  divine  ateed.  These  animals  are  always  numerous  ' 
in  places  sacred  to  the  god,  where  they  live  in  perfect  &eedom,  pam- 
pered and  fed  by  pions  devotees,  who  tempt  their  appetites  with  dainties 
put  out  on  the  doorstep  in  a  pot,  and  who  let  them  wander  unchecked 
into  any  shop  they  fancy,  to  help  themselves  to  any  grain  or  vegetables 
for  which  their  sonla  may  lust.  The  municipal  authoritiea  at  one 
time  used  to  kidnap  them  darkly  at  dead  of  night,  uid  torn  them 


BENARES.  315 


loose  on  the  opposite  shore  of  the  Ganges,  but  they  generally  swam 
back,  and  tnmed  up  holier  that  ever.  In  the  Golden  Temple  fat  old 
white  bulls  loTy  blackmail  from  every  worshipper,  who  bring  them 
cakes,  rice  flour,  or  a  dainty  bit  of  fruit. 

Few  travellers  will  care  to  thread  the  whole  of  this  "  labyrinth  of 
Asiatic  Theology  "  to  its  inmost  recesses,  and  no  possible  guide-book 
can  help  him  to  do  so.  It  would  be  the  work  of  weeks,  and  could 
only  be  accomplished  with  the  aid  of  some  Brahman  Guru. 

The  observatory  of  Jai  Singh,  entered  near  the  Man  Mandir  Ghat, 
is  the  finest  of  all  those  erected  by  this  scientific  Baja  of  Jaipur. 
This  curious  building  towers  above  the  Dasasamedh  Ghat,  and,  after 
Aurangzeb's  Mosque,  is  the  most  conspicious  object  in  the  general  view 
of  Benares  from  the  river.  It  contains  some  structures  for  making 
astronomical  calculations  and  observations,  a  single  and  double  mural 
quadrant,  an  equinoctial  circle  of  stone,  and  an  enormous  Yanira^i 
amrat  (the  prince  of  instruments),  the  wall  of  which  is  thirty-six  feet 
long,  and  set  in  the  plane  of  the  meridian.  One  end  is  six  feet  four 
and  a  quarter  inches  high,  and  the  other  end  twenty-two  feet  three 
and  a  half  inches,  sloping  gradually  upwards,  pointing  to  the  north 
pole.  This  is  constructed  to  find  out  the  distance  from  the  meridian, 
the  declination  and  ascension  of  any  planet  or  star  and  the  sun.  The 
view  from  the  top  io  magnificent,  almost  equal  to  that  obtained  from 
the  minaret  of  Aur;/lngzeb  Mosque,  and  without  the  fatigue. 

The  Arhai  Kangura  Mosque  is  worth  a  visit,  and  will  prove  a 
pleasant  change  from  the  dirt  and  squalor  of  the  Hindu  pantheon. 
Its  archsBological  interest  lies  in  the  fact  that  it  was  a  Hindu  temple 
of  some  magnificence  long  before  the  Musalman  invasion  of  Gudh, 
and  a  portion  of  it  is  inscribed  with  a  date  corresponding  to 
A.D.  1191.  The  mosque  is  crowned  with  a  finely-proportioned  and 
lofty  dome. 

The  Baj  Ghat  fort,  erected  during  the  mutiny,  but  since  abandoned, 
is  on  a  small  tongue  of  high  land,  dominating  the  junction  of  the 
Ganges  and  Burma  rivers.  It  is  supposed  that  in  primeval  times, 
Baja  Banar's  city  was  on  this  tongue  of  land.  This  is  rendered 
more  probable  by  the  existence  of  two  very  beautiful  Buddhist 
cloisters,  the  pillars  and  stone  ceilings  of  which  are  richly  carved  and 
decorated.  This  interesting  ruin  has  been  much  damaged  by  the 
Musalmans,  who,  till  the  mutiny,  used  this  building  as  a  mosque. 
On  the  way  from  the  fort  to  the  hotel  the  Bhairo  Lat,  one  of  Asoka's 


31^  PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 

columns,  is  passed.  There  is  only  a  few  feet  left  of  this  Lat,  which 
is  covered  with  copper,  and  not  visible.  It  stands  on  a  terrace,  in  the 
middle  of  what  was  probably  a  Buddhist  temple,  of  which  there  are 
only  a  few  scattered  and  broken  fragments  left. 

One  of  the  prettiest  sights  in  Benares  is  the  girls*  school  established 
and  maintained  by  the  generosity  of  the  Maharaja  of  Yizianagram, 
an  enlightened  and  cultivated  Hindu  prince,  a  K.C.S.I.,  a  Fellow  of 
the  Madras  University,  and  a  member  of  the  Madras  Legislative 
Council.  Besides  his  Zemindary  of  Yizianagram,  he  has  large  estates 
in  and  around  Benares.  In  this  school  some  600  girls  receive  an 
excellent  education.  Permission  to  visit  must  be  obtained  from  Dr. 
Lazarus,  whose  beautiful  bungalow  is  a  few  minutes'  walk  ixom  Clark's 
Hotel,  who  may  perhaps  also  giv<)  an  order  to  see  the  Maharaja's 
palace  and  gardens  at  Belipur,  if  they  are  not  occupied  by  guests. 

The  Government  college  is  a  handsome  Gothic  building  in  freestone. 
The  Sanskrit  college,  founded  by  the  Government  in  1791,  has  been 
absorbed  into  the  Government  college.  The  late  headmaster,  Mr. 
Griffith,  M.A.,  is  considered  to  have  made  this  admirable  institution, 
with  its  700  scholars,  the  best  Government  college  in  India.  In 
this  work  he  has  been  greatly  assisted  by  the  Anglo-Sanskrit  pro* 
fessor,  Mr.  Arthur  Venis,  M.A.,  of  Balliol  College,  Oxford,  who  is 
one  of  the  most  distinguished  of  living  Orientalists.  In  the  garden 
of  the  college  is  a  curious  monolith,  thirty-one  and  a  half  feet  high, 
with  a  Gupta  inscription  of  the  4th  c^tury,  and  an  interesting  col- 
lection of  carved  stones  brought  from  Sarnath  and  other  places. 

The  Bazars  of  Benares  form  a  narrow,  winding  wilderness  of  streets 
and  lanes,  shops,  dwelling-houses,  and  temples  being  mixed  together  in 
the  strangest  medley.  The  artistic  crafts  are  many  and  various, 
embracing  almost  every  sort  of  Indian  manufactures. 

Benares  is  famous  all  over  the  world  for  its  beautiful  engraved  brass 
work ;  it  is  the  great  Indian  emporium  for  idols  and  temple  furnishing, 
and  contends  with  Ahmadabad  for  supremacy  in  silk  brocades  and 
embroideries. 

Half  the  shops  in  the  bazar  are  devoted  to  brass  work  of  various 
kinds — water  vessels,  lotas  dishes,  bowls,  candlesticks,  lamps,  boxes, 
rose-water  sprinklers,  bells,  spoons,  censers,  images,  gods,  and  fifty 
other  domestic  or  sacred  utensils,  many  of  them  most  beautifully  en- 
graved, are  displayed  on  stalls,  behind  which  the  craftsmen  sit  at 
work.    Mr.  Clark,  the  hotel  proprietor,  has  the  finest  stock  in  all 


BENARES.  317 


Benares  of  this  beautiful  engraved  brass  work,  and  he  has  recently 
put  np  electroplating  works,  worth  seeing,  where  he  silvers  the  brass 
with  great  effectiveness  and  success. 

This  beautiful  work  has  demoralized  considerably  of  recent  years, 
with  most  Oriental  arts  that  become  popular  in  Europe.  It  is  very 
inferior  to  the  engraved  work  of  Ahmadabad,  Tanjore,  or  Muradabad. 

Sir  George  Birdwood  says  that  Benares  is  the  first  city  in  India 
for  the  multitude  and  excellence  of  its  cast  and  sculptured  mytholo- 
gical images  and  emhlemata^  not  only  in  brass  and  copper,  but  in  gold 
and  silver,  and  also  in  wood  and  stone  and  clay.  These  images  of  the 
gods  are  not  made  by  a  separate  caste,  but  the  carpenters  and  masons 
respectively  make  the  large  wooden  and  stone  idols  set  up  in  the 
temples,  the  potters  the  clay  idols  consumed  in  daily  worship,  and 
the  braziers,  coppersmiths,  and  goldsmiths  the  little  images  in  brass 
and  copper,  mixed  metal,  and  gold  and  silver  which  are  always  kept 
in  private  houses.  Brass  is  largely  used  in  their  manufeusture,  alloyed 
with  six  other  metals,  gold,  silver,  iron,  tin,  lead  and  mercury,  making 
with  the  copper  and  the  zinc  of  the  brass,  a  mixture  of  eight  metals, 
which  is  deemed  a  perfect  alloy,  and  very  highly  prized.  Idols  of 
pure  gold  and  silver  are  also  made,  and  in  the  Sastras  great  praise  is 
bestowed  on  those  who  worship  graven  images  of  these  precious 
metals.  The  larger  idols  are  always  cast  in  moulds,  and  afterwards 
finished  with  the  chisel  and  file.  The  gold  images  of  Durga, 
Lakshmi,  Krishna,  Badha,  and  Saraswati,  kept  in  private  houses  and 
worshipped  daily,  must  not  be  less  than  one  tola  [nearly  half  an 
ounce]  in  weight,  and  they  generally  weigh  three  or  four  tolas.  The 
images  of  Sitala  [the  goddess  of  small-pox]  are  always  of  silver,  and 
weigh  ten  or  twelve  tolas.  The  images  of  Siva  in  his  lingam  form 
are  made  of  an  amalgam  of  mercury  and  tin,  and  are  esteemed 
most  sacred.  They  are  always  very  small,  and  are  kept  in  all 
houses  and  used  in  the  daily  worship.  Copper  images  of  Surya  and 
of  Siva  riding  on  Nandi,  and  also,  in  many  parts  of  India,  of  the 
serpent  Naga,  are  kept  in  all  houses  and  are  worshipped  daily. 
Brazen  images  of  many  of  the  gods  are  also  kept  in  private  houses 
and  daily  worshipped:  and  images  of  Badha,  Durga,  Lakshmi  and 
Siva  in  mixed  metal.  The  images  of  the  gods  made  of  this  perfect 
alloy  may  also  be  worshipped  either  at  home  or  in  the  temples.  The 
images  of  all  the  gods  and  goddesses  are  graven  in  stone,  but  they  are 
generally  worshipped  only  in  the  temples ;  only  a  few  very  small  ones 


3i8  PICTURESQUE   INDIA, 


being  found  in  private  houses,  the  greater  number  of  those  used  in 
domestic  worship  being  of  the  lingam  form  of  Siva.  The  stone  images 
seen  in  Bengal  are  generally  of  black  marble,  but  there  are  some  at 
Benares  which  are  white.  Wooden  images  are  never  kept  in  private 
houses,  but  only  in  the  temples.  The  nimha  tree,  Melia  Azadirachta, 
furnishes  the  temple  images  of  Yishnii,  Durga,  Badha,  Lakshmi,  Siva, 
Garuda,  and  others.  The  mendicant  followers  of  Vishnu  always  cany 
about  a  wooden  image  of  him  two  cubits  high.  All  images  of  clay  are 
thrown  into  the  river  after  being  worshipped,  and  have  therefore  to  be 
renewed  daily.  The  figures  made  of  Earttikeya  for  his  annual  festival 
in  Bengal  are  often  twenty-seven  feet  high.  An  immense  manufacture 
of  all  these  idols,  and  of  sacrificial  utensils,  is  carried  on  in  Benares. 
The  industry  has  sprung  up  naturally  from  the  services  of  the 
numerous  temples  of  this  city,  and  has  converted  the  precinct  of  every 
temple  into  an  ecclesiastical  bazaar.  It  was  in  this  way  that  the  seats 
of  those  who  sold  doves  for  sacrifice,  and  the  tables  of  the  bankers 
[8<mkar8  in  India]  who  exchanged  unholy  for  holy  coins,  were  gradu- 
ally intruded  into  the  outer  court  of  the  Temple  at  Jerusalem ;  and 
that  the  ''  booths  of  Bethany  '*  rose  beneath  the  green  branches  on  the 
opposite  slopes  of  the  Mount  of  Olives. 

The  kincobs,  or  gold  brocades  of  Benares,  are  only  rivalled  through- 
out India  by  those  of  Ahmadabad.  A  specialty,  however,  of  Benares, 
are  the  rich  brocades  wrought  with  figures  of  animals  in  gold  and 
variegated  colours.  They  are  known  by  the  name  of  ahikargah  (the 
happy  hunting  grounds).  They  were  known  to  the  Saracens  as  beast- 
hunts.  They  are  probably  the  oldest  survival  of  ancient  loom- work 
extant,  and  are  still  the  finest  specimens  the  world  can  produce. 

If  Ulysses  returned  to  earth  again,  he  could  probably  get  at 
Benares  alone  the  exact  outfit  he  would  require  to  appear  as  he  is 
described  in  the  nineteenth  book  of  the  Odvssey. 

'*  In  ample  mode 
A  robe  of  military  purple  flowed 
O'er  all  hia  frame  ;  illustrious  on  his  breast 
The  double-clasping  gold  the  King  confest. 
In  the  rich  woof  a  hound,  mosaic  drawn, 
Bore  on  full  stretch,  and  seized  a  dappled  fawn ; 
Deep  in  his  neck  his  fangs  indent  their  hold ; 
They  pant  and  struggle  in  the  moving  gold. 
Fine  as  a  filmy  web  beneath  it  shone 
A  vest  that  dazzled  like  a  cloudless  sun." 


The  robe  waa  clearly  a,  Beoarea  skikargak  kineob,  and  the  Test  cat 
fiom  Benares  toneri,  a  ridi  cloth  of  gold  withont  omunentatton. 
Rttperi  ib  made  in  the  same  way,  and  is  cloth  of  ailver,  eTen  more 


beantifnl  than  aotieri.  According  to  Josephns,  Herod  was  dressed  in 
ruperi,  when  upon  a  Bet  day,  arrayed  in  royal  apparel,  he  sat  upon 
his  throne,  and  made  his  last  oration  to  the  merchants  of  Tyre  and 
Sidon. 


320  PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 

Cliand'tara  (moon  and  stars),  is  another  lovely  brocade  figured  all 
oyer  with  representations  of  the  heayenlj  bodies;  mazchar,  is 
"  ripples  of  silyer ;  "  dup-chan^  "  sunshine  and  shade  ;  "  halimtarak' 
ski,  "  pigeons'  eyes ;  "  btdbtU  chasm,  "  nightingales'  eyes ;  "  murgala, 
''peacock's  neck."  All  these  lovely  kincobs  are  woven  at  Benares. 
But  if  yon  covet  their  possession,  go  not  with  an  hotel  guide  to  a 
tenth-rate  dealer ;  go  direct  to  Debi  Parshad,  in  the  Purana  Chauk, 
but  with  money  in  your  purse  or  excellent  credit,  for  these  goodly 
garments  are  worth  their  weight  in  gold. 

Velvet  carpets  are  made  in  Benares,  but  they  are  not  specially  fine, 
and  the  weavers  are  hardly  worth  hunting  for.  It  is,  however,  a  good 
place  for  purchasing  those  pretty  pictures  painted  on  talc,  which  are 
so  common  in  all  the  cities  of  northern  India. 

Sarnath. — ^A  hot  and  dusty  drive  of  four  miles  leads  to  Samath. 
One  of  the  four  places  most  sacred  to  the  memory  of  Buddha.  BhuUa 
is  his  birthplace ;  Samath  where  he  began  to  preach ;  Gaya,  where 
he  meditated;  and  Kasia,  where  he  died.  Here,  surrounded  by 
mounds  of  rubbish,  stand  the  ruins  of  two  great  topes.  The  largest 
of  these  is  called  the  Dhaniek,  which,  it  is  said,  was  erected  by  Asoka, 
to  mark  the  actual  spot  where  Buddha  preached  his  first  sermon. 
Cunningham  leans  to  the  view  that  it  was  built  in  the  6th  century, 
while  Fergusson  disagrees  with  both  opinions,  and  fixes  the  date  early 
in  the  11th  century.  It  is,  however,  certain  that  Hiouen  Thsang,  the 
Chinese  pilgrim  of  the  7th  century,  speaks  of  a  tope  100  feet  high  at 
Samath  in  his  time.  Whichever  view  is  correct,  this  tope  is  one  of 
the  most  interesting  ancient  monuments  in  Lidia.  The  Dliamek  is  a 
solid  dome  ninety-three  feet  in  diameter,  and  110  feet  high.  Up  to 
forty-three  feet  from  the  ground,  it  is  built  of  stones,  clamped 
together  with  iron.  The  lower  part  is  relieved  by  eight  projecting 
faces,  each  twenty-one  feet  six  inches  wide,  and  fifteen  feet  apart.  In 
each  is  a  small  recess^  in  which,  no  doubt,  figures  of  Buddha  were 
originally  placed.  Encircling  the  monument,  is  an  exquisite  band  of 
sculptured  ornament  fifteen  feet  wide,  of  which  enough  remains  unin- 
jured to  give  a  good  idea  of  what  the  whole  must  have  been.  The 
central  part  of  this  band  consists  of  a  geometrical  pattern,  with  above 
and  below  a  vaiiegated  border  of  fruit  and  flowers.  The  upper  part  of 
the  tope  is  veiy  dilapidated,  and  a  crop  of  thick  gi*ass,  with  a  tree, 
grows  on  the  top.  The  tope  is  solid,  with  tlie  exception  of  a  very 
small  chamber  in  the  centre,  and  a  narrow  chimney  running  up  the 


BENARES.  321 


middle^  throagh  which  the  sky  appears.  A  twisting  passage  less  than 
fiye  feet  high,  leads  into  this  chamher.  This  floor  is  deep  with  sand, 
and  anyone  entering,  must  do  so  on  hands  and  knees.  No  vestige  re- 
mains of  the  rail  and  gateway  which  once  no  doubt  surrounded  this 
tope. 

Half  a  mile  away  is  another  ruined  tope  of  brick,  called  Jugat 
Singh's ;  not  because  it  was  built  by  that  gentleman,  but  because  he 
used  it  as  a  brick  yard  &om  which  to  build  his  palace.  To  the  west 
of  the  Dhamek  are  the  remains  of  a  hospital,  and  farther  on,  those  of 
a  Yihara,  or  Buddhist  monastery.  The  excavations  of  General  Cun- 
ningham brought  to  light  a  large  number  of  statues,  bas-reliefs, 
sculptured  columns,  and  other  remains  of  the  great  city,  which  no 
doubt  existed  here  more  than  2,000  years  ago. 

The  octagonal  brick  tower  on  the  top  of  a  steep  hill  near  Samath,  is 
a  Musalman  building  of  the  15th  century.  It  is  worth  while  to  climb 
the  hill  for  the  view.  $i 

Sherring's  little  handbook  of  Benares  (Newman,  Calcutta),  gives 
detailed  particulars  of  these  Buddhist  remains,  and  much  other  use- 
ful information  about  Benares  and  the  neighbourhood.  It  should  be 
purchased  by  any  traveller  intending  to  stay  in  Benares  more  than  a 
day  or  two. 

There  is  rather  a  powerful  force  of  missionary  effort  at  Benares, 
the  Church,  the  London,  the  Baptist,  and  the  Wesleyan  Missionary 
Societies  being  all  on  the  field. 

The  Church  Missionary  Society  has  half  a  dozen  European  and 
about  thirty  Native  agents  engaged  in  preaching  and  teaching  Chris- 
tianity, and  more  than  fifty  secular  teachers  in  their  eight  large 
schools,  with  nearly  1,500  pupils  of  both  sexes.  The  superintendent 
is  the  Bev.  B.  Davis. 

The  London  Mission  is  under  the  charge  of  Bev.  J.  Hewlett,  as- 
sisted by  Bevs.  Arthur  Parker,  T.  Insell,  and  K.  N.  Dutt,  with  two 
Zenana  ladies.  Its  leading  feature  is  the  College  for  Young  Men, 
which  prepares  students  for  the  Calcutta  and  Allahabad  Universities. 

The  Wesleyan  Mission  also  gives  much  attention  to  educational 
work,  having  about  850  scholars  in  their  various  schools,  mainly 
elementary. 

The  Baptist  superintendent  is  Bev.  W.  J.  Price,  who,  with  his 
Native  evangelists,  devotes  himself  mainly  to  preaching  on  the  ghats 
and  in  the  bazars. 


CHAPTER  XXI. 

PATNA. 

TNA  is  well  worthy  of  a  day's  -visit, 
as  a  typical  Bengal  city.  No  accom- 
inodation  exists  there  for  Earopeans, 
bnt  there  is  a  good  town  bungalow 
a  few  minutes'  walk  from  the  station 
at  Bankipnr,  the  western  saburb  and 
administrative  head-qnarters. 

The     popnlation     of     Patna     is 

160,000,    of     whom    120,000    are 

Hindus  and  40,000  Mohammedans. 

The  city  stretches  nearly  ten  miles 

along  the  bank  of  the  Ganges,  tho 

bazar,  enclosed  within  the  old  walls, 

being  about  one  and  a  half  mile  long 

by  three- quarters  wide,  very  closely 

built,  most  of  the  booses  being  mad 

with    tiled    roofs.      A  wide    street 

'^  T,"     r'!,.,  twists  through  this  part  of  the  city, 

-^--     '  hut  all  the   rest   is   a   bewilderJBg 

labyrinth  of  narrow,   crooked   lanes  and  passages.      There   are   no 

ancient  buildings   worth    looking    at,   the  old    fortifications   which 

surrounded   the  city,  built  by  Azim,  the  grandson   of  Aorangzeb, 

having  long   since   crumbled   into  mere  rabbish  heaps.     Near  the 

opium  works,  in  the  quarter  called  Gulzarbagb,  there  are  two  smsll 

temples  of  great  antiquity,  that  have  some  interest,  one  of  whidi  is 

used  by  the  Hindus,  and  the  other  as  a  mosque. 

The  main  interest  of  Patna  lies  in  its  importance  as  an  anciaot 


PA  TNA.  323 


trading  town,  owing  to  its  position  at  the  junction  of  throe  great 
riTcrs,  the  Son,  the  Gandak,  and  the  Ganges;  and  the  bustling 
activity  of  its  inhabitants.  The  various  marts  or  bazars  of  Patna 
are  full  of  picturesque  life,  especially  the  central  business  quarter  of 
Ghauk,  where  cotton  cloth  is  exposed  for  «ale  ;  the  Marufganj,  where 
seeds  are  traded  in  ;  the  Mansurganj,  the  market  for  country  produce; 
and  the  interesting  riverside  bazar  of  Colonelganj.  All  these  may  be 
visited  in  an  open  carriage  in  the  course  of  a  morning's  drive,  every 
yard  of  which  will  be  replete  with  Indian  characteristics.  No  less 
than  J£d00,000  worth  of  Manchester  goods  alone  pass  tlirough  the 
Chauk  in  the  course  of  the  year,  and  a  very  large  trade  is  done  in 
wheat  and  other  cereals,  oil-seeds,  cotton,  tobacco,  salt,  timber, 
bamboos,  hay  and  straw. 

The  only  building  of  unique  interest  in  Patna  is  the  old  Govern- 
ment granary,  a  high  dome-shaped  building,  430  feet  in  circumference 
round  the  base,  with  walls  21  feet  thick,  and  an  interior  diameter  of 
110  feet.  It  is  ninety  feet  high,  with  two  winding  staircases  on  the 
outside,  reaching  to  the  top,  at  which  it  was  intended  the  grain 
should  be  poured  into  the  building,  to  be  extracted  from  the  small 
doors  which  surround  the  base. 

A  swaggering  Nepalese  once  rode  his  horse  to  the  top,  which  is  a 
platform  ten  feet  wide,  from  which  a  fine  view  of  the  city  may  be 
obtained.  On  entering  the  building,  the  most  bewildering  echoes 
prevail,  the  foot-fall  on  the  floor  sounds  like  a  trampling  army ;  of  a 
single  note  of  music,  sharply  uttered,  I  counted  thirty-two  distinct 
echoes.  A  peal  of  laughter  is  repeated  high  up  in  the  roof,  deep 
down  under  the  floor,  and  fi'om  every  stone  in  the  circular  walls.  A 
blow  struck  on  an  empty  wooden  case  becomes  at  once  a  prolonged 
peal  of  thunder.  It  extinguishes  St.  Paul's  as  a  whispering  gallery^ 
for  the  faintest  murmur  at  one  end  is  heard  quite  distinctly  at  the 
other.  As  the  interior  is  pitch  dark,  the  eflccts  possible  of  produc- 
tion are  infinite,  and  I  think  the  Gola  alone,  as  an  unrivalled 
curiosity  of  its  kind,  would  quite  justify  the  traveller  breaking  his 
journey  for  a  day  at  Patna.  The  following  inscription  is  carved  on  a 
slab  outside. 

"No.  1.  In  pai-t  of  a  general  plan  ordered  by  the  Governor 
General  and  Council,  20th  of  January,  1784,  for  the  perpetual 
prevention  of  famine  in  these  provinces,  this  granary  was  erected  by 
Captain  John  Garstin,  engineer.     Completed  the  20th  of  July,  178G. 

Y  2 


324  PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 

First  filled  and  publicly  closed  by /'  the  blank  remains,  for  the 

storehouse  has  never  been  used  from  that  day  to  this,  and  is  still 
"  No.  1."    It  would  contain  140,000  tons  of  wheat. 

The  largest  of  the  Government  opium  factories  is  situated  at  Patna, 
and  is  well  worth  a  Tisit.  The  superintendent  is  always  glad  to 
show  visitors  round  the  works.  The  raw  opium  arrives  from  the 
district  where  it  is  grown  about  the  month  of  April,  in  sealed  jars, 
each  weighing  one  maund.  Every  pot  is  carefully  tested  for  quality 
by  an  expert  called  a  purkhea,  who  samples  it  both  by  touch  and 
smell.  Every  tenth  sample  of  each  consignment  is  submitted  to  an 
English  chemist  for  analysis  and  assay,  and  for  the  detection  of 
adulteration.  "  Payment  by  result  *'  follows,  and  the  grower  is  paid 
by  the  mean  result,  whatever  it  may  be. 

The  raw  opium  is  then  cast  into  big  vats,  an  elaborate  system  of 
detection  existing  to  prevent  any  of  it  sticking  to  the  hands  or  bodies 
of  the  Indians  who  manipulate  it.  The  pots  when  empty  are  carefully 
scraped,  and  smashed  into  a  long  heap  by  the  river's  brink,  where 
quite  an  embankment  has  been  formed  by  successive  years  of  pot- 
sherds. These  big  vats  hold  about  2,000  maunds,  sufficient  to  destroy 
the  whole  population  of  India.  Having  secured  the  mean  consistence 
of  each  vat,  the  opium  is  then  divided  up  into  smaller  vats,  called 
"alligation**  vats,  of  250  maunds  capacity,  where  it  is  worked  up  by 
the  feet  of  coolies.  As  it  is  of  the  consistency  of  putty,  the  work  is 
very  severe,  and  the  tramplers  hang  on  to  ropes,  to  enable  them  to  free 
their  feet  the  easier  at  each  tread.  It  is  then  finally  assayed,  made 
into  cakes,  and  is  ready  for  market. 

The  manufacture  is  carried  on  through  the  sunmier  months  chiefly, 
and  during  the  winter  the  opium  is  packed  into  chests,  and  distributed 
all  over  the  East.  At  the  close  of  tiie  manufacture,  the  stock  in  the 
immense  warehouses  becomes  nearly  £4,000,000  in  value.  There  are 
ranges  upon  ranges  of  these  warehouses,  each  of  which  contains 
opium  worth  about  half  a  million  sterling. 

The  cake  makers,  somo  250  in  number,  have  for  plant  a  flat  board, 
a  small  square  wooden  box,  a  brass  cup,  an  earthenware  bowl,  and  a 
pile  of  dried  poppy  petals  called  "  opium  trash,"  worked  into  thin 
sheets,  like  leaf  tobacco.  A  lump  of  opium  of  seventy  consistence  is 
carefully  weighed  out  to  each  workman,  with  some  leiva,  thin  opium  of 
fifty  consistence.  The  cake  maker  wets  his  brass  cup  with  the  lewa, 
tears  his  ''ti*ash"  so  that  it  fits  the  cup  without  a  crease,  soaks  it  in 


PATNA.  325 

Uwa^  and  fills  in  one  after  the  other  till  his  cup  is  lined  with  **  trash  " 
half  an  inch  thick.  He  then  drops  the  lamp  of  opium  into  the  centre, 
and  works  the  **  trash  "  deftly  round  with  his  supple  hands  until  the 
opium  is  hermeticaUy  closed,  and  the  cake,  round  and  hard  like  a 
cannon  hall,  is  ready  to  be  packed  and  sent  off  to  Calcutta,  thence  to 
China.  Each  cake  takes  about  five  minutes  to  prepare,  and  is  worth 
SO  to  40  rupees. 

The  other  great  factory  is  at  Ghazipur,  near  Benares.  Their  total 
production  is  between  50  and  60,000  chests  a  year,  of  which  about 
one-twelfth  is  consumed  in  India,  and  the  rest  exported.  The  profit, 
which  goes  to  the  State  as  a  goyernment  monopoly,  is  from  five  to  six 
millions  sterling. 

The  factory  at  Patna  deals  with  all  the  opium  grown  in  Behar,  on 
an  area  of  about  800,000  acres.  The  area  under  cultivation  has  been 
increasing  of  late  years,  being  in 

1883,  1884,  1886,  1886,  1887, 

246,000.         250,000.         271,000.         283,000.         286,000  acre«. 

but  the  average  of  these  five  years  is  less  than  1878 — 7.  The 
consumption  of  pure  opium  in  India  every  year  is  about  500,000  lbs. 

The  Baptist  Mission  has  four  European  agents  stationed  at  Patna 
and  its  suburbs,  of  whom  the  Bev.  D.  P.  Broadway  is  the  senior.  A 
grandson  of  William  Carey,  the  pioneer  missionary  of  India,  is  in 
charge  at  Dinapur.  The  total  number  of  church  members  in  the 
district  is  about  fifty. 

Gata  is  fifty  miles  distant  from  Bankipur  Station,  a  railway  journey 
of  three  hours.  The  neighbourhood  of  Gaya  is  full  of  holy 
places  associated  with  the  earliest  beginning  of  Buddhism.  There  is 
a  decent  Town  Bungalow  here,  about  a  mile  from  the  station. 

As  a  place  for  Hindoo  pilgrimages  Gaya  is  of  modem  date,  and  the 
temples  are  devoid  of  interest,  historically  or  architecturally.  There 
are  forty-five  sacred  temples  or  shrines  which  have  to  be  visited  by 
the  pilgrim  in  and  about  Gaya,  round  which  he  is  personally  con- 
ducted by  a  Brahman  in  a  tour  which  lasts  thirteen  days,  and  costs  a 
poor  man  about  20  rupees.  About  100,000  pilgrims  come  yearly  to 
Gaya.  The  British  pilgrim  will,  however,  find  no  great  attraction  in 
Gaya  itself,  which  is  only  a  fourth-rate  holy  city,  but  will  push  on  to 
Buddh  Gaya,  a  journey  of  about  seven  miles  by  carriage.  Here  is 
the  celebrated  temple  which  was  erected  a.d.  500  on  the  site  of  a  still 


326  PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 


older  one  by  a  pious  Brahman  named  Amara,  to  mark  the  spot  where 
still  existed  the  more  celebrated  Bo-tree,  under  whose  shade  Buddha 
snt  for  six  years  until  he  obtained  complete  enlightenment,  b.o.  588. 
This  building  is  a  straight-lined  pyramidal  nine-storied  temple,  unique 
so  far  as  India  is  concerned,  though  there  are  many  like  it  of  later 
date  in  China  and  Tibet.  It  differs  entirely  from  the  older  and 
purer  Buddhist  architecture  to  be  found  near  Bhopal  and  at  Samath, 
near  Benares,  which  are  600  or  700  years  older.  Its  special  historical 
interest  comes  from  the  fact  that  it  was  erected  by  a  Brahman  for 
Buddhist  purposes  at  a  time  when  the  Buddhist  and  Brahman 
religions  were  in  doubtful  balance  for  supremacy  in  India. 

This  noble  temple  is  160  feet  high.  Its  base  is  oblong  and  the  top 
square.  The  wall  of  the  tower  is  fourteen  feet  thick.  The  whole  is 
built  over  a  more  ancient  temple  of  the  period  of  Asoka,  B.C.  200,  who 
surrounded  it  with  a  rail  measuring  130  feet  by  100,  which  still  exists 
though  very  much  ruined.  Many  of  its  fragments  have  been  carefully 
collected  from  different  portions  of  the  surrounding  country  where 
they  had  been  used  for  building  purposes,  and  it  now  encircles  the 
temple  for  three  sides,  tolerably  complete.  The  pillars  are  about  six 
feet  high,  and  at  the  top  and  bottom  of  each  are  semi-circular  slabs^ 
decorated  with  carved  groups  of  figures  and  other  subjects.  It  is 
probably  the  most  ancient  sculptured  monument  in  India,  and  is 
valued  by  antiquarians  as  furnishing  examples  of  manners  and  illustra- 
tions of  mythology  at  a  most  interesting  period  of  Indian  history. 
The  domestic  scenes  represent  feasting  and  love-making,  and  the 
religious  subjects  tree  and  serpent  worship,  dagobas,  wheels,  and 
other  Buddhist  emblems,  and  many  strange  mythological  figures  of 
mermaids,  crocodiles,  centaurs,  and  what  not.  The  famous  Bo-tree 
is  planted  on  a  terrace,  raised  thirty  feet  above  the  plain.  It  is  ver^- 
doubtful  if  this  tree,  venerable  though  it  is,  can  claim  to  be  tlie  great 
original;  but  there  can  be  no  doubt  about  the  genuineness  of  the 
Bo-tree  at  Anuradhapura  in  Ceylon.  When  Asoka  sent  his  son  and 
daughter  into  Ceylon  as  Buddhist  missionaries,  they  took  with  them  a 
branch  of  the  celebrated  tree  at  Gaya.  The  Ceylon  Buddhists  have 
worshipped  this  offshoot  for  more  than  2,000  years. 

A  little  distance  from  the  great  temple  stands  a  smaller  but  much 
more  ancient  temple,  in  which  is  a  figure  of  Buddha  standing.  The 
great  temple  has  been  rather  barbarously  restored.  Mr.  Stanton's 
illustration  is  drawn  from  a  photograph  in  the  India  Museum,  taken 


BUSDB  OAYA. 


328  PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 


some  years  ago,  before  the  restoration  took  place.  I  refer  the 
reader  for  more  detailed  information  about  Baddh  Gaja  to  Cunning- 
ham's "  ArchuBological  Surveys/'  Vol.  iii,  and  Fergusson's  "  History 
of  Indian  Architecture/'  both  of  which  books  will  be  found  in  any 
good  library  in  India. 

Deogahh. — ^At  Lakhisarai  Junction  the  East  Indian  Railway  forms 
a  great  loop,  one  side  of  which  leads  through  Monghyr,  Bhagalpur, 
and  Rajmahaly  following  the  course  of  the  Ganges,  the  other,  which  is 
the  route  taken  by  the  mail,  through  Deogarh  and  Raniganj ;  both 
meet  at  Burdwan,  sixty-six  miles  from  Calcutta. 

Deogarh,  on  the  main  or  chord  line  as  it  is  called,  is  a  place 
of  great  repute  with  the  worshippers  of  Siva,  and  forms  a  centre  of 
pilgrimage  from  all  over  India.  Leaving  Patna  with  the  mail  at 
6  P.M.,  Baidyanath  Junction  is  reached  at  10.45  p.m.,  whence  a  short 
branch  line  runs  to  Deogarh  in  about  twenty  minutes.  The  group  of 
temples  dedicated  to  Siva  are  twenty-two  in  number,  some  of  them 
being  very  ancient.  The  oldest  is  called  Baidyanath,  and  contains 
one  of  the  most  ancient  and  venerated  lingams  in  all  India.  The 
whole  of  the  temples  are  surrounded  by  a  high  wall  enclosing  a  large 
courtyard,  paved  with  freestone  at  a  cost  of  iG10,000,  given  by  a  pious 
xVIirzapur  merchant.  All  the  temples  but  three  are  dedicated  to  Siva 
in  his  form  of  Mahadeo.     These  three  are  sacred  to  his  wife,  Faibati. 

The  temples  are  connected  fix)m  the  topmost  pinnacles  with  silk 
ropes,  from  which  hang  gaily  coloured  flags  and  tinsel.  At  one  of 
the  gates  of  the  town  are  three  very  remarkable  monoliths  of  contorted 
gneiss.  They  are  placed  like  a  cromlech,  two  upright  and  one  across 
tiieir  tops.  They  are  square  cut,  and  twelve  feet  long,  weighing  about 
seven  tons  each.  It  is  not  known  by  whom  this  curious  monument 
was  erected,  but  it  is  probably  the  entrance  to  a  Buddhist  temple,  as 
there  are  remains  of  an  ancient  Yihara,  or  monastery,  close  by. 

Parasnath  is  the  sacred  Jain  mountain  of  Bengal.  A  railway 
journey  of  two  hours  from  Deogarh,  changing  at  Madhupur  Junction, 
reaches  Giridhi,  whence  Parasnath  is  distant  eighteen  miles,  by  a  good 
metalled  road.  The  mountain  stands  clear  out  of  the  plain,  and  is  a 
narrow  rocky  ridge,  the  topmost  peak  of  which  is  4,488  feet  above  the 
sea.  The  summit  is  called  by  the  Jains  Asmid  Sikhar,  or  the  **  peak 
of  bliss,**  and  is  a  tableland  with  scattered  crags,  on  which  are  perched 
about  twenty  small  Jain  temples.  There  is  a  good  Dak  bungalow  on 
the  mountain,  which  was  the  officers'  quarters  when  Parasnath  was 


PA  TNA,  329 

nsed  some  twenty  years  ago  as  a  sanatorium.    About  10,000  pilgrims 
visit  the  place  every  year,  from  all  parts  of  India. 

No  less  than  ten  of  the  twenty-four  Jain  Tirthankars  attained 
Nirvana  on  this  sacred  mountain,  which  is  called  after  Farsva  the 
twenty-third,  who  is  held  with  Mahavira,  the  twenty-fourth,  to  be  the 
most  worthy  of  adoration.  Nineteen  Tirthankars  are  said  to  be  buried 
here.  The  temples  are  mostly  modern,  or  at  any  rate  so  recently  re- 
paired or  restored  that  nothing  ancient  can  be  discovered.  Some  of 
them  are  exceedingly  beautiful,  notably  a  choice  little  shrine  of  white 
marble,  which  cost  £8,000. 

The  surroundings  are  extremely  picturesque,  the  natural  scenery 
enchanting,  and  the  view  from  the  summit  superb.  The  ascent  is  by 
a  good  easy  path,  and  there  are  plenty  of  coolies  always  at  hand  at 
the  foot  of  the  mountain  for  those  who  wish  to  be  carried  up. 

From  Parasnath  to  Calcutta  there  is  nothing  worth  stopping  for. 
The  only  places  of  importance  being  Baniganj  where  there  ai*e  some 
important  coal  mines,  and  Burdwan,  a  populous  modem  Bengal  town, 
devoid  of  interest. 

Gaur. — This  interesting  ruined  city  was  the  old  capital  of  Bengal, 
And  is  situated  on  a  deserted  channel  of  the  Ganges,  some  thirty  miles 
from  Rajmahal,  a  station  on  the  loop  line  of  the  East  Indian  Railway 
from  Lakhisarai  through  Monghyr  to  Burdwan.  The  journey  is 
full  of  difficulty,  as  two  rivers,  the  Ganges  and  the  Mahinanda,  have 
to  be  crossed  in  feriy-boats.  If  any  traveller  wishes  to  visit  Gaur,  he 
should  write  a  week  or  two  beforehand  to  the  magistrate  at  Maldah, 
the  administrative  head-quai'ters  of  the  district  in  which  Gaur  is 
49ituated,  who  will  let  him  know  what  accommodation  and  locomotion 
is  possible.  There  is  a  comfortable  bungalow  at  Maldah,  under  his 
•charge,  where  visitors  are  sometimes  put  up. 

The  ruins  of  Gaur  date  from  early  in  the  13th  century,  when  the 
Musalmans  conquered  Bengal,  and  established  their  capital  on  this 
-spot,  down  to  A.D.  1675,  when  it  finally  disappears  from  history, 
abandoned  by  the  court  in  consequence  of  the  recession  of  the  river 
Ganges,  and  the  malarious  condition  of  the  city,  which  produced  a 
terrible  epidemic.  It  is  said  that  in  its  prime  Gaur  had  a  population 
of  three  quarters  of  a  million,  and  as  its  mass  of  ruins  extends  from 
Maldah  to  Maddapur,  nearly  twenty  miles,  this  appears  very  probable. 

Long  before  the  Muhamedan  invasion,  Gaur  was  a  Hindu  capital, 
but  no  building  of  this  period  can  be  identified,  exiiept  two  isolated 


330  PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 

ruins  outside  the  ramparts  of  the  Musalman  city,  and  the  famous 
Sagar  Dighi,  a  celebrated  tank,  whose  banks,  built  of  brick,  are  1,600 
yards  long  by  800  wide.  The  banks  are  surroimded  with  Muhamedan 
buildings,  of  which  the  best  preserved  is  the  tomb  of  Mukhdam  Shah 
Jelal,  a  saint  of  great  influence  in  the  earliest  days  of  Gaur.  Not 
far  from  here  is  a  great  dry  Ghat,  leading  down  to  what  was  once  the 
course  of  the  Ganges.  Within  the  old  site  of  the  citadel,  the  most  of 
which  is  now  under  cultivation,  are  two  dilapidated  mosques,  which 
have  still  traces  of  their  ancient  beauty,  and  a  fairly  well  preserved  Jaya 
Stambha,  or  tower  of  victory.  Chapter  VII.  of  Fergusson's  "  Indian 
Architecture*'  is  devoted  to  Gaur. 

The  Adina  Mosque  at  Maldah,  which  was  a  suburb  of  Gaur,  was 
erected  a.d.  1358 — 67,  by  Sikandar  Shah ;  it  is  a  vast  pillared  court- 
yard 600  feet  long  and  800  wide.  The  Golden  Mosque  of  Maldah  is 
very  beautiful  still,  and  was  built  in  1566,  just  before  the  abandon- 
ment of  the  city. 

Panduah  is  another  ruined  city,  seven  or  eight  miles  from  Maldah. 
The  whole  of  these  extensive  ruins  are  smothered  in  jungle,  with  here 
and  there  small  villages  and  patches  of  cultivation,  which  are  increas- 
ing every  year.  There  are  plenty  of  tigers  and  other  wild  beasts  in 
the  district.  Unless  the  traveller  can  spare  a  week  at  least,  and  is 
greatly  interested  in  Pathan  architecture,  the  journey  to  Gaur  will 
hardly  repay  him. 


CHAPTER  XXII. 

CALCUTTA. 


FestiviticB,  official  and  private,  are  the  order  of 
the  day.  This  is  the  time  chosen  for  the  annnal  Calcutta  Races,  for 
charitable  fetes  and  fancy  fairs,  for  the  Viceroy's  levee,  drawing-room, 
ball,  and  garden-party.  Every  hotel  ood  board iag- house  is  full  to 
oversowing,  and  he  is  considered  lucky  who  can  get  one  of  sixteen 
beds  in  a  room  at  the  Great  Eastern  Hotel,  or  Spence's.  Travellers 
who  reckon  to  reach  Calcutta  within  the  dates  I  name,  should  write 
at  least  two  or  three  weeks  beforehand  for  rooms.  Ladies  will  be 
more  comfortable  at  one  of  the  many  boarding-houses  in  and  near  the 
Ghowringhi  than  at  the  hotels ;  and  Thos.  Cook  &  Son,  the 
excursion-agents,  will  always  secure  accommodation,  if  written  to  in 
good  time. 


33!  PICTURESQUE   INDIA 

Calcutta  is  Bitoated  od  the  caet  bank  of  the  Hogli,  supposed  to  be 
the  ancient  course  of  the  Ganges.  It  receives  the  traffic  of  the  two 
mightest  rivers  of  India,  the  Ganges  and  the  Brahmaputra,  as  well  aa 
that  of  two  great  railway  systems,  the  East  Indian  and  the  Eastern 
Bengal.     It  is  the  seat  of  the  Goyernment  of  India  for  more  than  half 


the  year.  Its  population  in  the  census  of  1881  was  685,000,  of  which 
sixty-two  per  cent,  are  Hindu,  thirty-two  per  cent  Musalman,  and 
four  and  a  half  per  cent.  Christian. 

Calcntta  takes  its  name  from  the  ancient  shrine  of  the  goddess 
Kali,  which  has  been  a  place  of  pilgrimage  from  very  remote  times. 
It  is  the  sixth  capital  which  Bengal  has  had  during  the  last  six 
centuries — Gaur,  Rajmabal,  Dacca,  Mnddea,  and  Marsfaedahad  being 
its  predecessors.     It  is  just  200  years  since  the  East  India  Company 


334  PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 

first  established  its  factory  at  Calcutta,  under  the  agency  of  Job 
Ghamock,  who  hoisted  the  English  flag,  somewhere  near  the  present 
mint,  on  the  24th  of  August,  1690.  In  1710  the  population  was 
12,000.  In  1724  a  municipality  was  established,  with  a  mayor  and 
nine  aldermen.  The  Calcutta  of  to-day  is  a  purely  modem  city,  its 
oldest  buildings  of  any  importance  being  St.  John's  Church,  a.d. 
1790,  and  the  Town  Hall  and  Government  House,  both  finished  in 
1804.  The  old  fort,  with  its  famous  Black  Hole,  the  Maratha  Ditch, 
and  all  the  other  historic  spots  associated  with  Gharnock,  Dr.  Hamil- 
ton, Holwell,  Clive,  and  Warren  Hastings,  have  lost  their  very 
identity,  and  are  covered  over  with  new  public  buildings.  Calcutta  is 
a  brand-new  European  city,  with  fashionable  drives,  parks,  band- 
stands, a  Rotten  Bow,  modern  shops,  a  cathedral,  and  nonconformist 
chapels.  Its  public  buildings  are  second-rate,  greatly  inferior,  both 
in  architecture  and  position,  to  those  of  Bombay,  and  none  of  them 
fit  to  compare  with  a  good  Lancashire  town  hall. 

Government  House  is  placed  on  the  north  side  of  the  esplanade, 
in  some  six  or  seven  acres  of  pleasant  gardens,  which  look  their 
prettiest  when  filled  with  gaily-dressed  English  ladies  and  native 
gentlemen  in  their  very  best  and  most  sumptuous  apparel,  on  the 
occasion  of  one  of  the  Viceroy's  garden-parties.  The  house  itself  is  a 
noble  palace,  consisting  of  a  great  central  building,  in  which  are 
handsome  suites  of  entertaining  and  reception-rooms.  This  is 
connected  by  galleries  with  four  outlying  blocks,  in  which  are  the 
private  apartments  of  the  Viceroy  and  his  household. 

To  the  west  of  Government  House  is  the  Town  Hall,  a  fine  Doric 
building,  with  a  wide  flight  of  steps  leading  up  to  the  portico.  The 
interior  is  without  interest,  and  is  used  for  public  meetings,  concerts, 
and  other  entertainments.  Near  by  is  the  Legislative  Council 
Chamber,  the  High  Court,  the  Small  Cause  Court,  and  the  Treasury. 
In  Dalhousie  Square,  on  the  east  side,  is  the  Currency  Office ;  on  the 
south,  the  Telegraph  Office  and  the  Dalhousie  Institute;  on  the 
west,  the  General  Post-office,  one  of  the  handsomest  buildings  in  the 
city;  and  on  the  north,  the  Writers'  buildings  and  Police  Office. 
The  middle  of  the  square  is  occupied  by  well  laid-out  gardens, 
surrounding  a  large  tank.  This  beautiful  open  space  may  be  con- 
sidered the  very  centre  of  the  city. 

Between  Dalhousie  Square  and  the  river  lies  the  Custom  House,  in 
front  of  which  are  the  busy  jetties,  crowded  with  ocean  steamships. 


3J5 


river  barges,  bndgerows,  and  other  native  eraft ;  a  picturesque  scene, 
closed  in  with  the  great  Hugli  Bridge.  Following  the  road  along  the 
river's  bank,  several  bathing  ghats  are  passed,  the  Mint,  and  the  Mayo 
Native  Hospital ;  taming  np  NimtoUa  Street,  past  the  Free  Church 
Institution,  Beadon  Square  is  reached,  where  missionaries  preach 
or  discuss  on  Sniida;  afternoon ;  then  through  Cornwullis  Square, 
with  its  fine  tank  and  the  General  Assembly's  Institution  facing  it. 


following  ComwdlliB  Street  to  College  Square.  Bonnd  this  square  are 
some  fine  educational  instituiicms,  the  Presidency  College,  Hare 
School,  Calcutta  University,  and  Hindu  College. 

The  Bow  and  Lall  Bazars  lead  back  to  Dalhonsie  Square,  and 
complete  the  round  of  the  north  part  of  the  city.  A  large  portion 
of  this  area,  lying  between  the  main  streets,  consists  cf  coloniea 
of  natives;  the  working-classes  congregating  in  Bustis,  or  native 
villages,  crowded  together  In  mud  or  straw  huts,  round  a  dirty  tank, 
into  which  all  the  drainage  runs,  and  in  which  they  wash  themselves 


336  PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 

and  their  garments.  These  hecome  loss  crowded  as  the  subnrbs  are 
reached,  and  little  patches  of  garden,  or  a  few  cocoanut  palms, 
reflected  in  the  tanks  with  the  brown  hnts,  and  the  cotton-clad 
women  and  children,  make  pretty  enough  pictures. 

Starting  onoe  more  from  OoTomment  House,  the  splendid  Ghow- 
ringhi  road  stretches  along  the  east  side  of  the  magnificent  Maidan, 
the  glory  and  pride  of  Calcutta.  The  Theatre  Boyal,  the  Imperial 
Museum,  the  United  Service  Club,  the  Bengal  Club,  and  many 
mansions  and  boarding-houses,  face  the  Maidan,  and  in  the  streets 
behind  are  other  handsome  residences,  in  well-planted  gardens,  form- 
ing the  wealthy  quarter  of  the  city.  A  drive  of  two  miles  reaches 
the  cathedral  and  bishop's  palace,  and  the  end  of  Chowringhi  road. 
Turning  to  the  right,  the  race-course  is  passed  ;  the  road  to  the  left 
opposite  the  race-course  leads  over  Tolly's  Nullah,  to  the  Zoological 
Gardens,  Belvidere,  the  beautiful  park  and  house  of  the  Lieutenant 
Govemor  of  Bengal,  and  the  Horticultural  Gardens.  From  there,  a 
short  cross-road  leads  into  'Kidderpur  Boad,  which  returns  over 
Tolly's  Nullah  by  Canal  Bood  to  the  Goyemment  Dock  Yard. 
Thence,  a  magnificent  riverside  drive,  thronged  in  the  evening  with 
open  carriages  full  of  English  residents  and  wealthy  natives,  leads 
back  past  Fort  William  to  Government  House.  All  along  this  road, 
the  river  is  crowded  by  a  triple  row  of  the  finest  sailing-ships  in  the 
world,  whose  masts  and  yards  stand  out  sharp  and  clear  against  the 
evening  sky,  enhancing  the  natural  picturesqueness  of  what  is 
undoubtedly  the  most  beautiful  city  drive  in  the  whole  world. 

The  suburbs  of  Calcutta  are  mostly  mean  and  squalid  groups  of 
native  villages,  built  of  mud  or  straw  wattles.  They  lie  outside  the 
Circular  Boad,  which  was  made  in  1742,  with  the  soil  thrown  up  from 
the  ''Maratha  Ditch,"  constructed  to  protect  the  city  from  the 
Maratha  invasion  which  overran  Bengal  that  year.  The  ditch  was 
filled  up  in  1801  by  the  Marquis  of  Wellesley.  Garden  Beach  runs 
for  two  miles  down  the  river  bank  to  the  jetties  of  the  Peninsular  and 
Oriental  Steam  Navigation  Company.  There  ore  a  number  of  fine 
houses  with  gardens  in  this  suburb,  which,  however,  of  late  years  has 
been  more  or  less  deserted  in  favour  of  the  district  round  the 
cathedral,  which  is  now  the  fashionable  quarter  of  Calcutta. 

The  only  antiquity  in  Calcutta  is  the  famous  Kali  Ghat,  where  tho 
fearful  wife  of  Siva  has  held  her  shrine  and  welcomed  her  horrid 
worshippers  from  time  inomemorial. 


CALCUTTA.  337 

Tbe  present  temple  is  300  ^eats  old,  aud  baa  do  architectural 
pretensions.  The  way  to  it  is  a  continuation  of  the  Chowringhi,  and 
it  stands  on  the  bank  of  Tolly's  Nullah,  with  Sights  of  steps  going 
4own  to  the  water.  £ali,  or  "  tbe  Black  one,"  is  a  furious  goddess, 
hideous  in  features,  dripping  with  blood,  gorgon-headed,  with  a 
necklace  of  human  skulls.  Sbe  sends  pestilenos  and  famine,  and  is 
only  appeased  with  blood.  In  earlier  days,  human  sacrifice  was  ofieo 
her  only  propitiation,  and  as  late  as  18G6,  during  the  terrible  £ 


Iiiiman  heads,  decked  with  flowers,  were  found  before  the  altar  of 
Kali.  She  is  tbo  fp)ddes3  of  the  Thngs,  who,  sworn  to  mutoal 
allegiance  on  her  bloody  rites,  travelled  througb  India  disguised  as 
mcTobants  or  pilgrims,  strangling  victims  to  her  honour.  Tbe  fliscret 
cult  of  Kali  is  too  repulsive  for  description  in  these  pages.  This 
temple  at  Kali  Ghat  is  the  only  place  of  public  worabip  f'>r  Hindus  in 
all  Calcutta,  though  there  ore  in  almost  erery  Hindu  house  or  Basti 
domestic  shrines  called  "  Thakoor-bari,"  where  tbe  household  god  or 
goddess  sits  enshrined.  To  Kali  Ghat,  on  religious  festivals,  tens  of 
thousands  of  worshippers  repair :  sscriGce  goes  on  continuously,  and 
the  ghats  and  auUah  are  crowded  with  bathers.    It  is  worth  while  to 


338  PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 


hire  a  boat,  and  be  rowed  up  Tolly's  Nullah  from  ELastings  Bridge  to 
Kali  Ghat. 

There  are  a  good  many  Mosques  in  Calcutta,  but  none  worth  visit- 
ing. The  finest  is  a  new  building  in  DhurrumtoUah  Street,  erected 
in  1842.  It  is  resorted  to  by  many  hundreds  of  worshippers  at  noon 
and  sunset,  especially  on  Friday. 

The  wealthy  Jain  community  of  Calcutta  have  a  beautiful  place  of 
worship  in  Halsi  Bajan  Boad,  called  Buadri  Dass'  temple.  It  is  ia 
the  centre  of  a  charming  garden,  laid  out  in  walks,  parterres,  and 
fountains,  with  statuary  and  pavilions.  It  has  no  architectural 
interest,  but  is  well  worth  a  visit. 

The  Burning  Ghat  on  the  banks  of  the  Hugli,  where  the  Hindus 
cremate  their  dead,  is  about  a  mile  above  the  Hugli  Bridge. 
This  is  a  good  opportunity  for  seeing  the  funeral  ctrstoms  of  the* 
Hindus ;  as  the  Ghat  is  constantly  visited,  no  objection  is  raised  to 
European  visitors  looking  on,  quietly  and  respectfully,  while  the 
cremation  is  proceeding.  The  funeral  pyre  is  laid  in  dry  wood,, 
mingled  with  sandal- wood  for  the  sake  of  its  fragrance.  The  corpse  is 
placed  at  full  length  on  the  pile,  and  then  covered  over  with  more  wood,, 
the  head  and  feet  only  being  visible.  Passages  suitable  to  the  occasion 
ftre  read  by  the  officiating  priest  from  the  sacred  books.  The  eldest 
son,  or  nearest  living  relative,  having  walked  three  times  round  the 
pyre,  kindles  it,  and  in  about  two  hours  the  corpse  is  reduced  to  ashes,, 
which  are  cast  into  the  river.  After  the  cremation  is  over,  the 
relatives  who  have  taken  part  bathe  in  the  Hugli  to  wash  away  all 
impurity  resulting  from  contact  with  the  dead. 

The  Christian  churches  and  chapels  of  Calcutta  have  no  great- 
attractions  apart  from  what  may  be  preached  from  their  respective 
pulpits.  They  are  all  modern  buildings,  and  from  the  Cathedral 
downwards  are  poor  specimens  of  ecclesiastical  architecture.  In  the 
grave-yard  of  St.  John's  Church  are  the  tombs  of  Job  Chamock, 
"William  Hamilton  and  Admiral  Watson,  the  only  surviving  relics  of 
old  Calcutta,  and  some  other  tombstones  removed  from  the  old  grave- 
yard when  it  was  built  over.  Some  of  the  older  places  of  worship  have 
associations  connected  with  the  earlier  periods  of  missionary  enter- 
prise, that  give  them  peculiar  associations  to  many  travellers,  all  of 
which  will  be  found,  with  a  mine  of  other  general  information  about 
Calcutta,  in  a  handy  little  volume  of  250  pages,  published  by  Newman 
and  Co.,  the  well-known  booksellers,  which  I  heartily  commend  to 


PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 


anyone  iatending  to  stay  more  than  two  or  three  days  in  this  dall 
capital,  devoid  of  interest  to  an;  traveller  withont  introduction  to  its 
charmiDg  and  delightful  society,  or  who  is  not  a  student  of  native 
institutions  or  miBsionarj  enterprises. 

The  archteologist  will  turn  from  these  modem  buildings,  on  the 
strength  of  which  Calcutta  impudently  takes  the  title  of  "  The  City  of 
Palaces,"  to  the  fascinating  contents  of  the  Indian  Imperial  Museum 
in  Cbowringhi.  This  splendid  collection  of  Indian  antiquities  and 
art  was  founded  by  the  Asiatic  Society,  whose  journals  and  proceed- 
ings, filling  fifty  bulky  volumes,  ate  the  rich  mines  from  which  almost 


every  authority  on  Indian  antiquities,  philology,  literature  and  natural 
history  has  dug  his  ore.  The  museam  of  the  society,  taken  over  by 
the  Government  in  1866,  has  been  boused  and  developed  within  the 
Imperial  Museum,  and  the  Society  itself  provided  with  ftee  quarters 
forever  within  the  same  building.  The  Society,  although  parting  so 
wisely  with  its  mnseum,  has  retained  its  splendid  library  of  15,000 
volumes,  and  its  collection  of  Sanskrit,  Arabic,  Persian  and  Indian 
MSS. 

The  baildings  of  tiie  new  Imperial  Museum  were  not  completed 
until  187S.  They  are  about  SOO  feet  square,  round  a  central 
quadrangle,  colonnaded,  and  planted  with  tropical  shrubs  and  trees. 
The  elevation  presents  two  lolly  stories,  and  is  a  handsome  specimen 
of  Italian  architecture.  The  rooms  are  beautifully  lighted  and 
entirely  free  &om  shadows.  The  museum  is  open  from  10  a.il  to 
4  F.II.  every  day,  Sondays  included,  except  Friday. 


CALCUTTA.  341 


The  archffiological  galleries  contain  a  gateway  and  a  considerable 
portion  of  the  railing  of  the  great  Buddhist  Stnpa  of  Bharhnt,  the 
most  important  and  interesting  in  all  India,  from  an  historical  point 
of  Tiew,  though  perhaps  not  the  finest  in  artistic  merit.  The  gate- 
way and  rail,  nearly  2000  years  old,  is  richly  -sculptured  with  repre- 
sentations of  the  Yi^rious  births  of  Buddha,  giving  pictures  of  the 
weapons,  dress,  tools,  furniture,  buildings,  worship  and  domestic  life 
of  the  people  of  their  time,  200 — 100  b.o. 

Elsewhere  are  two  colossal  human  figures  from  near  Fatna ;  ten 
bases  of  capitals  from  Muttra  of  the  first  century  a.d.  ;  in  the  centre 
of  the  same  room  is  another  remarkable  sculpture  from  Muttra,  carved 
on  both  sides  with  a  Bacchanalian  group,  opinions  being  divided 
whether  it  is  Scythian  or  Hindu.  In  this  room  also  are  many 
Buddhist  sculptures  of  various  kinds  and  a  huge  statue  of  Buddha. 

To  the  right  of  the  entrance  to  the  west  gallery  is  a  finely  carved 
marble  slab  from  the  Tope  of  Amravati,  representing  the  dream  of 
Maya,  the  mother  of  Buddha.  In  the  cases  round  the  walls  of  this 
gallery  is  a  series  of  sculptures  from  the  ancient  Buddhist  city  of 
Ohandara,  near  Peshawar. 

In  another  long  gallery,  160  feet  by  40,  are  a  number  of  Buddhist 
sculptures  arranged  in  recesses  down  one  side,  with  Brahminical 
sculptures  down  the  other.  In  the  middle  of  the  room  is  a  series  of 
casts  of  the  sculptures  of  the  Hindu  temples  of  Orissa. 

The  sculptures  brought  from  Sarnath  ore  worth  very  careful  exa- 
mination. One  of  the  slabs  portrays  the  birth,  temptation,  teaching 
and  death  of  Buddha.  All  through  the  galleries  are  glass  cases  con- 
taining smaller  antiquities,  stone  and  metal  implements,  ancient  glass 
and  pottery,  jewels  and  such  like,  and  a  choice  little  collection  of 
Musalman  enamelled  tiles. 

In  another  room  are  casts  of  the  friezes  of  the  famous  temples  of 
Orissa,  sculptures  of  the  Asoka  period,  of  the  Sanchi  Tope  and 
other  ancient  monuments,  many  of  which  casts  are  also  to  be  seen  at 
the  Indian  Museum  at  South  Kensington. 

The  Geological  Museum  is  very  complete.  The  natural  history 
collections  of  every  known  beast,  bird  and  reptile  in  India,  and  the  fish 
and  shells  of  the  Indian  seas,  are  intensely  interesting. 

There  ore  several  excursions  to  be  made  from  Calcutta.  The 
pleasantest  is  to  the  Botanical  Gardens,  which  are  situated  beyond 
the  village  of  Seebpur,  on  the  bank  of  the  Ganges ;   the  drive  over 


PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 


(be  Hngli  Bridge,  tbroagh  Seebpnr,  is  dnsty  aad  without  interest, 
aod  the  pleasantest  ronte  is  by  boat  down  tiie  river  to  the  Garden 
Ghat. 

The  garden  fronts  the  rirer  for  a  mile,  and  is  272  acres  in  extent. 


A  pretty  lake  of  ornameDtal  water  winds  thiough  the  gardens,  in  which 
are  every  variety  of  indigenoua  water  plants,  and  fine  specimene  of  the 
great  Ktctoria  regm  lily.  The  palmetum  is  singularly  beautiful,  and 
is  well  planted  with  a  great  variety  of  palms,  not  merely  thoee 
peculiar  to  India,  but  others  from  all  parte  of  the  world.  The  orchid 
houses  are  renowned  in  horticulture,  and  well  deserving  of  the  praise 
bestowed  upon  them.     In  the  hot  season  they  are  one  mass  of  bloom. 


CALCUTTA.  343 

Tliere  are  mao;  fine  avehaeB  of  palms,  mahogany  treea,  deodar  trees 
-and  otters.      The  great  glory  of  the  gardeoB,  however,  is  the  snperb 
banian  tree,  one  of  the  finest  in  the  world.      It  ia  only  100  years  old, 
jet  its  trunk  is  more  than  fifty  feet  in  circumference,  and  nearly  200 
iiir  roots  have   descended   to  the   earth   beneath   from   its   mighty 
branches.     Its  ontside  measurement  is  more  than  800  feet  in  circum- 
ference.   A  large  board  fastened  against  the  main  tronk  gives  much 
Qseful  and  interesting  information  about   this  giant   tree.     Besides 
several  conservatories  and  other  plant  houses,  tbere  is  a  remarkable 
«oUectioa  of  dried  plants 
in  a  building   near  the 
superintendent's  house, 
-containing  specimens  of 
About  40,000  species. 

Another  pleasant  ex- 
«ur6ion  is  up  the  river 
to  Barrackpnr  Park,  the 
■country  residence  of  the 
Viceroy.  This  is  a  man- 
sion and  park  of  250 
iicres,  beautifully  wooded. 
The  view  from  the  house 
4x>mmand3  about  six 
miles  of  the  river.  Those 

interested    in    missions  ^^^■„  ^^  botaxical  oAROENh. 

may  extend  their  journey 

to  Serampur,  opposite  Barrackpnr,  and  visit  the  chapel  and  college  of 
the  Baptist  Mission,  sacred  to  the  memory  of  Carey,  Marshman,  and 
'Ward,  the  venerated  pioneers  of  Missionary  enterprise  in  India. 

Chandarnagar  and  Hngli  are  about  three-quarters  of  an  hour  ran 
by  railway  from  Howrah  Station.  Chandarnagar  is  a  French  settle- 
ment, a  place  of  some  importance  in  the  last  century,  but  now  a 
homely  little  town,  still  the  official  seat  of  a  French  sub-governor, 
whose  office  is  a  dull  ainecure,  with  nothing  to  do  but  watch  half  a 
-company  of  soldiers  drill.  HngU  was  an  old  Portuguese  factory 
from  1640  to  1631,  when  they  were  driven  oat  by  the  Mughals. 
Afterwards  it  was  the  residence  of  Job  Cbamock.  All  historical 
buildings  have  long  since  disappeared.  There  is  a  handsome  Mosque, 
Imambara  and  Serai,  at  Hugli. 


344  PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 

Tbere  are  no  epeoial  art  manafiictiires  of  any  kind  at  Calcntts 
worth;  of  notice,  except  the  jewelleiy  workshopB  and  show-rooms  of 
Messra.  Hamilton  &  Co.,  who  mannfactare  costl;  regalia  and  other 
gauds  for  the  Indian  Bajaa  and  native  prinws.  The;  do  not, 
however,  work  to  Indian  patteme,  but  mainl;  from  European  desi^s. 
The;  are  most  polite  in  letting  strangers  walk  through  their  shops- 
and  work-rooms. 

I  do  not  give  an;  details  of  misBionar;  work  in  Calcutta,  as  the; 
are  foil;  given  in  "  Newman's  Guide,"  being  written  np  to  date  erer;' 
year. 


CHAPTER   XXIII. 

DARJILING. 


railway  juaraey  luuu  luui  in 
DarjiliDg.  A  five  honrs'  joarney  on  the  nsnal  gauge  reaches  the 
great  Ganges  river,  which  is  crossed  by  a  steam  ferry  :  on  the  other 
side  the  train  runs  all  night  on  a  three-foot  gango ;  after  breakfast, 
another  transfer  is  made  to  a  two-foot  gauge,  on  which  the  locomotive 
crawls  7,400  feet  np  the  Himalyas  at  a  speed  of  six  miles  an  boar. 
The  total  distance  from  Calcutta  to  Darjiling  is  246  miles,  and  the 
"  express  "  moil  train  does  it  in  exactly  twenty  -  four  honrs,  or  an 
average  of  ten  and  a  quarter  miles  an  boar.  This,  however,  is 
better  than  thirty  years  ago,  when  passengers  from  Calcutta  to 
Darjiling  had  to  swelter  for  ninety-eight  hours  in  Dak  gharries. 

The  route  from  Calcutta  to  the  foot  of  the  hills  is  across  the  great 
fertile  plain  of  Bengal,  and  nothing  is  lost  by  a  night  joamey  tbroagh 


346  PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 

its  monotony ;  but  the  rise  from  tbe  plains  to  Daijiling  is  probablj 
the  grandest  railway  jonmej  in  the  world. 
The  railway  ie  reidly  a  light  tram,  a  Tee  rail  of  about  forty  ponnds 
per  yard,  laid  for  the  greater 
part  of  the  way  along  the  old 
trunk  road  through  Sikkim 
to  Tibet.  To  increase  the 
radii  of  tbe  needful  curves, 
many  deTiations  have  been 
made  from  the  road,  and 
practically  there  is  now  a 
pretty  even  gradient  of  one 
in  twenty-eight  from  the  foot 
of  the  hillBi  to  Darjiling. 
The  line  winds  in  and  out 
along  the  hill  sides,  often 
rnnning  along  the  edge  of 
tremendous  gorges  and  pre- 
cipioes,  DOW  on  one  side,  now 
on  the  other.  At  one  spot 
tbe  line  rises  In  a  complete 
figure  of  8,  at  another  a  liill 
is  climbed  in  a  series  of 
zigzags,  on  which  the  engine 
is  alternately  at  the  front  and 
rear  of  the  train,  now  draw- 
ing, now  pushing.  The  loco- 
motives are  sturdy  little 
engines  weighing  ten  tons, 
built  by  Sharp,  Stewart  &  Co. 
The  open  carriages  hold 
u.-.  ina  uAwikiBu  uii,»&i.  six,  in  comfortable  armchairs. 

A  formidable  break  is  pro- 
vided for  each.  They  are  short  four-wheeled  bogies,  for  the  line 
twists  like  a  snake,  and  the  curves  are  so  sharp  that  the  little 
train  is  iu  the  shape  of  the  letter  S  for  two-thirds  of  the 
journey.  A  good  shaking-up  might  reasonably  be  looked  for,  but  the 
travelling  is  as  smooth  and  steady  as  a  trunk  line  in  England.  The 
road  runs  the  whole  distance  through  dense  primeval  forest,  except 


DARJILING.  347 


where  auiiny  spars  of  mouhtams  have  been  cleared  for  tea-gardens, 
making,  with  their  bungalows  ar  \  ofBces,  a  pleasant  break  in  the 
landscape.  At  every  turn  freah  beanty  reveals  itself.  Behind, 
stretching  away  to  the  horizon,  is  the  vast  fertile  plain  of  Bengal, 
bathed  in  stmligbt,  with  rivers  meandering  out  from  the  mountain 
gorges  like  bright  silver  ribbons.  Before,  the  first  ranges  of  the 
Himalyas  rising  from  5,000  to  8,000  feet  above  the  plain,  forest 
dad  to  their  summits.     As  the  train  commences  the  ascent,  the  line 


senas  up 

blades  fifteen  feet,  and  seed-stalks  twenty  to  twenty-five  feet  from  the 
ground,  with  huge  feathery  tops.  These  impenetrable  wildernesses 
are  the  haunts  of  tigers,  rhinoceros,  bufi'aloes,  bears,  snmbhar  deer, 
and  wild  hogs.  As  the  train  ascends,  the  jungle  gives  place  to 
forest;  oaks,  banians,  mimosas,  acacias,  fig,  India-rubber,  and  mul- 
berry trees  are  all  plentiful  for  the  first  2,000  or  3,000  feet  of  ascent, 
and  these  are  interspersed  with  great  clumps  of  giant  bamboo  sixty 
feet  high,  with  cnlms  as  thick  as  a  man's  thigh.  At  3,700  feet  above 
the  plain  both  peach  and  almond  trees  are  in  full  blossom  in  January, 
and  at  4,500  feet  there  are  fine  spreading  chestnuts.  At  5,000  feet 
appear  the  first  of  those  beautiful  Himalyan  tree-ferns,  fifteen  or 
twenty   feet   high.     A  little  further   on  a  small   tea  plantation  is 


348  PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 


passed,  where  the  planter,  in  clearing  his  jungle,  bad  spared  soma 
forty  or  fifty  of  these  gracefhl  trees,  and  very  pretty  they  look  stand- 
ing out  from  the  even  spread  of  the  low  tea-bushes.  2,000  feet  below 
the  summit  the  train  often  enters  a  dense  cloud,  but  on  passing- 
over  and  running  down  into  Darjiling,  clear  weather  is  generally 
reached,  the  magnificent  valley  of  the  Ranjit  and  the  snowy  heights 
of  Einchinjanga  bursting  upon  the  sight  in  all  the  splendour  of  thfr 
setting  sun. 

Darjiling  lives  under  the  shadow  of  Kinchinjanga,  in  the  heart  of 
the  great  Himalyan  Bange.  The  giant  mountain  fills  the  window  of 
the  comfortable  English  Hotel,  the  **  Woodlands,"  perched  on  the 
summit  of  a  little  hill,  which  is  only  twice  the  height  of  Snowdon  or 
Ben  Lomond.  The  station  is  7,200  feet  above  Calcutta,  yet  when  I 
was  there  in  January,  1889,  roses,  nasturtiums,  and  lupins  were 
blossoming  in  the  garden,  and  wild  raspberries  were  plentiful  in  the 
evergreen  forest  which  surrounds  the  town. 

No  pen  can  give  any  adequate  description  of  the  stupendous 
magnificence  of  the  situation  and  surroundings  of  Daijiling.  It  is  at 
the  end  of  a  long  wooded  spur  of  Sinchul,  a  mountain  about  9,000 
feet  high,  which  projects  its  steep  sides  out  into  an  amphitheatre, 
whose  floor  is  paved  with  modest  hills  6,000  or  8,000  feet  above 
the  sea,  and  whoso  walls  are  the  mightiest  giants  of  the  mighty 
Himaljas.  Standing  on  Observatory  Hill,  the  very  end  of  the  spur, 
looking  west,  the  eye  travels  round  the  amphitheatre,  dwelling  in 
turn  on  the  icy  summits  of  Janu,  25,800  feet  above  the  sea ;  Kabur, 
24,000;  Pandim,  22,000;  Narsing,  18,200;  Chomiamo,  23,300; 
Yakcham,  19,200;  Kamhenjhan,  22,500;  then  a  succession  of 
unnamed  snowy  peaks  lead  on  to  Donkhia,  23,200,  and  other 
mountains  of  Bhutan.  These  fine  sonorous  words  are  fitting  namea 
for  these  Himalyan  giants.  Between  these  mountains,  which 
stretch  in  a  chain  of  over  200  miles  in  extent,  are  continuous- 
successions  of  snow-fields  and  glaciers,  and  in  the  centre  of  the 
whole  range  rises  their  glorious  monarch,  Kinchinjanga,  whose  crown 
of  ice  rears  itself  five  clear  miles  above  the  plain  of  Bengal.  These 
mountains  are  from  thirty  to  sixty  miles  distant  from  Darjiling,  but 
their  height  is  so  immense  that  they  could  not  be  seen  much  nearer. 
Between  Sinchul  and  Kinchinjanga,  across  the  Banjit  Valley, 
stretches  a  chain  of  mountains  from  10,000  to  12,000  feet.  On  this 
platform  Kinchinjanga  itself  is  raised.     Its  flanks  are  great  granite 


UTISUKa  tUTION,  SABJIUHa  RAILWAT. 


3SO  PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 


cliffs,  rising  sheer  for  8,000  or  10,000  feet ;  above  them  are  the  vast 
snow-fields  and  glaciers,  from  which  the  granite  again  breaks  in  black 
stem  peaks  standing  oat  against  the  dense  bine  sky. 

At  daybreak  Einchinjanga  is  nsnally  buried  under  a  dense  mass  of 
cloud,  with  clear  blue  everywhere  else  above.  As  the  sun  gathers 
strength,  this  mass  of  vapour  slowly  breaks  up  and  spreads  itself  to 
the  zenith.  Presently  the  glittering  ice-peaks  show  themselves 
through  blue  gaps,  and  by  nine  o'clock  the  upper  clouds  have  melted, 
and  the  lower  ones  banked  down  into  the  Banjit  Valley,  leaving  the 
whole  summit  of  Kinchinjanga  clear,  with  its  forty  miles  of  snow-field 
and  glacier,  and  its  towering  summits,  a  rich  pale  glittering  yeUow 
against  the  pure  cobalt  of  the  morning  sky. 

The  Himalyan  air  is  so  rare  and  clear  that  every  little  detail  of 
the  mountain  appears  visible,  and  the  whole  stands  out  as  distinct  as 
the  Monte  Bosa  range  from  the  Eiffel.  Darjiling  is  7,200  feet  high, 
and  although  the  summit  of  Kinchinjanga  is  forty-five  miles  distant 
as  the  crow  flies,  one  must  positively  look  up  into  the  sky  to  see  it. 
I  estimate  some  of  its  glaciers  to  be  at  least  fifteen  miles  in  length, 
and  on  the  other  side  of  the  mountain,  looking  north,  are  glaciers  and 
snow-fields  that  are  the  largest  in  the  world. 

Darjiling  is  the  great  sanitarium  of  Bengal,  and  the  town  consists 
of  a  bazar  or  market,  lying  in  a  basin  on  the  side  of  the  mountain 
spur,  round  which  are  scattered  the  residences  of  the  European 
inhabitants,  and  endless  furnished  villas  let  by  the  season.  The 
most  conspicuous  buildings  are  an  enormous  convalescent  home  or 
general  hospital,  with  accommodation  for  seventy  or  eighty  patients, 
and  the  church,  which  tops  the  whole  town.  The  villas  are  scattered 
nil  over  three  miles  of  hill-side,  and  suggest  that  some  Himalayan 
giant  had  tipped  a  cart-load  of  them  over  the  top,  letting  them  settle 
on  every  projecting  knoll.  Every  building  is  roofed  with  galvanized 
iron,  which  glistens  among  the  dense  foliage  like  silver,  when  the  sun 
is  high. 

The  temperature  never  rises  above  80**  in  the  height  of  summer,  or 
falls  below  80°  in  the  depth  of  winter,  so  that  it  is  an  ideal  climate  for 
Europeans,  whose  bonny  children  present  a  marked  contrast  to  the 
pale  and  wilted  little  creatures  one  sees  in  the  plains.  Children's 
diseases  are  almost  unknown  here.  The  bazar  at  Darjiling  is  quite 
the  most  interesting  and  amusing  in  India.  Sunday  is  market-day, 
and  throngs  of  Hill  people  and  tea-coolies  come  into  town,  to  do  their 


352  PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 

marketing  and  have  high  jinks  generally^  The  bazar  consists  of 
three  large  open  spaces  sorroonded  by  stalls.  The  most  familiar  type 
of  hiU-man  are  the  Lepchas,  the  Sikkim  aborigines.  Their  features 
ore  distinctly  Mongolian,  their  faces  broad  and  flat,  their  eyes  wide 
apart,  and  cheek-bones  high.  They  are  stalwart  little  chaps  of  fire 
feet  three  inches  or  five  feet  four  inches  in  height,  with  broad  chests, 
mighty  calves,  and  long  sinewy  arms.  The  men's  faces  are  almost 
hairless,  with  seldom  more  than  a  few  straggling  hairs  on  lip  or  chin ; 
but  they  make  np  for  their  want  of  beard  by  the  most  magnificent 
heads  of  coal-black  hair,  as  thick  and  long  as  a  horse's  toil,  which 
they  plait  into  a  pig-tail.  The  women  wear  two  pig-tails,  and  are  as 
lasty  and  strong  as  the  men,  carrying  enormons  weights  on  their 
backs.  Their  dress  is  much  the  same  for  both  sexes,  who  are  only 
distinguishable  by  their  pig-taUs  and  jewellery.  It  is  a  robe  of 
striped  coarse  cotton  doth,  crossed  over  the  breast  and  back,  leaving 
the  arms  free,  and  coming  down  below  the  knee ;  over  this  is  worn  in 
winter  a  rough  woollen  coat  with  long,  loose  sleeves.  They  wear 
high  boots  of  deerskin  as  protection  from  the  terrible  leeches  which 
infest  the  woods  in  the  rainy  season.  The  Ncpalcse  are  gradually 
forcing  the  Lepchas  out  of  Darjiling.  When  wo  took  possession  of 
British  Sikkim,  there  were  only  some  200  Ncpalcse  in  the  whole 
country,  and  now  they  form  sixty-five  per  cent,  of  the  population. 
The  Lepchas  are  indolent,  lazy,  and  fond  of  drink ;  while  the  Nepalese 
are  a  vigorous  and  prolific  folk,  excellent  cultivators,  who  find  ready 
employment  in  the  tea-gardens. 

The  p<)puIation  of  the  whole  district  is  160,000,  and  is  very  mixed. 
Nepalese  predominate,  but  there  are  also  great  numbers  of  Bhutios, 
Tibetans^  Bengalis,  and  the  Lepcha  aborigines.  About  40,000 
labourers  of  these  different  nationalities  find  employment  on  about 
200  tea-plantations,  which  is  the  flourishing  and  progressive  staple 
industry  of  tlie  district. 

One  of  thcso  tea-plantations  ought  to  be  visited,  and  the  pro- 
prietors are  always  willing  to  show  strangers  round  and  explain  each 
process.  A  good  deal  of  cinchona  is  also  grown  in  the  Darjiling 
district. 

The  noise  of  the  bazar  at  noon  can  be  heard  for  a  mile.  The  old 
proverb,  "  It  takes  two  to  make  a  bargain,*'  has  no  honour  here ;  it 
never  takes  less  than  twenty,  and  all  feel  bound  to  Kbtuii,  push, 
fctruggle,  and  gesticulate.    The  crowd  numbers  many  Lhousouds^  and 


DARJILING,  353 


these  jolly  Hill-men  appear  to  be  the  most  good-natured  people  in  the 
^oiidy  rivalling  in  that  respect  even  the  Japanese.  Every  man  carries 
A  knife  that  would  disembowel  an  elephant,  but  no  one  quarrels. 
Every  woman  is  loaded  with  silver  and  gold  jewellery,  but  no  one  is 
«ver  robbed.  Here  along  a  sunny  wall  are  twenty  or  thirty  barbers, 
l)usily  engaged  in  cutting  and  trimming  the  unkempt  locks  of  the 
men,  mostly  Tibetan  traders  who  have  tramped  across  the  mouU'* 
tains,  the  hair  lying  in  heaps  in  front  of  them,  horribly  suggestive  of 
^regarines  and  other  small  game.  Bound  the  corner  are  a  lot  of 
Bhutia  women,  with  great  crocks  full  of  snow-white  curds,  the 
favourite  dainty  of  the  place,  which  they  serve  out  to  their  customers 
in  square  vessels  ingeniously  twisted  out  of  plantain  leaves.  Near 
them  are  some  Lepcha  lads  playing  shuttlecock  with  the  soles  of  their 
feet,  which  they  turn  upwards  in  the  nimblest  fashion.  Then  come 
some  stalls  for  tea,  which  is  boiled  up  vrith  molasses,  a  gruesome 
•compound.  And  now  an  open  market  is  entered,  where  perchance 
one  is  jostled  by  a  huge  giant,  a  Buddhist  Lama,  who,  followed  by 
an  acolyte  as  dirty  as  himself,  bellows  aloud  for  alms.  All  over  the 
market  iure  traders,  squatted  on  the  ground  in  front  of  their  wares, 
the  most  heterogeneous  assortment  of  goods  imaginable — ^goats,  pigs, 
poultry,  tea,  tobacco,  beads  from  Venice,  grain  of  all  sorts,  sweet- 
meats, cards,  the  bloodiest  meat  ever  seen,  killed  at  the  back  as 
required,  and  brought  in  dripping,  piles  of  cotton  and  woollen  goods, 
jaks'  tails,  brass  Buddhas,  ironmongery,  pottery,  old  bottles,  tinned 
meats,  tape,  cotton,  needles,  wooden  spoons,  oil,  umbrellas,  and 
feeding-bottles,  all  blent,  with  their  vendors,  in  one  great  labyrinth  of 
yelling  confusion. 

A  noble  sight  indeed  are  the  well-to-do  Bhutia  women  who  have 
«ome  in  to  market.  They  are  five  feet  six  inches  high,  and  about  five 
feet  broad,  with  great  good-humoured  faces,  beaming  like  the  rising 
sun  through  the  brown  varnish  with  which  they  paint  themselves. 
Each  has  a  great  circlet  round  her  head,  formed  of  large  beads  of 
coral  and  turquoise,  set  alternately  on  a  frame,  the  red  and  blue 
telling  strongly  against  the  mass  of  black  hair.  From  their  ears 
dangle  enormous  gold  earrings,  four  or  five  inches  long,  pulling  down 
the  lobes  of  their  ears.  Four  necklaces  of  amber,  agate,  coral,  or  big 
coarse  turquoises,  are  the  smallest  number  they  can  wear  with  any 
self-respect,  and  round  their  waist — well,  where  it  ought  to  be — is  a 
massive  silver  girdle  with  hanging  ornaments,  like  a  chatelaine*     I 

▲  ▲ 


PICTURESQUE    INDIA. 


Bcraped  acquaintance  with  one  of  these  ladies,  and  went  marketings 
with  her.     She  bought  vatioas  bags  of  grain,  mysterions  flaToorings, 


a  lamp  of  poik,  some  cotton  print,  and  two  bottles  of  cheap  brandy, 
which  she  tied  np  together  in  a  huge  cloth.     She  informed  me  that 


DARJILING.  355 


her  jewellery  had  cost  8,000  rupees ;  she  was  quite  williug  to  sell  the 
lot,  and  begin  collecting  afresh. 

Of  course  there  are  plenty  of  liquor  shops  in  and  around  Daqiling. 
The  Hill  people  drink  readily  enough,  but  the  facilities  for  getting  it 
are  much  too  plentiful,  especially  among  the  tea  villages.  A  few 
months  ago  the  tea-planters  of  the  Darjiling  district  held  a  large 
public  meeting,  attended  by  150  out  of  197,  their  total  number,  and 
unanimously  adopted  a  strong  memorial  to  the  Government  of  Bengal, 
protesting  against  the  almost  universal  establishment  of  out-stills,  to 
the  ruin  of  many  of  their  coolies,  and  their  own  pecuniary  loss.  This 
out- still  system  is  universally  condemned,  and  its  days  are  numbered. 

The  liquor  sold  in  the  bazar  of  Darjiling  is  mostly  cheap  fiery 
English  spirit.  In  front  of  every  shop  is  a  board,  **  English  soldiers 
cannot  be  supplied."  The  paternal  Government  of  India  takes  care 
of  its  costly  soldier,  and  protects  him  against  the  fiery  poison  of  the 
out-still  and  the  grog-shop,  but  Lepcha  and  Bhutia  women  may  get 
as  drxmk  as  they  please. 

This  cheap  spirit  is  rapidly  ousting  the  national  drink  of  Sikkim, 
murwcL  This  is  made  from  millet,  soaked  in  yeast,  and  allowed  to 
ferment  slightly.  When  ready,  it  is  put  into  a  section  of  bamboo, 
and  boiling  water  added.  It  is  then  sucked  through  straws.  This 
liquor  is  wholesome,  palatable,  and  nourishing,  and  so  slightly 
intoxicating,  that  no  one  can  possibly  get  drunk  on  it.  No  Lama 
ever  goes  from  home  without  his  bowl  of  murwa,  and  his  bamboo  cup. 

There  is  a  good  trade  with  Tibet  from  Darjiling,  which  would  be 
greater  if  a  really  good  road  were  made  through  Sikkim.  This  may 
be  one  of  the  results  of  the  recent  expedition.  From  Darjih'ng  sugar, 
rice,  dried  fruits,  tobacco,  spirits,  madder,  cotton  goods,  cloth,  lac, 
ivory,  and  indigo  are  sent  into  Tibet,  the  indigo  trade  being  very 
important  and  increasing.  Tibet  returns,  in  exchange,  tea,  salt, 
musk,  coarse  woollen  fabrics,  skins,  sturdy  and  active  ponies,  cows, 
and  sheep.  The  trade  is  carried  on  through  the  winter  months,  when 
the  place  is  full  of  dirty  Tibetans  and  their  haggard  flocks  of  sheep 
and  goats. 

Mount  Everest,  the  highest  mountain  in  the  world,  is  not  visible 
from  Darjiling,  but  it  may  be  seen  in  very  fine  clear  weather  from 
Tiger  Hill,  an  excursion  of  six  miles  on  ponies  or  in  chairs.  Sunrise 
is  the  likeliest  hour  of  the  day,  and  the  journey  may  be  made  between 
chota  hazri  and  breakfast.     The  views  at  sunset  from  Tiger  HiU  are 

A  A  2 


PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 


wonderfully  beaatifol,  and,  if  the  visit  can  be  timed  for  tlie  foil  moon, 
the  effect  of  the  mingled  light  jast  after  sundown  apon  the  sdowb  md 
glaciers  of  the  Einchinjanga  range  will  never  he  forgotten. 

Daring  the  winter,  when  the  European  traveller  is  likeliest  to  visit 
Darjiling,  the  many  pretty  cottages  and  hnngalows  are  nntenanted,  the 
club  and  church  deserted,  the  band-stand  vacant.  In  the  snmmer, 
however,  when  every  rich 
family  in  Calcutta  empties 
itself  into  Darjiltng,  the 
place  is  gay  enough.  The 
whole  space  on  which  the 
town  is  bailt  is  laid  oat 
in  a  succession  of  rides 
and  walks,  affording  mag- 
nificent views.  The  best 
points  of  view  are  from  the 
Ohservatoiy  Hill  above  the 
chnrch. 

The    Bhatia    Busti,     a 
1  qnaint  and  picturesque  vil- 
.  lage  inhabited  by  Bhutias 
and  Lepchas,  is    about   a  . 
mile  from  the  hotel.   There 
are  several  groups  of  ham- 
lets, in  the  middle  of  which 
is  a  Buddhist  temple.     As 
the  ordinary  tourist  in  Indii 
is    not    likely    to    find    a 
A  LEFCHA  TENT.  Buddhist  temple  anywhere 

else  in  his  travels  until  he 
reaches  Ceylon,  this  opportunity  ought  not  to  be  lost.  This  temple 
is  Tibetan,  differing  entirely  from  the  Cingalese.  Two  or  three 
fat  old  lamas  are  generally  found  comfortably  snoozing  away  their 
time,  and  will  gladly  exhibit  their  images  and  other  treasures.  In 
this  village  live  all  the  curio  dealers,  who  will  exhibit  prayer  wheels, 
jewellery,  relic  boxes,  turquoise  necklaces,  filagree  work  in  silver  and 
^old,  studded  with  turquoises  and  jasper,  and  other  Tibetan  bric- 
a-brac.  I  bought  on  one  of  my  visits  some  charming  old  Japanese 
crackle  ware,  and  yellow  glass,  which  had  no  doubt  found  its  way 


DARJILING.  357 


thiongh  China  and  Til)6t.  These  dealers  oome  np  to  the  hotel  on 
Sunday  mornings. 

A  pleasant  excursion  may  be  made  on  ponies  or  on  foot  to  Bnngamn^ 
six  miles  distant,  to  see  the  botanical  gardens  of  seyenty-fiye  acres. 
Here  every  kind  of  plant  and  tree,  indigenous  to  this  district  of  the 
HimalyaSy  has  been  got  together. 

A  grand  expedition  may  be  made  into  the  Tery  heart  of  the  snow 
mountains  along  the  Singalia  Bange  to  Phalut,  for  which  about  four 
s  are  required.     The  stages  are  as  follows : — 


DarjiliDg  to 

Jorpurki       . 

•    .    13  milea. 

Tonglu      . 

.    31     „ 

Seudukphu  . 

•     •     38    „ 

Phalut      • 

.    61    „ 

There  are  good  rest-houses  at  all  these  stations.  By  making  an 
early  start,  reaching  Jorpurki  for  breakfast,  Tonglu  may  be  reached 
the  same  night.  The  second  day  it  is  practicable  to  get  on  to  Phalut 
by  noon,  and  get  back  to  Sendukphu  the  same  night,  returning  the 
next  day  to  Darjiling.  This  would,  howeyer,  necessitate  greater 
expense  in  pony  and  coolie  hire  than  a  four  or  five  days'  joumey,  and 
could  only  be  undertaken  by  very  robust  trayellers. 

The  road  runs  along  the  sky  line  of  the  lofty  range  of  mountains  on 
the  left  side  of  the  great  amphitheatre  into  which  Darjiling  is  pro- 
jected, and  a  guide  will  point  out  all  the  various  stations  named  above, 
which  are  on  peaks  of  the  same  name ;  Tonglu  is  10,074,  Sendukphu, 
11,929,  and  Phalut,  11,811  feet  above  the  sea.  The  views  are  superb, 
and  not  only  is  the  great  Einchinjanga  range  visible  all  the  way,  but 
from  the  summits  the  whole  of  the  vast  Nepalese  snowy  range,  in- 
cluding Ghunlang  (24,020  feet)  and  Mount  Everest  (27,799),  with 
their  lesser  dependencies,  any  one  of  which  would  swallow  up  Mont 
Blanc. 

Bedding  and  food  must  be  taken  forward  to  Tonglu  by  coolies,  the 
rest-houses  only  supplying  chairs  and  bedsteads.  It  is  extremely  cold 
at  night.  It  is  necessary  to  write  a  few  days  beforehand  to  the  Deputy 
Commissioner  at  Darjiling  to  obtain  permission  to  use  the  rest-houses. 

Newman  &  Co.,  Calcutta,  have  published  a  very  handy  and  in- 
telligent guide  book  to  Darjiling  that  it  will  be  wise  to  buy  before- 
hand, and  those  who  intend  spending  some  time,  and  taking  any  of 


358  PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 


the  excursions  I  have  suggested,  will  find  Sir  Joseph  Hooker's  charm- 
ing book  of  travels  in  this  district  an  invaluable  companion. 

If  the  traveller  is  not  pressed  for  time,  he  will  do  well  to  return  to 
Siliguri  by  the  Tista  Valley,  instead  of  by  rail,  a  delightful  excursion 
of  three  days  through  the  most  lovely  scenery,  quite  practicable  for 
any  lady  who  can  stand  the  moderate  fatigue  of  continuous  pony 
riding,  I  have  not  been  able  to  take  this  journey  myself,  but  a  lady 
and  gentleman,  friends  of  mine,  some  of  whose  beautiful  photographs 
are  the  bases  of  illustrations  in  these  pages,  returned  from  Darjiling 
by  this  route  the  same  week  I  was  there ;  at  my  request,  this  lady 
wrote  me  a  letter  describing  her  experiences,  and  I  cannot  do  better 
than  reproduce  it  here  : — 

''  Nov.  24, 1888.— My  husband  and  I  left  Woodland's  Hotel,  Daijil- 
ing,  about  9  a.m.  on  ponies,  each  with  a  syce,  to  ride  down  by  the 
Tista  Valley  to  Siliguri.  Our  provisions,  which  we  took  partly  cooked 
(there  was  nothing  to  be  bought  on  the  road  except  goats'  milk, 
which  we  got  witii  difficulty  at  E&ligura),  bedding,  photograph- 
box,  &c.,  had  been  packed  on  coolies  backs  and  sent  off  earlier  with 
our  native  servant,  who  was  also  mounted  on  a  pony.  It  was  a  lovely 
clear  bright  morning  when  we  started  and  rode  to  the  Mall ;  there 
we  took  our  last  view  of  the  snows,  and  began  our  descent  into  the 
valley,  with  the  wooded  heights  of  Senchal  above  us  on  our  right. 
We  went  down  a  narrow  stony  path  winding  backwards  and  forwards, 
but  always  a  steep  descent,  covered  with  loose  stones  and  very  fine 
dust,  glittering  in  the  sun  like  bits  of  glass.  I  rode  the  greater  part 
of  the  way,  having  my  pony  led  by  the  syce,  but  my  husband  walked 
down  most  of  the  way,  taking  every  now  and  then  short  cuts.  We 
ought  to  have  started  earlier,  as,  about  ten,  the  sun  got  very  hot,  and 
for  some  time  we  had  little  shelter,  though  on  the  other  side  of  the 
valley  and  beneath  us  were  thick  woods.  We  were  thankful  when  we 
reached  the  shade  of  some  trees,  and  the  road  began  to  be  less  steep. 
We  passed  through  a  good  many  tea  plantations  just  beginning  to 
flower,  which  smelt  sweet,  like  new  mown  hay.  We  still  kept  going 
downhill,  but  now  through  thick  woods,  until  about  one  o'clock,  when 
we  reached  the  Banjit  river,  having  ridden  down  about  6,000  feet  in 
about  eleven  miles.  The  Banjit  is  crossed  here  by  a  bridge,  made  by 
stretching  two  parallel  canes  across  the  river,  from  which  are  hung 
loops  of  cane,  bamboos  being  put  at  the  bottom  for  flooring ;  the 
bridge  sways  with  the  slightest  movement,  but  we  were  told  that  the 


DARJIUNG.  359 


natives  ihink  nothing  of  crossing  it  with  heavy  loads  on  their  backs. 
There  is  also  a  ferry,  so  that  the  bridge  is  only  used  when  th^  river 
is  in  flood  and  too  rapid  for  the  boat,  which  is  a  large  kind  of  canoe 
hollowed  out  of  the  trunk  of  a  tree.  Across  the  ferry  is  the  shortest 
road  into  Sikkim,  and  a  great  many  Lepchas  and  Bhutias,  both  men 
and  women,  many  carrying  loads  of  oranges,  passed  us  while  we  were 
there.  A  number  of  small  half-starved  ponies  were  waiting  for 
loads,  and  eating  young  bamboo  leaves.  After  tifi&n  we  rode  on  along 
A  fairly  broad  and  level  road,  cut  through  the  thick  and  tangled 
Jungle  just  above  the  river.  It  was  a  beautiftd  forest  road,  the  tall 
trees  and  feathery  bamboos  forming  an  archway  above  our  heads, 
2)eautiful  creepers,  some,  though  late,  still  in  flower,  strangling  and 
'Completely  covering  the  trees  round  which  they  clung,  with  large 
ferns  and  tropical  plants  with  enormous  leaves  on  each  side.  We 
neither  saw  nor  heard  any  birds,  but  large  black  and  dark  blue  butter- 
:flies  occasionally  crossed  our  path,  while  perfect  stillness  reigned,  only 
broken  by  the  river  below  us  rushing  swiftly  between  rocks.  About 
four  we  reached  a  more  open  place  where  the  Banjit  flows  into  the 
Tista,  a  bright  green  and  more  rapid  river  than  the  Banjit ;  here 
<our  road  turned  to  the  right,  and  we  followed  the  combined  rivers, 
310W  called  the  Tista,  passing  near  the  junction  of  the  rivers  a  few 
native  huts.  About  half  an  hour  farther  on  we  came  across  our  tiffin 
l)a8ket  and  other  small  things  lying  by  the  road  side,  and  two  of  our 
4;oolies  fighting  with  a  stranger,  our  words  not  having  much  effect. 
We  rode  on  to  the  Tista  rest-house,  which  we  reached  about  4*80. 
Having  sent  our  servant  back  to  look  after  the  missing  properties, 
we  began  to  look  about  us.  The  rest-house  belongs  to  the  engineers, 
from  whom  we  obtained,  at  Darjiling,  permission  to  use  it ;  this  is  a 
«ne-storied  building  raised  on  posts  from  the  ground  only  a  few  inches 
in  front,  but  some  feet  at  the  back,  with  a  broad  verandah  back  and 
front.  It  consists  of  two  fair-sized  rooms,  with  a  bedstead,  a  table, 
iLud  a  few  chairs  in  each,  and  a  very  small  dark  bath-room,  but 
^thout  a  bath.  The  verandah  at  the  back  looks  over  the  river,  and 
to  the  left  is  an  iron  suspension  bridge.  Just  now  the  place  is  very 
l)usy,  as  this  is  the  high  road  to  Sikkim,  and  large  quantities  of  stores 
iire  being  sent  up  to  the  troops  before  the  passes  are  blocked  up  by 
£now.  Between  the  rest-house  and  the  bridge  are  a  few  native  huts 
iind  sheds  for  ponies,  outside  T.hich  our  coolies  and  syces  had  lighted 
iires,  and  were  squatting  round  cooking  their  evening  meal.    Bullock^ 


PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 


carts  were  being  ncladen,  and  their  contentB  packed  oq  the  backs  of 
^y  poniee,  which  would  take  them  two  days'  joamey  towatds  tha 
front,  the  rest  of  the  way  they  would  be  carried  on  by  coolies. 
Presently  oar  food  arriTed,  and  by  the  light  of  one  lamp  on  a  wall, 
and  a  candle  stack  in  a  bottle,  we  had  dinner,  and  soon  after  went. 
to  bed,  somewhat  tired  with  cor  twenty-one  miles  ride. 

"  Nov.  25. — ^Aiter  breakfast,  at  which  we  were  joined  by  one  of  the 


contaurtors  looking  after  the  transport,  we  left  Tista  and  rode  alon^ 
still  by  the  river.  The  road  very  mnch  cat  up  by  the  ox  carts,  c 
namber  of  which  we  met,  some  drawn  by  small,  others  by  good  sized 
oxen,  bat  all  requiring  a  good  deal  of  prodding  and  ehoating  at  to  get 
them  to  drag  their  loads  through  the  mad  and  mire.  By  eleven  the~ 
son  was  very  hot,  and  the  road  bo  near  the  river's  edge  that  tbere  wa» 
in  places  very  httle  shade,  the  jungle  on  oar  side  still  very  thick,  and 
the  hills  across  the  river  covered  also  np  to  the  summit  with  thick 
jangle,    'ki  1*S0,  after  eleven  miles  ride,  we  reached  the  rest-house  oT 


DARJIUNG.  361 


Efilignray  very  prettily  sitnated  under  trees  with  the  road  and  some 
natiye  hatjs  below  on  tiie  river.  To  the  right  is  an  iron  bridge,  nnder 
which  the  K&li,  or  Black  riyer,  now  dry,  flows  to  join  the  Tista.  The 
Tista,  here  takes  another  bend,  so  that  there  are  three  valleys  joining 
here,  all  alike,  covered  np  to  the  top  of  the  hills  with  thick  jnngle. 
We  sketched  and  photographed,  and  after  dinner  sat  outside  watching 
the  stars  and  talking  to  a  native  engineer  who  had  just  arrived,  and 
who  told  ns  that  the  forests  belong  to  Government  and  contained  wild 
elephants,  rhinoceros,  and  a  few  tigers,  and  that  during  the  rains  the 
vaUey  is  so  feverish  that  even  the  coolies  refused  to  work  without  extra 
pay.  The  E&ligura  rest  -  house  smaller  than  the  one  at  Tista  but 
better  fdmiture  and  a  bath. 

''  Nao.  26. — Up  early  and  off  by  eight,  riding  still  for  some  miles 
along  the  banks  of  the  river,  the  country  gradually  getting  more  open 
and  the  hill  lower.  In  about  two  hours  we  forded  a  small  river  in 
company  with  many  ox  carts,  and  found  on  the  other  side  a  good-sized 
village  where  huts  of  bamboos  were  being  erected  for  the  troops  coming 
down  from  Sikkim.  Here  we  left  the  Tista  and  the]  woods  began  to 
get  much  thinner  until,  at  the  end  of  an  avenue  of  trees,  we  could  see 
the  plains.  Several  native  villages  were  to  be  seen  along  the  road, 
and  we  met  a  running  postman  taking  mails  for  the  troops.  Under 
one  of  the  last  group  of  trees  we  had  tifiSn  and  then  made  up  oar 
minds  to  face  the  heat  and  finish  our  ride,  although  it  was  midday ; 
and  it  was  indeed  hot,  and  the  road  had  been  most  carefully  made  to 
avoid  eveiy  bit  of  shade.  We  constantly  saw  villages  ahead  of  us 
tmder  clumps  of  trees,  but  our  road  took  us  always  between  them 
through  fields  of  rice  and  quite  straight  across  the  hot  plains.  Afber 
about  four  miles  we  reached  Siliguri  and  got  off  at  the  large  Dak 
Bungalow  there,  most  thankful  for  the  shade  and  some  good  tea  which 
the  Ehansamah  brought  us.  Were  we  to  take  the  ride  over  again  we 
should  ride  up  instead  of  down,  arranging  for  carriers  and  ponies  to 
meet  us  on  the  arrival  of  the  morning  train  from  Calcutta  and  get  the 
ride  across  the  hot  plains  over  before  the  sun  was  high ;  the  steep 
path  up  at  the  end  to  Darjiling  would  be  much  pleasanter  to  ride  up 
than  down." 

There  are  many  interesting  and  beautiful  excursions  to  be  made 
from  Darjiling,  and  since  the  British  troops  entered  Sikkim,  in  1888, 
much  has  been  done  to  improve  old  and  develop  new  roads.  The 
principal  road  into  Sikkim  is  good  as  far  as  Gnatong,  deventy-two 


362  PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 

miles  from  Darjiling^  and  there  are  now  Dak  Bungalows  all  the  way. 
The  road  is  only  fit  for  ponies,  bnt  the  journey  may  be  broken  at  the 
following  stages — ^Peshok  eighteen  miles,  Kalimpong  thirteen,  Pedong 
thirteen,  Bongli  twelve,  Sedonchi  eight,  from  whence  to  Gnatong  is  a 
final  nine  miles.  The  nps  and  downs  are  tremendous.  In  the  first 
stage  the  drop  from  Darjiling  to  the  Tista  riyer  is  from  7,000  to 
700  feet,  while  from  Bongli  to  Sedonohi  there  is  a  rise  of  10,000  foet 
in  less  than  nine  miles.  The  distance  from  Darjiling  to  Gnatong 
is  forty  miles  across  the  map,  but  the  ups  and  downs  of  the  road 
stretch  it  out  to  seyeniy-three. 

A  short  walk  of  three  miles  from  Pedong  brings  the  trayeller  to 
Dumsong,  from  which  is  obtained  the  finest  of  all  the  yiews  of 
Kinohinjanga.  Dumsong  is  only  a  Buddhist  prayer  wall,  studded  oyer 
with  stone  slabs  engrayed  with  inscriptions.  The  scene  beggars 
description.  Beyond  a  foreground  of  grassy  slopes,  great  tree-ferns, 
and  massy  foliage,  the  most  glorious  snow  mountain  in  the  world 
hangs  in  the  purple  sky,  a  wonder  of  beauty  I  There  is  a  good 
camping-ground  at  Dumsong,  but  for  those  who  do  not  cany  tents, 
almost  as  fine  a  yiew  may  be  got  from  Bissum,  fiye  miles  south  of 
Pedong,  where  there  is  a  good  little  bungalow,  and  lazy  people  may,  if 
they  choose,  lie  a-bed,  and,  through  the  window,  watch  the  sun  rise 
on  Einchinjanga. 

At  Bongli,  where  there  is  also  a  bungalow,  good  angling  for 
Mahseer,  and  other  fish  may  be  had  with  spinning  bait,  a  small  spoon, 
gilt  one  side  and  silyer  the  other,  being  the  best. 

Gnatong  is  a  stone  fort,  crowded  with  poor  wooden  huts,  embedded 
in  hills.  The  sceneiy  of  the  whole  journey  is  the  finest  in  the  world. 
The  Tista  is  a  rushing  torrent,  with  lofty  wooded  hills  on  each  side, 
and  at  eyeiy  summit  of  the  way  some  fresh  yiew  of  Einchinjanga 
deepens  the  impression  of  its  weird  and  massiye  beauty  left  by  the 
yiews  already  enjoyed. 

A  pleasant  digression  may  be  made,  if  time  permits,  from  Pedong  to 
Guntok,  the  present  residence  of  the  Bajah  of  Sikkim.  It  is  a  hard 
day's  journey  of  twenty-three  miles,  with  two  ascents  of  oyer  6,000  feet. 
The  Bajah's  name  is  Tootopewangel  and  his  wife  is  Tenzamdrama. 
There  is  no  accommodation  at  Guntok. 

There  is  only  one  Protestant  mission  at  work  in  Darjiling,  that  of 
the  Church  of  Scotland,  founded  in  1870,  and  now  carried  on  in  four 
distinct  branches,  yiz.,  (1)  The  Darjiling  Diyision  Mission,  with  its 


364  PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 

bead-quarters  in  the  town  of  Darjiling ;  (2)  The  Kalimpong  Dmsion 
MisBion,  with  its  headquarters  at  Ealimpong,  twenty-six  miles  east  of 
Darjiling,  via  the  Tista  Bridge;  (8)  The  Scottish  XJniyersitie& 
Mission  to  Independent  Sikkim,  with  its  headquarters  also  at 
E!alimpong ;  and  (4)  The  Darjiling  Zenana  Mission,  with  its  head* 
quarters  at  Darjiling. 

The  Darjiling  Division  field  comprises  the  Darjiling  Hill  Territory^ 
west  of  the  Tista  Biyer,  and  the  Darjiling  Terai,  at  the  foot  of  the 
hillsy  peopled,  in  the  order  of  their  predominance,  by  Nepalis  wba 
are  Hindus,  Lepchas  (the  aboriginal  occupants)  who  are  mainly 
demonolators,  Bhutias  (from  Bhutan,  &c.)  who  are  Buddhists,  and 
Plainsmen  (from  the  plains)  who  are  Hindus  or  Musalmans,  Bengalis 
(Hindu  or  Musalman),  and  Dhangars  (Hindu)  from  Chota  Nagpore* 
The  total  population  may  be  estimated  at  150,000.  The  work  among 
these  people  is  superintended  by  the  Bev.  A.  Tumbull,  M.A.,, 
B.D.  The  Mission  House,  Darjiling,  has  a  staff  of  eighteen 
native  lay  preachers  at  fifteen  stations,  including  Darjiling  and 
all  the  main  places  along  the  railway  to  Siliguri,  where  they  are 
the  virtual  pastors  of  their  respective  Christian  congregations,  and 
the  missionaries  to  their  non-Christian  countrymen;  twenty-two  native 
teachers,  in  one  English-Hindi,  one  Bhutia  and  nineteen  elementary 
Hindi  schools  with  an  attendance  of  nine  hundred  pupils ;  sixteen 
normal  students,  in  the  Training  School  at  Kalimpong  and  in 
the  Terai;  a  printing  press,  with  sixteen  employes;  a  colporteur; 
six  book  depots,  the  one  at  Darjiling  beside  the  Hindu  temple,  dealing 
in  general  as  well  as  missionary  literature ;  and  two  native  doctors* 
The  work  is  helped  in  the  most  catholic  spirit  by  all  denominationa 
and  classes  of  the  European  community,  both  oongregationally  and 
individually.  In  1888  local  European  subscriptions  amounted  ta 
4,898  rupees,  while  the  native  Christians  themselves  contributed  787 
rupees.  The  native  Christians  now  number  680.  In  1880  there 
were  not  eighty.  All  questions  of  admission  to  the  sacraments, 
discipline,  &c.,  are  determined  by  a  monthly  Panchayat,  consisting  of 
the  missionary,  catechists,  and  adult  members.  There  are  two 
Sunday  services  in  Daijiling,  at  the  Mission  House  at  9.80  a.m.  and 
4  P.M.,  Sunday  schools,  Bible  classes  four  evenings  a  week,  and  a 
prayer  meeting  one  evening  a  week,  at  all  the  stations.  There  is  of 
course  also  bazar  preaching  every  Sunday  in  many  of  the  bazars; 
in  Darjiling,  at  the  book  depot  room  from  11  to  2.     The  catechista 


DARJILING.  36s 


itinerate  dnring  the  week  among  the  Christians  and  non-Christians  of 
their  districts.  The  printing  press  publishes  Hindi  and  Bhutia 
sohoolbooks,  Nepali  scriptnres,  Hindi,  Nepali,  Bhutia  and  Lepcha 
traotSi  &c.,  and  also  docs  outside  job-work.  The  Bible  is  being  done 
into  Nepali.  The  whole  of  the  New  Testament  has  been  translated, 
and  the  Old  Testament  as  Cu  as  Psalms ;  but  only  Genesis,  Exodus, 
Proverbs,  and  from  Matthew  to  Galatians  has  been  published.  Other 
publications  which  may  be  mentioned  are,  a  monthly  newspaper,  a 
Handbook  to  the  Bible,  a  Manual  of  Systematic  Theology,  a  hymn- 
book,  and  Commentaries  on  Genesis,  Exodus  and  Matthew,  all  in 
Hindi;  and  a  Nepali  grammar,  and  English-Nepali  and  Nepali- 
English  Tocabularies — all  by  the  Bey.  A.  TurnbuU.  Hindi  is  the 
lingua  frcmca  of  the  mission.  In  1885,  in  consequence  of  the  threat- 
ening spread  of  drunkenness  by  the  ubiquitous  outstill  and  imported 
liquor  shops  established  by  the  Government,  a  Total  Abstinence 
Society  was  founded  within  the  mission  church,  which  now  has  over 
seventy  members. 

The  Ealimpong  Division  field  comprises  all  the  British  Hill 
Territory  between  the  Tista  River  and  the  country  of  Bhutan,  as  well 
as  the  Dooars  at  the  foot  of  the  hills.  This  work  also  was  begun  in 
1870,  and  is  conducted  in  the  same  way  as  in  the  Darjiling  Division. 
It  is  now  supported  by  the  Church  of  Scotland  Young  Men's  Guild. 
Their  first  missionary,  the  Bev.  J.  A.  Graham,  M.A.,  who  is  now  in 
charge,  has  under  him  five  catechists,  in  four  stations ;  eight  teachers, 
in  eight  schools,  with  nine  pupil-teachers  and  230  pupils ;  fifteen 
students,  in  the  training-school ;  and  one  native  doctor.  The  number 
of  native  Christians  (Lepcha  and  Nepali)  is  560.  A  trip  to  Ealim- 
pong  is  worth  making. 

The  Scottish  Universities  Mission  to  Independent  Sikkim  was 
founded  in  1886,  and  is  supported  by  the  missionary  associations  of 
the  four  Scottish  Universities.  Its  missionary,  the  Bev.  W.  S. 
Sutherland,  M.A.,  has  imder  him  one  catechist,  eight  teachers,  two 
pupil-teachers  and  161  pupils,  in  six  schools,  and  the  training  school 
At  Ealimpong,  with  five  teachers,  and  forty-one  students,  of  whom 
eighteen  belong  to  his  own  mission.  The  training  school  trains  (just 
«8  the  printing  press  at  Darjiling  prints)  for  all  the  three  missions. 
The  number  of  native  Christians  is  fifty-five.  Mr.  Sutherland's  head- 
quarters are  at  Kalimpong,  in  British  territoiy,  until  permission  bo 
obtained  firom  the  Rajah  of  Sikkim  to  build  within  Sikkim.      Tho 


366  PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 

people  proper  of  Sikkim  are  the  Lepchas,  but  these  are  dominated  m 
point  of  numbers  and  vigour  by  the  Nepalis,  and  in  point  of  political 
and  religious  influence  by  the  Tibetans. 

The  Darjiling  Zenana  Mission,  founded  in  1886,  and  conducted 
by  Misses  Beid,  Berry  and  Mackintosh,  assisted  by  a  natiye  teacher,, 
works  in  Darjiling  among  the  native  women  of  all  classes.  Ita 
agencies  are,  Bengali  and  Hindi  Zenana  work,  in  as  many  houses  aa 
the  agents  can  undertake ;  an  English-Hindi  elementary  school ;  and 
a  very  successful  Sunday  school.  Fees  are  received  for  all  secular 
work,  including  music,  singing  and  sewing;  and  the  Bible  is  taught 
on  every  visit  to  the  zenanas,  and  every  day  in  the  schools.  It  ia 
in  contemplation  to  extend  the  work  to  Eurseong,  Tindharia  and 
Siliguri.  This  mission  is  helped  by  the  Darjiling  branch  of  th» 
Y.W.C.A. 

Mission  work  is  also  being  done  by  the  Jesuits  in  Darjiling  and  out 
beyond  Ealimpong ;  but  no  information  of  the  operations  of  this  body 
is,  so  far  as  we  know,  published. 

English  services  are  conducted  in  Darjiling  every  Sunday,  both  in 
the  forenoon  and  afternoon;  in  connection  with  the  Church  of  England 
by  the  chaplain,  in  St.  Andrew's  Church ;  in  connection  with  the 
Nonconformists  by  the  Bev.  H«  B.  Brown,  in  the  Union  Chapel ;  and 
in  Connection  with  the  Boman  Catholics  by  the  Jesuit  fathers,  in  St. 
Joseph's.  These  three  bodies  have  regular  services  also  at  Jalapur^ 
the  military  cantonment,  for  soldiers.  At  Kurseong  there  is  a  Church 
of  England  chaplain  and  church  for  planters. 

Dacca. — This  important  and  interesting  city  may  be  reached  in 
about  fifteen  hours  from  Poradaha  Junction,  on  the  railway  between 
Calcutta  and  Darjiling.  The  mail  from  Calcutta  to  Dacca  leavea 
at  9*80  p.m.,  arriving  at  Poradaha  Junction  2*60  a.m.,  and 
Goalundo  Ghat,  at  the  junction  of  the  Ganges  and  Brahmapootra 
rivers,  at  5*40  a.m.  Here  the  passengers  are  transferred  to  a  com- 
fortable steamer,  which  runs  sixty-five  miles  down  the  mighty 
Ganges,  swollen  with  its  noble  tributary,  to  the  Dacca  river,  and 
which,  after  a  further  journey  of  forty-five  miles  more,  arrives  about 
5  p.m.,  at  Narayanganj  Ghat,  a  little  distance  from  Dacca  city. 

Dacca  is  the  fifth  largest  city  in  Bengal,  and  has  a  population  of 
80,000,  about  equally  divided  between  Musalman  and  Hindu.  The 
town  extends  along  the  bank  of  the  river  for  nearly  four  miles.  With 
the  exception  of  two  main  streets  crossing  each  other  at  right  angles^ 


DARJIUNG.  367 


and  the  great  Bqnare  mftrket-plaoe,  Dacca  is  the  nsnal  conglomera- 
tion of  narrow,  twisting  lanes  and  blind  alleys.  Many  of  the  native 
honses  are  built  on  a  plan  peculiar  to  this  town,  with  a  frontage  of 
eight  or  ten  feet,  and  side  walls  running  back  fifty  or  sixty  feet. 
They  are  roofed  over  at  back  and  front,  the  middle  being  a  conrtyard 
open  to  the  sky. 

In  the  last  centnry  Dacca  was  a  place  of  fiist-clasB  importance,  and 
in  the  beginning  of  the  present  centnry  boasted  a  population  of  over 


I 


200,000,  and  the  snborbs  extended  for  fifteen  miles.  All  round  the 
present  city  are  mins  of  good  houses,  mosques,  and  temples, 
smothered  in  jungle. 

The  old  prosperity  of  Dacca  centred  in  its  muslins,  which  were 
bmons  all  over  the  world,  the  trade  sixty  ot  seventy  years  ago 
reaching  a  quarter  of  a  million  sterling  every  year. 

There  are  several  large  ruinous  mansions  along  the  river  bank, 
which  still  bear  melancholy  witness  to  departed  greatness :  the  tombs 
of  the  merchants  who  occnpied  them  are  in  the  pretty  old  cemetery 
near  the  commissioner's  house. 

The  only  buildings  remaining  from  the  reign  of  the  Mugha' 
Nawabs  or  Viceroys  are  the  Katra,  built  in  a.d.  1645,  and  the  palace 
of  Lai  Bagh,  a.d.  1690,  both  of  which  are  more  or  less  in  ruins. 

There  is  a  motley  Christian  population  in  the  district  of  about 


368  PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 

— —         -  ^  -  -  .. —  -    —  -  — 

9,000  or  10,000,  the  desoendants  of  the  old  Dacca  merchants,  mostly 
Portngnese,  Eurasians,  Armenians,  Greeks,  and  their  admixtures: 
they  are,  as  a  rule,  Roman  Catholics.  The  Brahmo  Soma]  church 
is  very  strong,  numbering  about  1,000  adherents,  and  possessing  a 
large  hall. 

The  fierce  competition  of  Manchester  has  pretty  well  destroyed 
the  muslin  weaving  of  Dacca,  but  there  is  still  a  suryival,  and  the 
most  beautiful  specimens  can  be  obtained  in  the  bazars.  The  weavers 
are  all  Hindus,  and  the  most  highly-skilled  craftsmen  among  them 
use  no  less  than  126  distinct  implements  in  the  production  of  their 
finest  fabrics.  These  are  generally  woven  plain,  but  they  are  often 
embroidered,  with  great  skill,  in  coloured  silks,  by  a  di£ferent  class 
of  workmen,  who  do  not  weave  at  all. 

In  the  17th  century,  Dacca  muslin  could  be  made  fifbeen  yards 
long  and  one  yard  wide,  weighing  only  900  grains,  the  price  being 
JG40.  Now  the  finest  that  can  be  got,  of  the  same  size,  weighs  1,600 
grains,  and  can  be  bought  for  £10.  I  doubt  if  muslin  so  fine  as  this 
can  be  got  in  the  bazar,  but  the  best  hands  will  weave  it  to  order. 
Among  the  presents  to  the  Prince  of  Wales,  when  he  visited  India, 
were  three  pieces  twenty  yards  by  one  broad,  each  weighing  1,680 
grains  =  8}  ounces.  Tavernier,  the  Indian  traveller  (a.d.  1628—41), 
speaks  of  a  muslin  turban  made  at  Dacca,  thirty  yards  long,  which 
was  packed  into  a  jewelled  cocoanut.  The  names  of  these  old  muslins 
were  Ahrawan^  or  '^  running  water,"  because  it  became  invisible  in 
water ;  Svihnam,  the  "  dew  of  evening " ;  Baft  howa,  or  "  woven 
air,"  poetically  suggestive  of  their  exquisite  fineness  and  delicacy. 
But  although  *'  woven  air  "  cannot  now  be  purchased,  Dacca  weavers 
still  produce  such  beautiful  specimens  of  plain,  striped,  figured,  and 
chequered  muslins  as  cannot  be  rivalled  anywhere  else  in  the  world* 

Dacca  is  also  noted  for  its  shell  jewellery,  bracelets  and  necklets 
being  made  firom  conch  shells,  the  Voluta  gravis,  imported  from  the 
Moldive  and  Laccadive  islands.  They  are  sawn  into  semicircular 
pieces,  which  are  joined  together,  carved,  and  inlaid  with  red 
composition. 

Carved  ivoiy  fans,  filagree  work  in  gold  and  silver,  gold  and  silver 
plate  beautifully  chased  and  engraved,  are  all  largely  produced  at 
Dacca  for  the  Calcutta  market.  There  is  also  a  manufacture  of 
imitation  jewellery,  and  a  little  time  and  trouble  in  the  bazars,  with 
a  good  guide,  will  secure,  for  twenty  or  thirty  rupees,  a  charming 


DAR/IUNG.  369 


collection,  illastraiiye  of  all  the  patterns  and  designs  nsed  throagh- 
oat  Bengal. 

The  Brahmaputra  is  navigated  by  fine  river  steamers,  with  excel- 
lent passenger  accommodation  as  far  as  Dibrugarh,  on  the  extreme 
frontier  of  Assam.  The  voyage  up  takes  four  days,  and  the  retnm 
journey  three.  The  scenery  in  many  places  is  very  magnificent. 
Travellers  who  have  spare  time  will  find  the  journey  very  restful  and 
replete  with  interest. 

The  Baptist  Missionary  Society  is  represented  here  by  Rev.  R. 
Wright  Hay  and  Rev.  T.  H.  Bamett,  assisted  by  five  native  agents. 
There  is  membership  of  about  sixty,  and  three  good  day  schools. 


t  w 


CHAPTEE   XXIV. 

ALLAHABAD. 


junction  of  the  Ganges  and  the  Jamna.  Its  population  is  160,000, 
of  whom  100,000  are  Hindu,  44,000  Mnsalman,  and  6,000  Chrietian. 
There  are  several  good  hotels,  of  which  Lanrie's  is  the  best.  It  is 
a  military  cantonment  of  somA  importance,  the  force  generally  con- 
sisting of  two  batteries  of  artillery,  one  regiment  each  of  European 
and  native  infantry,  and  a  regiment  of  native  cavalry.  The  tongae  of 
land  on  which  Allahabad  stands  is  singularly  fertile,  and  nowhere  in 
India  are  to  be  found  such  beantifnl  trees  and  gardens.  All  throngb 
the  cold  season  roses  and  other  flowers  are  abundant,  and  the  civil 
station,  with  its  vride  streets,  fine  avenaes,  handsome  bungalows,  well- 
laid  oat  componnds,  and  pnblic  gardens,  covers  six  or  seven  square 
miles.     The  native  town  has  no  special  characteristics,  presenting  the 


ALLAHABAD.  371 


nsnal  net-work  of  narrow  lanes  and  alleys,  brandling  out  of  a  few 
principal  streets*  Inhere  are,  however,  some  fine  modem  Hindu 
mansions,  belonging  to  wealthy  merchants  and  bankers.  It  is  placed 
on  the  bank  of  the  Jamna,  just  above  the  junction.  A  magnificent  iron 
bridge  brings  the  East  Indian  railway  into  the  city  from  Calcutta. 

Like  so  many  other  places  in  India,  Allahabad  is  built  on  the 
departed  greatness  of  previous  cities,  and  has,  as  may  be  expected 
from  the  spot  where  the  Jumna  is  absorbed  by  mother  Ganges,  a 
very  ancient  history.  Here  was  the  Aryan  city,  Yaranavata,  mentioned 
in  the  pages  of  the  Mahabharata.  Here  was  Prayaga,  where  Bama 
took  refuge  in  exile:  is  it  not  written  in  the  seven  books  of  the 
Bamayana  ?  Here  Asoka  reared  one  of  his  great  stone  lats.  The 
Bhils  ruled  from  Prayaga  during  the  early  middle  ages ;  in  1675  a.d. 
Akbar  the  Great  built  the  fort,  renaming  the  cily  Allahabad  (the 
abode  of  God),  and  in  1801  it  became  British. 

The  fort  at  Allahabad  forms  a  striking  object  from  the  river: 
crowning  the  spot  where  the  Ganges  and  Jumna  meet,  it  marks  the 
domination  of  Muhammad  by  its  utter  desecration  of  one  of  the 
holiest  places  of  the  Brahman  faith.  In  Akbar's  time  it  was  one  of  the 
finest  fortified  palaces  in  India ;  but  the  ancient  citadel  is  razed,  the 
bastions  have  disappeared,  and  a  sloping  glacis  has  taken  the  place 
of  the  battlements.  The  buildings  which  the  exigences  of  modem 
warfiEure  have  spared,  have  been  converted  into  magazines,  store- 
rooms, and  barracks,  and  are  covered  with  thick  coats  of  British 
whitewash,  or  despoiled  of  their  columns  and  verandahs  for  the 
repair  of  the  fortifications.  The  great  hall,  of  which,  in  its  original 
beauty,  there  is  an  illustration  on  page  588  of  Fergusson*s  "  Indian 
Architecture,'*  is  now  the  arsenal.  Its  lovely  colonnade  has  been 
filled  up  with  a  brick  wall  and  the  most  uncompromising  English 
windows;  and  whatever  could  not  be  cut  away  of  its  internal 
decorations,  are  hidden  under  plaster  or  whitewash.  It  was  probably 
one  of  the  most  beautiful  of  Akbar's  buildings,  and  it  is  a  disgrace  to 
the  Indian  government  that  it  is  not  restored,  as  £eu:  as  may  now  be 
possible.  The  noble  gateway  of  the  fort  was  destroyed  to  form  the 
nucleus  of  one  of  the  ravelins  of  the  modem  fortifications.  There  is 
not  a  single  building  of  this  once  magnificent  palace  that  can  be 
looked  at  without  sorrow  and  disgust. 

One  of  the  most  interesting  archsBoIogical  remains  in  all  India  is 
the  famous  Lat  of  Asoka.    These  lats  are  stone  columns  which  King 

BBS 


PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 


Asoka  sot  up  thronghoat  his  domicioDB  in  tha  thirty-firet  year  of  tii» 
reigD,  inscribed  with  gnmrnaries  of  the  leading  doctrines  of  the 
reformed  Baddhist  religion,  of  which  he  was  Uie  aathor.  This 
remarkable  nian  ascend^  the  throne  of  Maghada  (Behar)  B.C.  260. 
Seven  years  after  he  became  a  convert  to  Buddhism,  and  did  for  that 


,    ALLAHABAD. 


faith  what  Constantine  did  for  Christianity  :  established  and  endowed 
it  as  a  State  religion.  He  called  a  council  of  leading  priests  to  settle 
a  creed,  appointed  a  State  department  to  control  it  and  wat^^h  oyer  its 
purity,  revised  the  Buddhist  scriptures,  and  inscribed  summaries  of 
the  creed  on  rocks,  in  caves,  and  on  stone  pillars  throughout  his 
kingdom.  There  are  fourteen  rocks,  seventeen  caves,  and  eleven  lats, 
discovered  by  General  Cunningham  in  different  parts  of  northen 
India.     The  most  accessible  of  the  rock  inscriptions  is  at  Girnar,  in 


ALLAHABAD,  373 

* . ^ 

Kathiawar,  and  at  Bupnath,  near  Jabalpur  ;  and  of  the  caves,  those 
at  Barabar  and  Nagarjuni,  fifteen  miles  north  of  Oaya.  Of  the  lats, 
two  are  at  Delhi,  one  at  Sanchi,  near  Bhilsa,  at  Bampuri,  at  Benares, 
one  at  Allahabad,  and  five  scattered  in  less  accessible  places.  Of  them 
all,  the  one  at  Delhi,  in  Feroz  Shah's  palace,  and  that  at  Allahabad, 
are  the  best  preserved. 

The  fourteen  edicts  of  Asoka,  inscribed  on  the  Allahabad  lat,  and 
indeed  on  all  the  rocks,  caves,  and  other  lats,  have  been  thas  summed 
tip  by  Mr.  Robert  Cust : — 

1.  Prohibition  of  the  slaughter  of  animals  for  food  or  sacrifice. 

2.  Provision  of  a  system  of  medical  aid  for  men  and  animals,  and 
of  plantations  and  wells  on  the  roadside. 

8.  Order  for  a  quinquennial  humiliation  and  republication  of  the 
great  moral  precepts  of  the  Buddhist  faith. 

4.  Comparison  of  the  former  state  of  things,  and  the  happy  existing 
state  under  the  king. 

5.  Appointment  of  missionaries  to  go  into  various  countries,  which 
are  enumerated,  to  convert  the  people  and  foreigners. 

6.  Appointment  of  informers  (or  inspectors)  and  guardians  of 
morality. 

7.  Expression  of  a  desire  that  there  may  be  uniformity  of  religion 
and  equality  of  rank. 

8.  Contrast  of  the  carnal  pleasures  of  previous  rulers  with  the 
pious  enjoyments  of  the  present  king. 

9.  Inculcation  of  the  true  happiness  to  be  found  in  virtue,  through 
which  alone  the  blessings  of  heaven  can  be  propitiated. 

10.  Contrast  of  the  vain  and  transitory  glory  of  this  world  with  the 
reward  for  which  the  king  strives  and  looks  beyond. 

11.  Inculcation  of  the  doctrine  that  the  imparting  of  dliarnm  or 
teaching  of  virtue  to  others  is  the  greatest  of  charitable  gifts. 

12.  Address  to  all  unbelievers. 

18.  (Imperfect) ;  the  meaning  conjectural. 

14.  Summing  up  of  the  whole. 

The  Allahabad  pillar  is  rendered  doubly  interesting  to  the 
archsBologist,  from  an  inscription  added  to  that  of  Asoka  by  Samudra 
Gupta  (a.d.  880),  detailing  the  glories  of  his  reign  an^  the  great 
deeds  of  his  ancestors.  The  column  is  about  three  feet  wide  at  the 
base,  diminishing  upwards  through  its  length  of  thirty-three  feet  to  a 
diameter  of  two  feet  two  inches  at  the  top.     The  lat  was  originally 


374  PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 

crowned  with  a  Bnddhist  emblem^  but  the  collar  only  remains,  and  is 
formed  of  the  well-known  Assyrian  honeysuckle  ornament,  familiar  in 
the  Ionic  architecture  of  the  Greeks.  This  makes  it  probable  that 
the  design  for  these  lats  came  from  Central  Asia. 

Close  to  the  column  is  a  dilapidated  subterranean  temple,  dedicated 
to  SiTa,  the  traditional  spot  under  which  the  Ganges,  Jumna,  and 
Saraswati  rivers  unite  their  streams.  In  this  temple  an  ancient  log 
is  stuck  into  the  ground,  which  the  priest  in  charge  claims  to  be  a 
branch  of  the  original  fvpaX  or  Bo-tree,  now  at  Gaya ;  but  ribald  men 
say  that  it  is  renewed  every  two  or  three  years  from  the  jungle.  The 
pilgrims,  however,  are  satisfied  with  it,  and  its  genuineness  is  mainly 
their  concern,  not  ours. 

The  Ehusrn  Bagh  is  close  to  the  railway  station.  This  well-kept 
garden  was  the  pleasure-resort  of  the  Emperor  Jahangir  when  Prince 
Salim.  Ehusru  was  his  son,  and  played  a  part  in  history  very 
similar  to  that  of  Absalom,  coming,  like  him,  to  an  untimely  end 
after  an  unsuccessful  rebellion.  His  tomb  is  in  the  centre  of  his 
garden,  and  is  a  large  domed  building  in  the  Mughal  style.  The 
faded  decorations  of  the  interior  are  clever  and  spirited  paintings  on 
plaster  of  birds  and  flowers.  The  other  two  large  tombs  are  those  of 
Khusru's  mother  and  sister.  The  garden  is  well  kept  up  at  the  cost 
of  the  municipality,  and  is  a  favourite  resort  of  the  people  of 
Allahabad.  The  house  occupied  by  the  head  gardener  is  known  as 
the  Tamboli  Begam's  house.  Here,  it  is  said,  Akbar*s  European- 
Turkish  wife,  the  Stambouli  Begam,  lived,  when  the  court  was  held 
at  Allahabad. 

There  are  some  handsome  modern  buildings  in  the  European  town, 
notably  the  government  offices,  the  law  courts,  the  various  churches, 
the  Thomhill  and  Mayne  memorial,  the  Mayo  memorial  hall,  and  the 
Muir  central  college,  which  is  the  chief  educational  establishment  of 
the  North-West  Provinces. 

Allahabad  publishes  the  most  important  and  influential  paper  in 
India,  the  well  known  Pioneer,  edited  with  much  skill  and  enter- 
prise, attracting  to  its  service  the  ablest  young  journalists  in  India, 
and  keeping  up  a  staff  of  correspondents  in  every  important  centre  of 
influence  throughout  the  country.  Its  politics  are  severely  Conserva- 
tive, and  its  bias  all  on  the  side  of  the  Government,  whose  confidential 
organ  it  aspires  to  be.  It  is  uncompromisingly  hostile  to  the  rising 
ambitions  of  educated  Indians. 


ALLAHABAD.  375 


It  IB  opposed  by  the  Morning  Post,  another  very  oleyer  paper,  and 
both  are  sold  at  every  railway  station  in  the  north-west.  It  is  a  corioos 
fact  that  the  Galcntta  press  has  never  had  half  the  inflaence  in  India 
possessed  by  the  Pioneer,  which  occupies  in  its  way  the  same  nniqne 
position  as  the  Times  in  England,  or  the  Scotsman  in  Scotland. 

European  travellers  should  manage,  if  possible,  to  visit  Allahabad 
at  the  time  of  the  great  Magh  Mela,  which  is  at  its  height  in  January, 
at  the  new  moon.  This  religious  fair  is  held  every  year  on  the  toftgue 
of  land  where  the  Ganges  and  the  Jumna,  the  two  most  sacred  rivers 
of  India,  mingle  their  waters.  At  this  time  of  the  year  the  rivers  are 
at  their  lowest,  and  a  spit  of  sand,  two  miles  long,  and  a  mile  or 
so  wide,  is  left  high  and  dry.  To  this  spot  hundreds  of  thousands  of 
Hindus  resort,  to  avail  themselves  of  the  double  efficacy  of  the  two 
rivers,  and  to  wash  away  their  past  sins.  They  travel  great  distances 
by  rail  and  on  foot.  When  I  visited  the  Mela  in  1889, 1  saw  a  tele- 
gram from  Puna  to  a  Brahman  at  Allahabad,  ordering  nine  priests  and 
fakirs  to  accompany  a  rich  pilgrim  round  all  the  shrines  of  the  hix,  and 
put  him  through  his  bathing  and  pujas  properly. 

The  Mela  is  a  great  city  of  grass  and  reeds,  the  pilgrims  living  in 
rude,  hastily  constructed  huts  of  wattles.  The  main  street,  a  mile 
long,  is  taken  up  with  booths,  tents,  and  preaching  platforms ;  Brah- 
mans,  hawkers,  palanquins,  missionaries,  fakirs,  beggars,  six-legged 
cows,  anti-cow-killing  preachers,  country  carts,  pilgrims,  priests, 
musicians,  devotees  and  scoffers,  jostling  along  in  one  vast,  noisy 
stream.  On  a  little  platform  may  be  seen  some  horrible  dwarf,  who  has 
the  fjEusulty  of  twisting  all  his  joints  about  tmder  his  skin,  till  his  arms 
and  legs  look  like  bags  of  eels ;  a  dusty  ringletted  fakir,  who  has  been 
standing  for  fifteen  years,  who  has  gone  to  sleep  in  the  midst  of  the 
Babel,  leaning  on  a  board  slung  from  a  tripod  of  bamboos ;  another  of 
his  fraternity  lies  on  his  face  in  the  dust,  in  yelling  contortions ;  a 
dirty,  ragged  ascetic,  who  has  crawled  across  India  on  his  hands  and 
knees,  and  another  who  has  come  down  out  of  the  Punjab,  measuring 
his  full  length  on  the  ground  every  three  steps ;  another  has  not 
spoken  to  a  soul  for  twenty  years,  and  sits  in  still  contemplation  on  a 
heap  of  ashes ;  yet  another  has  his  arm  in  the  air,  withered  and  rigid 
by  long  continuance.  All  are  in  rags,  some  are  clad  only  in  long, 
matted  hair  and  ashes,  and  all  are  held  in  profoimd  veneration  by  the 
people,  who  give  them  rice,  grain,  fruit,  and  small  coins,  which  they 
accept  with  stony  indifference. 


376  PICTURESQUE    INDIA. 

There  are  thoasanda  of  beggars,  diaplajnng  ever;  possible  form  of 
hideoQB  deformity,  or  leadiog  about  cows  with  six  lege,  or  other  ex- 
creBcencea,  which  appear  to  be  doubly  aacred.  Brahman  priests  bave 
set  up  email  temples  in  which  the  goda,  gaadj  with  paint  and  hideous 
with  cardboard  masks,  are  more  repnleive  than  usual,  aurroanded  by 
hundreds  of  devout  worshippers,  who  give  small  change  in  payment 
for  a  spot  of  vermilion  between  the  eyes,  after  domg  their  pnjas  to 


the  idols.  On  reaching  the  river  the  crowd  becomes  denser  than  ever 
waiting  their  turn  for  a  place  ou  the  wooden  platforms  pushed  out  into 
the  junction  of  the  two  streams,  on  which  men  and  women  together 
perform  their  ablutions. 

On  the  three  great  days  of  the  feast  there  are  upwards  of  a  million 
people  congregated  at  this  Mela,  the  main  feature  of  attraction  being 
the  procession  of  all  the  fakirs,  some  300  in  number,  down  the  main 
street  to  bathe  in  the  river ;  tbey  only  go  in  up  to  their  knees,  and  do 
not  wash  all  over  as  they  are  too  holy  to  need  that. 

I  observed  two  missionaries  who  had  tents  at  the  Mela,  preaching. 


MIRZAPUR.  m 


snd  selling  copies  of  the  Scripture,  Gospels,  and  tracts  in  theyemacu- 
lar,  bat  they  did  not  appear  to  attract  many  people.  They  told  me, 
howeyer,  that  their  sales  were  greatly  increased  year  by  year,  and  that 
whereas  ten  or  fifteen  years  ago  they  gave  away  their  books,  generally 
to  see  them  tprn  up  and  thrown  about^  now  they  are  able  to  sell  con- 
Biderable  numbers.     The  whole  scene  is  very  strange  and  curious. 

There  are  agencies  from  four  Missionary  Societies  at  Allahabad. 
The  Church  Missionary  Society  under  the  charge  of  the  Rev.  H.  M. 
Hackett  and  three  others,  has  140  communicants  and  four  schools  ; 
the  Baptist  Missionary  Society  has  four  agents  and  twenty  church 
members ;  the  American  Presbyterian  Board  is  represented  by  the 
Bevs.  J.  M.  Alexander  and  J.  J.  Lucas,  with  several  ladies  devoted  to 
Zenana  work  ;  and  the  American  Episcopal  Methodists  are  also  in  the 
field. 

MiBZAPUB. — Mirzapur  is  a  city  of  about  60,000  inhabitants.  Till 
recent  years  it  was  the  largest  mart  in  Hindustan  for  grain  and  cotton, 
but  it  has  been  gradually  displaced  by  Cawnpur,  and  by  direct  railway 
communication  between  Allahabad  and  Bombay.  The  town  has  a 
very  handsome  frontage  to  the  Ganges,  lined  with  stone  ghats,  be- 
hind which  are  fine  mosques,  temples,  and  substantial  mansions  with 
highly  decorated  fa9ades  and  richly  carved  balconies  and  door-frames. 
Large  and  handsome  wells  occur  in  the  principal  streets.  The  view  of 
the  city  from  the  river  is  very  striking  and  picturesque. 

Not  far  from  Mirzapur,  is  a  famous  temple  of  Parvati,  in  her 
sterner  and  more  destructive  aspect  of  Vindhyavasini,  '*  the  dweller  in 
the  Yindhya  Mountains,''  where  human  sacrifice,  less  than  fifty 
years  ago,  formed  part  of  her  worship  by  the  Gonds  and  Kols.  At 
this  temple,  the  blood  of  goats  is  never  allowed  to  cease  from 
flowing  before  the  image  of  Pmi-atL  Mirzapur  is  most  familiar  to 
the  traveller  as  giving  the  name  to  the  cheap  Indian  cai-pets  manu- 
factured chiefly  in  the  jails,  here  and  elsewhere,  and  which  are  steadily 
deteriorating  the  quality  and  art  character  of  Indian  carpets  generally. 
Instead  of,  as  formerly,  striving  his  utmost  to  produce  a  carpet  that 
should  be  a  real  work  of  art,  the  weaver  has  now  to  work  up  to  the 
charges  in  the  European  maikets,  depreciated  by  the  endless  produc- 
tion of  jail  labour.  These  carpets  are  hawked  on  the  railway  plat- 
forms, at  what  seem  to  the  uninitiated  remarkably  low  prices.  But 
the  staple  is  short,  the  texture  loose,  and  they  stand  no  wear  and  tear. 
The  Mirzapur  carpets  of  twenty  years  ago,  which  made  the  reputation 


Z7Z  PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 

which  still  lingers  round  the  name,  are  really  fine  loom  work,  and  wear 
splendidly,  hnt  their  cost  was  double  that  of  these  degenerate  succes- 
sors. The  London  Missionary  Society  have  a  station  here,  under  Bey. 
D.  Hutton. 

Between  Mirzapur  and  Moghal  Serai,  the  famous  fort  of  Ghunar  is 
seen,  about  two  miles  from  the  station  of  that  name,  in  the  midst  of 
Tery  beautiful  scenery.  It  is  built  upon  a  sandstone  rock,  jutting  out 
into  the  Ganges,  the  circumference  of  the  walls  being  about  one  and  a 
half  miles.  The  present  fortifications  are  Musalman,  but  there  are 
abundant  fragments  of  the  ancient  Hindu  fortress  in  the  sculptured 
stones  used  in  the  walls  and  pavements.  Some  of  these  date  very  far 
back,  and  bear  traces  of  Buddhist  workmanship,  and  the  familiar  bell 
and  flower  pattern.  Well  established  tradition  records  a  fortress  here 
in  the  days  of  Yikramaditya,  King  of  Ujain,  b.o.  57.  Ghunar  was  a 
favourite  residence  with  Warren  Hastings,  whose  house  still  remains 
on  the  summit  of  the  rock,  and  is  used  for  a  barracks  for  a  small  force 
of  British  infantry  stationed  here,  guarding  the  State  prisoners  who 
are  confined  in  the  fortress.  Near  the  rock  is  a  lovely  Musalman 
cemetery,  with  many  beautiful  tombs,  the  most  important  of  which  is 
that  of  a  saint  venerated  alike  by  Muhammadan  and  Hindu.  It  is 
well  worth  while  breaking  the  journey  between  Mirzapur  and  Benares 
for  a  few  hours,  to  visit  this  historic  and  picturesque  place. 

Makiepub  and  Banda. — ^Banda  is  one  of  the  districts  of  Bundel- 
khand.  There  is  now  a  railway  to  the  town  of  Banda,  part  of  the 
*^  Indian  Midland ''  system,  which  branches  off  from  Manikpur  on  the 
main  line  of  the  "  East  Indian."  Leaving  Allahabad  at  11.10  A.1C., 
Manikpur  is  reached  at  8.0  p.m.  The  train  for  Banda  leaves  at 
5.0  P.M.,  arriving  at  9.80  p.m.  The  two  hours*  wait  may  be  pleasantly 
utilised  by  a  stroll  or  drive  round  Manikpur ;  a  note  to  the  station- 
master  the  previous  day  will  secure  a  conveyance.  Manikpur  is  a 
ruined  city,  and  may  be  best  described  as  a  series  of  groves  of 
trees,  interspersed  with  picturesque  ruined  palaces,  mosques,  and 
tombs.  The  stones  of  many  of  the  ancient  pala'ces  have  been  taken 
away  to  build  others  elsewhere.  Some  of  the  finest  carvings  have 
been  worked  into  the  great  Imambara  at  Lucknow. 

There  is  only  one  train  daily  each  way  on  the  Banda  Railway, 
the  return  jonrney  being  at  10.80  a.m.  ;  but  if  the  triiveller  is  out  at 
daybreak  he  may  see  a  good  deal,  and  yet  get  away  that  morning. 
Banda  is  the   chief  town   and   administrative  headquarters  of  the 


BANDA  379 


district.  It  is  a  straggling,  ill-built  town,  with  clean  wide  streets,  and 
has  a  large  number  of  dilapidated  mosqnes,  Hindu  and  Jain  temples, 
some  of  which  are  worthy  of  notice.  There  are  the  rains  of  a  fine 
palace  built  by  the  Ajaigarh  Bajas  (1200 — 1800  a.d.);  a  well- 
preserved  and  handsome  tomb  of  Guman  Singh,  Baja  of  Jaitpur ;  and 
across  the  Biyer  Een  the  ruins  of  the  fort  of  Bhurajgarh,  stormed  by 
the  British  in  1804. 

The  scenery  on  the  short  railway  journey  between  Banda  and 
Manikpur  is  yery  beautiful,  and  as  the  train  takes  about  five  hours  to 
do  sixty  miles,  plenty  of  opportunity  is  given  for  its  leisurely  enjoy- 
ment. It  passes  through  a  country  of  well-wooded  hills,  breaking 
into  fine  clififs  and  deep  ravines,  in  which  antelopes,  nilgai,  black 
buck,  and  ravine  deer  find  welcome  shelter.  The  district  is  scattered 
over  with  inmiense  boulders,  the  characteristic  feature  of  the  central 
Indian  hills. 

Manikpur  Junction  is  reached  at  8.0  p.m.,  meeting  a  train  from 
Allahabad ;  arriving  at  Sutna  6.80,  and  Jabalpur  1.0  a.m. 

Sutna  is  a  small  town  and  military  cantonment,  occupied  by  a 
detachment  of  Bengal  Cavalry.  It  is  thirty-one  miles  by  a  good  road 
from  Bewa,  the  interesting  capital  of  the  native  state  of  Bewa,  which 
is  one  of  the  most  important  in  Central  India,  having  an  area  of 
10,000  square  miles,  and  a  population  of  1,805,000. 

The  famous  Buddhist  Tope  of  Bharhut  is  nine  miles  from  Sutna ; 
its  beautiful  rail  and  gateway,  probably  the  finest  yet  discovered,  has 
been  removed  to  the  museum  at  Calcutta.  The  tope  itself  is  now 
hardly  visible,  and  the  place  is  not  worth  visiting,  except  by  those 
who  are  interested  in  Buddhist  archasology. 


CHAPTER   XXV. 

JABALPUB. 


in  wide  and  regular  Btieets,  in  the 
ceutre  of  which  is  &  beautiful  taok  surrounded  by  temples.  There 
is  a  fine  public  garden.  The  garrison  consists  of  a  European  and 
native  regiment  of  infantry,  and  a  squadron  of  native  cavalry. 

There  is  nothing  of  architectural  interest  at  Jabaipur,  and  the  main 
attraction  to  travellers  is  the  beautiful  scenery  of  the  Narbada  River 
at  the  Marble  Bocks.  The  jail,  however,  ought  to  be  seen,  for  here 
are  detained  in  comfortable  durance  the  last  of  that  terrible  tribe  of 
murderous   devotees   known  as   Thags.      The  prison  is  under  the 


JAB  ALP  UR.  381 


charge  of  Colonel  Hughes-Hallett,  a  distinguished  jail  administrator, 
who  will  give  permission  to  visit  it  to  any  European  traveller.  It  is 
better  to  write  a  day  or  two  beforehand.  Most  of  the  older  Thags  are 
now  dead,  but  when  I  visited  the  jail  in  1889  I  saw  a  venerable  old 
gentleman,  whose  declining  years  are  tinged  with  melancholy  because 
he  was  ''  run  in  "  before  he  had  completed  a  hundred  victims  to 
Bhawani.  He  had  reached  ninety-nine,  which  makes  his  lot  the  harder 
to  bear.  He  is  watched  with  some  care,  as  he  is  under  strong 
and  continuous  temptation  to  round  off  his  record  somehow  before  he 
goes  hence.  He  was,  however,  very  decrepit  and  bed-ridden,  and  is 
probably  now  dead. 

The  Thags  confined  at  Jabalpur  are  mostly  informers  and  their 
descendants;  the  young  people  intermarry,  and  live  in  a  walled 
village  just  outside  the  prison.  The  Government  do  not  think  it  safe 
to  allow  even  the  grandson  of  a  Thag  to  go  abroad,  lest  he  should  be 
tainted  with  this  fearful  religion.  There  are  only  about  850  of  them 
left,  and  those  able  to  work  are  employed  chiefly  in  tent-making  and 
carpet- weaving.  Colonel  Hughes-Hallett  manages  matters  so  skilfully 
that  the  profits  not  only  keep  the  aged  and  infirm  in  comfort,  but 
leave  a  good  annual  margin  of  profit. 

The  date  of  the  origin  of  this  secret  society  of  murderers  is  buried 
in  the  obscurity  of  the  past,  but  it  is  probably  one  of  the  branches  of 
the  secret  or  "  left-hand  "  cultus  of  the  worship  of  Siva.  Their 
murdered  victims  were  offered  to  the  goddess  Elali,  the  black  wife 
of  Siva.  Originally  they  were  Hindus,  and  of  one  caste,  but 
latterly  they  opened  their  membership  to  all  castes,  and  even  to 
Muhammadans.  They  trace  their  ori^  to  primeval  times,  when  the 
gods  dwelt  upon  the  earth,  and  consider  that  all  the  secrets  of  their 
society  are  depicted  on  the  most  ancient  of  the  rock  sculptures  of 
Ellora.  In  these  remote  ages  India  was  infested  by  a  man- 
eating  gigantic  demon,  who  was  so  voracious  that  he  threatened 
the  extirpation  of  the  entire  population.  The  goddess  Kali,  in  answer 
to  prayers  from  her  faithful  worshippers,  slew  this  demon  ;  but  from 
each  drop  of  blood  as  it  fell  there  sprang  up  a  fresh  demon.  To  deal 
with  this  man-eating  brood  Kali  created  two  men,  whom  she  taught 
to  kill  them  by  strangulation,  so  that  no  blood  should  be  spilt. 
These  two  men  extirpated  the  demons,  and  in  gratitude  the  people 
thus  delivered  formed  the  cult  of  Thagi,  and  have  ever  since  pro- 
pitiated Kali  by  human  sacrifice  in  which  no  blood  should  be  spilt* 


382  PICTURESQUE   INDIA, 

Membership  was  hereditary,  and  the  admission  of  strangers  was  yerj 
cantiously  observed.  When  the  boys  reached  a  certain  age,  they  were 
initiated  with  terrible  mysteries,  the  priest  handing  him  the  sacred 
handkerchief,  and  teaching  him  his  business  of  saccessfal  and  silent 
strangling.  Sometimes  their  women  were  initiated,  as  they  were 
fonnd  nsefol  in  decoying  their  intended  yictims,  who  were  always 
travellers.  They  were  suddenly  strangled,  their  backbone  being 
afterwards  broken  to  make  death  sure,  and  their  bodies,  after  being 
plundered,  were  carefally  and  deeply  buried.  The  pickaxes  used  for 
interment  were  profoundly  venerated,  being  made  and  consecrated  to 
the  service  of  Kali  with  many  ceremonials.  All  women,  poets, 
smiths,  carpenters,  Ganges  water-carriers,  oil  vendors,  dhobies,  and 
musicians  were,  for  sundry  religious  reasons,  exempt  from  their 
murderous  attentions.  Their  operations  were  conducted  under  a 
system  of  signs  and  passwords,  by  which  Thags  were  bound  to  help 
one  another  in  the  committal  and  concealment  of  their  murders. 

It  is  now  fifty  years  since  Captain  Sleeman,  an  able  police  officer, 
broke  up  this  awftd  league,  by  means  of  arrests  on  suspicion  and  a 
clever  system  of  cross-examination,  and  the  extorted  confession  of 
informers.  The  whole  network  was  at  last  discovered,  and  numbers 
of  them  met  with  the  fate  they  deserved,  and  were  executed.  The 
informers,  ^th  the  women  and  children,  were  of  course  spared,  but 
have  been  caged  up  ever  since  at  Jabalpur. 

The  suburbs  of  the  city  are  remarkably  beautiful.  The  gorges  of 
the  surrounding  hills  have  been  converted  into  a  series  of  tanks,  and 
planted  with  fine  trees.  The  overhanging  crags,  and  huge  boulders 
scattered  at  their  feet,  add  to  the  charm  of  the  scenery. 

Jabalpur  is  the  centre  of  some  of  the  finest  natural  scenery  in 
India,  surrounding  the  head  waters  of  the  River  Narbada,  which 
rises  in  a  lofty  flat-topped  mountain  called  Amarkantak,  and  flows 
800  miles  to  the  sea,  near  Broach.  The  Narbada  is  one  of  the  most 
sacred  rivers  of  India,  and  its  scarce  is  guarded  by  a  little  colony  of 
priests,  who  have  built  a  group  of  shrines  in  the  midst  of  the  wild 
and  desolate  region  which  surrounds  it.  The  river  bubbles  up  gently 
in  a  small  tank  in  one  of  tbe  beautiful  glades  of  the  mountain, 
meanders  for  two  or  three  miles  through  green  meadows,  fed  by 
countless  springs,  till  it  reaches  the  edge  of  the  tableland  which 
forms  the  summit.  Here  it  falls  over  the  black  basaltic  cliff  in  a 
cascade  of  seventy  feet,  called  Eapila  Dhara.    A  little  farther  on  is 


JABALPUR,  383 


another  fall,  known  as  Dndh-Dhara.  The  Narbada  tumbles  down  the 
slopes  and  crags  of  Amarkantak  in  a  succession  of  cascades,  winds 
round  the  picturesque  hills  of  Mandla,  and  under  the  walls  of  the 
great  ruined  palace  of  Bamnagar,  a  vast  quadrangle  round  an  open 
court,  with  a  tank  in  the  centre,  built  in  the  17th  century.  From 
Bamnagar  to  Mandla  the  river  flows  in  an  unbroken  expanse  of  clear 
blue  water  for  several  miles,  between  fine  woods  and  under  lofty  hills, 
the  home  of  the  wild  Gonds,  Baigas,  and  Kols,  and  a  notable  country  for 
tigers  and  wild  buffaloes.  Mandla  is  an  interesting  old  town,  surrounded 
by  a  bastioned  wall,  with  a  fine  palace  of  the  latter  part  of  the  17th 
century,  and  a  number  of  pretty  temples  along  the  river's  brink.  The 
district  of  Mandla  is  famous  for  its  excellent  sport,  and  the  river 
affords  first-rate  mahseer  fishing.  The  Narbada  flows  on  through  a 
forest  country  to  within  nine  miles  of  Jabalpur,  where  it  enters  a 
narrow  gorge  of  two  miles  in  length,  cut  through  a  mass  of  marble 
and  basalt,  known  as  ''the  marble  rocks,"  one  of  the  most 
beautiful  and  unique  bits  of  scenery  in  the  world. 

Only  a  hardy  traveller  could  make  the  journey  through  the  wild  and 
romantic  country  between  Mandla  and  the  sources  of  the  Narbada ; 
but  there  is  a  good  road  of  about  thirty  miles  to  Mandla  itself,  and  the 
beautiful  scenery  of  the  Narbada  round  Mandla  and  Bamnagar  amply 
repays  the  time  spent  in  exploring  it. 

The  Marble  Bocks  may  be  visited  from  Jabalpur  in  an  easy  day's  ex- 
cursion. It  is  fourteen  miles  to  the  comfortable  bungalow,  with  a 
good  driving  road  the  whole  way. 

About  six  miles  out  of  Jabalpur,  a  road  turns  off  through  a  lovely 
wooded  valley,  strewn  with  huge  boulders,  leading  to  the  Madan  Mahal, 
an  ancient  Gond  castle,  perched  on  the  summit  of  a  hill  about  600 
feet  above  the  plain.  This  hill  is  curiously  formed  of  enormous  granite 
boulders,  piled  one  on  the  top  of  the  other ;  great  bolster-shape  masses, 
many  of  which  are  seventy  or  eighty  feet  long.  The  hill  is  crowned 
with  one  huge  boulder,  the  top  of  which  has  been  levelled  to  form  the 
floor  of  the  Madan  Mahal,  built  some  400  or  500  years  ago  by  a  Gond 
Baja  for  his  fiavourite  wife,  who  wished  to  dwell  always  in  sight  of  the 
sacred  Narbada,  which  may  be  seen  in  the  plain  below,  winding  like 
a  blue  ribbon  among  the  trees.  It  is  a  well  preserved  ruin,  interesting 
alike  as  a  singular  curiosity  in  Hindu  architecture  and  for  the  superb 
view  which  it  commands  of  the  surrounding  country.  An  early  start 
from  Jabalpur  is  necessary  if  this  little  diversion  from  the  road  is  made. 


»♦. 


384  PICTURESQUE    INDIA. 

It  takes  about  font  lionrs  for  a  carriage  and  pair  to  drive  from  Jabal- 
pnr  to  the  Marble  Rocks  Baagalov,  visiting  the  Madan  Mahal  on  the 


be  a  moon,  i  rcItibc  tnat  t&e  nignt  / 

bo  spent  therf,   as  the  scenery  is  thk  hahas  mahal. 

wonderfully  beautifnl  by  moonlight. 

The  bungalow  is  perched  on  the  very  edge  of  a  precipitous  rock, 
oliout  100  feet  above  the  water,  the  verandah  commanding  a  lovely 


view  of  the  gorge  itaelf,  and  the  wooded  banks  of  the  riTor  as  it  flows 
traaqnilly  away  into  the  plains  of  Central  India.    There  are  plenty  of 


THE  MARBLB  BOOEB,    lASALFUK. 


comfortable  boats,  and  the  excursion  throogh  the  gorge  and  back  is 
one  QeTer  to  be  forgotten.    The  river  is  blae,  clear  and  transparent. 


386  PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 

and  is  as  deep  as  the  cliffs  are  high.  These  rise  sheer  from  the  water's 
edge,  pure  marble  and  basalt ;  now  dazzling  white  against  the  deep 
blue  sky,  now  creamy,  yellow,  red,  or  black  yeined  with  green. 

On  every  coign,  pigeons  and  parrots  perch  and  flutter,  alligators 
bask  on  rocks  jutting  out  of  the  water,  and  monkeys  chase  each  other 
in  leaps  from  point  to  point.  The  narrowest  part  is  called  the 
**  monkey's  leap,"  and  often  these  creatures  may  be  fieen  clearing  the 
river  at  a  bound,  100  feet  above  the  water. 

Enormous  bees'  nests  hang  from  every  projection,  and  visitors  are 
forbidden  to  smoke  in  the  boats,  or  shoot  birds  and  alligators,  for  fear 
of  annoying  the  bees,  which  would  swarm  down  and  attack  the  ob- 
noxious intruder.  There  is  a  grave  near  the  bungalow  in  which  a 
young  engineer  lies  buried,  stung  to  death  in  the  river,  into  which  he 
leaped  in  an  unavailing  attempt  to  escape  these  terrible  insects.  He 
was  shooting  pigeons  at  the  time,  when  thousands  of  bees  came  swarm- 
ing down  upon  the  boat.  Bees  seem  to  be  the  only  wild  beast  an 
Indian  guide  is  afraid  of;  he  cares  nothing  for  tigers,  panthers,  alli- 
gators, or  cobras,  but  if  he  walks  xmder  a  bees'  nest  he  is  discreetly  silent 
till  he  is  well  away.  In  1877,  Mr.  Burgess,  the  well-known  Indian 
archaeologist,  being  attacked  by  bees  at  the  caves  of  Ajunta,  was  driven 
into  a  tank,  where,  up  to  his  neck  in  water,  he  fought  for  his  life  for 
hours,  finally  beating  them  off,  but  sustaining  dreadful  injuries  which 
confined  him  to  his  bed  for  weeks.  There  is,  however,  no  danger  if 
the  simple  regulations  laid  down  are  adhered  to. 

Tradition  says  that  this  lovely  channel  was  cut  by  the  God  Indra, 
aud  the  footprints  of  his  elephant  are  still  pointed  out  and 
worshipped.  At  the  head  of  the  gorge  is  a  beautifal  waterfall  called 
the  Dhuandhara  or  ''  smoke  sheet,"  where  the  Narbada  falls  thirty 
feet  over  a  barrier  rock  into  a  fine  pool  below,  a  good  spot  for  Mahseer 
fishing. 

A  long  flight  of  stone  steps  leads  to  the  summit  of  the  hill  above 
the  bungalow,  commanding  a  superb  prospect;  here  stands  an  old 
Hindu  temple,  surrounded  by  a  circular  cloister  ornamented  with 
sculptures  of  Hindu  gods.  This  has  been  much  injured  by  the  Musal- 
man  iconoclasm  of  Aurangzeb's  time. 

The  Church  Missionary  Society  have  been  at  work  in  Jabalpur 
since  1854,  and  have  also  most  interesting  missions  at  Mandla, 
among  the  Oonds,  and  at  Eherwara  among  the  Bhils.  Bev.  J.  P. 
Ellwood  is  the  superintendent,  and    his  work  generally  presents 


JABALPUR.  387 


features  of  unusual  interest,  especially  that  among  the  Oonds  at 
Mandla. 

At  Sohagpur  and  Hoshangabad,  on  the  railway  to  Bombay,  the 
Society  of  Friends  are  engaged  in  missionary  enterprise,  with  much 
success. 

Bhusawaii — ^Nagpub — ^BiLASPUB. — ^From  Bhusawal  Junction,  where 
there  is  a  good  hotel  and  railway  repairing  shops,  a  branch  line  turns 
off  to  Nagpur,  the  headquarters  of  the  Goyernment  of  the  Central 
Provinces,  and  Bilaspur.  It  will  no  doubt  be  eventually  extended  to 
Calcutta.  This  railway  opens  up  and  passes  through  the  centre  of  the 
Haidarabad  assigned  districts,  better  known  as  Berar,  a  fertile  district 
producing  plentiful  crops  of  cotton,  and  the  district  known  as  the 
Central  Provinces. 

Berar  is  a  rich  agricultural  country,  with  some  8,000,000  acres 
under  cereal  crops,  and  more  than  2,000,000  under  cotton.  The  vil- 
lages are  populous,  but  the  towns  small  and  without  any  interest  to 
the  ordinary  traveller,  who  will  find  nothing  to  attract  him  along  the 
whole  line. 

Only  one-third  of  the  Central  Provinces  are  under  cultivation,  a 
greater  part  of  the  land  being  covered  with  scrubby  jungle.  Some 
archaeological  and  antiquarian  interest  may  be  found  in  the  ruins  of 
the  time  of  the  old  Gond  kingdom,  but  they  are  mostly  buried  in 
dense  jungle,  or  lie  in  out  of  the  way  places  like  Deogarh,  very  difficult 
of  access.  The  opening  of  the  railway  is  attracting  the  attention  of 
missionary  enterprise  to  the  aboriginal  races  of  the  Central  Provinces, 
of  whom  the  Gonds  are  the  most  numerous,  being  about  two  and  a 
half  millions,  of  whom  many  have  embraced  EQnduism ;  but  at  least 
one  and  a  half  millions  still  cling  to  their  primitive  religion,  from 
whom  hopeful  converts  to  Christianity  are  made. 


0  0  2 


CHAPTER  XXVI. 

i.— INDORE 

.  is  no    place  on  the  Great    India 

linsala  Bailway  of  sufficient  interest 

atop  the  traTeller  between  Jabalpnr 

Itarsi,  the  junction  for  the  Bhopal 

be   KaiiwBy,   which   extends    by  the 

ian     Midland     Eailway    to     Jhansi, 

idior,  Agra  and  Cawnpur. 

tHOPAL  is  the  (Capital  of  the  natiTe 

e  of  the  same  name.     It  ia  1,670  feet 

re  sea  lerel,  and  is  snrronnded  by  a 

le  wall  two   miles  in  circmnference, 

lin  which   is    a    strong    fort.     The 

uo^jam's  palace  is  outside  the  city  walls, 

on  a  large  rock  called  Fatehgarh,  strongly  fortified.    The  city  is  almost 

Borroonded  by  two  beaatiM  lakes,  one  of  which  is  four  and  a  half 

miles,  and  the  other  two  miles  in  length.     These  lakes  supply  the 

town  with  water.      The   streets,   bazars,   mosques,  and  temples  of 

Bhopal,  are  remarkably  pictoresque,  though   presenting  no  special 

featnrea  of  interest  to  the  archeologist. 

The  popolatioD  of  the  state  is  950,000,  of  which  more  than 
three'foQrtha  are  Hindn,  one-eighth  aboriginal  tribes,  and  one-tenth 
Masalmans.  The  rnler  of  Bhopal  is  a  woman,  and  the  throne  de- 
scends in  the  female  line.  The  Begam  is  the  only  female  potentate  in 
India.  She  is  an  able  and  Tigorous  lady,  with  unredressed  grievances 
against  the  British  GoTemment.  She  has  an  army  8,000  strong,  bnt 
is  not  otherwise  formidable.  She  has  power  of  life  and  death  in 
jadici^  matters,  and  her  territories  are  not  under  the  joriadictuHi  oS 


BHOPAL.  389 

British  conrts.  Her  mother  stood  bravely  by  the  British  mle  daring 
the  Mutiny,  and  the  loyalty  of  the  present  Begam  ia  unqnestioned,  in 
spite  of  her  grievances.  She  is  Mnsalman  by  religion,  and  has  two 
sons  and  one  daughter,  the  latter  being  Uie  heir  apparent,  and 
married. 

Twenty-six  miles  north  of  Bhopal,  on  the  Indian  Midland,  in  Gwalior 
State,  is  Bhilsa,  a  small  town  of  7,000  inhabitants,  protected  by  a 


strong  castellated  fortress,  surronnded  by  a  ditch.  In  this  fort  is  a 
handsome  old  brass  gun,  of  the  time  of  the  Emperor  Jahangir,  about 
twenty  feet  long,  with  large  rings  held  by  dolphins.  Some  quaint 
Hiadu  temples  are  bnilt  in  the  bed  of  the  river  Betwa. 

Five  miles  &om  Bhilsa  is  Sanchi,  a  small  village,  round  which  are 
scattered  some  of  the  finest  Buddhist  remains  in  India ;  including 
eleven  topes,  the  finest  of  which  is  known  as  the  Great  Sanchi  Tope, 
fiorroDnded  by  four  gateways  and  a  rail,  casts  of  which  may  be  seenin 
the  Indian  Museum  at  South  Kensington. 


SANCHL  39) 


These  topes  are  solid  mounds  or  domes  of  brick,  erected  to  celebrate 
some  important  eyent,  or  to  enshrine  a  relic  to  the  great  Buddha,  or 
of  some  notable  Buddhist  teacher  or  saint.  They  were  generally  plain 
structures,  but  surrounded  by  rails  and  gateways  of  the  most  elaborate 
sculptured  decoration.  They  date  from  b.o.  250  to  a.d.  800,  and 
their  inscriptions  and  sculptures  furnish  an  ancient  pictorial  history  of 
India  as  complete  as  that  possessed  by  Greece  or  Home.  The  most 
accessible  of  these  topes,  is  that  at  Sarnath,  near  Benares,  but 
the  rail  and  gateways  there  have  long  since  disappeared,  and  the 
great  tope  of  Sanchi  is  so  complete  in  all  its  ancient  features  that  it 
is  the  one  usually  visited  by  the  traveller  interested  in  Bhuddist  anti« 
quities.  Situated  in  a  remote  and  thinly  populated  country,  these 
remains  have  been  spared  the  iconoclastic  destructiveness  of  Musalman 
bigots,  and  have  not  been  treated  as  brick-yards  and  stone  quarries  for 
neighbouring  cities. 

The  great  tope  is  well  preserved,  the  rail  and  three  of  the  gateways 
are  still  standing,  the  fourth  gateway  having  been  thrown  down,  but 
still  lying  on  the  ground. 

The  tope  is  a  huge  dome  of  bricks  laid  in  mud,  placed  on  a  sloping 
circular  platform,  120  feet  in  diameter,  and  fourteen  feet  high.  The 
dome  is  106  feet  in  diameter,  and  forty-two  feet  high.  It  will  thus  be 
seen,  that  a  platform  about  six  feet  wide  and  fourteen  feet  high,  sur- 
rounds the  entire  dome.  This  was  originally  surrounded  by  a  sculp- 
tured balustrade,  and  ascended  by  two  wide  flights  of  steps.  No 
vestige  of  either  remains.  On  the  summit  of  the  tope  is  a  flat  space 
thirty-four  feet  in  diameter,  which  was  also  at  one  time  surrounded 
by  an  ornamental  railing,  and  in  the  centre  of  which  was  a  stone  relic 
casket. 

This  tope,  and  most  of  the  others  at  Sanchi,  were  probably  erected 
during  the  reign  of  Asoka  B.C.  250.  None  of  them  are  supposed  to  be 
later  than  a.d.  100.  There  are  many  other  very  interesting  topes  at 
Sonari,  Satdhara,  Bhojpur,  and  Andher,  villages  within  a  radius  of 
six  or  seven  miles  of  Sanchi,  but  the  ordinary  traveller  will  be  content 
with  seeing  the  great  tope  and  the  other  ruins  in  the  immediate  neigh- 
bourhood of  Sanchi. 

I  do  not  venture  on  any  treatise  upon  Buddhist  architecture,  or  any 
detailed  description  of  these  marvellous  and  interesting  monuments  of 
this  period  of  Indian  art.    My  readers  will  find  in  my  illustrations  a' 
sufiBcient  suggestion  of  the  latter,  and  will  find  the  former  in  the  first 


yn^T  QATEWAT,    BAKCHI   TOPK. 


KHANDWA. 


394  PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 

Indore,  Hol^r'a  capital,  ib  aeyeD  hours'  journey  by  rail  from 
Khandwa.  It  is  a  modem  city  of  aboat  76,000  popolation,  mostly 
Hiudns.  It  iB  devoid  of  archseological  interest,  the  only  building  of 
importance  being  the  modem  palace  of  Mabaraja  Holkar,  a  lofty  and 


VIBW  OK  THB   KAHAIT   HIVBK,    INDOSK. 


imposing  strnctare  with  a  magnificent  storied  gateway.  The  Lai 
Bagh  is  a  beautiful  garden  on  the  banks  of  the  river,  in  which  the 
Mabaraja  has  built  a  bondsome  villa  called  the  Barahdari,  and  keeps 
ap  an  interesting  menagerie.  Tbe  Kabsn  river  rans  through  the 
town,  and  is  kept  well  filled  with  water  by  an  embankment.    There 


MANDU,  395 


are  some  Tery  pretty  sceneB  along  its  banks.  The  native  state  of 
Indore  has  an  area  of  8,400  square  miles^  and  a  total  population  esti- 
mated at  1,200,000. 

The  Holkar  dynasty  dates  from  1698,  and  remained  loyal  through 
the  crisis  of  the  Mutiny.  The  Maharaja  is  one  of  the  wealthiest  of  the 
native  princes  of  India,  and  his  revenues  are  about  £800,000.  His 
military  establishment  is  about  9,000  troops  of  all  kinds. 

Mhow  is  an  important  British  cantonment,  with  a  native  population 
of  27,000.  There  is  nothing  to  attract  the  traveller.  The  Canadian 
Presbyterian  Mission  has  stations  here  and  at  Lidore.  From  here, 
however,  a  very  interesting  excursion  may  be  made  to  Mandu,  the 
ruined  capital  of  the  old  kingdom  of  Malwa,  thirty  miles  from  Mhow. 

Mandu  was  founded  about  the  4th  century,  but  rose  to  its  greatness 
under  Dilawar  Khan  and  his  son  Hoshang,  kings  of  Malwa  about 
1880 — 1420  A.D.  The  city  is  nobly  situated  on  an  extensive  plateau, 
surrounded  by  a  great  ravine  800  or  400  yards  wide,  and  about  200 
feet  deep.  This  plateau  is  surrounded  by  a  wall,  built  on  the  edge  of 
the  cliff,  and  is  twenty-eight  miles  in  extent,  following  all  the  devia- 
tions and  indentations  of  the  ravine.  The  plateau  is  about  five  miles 
long  by  three  wide,  and  is  approached  by  a  splendid  causeway,  de- 
fended by  three  gateways. 

The  finest  building  in  the  city  is  the  Jama  Masjid,  built  by 
Hoshang.  The  four  sides  of  the  courtyai'd  consist  each  of  eleven 
great  arches,  similar  in  design  and  size,  supported  by  pillars  cut  out 
of  single  blocks  of  red  sandstone.  The  side  next  the  gateway  has  two 
arcades,  the  opposite  side  has  five  arcades,  and  is  crowned  with  three 
great  domes,  forty-two  feet  in  diameter.  The  other  two  sides  have 
three  arcades  each.  Every  quadrangle  of  columns  is  roofed  with  a 
small  dome,  and  the  whole  mosque  measures  290  feet  by  275.  The 
tomb  of  Hoshang  stands  behind  the  mosque,  and  is  a  fine  specimen 
of  a  Pathan  mausoleum.  On  one  side  is  a  magnificent  dharmsala, 
280  feet  long,  with  three  ranges  of  pillars.  This  has  evidently  been 
built  firom  the  spoils  of  Jain  and  Hindu  temples  much  older  than  the 
time  of  Hoshang. 

The  principal  palace  is  called  the  Jehaj  Mahal,  or  ''  ship  palace," 
being  built  bet>;\*een  two  fine  tanks,  and  so  having  the  appearance  of 
floating  like  a  ship  at  sea.  The  principal  apartment  is  a  vaulted  hall, 
about  fifty  feet  by  twenty-five,  and  twenty- four  feet  high,  flanked  by 
buttresses  of  enormous  strength.    At  the  end  of  the  hdl  is  a  range  of 


396  PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 

apaitmentB  three  etoreys  high,  vith  balconied  windows,  and  beyond 
them  a  long  range  of  vaulted  halls,  standing  in  the  water.  The  whole 
series  of  bnildings  is  very  grand  and  massiTe,  but  its  details  are 
choked  with  jungle  and  vegetation,  and  are  hardly  vieible.  There  are 
many  other  palaces,  all  more  or  less  mined,  with  spendid  tombs  and 
other   buildings,   scattered   all   over   the  plateau.      Of  this   strange 


deserted  city  FerguBson  savB :  "  In  their  solitude,  in  a  vast  un- 
inhabited jungle,  these  buildings  convey  ae  vivid  an  impression  of 
the  ephemeral  splendour  of  these  Muhammadan  dynasties  as  anything 
in  India,  and,  if  illustrated,  would  alone  suffice  to  prove  how  wonder- 
fully their  builders  grasped  the  true  elements  of  architectural  design." 
The  district  ronnd  Mhow  has  mnny  places  of  archffiological  interest. 
Dhar,  the  ancient  capital  of  the  native  state  of  that  name,  is  a  walled 
town  with  many  atriking  ruins,  especially  two  mosqnes  constructed 
entirely  from  remains  of  Jain  temples.  At  Bagh,  in  a  seclnded 
ravine,  are  a  series  of  Buddhist  cave  temples,  of  a  period  &om  500 — 
790  A.D.,  remarkable  for  their  rock-hewn  pillars,  and  the  remains  of 
frescoes  of  great  beauty  and  brilliance  of  colour.     Mahesbwar,  on  the 


MANDHATA.  397 


right  bank  of  the  Narbada,  has  some  charming  river  scenery,  and 
possesses  the  most  beautiful  ghat  in  all  India,  erected  by  Ahalya  Bai, 
the  widow  of  one  of  the  Holkars,  whose  splendid  cenotaph  is  hard  by. 
There  is  also  a  very  fine  palace,  built  some  sixty  or  seyenty  years  ago* 
The  country  between  these  yarious  places,  which  all  lie  within  a 
radius  of  about  thirty  miles  from  Mhow,  is  very  wild,  and  thinly 
populated.  The  journey  must  be  taken  on  horseback,  with  tents  and 
all  necessaries,  as  no  supplies  can  be  got  on  the  road. 

A  more  easy  and  very  interesting  expedition  may  be  made  to 
Mandhata  Island,  seven  miles  by  a  good  riding  road  from  either 
Mortakka  or  Barwaha  Station,  between  Mhow  and  Ehandwa.  There 
is  a  &ir  Dak  bungalow  at  Barwaha,  and  the  station-master  will 
arrange  for  horses  if  written  to  beforehand.  Mandhata  is  an  island  in 
the  Narbada  Biver,  famous  for  its  many  temples,  but  pre-eminently 
for  the  great  shrine  of  Omkar,  a  form  of  Siva.  The  island  is  about  a 
square  mile  in  area,  and  a  deep  ravine  runs  through  it.  The  south 
and  east  faces  terminate  in  bluff  precipices,  400  to  500  feet  high. 
The  opposite  bank  of  the  river  is  equally  steep,  and  between  the  two 
cliffs  the  Narbada  flows  in  a  deep  still  pool,  full  of  alligators  and 
huge  fish,  which  are  very  tame,  picking  food  off  the  lower  steps  of  the 
sacred  ghats.  The  rocks  are  of  green  slate,  boldly  stratified.  The 
shrine  of  Omkar  on  the  island,  and  Amreswar  on  the  southern  bank 
of  the  river,  are  two  of  the  twelve  great  Lingams  which  existed  in  India 
when  Mahmud  of  Ohazni  demolished  the  temple  of  Somnath  in 
1024  A.D.  As  late  as  sixty  years  ago  devotees  of  Siva  and  Kali  flung 
themselves  off  the  Birkhala  cliffs,  on  the  east  end  of  the  island,  to  be 
dashed  to  pieces  on  the  rocks  below.  Here  is  the  oldest  of  the 
Sivaite  temples,  consisting  of  a  courtyard  with  verandah  and 
colonnades,  boldly  carved. 

All  the  temples  on  the  island  are  dedicated  to  Siva  or  his  associate 
deities,  but  on  the  main  land,  on  both  sides,  are  many  other  shrines 
and  temples  to  Vishnu,  and  a  very  interesting  group  of  Jain  temples. 
The  picturesque  beauty  of  the  river  and  the  cliffs,  and  the  fine 
carvings  on  these  ancient  shrines,  some  of  which  date  back  700  or  800 
years,  make  Mandhata  one  of  the  most  attractive  spots  in  Central 
India. 

Travelling  northwards  from  Indore,  the  first  place  of  interest  is 
Ujjain,  in  Gwalior  state,  the  terminus  of  a  short  branch  line,  fourteen 
miles  from  Fatehabad  Junction.    Ujjain  holds  a  notable  place  in 


UJJAIN.  399 

Hindu  history  and  religion,  being  one  of  tiie  seyen  sacred  cities  of 
Hinduism ;  it  was  also  the  capital  of  Yikramaditya  (a  very  sun  in 
prowess),  the  hero  of  the  Samvat  era,  somewhere  about  the  first  or 
second  century  a.d.,  celebrated  in  song  and  verse  for  his  legendaiy 
victories  over  the  Scythian  invaders,  and  who  forms  the  central  royal 
personage  of  the  Hindu  stage.  His  dynasty  appears  to  have  lasted  to 
the  6th  century,  and  then  melted  into  the  darkness  of  the  7th  and 
8th.  His  court  was  the  resort  of  poets,  musicians,  and  literati.  A 
Musalman  kingdom  of  Malwa,  with  Ujjain  as  its  capital,  was  formed 
1887  A.D.,  but  was  absorbed  by  Akbar  in  1671.  The  modem  city  is 
surrounded  by  a  masonry  wall  and  round  towers.  The  main  bazaar 
is  wide,  and  lined  with  good  houses  and  shops.  Sindhia  has  a  hand- 
some palace  here,  near  which  is  an  ancient  gateway,  which  tradition 
assigns  to  Yikramaditya's  fortress.  There  is  also  in  the  city  one  of 
Jai  Singh's  observatories,  similar  to  those  erected  by  him  at  Delhi, 
Jaipur,  Benares,  and  Muttra.  This  observatory  at  Ujjain  is  the 
meridian  of  Hindu  geographers.  There  is  little  left  of  the  ancient 
city,  whose  ruins  lie  in  heaps  about  a  mile  outside  the  walls. 

Dewas  is  the  chief  town  of  a  small  native  state  of  150,000  popula- 
tion, and  is  fifteen  or  sixteen  miles  from  Ujjain.  Here  is  a  small 
conical  hill,  about  800  feet  high,  on  which  stands  the  temple  of 
Ghamunda  Devi,  reached  by  a  long  flight  of  unfinished  masonry  steps. 
The  temple  near  the  crest  consists  of  a  demi-spherical  vault  or  cave, 
cut  into  the  side  of  the  cliff,  having  a  huge  figure  of  the  goddess 
carved  in  relief.  This  little  state  has  two  chiefs,  called  the  Baba 
Sahib  and  the  Dada  Sahib ;  the  rule  of  each  chief  is  distinct  within 
his  own  limits.  These  potentates  each  maintain  a  standing  army  of 
about  100  horse  and  500  foot. 

Batlam  is  the  next  town  of  any  importance  on  the  line  of  railway. 
It  is  the  thriving  capital  of  a  little  state,  a  great  opium  and  grain 
market,  with  good  bazaars  and  buildings,  many  of  which  are  very 
picturesque.  It  has  a  population  of  about  82,000,  that  of  the  whole 
state  being  90,000.  The  Baja  of  Batlam,  Jaswant  Singh,  is  a  Bajput 
of  the  Jodhpur  family,  and  is  thirty  years  of  age.  He  is  an 
enlightened  prince,  and  has  done  much  for  the  education  of  the 
people.  There  is  a  good  college  with  600  students.  He  has  built 
himself  a  fine  new  palace.  The  Bam  Bagh,  or  Maharaja's  garden,  is 
one  of  the  most  beautiful  in  India.  There  is  a  good  Dak  bungalow 
near  the  station,  and  conveyances  are  easily  procured. 


400  PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 

NiMACH  is  a  small  walled  town  and  British  cantonment  in  the  state 
of  Gwalior.  There  is  a  good  Dak  bongalow  here.  The  only  object 
in  stopping  at  Nimach  will  be  to  visit  the  small  Bajpntana  state  of 
Partabgarhy  and  its  ancient  deserted  capital,  Deolia.  The  modern 
capital,  Partabgarh,  is  thirty-two  miles  from  Nimach  by  a  fair  road. 
There  is  also  a  good  country  road  from  Mandesar,  a  station  on  the 
line  only  nineteen  miles  distant,  but  I  donbt  if  any  conreyance  better 
than  a  bullock-cart  could  be  obtained  there.  The  city  of  Partabgarh 
is  surrounded  by  a  loop-holed  wall,  and  defended  by  a  fortress.  The 
old  palace  is  in  the  middle  of  the  town,  and  is  now  abandoned  by  the 
maharaja  in  favour  of  a  pretty  country  residence  a  mile  or  so  outside 
the  walls. 

A  special  kind  of  enamel  ware  is  produced  at  Partabgarh,  which 
is  quite  unique  and  cannot  be  met  with  anywhere  else.  This 
enamel  is  produced  by  melting  a  thick  layer  of  green  enamel  on 
plates  of  burnished  gold,  and,  while  it  is  still  hot,  covering  it  with 
thin  gold  cut  into  mythological,  hunting  or  other  pleasure  scenes,  in 
which,  amid  a  delicate  network  of  floriated  scrolls,  elephants,  tigers, 
deer,  peacocks,  doves,  and  parrots  are  the  shapes  most  conspicuously 
represented.  After  the  enamel  has  hardened  the  gold- work  is  etched 
over  with  a  graver,  so  as  to  bring  out  the  characteristic  details  of  the 
ornamentation.  In  some  cases  it  would  seem  as  if  the  surface  of  the 
enamel  was  first  engraved,  and  then  the  gold  rubbed  into  the  pattern 
so  produced,  in  the  form  of  an  amalgam,  and  fixed  by  fire.  The  art 
of  making  this  beautiful  enamel  is  confined  to  two  families,  who 
jealously  guard  the  hereditary  secret.  Enamels  of  a  similar  character, 
blue  instead  of  green,  and  inferior  in  workmanship,  are  produced  at 
Batlam.     {See  Birdwood's  ''  Industrial  Arts,"  chapter  on  enamels.) 

Deolia,  the  ancient  capital,  stands  on  a  steep  hill  seven  and  a  half 
miles  west  of  Partabgarh,  commanding  the  whole  country  round.  It 
is  quite  deserted,  and  the  fine  old  palace,  built  about  1650  ▲.n.  bv 
Hari  Singh,  is  gradually  falling  to  decay.  There  ore  several  interest- 
ing temples,  two  of  which  are  Jain,  and  some  tanks,  the  finest  of 
which  was  built  about  1590  a.d. 

From  Nimach  to  Chitor  there  is  nothing  of  interest. 


:vii. 

lURANGABAD,  ajunta. 

is   fort;  -  four   mileH    from 

idgaon,   on   the   Great    India 

insula  Kailwsy,  which  iB  the 

rest  Btation   on   that   or  any 

iz  route.    It  is  in  the  territory 

tie  Nizam  of  Haidarabad  ;  the 

1  train  from  Bombay  reaches 

idgaon   at   6   f.u.,  and   &om 

jutta  at  10.30  p.m.    The  town 

galow  is  a  comfortable  boild- 

of  three  rooms,  a  few  yards 

1  the  station,  and  good  meals 

'  be  obtained  at  the  railway 

iciieshment  rooms. 

It  ia  necessary,  a  few  days  before  the  day  of  arrival  at  Nondgaon,  to 

commnnieate  with  Messrs.  Nnsserwanji   &   Sons,   mail   contractors, 

Nandgaon,  who  will  either  lay  a  Dak  to  Ellora  and  back,  or,  for  the 

longer  jonrney,  to   Ellora,  Daolatabod,  and  Aarangabad ;  they  will 

also  secnre  the  btmgalow,  and  order  meals  at  the  refreshment-rooms. 

They  are  civil  and  obliging  Parsis.     The  conveyance  snpplied  is  a 

tonga,  a  low,  flexible  dog-cart,  drawn  by  two  ponies.     They  carry  four 

persons,  including  the  driver,  and  travel  six  or  seven  miles  an  hour. 

An  early  start  is  advisable.    The  first  bnngolow  on  the  road  is  at 

Tarora,  jnst  outside  the  wall   of  the  village,  thirteen   miles  from 

Nandgaon,  where  break^tst  can  be  bad ;  twenty-two  miles  farther  is 

Deogoon,  the  second  bungalow,  which  should  be  reached  about  one 

o'clock.    It  is  an  excellent  reating-place,  with  a  good  mess-man. 


402  PICTURESQUE   INDIA 


From  here  to  Ellora  is  nine  miles,  which  may  be  driven  late  in  the 
afternoon. 

There  is  no  bungalow  or  any  accommodation  at  Ellora;  it  is 
necessary  to  push  on  two  miles  farther,  up  a  steep  hill,  to  the  village 
of  Bozah.  Picturesquely  perched  on  the  summit,  with  grand  views 
over  the  western  plains,  are  two  bungalows.  The  largest  belongs 
to  the  Nizam  of  Haidarabad,  and  has  accommodation  for  seven 
or  eight  persons ;  permission  to  use  it  is  very  freely  obtained  by 
Europeans,  on  writing  a  few  days  beforehand  to  the  Sadr  Talukdar, 
Aurangabad.  The  smaller  one,  an  ancient  Muhammadan  tomb  con- 
verted to  the  purpose,  belongs  to  the  English  officers'  mess,  who  very 
willingly  place  it  at  the  disposal  of  English  visitors.  Address  the 
mess  secretary  of  the  Haidarabad  contingent,  Aurangabad ;  there  is  no 
mess-man  at  this  latter  place.  The  mess-men  of  all  these  bungalows 
profess  to  supply  tea,  milk,  rice,  and  eggs ;  but  my  own  experience  of 
them  was  unfavourable,  and  I  advise  travellers  to  take  with  them 
tinned  provisions  enough  for  the  time  they  mean  to  spend  on  this 
entire  excursion.  The  bungalows  are  all  well  built  and  very  clean.  I 
found  a  small  stock  at  the  railway  refreshment  rooms  at  Nandgaon, 
from  which  it  was  possible  to  select  enough  for  modest  meals.  No 
bread  can  possibly  be  got,  so  two  or  three  tins  of  biscuits  are 
necessary. 

Ellora  is  a  quaint  and  pretty  village,  embosomed  in  trees.  The 
only  object  of  interest  is  a  fine  tank  surrounded  by  temples,  by  the 
road-side,  between  Ellora  and  Bozah. 

Bozah  is  a  small  town,  with  a  bazar ;  innumerable  ruined  tombs 
are  scattered  about  outside  the  walls.  The  only  one  of  any  historical 
or  architectural  interest  is  that  of  the  great  Emperor  Aurangzeb, 
which  has  a  well-executed  pierced  marble  screen,  and  a  curious  teak 
door  carved  in  lattice- work. 

Near  the  tomb  is  a  mosque,  in  which  is  the  shrine  of  a 
Muhammadan  saint,  who  died  more  than  700  years  ago.  The  Dargah 
of  Shah  Bazu  is  a  plain  tomb  of  considerable  antiquity,  said  to  be 
nearly  600  years  old. 

The  famous  caves  of  Ellora  are,  on  the  whole,  the  finest  and  most 
perfect  group  of  those  marvellous  temples  and  monasteries  which 
have  been  cut  out  of  the  solid  rock  by  the  ancient  people  of  this  land 
of  wonders.  Scattered  along  the  base  of  a  range  of  beautiful  wooded 
hills,  rising  some  600  feet  out  of  the  plain,  are  a  succession  of  rock 


404  PICTURESQUE  INDIA, 

temples,  Buddhist,  Hindu,  and  Jain.  Their  dates  are  obscure,  but 
the  oldest  is  set  down  by  authority  at  200  b.o.,  and  the  most  recent  at 
1200  A.D.  The  smallest  and  most  insignificant  of  them,  if  alone, 
wotdd  well  repay  the  fatigue  of  the  journey ;  but  passing  from  one  to- 
another  the  traveller  is  struck  dumb  with  amazement,  as  he  enters  a 
series  of  cayes  as  big  as  churches ;  with  huge  images  eight  or  ten  feet 
high  ranged  round  the  walls,  elephants,  lions,  tigers,  alligators,  rams,, 
antelopes,  swans,  and  oxen,  or  symbolical  representations  of  them, 
larger  than  life;  friezes  of  figure  subjects  as  big  as  that  of  the- 
Parthenon,  yaried  by  intricifte  wall  sculpture  of  every  description,  and 
the  whole  dug  and  carved  out  of  the  solid  rock  without  a  single  stone* 
being  introduced. 

There  are,  at  least,  thirty  principal  Chaityas  (temples)  and  Yiharas- 
(monasteries)  cut  out  of  the  side  of  the  hills,  with  short  intervals^ 
between  tbem,  scattered  along  a  distance  of  about  two  miles  and  a. 
quarter,   right  and  left  of  the  splendid  Kylas,  the  central  wonder 
of  the  series,  which  was  carved  out  by  the  Dravidians,  a.d.  750 — 850. 
This  greatest  of  these  Titanic  excavations  cannot  be  called  a  cave  at- 
all.     The  architect  has  quarried  a  huge  chunk  of  solid  rock  out  of  the 
hill  side,  leaving  a  mass  in  the  centre,  standing  out  alone  from  the 
lofty  cliffs  from  which  it  has  been  cut.     He  has  then  taken  this  block 
in  hand,  hollowed  it  out  into  vast  chambers,  left  great  pinnacles  and. 
pagodas  on  the  roof,  and  carved  the  whole  surface,  inside  and  out, 
with  reliefs  illustrating  the  history  of  his  gods.     In  shaping  the  floor 
of  the  wide  court  in  which  his  temple  stands,  he  has  left  erect  lumps^ 
and  columns  of  rock,  which  he  has  fashioned  into  elephants,  guards, 
and  decorated  towers.     Every  bit  of  the  entire  fabric  is  a  mass  or 
sculptured  figures,  beautifully  finished  in  all  their  details.      The 
Kylas,  standing  on  its  site,  as  excavated  out  of  the  solid  rock,  is  an 
absolute  monolith.     The  whole  structure  (it  is  in  no  sense  a  huVlAing) 
is  865  feet  long,  192  feet  wide,  and  96  feet  high.    It  is  as  though  a 
fine  English  cathedral  had  been  carved  out  of  a  mountain  in  one^ 
single  piece,  instead  of  being  built  stone  by  stone. 

^  From  one  vast  mount  of  solid  stone 
The  mighty  temple  has  been  cored 
By  nut-brown  children  of  the  sun, 
When  stars  were  newly  bright,  and  blithe 
Of  song  along  the  rim  of  dawn, 
A  mighty  monolith  I " 


THE   CAVES   OF  ELLORA.  405 

On  the  right  hand  of  tha  entranw  is  a  cistern  of  water.  On  each 
■aide  of  the  great  gateway  there  is  a  projection,  reaching  to  the  first 
story,  with  fine  scnlptnred  battlements ;  the  gateway  is  spacious,  with 
Apartments  on  each  side.  Over  the  gate  is  a  rich  balcony,  which  was 
probably  ased  as  a  mnsic  gallery.     The  pillars  on  the  outside  of  the 


upper  story  are  worthy  of  notice.  The  passage  through  the  gateway  is 
a  mass  of  sculptured  decoration. 

The  plan  on  the  following  page  will  give  the  vieitor  some  idea  of 
how  to  find  his  way  through  the  wonders  of  the  Eylas.  He  will  first 
of  all  explore  the  great  courtyard.  Passing  underneath  the  gateway  (1) 
he  enters  the  area  (2),  and  proceeding  under  a  small  bridge,  passes  a 
flolid  square  mass  (S)  which  supports  a  huge  Nandi  Bull ;  the  sides  of 
this  recess  are  profusely  sculptored ;  passing  on  under  another  small 
Iridge,  beneath  which  are  two  gigantic  figores,  he  arrives  at  the  body 
of  the  grand  temple  (4),  the  excavation  of  which  is  in  the  upper  story, 
reached  t^  the  two  flights  of  steps  (5). 

The  right  band  side  of  the  temple  below  is  adorned  with  a  wonderfully 


28 

1      oa      oaaoaaoaoooaaa 

0      o 

1 

3                                                                                                                       2 

□ 

1 

3          C 

o 
a 

n 

1 

1       c 

— 

■        23        . 

— 

' 

23 

23 

1 

3          C                                            -v 

21 

0 
29 

a 

1          C 

1 

1  ? 

— 1 

0 

'          «                              i 

J          2 

a| 

• 

II22 

8 

o 

1        c 

J 

E3 

L 

0 

21 

i8 

21        - 

1       1 

20 

1^ 

20 

o 

c 

'i- 

n            IT 

2 

-1 1-0— 

mO 

^    '                 U                     L 

C                                             Q 

a     Q     D              a     a     c      ; 

a          t 

26 

3     o     o              a     a     c 

c 

17 

i          •*           i 

3      a     o              a     o      c 
a     o     o              doc; 
inn              "     n     r 

17      7 

24 

0          t 

n                r 

6 

6 

I    c 

yiiU 

JIIHIIllttHffll  1 

3 
3 

.    15    . 

1 

ft 

1    c 

5     4 

1^14 

4     5 

1   I 

13 

■» 

J    c 

W 

*5                                 K 

J    C                                              D 

3      12     3 

b 

3 
3 

3 

1     r 

O           i 

II  g 

a 

a 

c 

lO 

3 

-r9i- 

J 

i      9 

H^ 

9       1 

9 

1 

L 

I 

GROUND  PLAN  07  KTLA8. 


THE    CAVES   OF  ELLORA  407 


complex  battle  scene  ;  from  this  tableau  the  heads  of  elephants,  lions 
and  mythical  animals  emerge  as  though  supporting  the  temple ;  then 
a  projection  (6)  is  reached,  in  the  side  of  w^ich,  sunk  in  the  rock,  is 
a  large  group  of  figures,  much  mutilated.  This  projection  was  con- 
nected with  the  apartments  on  the  right  hand  side  of  the  area  by 
a  bridge  (7)  which  has  given  way,  and  is  now  in  ruins.  It  fell  about 
200  years  ago. 

Passing  the  projection  of  the  main  body  of  the  temple,  it  lessens  for 
a  few  paces,  and  then  again  expands  (8),  and  after  a  very  small  space  on 
the  line  of  the  body  of  the  temple,  it  terminates  in  a  smaller  degree  of 
projection  still.  The  whole  of  the  outside  walls  of  this  vast  nxono- 
lithic  monument  is  one  mass  of  sculptured  scenes,  supported  from  the 
base  by  huge  figures  of  elephants  and  other  beasts. 

The  gateway  consists  of  three  centre  rooms  and  one  on  each  side  (9). 
From  the  centre  rooms,  crossing  a  bridge  (10),  you  ascend  by  seven 
steps  (11)  into  a  square  room  (12)  in  which  is  the  Nandi  Bull.  This 
room  has  two  doors  and  two  windows.  Opposite  the  windows  are  two 
beautiful  square  towers  or  obelisks,  thirty-eight  feet  high,  graduated 
from  the  base  to  the  capitals,  which  were  originally  crowned  with 
lions  (&).  Two  elephants,  the  size  of  life,  have  also  been  carved  out  of 
masses  of  stone  left  standing  in  the  area  (a). 

From  the  Bull,  the  visitor  crosses  over  the  second  bridge  (18),  and 
ascends  by  three  steps  (14)  into  a  handsome  open  portico  (15),  supported 
by  two  pillars  looking  towards  the  bridge,  and  two  pilasters  that  join 
it  on  to  the  temple,  the  grand  apartment  of  which  (16)  is  entered 
by  four  handsome  steps  and  a  doorway,  guarded  by  two  gigantic 
sentinels  in  stone.  Advancing  a  few  paces  into  the  temple,  which  is 
supported  by  two  rows  of  pillars,  there  is  an  intermission  of  two  pillars, 
right  and  left,  to  open  porticoes  (17)  projecting  from  the  body  of  the 
temple. 

The  shrine  (18)  of  the  Lingam  of  Mahadeo  (19)  forms  the  termina- 
tion of  this  superb  chamber,  every  inch  of  which  is  elaborately 
sculptured. 

Doors  (20)  on  each  side  of  the  Lingam  shrine  lead  to  an  open  plat- 
form (21),  having  on  each  side  of  the  great  centre  pyramid  covering  the 
Lingam  two  other  recesses  (22),  which  contain  no  image.  Three  other 
recesses  (28)  terminate  the  platform,  all  of  them  being  covered  with 
decorations  of  sculptured  figures  from  the  Hindu  mythology. 

The  right  hand  side  of  the  area  has  a  number  of  excavations.    At 


4o8  PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 

(24)  the  end  of  the  fallen  bridge  are  three  stories,  the  rooms  of  which 
probably  formed  the  residences  of  priests. 

On  the  left  hand  side  of  the  area  the  excavatiooB  are  more 
important.  In  an  npper  story,  reached  by  steps,  is  a  fine  temple  (25), 
at  the  end  of  which  is  a  Lingam  shrine,  and  near  the  entrance  doorway 
is  a  Nandi  Ball,  with  two  hage  sentinels  leaning  on  their  maces. 
This  temple  has  singularly  beaatifol  pillars.     It  is  called  Pxir  Lanka. 


f DB  LANKA,  KYLAB. 

Coming  down  again,  yoa  pass  throngh  a  sculptured  excaTation  (26) 
into  a  fine  verandah  {28,  29),  which  is  devoted  to  a  pantheon  of 
Hindu  deities.  There  are  forty-three  groaps  of  principal  fignres,  with 
surrounding  panels  illnstrating  their  history. 

To  give  any  adequate  description  of  all  the  cave  temples  and 
monasteries  of  Ellora,  wonid  require  a  book  to  itself,  which  Mr. 
Burgess  has  already  provided,  and  I  do  not  profess  in  this  volume  to 
go  below  the  surface  of  things.  I  shall  therefore  content  myself  with 
indicating  briefly  a  few  of  the  most  noteworthy  examples. 

Close  to  the  Eylas,  a  path  leads  down  to  a  house  where  Brahman 


THE    CAVES    OF  ELLORA.  409 

guides  mnst  be  procured,  who  will  point  ont  in  sncceBsioD  the  Tarioas 
objects  of  iaterest,  and  give  a  reasooably  inteUigent  explii^tioii. 
None  of  tbem  speak  English,  and  an  interpreter  in  necenBary, 

The  guides  generally  conunence  at  the  groap  of  caves  to  the  extreme 


SCUI.PTUKE  OF  SIVA  AKD  PABVATI,  KLLOKA. 

south,  called  tiie  Dber  Wara,  or  oatcsst's  qoarter,  nine  in  number. 
These  are  Buddhist,  the  central  hall  having  twelve  beantifal  cotumnB 
with  cushioned  capitals,  and  two  enormous  sentinela.  The  largest  cave 
is  104  feet  long  by  sixty  Ceet  broad. 

The  Vishwa  Karma,  or  Carpenter's  Cave,  is  one  of  the  finest  in  all 
India.  It  is  a  single  excavation  about  eighty-five  feet  by  forty-five, 
and  thirty-five  feet  high.  Above  the  richly-sculptured  gateway  is  a 
balcony,  which  was  nsed  as  a  mnsic  gallery  to  the  temple.  Tha 
interior  is  not  nnlike  a  chapel  with  an  arched  roof.    At  the  upper 


4IO  PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 

end,  under  a  canopy,  is  the  figure  of  the  founder,  who  according 
to  the  legend,  carved  out  the  whcde  temple  in  one  long  night  of  six 
months. 

A  frieze,  four  feet  deep,  surrounds  the  nave  between  the  pillars  and 
the  ribs  of  the  roof,  on  the  top  of  which  is  a  line  of  figures  called 
iJagaz. 

The  date  of  this  temple  is  said  to  be  a.d.  1806. 

The  Do  Tal,  or  two  storeys,  is  a  pillared  cave.  Buddhistic  in  all  its 
details.  The  Tin  Tal  has  three  storeys,  the  largest  chamber  being 
110  feet  by  66  feet  The  central  pair  of  front  columns  are  very  re- 
markable, being  representations  of  a  vase  of  flowers.  Some  of  the 
finest  sculptured  figures  in  Ellora  are  to  be  found  within  this  monas- 
tery. 

The  next  caye  of  any  importance  is  Bavan  Ka  Ehai,  the  first  of  the 
Brahmanical  caves.  It  is  full  of  spirited  sculptures  representing  scenes 
from  the  history  of  Durga,  Lakshmi,  Prithwi,  Vishnu,  Sita,  KaU, 
Ganpati,  the  Sapta  Matra,  Bhairava,  Siva,  Parvati,  and  other 
deities. 

The  Das  Avatar  is  the  oldest  Brahmanic  cave,  and  bears  evidence 
of  having  been  begun  by  Buddhists  and  finished  by  Brahmans.  The 
great  chamber  is  108  feet  by  45  feet,  sustained  by  forty-six  pillars, 
and  surrounded  by  a  series  of  recesses  containing  vigorous  groups  of 
figures  similar  in  character  to  those  in  Bavan  Ka  Khai,  but  mostly 
drawn  from  Siva  in  his  character  of  destroyer,  and  very  gruesome  and 
horrible  they  are. 

The  visitor  now  crosses  the  high  road,  passes  the  Kylas,  follows  a 
charming  footpath  under  the  hills  for  a  mile  or  more,  till  he  arrives  at 
the  beautiful  group  of  Jain  caves  known  as  the  Indra  Sabha,  and  the 
Jagannath  Sabha,  the  sculptured  fa9ades  of  which  are  remarkably 
beautiful. 

The  Indra  Sabha  is  so  called  from  the  beautiful  statues  of  Indra  and 
his  wife  Indrani,  undoubtedly  the  finest  works  of  art  in  the  whole 
series.  Like  all  Jain  temples,  this  group  of  caves  is  one  mass  of 
sculptured  decorations,  the  details  of  which  will  bear  hours,  or  even 
weeks,  of  careful  study. 

A  very  beautiful  view  of  the  surrounding  country  may  be  obtained 
from  the  hill  immediately  over  Bozah,  with  the  great  rock  fortress  of 
Daulatabad  in  the  distance,  and  the  domes  of  Aurangabad  beyond  on 
the  horizon. . 


DAULATABAD.  411 

I  adTise  th&t  not  less  than  two  days  be  spent  at  Ellora,  if  possible. 
Bat,  if  time  be  ao  object,  it  is  possible  to  spend  the  morning  of  the 
second  day  in  another  visit  to  the  caves,  and  reach  Kandgaon  in  plenly 
of  time  for  the  10.30  P.H.  mail  towards  Bombay,  ■ 


A  third  day  may  be  well  spent  in  extendiiig  the  Dak  to  Danlstabad, 
seven  mtleS  &om  Bozah,  and  Aarangabad,  eight  miles  farther.  The 
horses  which  make  the  final  stage  to  Bozah,  will  do  this  journey  (with 
two  or  three  hours'  rest  onder  the  trees  at  Danlat&bad)  between  6  a.h. 
and  noon.  The  afternoon  can  be  spent  at  Aarangabad,  where  there  is 
an  excellent  town  bungalow ;  and  Nandgaon  can  be  reached  the  next 
evening. 

Daclatabad  is  a  huge  fortress  boilt  on  a  lofty  rook,  standing  out  of 
the  great  plain  like  an  island.  Permission  to  visit  it  mast  be  first  ob- 
tained firom  the  Sadr  Talukdar  at  Anrangabad.    The  rock  of  Daulata* 


412  PICTURESQUE'  INDIA 


bad  is  a  huge  cone  of  granite  500  feet  high,  with  a  perpendicular 
scarp  all  round  from  80  to  100  feet.  At  the  foot  of  the  rock  is  a 
ragged  collection  of  mud  huts^  all  that  is  left  of  the  old  city.  Daula- 
tabad  is  one  of  the  finest  rock  forts  in  all  India,  and  dates  back  to  the 
18th  century.  The  moat  is  about  thirty  feet  wide,  and  is  crossed  by  a 
narrow  stone  bridge.  From  the  other  side,  a  long  tunnelled  gallery 
winds  up  through  the  hill  to  the  summit  Candles  or  torches  are 
necessary,  as  the  tunnel  is  very  dark  in  places,  and  the  pavement  not 
too  smooth.  Emerging,  the  gate  of  the  fortress  appears,  studded  with 
sharp  spikes  to  resist  elephants,  which  were  used  in  old  times  as 
battering  rams. 

The  notable  buildings  inside  the  fortress  itself  are  a  Bastion  with 
a  fine  balcony,  an  old  Hindu  temple,  a  large  tank  of  masonry,  a  Hindu 
temple  transformed  into  a  mosque,  a  minaret  about  120  feet  high 
{clustered  with  hornets'  nests,  which  make  the  ascent  unsafe),  said  to 
have  been  erected  to  commemorate  the  first  conquest  of  the  fortress  by 
the  Muhammadans  in  1294,  and  a  cenotaph  to  the  last  King  of  Gol- 
conda,  all  more  or  less  neglected  and  dilapidated.  There  is  also  a 
very  fine  old  gun,  twenty-two  feet  long,  called  "  Kilah  Shikan/'  or  the 
leveller  of  forts. 

Just  beyond  the  gun  lies  the  ditch  or  moat  which  protects  the 
citadel ;  the  only  bridge  being  a  narrow  stone  laid  across.  Except  at 
this  crossing,  the  rock  is  scarped  away  to  a  considerable  height.  The 
path  leads  by  tunnelled  passages  up  and  down  steps  and  slopes, 
crossing  a  platform  looking  over  a  pretty  garden,  the  trees  of  which 
are  full  of  huge  hornets'  nests,  passing  a  shrine  to  the  memory 
of  a  fakir,  finally  emerging  on  a  pavilion,,  which  commands  a  mag- 
nificent view  of  the  hills  of  Bozah  and  EUora,  and  the  distant  city 
of  Aurangabad.  Just  below  this  pavilibn  is  a  fine  tank  full  of 
clear  water;  another  100  steps  must  be  climbed  to  reach  the 
citadel  itself,  which  stands  on  the  very  summit  of  the  rock,  on  a 
platform  not  more  than  200  feet  across.  Here  are  several  large 
cannons. 

The  early  history  of  this  ancient  and  powerful  fortress  is  lost  in 
obscurity.  In  1294,  when  it  was  the  capital  of  the  Yadava  Kingdom 
(galled  Deogiri),  it  was  beseiged  by  the  Muhammadans  under  Ala-ud- 
din,  the  fore-runner  of  the  Musalman  conquerors  of  India  in 
the  Deccau.  The  fort  ran  short  of  provisions,  and  was  starved  into 
surrender  in  three  weeks.      The   Yadava   Baja  secured  peace   on 


414  PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 


pretty  hard  terms.  He  had  to  pay  48,000  lbs.  of  gold,  560  lbs.  of 
pearls,  160  lbs.  of  rubies,  diamonds,  emeralds,  and  such  like,  80,000 
lbs.  of  silver,  and  5,000  pieces  of  silk,  with  a  yearly  tribute. 

His  grandson,  who  revolted  some  thirty  years  later,  had  to  pay  a 
heavier  ransom  still  for  being  defeated  ;  he  was  flayed  alive,  and  his 
skin  hung  up  on  the  main  gate  of  Deogiri. 

Tughlak  Shah  made  Deogiri  the  capital  of  the  Muhammadan 
Empire,  rechristened  it  Daulatabad,  or  the  fortunate  city,  and 
removed  thither  the  whole  population  of  Delhi,  a  distance  of  800 
miles.  Daulatabad  has  remained  in  the  hands  of  the  Muhamma- 
dans  from  that  day  to  this.  After  the  death  of  Aurangzeb  in 
1707,  all  the  Mughal  possessions  in  the  Deccan  became  the  king- 
dom of  Asaf  Jah,  whose  direct  descendant  is  the  present  Nizam  of 
Haidarabad. 

Daulatabad  is  not  now  garrisoned,  but  is  occupied  by  about  100 
military  police.  It  is  one  of  the  few  places  in  India  where  grapes 
can  be  successfully  grown. 

AnziANGABAD  is  eight  miles  from  Daulatabad.  There  is  a  clean 
and  comfortable  town  bungalow.  The  population  is  21,000,  who 
carry  on  a  thriving  trade  in  wheat,  cotton,  and  general  merchandize, 
over  a  large  area  of  Northern  Haidarabad.  The  town  was  the  capital 
of  the  Emperor  Aurangzeb,  and  contains  many  buildings  of  great 
interest,  erected  during  his  reign  from  1650 — 70.  It  is  surrounded 
by  masonry  walls,  with  bastions  at  the  various  angles.  The  most 
interesting  building  is  a  mausoleum,  built  by  Aurangzeb  in  memory 
of  a  favourite  daughter,  Babia  Durani.  He  gave  orders  to  his 
architect  to  reproduce  an  exact  copy  of  the  Taj  Mahal  at  Agra,  the 
tomb  of  his  father  Shah  Jahan.  It  is,  however,  a  very  long  way 
behind  its  celebrated  pattern,  though  one  of  the  most  beautiful 
mausoleums  in  India.  The  government  of  the  Nizam  has  recently 
restored  the  building,  which  had  been  allowed  to  fall  into  partial 
decay.  The  door  of  tJie  great  gateway  is  plated  with  brass,  and  along 
the  edge  is  an  inscription  setting  forth  the  date  and  names  of  the 
architects.  The  roof  of  the  gateway  has  a  curious  and  unusual 
decoration,  consisting  of  rows  of  sculptured  eggs,  diminishing  in  size 
as  they  ascend  to  the  centre.  The  garden,  surrounding  a  large 
reservoir,  is  well  kept,  and  very  lovely ;  every  step  taken  presents  a 
fresh  and  charming  picture.  The  mausoleum  itself  stands  about  200 
yards  distant  from  the  gateway,  on  a  platform  ten  or  twelve  feet  high. 


THE   CAVES   OF  ELLORA   AND  AJUNT/i  417 


The  return  journey : — 


Aurangabad  to  Mitmatha  ....  3  miles. 

„  Fathabad 13      „ 

„            Deogaon  .        .        .        .  21      „ 

„  Tarora 43     ,, 


Naudgaon       .        .        .        .    56     „ 


Ajxjnta. — Travellers  bound  for  the  caves  of  A  junta  will  stop  at 
Pachora  statioUi  where  there  is  a  small  waiting-room  and  Dak 
bungalow.  The  caves  are  thirty-five  miles  distant,  and  the  road  bad 
and  rough,  only  fit  for  horseback  or  buUock-cart.  The  mail  trains 
from  Jabalpur  arrive  at  8.85  p.m.,  and  from  Bombay  7.60  a.m.  The 
mamlutdar  of  Pachora  will  provide  a  country  bullock-cart  which,  vrith 
a  change  of  bullocks  half-way  at  Sindurni,  where  there  is  no  traveller's 
accommodation  of  any  sort,  will  reach  Fardapur,  four  miles  from  the 
caves,  before  dark  the  same  day,  if  a  very  early  start  be  made  in  the 
morning.  At  Fardapur  there  is  a  Dak  bungalow  of  some  sort,  but  no 
messman.  It  has  two  small  rooms,  and  is  under  the  care  of  the 
village  chaprasL  Bedding  and  food  must  be  taken.  It  is  a  rough, 
hard  journey,  and  unless  the  traveller  is  an  intelligent  student  of 
Buddhist  antiquities,  anxious  to  see  both  Ajunta  and  Ellora,  he  had 
better  pass  Ajunta  by  in  favour  of  Ellora,  a  much  easier  expedition, 
and  undoubtedly  the  more  interesting,  to  the  ordinary  tourist,  of  the 
two  great  groups  of  cave  temples.  The  bees  at  Ajunta  are  both 
troublesome  and  dangerous,  while  Ellora  is  comparatively  &ee  from 
them. 

If,  however,  the  journey  both  to  Ajunta  and  Ellora  is  in  contem- 
plation, it  will  be  better  to  arrange  with  Messrs.  Nusserwanji  &  Son 
of  Nandgaon  for  a  round  Dak  &om  Pachora  to  Ajunta,  Auran- 
gabad, Daulatabad,  Ellora,  and  Nandgaon,  or  vice  versd,  writing 
at  least  a  week  beforehand.  They  will  also  arrange  for  the  various 
bungalows  on  the  route  to  be  got  ready.  As  I  have  never  been  to 
Ajunta  myself,  I  cannot  speak  of  the  journey  from  experience ;  but 
Mr.  Nusserwanji,  when  arranging  for  my  Dak  to  Ellora,  Aurunga- 
bad,  and  Daulatabad,  told  me  it  was  a  very  hard  journey,  and  quite 
unfit  for  the  two  ladies  who  accompanied  me. 

The  defile  up  which  the  path  winds  from  Fardapur  to  the  caves  is 
wooded,  lonely,  and  rugged.  The  caves  are  excavated  out  of  a  wall  of 
almost  perpendicular  rock,  about  260  feet  high,  sweeping  round  a 

B  B 


4i8  PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 


hollow  semi-circle,  with  a  stream  below,  and  a  wooded,  rockj 
promontory  jutting  oat  from  the  opposite  bank.  Owing  to  the  difficulty 
of  access,  these  cayes  are  little  known  or  visited,  and  the  loneliness  is 
complete.  A  guide  is  necessary,  as  the  path  is  often  obscure.  He  may 
be  got  at  Fardapur.  These  cave  temples  and  monasteries  furnish  a 
continuous  narrative  of  Buddhist  art  during  800  years,  from  shortly 
after  the  reign  of  Asoka  to  shortly  before  the  expulsion  of  the  faith 
from  India,  from  200  B.C.  to  600  a.d.  The  chief  interest  of  the  latest 
lies  in  the  nearness  with  which  Buddhism  had  approximated  to 
Brahmanism  before  the  convulsions  amid  which  it  disappeared  from 
India  altogether.  This,  however,  is  equally  manifest  at  EUora, 
where  the  transition  is  carried  forward  still  later  into  Jainism  and 
modem  Hinduism.  I  have  not  space  for  lengthy  descriptions  or 
illustrations  of  places  not  likely  to  be  visited  by  my  readers,  whom  I 
refer  to  the  pages  of  Fergusson's  "  History  of  Architecture,"  where  in 
the  chapters  on  Buddhist  architecture,  they  will  find  full  particulars 
of  this  marvellous  series  of  cave  temples* 


CHAPTER  XXVIII. 

NASIK.     


also  two  nice  bnDgalows  at  Nasik  iteelf- 
There  are  plenty  of  tongas  waiting  every  train.  The  popaliition,  in- 
clading  the  cantonment,  is  27,000.  The  greater  portion  of  the  popn- 
lation  is  Hindn,  and  there  are  1,800  families  of  Brahman  .prieats 
making  s  good  living  out  of  the  temples  and  pilgrims.  There  is  a  large 
manafoctore  of  idols,  chiefly  in  brasa,  ui  well  as  every  sort  of  brass 
and  copper  ware,  for  which  Na^  has  a  jast  repatatioD.  Very  pretty 
trinkets  may  be  bought  in  the  bazars ;  jewel  caskets,  inkstands, 
sweetmeat  and  spice  boxes,  rings,  chains,  lamps,  and  idols.  Fine 
silk  pieces,  with  borders  of  gold  and  silver,  are  woven  here. 

K  X  X 


v 


426  PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 

The  city  is  built  on  both  sides  of  the  river ;  it  is  eighty  yards 
broady  ronning  through  a  succession  of  shallow  masonry  basins,  with 
flights  of  stone  steps  for  the  use  of  bathers  and  pilgrims.  The  banks 
are  lined  with  temples,  shrines,  cupolas,  and  platforms,  and  many 
others  rise  in  the  middle  of  the  shallow  riyer.  The  principal  bazar 
is  held  on  the  north  bank,  and  early  in  the  morning  the  bazar, 
ghats,  temples,  and  river,  are  thronged  with  the  population  of  the 
city,  and  some  of  the  many  thousands  of  pilgrims  who  come  to 
Nasik  during  the  year.  At  the  Singhast  festival  some  800,000  pass 
through  in  the  course  of  two  or  three  weeks.  The  streets  of  the 
town  are  narrow  and  crooked,  but  many  of  the  houses  have  fine 
two-storied  frontages,  rich  in  well-carved  woodwork.  There  is  no 
wall  round  the  city,  but  the  main  streets  are  entered  by  handsome 
gateways. 

Nasik  is  the  scene  of  some  of  the  events  described  in  the  great 
Hindu  epic  poem,  the  Ramayana.  Bama  was  the  eldest  son  of 
Dacaratha,  King  of  Ajodhya,  and  was  a  hero,  a  victorious  warrior,  and 
a  slayer  of  monsters.  His  wife,  Sita,  was  born  from  a  furrow,  and  is 
the  goddess  of  tilling  and  seed-sowing.  His  temple  at  Nasik  is 
celebrated  throughout  all  Western  India.  It  is  called  Panchawati 
(the  five  banyans),  and  is  situated  on  the  eastern  bank  of  the  river, 
about  half  a  mile  outside  the  town.  It  stands  under  the  shade  of  five 
magnificent  banyan  trees,  and  none  but  Hindus  may  enter  it. 

The  Sundar  Naryan  temple  is  a  very  beautiftil  structure,  built  about 
A.D.  1710 — 20.  None  of  the  shrines  at  Nasik,  though  picturesquely 
grouped,  have  any  special  architectural  interest.  Most  of  them  are 
dedicated  to  Siva.  The  oldest  temple  in  the  town  is  that  dedicated 
to  Eapeleshwar,  the  Skull  god,  oiie  of  the  names  of  Siva.  It  is 
ascended  by  fifty  steps,  and  is  600  years  old.  It  is  much  frequented 
by  pilgrims.  The  handsomest  of  the  temples  is  that  dedicated  to 
Kala  Rama,  'standing  in  an  oblong  enclosure  with  96  arches,  260 
feet  long  and  120  broad.  The  shrine  in  the  centre  is  98  feet  by  65, 
and  60  feet  high.  It  is  about  100  years  old,  and  is  said  to  have  cost 
700,000  rupees. 

The  various  stone  basins  through  which  the  river  passes  are  called 
Kunda.  That  on  the  Panchawati  side  is  Rama's  Kund,  where  the 
god  was  wont  to  bathe.  The  ashes  of  the  dead  are  thrown  into  the 
river  from  its  steps. 

The  arched  buildinsrs.  roofed  over,  which  rise  from  the  bed  of  the 


river,  ate  DhanuealaSf  where  fiiktra  and  pilgrims  lodge.    Them  are  a 
great  number  of  these  scattered  aboat  on  the  banks. 


Half  A  mile  dovn  the  river,  and  aoross  the  ferry,  is  a  hill  abont  200 
feet  high,  called  Sonar  Ali,  from  which  a  most  interesting  view  t^tbe 
whole  city,  river,  and  temples  can  be  obtained.    The  hill  dose  by 


422  PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 


with  the  square  building  on  the  top  is  Junagarh,  or  the  Old  Fort, 
which  was  built  by  Aurangzeb. 

The  source  of  the  Godavari  Biver  is  on  the  side  of  a  mountain 
behind  the  village  of  Trimbak,  and  is  reached  by  a  jQight  of  some  700 
steps ;  the  prospect  is  superb.  Here  is  a  small  tank^  into  which  the 
holy  water  of  the  source  trickles  from  the  lips  of  a  grayen  image 
under  a  stone  canopy.  This  tiny  stream,  though  rising  within  fifty 
miles  of  the  Bombay  coast,  flows  900  miles  across  India,  and  falls 
into  the  Bay  of  Bengal. 

Trimbak  is  about  eighteen  miles  from  Nasik,  but  with  a  change  of 
horses  half  way  a  good  rider  can  go  there  and  back  in  the  day.  The 
scenery  is  very  beautiful,  especially  round  Trimbak,  where  the 
mountains  form  a  crescent  of  peaks  1,200  or  1,500  feet  above  the 
plain.  There  are  many  handsome  tanks  and  pagodas  by  the  road  side. 
The  temple  of  Trimbakeshwar  is  dedicated  to  Siva,  Trimbak  ("  the 
three-eyed  one ")  being  one  of  his  names.  It  is  a  large  building, 
similar  in  design  to  the  Sundar  Naryan  tempi*  at  Nasik,  and  was 
built  about  1730  a.d.  by  Baji  Bao  Peshwa,  at  a  cost'  of  nearly  a 
million  rupees.  Strangers  may  not  enter,  but  may  ascend  a  portico, 
which  gives  a  good  view  of  the  court  and  shrine.  Many  pretty 
temples  and  groves  surround  Trimbakeshwar. 

The  Lena  caves,  a  series  of  Buddhist  Chaityas  and  Viharas,  are  six 
miles  from  Nasik  on  the  Bombay  road.  Some  of  these  are  very 
remarkable,  and  date  as  far  back  as  50 — 150  a.d.  They  are  in  good 
preservation,  especially  the  figures  inside  the  caves.  The  largest  is  a 
fine  hall,  about  eighty  feet  by  sixty,  with  twenty-one  cells.  An 
illustration  and  description  of  the  principal  Chaitya  caves  will  be 
found  vdl  Fergusson's  ''  Indian  Architecture,"  p.  116. 

There  is  a  vigorous  mission  station  at  Nasik  under  the  care  of  the 
Church  Missionary  Society,  whose  agent,  Bev.  W.  A.  Boberts,  M.A., 
was  good  enough  to  give  me  some  particulars.  It  was  commenced  about 
fifty  years  ago.  In  the  earlier  days  of  the  mission  great  attention 
was  given  to  educational  work  in  the  town  itself,  nearly  all  the 
education  being  at  one  time  in  the  hands  of  the  Church  Missionary 
Society's  missionaries,  one  of  whom  was  the  father  of  Archdeacon 
Farrar,  lyho  was  born  at  Nasik.  In  the  year  1854  a  settlement  was 
planned  at  Sharanpur,  one  and  a  half  mile  to  the  west  of  Nasik, 
which  gradually  weakened  the  work  in  the  town  itself.  As  the 
necessity  which  then  existed  for  the  segregation  of  Christians  has 


NASIK.  433 

passed  by,  little  is  now  made  of  the  village  of  Sharanpur,  though  the 
mission  schools  and  other  premises  are  stationed  there,  and  it  is  the 
centre  of  evangelistio  and  educational  work  for  the  Nasik  district. 
Here  is  an  orphanage  and  boarding-school  containing  about  fifty 
children,  to  whom  an  elementary  educatibn  is  given,  and  who,  out 
of  school  hours,  make  themselves  useful  on  a  form  attached  to  the 
orphanage,  and  which  supplies  food  for  the  school.  There  is  also  a 
normal  class,  where  vernacular  teachers  are  trained  for  the  Church 
Missionary  Society's  schools  in  Western  India,  and  a  po6r  asylum 
entirely  supported  by  the  residents  pf  the  station.  Service  is  held  for 
the  Europeans  of  the  station,  to  whom  Mr.  Roberts  is  honorary 
chaplain,  in  an  excellent  school-room.  It  is,  however,  intended 
presently  to  build  a  church,  for  which  most  of  the  money  has  been 
subscribed.  The  present  staff  consists  of  Mr.  Roberts,  six  catechists 
and  scripture-readers,  and  thirteen  school-teachers.  This  staff  is 
responsible  both  for  the  work  at  Nasik  and  at  nine  out-stations,  where 
(here  are  schools.  There  are  altogether  about  800  Christians 
attached  to  the  mission. 

The  Indian  Female  Normal  School  is  the  only  other  society 
stationed  at  Nasik,  and  acts  in  sympathetic  co-operation  with  the 
Church  Missionary  Society.  The  staff  consists  of  two  European 
ladies,  two  Bible-women,  and  four  school-teachers^  who  work  in  three 
girls'  schools,  visit  houses  in  Nasik,  and  preach  to  women  in  the 
surrounding  villages. 

From  Nasik  to  Bombay  the  line  runs  through  extremely  beautiful 
scenery  down  the  Thai  Ohat,  the  distance  being  117  miles.  The 
descent  begins  at  Easara  Station,  1,912  feet  above  sea  level,  and 
seventy-five  miles  from  Bombay.  The  Thai  Ghat  Pass  has  two  lines 
of  communication  running  doL  it^the  old  maU  road  from  Bombay 
to  Agra,  and  the  Great  Indian  Peninsula  Railway.  This  latter 
descends  by  gradients  often  as  steep  as  one  in  thirty-seven,  by  sharp 
curves  as  extreme  as  seventeen  chains  radius,  and  by  frequent 
reversing  stations.  It  reaches  the  bottom  at  £alyan  Junction,  and 
from  there  to  Bombay  runs  through  a  flat  coast  country. 

MuMMAB  is  the  junction  for  the  Dhond  and  Munmar  State 
Railway.  There  is  an  excellent  waiting  and  refreshment  room  and 
a  good  Dak  bungalow  with  a  messman.  About  a  mile  distant  is  « 
remarkable  pyramidal  hill,  760  feet  high,  with  a  curious  natural 
obelisk   of  trap-rock  sixty  feet  high,  perched   on   the   top  of  it. 


4!4  PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 

Thirteen  milsB  to  the  nortli  is  the  grand  old  fortress  of  Gbandor, 
4,000  feet  high,  in  the  midst  of  a  fine  range  of  lofty  moantains. 
Thifl  fort  is  alnioBt  inaccesBible,  and  of  great  iiatural  strength.    Five 


WIKB-DEAWKB8,    TEOLA. 


miles  from  Maomar,  on  the  Dhond  line,  are  two  lofty  precipitoas  hills 
crowned  with  ancient  fortreBses,  1,000  feet  above  the  plain,  known  as 
Ankai  and  Tankai.  The  village  of  Ankai  is  deserted,  its  inhabitants 
having  depended  on  the  fort  alone  for  a  livehhood.  In  the  sides  of 
the  bill,  above  the  village,  are  a  small  series  of  seven  or  eight  Baddhist 


NASIK.  425 

cave  temples,  elaborately  sculptured.  Tankai,  the  hill  to  the  eastward, 
is  the  best  ascent,  the  greater  part  of  it  being  steps  cut  in  the 
rock.  A  magnificent  yiew  is  obtained  of  very  fine  scenery.  Between 
Yeola  and  Puntamba  stations,  numerous  antelopes  and  buck  may  be 
seen  firom  the  train>  as  well  as  a  great  variety  of  bird  life.  Teola  is  a 
town  of  some  importance,  well  worth  visiting,  with  a  large  silk- weaving 
and  gold  twist  industry,  employing  7,000  persons  of  both  sexes.  A 
very  superior  yellow  silk  cloth,  called  pitambar,  and  fine  silk  pieces 
with  borders  of  silver  or  gold  are  made  at  Teola. 

Ahhadkaoab  is  a  large  military  and  civil  station.  It  has  a  population 
of  about  40,000.  It  was  founded  by  Ahmad  Nizam  Shah,  a.d.  1494,  and 
has  played  a  leading  part  in  Deccan  history  for  the  last  400  years.  It  is 
surrounded  by  a  clay  wall  about  twelve  feet  high,  with  ruined  gates 
and  bastions,  built  a.d.  1562.  The  town  is  dull  but  prosperous,  with 
good  bazars.  The  chief  industries  of  the  place  are  the  weaving  of  cotton 
saris,  a  trade  which  has  a  special  bazar,  the  manufacture  of  carpets, 
which  have  a  great  reputation  for  durability,  and  copper  and  brass  ware. 
Half  a  mile  east  of  the  city  is  the  old  fort,  built  of  stone,  circular  in 
shape,  half  a  mile  in  diameter,  and  surrounded  by  a  wide,  deep  moat. 
It  was  built  in  1599.  In  1808  the  fort  was  taken  by  the  British ;  the 
breach  is  still  visible,  and  a  tree  planted  by  Lord  Wellesley,  who  com- 
manded, still  flourishes.  British  vandalism  has  not  left  much  of  the 
old  Musalman  architecture.  A  16th  centuiy  mosque  has  been  con- 
verted into  the  collector's  office ;  the  judge's  court  was  originally 
the  handsome  palace  of  a  Musalman  noble,  built  in  the  year  1600 ; 
the  jail  and  civil  hospital  have  been  converted  from  other  old  buildings. 
There  are  stiU  some  old  Musalman  aqueducts  to  be  seen  outside  the 
city. 

There  is  a  flourishing  mission  here  in  the  hands  of  American 
Methodists,  well  deserving  of  a  visit,  and  a  most  interesting  college 
for  the  training  of  Christian  schoolmasters,  under  the  pxincipalship  of 
Mr.  J.  S.  Haig,  of  the  Christian  Vernacular  Society. 

From  Ahmednagar  to  Dhond  there  is  nothing  worthy  of  notice. 


CHAPTER   XXIX.       /^  , 

BOMBAY  TO  PUNA,    -f-   \>;^.  c,^. 


light.  It  will  be  well  to  leave  Bombay  by 
the  7.80  A.M.  train,  stopping  for  a  few  houra  at  ^^an  jonction  to 
see  the  cnrions  old  temple  of  Amsrnath  about  foar  miles  from  the 
station.  There  is  a  smAll  statioD  at  Amarnath  itself,  but  it  is  better 
to  drive  from  Ealyan.  This  temple  is  an  nnspoilt  specimen  of 
genuine  Hinda  arcfaitectare.  An  inscription  on  its  &ce  is  dated  a.d. 
1060,  and  portions  of  it  are  200  years  older.  The  temple  Caces  west, 
but  the  entrance  hall  has  doors  facing  north  and  soath  also.  Each  of 
the  three  doors  has  a  porch,  approached  by  five  or  six  steps,  and 
supported    by    four    square    pillars.     The    entrance    hall    is    22'9 


BOMBAY   TO   PUNA.  A^7 


square,  its  roof  supported  by  four  very  elaborately  carved  colnmns. 
In  their  details,  no  two  are  exactly  alike;  they  are  square  at  the 
base,  becoming  octagon  about  one-third  of  their  height.  The 
earring  of  these  pillars  is  extremely  beautiful  and  yaried.  The  whole 
of  the  building  (which  is  dedicated  to  Siva),  outside  and  in,  is  finely 
sculptured  with  figures  of  Mahadeva,  Parvati,  Kali  and  Siva,  with 
ascetics,  monsters,  and  innumerable  human  figures  and  animals, 
carved  with  a  skill  not  surpassed  by  any  Hindu  temple  in  India. 
Travellers  visiting  this  temple  should  go  the  day  before  to  one  of  the 
Bombay  libraries,  and  read  the  interesting  account  given  in  Vol.  HL, 
p.  816,  of  the  "Indian  Antiquary,"  and  Vol.  XIV.  of  the  "Bombay 
Gazetteer,'  pp.  2 — 8. 
"Kalyan  is  an  ancient  town,  but  with  no  antiquities  left  worth  notice. 
It  is  now  a  thriving  place,  an  important  railway  junction,  with  a 
population  of  14,000,  most  of  whom  get  their  living  by  husking  rice, 
the  staple  industry  of  the  district. 

Neral  is  the  station  for  Matheran,  a  beautiful  hill  sanitarium,  2,460 
feet  above  the  sea,  a  favourite  resort  of  Bombay  Europeans.  It  is  an 
eight  mile  climb  to  Matheran,  but  by  writing  the  day  before  to  an 
official  Jknown  as  "  the  Superintendent "  at  Matheran,  ponies  or 
palkis  with  coolies,  will  be  provided  to  meet  the  train.  The  charge 
for  ponies  is  two  rupees  each,  and  for  palkis  with  twelve  coolies,  eight 
rupees.  The  path  climbs  up  the  face  of  the  Ghat,  skirting  precipices, 
winding  in  and  out  among  broken  cliffs  and  leafy  groves,  with  charm- 
ing views  at  every  turn.  There  are  a  great  number  of  excellent  hotels, 
the  "  Bugby  "  being  on  the  highest  ground,  and  the  "  Granville  "  the 
newest,  with  its  windows  open  to  the  refreshing  sea  breeze  that  blows 
over  Matheran.  There  are  all  the  accessories  of  a  well-established 
hill  station :  church,  library,  newsroom,  lawn  tennis,  and  gymkhana. 
All  these  nestle  amid  woods  on  a  shallow  tableland  of  about  eight 
square  miles,  surrounded  by  a  series  of  rocky  promontories,  which 
jut  out  into  mid  air,  their  precipices  falling  2,000  feet  sheer  into  the 
valleys  below.  These  promontories  are  called  "  points  " — ^there  are 
about  sixteen  of  them,  the  most  popular  being  known  as  Panorama, 
Louisa,  Porcupine,  Hart,  Ghauk,  and  Garbat  points.  The  evening 
view  from  Panorama  Point  is  exceedingly  beautifdl.  It  hangs  over  the 
level  plain  which  stretches  away  to  Bombay,  forty  miles  off,  whose 
towers  and  shipping,  with  the  ocean  beyond,  are  all  golden  in  the 
setting  sun. 


4Z8  PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 

The  faTonrite  exenrBion  is  to  Frabal  Point,  where  there  ie  an  ancient 
fort,  thirteen  miles  ol!',  perched  on  a  rocky  spnr  of  a  mooutain,  4,000 
feet  bi^h,  in  the  midst  of  precipitooe  rocks  of  fantastic  shapes. 
The  path  crosses  a  deep  intervening  Tsllej,  and  affords  an  infinite 
variety  of  Bceneiy. 

From  Lonisa  Point,  in  the  runy  season,  a  splendid  cataract,  100  feet 


wide,  falls  into  the  valley  in  a  single  leap  of  1,000  feet.  All  aronod 
Matheran  Hill,  SOO  or  400  feet  below  the  edge  of  the  tableland,  runs 
a  platean  or  terrace,  clothed  with  richest  verdare,  with  a  ride  ronning 
throngh  the  trees. 

Matheran  is  a  delightfiil  place  for  the  traveller  who  arrives  at 
Bombay  in  October,  after  a  fortnight's  grilling  in  the  Bed  Sea  and  Uie 
Indian  Ocean. 

Scattered  aboQt  among  the  snrroandiog  hills  are  litUe  commoni- 
ties  of  Aborigines,  Dbangars,  Thakors,  Kathkaria,  and  other  wild 
forest  races. 

At  Kaijat,  sixty-two  miles  from  Bombay,  the  ascent  of  the  Bhor 
O-hat  commences.  The  line  rises  1,831  feet  in  fifteen  miles;  the 
average  gradient  being  one  in  forty-eight  The  total  length  of 
tunnelling  is  2,635  yards.     There  are  eight  viaducts,  varying  inaa 


BOMBAY   TO   PUNA,  429 


62  to  168  yards  in  length,  the  highest  of  which  is  189  feet.  Some 
of  the  embankments  are  stupendous  stmctnres,  one  of  which  is 
seyenty-fonr  feet  high.  The  cost  of  the  incline  was  £41,188  per 
mile ;  a  total  of  half  a  million  sterling. 

At  1,860  feet  above  the  sea,  the  train  stops  ten  minutes  at  the 
remarkable  reyersing  station,  to  enable  the  powerful  engines  to 
pass  to  the  other  end.  The  view  from  this  station,  in  the  very 
heart  of  the  Ghat,  is  superb.  This  maryellous  engineering  achieve- 
ment is  full  of  interest  eveiy  yard  of  the  journey ;  the  time  taken  by 
the  mail  trains  in  climbing  this  railway  ladder  is  an  hour  and  twenty 
minutes. 

Khandala,  at  the  top  of  the  Bhor  Ghat,  is  a  pretty  summer  retreat 
for  the  inhabitants  of  Bombay.  There  is  a  beautiftd  waterfall  here, 
the  upper  cataract  of  which  has  a  sheer  drop  of  800  feet.  It  is  only 
worth  visiting  in  the  rainy  season.  The  next  station  is  Lonauli, 
where  there  are  good  waiting  and  refreshment-rooms,  and  a  fair  hotel. 
This  is  the  best  stopping-place  to  visit  E&rli  Caves,  and  good  tongas 
with  two  ponies  may  be  had  by  ordering  beforehand  from  the  station- 
master,  or  hotel-keeper,  which  will  drite  along  the  Puna  road  for  four 
miles,  and  thence  by  a  rough  country  track  for  about  two  miles  more, 
to  the  foot  of  the  mountains  in  which  the  cave  is  situated.  An  easy 
footpath,  ascending  about  600  feet,  leads  to  the  entrance.  It  is 
rather  a  tiring  journey  if  taken  in  the  heat  of  the  day,  but  if  the 
traveller  sleeps  at  Lonauli,  and  makes  an  early  morning  start,  so  as 
to  get  the  climb  over  before  nine,  there  is  nothing  beyond  the  powers 
of  an  elderly  lady  in  good  health.  I  have  left  Lonauli  at  7  a.m., 
spent  two  hours  at  the  cave,  and  returned  by  noon. 

The  cave  at  Kfirli^is  undoubtedly  the  largest  and  most  complete 
Buddhist  chaitya  in  India,  and  is  so  easy  of  access  that  it  ought  on 
no  account  to  be  omitted  from  the  programme  of  an  Indian  tourist. 
A  full  description,  with  plans,  sections,  and  views  of  the  exterior  and 
interior,  will  be  found  in  Fergusson's  '^  Indian  Architecture,**  p.  116. 
For  the  benefit  of  those  of  my  readers  who  have  not  been  wise  enough 
to  provide  themselves  with  a  copy  of  this  invaluable  book,  I  append 
the  following  extract : — 

''It  is  certainly  the  largest  as  well  as  the  most  complete  chaitya 
cave  hitherto  discovered  in  India,  and  was  excavated  at  a  time  when 
the  style  was  in  its  greatest  purity.  In  it  all  the  architectural  defects 
of  the  previous  examples  are  removed;  the  pillars  of  the  nave  are 


I 


\ 


430  PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 

quite  perpendicular.  The  screen  is  ornamented  with  scnlptore — ^its 
first  appearance  apparently  in  such  a  position — and  the  style  had 
reached  a  perfection  never  afterwards  surpassed. 

"  In  the  cave  there  is  an  inscription  on  the  side  of  the  porch,  and 
another  on  the  lion-pillar  in  front,  which  are  certainly  integral,  and 
ascribe  its  excavation  to  the  Mah&raj&  Bhuti  or  Deva  Bhati,  who, 
according  to  the  Purdtuis,  reigned  b.c.  78 ;  and  if  this  is  so,  they  fix 
the  age  of  this  typical  example  beyond  all  cavil. 

**  The  building  resembles,  to  a  very  great  extent,  an  early  Christian 
church  in  its  arrangeQients,  consisting  of  a  nave  and  side-aisles, 
terminating  in  an  apse  or  semi-dome,  roimd  which  the  aisle  is  carried. 
The  general  dimensions  of  the  interior,  are  126  feet  from  the  entrance 
to  the  back  wall,  by  45  feet  7  inches  in  width.  The  side-aisles, 
however,  are  very  much  narrower  than  in  Christian  churches,  the 
central  one  being  25  feet  7  inches,  so  that  the  others  are  only  ten  feet 
wide,  including  the  thickness  of  the  pillars.  As  a  scale  for  com- 
parison, it  may  be  mentioned  that  its  arrangement  and  dimensions 
are  very  similar  to  those  of  the  choir  of  Norwich  Cathedral,  or 
of  the  Abbaye  aux  Hommes  at  Caen,  omitting  the  outer  aisles  in 
the  latter  buildings.  The  thickness  of  the  piers  at  Norwich  and 
Caen  nearly  corresponds  to  the  breadth  of  the  aisles  in  the  Indian 
temple.  In  height,  however,  E&rli  is  very  inferior,  being  only  forty* 
two  feet,  or  perhaps  forty-five  feet  firom  the  floor  to  the  apex,  as  nearly 
as  can  be  ascertained. 

''Fifteen  pillars  on  each  side  separate  the  nave  from  the  aisles; 
each  pillar  has  a  tall  base,  an  octagonal  shaft,  and  a  richly  oma- 
mented  capital,  on  which  kneel  two  elephants,  each  bearing  two 
figures,  generally  a  man  and  a  woman,  but  sometimes  two  females,  all 
very  much  better  executed  than  such  ornaments  usually  are.  The 
seven  pillars  behind  the  altar  are  plain  octagonal  piers,  without  either 
base  or  capital,  and  the  four  under  the  entrance  gallery  differ  con- 
siderably from  those  at  the  sides.  The  sculptures  on  the  capital 
supply  the  place  usually  occupied  by  frieze  and  cornice  in  Grecian 
architecture ;  and  ii^  other  examples,  plain  painted  surfaces  occupy 
the  same  space.  Above  this  springs  the  roof,  semicircular  in  general 
section,  but  somewhat  stilted  at  the  sides,  so  as  to  make  its  height 
greater  than  the  semi-diameter.  It  is  ornamented  even  at  this  day  bj 
a  series  of  wooden  ribs,  probably  coeval  with  the  excavation,  which 
prove  beyond  the  shadow  of  a  doubt  that  the  roof  is  not  a  copy  of  a 


XKTKIKOK  TO  KAUJ  GAVK. 


432  PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 


masonry  arch,  but  of  some  sort  of  timber  constructioii  whiob  we 
oamiot  now  very  well  understand. 

"  Immediately  nnder  the  semi-dome  of  the  apse,  and  nearly  where 
the  altar  stands  in  Christian  churches,  is  placed  the  daghoba,  in  this 
instance  a  plain  dome  slightly  stilted  on  a  circular  drum.  As  there 
are  no  ornaments  on  it  now,  and  no  mortices  for  woodwork,  it 
probably  was  originally  plastered  and  painted,  or  may  have  been 
adorned  with  hangings,  which  some  of  the  sculptured  representations 
would  lead  us  to  suppose  was  the  usual  mode  of  ornamenting  these 
altars.  It  is  surmounted  by  a  Tee,  and  on  this  still  stand  the 
remains  of  an  umbrella  in  wood,  very  much  decayed  and  distorted 
by  age. 

''  Opposite  this  is  the  entrance,  consisting  of  three  doorways,  under 
a  gallery  exactly  corresponding  with  our  rood-loft,  one  leading  to  the 
centre,  and  one  to  each  of  the  side-aisles ;  and  over  the  gallery  the 
whole  end  of  the  hall  is  open,  as  in  all  these  chaitya  halls,  forming 
one  great  window,  through  which  all  the  light  is  admitted.  This 
great  window  is  formed  in  the  shape  of  a  horse-shoe,  and  exactly 
resembles  those  used  as  ornaments  on  the  facade  of  this  caye,  as  well 
as  on  those  of  Bhaja,  Bedsa,  and  at  Nfisik.  Within  the  arch  is  a 
framework  or  centering  of  work  standing  free.  This,  so  far  as  we  can 
judge,  is,  like  the  ribs  of  the  interior,  coeval  with  the  building ;  at  all 
events,  if  it  has  been  renewed,  it  is  an  exact  copy  of  the  original  form, 
for  it  is  found  repeated  in  stone  in  all  the  niches  of  the  fitfade,  over 
the  doorways,  and  generally  as  an  ornament  everywhere,  and  with  the 
Buddhist ''  rail "  copied  from  S&nchi  forms  the  most  usual  ornament 
\)f  the  style. 

**  The  presence  of  the  woodwork  is  an  additional  proof,  if  any  were 
wanted,  that  there  were  no  arches  of  construction  in  any  of  these 
Buddhist  buildings.  There  neither  were  nor  are  any  in  any  Indian 
building  anterior  to  the  Muhammadan  Conquest,  and  very  few,  indeed, 
in  any  Hindu  building  afterwards. 

"To  return,  however,  to  Karli,  the  outer  porch  is  considerably 
wider  than  the  body  of  the  building,  being  fifty-two  feet  wide,  and  is 
closed  in  front  by  a  screen  composed  of  two  stout  octagonal  pillars, 
without  either  base  or  capital,  supporting  what  is  now  a  plain  mass  of 
rock,  but  once  ornamented  by  a  wooden  gallery,  forming  the  principal 
ornament  of  the  fafade.  Above  this,  a  dwarf  colonnade  or  attic  of 
four  columns  between  pilasters  admitted  light  to  the  great  window ; 


BOMBAY    TO  PUNA.  433 

and  this  again  was  surmounted  by  a  wooden  cornice  or  ornament  of 
some  sort,  though  we  cannot  now  restore  it,  since  only  the  mortices 
remain  that  attached  it  to  the  rock. 

'^  In  advance  of  this  screen  stands  the  lion-pillar,  in  this  instance  a 
plain  shaft  with  thirty-two  flutes,  or  rather  faces,  surmounted  by  a 
capital  not  unlike  that  at  Kesarid,  but  at  K&rli  supporting  four  lions 
instead  of  one;  they  seem  almost  certainly  to  have  supported  a 
chakrOf  or  Buddhist  wheel.  A  similar  pillar  probably  stood  on  the 
opposite  side,  but  it  has  either  fallen  or  been  taken  down  to  make  way 
for  the  little  temple  that  now  occupies  its  place. 

"  The  absence  of  the  wooden  ornaments  of  the  external  porch,  as 
well  as  our  ignorance  of  the  mode  in  which  this  temple  was  finished 
laterally,  and  the  porch  joined  to  the  main  temple,  prevent  us  from 
judging  what  the  effect  of  the  front  would  have  been  if  belonging  to  a 
free  standing  building.  But  the  proportions  of  such  parts  as  remain 
are  so  good,  and  the  effect  of  the  whole  so  pleasing,  that  there  can  be 
little  hesitation  in  ascribing  to  such  a  design  a  tolerably  high  rank 
among  architectural  compositions.    * 

"Of  the  interior  we  can  judge  perfectly,  and  it  certainly  is  as 
solemn  and  grand  as  any  interior  can  well  be,  and  the  mode  of  lighting 
the  most  perfect — one  undivided  volume  of  light  coming  through  a 
single  opening  overhead  at  a  very  favourable  angle,  and  falling  directly 
on  the  altar  or  principal  object  in  the  building,  leaving  the  rest  in 
comparative  obscurity.  The  effect  is  considerably  heightened  by  the 
closely-set  thick  columns  that  divide  the  three  aisles  from  one  another, 
as  they  suffice  to  prevent  the  boundary  waUs  from  ever  being  seen ; 
and,  as  there  are  no  openings  in  the  walls,  the  view  between  the 
pillars  is  practically  unlimited. 

"  These  peculiarities  are  found  more  or  less  developed  in  all  the 
other  oaves  of  the  same  class  in  India,  varying  only  with  the  age  and 
the  gradual  change  that  took  place  from  the  more  purely  wooden 
forms  of  these  caves  to  the  lithic  or  stone  architecture  of  the  more 
modern  ones.  This  is  the  principal  test  by  which  their  relative  ages 
can  be  determined,  and  it  proves  incontestably  that  the  E&rli  cave  was 
excavated  not  very  long  after  stone  came  to  be  used  as  a  building 
material  in  India." 

There  are  other  minor  caves  of  the  same  character  at  Bhaja  and 
Bedsa,  both  of  which  places  are  within  easy  riding  distance  of  Lonauli, 
of  which  full  particulars  are  given   by  FerguscMMii  pp.  110-116. 

Y  F 


434  PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 

There  is  a  Dak  bungalow  at  K&rli  Station,  two  miles  &om  E^li  cave, 
five  from  Bbaja,  and  nine  from  Bedsa ;  but  as  no  ponies  or  tongas  can 
bs  obtained  there,  they  must  be  ordered  from  Lonauli. 

From  Lonaali  to  Pnna,  a  distance  of  forty  miles,  the  line  runs 
through  ft  roagh  coantry,  most  of  which  is  under  spade  tillage. 
Many  of  the  battles  of  the  Maratha  wars  were  fought  on  this  groond. 


•,AV  CODHTBVMAK. 


CHAPTER    XXX 

PUNA,  -f-  t-J  O^Cly  + 


/',  ■      ' 


parativelj  modern,  being  known  in 
Indian  history  as  the  capital  of  tlie  Maratha  Peabwas,  the  dynasty 
which  ruled  the  Beccan  from  1715  A.t>.  until  1618,  when  the  seventh 
and  last  Peshwa,  Baji  Rao,  watched  from  the  horseshoe  window  of 
the  temple  of  Par?ati  the  Bnal  ront  of  his  forces  by  the  British  on 
the  Field  of  Eirki.  Hie  adopted  son.  Nana  Sahib,  'wreaked  a  fearfnl 
TODgeance  on  the  British  fort;  years  afterwards.  Sindbia,  Holkar, 
and  the  Gaekwar  of  Baroda,  are  all  offshoots  of  this  great  Hindu 
kingdom  of  the  Marathas.  The  Peshwas  were  a  dynasty  of  raiders 
and  fighters  rather  than  boilders,  and  Maratha  monnments  are 
mostly  impregnable  fortresses  and  inaccessible  castles,  perched  on  the 
hills  of  the  Beccan,  rather  than  palaces  or  temples. 

The  Eoropean  side  of  Pana  is  laid  oat  in  fine  rectangular  roads, 
wide  and  well  made,  shaded  by  avennes  of  trees.     The  bungalows  of 

F  F  2 


436  PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 

the  residents  are  pretty  and  picturesque,  with  bright  gardens  and 
compounds.  There  are  all  the  usual  features  of  a  first-class  European 
station — clubs,  libraries,  gymkhanas,  excellent  hotels,  of  which  the 
*' IJftpier  "  is  the  principal,  churches,  livery  stables,  and  shops.  The 
Victoria  Gardens  are  on  a  terrace,  overlooking  the  Mula  River,  across 
which  a  weir  has  been  thrown,  keeping  the  water  always  at  the  same 
level  throughout  the  dry  season.  The  view  up  the  river  is  picturesque 
in  the  extreme,  being  closed  in  by  the  beautiAil  hill  of  ParvatL  Here 
a  band  plays  in  the  evening  three  times  a  week,  and  hither  resort  the 
"  beauty  and  fashion  "  of  Puna. 

The  native  city  has  all  the  characteristics  of  a  prosperous  Hindu 
community.  It  extends  along  the  bank  of  the  small  river  Muta,  on 
high  groimd,  for  about  a  mile  and  a  half.  The  only  noteworthy 
buildings  are  the  old  palace  of  the  Peshwas,  which  was  burnt  down  in 
1827,  and  is  only  a  mound  of  ruins  within  the  still  standing  fortified 
wall,  and  some  fine  mansions  of  Maratha  nobles,  one  of  which,  the 
old  Deccan  college,  with  its  double  courtyards  surrounded  by  carved 
teak  galleries  and  pillars,  is  open  to  public  inspection.  The  classes 
have  been  removed  to  a  handsome  modem  building  in  the  suburbs. 
The  bazars  are  handsome  and  well  stocked  with  shops;  pretty  little 
squares,  nicely  planted,  occurring  at  frequent  intervals.  Puna,  like 
Nasik  and  Ahmadabad,  is  famous  all  over  India  for  beautiful  brass- 
work  of  all  sorts,  especially  idols.  Here  and  there  in  the  bazar  may 
be  picked  up  old  swords,  and  other  weapons  of  the  fierce  Maratha 
times. 

In  the  jewellers'  shops  may  be  purchased  the  graceful  head 
ornaments,  in  gold,  silver,  or  lac,  of  which  the  Maratha  women  are  so 
fond;  armlets  i^hich,  by  a  peculiar  double  bend,  grasp  the  arm 
firmly;  chain-like  anklets,  lighter  and  more  refined  than  those  of 
Gujarat.  Figures  in  plastic  clay,  painted,  and  dressed  up  in  muslin 
and  silk,  illustrating  all  the  types  and  castes  of  the  Deccan,  can  be 
obtained  for  a  few  annas,  and  are  really  beautiful  works  of  art,  if  made 
by  one  of  the  better  craftsmen.  Throughout  the  leading  bazars  are 
shops  whose  occupants  are  engaged  in  making  lovely  sham  jewellery  of 
some  sort  of  perfumed  composition ;  bracelets,  necklaces,  chains,  and 
anklets  of  various  seeds,  such  as  the  scarlet  and  black  seeds  of  ganja, 
the  flat  black  seeds  of  the  turwar,  red  seeds  of  the  rukta  chandan,  the 
mottled  seed  of  the  betel  nut,  and  the  deeply  furrowed  seeds  of  the 
i-vdraksh,  which  latter  are  worn  by  Musalman  fakirs.    These  pretty 


PUNA.  437 

trinkets  are  ridicoloasly  eheap.  Peaoocks'  feathers  are  made  ap  wHfa 
cusctts  grass,  green  beetles'  wings  and  spangles,  into  fragrant,  showy 
bns  and  mats ;  charming  embroidered  slippers  may  be  pnrchaBed  at 
the  shoemakers'  shops ;  weavers  are  at  work  on  beantifol  yellow  silk 


^amhart,  worn  by  both  sexes  on  sacred  feast  days ;   tarban  folders 
flit  gravely  among  their  wooden  dammies. 

A  flourishing  trade  is  carried  on  in  gold  and  silver  wire  and  thread, 
lace,  and  foil,  and  all  manner  of  tinsel  ornaments.  It  is  in  Pnna  that 
the  richest  and  costliest  border  for  tana  is  made,  the  famous  ahikar. 


«8  PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 

or  hunting  pattern,  woren  in  gold  and  silver  threads  into  a  woof  of  fine 
Bilk :  all  these,  with  the  thousand  and  one  other  native  handicrafts  of 
a  large  Hindu  citj,  render  the  Pnna  bazars  specially  attractive  to 
eTeryone  interested  in  Indian  art  and  mannfactnre. 

The  most  attractive  suborb  of  Puna  is  that  on  the  south  side  of  the 
city,  where  Ues  the  Hira  Bagh,  or  Diamond  Garden,  and  beyond  it  the 


THE  BlU.  OP  PABVATt,  PBOH  THB  LAKE. 


famous  hill  of  Parvati.  The  garden  is  beautifully  laid  out  with  a  lake 
and  island,  a  villa  built  by  one  of  the  later  Feshwas,  a  little  mosque, 
and  some  pretty  temples  and  snmmer-houses.  The  vegetation  of  the 
Deccan  is  seen  to  good  effect  in  the  Diamond  Garden,  which  has  been 
carefully  planted  with  every  variety  of  tree  and  shrub  indigenous  to  the 
district.  The  borders  of  the  lake  are  thick  with  grasses,  rushes,  and 
water  plants  of  all  sorts.  The  temple- crowned  hill  of  Parvati  rises 
almost  from  the  edge  of  the  lake.  A  long  winding  flight  of  wide 
steps  leads  to  the  summit  in  a  gradual  ascent,  so  scaled  that  elephants 
can  travel  by  it.  On  the  level  summit  is  the  fine  temple  to  Parvati, 
built  by  the  Peshwa  Balaji  Baji  Bao  in  1749,  at  a  cost  of  a  million 
rupees,  within  which  is  a  silver  image  of  Siva,  with  a  golden  Parvati 
and  Oanesh  on  his  knees.  At  each  comer  of  the  temple  court  are 
small   shrines  to  Snrya,  the  Sun  god,  Yishnu,  Eartikaya,  the  War 


god,  and  Darga.  Parvati  is  tbe  wife  of  Siva,  bat  at  Puna  she  is 
worshipped  for  the  more  gracious  side  of  her  character,  as  anna  puma, 
the  food-giter,  uma,  the  light,  or  gauri,  the  brilliant.  Those  who 
faToar  her  terrible  side,  may  worship  at  the  lesser  Bhrine  of  Durga  iu 
the  comer  of  the  courtyard.  The  Srahmans  who  hang  about  the 
steps  to  act  as  guides  can  generally  speak  English  enoQgh  for  their 


TUIIIAN    FITTERB,    PUKA. 

business.  On  the  west  side  of  the  hill  is  a  ruined  p&Uce  of  the 
Peshwas,  injured  by  lightning  sixty  years  ago. 

The  view  from  the  hill  embraces  Puna,  and  all  the  country  round, 
closed  in  by  the  Uue  Qhats  in  the  dim  distance. 

Some  pretty  river  scenery  is  to  be  found  at  the  Sangam,  where  the 
Mnta  and  the  Mula  rivers  meet.  Here  are  several  well-built  temples, 
sacred  to  Mahadeo,  surrounded  by  well-planted  gardens,  affording  a 
pleasant  morning  or  evening  stroll.  The  beaatifol  house  and  gardens 
of  Sir  Albert  Sassoon,  known  as  Garden  Beach,  are  near  the  Bangua, 


440  PICTURESQUE    WDIA. 

wad  ar«  worth  viaiting  if  pennisBion  can  be  obtained.  The  honse  is 
somptooasly  decorated  and  famished,  and  the  galena  remarkably 
well  kept  np. 

The  Government  hoaae  is  reached  by  an  easy  drive  of  three  miles, 
and  IB  called  Ganesh  Kind.  It  is  a  handsome  mansion,  devoid  of 
interest. 


Fourteen  miles  &om  Pons  is  one  of  the  finest  of  the  many  old 
Maratha  fortresses  scattered  throngbont  the  Deccan. 

Sivkgarh  (the  lion's  fort)  is  situated  on  a  ragged  and  isolated 
mountain,  4,162  feet  above  the  aea.  From  the  slopes  of  the  monntain 
rises  a  great  black  wall  of  rock,  forty  feet  high,  on  the  top  of  whieh  is 
placed  ^0  fort  on  a  triangular  piece  of  tableland,  nearly  two  miles 
round.  This  plateau  is  surrounded  by  a  strong  wall  flanked  with 
towers.  There  are  two  gateways,  the  Puna,  and  the  Kalyan.  With- 
in the  walls  are  several  bungalows  to  which  the  European  inhabitants 
of  Puna  resort  during  the  hot  weather  in  April  and  May.  This  is  a 
very  ancient  fortress.  It  was  blockaded  by  the  Delhi  Emperor 
Tnghlak  in  1840,  was  captured  by  Abmad  Shah  in  1466,  was  won  by 
a  bribe  by  Sivaji  in  1647,  who  gave  it  its  present  name,  and  made  it 


n 


PUNA.  441 

a  yery  strong  place.  In  1566  Sivaji  was  blockaded  out  of  it  by  a 
Mnghal  force,  and  in  1670  it  was  retaken  by  Tanaja  Malrasa,  its 
capture  forming  one  of  the  most  daring  exploits  in  Maratha  history. 

In  1702  it  resisted  a  siege  by  Aorangzeb  for  nearly  four  months, 
when  it  was  betrayed  by  the  commandant,  to  be  retaken  by  the 
Maratha  forces  in  1706.  It  remained  in  their  undistorbed  possession 
till  1818,  when  it  was  stormed  by  British  troops,  and  finally 
dismantled. 

The  journey  is  an  easy  one,  as  a  good  driving  road  goes  from  Puna 
to  the  foot  of  the  mountain,  where  the  carriage  must  be  exchanged  for 
a  chair  on  poles,  carried  by  coolies  up  the  two  and  a  half  miles  of 
winding  pathway  which  leads  to  the  summit.  It  is  well  to  start 
before  daybreak,  that  the  ascent  may  be  made  in  the  Cool  of  the 
morning.  Ten  miles  from  Puna,  Lake  Fife  is  passed,  a  fine  reservoir 
that  irrigates  the  country  between  its  outlet  and  Puna,  and  also  forms 
the  principal  water  supply  of  the  city. 

The  view  from  the  fort  is  magnificent,  stretching  over  the  vast  and 
fertile  plain  of  Puna  on  the  one  hand,  and  commanding  a  fine 
panorama  of  the  Ghats  and  their  outlying  spurs  on  the  other.  On 
one  of  these  spurs,  a  few  miles  to  the  southward,  may  be  descried 
another  fortress  called  Purandar,  which  has  also  borne  its  part  in 
Maratha  warfare. 

Jijuri,  about  seventeen  miles  from  Puna,  is  famous  for  its  great 
temple,  picturesquely  built  on  the  top  of  an  isolated  hill,  250  feet 
high,  dedicated  to  Khanderao,  an  incarnation  of  Siva.  This  temple 
was  built  200  years  ago  by  one  of  the  Holkars.  The  road  which 
winds  up  the  hill  is  studded  with  pillars,  gateways,  carved  images  and 
other  votive  ofierings.  There  is  an  enormous  drum  in  the  temple, 
which  is  heard  for  miles  round  when  struck 

There  are  several  educational  institutions  at  Puna  of  some  import- 
ance, the  most  notable  of  which  are  the  Engineering  CJoUege,  the 
Deccan  College,  the  first  grade  High  School,  the  female  Normal 
School  and  a  training  school  for  Anglo-Vernacular  teachers. 

Puna  is  a  great  centre  of  Brahmanic  influence,  and  there  are  no 
less  than  50,000  Brahmans  in  the  Puna  district. 

The  Free  Church  of  Scotland  has  a  flourishing  mission  in  Puna, 
with  140  communicants  and  seven  schools,  vrith  nearly  1,000 
scholars;  the  Hev.  John  Small  is  the  superintendent,  who  also 
conducts  much  religious  work  among  the  British  troops  in  the  canton- 


442  PICTURESQUE    INDIA. 

ment.     The  Rev.  E.  A.  Squires  represents  the  Chnrcb  Missionary 
Society,  which  has  100  communicants  and  two  small  schools. 

Mahableshwar. — The  beautiful  hill  station  of  Mabableshwar  is 
within  an  easy  day's  journey  froni  Pnna.  A  train  leaves  Puna  by  the 
Soatbem  Matatha  line  at  about  7.80  a.m.,  which  arrives  at  Wathar 


abont  1.80.  Here  there  is  an  excellent  refreshment-room,  where  a 
good  tiffin  may  be  bad  by  writing  the  day  before.  Two-horse 
earriages  may  be  arranged  for  through  Mr.  Ardasir  Framji,  mail 
eontractor,  Mabableshwar,  who  has  an  office  in  the  Civil  lines  at  Pona. 
The  drive  &om  Wathar  station  to  Mabableshwar  is  through  a  ray 
pleasant  undulating  country,  with  the  mountains  in  the  distance. 
The  road  being  hot  and  dusty,  Bome  travellers  prefer  to  leave  Pona  by 
the  afternoon  train,  spend  the  night  st  the  Wathar  bungalow,  and  go 
on  in  the  cool  morning  air,  which  blows  fresh  off  the  hills. 

The  distance  is  about  forty  miles,  and  the  ascent  begins  at  Wai, 


MAHABLESHWAR,  443 


about  half  way.  There  is  an  excellent  Dak  bungalow  at  Wai,  where 
tea  may  be  had,  and  good  meals  by  sending  word  beforehand  to  the 
messman.  Wai  is  a  lovely  spot  on  the  banks  of  the  sacred  Krishna, 
embosomed  in  trees,  and  surrounded  by  an  amphitheatre  of  lofty  hills. 

The  banks  of  the  river  are  lined  with  pretty  temples,  stone  ghats, 
bathing-houses  and  shrines,  in  the  midst  of  beautiful  foliage.  The 
view  from  the  bridge  is  one  of  the  most  picturesque  in  India,  and  a 
good  panorama  of  all  the  riverside  temples  may  be  had  from  the 
garden  of  the  Dak  bungalow.  A  very  beautiful  temple  is  to  be  seen 
at  Dom,  five  miles  from  Wai,  with  a  splendid  fountain  of  white 
marble,  the  edges  of  which  are  carved  with  lotuses,  and  a  pillar  of 
white  marble,  crowned  with  the  five  heads  of  Siva,  with  clusters  of 
cobras  round  them.  At  Wairatgarh  eight  miles  up  the  valley  is  one 
of  the  finest  banyan  trees  in  the  country. 

The  road  from  Wai  winds  slowly  up  a  steep  ghat  With  extra 
mules  harnessed  to  the  carriages,  the  ten  miles  to  Panchgani  are 
accomplished  in  about  two  hours.  Here  are  several  bungalows 
belonging  to  Europeans  and  Parsis  from  Bombay,  and  a  good  Dak 
bungalow.  The  remaining  ten  miles  to  Mahableshwar  are  along  a 
good  and  fairly  level  road.  Seven  hours  are  usually  taken  to  travel 
from  Wathar  to  Mahableshwar. 

There  are  several  excellent  hotels  at  Maliableshwar.  I  can  speak 
well  of  the  "Fountain,''  which  afibrds  a  sublime  view  fr'om  its 
verandahs,  and  is  very  well  managed. 

Mahableshwar  is  a  wide  plateau,  six  or  seven  miles  long  and  about 
three  miles  at  its  widest,  the  edge  of  which,  seaward,  is  a  vast, 
sharply-sloping  precipice,  verdure  clad  from  top  to  bottom,  except 
where  great  spurs  of  rock  jut  out  into  the  air.  The  principal  of  these 
spurs  are  Lodwick,  Sidney,  Kate's,  Olympia,  and  Elphinstone  Points. 
from  all  of  which  superb  prospects  may  be  obtained. 

The  plateau  is  4,500  feet  above  the  sea,  and  is  laid  out  with  many 
miles  of  excellent  drives  and  rides,  leading  to  all  the  various  *'  points," 
waterfalls,  and  other  picturesque  scenery  with  which  Mahableshwar 
abounds.  This  sanitarium  is,  of  course,  chiefly  resorted  to  during  the 
hot  weather,  but  it  is  uninhabitable  during  the  rains  of  the  south-west 
monsoon,  from  the  middle  of  June  to  the  end  of  September.  It  is 
at  its  best  in  October,  November,  April,  and  May.  I  hod  the 
Fountain  Hotel  to  myself  for  a  few  days  in  January,  1889 ;  the 
temperature  averaged  about  64'',  45^  to  SO""  at  night,  rising  to  over 


444  PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 


9ff  at  midday.  The  air  was  clear  as  crystal,  and  the  heavens  at 
night  beyond  all  description  beantiful.  The  finest  view  is  from 
Elphinstone  Point,  from  the  end  of  which  there  is  a  sheer  precipice  of 
some  1,800  feet ;  but  all  the  points  shonld  be  visited  in  succession,  as 
each  presents  some  feature  differing  from  the  rest.  Lodwick  Point  is 
the  best  from  which  to  view  the  precipice  of  Elphinstone,  and  the 
rocky  mountain  on  the  top  of  which  is  the  old  Maratha  fortress  of 
Partabgarh. 

Near  Elphinstone  Point  is  the  old  village  of  Mahableshwar,  where 
there  are  two  or  three  very  ancient  and  venerated  Hindu  temples 
erected  over  the  source  of  the  sacred  river  Krishna,  to  which  god  the 
temples  are  dedicated.  The  principal  building  covers  a  tank, 
surrounded  by  pillared  recesses.  At  the  head  of  the  tank  is  a  stone 
cow,  from  whose  mouth  holy  Krishna  trickles,  in  a  stream  of  pure 
clear  water,  to  gladden  the  land  for  800  miles  before  he  reaches  the 
Bay  of  Bengal.  The  village  and  temples  form  a  quaint  group  of 
buUdings,  embowered  in  trees  of  dark  foliage.  The  falls  of  the  Tena 
are  at  the  head  of  a  mountain  gorge  of  singular  wildness  and 
beauty.  The  river  tumbles  over  the  edge  of  a  cliff  500  feet  deep. 
After  the  rains  it  is  a  magnificent  sight,  but  in  the  winter  it  dries  up 
to  a  slender  stream,  which,  as  it  falls,  is  dissipated  into  thin, 
iridescent  spray. 

The  great  fortress  of  Partabgarh  was  selected  for  its  unique 
position  of  impregnable  strength  by  Sivaji,  the  founder  of  the 
Maratha  power,  in  1656.  It  lies  about  twelve  miles  from  Mahab- 
leshwar, on  an  excellent  road,  which  presents  an  infinite  variety  of 
magnificent  scenery.  There  is  a  very  charming  and  comfortable  Dak 
bungalow  at  the  foot  of  the  hill,  where  chairs  and  coolies  can  be 
obtained  for  the  steep  and  difficult  ascent,  which  practised  walkers  can 
climb  in  about  an  hour  and  a  quarter.  The  fort  is  8,543  feet  above 
sea  level,  the  walls  of  the  lower  fort  forming  a  sort  of  crown  round  the 
brow  of  the  summit.  The  western  and  northern  sides  of  the  fort  are 
gigantic  cliffs  with  an  almost  vertical  drop  of  700  or  800  feet.  The 
towers  and  bastions  on  the  other  side  are  thirty  or  forty  feet  high,  on 
the  edges  of  scarps  about  the  same  height.  The  main  entrance  is 
reached  by  a  long,  winding  flight  of  steps  cut  in  the  solid  rock,  and  in 
Sivaji's  time  Partabgarh  must  have  been  a  hopeless  task  to  a  besieger, 
only  to  be  conquered  by  treachery  or  starvation.  It  was  through 
the  latter  it  surrendered  to  the  British  forces  in  1818. 


446  PICTURESQUE   INDIA, 

Sivaji,  nicknamed  by  Aurangzeb,  the  Mountain  Bat,  has  given 
legends  to  ahnost  all  these  stem,  old  Maratha  forts  scattered  along 
the  spurs  of  the  Western  Ghats.  It  was  from  Partabgarh  that  he 
issued,  after  o£fering  sacrifice  to  the  horrid  goddess  Bhawani,  to  the 
committal  of  the  most  detestable  act  of  treachery  that  stains  the 
pages  of  Indian  history.  Under  the  pretence  of  making  peace  with 
the  Brigadier-General  Afzul  Ehan,  who  was  besieging  the  fortress, 
he  led  him  into  a  secluded  place,  and  under  cover  of  a  fraternal 
embrace,  ripped  his  bowels  open  with  a  weapon  called  wcignak,  or  the 
'*  tiger's  claw,"  concealed  in  his  left  hand,  and  stabbed  him,  at  the  same 
time,  to  the  heart  with  the  bichwa,  or  "  scorpion  dagger,"  hid  up  his 
right  sleeve.  Sivaji  is  the  great  hero  of  the  Maratha  Hindus. 
His  descendants  are  held  in  deep  reverence,  and  these  treacherous 
weapons,  with  other  relics,  are  still  religiously  preserved  at  Kolhapur 
and  Satara ;  his  famous  sword,  Bhavani,  being  an  object  of  profound 
worship  to  this  day  at  Kolhapur. 

In  the  Mahableshwar  seasons,  it  is  possible  to  rettim  to  Bombay  by 
Partabgarh  and  Warra  to  Dasgaon,  whence  a  steamer  plies  across  tho 
bay  to  Bombay ;  but  in  the  cold  season  this  route  is  closed,  and  the 
only  way  to  or  from  Mahableshwar  is  by  Wathar  and  Wai. 

The  return  journey  may  however  be  varied  by  driving  through 
Satara,  to  Satara  Boad  station,  through  Irmal,  Kilgarh,  and 
Ehinzir.  Satara  is  thirty-one  miles  from  Mahableshwar,  and  the 
road  excellent  all  the  way ;  Satara  Road  station  forty-one  miles.  The 
scenery,  especially  about  the  Kilgarh  ghat,  is  very  fine,  of  the  same 
nature  as  that  from  Mahableshwar  to  Wai. 

Satara. — The  next  station  beyond  Wathar  is  Satara  Boad,  from 
which  Satara  city  is  distant  ten  miles.  Tongas  can  be  had  by 
writing  to  the  station-master  beforehand. 

Satara  is  the  chief  town  of  the  district  of  the  same  name,  with  o 
population  of  80,000.  It  is  a  clean  town,  with  good,  wide  streets,  at 
the  foot  of  a  steep,  rocky  hill,  on  the  top  of  which  is  perched  a  strong 
fort,  which  possesses  seventeen  (satara)  walls,  towers,  and  gates,  and 
thus  gives  the  name  to  the  town.  Satara  stands  2,820  feet  above  sea 
level,  is  exposed  to  the  breezes  from  the  sea,  and  is  altogether  a  very 
pleasant  and  picturesque  spot.  There  is  a  good  Dak  bimgalow.  The 
water  supply  is  excellent,  drawn  from  a  large  tank  on  a  neighbouring 
hill,  conducted  by  an  aqueduct  four  miles  long.  The  old  palace  of  the 
Maratha  chiefs  is  a  plain,  dull  building,  without  any  interest.    It  is 


SA  TAR  A.  447 


the  house  of  fighters  who  saw  little  of  their  homes,  and  cared  less 
ahout  them.  The  new  palace  is  hard-by,  a  huge,  rambling,  building, 
with  a  vast  hall  160  feet  long  by  50  wide,  and  a  facade  painted  over 
with  garish  Hindu  frescoes. 

A  Baja  of  the  old  family  lives  in  a  house  near  the  palace,  who  still 
possesses  the  sword  of  Sivaji,  the  crown  jewels  of  the  Satara  rajas,  and 
some  other  family  relics  of  antiquarian  interest,  which  may  be  seen  by 
arrangement  with  his  secretary. 

The  fortress  is  an  ancient  one,  dating  from  a.d.  1192,  when  it  was 
built  by  a  Baja  of  Panhala.  The  gate  and  walls  are  all  that  are  lefb 
standing,  the  buildings  in  the  interior  having  been  destroyed.  A  good 
panorama  of  the  Mahadeo  hills  and  Sahyadri  range  is  to  be  had  from 
the  fort.  The  special  art  crafts  of  the  Satara  bazars  are  ivory 
carvings,  beautiful  silk  loom  fabrics  embroidered  with  gold  borders, 
and  gold  and  silver  wire. 

Three  miles  from  Satara,  at  the  junction  of  the  Krishna  and  Yena 
rivers,  is  Mahuli,  a  picturesque  place  of  much  holiness,  where  the 
Hindu  dead  of  the  Satara  district  are  brought  to  be  burned.  There  are 
fifteen  or  twenty  handsome  temples  on  the  brink  of  the  two  rivers,  the 
oldest  of  which,  built  about  200  years  ago,  is  a  very  fine  specimen  of 
Hindu  architecture.  Mahuli  was  a  favourite  spot  for  the  widow 
sacrifice  of  Satiy  before  it  became  illegal. 

Betuming  to  Satara  Bead  station,  the  next  stopping-place  of  interest 
will  be  Miraj  station,  from  which  Eolhapur,  the  thriving  capital  of  a 
native  state  of  the  same  name,  is  distant  thirty  miles.  Any  traveller 
wishing  to  visit  this  interesting  city  should  write  to  Mr.  Dhamvati, 
mail  agent,  Kolhapur,  who  runs  a  daily  tonga  to  and  from  Miraj. 

EoLHAPUB  is  one  of  the  Deccan  group  of  native  states,  with  an  area 
of  2,816  square  miles,  and  a  population  of  800,000.  The  Bajas  traco 
descent  from  Baja  Bam,  a  younger  son  of  the  great  Maratha  chief, 
Sivaji.  The  present  prince  is  still  a  minor,  a  promising  lad  of  about 
sixteen  years  of  age.  The  revenue  of  the  State  is  about  £220,000, 
and  the  Baja's  income  £170,000. 

The  picturesque  native  capital  has  a  population  of  about  40,000, 
and  has  been  greatly  improved  of  recent  years,  many  costly  modem 
buildings  having  been  erected.  It  is  a  great  centre  of  trade,  its  streets 
being  thronged  by  merchants  from  a  wide  circle  of  country,  dressed  in 
their  various  distinctive  attire.  There  is  a  good  Dak  bungalow  in  the 
cantonment. 


448  PICTURESQUE   INDIA, 

Kolhapur  has  for  centuries  been  held  in  esteem  throughoat  tho 
Deccan  for  the  antiquity  of  its  temples.  Its  origin  was  that  of  a 
religious  settlement,  clustering  round  the  great  temple  of  Maha- 
lakshmi,  the  goddess  of  plenty  and  good  luck.  The  extreme  antiquity 
of  Kolhapur  is  emphasised  by  the  number  of  Buddhist  remains  dis- 
covered in  the  neighbourhood,  and  notably  a  crystal  relic  casket  found 
in  a  tope,  With  inscriptions  on  the  lid  identifying  its  deposit  with  the 
8rd  century  B.C.  Small  but  very  ancient  temples  have  been  excavated 
at  Karavira,  close  to  the  city,  which  is  believed  to  have  been  the  site 
of  the  capital  of  the  district  at  a  remote  period. 

The  fort  was  built  by  a  king  of  Bijapur,  a.d.^  1560-70.  The 
palace  square  is  a  fine  group  of  buildings,  entered  through  a  stone 
gateway.  Opposite  the  palace  is  the  treasury,  and  the  other  sides  of 
the  square  are  occupied  with  Government  offices,  a  gymnasium,  and 
the  high  school.  Behind  these  is  the  temple  of  the  tutelary  goddess 
of  the  town,  Amba  Bai,  whose  brass  image  is  carried  round  the  town 
in  procession  on  festival  days.  This  temple  is  about  150  feet  square, 
built  of  black  stone,  and  the  height  to  the  topmost  pinnacle  is  over 
eighty  feet.  It  is  a  mass  of  elaborate  carving,  inside  and  out,  of  the 
Jain  style  of  decoration,  and  the  date  over  the  porch  is  the  equivalent 
of  A.D.  1218.     The  great  bell  of  the  temple  is  Portuguese  work. 

The  entrance  to  the  palace  square  is  called  the  Nakar  Ehanah,  or 
'^  Music  Gallery;  "  it  is  a  curious  and  somewhat  bizarre  structure. 

The  city  is  surrounded  by  a  very  strong  wall,  thirty  feet  high,  with  a 
wide,  deep  ditch  in  front.  There  are  numerous  fortified  bastions,  and 
six  strong  gateways,  studded  with  iron  spikes,  to  resist  the  battering 
by  elephants.  The  entrances  are  over  drawbridges.  The  palace  is  in 
the  centre  of  the  town,  the  main  streets  radiating  from  it  to  the  walls, 
with  circular  lanes  crossing  them.  In  the  suburbs  are  some  fine 
cenotaphs  of  previous  rajas  in  a  pretty  walled  garden.  The  hill  forts 
of  Panhala  and  Pawangadh,  with  Joteba's  Hill,  are  within  ten  miles  of 
the  city,  and  have  much  interest  to  the  antiquarian. 

There  are  several  Buddhist  caves,  and  many  shrines  and  temples 
on  Joteba's  Hill,  and  Panhala  was  a  strong  fortress  in  the  12th  cen- 
tury. Within  its  solid  walls  Sivaji  built  two  stone  granaries,  still 
standing,  180  feet  long,  fifty-seven  feet  wide,  and  thirty  feet  high. 
One  of  the  entrances  is  a  fine  Tin  Darwaza,  or  triple  gateway,  richly 
decorated  with  sculpture.  The  building  called  Sadoba's  Temple  was 
once  a  pavilion  for  the  ladies  of  the  governor. 


GOA.  449 

■ 

There  are  also  two  or  three  interesting  tombs,  and  an  old  ISth  cen- 
tury tank,  in  which  a  large  nnmber  of  Brahmani  women  drowned 
themselves,  from  fear  of  the  British  soldiers,  when  the  place  was 
stormed  daring  the  Maratha  war.  Panhala  was  one  of  Siyaji^s 
fayonrite  castles. 

At  Gokak,  on  the  railway  between  Miraj  and  Belganm,  the  Gtitparba 
River  tumbles  headlong  down  a  narrow  gorge  in  a  single  leap  of  180  feet. 
In  the  rainy  season  this  is  one  of  the  most  magnificent  scenes  in  India, 
but  in  December  and  January,  when  the  European  tourist  is  at  large, 
it  shrinks  up  to  nothing,  its  bulk  in  July  being  as  nearly  as  possible 
S60  times  the  volume  it  is  then.  The  falls  are  some  miles  from  the 
railway.  A  polite  note  to  the  station-master  at  Gokak  Boad  will  get 
all  necessary  information  with  regard  to  conveyances  and  lodging. 

Belgaum  is  the  chief  town  of  an  important  district,  and  a  canton- 
ment for  about  4,000  troops.  Its  population  is  about  25,000.  There 
is  a  strong  fort,  built  in  1648,  surrounded  by  a  broad  wet  ditch, 
without  any  features  of  interest. 

The  special  trades  of  its  bazars  are  bells  for  bullocks,  clay  figures, 
and  fruits,  cotton-spinning  and  weaving,  and  red  fancy  pottery.  There 
are  two  Jain  temples  of  the  early  part  of  the  18th  century  and  a  good 
mosque.    Belgaum  is  a  popular  and  healthy  station. 

At  Londa  Junction,  the  branch  line  to  Goa  turns  o£f,  the  terminus 
of  which  is  Murmagao  Harbour,  whence  ferry  boats  ply  to  Goa  city, 
or  Panjim,  the  capital  of  the  Portuguese  territory,  where  there  is  an 

hotel. 

Goa  is  a  Portuguese  settlement,  the  oldest  European  colony  in  the 
East  Indies.  Its  territory  measures  sixty-two  miles  long  by  forty 
miles  at  the  widest  part,  with  a  total  population  of  about  450,000.  It 
is  a  mountainous  country  with  several  peaks  from  8,000  to  4,000  feet 
above  the  sea.  There  is  a  fine  harbour  at  Goa,  with  two  good  road- 
steads, one  called  Alguada  and  the  other  Murmagao,  at  the  terminus 
of  the  railway.  The  inhabitants  are  of  three  classes,  Europeans, 
Eurasians,  and  natives.  More  than  half  the  population  are  Boman 
Catholic,  the  rest  Hindu.  All  the  native  Christians  wear  European 
dress,  the  women  still  wearing  the  sari,  over  a  Europeanized 
garment. 

The  Archbishop  of  Goa  is  the  primate  of  the  East,  exercising  juris- 
diction over  the  Catholics  of  all  the  Portuguese  Colonies,  and  much  of 
British  India  also. 

o  a 


450  PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 

There  are  now  no  religious  orders,  the  churches  being  under  secular 
priests,  who  are  all  Goanesd.  The  Catholics  of  Goa  are  very  devoted 
to  their  religion.  All  other  creeds  enjoy  perfect  liberty  of  conscience, 
and  have  their  own  temples  and  mosques. 

The  trade  of  Goa  is  the  melancholy  ghost  of  its  former  prosperity, 
and  is  still  dwindling.  There  are  no  banks  of  any  kind.  Good  roads 
prevail  throughout  the  colony,  and  forty-nine  miles  of  the  railway  from 
Murmagao  runs  through  Goanese  territory. 

Goa  has  no  navy,  but  it  defends  itself  from  all  invasion  with  a 
standing  army  of  813  men  of  all  ranks,  and  maintains  its  domestic 
government  with  a  police  force  of  900  men.  It  enjoys  one  telegraph 
office  at  Goa  city,  or  Panjim  as  it  is  called  locally,  of  which  the  British 
Government  pays  half  the  cost.  There  are  two  good  hospitals,  aiid 
some  excellent  religious  charities,  one  of  which  is  as  old  as  the  days 
of  D'Albuquerque.  Education  is  fairly  well  provided  for  in  all  its 
branches.  The  revenue  and  expenditure  balance,  and  amount  to 
about  dgl05,000. 

The  administration  consists  of  a  Governor- General,  and  a  council 
composed  of  the  Chief  Secretary,  the  Archbishop,  the  High  Court 
Judges,  two  military  officers,  and  the  heads  of  departments. 

The  history  of  Goa  as  a  Portuguese  settlement  dates  from  a.d.  1510, 
when  Alfonso  D' Albuquerque,  with  twenty  ships  and  1,200  soldiers, 
took  bloodless  possession  of  it  from  the  Bijapur  kings  of  the  Deccan. 
He  was  driven  out  a  few  months  after,  but,  reinforced  from  Portugal, 
reconquered  it  by  a  horrible  and  bloody  assault,  after  which  he  fortified 
it,  and  established  a  Portuguese  Government  which  has  lasted  till 
to-day.  After  seventy  or  eighty  years  of  constant  fighting,  conquest 
and  reconquest,  during  which  the  celebrated  Jesuit  missionaiy, 
Francis  Xavier,  lived,  died  and  was  buried  in  the  gorgeous  church  of 
Bom  Jesus,  Goa  reached  its  summit  of  prosperity  at  the  end  of  the 
16th  century.  When  English  enterprise  was  struggling  into  barely 
tolerated  existence  in  India,  "  Golden  Goa "  presented  a  scene  of 
military,  ecclesiastical,  and  commercial  magnificence  which  has 
never  been  rivalled  since,  and  to  which  modem  Calcutta  has  no 
parallel. 

It  had  no  staying  power.  In  1608  the  Dutch  began  to  assert 
themselves  in  the  East  and  blockaded  Goa.  This  was  the  beginning 
of  a  struggle  lasting  seventy  years,  during  which  time,  one  by  one, 
nearly  all  the  Portuguese  possessions  fell  into  the  hands  of  Holland, 


CO  A.  451 

and  the  power  of  Portagal  was  ahattered  and  dismembered.  For  200 
years  Goa  has  steadily  deteriorated,  with  a  few  spasms  of  roTiyal, 
until  now  it  has  become  a  pathetio  wilderness  of  ruined  chnrohes  and 
palaces,  with  not  a  twentieth  part  of  the  population  which  in  its 
hey-day  thronged  its  prosperous  streets  and  quays. 

Of  the  ancient  Hindu  city,  not  a  trace  remains.  Old  Goa, 
conquered  by  D'Albuquerque,  built  by  the  Musalmans  in  1479,  and 
yirtually  rebuilt  by  the  Portuguese  during  the  16th  century,  is  now 
a  desolate  expanse  of  ruins,  in  the  midst  of  which,  in  decayed  and 
melancholy  splendour,  some  noble  churches  still  remain,  with  a 
population  surrounding  them  of  less  than  2,000  souls. 

The  oldest  of  these  churches  is  the  Convent  of  St.  Frauds, 
originally  a  mosque,  conyerted  into  a  church  by  the  Portuguese.  Its 
chief  portal  has  been  preserved  intact,  but  the  rest  of  the  building  was 
reconstructed  in  1668.  The  cathedral  was  first  built  in  1612  by 
D' Albuquerque,  on  St.  Catherine's  day,  to  her  dedication,  being  the  day 
on  which  he  entered  Goa.  This  also  was  entirely  reconstructed  in 
1628  in  its  present  majestic  proportions,  250  feet  long,  180  feet  wide, 
the  front  being  100  feet  wide  and  116  feet  high.  The  chapel  of  St. 
Catherine  was  erected  in  1661.  The  church  of  Bom  Jesus  was  built 
as  a  shrine  for  the  great  Indian  missionary,  Francis  Xavier,  whose 
magnificent  tomb  of  marble  and  jasper  was  the  gifb  of  the  Grand 
Duke  of  Tuscany,  and  enjoys  a  world-wide  reputation.  Events  in 
the  life  of  the  saint  are  represented  in  about  thirty  tableaux  round 
the  shrine. 

The  Convent  of  St.  Monica  was  built  in  1606,  and  the  convent 
church  of  St.  Catejan  in  1666 ;  the  latter  is  an  imitation  of  St.  Peter's 
at  Rome. 

The  once  renowned  palace  of  the  viceroys  has  entirely  vanished, 

and  so  has  the   great    custom-house.      But    there    are    still    the 

dilapidated  ruins  of  the  famous  palace  of  the  Inquisition,  the  colleges 

of  St.  Boque  and  St.  Paul,  the  Hospital  of  St.  Lazarus,  the  arsenal, 

and  the  ecclesiastical  prison,  as  well  as  many  churches  and  chapels. 

The  gardens  of  these,  and  of  the  mansions  of  the  Portuguese  nobles, 

are  now  cocoanut  plantations,  the  ruins  smothered  in  jungle,  and 

the  streets  grass-grown.    Old  Goa  lives  in  the  past,  but  is  still  dear 

to  every  pious  Indian  catholic,  many  of  whom  every  year  visit  the 

sacred  shrine  of  the  great  Eastern  evangelist,  whose  memory  lives, 

not  in  its  pomp  and  splendour,  but  in  the  hearts  of  the  million  of 

o  o  2 


4S2  PICTURESQUE  INDIA, 

CShristians  in  India  who  bear  witness  to-day  of  his  success  as  a 
missionary. 

Panjim,  or  New  Goa,  is  a  handsome  little  town,  hnilt  Jkhont  JL20 
years  ago.  From  the  rivery  it  has  a  very  picturesque  appwance, 
with  its  stately  row  of  public  and  private  buildings,  and  the  old  fort, 
now  converted  into  a  viceregal  residence.  There  are  no  antiquities,  or 
buildings  calling  for  notice  for  their  architectuxal  beauty.  The 
British  India  Company's  steamers  call  regularly  at  Goa  for  Bombay 
going  north,  and  coast  ports  to  Calcutta  going  south. 


CHAPTEE    XXXI. 

BIJAPUR.    -t" 


Janctioii  at  1  p-m.,  reaching  Belgamn 
at  4.29.  MoBt  traveUers,  bowever,  will  not  care  to  return  to  Pana, 
bot  will  cOQtinae  eoatbward  to  Bangalore,  or  eastward,  via  Bijapni  to 
Haidarabad,  wbicb  latter  course  I  sball  take  witb  my  readers,  aa 
tbere  is  notbing  of  macb  interest  to  the  average  tonriet  between 
Londa  and  Bangalore.  I  may,  however,  note  in  passing  on,  that  Hm 
new  route  opened  up  through  Haribar  is  the  best  and  qnickest  &om 
Bombay  to  Mysore  and  Bangalore.  The  train  leaves  Londa  for  HaUi 
at  1.80,  arriving  there  at  6.4  p.m.  Hnbli  is  a  thriving  town  of 
40,000  inhabitants,  the  centre  of  the  cotton  trade  of  Uxo  SonAam 
Uaratha  country.  It  was  once  the  seat  of  an  English  hctory,  pltm- 
dered  in  1678  by  Sinyi. 
There  are  a  great  nnmber  of  ancient  Jain  temples  in  the  neighbour- 


\ 


454  PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 

hood  of  Habli,  and  a  fine  old  fort  in  the  city  itself,  but  nothing  of 
a  character  that  cannot  be  seen  to  better  advantage  elsewhere. 
There  is  a  good  Dak  bnngalow.  I  advise  the  traveller  to  push  on  to 
Qadak,  which  is  reached  at  8.66  p.H.y  where  there  are  a  number  of 
interesting  old  Hindu  temples,  richly  sculptured,  some  of  which  date 
as  bx  back  as  the  10th  century. 

The  only  train  in  the  day  on  the  East  Deccan  line  leaves  Gadak  at 
7  A.X.,  and  arrives  at  Bijapur  8.80  p.m.  At  Badami,  on  the  way, 
there  is  a  very  interesting  Jain  cave  temple,  a.d.  660,  three 
Biahmanic  caves  a  little  older,  and  two  venerable  and  curious 
Dravidian  temples,  which  will  prove  attractive  to  the  archaeologist. 
Some  account  of  these  will  be  found  in  Fergusson,  pp.  261,  411,  489 
— 444.  Badami  was  the  Ghalukya  capital  of  the  district  in  the  6th 
century,  when  it  was  a  place  of  some  note,  being  visited  by  Hiuen 
Tsiang,  the  Chinese  traveller,  who  gives  a  glowing  account  of  its 
splendour. 

The  whole  districts  of  Dharwar  and  Bijapur  abound  in  old  forts, 
sculptured  tampleS;  and  religious  houses  of  the  Lingayat  sect,  many 
of  which  are  now  used  as  Dak  bungalows.  There  is,  however,  no  one 
building  that  is  exceptional,  and  travelling  is  not  very  easy. 

BuAPUB  is  the  headquarters  of  the  district  which  now  bears  its 
name,  but  was  formerly  known  as  Ealadgi.  The  interest  of  the  city 
lies  in  the  superb  remains  of  a  great  Mnsalman  dynasty,  distributed 
within  and  without  its  six  miles  of  walls. 

The  founder  of  the  Musalman  State  of  Bijapur  was,  according  to 
Ferishta,  a  son  of  Murad  IE.,  the  Osmali  Sultan,  on  whose  death  his 
son  and  successor,  Muhammad  11.,  gave  orders  that  all  his  own 
brothers  should  be  strangled.  From  tiiis  fate  one  only,  named  Yusaf, 
escaped  by  a  stratagem  of  his  mother.  After  many  adventures,  Yusaf 
is  said  to  have  entered  the  service  of  the  King  of  Ahmadabad-Bidar, 
where  he  rose  to  the  highest  offices  of  state.  On  the  king's  death,  he 
withdrew  from  Ahmadabad  to  Bijapur,  and  declared  himself  its  king ; 
the  people  readily  acknowledged  his  claim.  Yusaf  reigned  with  great 
prosperity,  and,  extending  his  dominions  westward  to  the  sea-coast, 
took  Ooa  from  the  Portuguese.  His  resources  must  have  been  con- 
siderable, as  he  built  the  vast  citadel  of  Bijapur.  He  died  in  1610, 
and  was  succeeded  by  his  son  Ismail,  who  died  in  1584,  after  a 
brilliant  and  prosperous  reign.  Mulu  Adil  Shah  having  been  deposed 
and  blinded,  after  an  inglorious  reign  of  only  six  months,  made  way 


Bl/APUR.  45S 


for  his  younger  brother  Ibrahim,  a  profligate  man,  who  died  in  1557* 
He  was  succeeded  by  his  son  Ali  Adil  Shah,  who  constructed  the  wall 
of  Bijapur,  the  Jama  Masjid,  or  great  mosque,  the  aqueducts  and 
other  works.  This  ruler  joined  the  kings  of  Ahmadnagar  and 
Golconda  against  Raja  Bam,  the  Hindu  sovereign  of  Yijayanagar, 
who,  with  the  exception  of  the  Emperor  of  Delhi,  was  the  greatest 
potentate  in  India.  Baja  Bam  was  defeated  in  1564  in  a  great  battle 
at  Talikot  on  the  river  Dhon,  and  being  made  prisoner,  was  put  to 
death  in  cold  blood,  and  his  capital  taken  and  sacked.  Ali  Adil  Shah 
died  in  1579. 

The  throne  then  passed  to  his  nephew,  Ibrahim  Adil  II.,  an  infEint, 
whose  afiairs  were  managed  by  Chand  Bibi,  widow  of  the  late  King,  a 
woman  celebrated  for  her  talents  and  energy.  On  Ibrahim  assuming 
the  government  he  ruled  with  ability;  and,  dying  in  1626,  after  a 
reign  of  forty-seven  years,  was  succeeded  by  Muhammad  Adil  Shah, 
under  whose  reign  Sivaji,  the  founder  of  the  Maratha  power,  rose  into 
notice.  Shahji,  the  father  of  Sivaji,  had  been  an  officer  in  the  service 
of  the  King  of  Bijapur ;  and  the  first  aggressions  of  Sivaji  were  made 
at  the  expense  of  that  State,  from  which,  in  the  interval  between  1646 
and  1648,  he  wrested  beveral  forts.  Soon  afterwards  he  took  posses- 
sion of  the  greater  part  of  the  Kx>nkan.  Muhanmiad,  however,  had  a 
more  formidable  enemy  in  the  Mughal  Emperor,  Shah  Jahan,  whose 
son  and  general,  Aurangzeb,  besieged  the  city  of  Bijapur,  and  was  on 
the  point  of  taking  it,  when  he  precipitately  marched  to  Agra,  whither 
he  was  dra^vn  by  intelligence  of  court  intrigues,  which  ho  feared  might 
end  in  his  own  destruction.  After  his  departure,  the  power  of  Sivaji 
rapidly  increased,  and  that  of  the  King  of  Bijapur  proporlionatcly  de- 
clined. Muhammad  died  in  1660,  and  was  succeeded  by  Ali  Adil  IL, 
who,  on  his  decease  in  1672,  loft  the  kingdom,  then  fast  descending 
to  ruin,  to  his  infant  son,  Sikandar  Adil  Shah,  the  last  of  the  race 
who  occupied  the  throne. 

In  1636  Aurangzeb  took  Bijapur,  and  put  an  end  to  its  existence 
as  an  independent  State.  Its  vast  and  wonderful  ruins  passed,  with 
the  adjoining  territory^  to  the  Marathas  during  the  decline  of  the 
Delhi  empire.  On  .the  overthrow  of  the  Peshwa  in  1818,  they  came 
into  the  hands  of  the  British  Oovcmment,  and  were  included  wilhia 
the  territory  assigned  to  the  Piaja  of  Satara,  who  manifested  mach 
anxiety  for  the  preservation  of  tbo  splendid  remains  of  Mahammadan 
grandeur  in  Bijapur,  and  adopted  measures  for  their  repair.    Since 


456  PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 

ihe  escheat  of  Satara  in  1848,  from  failore  of  heirs,  the  Bombay 
GhjTemment  has  acted  in  the  same  spirit,  haying  taken  measures 
with  the  approbation  of  the  anthorities  in  England,  for  arresting  the 
inrfther  progress  of  dilapidation  in  the  buildings,  as  well  as  for  collect- 
ing and  preserving  the  relics  of  manuscripts,  coins,  copper-plate 
inscriptions,  and  other  curious  and  interesting  memorials  of  the  past. 

On  the  transfer  of  the  headquarters  of  Ealadgi  district  to  Bijapur, 
however,  many  of  the  old  Muhammadan  palaces  were  utilised  for 
public  purposes.  In  the  process,  the  persons  entrusted  with  the  duty 
showed  themselves  vandals  and  utter  barbarians.  They  made  a  Dak 
bungalow  of  the  fine  mosque  attached  to  the  beautiful  tomb  of  Sultan 
Muhammad,  running  up  partitions  between  the  arches  to  make  sepa- 
rate rooms,  daubing  the  whole  building  over  vrith  whitewash. 
Another  lovely  mosque,  with  specially  characteristic  architecture  and 
decoration,  has  been  turned  into  a  post-office,  its  archways  filled  in, 
British  windows  inserted,  and,  horrible  to  relate,  a  galvanized  iron 
verandah  from  Wolverhampton  run  along  the  front.  The  Eidgat  of 
Aurangzeb  is  a  police  station,  the  Mekka  Masjid  a  courthouse,  the 
mosque  of  the  tomb  of  Ibrahim  some  other  office,  and  the  whole  lot 
whitewashed  in  red,  white  or  blue,  according  to  tho  fancy  of  the  Goth 
who  conducted  the  operations.  Nearly  every  bungalow  used  by  the 
civil  service  is  the  ruined  and  desolated  shell  of  some  fine  old 
Musalman  building.  One  of  the  grandest  ruined  cities  in  the  world 
has  been  smirched  and  disfigured,  and  only  those  more  massive 
monuments  that  could  not  be  adapted  to  a  cutcherry  or  a  central 
distillery,  have  escaped  undamaged.  The  Yandab'sm  is  as  bad  as 
though  Tintem  Abbey  were  converted  into  a  brewery,  Kenilworth  into 
a  workhouse  school,  or  York  Minster  into  a  cavalry  barracks. 

Bijapur  is  a  magnificent  and  desolate  ruin,  only  outrivalled  in 
desolation  by  Fatehpur-Sikri.  It  represents  a  style  of  its  own,  a 
specially  beautiful  variety  of  Indo-Saracenic  architecture  only  to  be 
found  in  the  Deccan ;  it  is  of  all  its  period  the  only  superb  example 
left  comparatively  intact  and  unruined,  except  by  the  Vandalism  just 
referred  to.  Bijapur  in  its  glory  covered  as  large  an  area  as  Paris ; 
but  little  is  left  of  the  city  itself,  its  palaces,  gardens,  mosques  and 
tombs,  outside  the  fort,  being,  with  one  or  two  exceptions,  shapeless 
masses  of  jungly  ruins.  The  walls  of  the  fort  still  stand,  and  form 
an  irregular  circle  about  six  miles  in  circumference,  enclosing  the 
citadeli  whose  palaces,  mosques  and  Jain  temples,  with  their  grass- 


BIJAPUR.  457 

grown  courts  and  tamarind  trees,  are  tolerably  well  preserred,  and 
extremely  pictniesque.  The  great  number  of  carved  and  Bcnlptnred 
Hindo  and  Jain  atones  nsed  in  tlie  building  of  the  citadel,  especially 
aboat  the  main  gateway,  attest  to  the  importance  and  splendoor  ol 
Bijapnr  before  the  Maaalman  dynasty.  There  are  two  or  three  ancient 
Jain  temples  still  intact,  with  slight  additions,  showing  that  they  have 


been  need  as  mosqnes.  In  one  of  these  there  is  a  very  remarkable 
black  stone  pillar  beantifolly  wronght  in  elaborate  scnlptiires,  which 
the  goide  will  be  sore  to  point  out.  The  principal  palaces  in  the 
citadel  are  the  Sat  Khandir,  or  house  of  seven  stones,  an  extra- 
ordinary building  of  great  lo^iness,  used  as  a  pleasure  palace  by  the 
ladies  of  the  harem  ;  the  Anand  Mahal,  or  joy  palace,  which  was  the 
apartment  of  the  women  of  the  household ;  the  Oazan  Mahal,  or 
paradise  palace,  with  three  archways  fifty  feet  high,  the  centre  one 
being  nearly  seventy  feet  wide ;  the  Mihtar  Mahal,  in  front  of  which 
are  two  fine  gateposts  of  stone ;  and  the  Suneri  Mahal.  The  Mekkm 
Hasjid  is  a  lovely  little  gem. 
,  The  Jama  Maqid,  which  lies  half  way  between  the  citadel  and 
the  Alipnr   gate,   was   commenced   by  Ali   Adil     Shah,   a.d.   1657 


458  PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 

continned  by  his  successors,  bat  neyer  finished,  the  fourth  side  and 
the  great  gateway  not  having  been  commenced  when  the  dynasty 
collapsed.  It  is  one  of  the  noblest  mosques  in  India.  The  pillared, 
arched,  and  dome-cloistered  court-yard  is  881  feet  by  257  feet, 
measure d  over  all.  The  mosque  itself  is  257  feet  by  145  feet.  It  is 
divided  into  forty-five  squares,  about  twenty-four  feet  each,  nine  of 
which  are  occupied  in  the  centre  by  the  grand  dome,  forming  a  square 
measuring  seventy  feet  each  way.  The  dome  is  fifty-seven  feet  in 
diameter  in  the  circular  part,  and  is  about  110  feet  to  the  crown. 
This  mosque  is  undoubtedly  the  finest  in  the  Bombay  presidency,  and 
one  must  travel  1,200  miles  to  Ahmadabad  to  find  anything  to  compare 
with  it,  or  with  its  predecessor  at  Ealbargah. 

Ali  Adil  Shah  had  great  ambitions  with  regard  to  his  own  tomb, 
which  he  commenced  on  the  Colossal  scale  of  200  feet  square.  It  is, 
however,  almost  level  with  the  ground,  for  his  successor,  Ibrahim, 
did  not  go  on  with  it,  but  gave  all  his  attention  to  his  own,  which 
stands  just  outside  the  Mekka  Gate.  This  is  a  singularly  beautiful 
mausoleum,  covered  all  over  inside  and  out  with  elaborate  and  finely 
executed  carving.  It  is  said  that  the  entire  Koran  is  engraved  upon 
its  surface.  The  cornices  are  supported  by  elaborate  brackets,  and 
the  windows  filled  with  tracery ;  originally  all  this  decoration  was  gilt 
on  blue  ground,  and  traces  of  this  decorative  treatment  may  still  be 
seen.  There  are  two  apartments  in  the  building,  forty  feet  square, 
the  stone  roof  of  the  lower  one,  perfectly  fiat,  being  supported  by  a 
projecting  cove,  forming  the  floor  of  the  upper,  which  is  within  the 
dome. 

Next  to  the  tomb  is  an  equally  beautiful  mosque,  which  has  been 
barbarously  converted  into  some  office  connected  with  the  colleo- 
torate.  In  the  surrounding  garden  are  many  kiosks,  fountains,  tanks, 
serais  and  other  buildings,  the  whole  forming  a  series  of  oriental 
pictures  almost  unique,  even  in  India. 

But  the  great  glory  of  Bijapur  is  the  stupendous  domed  mausoleum 
of  Sultan  Mahmud,  which  lies  near  the  walls,  a  quarter  of  a,  mile  to 
the  right  of  the  Alipur  Gate.  It  is  built  upon  a  platform  600  feet 
square.  The  interior  is  a  vast  apartment  186  feet  square,  being  the 
litfgest  domed  room  in  the  world,  more  than  2,000  feet  larger  in  area 
than  the  Pantheon  at  Home. 

At  a  height  of  fifty-seven  feet  from  the  floor  line  the  hall  begins 
to  contract,  by  a  series  of  ingenious  and  beautiful  pendentives,  to  a 


BIJAPUR.  4S9 

oiroalar  opeoiog  Qinety-seTeii  feet  in  diameter.  On  the  pUtrorm  of 
these  pendentiTfls  the  dome  is  erected  124  feet  in  diameter,  leariDg  a 
gallery  more  than  tweWe  feet  wide  all  ronnd  the  interior.  Internally 
the  dome  ib  176  high,  externally  198  feet,  its  thickness  being  abont 
ten  feet.  The  dome  of  St.  Paol's,  London,  is  sixteen  feet  leas,  and 
that  of  St.  Peter's  at  Bome  twelve  feet  greater  in  diameter,  than  that 
of  the  tomb  of  Saltan  Mahmad.     Fergusson  gives  a  most  interesting 


SDLTAS  VAHMCD'a  tOJIB,    DIJAPUn. 

treatise  on  this  marreltons  mansolenm,  with  sections  and  diagrams 
pp.  662 — 6  of  his  History  of  Indian  Arohitectnre. 

The  tomb  of  Ehawas  Ehan  and  his  Sheik  Abdor  Bajak,  of  Begam 
Sahibah,  one  of  Anrangzeb's  irires,  and  of  Eishwar  Khan,  are  fine 
buildings  worthy  of  notice  if  time  permit. 

The  Taj  Baoli  or  Boyal  well,  is  jnst  inside  the  Mekka  Gate  :  there 
is  a  tank  in  front  abont  260  feet  sqaara,  stocked  irith  fish.  There  is  a 
enrions  arcade  to  the  right  of  the  well,  into  part  of  which  some  public 
office  has  been  jammed. 

There  are  several  fine  old  gnns  here  and  there  ronnd  the  waUs,  OD 
tiie  different  bastions.     On  the  Upari  Bnrj,  a  tower  over  six^  feet 


PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 


higli,  there  are  two  iron  gima,  the  latest  of  which  is  thirty  feet  long 
with  a  twelve-iDch  bore. 

On  the  top  of  the  Lion  Bastion,  bnilt  in  1668,  is  a  famons  old  gtui 
of  bronse,  called  the  Malik-i-Maidan,  or  lord  of  the  plain.  It  is  four- 
teen feet  long,  and  die  same  diameter  from  breedi  to  mozzle,  five  feet, 
the  bore  being  2  ft.  4in.  wide.  It  has  not  been  fired  off  for  sixty  years, 
when  it  was  charged  with  eighty  pounds  of  powder  by  a  Raja  of 
Satara.     It  is  prol»bly  as  old  as  the  bastion  on  which  it  ia  placed. 


Bijapnr  has  a  population  of  about  12,000,  bat  apart  &om  its 
buildings  has  no  interest  of  any  kind  to  the  traveller. 

Hotgi  is  a  journey  of  six  hoars  from  Bijapur ;  it  is  the  junction 
of  the  East  Deccan  Railway  with  the  main  line  of  the  Great  Indian 
Peninsular  Railway.  There  is  a  good  refreshment  room  with  sleeping 
accommodation  at  the  station. 

Hotgi  is  devoid  of  interest ;  the  next  station  westward  towards 
Pnna  ia  Sholapur,  a  thriving  town  of  some  importance,  with  a  popula- 
tim  of  60,000.  There  is  a  good  Dak  bungalow  close  to  the  station. 
Sholapor  has  been  a  place  of  note  in  the  Deccan  for  700  or  800  years. 
Its  fortress,  small  but  very  strong,  waa  built  by  Hasan  Gangn,  tbe 


KALBARGAH.  461 

fiHinder  of  the  Bahmuii  d^aaty  in  184S.  The  walls  of  the  city  have 
been  mainly  destroyed  to  make  room  for  its  rapid  growth  daring 
reeent  years. 

Sholapnr  is  an  indastrial  town,  noted  for  its  silk  and  cotton  cloth, 
A  fine  cotton  mill  has  been  recently  boilt,  with  over  20,000  spindles, 
and  some  200  looms. 

TraTclling  east  from  Ho^,  the  first  place  of  importance  is 
EaiiBabgab,  in  the  territory  of  the  Nisam  of  Haidarabad.  Its  popula- 
tion is  24,000.     In  early  times  it  was  a  Hindn  city  of  great  extent. 


OKBAT   NOSQl'E,    KALRAROAR. 

Hasan  Gangn  selected  Kalbargah  as  his  capital  in  1847.  His 
dynasty  remained  there  till  1442,  when  the  capital  was  transferred  to 
Bidar,  after  which  the  mosques  and  palaces,  which  had  been  erected 
by  Buccessive  kings,  fell  into  ruin  and  decay.  The  outer  walls  and 
fi^teways  of  the  old  fort  are  now  in  a  dilapidated  condition.  The 
citadel  still  stands  almost  intact.  There  are  some  curious  old  guns 
in  the  bastions ;  one  of  the  largest  has  twenty  rings  on  each  side  for 
lifting  purposes.  The  temple  of  Baja  Ealchand  is  in  the  fort.  It  is 
a  vast  pillared  ball,  widi  100  columns  thirty-five  feet  high.  It 
measiireB  212  feet  by  167. 

The  tombs  of  the  Bahmani  kings  are  about  two  or  three  furlongs 
ootside  the  fort.     The  first  king's  tomb  (Hasan  Oangu)  is  a  plain 


462  PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 

building  about  seyenty  feet  square  and  109  feet  high.  They  are  none 
of  ibem  remarkable  for  anything  but  dirt,  being  mostly  used  as  stabks 
and  cow-houses,  their  only  decoration  being  the  fuel  of  the  country, 
drying  on  their  outer  walls. 

The  only  thing  worth  stopping  to  see  at  £albargah  is  the  great 
Masjid,  modelled  after  the  famous  mosque  of  Cordova  in  Spain,  its 
chief  peculiarity  being,  that,  alone  among  the  great  mosques  of  India, 
its  whole  area  of  S8,000  feet  is  covered  in,  the  light  being  admitted 
through  the  walls,  which  on  three  sides  are  pierced  with  arches.  It 
is  undoubtedly  one  of  the  most  distinctiye  buildings  in  India,  and 
quite  one  of  the  finest  and  most  remarkable  of  the  old  Pathaa 
mosques.  There  are  full  particulars  with  ground  plan  and  sections 
in  Fergusson,  pp.  552 — 6. 

The  old  bazar  of  Ealbargah  is  a  unique  building  570  feet  long  by 
sixty  wide,  a  double  row  of  sixty-one  arches  on  each  side,  supported 
by  pillars,  with  blocks  of  buildings  at  each  end  highly  decorated. 

There  are  other  fine  buildings  and  tombs  scattered  about  the  city, 
many  of  which  are  curious  and  di£ferent  firom  the  usual  Musalman 
architecture  of  the  period,  but  their  history  is  lost  in  obscurity.  One 
of  the  most  interesting  is  of  a  later  date  than  the  rest,  being  a  serai, 
mosque  and  college  built  by  Aurangzeb. 


CHAPTER    XXXII. 

THE    NIZAM'S    STATE. 


S 
_\l 
the  Nizam's  state  to  W&r&ngal  and  Bes- 
Woda,  on  the  rich  delta  of  the  Eriahaa  riTer,  whence  a  rapidly 
■extending  network  of  canals  commnnicste  with  the  eea  at  Mosoli- 
patam,  and  with  the  OodaTari  through  EUore.  There  are  three 
trains  a  day  each  way  between  Wadi  and  Haidarabad,  one  train 
■only  from  Haidaiabad  to  Bez-Wada.  The  average  traveller,  how- 
«Ter,  is  not  likely  to  extend  his  joamey  beyond  Haidarabad.  There 
is  B  good  refreshment  room,  and  sleeping  accommodation  at  Wadi 
Jnnction. 

The  interest  of  Haidarabad  centres  in  the  fact  that  it  is  the  largest 
native  state  in  India,  and  tbat  the  Kizam  is  by  far  the  most  important 
of  all  the  independent  princes.  His  dominion,  exclading  Berar, 
which  is  assigned  for  the  present  to  British  administration,  is  80,000 
square  miles,  and  the  popolation  in  1881,  9,846,000,  of  whom  one 


4^4  PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 

tenth  only  are  Musalman,  a  notable  instance  of  the  wonderfdl  tenacity 
of  Brahmanism  on  the  Hinda  mind.  The  rerennes  of  the  state  are 
about  £4,000,000.  The  Nizam  Mir  Mahbub  Ali  was  born  in  1866. 
He  ranks  as  the  first  Mnhammadan  mler  in  India,  and  is  entitled  to  a 
salnte  of  twenty-one  gone.  He  maintains  a  standing  army  of  15,000 
strong,  besides  a  large  body  of  irregolar  forces. 

The  following  brief  history  of  Haidarabad  is  taken  from  Hunter's 
Gazetteer : — 

"Haidarabad  was  founded  in  1589,  by  Kutab  Shah  Mohammad 
Kuli,  the  fifth  in  descent  from  Sultan  Kuli  Eutab  Shah,  the  founder 
of  the  dynasty  at  Golconda.  Muhammad  Kuli  removed  the  seat  of 
gOTemment  from  Golconda  on  account  of  its  want  of  water  and 
consequent  unhealthiness,  and  built  a  new  city  on  the  banks  of  the 
Musi  river,  seven  miles  from  his  former  capital.  He  called  it 
BhagnagaVf  'Fortunate  City,'  from  his  favourite  mistress,  Bhagmati; 
but  alter  her  death  he  named  it  Haidarabad,  '  The  City  of  Haidar,' 
though  for  many  years  it  retained  itsfdrmer  appellation.  The  history 
of  Golconda  and  Haidarabad  after  1589  is  almost  identical.  Soon 
after  establishing  himself  in  his  new  capital,  Muhammad  KuU  carried 
on  with  the  neighbouring  Hindu  Rajas  the  war  which  his  predecessor 
Ibrahim  Shah  had  begun.  He  extended  his  conquests  south  of  the 
Kistne  river ;  the  strong  fortress  of  Ganditoka  was  captured,  and  one 
of  his  detachments  sacked  the  town  of  Cnddapah.  Some  of  his  troops 
penetrated  even  to  the  frontiers  of  Bengal,  and  Muhammad  Kuli 
defeated  the  Haja  of  Orissa,  and  subjugated  the  greater  part  of  the 
Northern  Circars. 

**  In  1603,  an  ambassador  from  Shah  Abbas,  King  of  Persia,  arrived 
at  Haidarabad  with  a  ruby-studded  crown  and  other  magnificent  gifts. 
The  palace  of  Dil-kusha  was  allotted  to  the  envoy,  who  remained  there 
six  years,  receiving  from  Muhammad  Kuli  £2,000  annually  for  his 
expenses.  When  the  ambassador  lef&  for  Persia,  an  ofiScer  of  the 
court  of  Haidarabad  accompanied  him,  bearing  return  presents,  and 
amongst  them  some  gold  cloth  manufactured  at  Paitan,  which  it  took 
five  years  to  make.  In  1611,  Muhammad  Kuli  died,  after  a 
prosperous  reign  of  thirty-four  years.  The  principal  memorials  of 
this  monarch  are  the  palace  and  gardens  of  Ilahi  Mahal,  the 
Muhammadi  gardens,  the  palace  of  Nabat  Ghat,  the  Chcir  Minar 
or  college,  and  the  Jama  Maajid  or  *  Cathedral '  Mosque. 
According  to  the   accounts  of  Mir  Abu  Talib,   the   king's    private 


THE  NIZAATS    STATE.  465 

treasorer,  £2,800,000  was  expended  on  public  works  daring  the 
reign  of  Muhammad  Kuli,  and  £24,000  was  distributed  every  year 
among  the  poor.  The  king's  example  of  liberality  was  followed  by 
his  nobility ;  and  the  number  of  handsome  buildings  throughout  the 
dominions  of  the  Kutab  Shah  monarch  is  unsurpassed,  if  not 
unequalled,  in  any  other  of  the  Muhammadan  kingdoms  of  the 
Deccan. 

"  Muhammad  Euli  was  succeeded  by  his  son,  Saltan  AbduUa  Kutab 
Shah.  The  Mughals  under  Shah  Jahan,  the  fifth  emperor  (1627 — 58), 
now  make  their  appearance  in  Southern  India.  Aurangzeb,  Shah 
Jahan's  son,  was  sent  as  viceroy  into  the  Deccan  by  that  prince,  who 
seemed  bent  on  compensating  for  failures  beyond  the  Indus  by  the 
subjugation  of  Bijapur  and  Golconda.  The  immediate  cause  of  his 
attack  upon  the  latter  kingdom  was  an  appeal  from  Mir  Jumla,  the 
prime  minister,  whose  son  had  involved  him  in  a  dispute  with  the 
court.  Mir  Jumla  finding  himself  unable  to  obtain  such  concessions 
as  he  desired  from  his  own  sovereign,  determined  to  throw  himself  on 
the  protection  of  the  Mughal  Emperor.  Such  an  opportunity  for 
intrigue  suited  Aurangzeb's  character,  and  he  strongly  urged  his 
father  to  entertain  Mir  Jumla's  petition.  Shah  Jahan,  influenced 
by  this  advice,  issued  a  mandate  to  Abdulla  to  redress  the  com- 
plaints of  his  minister;  but  Abdulla  was  so  incensed  by  this 
questioning  of  his  independence  that  he  sequestrated  Mir  Jumla's 
property,  and  committed  his  son,  Muhammad  Amin,  to  prison. 
Shf^  Jahan  now  despatched  Aurangzeb  to  carry  his  demands  into 
efiect  by  force  of  arms.  Under  pretext  of  escorting  his  son  Sultan 
Muhammad  to  Bengal,  to  wed  the  daughter  of  his  brother  Prince 
Shuja,  Aurangzeb  made  a  treacherous  attack  upon  Haidarabad.  The 
road  from  Aurangabad  (the  capital  of  the  Deccan)  to  Bengal  made  a 
circuit  by  Masulipatam  in  order  to  avoid  the  forests  of  Gondwana, 
and  thus  naturally  brought  the  viceroy  within  a  short  distance  of 
Haidarabad.  Abdulla  Kutab  Shah  was  preparing  an  entertainment 
for  Auraiigzeb*s  reception,  when  he  suddenly  advanced  as  an  enemy, 
and  took  the  king  so  completely  by  surprise  that  he  had  only  time  to 
flee  to  the  hill -fort  of  Golcouda,  seven  miles  distant,  whilst 
Haidarabad  fell  into  the  hands  of  the  Mughals,  and  was  plundered 
and  half  burned  before  the  troops  could  be  brought  into  order. 
Abdulla  did  all  in  his  power  to  negotiate  reasonable  terms,  but  the 
Mughals  were  inexorable;    and  after  several  attempts  to  raise  the 

H  H 


466  PICTURESQUE    INDIA, 

siege  by  force,  he  was  at  last  forced  to  accept  the  severe  conditions 
imposed  on  him,  viz.,  to  give  his  daughter  in  marriage  to  Sultan 
Muhammad,  with  a  dowry  in  land  and  money;  to  pay  a  crore  of 
rupees  (£1,000,000  sterling)  as  the  first  instalment  of  a  yearly 
tribute ;  and  to  make  up  the  arrears  of  past  payments  in  two  years. 
Mir  Jumla  remained  in  the  service  of  the  Mughals,  and  became  a 
favourite  general  of  Aurangzeb,  and  one  of  the  most  useful  instruments 
of  his  ambition. 

'' AbduUa  died  in  1672,  and  was  succeeded  by  his  son-in-law,  Abu 
Husain,  who  in  his  youth  had  been  notorious  for  dissipated  habits. 
He  fell  entirely  under  the  influence  of  a  Maratha  Brahman,  named 
Madhuna  Panth,  who  became  his  prime  minister.  In  1676,  at  the 
invitation  of  this  man,  Sivaji,  the  founder  of  the  Maratha  supremacy, 
entered  Haidarabad  with  a  force  of  70,000  men,  on  his  way  to  the 
Eamatic  He  also  concluded  a  treaty  with  Abu  Husain.  Sivaji*s 
reception  at  Golconda  afforded  grounds  for  a  war  with  the  state  of 
Bijapur,  but  the  invasion  was  resisted  and  defeated  by  Madhuna 
Panth.  Sivaji  died  in  1610,  and  was  succeeded  by  his  eldest  son, 
Sambaji,  with  whom  Abu  Husain  also  entered  into  an  alliance. 
Aurangzeb  was  prevented  from  at  once  turning  his  arms  against 
Qolconda,  owing  to  a  convention  made  by  his  son,  Prince  Muazim. 
When  in  1686,  Ehan  Jahan  was  sent  against  that  state,  and  found 
himself  unable  to  oppose  its  army,  he  begged  urgently  for  reinforce- 
ments ;  and  Prince  Muazim  was  despatched  to  his  assistance.  The 
leader  of  the  Golconda  troops  proved  unfaithful  to  his  cause,  and 
allowed  the  united  forces  to  proceed  unmolested  to  Haidarabad,  where 
he  joined  the  Mughals  with  the  greater  part  of  his  troops.  The  king, 
Abu  Husain,  shut  himself  in  the  fort  of  Golconda ;  and  Haidarabad 
was  again  left  open  to  plunder.  Madhuna  Panth  was  killed  in  a 
popular  tumult,  and  the  king  accepted  such  terms  as  he  could  obtain. 
A  payment  of  two  millions  sterling  in  money  and  jewels  was  demanded. 
The  treaty,  however,  was  of  short  duration,  for  in  1687  Aurangzeb 
formally  declared  war  against  Abu  Husain.  The  king  bravely 
defended  the  fort  of  Golconda  for  seven  months,  and  lost  it  at  last  by 
treachery,  and  was  sent  a  captive  to  Daulatabad,  where  he  resided 
until  his  death.  Abu  Husain  was  a  very  popular  monarch,  and  many 
anecdotes  of  his  virtues  are  still  current  in  the  Deccan.  Aurangzeb 
immediately  took  possession  of  all  the  territories  of  Bijapur  aud 
GolcoDda,  but  his  occupation  was  little  more  than  military.     The 


THE  NIZAATS  STATE.  467 

districts  were  farmed  out,  and  were  govemed  by  military  leaders,  who 
received  twenty-five  per  cent,  for  the  expense  of  collecting  the 
rcyenue. 

''No  event  of  any  importance  occurred  at  Haidarabad  until  1707, 
the  year  of  Aurangzeb's  death.    A  dispute  for  the  crown  took  place 
between  his  two  sons,  Prince  Azim  and  Prince  Muazim.     The  latter 
was  victorious,  and  ascended  the  throne  as  Bahadur  Shah.     Prince 
Kam  Bakhsh  refused  to   acknowledge  his  brother  as  king;    and 
Bahadur  Shah,  after  attempting  in  vain  to  win  him  over  by  con- 
cessions, marched  against  him  to  the  Deccan,  and  defeated  him  in  a 
battle  near  Haidarabad  (February,  1708),  in  which  Kam  Bakhsh  was 
mortally  wounded.     Bahadur   Shah  then    made  a  truce  with  the 
Marathas :  and  affairs  in  the  Deccan  remained  quiet  imtil  the  end  of 
his  reign  in  1712.     The  vice -royalty  was  given  to  Zulfikar  Khan,  an 
adherent  of  Prince  Azim ;  and  the  administration  of  the  Government 
to  Daud  Elhan,  a  Pathan  officer,  who  had  distinguished  himself  under 
Aurangzeb.     The  death  of  Bahadur  Shah  was  followed  by  struggles 
amongst  his  sons.     The  incapacity  of  the  eldest,  Jahandar  Shah,  had 
given  a  great  ascendancy  to  the  second,  Azim-us-Shan,  who  was 
supported  by  the  army  and  the  nobility.    A  battle  ensued ;  Azim-us- 
Shan  was  repulsed  and  slain,  and  Jahandar  Shah  remained  undisputed 
master  of  the  throne.     One  of  his  first  acts  was  to  put  all  the  princes 
•of  the  blood  within  his  reach  to  death.    Among  those  whom  he  could 
not  get  into  his  power  was  Farukhsiyyar,  the  only  son  of  Azim-us- 
Bhan ;  but  the  cause  of  this  prince  was  espoused  by  the  Governor  of 
Behar,  Sayyid  Husain  Ali.     The  rivals  met  near  Agra  on  the  28th  of 
December,  1712 ;   and  on  the  1st  of  January,  1718,  Farukhsiyyar 
ascended  the  throne  and  conferred  dignities  upon  all  his  adherents. 
Among  these  was  Chin  Khilich  Elhan,  a  noble  of  high  rank,  and  a 
brilliant  statesman,  to  whom  was  given  the  title  of  Nizam-ul-mulk 
Asaf  Jah.     Zulfikar  Khan  was  put  to  death,  and  Sayyid  Husain  Ali 
appointed  viceroy,  of  Deccan  in  his  stead.    But  the  emperor  was 
jealous  of  his  powerful  subject,  and  wished  to  get  rid  of  him.    He 
therefore  wrote  to  Daud  Khan,  promising  him  the  vice-royalty  if  he 
would  attack  Husain  Ali  on  his  arrival  in  the  Deccan  and  destroy  him. 
No  more  acceptable  commission  could  have  been  offered  to  Daud  Khan 
than  that  of  revenging  the  death  of  his  friend  and  patron,  Zulfikar ; 
and  taking  up  a  position  at  Burhanpur,  he  proclaimed  himself  viceroy, 
.and  awaited  Husain  Ali's  appearance.    A  severe  battle  was  fought,  in 

B  H  2 


463  PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 


which  Dand  Ehon  was  on  the  point  of  victory  when  he  was  strnck  by 
a  bullet  and  killed  instantly  (1716).  Husain  Ali  immediately  took 
the  field  against  the  Marathas,  but  was  completely  routed.  He  and 
his  brother,  Sayyid  Abdulla  Khan,  the  Wazir  of  the  Dec^^an,  now 
united  their  forces  against  Famkhsiyyar,  whose  schemes  for  the 
destruction  of  Husain  Ali  had  proved  abortive.  In  December,  1719, 
the  allies  advanced  upon  Delhi,  and  the  emperor  submitted  to  their 
demands,  which  became  more  exorbitant  day  by  day,  and  ended  in 
their  obtaining  possession  of  the  royal  citadel  and  palace,  which  were 
occupied  by  their  troops.  In  February,  1719,  Farukhsiyyar  was 
deposed,  and  two  months  later  put  to  death  by  order  of  Husain  Ali 
and  Abdulla  Ehan. 

''  The  two  Sayyids,  as  the  brothers  were  called,  selected  as  emperor 
Bafi-ud-daula,  who  died  in  a  few  months.  He  was  succeeded  (1719 
to  1748)  by  Muhammad  Shah,  the  last  independent  emperor  who  sat 
on  the  Delhi  throne.  The  first  great  event  in  his  reign  was  the 
overthrow  of  the  two  Sayyids,  which  was  effected  in  great  measure  by 
a  league  between  Asaf  Jah  and  Saadat  Ehan,  his  coadjutor  and  rival, 
and  afterwards  the  founder  of  the  Oudh  dynasty.  Asaf  Jah  saw  in 
the  disturbed  condition  of  the  country  an  excuse  for  raising  troops ; 
and  as  he  perceived  the  difficulty  of  establishing  a  permanent  control 
at  Delhi,  he  determined  to  lay  the  foundation  of  his  power  on  a  firmer 
basis,  and  turned  his  attention  first  to  the  Deccan.  His  plans 
against  the  Sayyids  succeeded.  In  October,  1720,  Husain  Ali  was 
assassinated,  and  at  the  end  of  the  year  Abdulla  Ehan  was  defeated 
and  taken  prisoner  by  Muhammad  Shah;  but  the  power  of  this 
monarch  was  rapidly  declining.  In  January,  1722,  Asaf  Jah 
arrived  at  Delhi,  and  assumed  the  office  of  Wazir.  He  found  the 
court  in  a  state  of  utmost  weakness ;  the  emperor  and  his  favourites 
were  given  up  to  pleasure,  and  after  some  months  of  mutual  dis- 
satisfaction, they  devised  plans  to  firee  themselves  from  the  trouble- 
some  counsels  of  Asaf  Jah.  The  Wazir  was  despatched  against  the 
refractoi7  governor  of  Gujarat,  but  speedily  returned,  strengthened  by 
the  addition  of  a  rich  province.  In  October,  1728,  shortly  after  this 
victory,  Asaf  Jah  resigned  his  post  as  Waztr  and  set  off  for  the 
Deccan,  a  proceeding  amounting  in  reality  to  a  declaration  of  indepen- 
dence. The  emperor,  although  he  graciously  accepted  Asaf  Jah's 
resignation,  and  conferred  on  him  the  title  of  Lieutenant  of  the 
Empire — ^the  highest  that  could  be  conferred  on  a  subject — did  not  on 


THE  NIZAM'S  STATE  469 


that  accoTuit  abate  his  hostility.  He  sent  orders  to  the  local 
governor  of  Haidarabad  to  endeavour  to  dispossess  the  viceroy,  and 
assume  the  government  of  the  Deccan  in  his  place. 

'*  Mubariz  Ehan  entered  zealously  on  his  task,  and  succeeded  in 
gathering  together  a  powerful  army.  Asaf  Jah  protracted  negotia- 
tions for  several  months,  and  endeavoured  to  sow  sedition  among  the 
adherents  of  the  governor.  At  last  he  was  forced  to  come  to  open 
war,  and  soon  gained  a  decisive  victory  over  Mubariz,  who  lost  his 
life  in  the  battle,  fought  in  October,  1724.  As  the  emperor  had  not 
avowed  the  attack  which  he  had  instigated,  Asaf  Jah,  not  to  be 
outdone  in  dissimulation,  sent  the  head  of  Mubariz  to  court  with  his 
own  congratulations  on  the  extinction  of  the  rebellion.  He  then  fixed 
his  residence  at  Haidarabad,  and  became  the  founder  of  an  indepen- 
dent kingdom,  now  ruled  over  by  his  descendants,  who  derive  from 
him  the  title  of  Nizams  of  Haidarabad  State.'' 

There  is  no  hotel  at  Haidarabad,  and  Europeans  will  not  find  it 
easy  to  get  accommodated.  At  Secunderabad,  four  miles  distant, 
there  is  a  very  comfortable  hotel  close  to  the  station,  as  well  as  an 
excellent  Dak  bungalow. 

Secunderabad  is  a  British  military  cantonment,  the  largest  station 
in  India,  the  headquarters  of  the  Haidarabad  subsidiary  force,  which 
constitutes  a  division  of  the  Madras  army.  There  are  usually 
stationed  here  about  8,000  European,  and  6,000  native  troops  of 
all  sorts.  This  force  is  maintained  by  the  British  Government  by 
treaty  with  the  Nizam,  in  lieu  of  certain  contingent  and  auxiliary 
forces  which  had  been  previously  raised  by  him  to  co-operate  with  the 
British  army,  but  which  had  proved  inefficient.  The  cost  is  defrayed 
out  of  the  revenues  of  the  assigned  district  of  Berar.  The  cantonment 
covers  an  area  of  nearly  twenty  square  miles,  including  the  beautiful 
tank,  the  Husain  Sagar,  and  the  magnificent  parade  ground.  A  short 
distance  from  Secunderabad,  at  Trimalgiri,  is  a  strong  entrenched  camp 
capable  of  accommodating  all  the  Europeans  in  the  district  in  case  of 
need.  Secunderabad  is  not  a  healthy  station,  except  during  the  cold 
season. 

The  capital,  Haidarabad,  is  encircled  by  a  strong  bastioned  stone 
wall,  six  miles  in  circumference,  pierced  with  thirteen  fine  gateways. 
The  population  within  the  city  walls  is  124,000,  and  in  the  suburbs 
281,000  more ;  total  866,000.  It  stands  in  the  midst  of  wild  and 
rocky  scenery,  with  isolated  granite  peaks.    In  the  hollows  are  pretty 


470  PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 

tanks,  some  of  which  are  very  large,  the  one  which  supplies  the  city 
with  water  being  twenty  miles  in  ciroamference. 

The  buildings  of  the  city  are  homely  and  without  much  architec- 
tural pretensions,  but  the  bazars  are  picturesque  beyond  all  descrip- 
tion. 

The  Nizam,  as  the  most  important  Musalman  potentate  possessed 
of  an  Asiatic  capital,  has  attracted  to  his  serrice,  civil  and  military, 
Muhammadans  from  almost  eyery  part  of  Asia  and  even  Africa,  all  of 
whom  go  about  armed  to  the  teeth  with  the  quaint  weapons  of  their 
countries,  and  wearing  their  distinctive  dresses.  Turks,  Arabs,  Moors, 
Afghans,  Zanzibaris,  Persians,  Bokhariots,  Bohillas,  as  well  as  Sikhs, 
Rajputs,  Marathas,  Parsis,  Madrasis,  and  every  variety  of  Hindu 
swarm  in  the  chief  streets  of  Haidarabad.  The  best  way  to  see  the 
city  is  from  the  back  of  an  elephant.  The  only  broad  street  runs 
from  the  Afzal  gate  right  through  the  city. 

Haidarabad,  being  a  comparatively  modern  capital,  has  nothing  of 
antiquarian  and  little  of  architectural  interest  to  attract  the  traveller. 

The  Nizam's  palace  consists  of  three  enormous  quadrangles  sur- 
rounded by  buildings,  handsome  enough,  but  devoid  of  character. 

These  courtyards  are  full  of  armed  retainers,  servants,  horsemen, 
carriages  and  elephants,  and  at  busy  periods  of  the  day  are  very 
amusing.  There  is,  however,  nothing  to  be  seen  inside  or  outside 
the  palace  but  the  usual  tasteless  display  of  splendour  chai'acteristic 
of  modern  Indian  princes.    It  accommodates  7,000  people  of  all  sorts. 

In  the  very  centre  of  the  city,  at  the  junction  of  the  four  main 
streets,  is  the  famous  Char  Minar,  or  four  towers,  built  about  a.d. 
1600,  upon  four  grand  arches,  above  which  are  several  storeys  of 
rooms  originally  devoted  to  a  college  but  now  used  as  a  store-house. 
The  building  is  four  square,  each  face  being  100  feet,  and  the 
minarets  soar  into  the  air  250  feet  above  the  level  of  the  street. 

This  is  the  busiest  spot  in  the  whole  city,  and  hours  may  be  spent 
watching  the  amusing  and  picturesque  scenes  surrounding  the  Char 
Minar. 

The  Jama,  or  Mekka,  Masjid,  designed  after  the  one  at  Mekka, 
is  a  very  grand  building.  The  pillars  of  the  courtyard  are  lofty 
granite  monoliths.  Its  minarets  are  very  beautiful,  and  are  about 
100  feet  high,  it  was  built  by  Muhammad  Kuli  Kutb  Shah  about 
A.D.  1600. 

Sir  Salar  Jung's  palace,  the  Bara  Dari,  is  a  fine  modem  mansion 


472  PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 

of  great  size,  sarrounded  by  beantifal  gardens;  in  the  stables  are 
several  magnificent  elephants  and  a  fine  stud  of  horses. 

The  suburbs  of  Haidarabad  are  remarkably  attractive  and  beautiful. 
They  are  enriched  by  splendid  gardens,  magnificent  pavilions, 
charming  drives,  tanks>  bridges  and  deer  parks. 

Near  the  railway  station  is  a  pretty  zoological  garden,  with  some 
fine  tigers  and  other  animals  and  birds. 

The  British  residency  is  situated  in  the  suburb  of  Chander  Ghat ; 
it  is  one  of  the  finest  modern  residences  in  India.  It  is  on  the  banks 
of  the  Biver  Musa,  opposite  to  the  Nizam's  palace,  communicating 
with  it  by  the  Oliphant  Bridge. 

The  residency  was  built  in  1808,  and  was  constructed  entirely  by 
native  workmen.  The  north  front,  which  looks  away  from  the  river 
and  city  is  adorned  by  a  splendid  portico,  reached  by  a  flight  of 
twenty-two  granite  steps,  the  lowest  of  which  is  sixty  feet  long  and 
flanked  by  huge  stone  sphinxes. 

The  hall  is  sixty  feet  long,  thirty-three  feet  broad,  and  fifty  feet  high, 
and  all  the  other  rooms  are  in  proportionate  size.  The  staircase  is 
the  finest  in  India,  each  step  being  a  single  block  of  the  purest  granite. 
The  whole  building  is  richly  decorated  and  handsomely  furnished  in  a 
way  likely  to  impress  the  oriental  mind.  The  residency  stands  in 
beautiful  pleasure  grounds,  surrounded  by  a  grim  wall  of  great  strength 
with  two  gateways.  The  resident  is  not  oppressed  by  all  this 
splendour,  but  lives  in  a  snug  house  of  his  own  hard  by  within  the 
grounds. 

The  Jahan  Numa  palace  is  in  the  suburb  of  that  name ;  it  is  in  the 
midst  of  rice  fields  crossed  by  a  causeway.  At  the  end  of  it  a  long 
street  with  houses  on  both  sides,  built  for  the  accommodation  of  re- 
tinues of  distinguished  visitors,  leads  up  to  a  large  courtyard.  At  the 
end  of  this  is  the  palace,  an  odd  building  with  a  terraced  garden  at 
the  back  as  high  as  the  topmost  room.  The  palace  is  full  of  those 
mechanical  nick-nacks  of  which  Indian  rajas  are  so  inordinately  fond, 
of  the  "drop-in-a- penny- and -the -machine -works'*  kind,  and  other 
curiosities;  in  the  garden  are  cranes  of  various  sorts  and  a  few 
animals  in  cages. 

The  Mir  Alam  tank  is  a  beautiful  sheet  of  water  about  two  miles 
long,  embanked  by  twenty-one  large  and  massive  granite  arches,  laid 
on  their  sides,  the  arch  abutting  into  the  lake.  At  the  west  end  of 
this  lake,  which  is  veiy  picturesquely  embayed,  is  a  low  wooded  hill. 


THE   NIZAM'S    STATE. 


473 


OQ  tiie  top  of  which  is  the  Dargah  of  Mabbab  Ali.  This  in  a  charm- 
iiig  little  shrine,  once  corered  with  bine  tiles,  &om  which  a  fioe  view 
of  the  lake  and  surronnding  country  maj  be  obtained. 

The  Hassin  Sagar  tank  spreads  itself  out  on  one  side  of  the  road 
from  Haidarabad  to  Secunderabad,  for  a  distance  of  two  or  three  miles. 
A  new  palace  for  the  Nizam  is  being  bnilt  on  the  shores  of  this  fine 
lake,  and  the  whole  way  between  the  two  towns  will  soon  become  a 
continuous  line  of  mansions  and  bungalows,  built  by  the  Musalman 
nobles  who  resort  to  the  conrt  of  the  Nizam.  This  road  is  the 
fashionable  erening  drive  and  ride,  the  gayest  in  India ;  for  the 
Haidarabad  nobles  pride  themselves  above  aM  things  on  their  stables 
and  carriages. 

Golconda  is  an  ancient  fortress  and  ruined  city  about  seven  miles 
west  of  Haidarabad.  In  former  times  Golconda  was  a  large  and 
powerful  kingdom  of  the  Deccan,  which  rose  out  of  the  aehes  of  the 


Bahmani  dynasty.  Aarangzeb  annexed  it  to  Delhi  in  1687,  and  it 
has  been  deserted  ever  since.  It  was  the  capital  of  the  Kntub  Shahi 
kings,  who  held  their  conrt  here  from  1512 — 1687. 

The  diamonds  of  Golconda,  of  proverbial  celebrity,  were  only  cut 
and  polished  here,  being  found  at  Partial  dose  to  the  frontier.  The 
plain  in  which  Golconda  is  situated  is  stony  and  arid,  with  enormous 
boolders  of  granite  piled  one  on  the  top  of  each  other  m  strange  and 


PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 


faotABtic  heaps.  In  the  midst  of  these  rises  a  solitary  hill  about  250 
feet  high  crowned  by  a  sombre  fortress.  Ranged  along  the  foot,  on 
the  plain,  are  the  tombs  of  the  kings,  a  row  of  vast  mausolenms,  a 


veritable  Necropolis,  solitary  and  deserted.  Kot  many  years  ago 
these  tombs  were  overgrown  with  grass  and  jangle,  bat  the  late  Sir 
Salar  Jung  has  cleared  it  all  away  and  done  much  towards  the  intelli- 
gent repair  and  restoration  of  these  interesting  monnments. 

The  tombs  are  similar  in  character  though  differing  in  size  and 
height.  Each  tomb  stands  on  a  square  terrace.  It  consists  of  a 
qaadrangnlar  arcade  with  minarets  at  the  four  comers.  The  body  of 
tiie  building  rises  squarely  above  the  terrace  of  this  arcade,  flanked 
with  smaller  minarets,  and  from  this  level  the  magnificent  dome 
springs  into  the  air.  They  are  built  of  the  granite  of  the  country,  and 
in  their  pristine  glory  were  decorated  with  stucco  and  encaustic  tiles, 
of  which  some  remain. 

The  finest  tomb  is  that  of  Muhammad  Kuli  Kutb  Shah,  the  builder 
of  the  Char  Minar  and  the  Mekka  mosque  at  Haidarabad.  It  is  180 
feet  high,  the  dome  being  sixty  feet  high.  There  are  some  magnifi- 
cent single  blocks  of  granite  worked  into  this  tomb,  especially  the 
pillars  and  pilasters  of  the  portals.  This  building  was  decorated  with 
encanstic  tiles,  of  which  a  few  remain,  suggestive  of  the  beauty  of  the 
whole. 

Although  Haidarabad  has  no  buildings  that  rank  with  the  finer 
monuments  of  India,  it  is  an  intensely  interesting  and  beautiful  city, 
differing  in  its  characteristics  from  every  other  native  capital.    Jaipur, 


THE   NIZAM'S   STATE.  47S 

Baroda,  Maisnr,  or  Indore,  are  Hindu  capitals,  with  Hindu  customs. 
Haidarabad  is  a  surviyal  of  dominant  Islamism,  with  Musalman 
customs.  It  is  a  remnant  of  the  gorgeous  East,  a  page  out  of  the 
"  Arabian  Nights."  Haidarabad  has  never  been  brought  under  the 
heel  of  England.  There  are  no  Babu  clerks,  or  college  and  high- 
school  students,  thronging  the  streets  and  bazars,  but  good  valiant 
swashbucklers,  bristling  with  daggers  and  matchlocks. 

The  civil  service,  as  well  as  the  military,  is  manned  in  all  its  ranks 
by  Musalmans  imported  from  Upper  India,  and  the  ever  ubiquitous 
Bengali  has  no  chance  whatever.  The  nobles  are  feudal  barons,  with 
enormous  estates,  which  they  govern  in  their  own  fashion  without 
much  heed  to  the  central  authority,  maintaining  their  fine  palaces  and 
princely  hospitality  in  the  capital.  They  are  easy-going  followers  of 
the  prophet,  especially  in  the  matter  of  champagne  and  other  convivial 
accessories.  Their  hospitality  is  boundless,  and  any  Englishman  well 
introduced  into  Haidarabad,  will  want  to  stay  as  long  as  he  can.  There 
is  the  most  cordial  relationship  between  them  and  the  many  English- 
men resident  in  the  city,  visiting  and  entertaining  each  other  with  a 
freedom  existing  nowhere  else  in  Musalman  society.  The  English  club 
admits  native  gentlemen  as  members,  and  the  officers  of  the  Nizam's 
forces  dine  at  the  messes  of  the  British  officers  at  Secunderabad.  A 
Haidarabad  native  gentleman  understands  European  manners  and 
customs  perfectly,  axid  speaks  English  fluently.  All  the  freedom, 
however,  is  confined  to  men,  and  the  ladies  of  their  households  are  as 
tightly  secluded  as  in  other  Musalman  communities. 

The  trade  crafts  of  Haidarabad  are  much  the  same  as  those  of 
other  Deccan  cities.  There  are,  however,  one  or  two  special  manu- 
factures worth  noticing.  It  is  a  great  market  for  piece  goods 
woven  of  silk  and  cotton  mixed,  known  as  Mashru  or  Sufi.  It 
is  not  lawful  for  Musalmans  to  wear  pure  silk,  so  they  mix  the  silk 
with  cotton ;  hence  the  well-known  Indian  fabrics  with  a  cotton  warp, 
and  the  woof  of  soft  sUk  in  a  striped  pattern,  having  the  lustre  of 
satin ;  this  is  called  Mashru,  or  ''  permitted.''  Some  of  the  Mashrus 
are  figured  in  gold  or  silver.  The  Stifis  or  "lawful  *'  pieces  are  mixed 
in  stripes  and  checkers,  or  figured ;  they  have  no  satiny  shine,  but  are 
more  like  glazod  calico.  They  are  glazed  with  a  preparation  made 
from  quince  seeds.  There  is  also  a  considerable  manufacture  of 
Makhmalf  the  gorgeous  and  costly  gold-embroidered  velvets  used  for 
canopies  of  state,  umbrellas  of  dignity,  elephant  and  horse  trappings 


476  PICTURESQUE    INDIA. 

and  capariBons,  whose  sumptaoas  gold  scroll  omanieiitation  is  Jltlun 
in  origin,  and  no  doubt  was  introdaced  by  the  PortugaeBe.  Some  of 
the  best  oriental  pile  carpets  are  made  in  Haidarabad,  thongh  better 
ones  are  produced  at  ^Varanga)  and  the  villages  ronnd.  The  vei; 
finest  tugs  exhibited  at  the  1851  Exhibition  came  from  Warangal, 
their  peculiarity  being  the  exceedingly  fine  count  of  the  stitches,  about 
12,00U  going  to  the  square  foot ;  the  colours  were  wonderfully  blended, 


and  kept  in  BubjectioD  by  their  judicious  distribation  and  the  t  xtreme 
closeness  of  the  weaving.  The  cost  of  these  beautiful  rugs  was  about 
:£10  per  yard,  and  they  may  be  seen  at  the  India  museom  at  South 
Kensir^n.  Persian  competition  has  almost  ruined  the  carpet  trade 
of  Haidarabad,  bat  anyone  who  knows  his  way  about  an  Indian  baxar, 
can  still  find  specimens  in  the  Nizam's  country  that  excel  anything 
else  to  be  got  in  India. 

The  red  earthenware  pottery  of  Haidarabad  is  well-known  in  the 
Eastern  shops  of  London,  and  is  very  pretty  and  artistic.  There  is 
DO  place  in  India  where  it  is  bo  easy  to  get  toge&er  a  collection  of 


THE  NIZAATS   STATE.  ^77 


armoor  and  weapons.  The  seryice  of  the  Nizam  has  for  a  long  time 
attracted  the  warlike  Musalman  tribes  of  India  and  Central  Asia,  who 
have  brought  their  weapons  with  them.  Every  kind  of  shield,  sword, 
knife,  dagger,  matchlock,  spear,  battle-axe,  pistol,  helmet,  and  breast- 
plate, engraved,  damascened,  sculptured,  or  jewelled,— may  be  picked 
up  in  the  Haidarabad  bazar,  and  so,  too,  may  very  base  imitations, 
manufactured  on  the  spot,  to  snare  the  unwary  traveller. 

The  Wesleyan  Missionary  Society  is  active  in  Haidarabad,  having 
stations  also  at  Secunderabad  and  other  places  in  the  Nizam's 
dominions.  They  have  nine  missionaries,  a  total  membership  of  about 
800,  with  some  1,400  scholars  in  twenty-eight  schools.  The  Bev. 
Wm.  Burgess  is  chairman  of  the  district  and  general  superintendent. 
The  Society  for  the  Propagation  of  the  Gospel,  the  American  Episcopal 
Methodists,  and  the  American  Baptists,  also  are  in  the  field,  the  latter 
having  a  small  station  in  Hanumancondah. 

Warangal  is  eighty-seven  miles  from  Secunderabad.  The  train 
leaves  at  11.16  a.m.,  and  reaches  Warangal  at  6.15,  returning  next 
day  at  8.16  p.m.  Warangal  is  a  small  town  of  about  4,000  inhabitants, 
interesting  only  to  the  antiquarian.  It  was  the  ancient  capital  of  the 
Hindu  kingdom  of  Telingane,  which  merged  by  conquest  into  the  hands 
of  the  Bahmani  kings.  At  Warangal  there  are  four  Kirte  Stambhas, 
as  they  are  called,  facing  one  another,  as  though  forming  the  gateways 
of  a  square  enclosure.  There  is  no  trace  of  any  wall,  however,  or  of 
any  building  having  been  erected  within  the  supposed  enclosure. 
They  were  set  up  about  1160  a.d.,  by  Pratapa  Budra,  who  built  the 
Great  Temple  at  Hanumancondah,  a  still  older  capital,  six  miles  from 
Warangal.  Fergusson  looks  upon  these  remarkable  erections  as 
lineal  descendants  of  the  four  gateways  at  Sanchi,  and  they  have 
probably  been  erected  to  replace  some  wooden  structure  fallen  to  decay. 

The  **  thousand-pillared  "  temple  of  Hanumancondah  is  one  of  the 
most  remarkable  in  India.  It  is  a  triple  building  with  three  large 
detached  chambers,  in  front  of  which  is  a  beautiful  portico,  supported 
by  hundreds  of  pillars,  dispersed  in  a  complicated  manner,  with  great 
beauty  of  detail,  and  diiFering  in  design.  The  windows  are  beautifully 
pierced  stone  slabs.     The  doorways  arc  superb. 

All  roxmd  Warangal  there  are  a  great  number  of  smaller  temples 
and  shrines,  in  the  same  style,  and  dedicated  like  it  to  Siva — they 
are  mostly  in  ruins.  At  Warangal  wild  silk  is  spun  and  woven  into 
very  pretty  fabrics.    It  is  a  long  and  weary  journey  from  Warangal 


1 


THE   NIZAM'S   STATE.  479 


to  Bez  Wada,  the  terminus  of  the  Nizam's  state  railway.  The 
distance  is  only  180  miles,  but  it  takes  nine  hours  to  accomplish  it. 
Bez  Wada  contains  much  that  is  interesting  to  the  archsBologist, 
including  some  rock-cut  temples  of  the  Buddhist  period,  and  some 
very  ancient  Hindu  pagodas.  Bez  Wada  is  on  the  banks  of  the 
Eistna  riyer,  which  is  here  confined  between  two  hills  about  1,800 
yards  apart,  through  which  it  flows  with  considerable  velocity,  six  and 
a  half  miles  an  hour  in  flood ;  below  Bez  Wada  it  widens  out  into  a 
channel  three  or  four  miles  wide,  and  has  formed  a  wide  and  rich 
delta.  It  is  estimated  that  the  Kistna  in  flood  carries  past  Bez 
Wada  sufficient  alluvial  matter  to  form  a  deposit  one  foot  deep  over  a 
surface  of  five  miles.  One  of  the  most  important  irrigation  works  in 
India  is  at  Bez  Wada.  The  anient  is  very  massive,  being  nearly 
1,800  yards  long,  263  broad,  and  rising  twenty  feet  above  the  river 
bed.  The  water  thus  caught  is  conducted  by  254  miles  of  main  chan- 
nels to  irrigate  226,000  acres,  bringing  in  a  revenue  of  nearly  £100,000 
a  year.  The  daily  train  on  the  Nizam's  railway  leaves  Bez  Wada  at 
6  A.M.,  arriving  at  Warangal  8.15  p.m.,  Secunderabad,  9.40  p.m.,  and 
Wadi  Junction,  6.15  a.m.,  making  an  average  speed  of  sixteen  miles 
an  hour.  In  all  probability  the  Bellary  Eistna  Railway  will  be  open 
for  passenger  traffic  before  this  volume  is  published.  The  traveller 
will  then  be  able  to  proceed  from  Bez  Wada  through  Nandial  to  Adoni 
on  the  Madras  Bailway,  without  coming  back  through  Haidarabad  {see 
next  chapter). 


CHAPTER   XXXIII. 

HAIDAEABAD    TO    MADRAS. 

ROM  Wadi  junction  to  Baichor  the 
journey  occnpies  about  three 
hours.  There  is  good  Bleeping 
accommodation  at  the  refreeh- 
ment  rooms.  Baichur  is  an  old 
town  and  fortress  in  Haidarabad 
state.  The  present  populaLion  is 
about  16,000.  The  fort  consists 
of  a  citadel  enclosed  with  a  double 
line  of  fortifications.  The  inuer 
wall  contains  an  inscription  in 
Sanscrit  stating  that  it  was  built 

^^ ^  by  King  Vitbala  a.d.  1294.     The 

"     -  --^^i  "^  gateway  was  bnilt  by  Saltan  Ibra- 

him Adil  Shah,  a.d.  1570.  The 
intadel  stands  290  feet  above  the  plain,  and  is  in  remarkably  good 
preservation.  There  are  some  interesting  boiidings  inside  the  wall  of 
the  fort,  including  a  pretty  shrine.  The  view  from  the  top  is  very 
extensiTe.  There  is  a  cnrions  old  gun  on  one  of  the  bastions  wiUi 
the  breech  blown  away,  showing  that  it  is  made  of  longitudinal 
iron  bars  bound  together  by  two  wrought  iron  coils.  The  town  is 
well-built,  with  good  wide  bazars.  Baichur  is  noted  for  the  excel- 
lence of  its  glazed  pottery  and  embroidered  slippers. 

Baichur  is  the  south-eastern  terminus  of  the  Great  India  Peninsula 
Railway,  where  it  makes  junction  with  the  north-west  line  of  the 
Madras  Railway. 
Adoni. — The  first  place  of  any  importance  on  the  Madras  Bailwaj 


HAIDARABAD    TO   MADRAS.  481 

is  Adoni  in  the  Madras  Presidency,  an  ancient  place  with  far-reaching 
traditions  of  over  8,000  years.  It  has  been  a  strongly  fortified  position 
for  many  centuries.  The  fort,  which  is  built  on  two  hills  called 
Borikala  and  Talibanda,  800  feet  above  the  plain,  has  borne  a  con- 
spicuous part  in  tho  history  of  the  district.  In  its  present  form  it 
dates  from  about  a.d.  1570.  It  is  now  in  ruins.  The  town  has  a  popula- 
tion of  about  25,000,  with  a  large  proportion  of  Muhammadans. 
There  is  a  fine  mosque.  The  bulk  of  the  population  are  engaged  in 
the  weaving  of  cotton  and  silk  fabrics  and  carpets.  On  the  summit  of 
Tulibanda  is  a  fine  fig  tree,  which  is  visible  for  twenty  or  thirty 
miles  in  every  direction.  Adoni  is  a  place  of  much  picturesque 
beauty  of  situation  and  surroundings.  Between  Eosigi  and  Adoni  the 
railway  runs  through  singular  rocky  hills  of  fantastic  shapes. 
(juntaJial  is  the  junction  of  the  Madras  and  Southern  Maratha  lines. 
The  line  to  Nandial  extends  for  nipety  miles,  opening  ap  the  Karnul 
district  and  the  Nallamalai  Hills,  a  wild  country  famous  for  its  tigers 
and  other  wild  beasts,  as  well  as  every  variety  of  Indian  game. 

Bellary  is  two  hours  distant  from  Guntakal  on  the  Southern 
Maratha  Bailway ;  it  is  the  chief  town  of  a  large  district  in  tho 
Madras  Presidency,  and  the  headquarters  of  a  brigade  of  the  Madras 
army  of  a  total  strength  of  8,000.  It  has  a  population  of  nearly 
60,000,  of  which  two-thirds  are  Hindu.  The  city  stands  in  the 
centre  of  a  vast  treeless  plain,  broken  by  occasional  masses  of  granite 
.ind  huge  boulders  that  spring  abruptly  from  the  soil,  like  islands  in 
the  sea.  On  one  of  these,  450  feet  high,  and  about  two  miles  in  circuit 
is  built  the  impregnable  fortress  of  Bellary  inaccessible  in  the  face  of 
the  smallest  defensive  force.  There  is  a  lower  and  upper  line  of 
fortifications,  both  built  of  granite,  and  the  crown  of  the  hill  within 
the  upper  line  is  the  ancient  citadel,  within  which  is  a  singular 
granite  pillar,  thirty-six  feet  high,  elaborately  sculptured,  and  a  queer 
old  temple  to  Siva.     This  was  one  of  the  strongholds  of  Tipu  Sultan. 

The  town  of  Bellary  straggles  all  round  the  base  of  the  rock  on 

which  the  fort  is  built.     It  presents  the  ordinary  characteristics  of  a 

prosperous  and  thriving  centre  of  trade.     The  principal  produce  of 

the  district  is  grain,  cotton,  oil  seeds,  and  sugar.     There  is  a  fine 

cotton  mill.     Bellary  is  singularly  bare  of  trees,  but  there  are  many 

specimens  of  the  curious  Phlomis  indica,  or  umbrella  tree,  with  its 

grateful  shade  and  fragrant  blossoms.    The  distinctive  art  crafts  of  the 

bazars  are  glass,  bangles,  carved  teak,  lacquered  wood  boxes,  bracelets 

I  I 


4S3  PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 

and  toys,  cotton  carpets,  silk  and  cotton  cloth,  pretty  chintzes,  printed 
on  colonred  groande,  black  blankets,  and  colonred  felts. 

Forty-eight  miles  from  Bellaiy  ia  Hampi  or  Yijaysnagar,  a  rained 
city  of  great  interest,  covering  nine  sqaare  miles.  Hampi  was  founded 
by  two  adventurers  in  1336  A.D.,  and.  for  230  years  was  the  capital  of 
the  Vijsyani^ar  dynasty,  the  last  great  Hindu  power  of  the  eontb, 
who  boilt  magnificent  temples  and  palaces,  of  which  many  specimens 
still  remain  in  a  fair  state  of  preseryation.  Hampi  is  seven  miles 
iFom  Hospet  station,  where  there  is  a  Dak  bmigalow.     There  is  also 


BOULDEB,    BELLAKT, 

one  at  Eamalapnr,  two  miles  from  the  mins.  There  are  good  country 
carts  on  hire  at  Hospet,  and  the  Tasildhar  of  Hospet  is  instructed  to 
give  every  facility  to  European  travellers.  Its  period  of  greatest 
prosperity  was  from  1508 — 42,  when  the  finest  monuments  of  the  city 
were  erected — the  most  remarkable  of  these  is  a  tempie  dedicated  to 
Vitoba,  a  local  manifestation  of  Vishnu.  It  was  erected  a.d.  1530, 
and  is  still  nnfiniehed.  It  is  wholly  built  of  granite,  and  carved  with 
great  boldness  and  power.  Though  not  very  large,  it  is  one  of  the 
most  beautiful  temples,  and  its  porch  one  of  the  richest  pieces  of 
iecoration  in  India.  To  the  right  of  the  entrance  is  a  curious  little 
building,  cut  out  of  a  single  block  of  granite.  This  is  the  car  of  the 
god,  but  the  wheels  are  the  only  moveable  part  of  it. 

The  palace  buildings  are  detached  and  scattered ;  they  bring  before 


HAIDARABAD    TO   MADRAS.  483 

OS  the  arrangementa  of  a  Hindu  prince's  residence  before  they  fell 
under  the  sway  of  Musalman  inflaence.  They  consiala  of  pavilions, 
batihs,  audience  balls,  bareema,  and  other  buildings,  probably  joined 
together  by  wooden  arcades,  long  since  vanished.  The  style  of 
architecture  is  a  mixture  of  Saracenic  and  Hindu,  which  is  not  met 
with  often  in  India,  and  which  is  extremely  picturesque. 

Mr.  J.  Eelsall,  in  his  "  Manual  of  the  Bellary  District  "  (Madras, 


t   TITOBA,    UAHPI. 


1872),  flays  : — "  Many  of  the  baildings  are  now  bo  destroyed  that  it  is 
difficult  to  say  what  they  were  originally  meant  for,  but  the  massive 
style  of  architecture  and  the  huge  stones  that  have  been  employed  in 
tlieir  construction,  at  once  attract  attention.  Close  to  Kamalapur 
there  is  a  fine  stone  aqueduct,  and  a  building  which  has,  at  some  time 
or  other,  been  a  bath.  The  use  of  the  arch  in  the  doorways,  and  the 
embellishments  nsed  in  decorating  the  inner  rooms,  show  that  the 
design  of  this  building  was  considerably  modified  by  the  Musalmans, 
even  if  it  was  cot  constructed  by  them  altogether.  A  little  to  the 
south  of  this  is  a  very  fine  temple,  of  which  the  oater  and  inner  walla 
are  covered  with  q>irited  baBso^relievos,  representing  hunting  scenes 


484  PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 


and  incidents  in  the  BMrMiyana.  The  four  centre  pillars  are  of  a  kind 
of  bkck  marble,  handsomely  carved.  The  flooring  of  the  temple, 
originally  large  slabs  of  stone,  has  been  torn  np  and  ntterly  rained  by 
persons  in  search  of  treasure,  which  is  supposed  to  be  buried  both 
here  and  in  other  parts  of  the  ruins.  The  use  of  another  coTered 
building  close  by,  with  numerous  underground  passages,  has  not  been 
ascertained.  It  is  also  covered  with  basso-relievos,  in  one  of  which  a 
iion  is  represented.  At  a  little  distance  is  the  building  generally 
known  as  the  '  Elephant  Stables,'  and  there  seems  no  reason  to  doubt 
that  it  was  used  for  this  purpose.  Two  other  buildings,  which,  with 
the  'Elephant  Stables,'  form  roughly  three  sides  of  a  square,  are 
said  to  have  been  the  concert-hall  and  the  council-room.  Both,  bat 
especially  the  latter,  have  been  very  fine  buildings. 

"  Besides  these,  the  remains  of  the  zanana  and  the  arena  are  still 
visible.  But  the  huge  monoliths  applied  to  various  purposes  form 
perhaps  me  most  distinctive  feature  of  these  ruins — one,  a  water- 
trough,  i^  forty-one  and  a  quarter  feet  long ;  another,  a  statue  of  Siva, 
thirty-five  feet  high.  There  are  two  fine  temples,  between  which  the 
road  passes,  but  which  are  remarkable  for  nothing  but  the  enormous 
size  of  the  stones  which  have  been  used  in  their  construction.  Masses 
of  out  granite,  many  of  them  thirty  feet  in  length  by  four  in  depth,  are 
seen  high  up  in  the  wall,  and  no  explanation  can  be  given  of  the  mode 
in  which  they  were  placed  in  their  present  position.  There  are  also 
several  temples  in  a  fair  state  of  preservation,  notably  one  dedicated  to 
Vishnu,  about  three-quarters  of  a  mile  from  the  palace,  and  close  to 
the  river.  It  is  entirely  of  granite,  and  contains  some  splendid  mono- 
lithic piUars  richly  carved.  The  inscriptions  at  Hampi  have  contri- 
buted materially  to  our  knowledge  of  Yijayanagar  history.*' 

There  is  still  a  great  annual  festival  here,  although  the  village  is 
insignificant  in  size,  with  a  population  of  698  in  1881. 

The  London  Missionary  Society  commenced  missionary  work  in  the 
town  of  Bellary  in  1810,  and  the  first  missionaries  of  the  society  spent 
much  time  and  labour  in  translating  the  Scriptures  into  the  Ganarese 
and  Telugu  languages,  as  well  as  in  writing  and  circulating  Christian 
tracts,  which  they  printed  in  the  Mission  Press. 

Orphan  schools  for  boys  and  girls  were  commenced  in  1888,  and  in 
these  schools  many  boys  and  girls  have  been  trained,  some  of  whom 
have  occupied  useful  positions  in  the  Mission. 

Twelve  years  ago  it  was  thought  desirable  to  let  the  girls'  oiphau 


HAIDARABAD    TO   MADRAS  4Bi 

school  die  ont  as  the  boys  had  done,  bat  the  severe  famine  which  then 
▼isited  South  India,  left  npon  the  Missionaries'  hands  so  many  orphan 
children,  that  it  was  fonnd  necessary  to  carry  on  the  schools  more 
vigorously  than  ever.  There  are  now  about  forty  girls  and  boys  sup- 
ported from  funds  obtained  for  this  special  purpose. 

Bellaxy  town  is  divided  into  two  principal  parts — ^Bruce  Petta  and 
the  Kowl  Bazar,  between  which  lies  the  large  tank,  which  is  filled  only 
when  there  is  a  good  rain-fall. 

An  extensive  and  valuable  site  of  about  nine  acres  in  Bruce  Fetta 
belongs  to  the  Mission,  and  on  this  site  now  stand  the  chapel  built  in 
1824,  the  English  School,  the  Book  Depdt,  and  many  houses  occupied 
by  native  Christians.  In  the  Kowl  Bazar  there  are,  belonging  to  the 
Mission,  a  chapel  built  in  1868,  two  small  school-rooms  and  several 
house&  In  the  Fort  is  a  beautifully  built  chapel,  the  gift  of  a  friend 
resident  in  Bellary,  where  English  services  are  held. 

The  Canarese,  Telugu,  Tamil  and  Hindustani  languages  are  exten- 
sively spoken  in  Bellary  town.  Christian  services  are  conducted 
regularly  in  the  three  first.  Canarese  being  the  principal  dialect 
of  the  district,  most  of  the  mission  work  is  carried  on  in  that 
language. 

The  Christian  community  connected  with  the  London  Missionary 
Society  in  the  town  numbers  two  hundred  and  forty-eight.  The  diffi- 
culty of  obtaining  suitable  employment  is  the  cause  of  many  of  the 
children  of  Christian  parents  going  to  other  towns.  No  less  than  one 
hundred  have  left  during  the  last  ten  years. 

The  large  Anglo-Vernacular  School,  called  the  Wardlaw  Institution, 
which  now  contains  nearly  400  scholars,  and  which  teaches  up  to  the 
Matriculation  Standard  of  the  Madras  University,  was  for  some  years 
the  only  school  in  the  town  where  English  was  taught.  The  Govern- 
ment afterwards  established  an  English  school,  which  flourished  under 
its  care  for  many  years,  which  is  now  managed  by  the  municipality. 
A  branch  school,  connected  with  the  Wardlaw  Institution  in  Eowl 
Bazar,  and  two  vernacular  boys'  schools,  are  also  worked  by  the 
Mission. 

Work  amongst  the  female  population  of  Bellary  is  carried  on  in 
schools  and  by  house  to  house  visitation,  by  the  wives  of  missionaries, 
an  assistant  lady  missionary,  and  three  Bible-women.  There  are  two 
schools  for  Hindu  girls,  and  the  orphan  school  for  Christian  girls, 
containing  in  all  186  children. 


4S6  PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 

In  connection  with  the  Bellary  Native  Church  there  is  a  vigoronsly 
worked  branch  of  the  Blue  Ribbon  Army,  which  nnmbers  140  mem- 
bem.  The  work  of  this  society  has  extended  to  most  of  the  oat- 
stations  also. 

In  the  town  of  Bellary  there  are  two  churches  belonging  to  the 
Church  of  England,  Trinity  Church  in  the  Fort  and  the  Garrison 
Church  in  the  cantonment.  The  parade  services  are  held  in  the 
latter*  In  the  former  a  general  service,  attended  by  military  oflScers 
and  soldiers,  the  civiUans  and  Eurasians.  A  military  chaplain  is  in 
idiarge  of  this  work. 

There  is  also  a  Tamil  Native  Church,  connected  with  the  Society  for 
the  Propagation  of  the  Gospel,  which  for  many  years  was  under  the 
general  supervision  of  the  chaplain,  but  is  now  ministered  to  by  a  native 
clergyman,  who  is  assisted  by  a  catechist.  The  native  services  are 
held  in  Trinity  Church. 

The  Protestant  Orphanage,  which  was  commenced  by  the  London 
Missionary  Society  in  1811,  and  which  is  managed  by  a  committee 
with  the  chaplain  as  secretary,  has  commodious  buildings  in  the  Fort, 
and  is  a  most  useful  institution,  where  many  Eurasian  orphan  children 
have  found  a  home  and  been  trained  to  earn  a  respectable  livelihood. 
There  is  a  workshop  connected  with  the  orphanage. 

In  1877y  Mr.,  now  Bishop  Taylor,  of  the  American  Methodist 
Episcopal  Church,  began  work  amongst  the  Eurasian  population  of 
Bellary.  A  small  church,  which  was  intended  to  be  self-supporting, 
was  commenced,  and  is  ministered  to  by  its  own  pastor.  This  church 
has  become  settled  and  worships  in  a  chapel  which  was  built  in  the 
Fort  by  local  contributions. 

The  Roman  Catholic  Mission  was  begun  in  Bellary  in  1775,  and 
was  in  charge  of  Goa  priests  till  1887,  when  Government  appointed 
a  chaplain  to  minister  to  the  Roman  Catholic  soldiers  of  the  station. 
Then  a  new  mission  was  virtually  commenced. 

The  Goa  priests  retained  charge  of  the  chapel  and  congregation  in 
the  Fort,  but  carry  on  very  little  aggressive  work.  Most  of  the  work 
is  done  by  the  chaplain  and  his  assistants  under  the  See  of  Madras. 

There  are  two  churches  under  the  care  of  the  latter — St.  Lazarus's 
Church  for  native  Christians,  which  was  erected  in  1847  by  public 
subscription,  is  in  the  Eowl  Bazar,  and  the  Church  of  St.  Maiy's, 
which  was  built  in  1866  by  Government  for  the  use  of  the  soldiers,  is 
near  the  European  barracks.    Near  St.  Mary's  Church  are  school- 


HAIDARABAD    TO   MADRAS.  4S7 

rooms  for  boys  and  girls,  an  Industrial  School,  and  the  recently 
crocted  handsome  structure  called  St.  Philomene*s  School,  in  which 
European  and  Eurasian  girls  receive  a  good  education  from  the  nuns 
who  live  on  the  spot.  There  are  usually  two  European  and  one  native 
priest  stationed  in  Bellary. 

Betuming  from  Bellary  to  Guntakal  junction,  the  first  place  of 
Interest  on  the  Madras  Bailway  is  Gooty,  a  rest  camp  for  troops,  and  a 
Nourishing  little  town  of  6,000  inhabitants.  One  of  the  most  impor- 
tant stations  of  the  London  Missionary  Society  has  its  great  head- 
quarters here,  under  the  charge  of  Messrs.  W.  W.  Stephenson  and  B. 
Lucas.  There  are  twenty-eight  out-stations  in  the  surrounding 
villages,  and  the  society  claim  2,400  native  adherents.  The  work  is 
mainly  district  preaching,  though  they  possess  fifteen  small  schools, 
with  about  800  scholars. 

The  fort  of  Gooty,  built  in  the  early  part  of  the  16th  century,  was 
a  place  of  immense  strength.  It  was  the  stronghold  of  the  great 
Maratha  guerilla  chief,  Morari  Bao,  who  joined  Clive  in  1751  on  the 
relief  of  Arcot.  Originally  belonging  to  a  dependent  of  the  Yijayanagar 
family,  it  formed  one  of  the  conquests  of  Mi  Jumla,  the  Golconda 
minister,  and  a  famous  general  of  the  Mughal  Empire.  Gooty  was 
afterwards  held  by  the  Fathans  of  Cuddapah  and  Sawanur,  from  whom 
it  was  wrested  in  1714  by  the  Gauripur  family  of  Marathas,  the  most 
distinguished  of  whom  obtained,  in  1744,  the  Nizam's  recognition  of 
his  territory  as  a  Maratha  state.  In  1776  Haidar  Ali  besieged  the 
town,  which  was  forced  to  capitulate  after  a  siege  of  four  months/ the 
water  '^^'^iply  being  exhausted.  Haidar  used  this  fortress  as  his 
head-quarters  in  several  expeditions  against  the  neighbouring 
pdUgars.  Gooty  was  captured  by  the  British  in  the  Mysore 
campaign  of  1799.  ' 

Wilks  describes  the  fort  as  follows  : — ''  The  fort  is  composed  of  a 
number  of  strong  works  occupying  the  summits  of  a  circular  duster 
of  rocky  hills  connected  with  each  other,  and  enclosing  a  level  space 
which  forms  the  site  of  the  town.  The  town  is  approached  from  the 
plain  by  a  single  fortified  gateway  on  the  south-west,  and  by  two 
small  footpaths  across  the  lower  hills,  communicating  through  small 
sallyports.  An  immense  smooth  rock,  rising  from  the  northern  limit 
of  the  circle,  and  fortified  by  gradations  surmounted  by  fourteen 
ateways,  overlooks  and  commands  the  whole  of  the  other  works,  and 
forms  a  citadel  which  famine  or  treachery  alone  can  reduce.    Th#^ 


4S8  PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 


rock  is .  composed  of  granite,  in  which  red  felspar  prevails.  Iks 
extreme  height  aboTe  the  sea  has  been  ascertained  to  be  2,171  feet, 
but  notwithstanding  this,  the  heat  in  April  and  May  is  intense.  Its 
height  above  the  plain  is  989  feet.  On  the  summit  of  the  hill  arc 
several  wells  and  reservoirs  for  water,  and  various  buildings  where 
state  prisoners  were  confined. 

'*  On  one  of  the  bastions,  overlooking  a  precipice  of  about  800  feet, 
is  a  small  building,  called  Morari  Bao's  seat.  Here  the  Mazatha 
chieftain  was  wont  to  sit  and  play  chess,  watching  at  the  same  time 
all  that  was  going  on  in  the  town  below,  or  as  a  spectator  of  the 
prisoners  being  hurled  from  the  top  of  an  adjoining  precipice,  and 
(lashed  to  pieces  on  the  rocks.  Besides  the  fort,  the  most  interesting 
features  in  Gooty  are  the  choultry,  tomb,  and  memorial  well  of  Sir 
Thomas  Munro,  who  died  at  Pattikonda  in  1827." 

Tadpatri  is  a  small  but  thriving  town  of  9,000  inhabitants,  founded 
-100  years  ago  by  Bamalingam  Nayadu,  one  of  the  governors  of 
Yijayanagar.  There  is  a  good  Dak  bungalow  in  the  town,  and  a 
refreshment-room  at  the  station.  There  are  three  magnificent  temples 
of  the  period  of  the  Yijayanagar  dynasty,  which  are  among  the  finest 
in  India.  If,  however,  the  traveller  has  been  to  Yijayanagar,  or 
intends  visiting  Tirupati,  at  both  of  which  places  there  are  equally 
iine  specimens  of  this  type  of  Hindu  architecture,  he  will  hardly  care 
to  break  his  journey. 

GuDDAFAH  is  a  towu  of  20,000  inhabitants.  There  is  nothing  of 
interest  except  some  old  palaces  of  the  Nawabs,  now  used  as  Govern- 
ment offices.  At  Madanapalli,  a  small  town  some  miles  distant, 
there  is  a  fine  pagoda  and  a  beautifully  carved  monolith. 

Renigunta  is  the  junction  for  the  South  Indian  Railway,  running 
eighty-three  miles  to  Nelloro  from  Tirupati.  Fourteen  miles  from 
Benigunta,  easily  accessible  by  buUock-cart,  is  the  curious  and  unique 
palace  of  the  Telugu  kings  of  Ghandragiri,  built  entirely  of  granite, 
uo  wood  having  been  used  in  any  portion  of  the  structure. 

TmupATi,  half-an-hour  by  rail  from  Benigunta  junction,  is  a  Hindu 
town  of  14,000  inhabitants,  celebrated  for  its  hill  pagoda,  the  most 
sacred  in  Southern  India.  The  chief  temple  is  six  miles  distant, 
at  Tirumala  (the  holy  hill),  known  to  Europeans  as  Upper  Tirupati, 
but  the  annexes  and  outer  entrances  of  the  ascent  b^in  about  a  mile 
from  the  town.  The  chief  temple  is  sacred  to  Yishnu,  and  is  so 
holy  that  till  quite  lately  no  Ghristian  or  Musalman  was  allowed 


HAIDARABAD    TO   MADRAS.  489 

to  enter.  DifficaltieB  are  BtUl  raised,  and  it  vill  be  best  to  write 
a  few  dajrs  beforehand  to  the  district  magistrate  at  Tinipati,  or  to 
the  collector's  office  at  North  Arcot,  asking  that  notice  ma;  be  given 
to  tlie  Maiwm.%  of  the  temple  of  the  intended  visit,  and  a  note 
should  also  be  sent  to  the  Tirupati  station-master  for  a  conTeyance 
to  the  Dak  bungalow,  some  distance  from  the  station.     Thoasands 


of  pilgrims  flock  to  Tinipati,  with  rich  gifts  for  the  idol,  abont 
120,000  passengers  alightii^  at  the  station  every  year,  bound  for  the 
temple. 

Up  to  1843  the  pagoda  was  under  the  management  of  the  British 
Qoremment,  who  derived  much  revenue  i^om  the  offerings  of  pilgrims. 
Now,  however,  the  whole  revennea  are  handed  over  to  the  Mahant,  or 
chief  priest.  The  receipts  are  a  Uttle  over  £20,000  a  year.  The 
hill  on  which  the  great  pagoda  stands  is  2,500  feet  above  die  sea. 
It  has  seven  peaks,  and  that  on  which  the  pagoda  is  perched  rejoices 
in  the  name  of  Srivenkataramanachellam.  The  temple  is  said  to  have 
been  built  at  the  commencement  of  the  £&liyug,  or  present  Hindu 
ei»,  B.C.  8100,  when  it  wiu  prophesied  that  worship  woald  continue 
for  5,000  years  exactly,  and  that  the  end  would  be  foreshadowed  by 


490  PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 

a  decrease  in  the  temple  revenues.  The  real  date  of  the  present 
building  is  lost  in  obscurity,  but  Fergusson  thinks  it  is  no  later  than 
the  earliest  kings  of  the  Yijayanagar  dynasty^  who  are  very  likely  to 
have  done  some  building  at  so  sacred  a  spot.  There  is  a  deserted 
temple  of  great  beauty  on  the  banks  of  the  river,  a  short  distance 
from  the  other.  It  possesses  two  gopuras,  or  gateways,  of  a  fine 
close-grained  hornblende,  whose  sculpture  is  very  elaborate,  cut  with 
great  sharpness  and  precision,  and  with  much  taste.  These  are  of 
the  very  best  period  of  the  Yijayanagar  kings.  Fergusson  gives  two 
foil-page  illustrations  of  their  sculpture  in  the  ''  History  of  Indian 
Architecture,"  pp.  876-7. 

The  natural  beauty  of  Tirupati  is  very  great,  and  the  surround- 
ings of  these  interesting  old  temples  enhance  their  wonderful  pic- 
turesqueness.  The  German  Lutheran  Church  has  a  mission  station 
here. 

Nellobe  is  an  important  town  of  80,000  inhabitants,  with  ancient 
traditions,  and  a  temple-crowned  hill.  There  is  an  excellent  Christian 
high-school,  under  the  charge  of  the  Free  Church  of  Scotland. 

From  Arkonam  junction,  a  short  line  of  thirty-two  miles  runs  to 
Chingleput  on  the  South  Indian  Railway.  Half  way  is  Conjevebah, 
an  important  Hindu  town  of  40,000  inhabitants,  and  a  place  of  espe- 
cial sanctity ;  the  Dak  bungalow  is  a  good  one.  Conjeveram  is  one 
of  the  seven  holy  cities  of  India,  a  pilgrimage  to  which  confers  eternal 
happiness,  and  it  is  to  the  South  what  Benares  is  to  the  North.  In 
ancient  times  it  was  a  great  Buddhist  centre,  and  afterwards  came 
under  Jain  influence.  Jain  nuns  are  still  to  be  seen  in  the  district 
About  the  12th  century  the  place  fell  under  Hindu  predominance,  and 
most  of  the  finest  buildings  date  from  the  period  of  the  Yijayanagar 
kings,  and  were  erected  by  them.  The  great  annual  fidr  in  May  is 
attended  by  60,000  pilgrims. 

The  two  towns  of  Great  and  Little  Conjeveram  possess  groups  of 
vast  temples,  Brahman  choultries,  or  rest-houses,  alms-houses, 
shrines,  and  all  the  other  features  of  a  first-class  sacred  city. 

The  huge  temple  at  Great  Conjeveram  has  some  noble  gopuras,  or 
gateways,  large  mantapas,  or  pavilion  shrines,  the  usual  1,000-pillared 
hall,  or  cQurtyard,  some  superb  tanks  with  flights  of  stone  steps,  and 
all  the  features  of  an  important  Dravidian  temple.  The  largest 
gopura  has  ten  storeys,  its  height  being  188  feet ;  it  is  as  nearly  as 
possible  square  at  the  base,  each  side  being  about  seventy-four  feet. 


HAIDARABAD    TO   MADRAS.  491 

The  SQmmit  affords  a  fine  bird's-eye  riew  of  the  entire  temple  and 
snrTOiinding  country,  bat  is  rather  a  fatiguing  ascent,  the  steps  being 
very  high,  and  the  passages  so  dark  that  torches  are  necessary. 

Passing  through  the  gateway,  a  large  open  space  is  entered,  to  the 
left  of  which  is  the  hall  of  the  1,000  pillars,  which,  however,  only  coont 


640.  Most  of  the  columns  are  beautifolly  carved ;  they  are  eight  feet 
high,  and  support  riohly-decoTated  friezes.  In  the  centre  of  the  hall 
are  a  Dumber  of  grotesque  wooden  figures  used  for  processional  par- 
poses.     Only  Hindns  may  enter  the  idols'  shrine. 

The  Vishnu  temple  of  Little  ConjeTeram  is  about  two  miles  distant 
from  the  Great  Temple.  Here  is  a  very  remarkable  hall  of  pillars, 
ninety-six  in  all,  carved  at  the  bases  into  horsemen  and  hippogritfes. 
In  frcmt  of  the  tank  are  two  stambhas,  or  columns  for  flag  staffs,  one 
of  which  is  covered  with  plates  of  gold,  and  a  singularly  heautiM 
pavilion,  with  a  painted  roof  resting  on  fonr  slender  pillars.  The 
treasury  of  this  temple  is  rich  in  ancient  jewels,  which  are  shown  by 
an  attendant  Brahman. 

Last  year,  1889,  an  important  Medical  Mission  was  estahUshed  in 


491  PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 

this  city  by  the  Free  Church  of  Scotland,  under  Dr.  and  Mrs.  Wallcsr 
with  two  natiye  assistants. 

The  best  way  of  visiting  Conjeyeram  is  to  stay  the  night  at 
Arkonam,  where  there  is  a  good  refreshment-room  with  bed-rooms 
np  stairs,  going  on  to  Gonjeveram  by  the  train  leaving  at  6  ajl, 
arriying  7.10 ;  the  retnm  train  leaves  5.16  p.u.,  reaching  Arkonam 
6.25  P.M.  A  letter  to  the  station-master  will  secnre  a  conveyance  to 
meet  the  train  on  arrival  at  Conjeveram. 


CHAPTER   XXXIV. 

MADRAS. 

ADBAS,  the  capital  of  the  oldest 
presideDc;  in  India,  Btraggles  for 
nine  or  ten  miles  along  the 
coast,  covering  an  area  of  about 
thirty  sqaare  miles.  The  popu- 
lation is  aboat  480,000.  Hindns 
number  320,000,  Musalmans 
SS.OOO,  Christians  45,000.  There 
are  some  3,500  Europeans,  and 
15,000  EnrasiaDB.  The  propor- 
tion of  Christians  is  higher  in 
Madras  city  than  anywhere  else 
in  British  India.  Tamil  is  the 
language  chiefly  spoken,  though 
quite  a  fourth  of  the  popula- 
tion is  Telagn.  English  is 
widely   onderatood,   and    all    the 

well-to-do  people  speak  it  with  ease. 

Madras  was  foonded  in  1639  by  Mr.  Francis  Day,  who  obtained  a 

(rrant  of  the  land  on  which  the  city  now  stands  from  the  Baja  of 

Vijayanagar,  and  constructed  a  factory. 

In  1702  the  place  was   unsuccessfully  besieged   by  Aarangzeb's 

famous  General  Daud  Ehan.     ]ji  1741  it  sucoessfolly  resisted  the 

Maiatba  power.     The  fort  was  extended  and  strengthened  in  1743, 

and  Madras  became   the   most  important   city  in   Sonthem   India. 

Traces  of  the  old  wall  still  exist,  some  of  the  bastions  having  been 

utilised  as  police-stations. 


494  PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 

In  1746  Madras  was  taken  by  the  French,  who  held  possession 
of  it  for  two  or  three  years.  The  French  nnder  Lally  again 
occupied  Blacktown  for  a  few  months  in  1768|  but  were  beaten  off  by 
a  British  fleet  before  they  could  reduce  the  fort.  Since  then  the 
history  of  the  city  has  been  uneventful,  and  its  prosperity  steady  and 
progressive. 

There  are  plenty  of  good  hotels  in  Madras,  the  best  of  which  are 
situated  along  the  Mount  Road.  The  Boyal,  Elphinstone,  Albany, 
and  Dent's  (harden  are  all  nice  hotels  in  large  compounds.  Lippert's 
Hotel,  opposite  the  pier,  is  good  but  noisy.  The  Madras  Club  is  one 
of  the  best  in  India,  and  it  is  not  difficult  for  travellers  of  *' recognised 
position  "  to  get  elected,  especially  if  they  have  already  become  mem- 
bers of  any  of  the  leading  clubs  in  Bombay  or  Calcutta.  There  are 
some  thirty  or  forty  suites  of  rooms,  and  the  visitor  intending  to  re- 
main any  length  of  time  in  Madras  will  be  much  more  comfortable  at 
this  club  than  at  any  hotel.  It  stands  in  a  fine  garden  opposite  Neill's 
statue  in  the  Mount  Boad. 

The  harbour  is  the  most  interesting  thing  about  Madras.  It  is 
protected  by  two  huge  breakwaters,  reaching  out  like  arms,  enclosing 
a  space  about  1,000  yards  by  880,  with  a  maximum  depth  of  wat-er  of 
seven  fathoms.  It  is  an  immense  work,  containing  nearly  a  million 
tons  of  huge  concrete  blocks.  It  has  not  proved  a  success.  A  terrible 
cyclone  in  1881  breached  and  spread  out  nearly  half  a  mile  of  break- 
water. The  western  coast  is  at  certain  seasons  swept  by  fierce  hurri- 
canes, and  at  all  times  the  surf  in  Madras  harbour  is  very  great.  In 
the  finest  weather  great  steamers  pitch  at  anchor  in  the  harbour,  and 
the  embarking  of  passengers  is  attended  with  much  inconvenience  and 
difficulty.  The  boat  used  is  called  a  Masula ;  it  is  a  large  open  boat 
of  thin  planks  stitched  with  cocoa  fibre  to  a  strong  frame.  They  are 
rowed  by  ten  or  twelve  almost  naked  Madrasis,  who  beach  them 
through  the  surf  with  great  skill.  Passengers  are  landed  at  an  iron 
pier,  which  runs  880  yards  into  the  harbour ;  they  have  to  display 
much  agility  in  jumping  off  at  the  rise  of  the  wave,  which  in  calm 
weather  is  seven  or  eight  feet  and  in  windy  weather  fifbeen  to  twenty. 
The  disembarking  of  twenty  or  thirty  passengers  and  their  luggage  is 
a  troublesome  and  often  dangerous  business.  The  native  boat  is  the 
Catamaran,  a  hollowed  out  log  with  a  projecting  outrigger,  or  three 
logs  of  light  wood  lashed  together  and  driven  by  a  paddle,  which  is 
almost  universal  down  the  Coromandel  coast. 


496  PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 

The  beach  between  the  pier  and  the  lighthoase  is  crowded  with  all 
sorts  of  native  boats,  and  is  full  of  bns;  life. 

The  lighthonae  is  a  Doric  column  of  granite  12S  feet  high,  whose 
flash-light  is  visible  from  a  ship's  deck  fifteen  miles  oat  to  sea. 

The  esplanade,  between  the  two  roots  of  the  breakwaters  and  facing 
the  harbour,  is  an  irregular  terrace  of  large  business  premises,  behind 
which  is  Blacktown,  the  usual  name  for  the  natiTe  cit;  of  Madras,  as 


distinguished  from  Whitetown,  the  snburb  snrronnding  the  fort, 
where  the  European  residents  and  their  shops  are  located.  It  is  a 
bosy  crowded  place,  with  wide  streets,  but  lacking  in  all  interest 
except  hnman.  The  -visitor  will  find  his  amusement  in  the  quaint 
shops  of  the  bazars,  the  groups  of  natives  in  the  streets,  and  in  the 
excellent  general  market,  where  all  sorts  of  strange  fish  and  beantifol 
frnits  are  exposed  for  sale. 

The  European  quarter  is  prettily  laid  oot,  and  richly  timbered. 
The  marine  promenade  is  about  two  miles  long,  and  is  thronged 
towards  sundown  with  English  carriages,  and  crowds  of  well-dressed 
Indians,  who  come  to  hear  the  band  play. 

One  of  the  most  picturesque  sights  in  India  is  the  waahing-ground 
on  the  River  Adyar,  where  hundreds  of  Dkotnes  are  busy  with  the 


MADRAS.  497 

garmentfl  of  their  Enropean  employers.  OoTerainent  Honee  ib  an 
impoBiDg  mansioD  in  the  midst  of  a  wide  and  veil-planted  park,  noted 
for  its  beautiful  palms. 

There  are  several  extensive  tanks  and  lakes  in  the  suburbs  of  Madras, 
of  which  Nangambakum,  Spnr,  Perambore  and  VasawaUi  are  the 
principal.  At  Triplicane  there  is  an  ancient  and  very  holy  tank,  said 
by  its  Brahmans  to  be  equivalent  to  10,000  baths  in  the  Ganges, 
and  to  be  able  to  save  the  soul  even  of  a  dead  body  dipped  into  its 
waters.    It  is  much  resorted  to. 

Beyond  Triplicane,  about  six  miles  from  the  centre  of  Madras,  is 
the  Governor's  conntiy  honse,  a  charmisg  bangolow  in  the  middle  of  a 


deer  park.  The  house  is  faced  with  white  chnnam,  a  hard  plaster 
made  from  ^i^und-np  shells,  which  takes  a  high  poUsh  like  the  finest 
white  marble.  The  gardens  are  famous  for  rare  flowering  trees  and 
shrubs,  and  there  are  some  fine  specimens  of  the  traveller's  palm. 
The  tank  of  Victoria  Regia  Ulies  alone  is  worth  a  visit.  There  are 
also  many  acclimatised  trees  from  other  parts  of  the  tropics. 

The  People's  Park  is  adjacent  to  Blacktown,  near  the  central 
railway  station,  and  is  a  great  place  of  pablif^  resort.  It  makes 
a  delightful  stroll  in  the  early  morning,  its  area  of  116  acres  being 
laid  out  in  shady  walks  and  avenues  six  or  seven  miles  in  extent.  It 
has  eleven  pretty  lakes  and  ponds,  a  well-maintained  menagerie  and 
aviaries,  a  splendid  public  swimmiog  bath,  lawn-tennis  courts,  a  band- 
stand lit  up  with  electric  light,  and  other  minor  attractions. 

The  Bobinson  Park  at  Royapnram  is  newly  laid  out,  and  was 
opened  to  the  public  in  1886.  Its  main  attraction  is  its  Botanical 
Oarden,  and  a  large  fernery  placed  on  an  island  reached  by  a  light 


498  PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 

iron  bridge  of  fifty  feet  span.     The  old  Botanical  Gardens  are  near 
St.  Oeorge*B  Cathedral,  and  are  somewhat  neglected. 

A  pretty  drive  along  the  shore  of  Long  Tank  leads  to  Little  Mount, 
sacred  to  all  Lidian  Iloman  Catholics  as  the  spot  where  St.  Thomas 
the  Apostle  is  said  to  have  been  martyred  in  68  a.d.  by  Brahmans, 
who  stii'red  np  the  people  against  him.  After  being  stoned  by  the 
crowd,  he  was  thrust  through  with  a  spear  (see  "  Hunter's  India," 
pp.  229 — 286).  In  the  museum  at  Madras  is  a  gold  coin  of  Claudius, 
struck  to  commemorate  the  conquest  of  Britain,  discovered  in  excava- 
ting a  foundation  near  the  city.  Sir  Edwin  Arnold,  with  quaint 
poetic  conceit,  suggests  that  it  came  to  India  in  the  scrip  of  the 
Apostle  !  And  why  not  ?  At  the  summit  of  the  Little  Mount  is  a 
chapel  dedicated  to  St.  Thomas ;  beneath,  is  a  cave  lighted  by  a 
narrow  opening,  through  which  the  Apostle  once  squeezed  himself,  in 
a  successful  escape  from  pursuing  Brahmans.  There  is  also  a  little 
cell,  said  to  have  been  his  dwelling,  with  holes  in  the  ground  worn 
away  by  his  knees  in  constant  prayer. 

Crossing  the  Marmalong  Bridge  over  the  Adyar  River,  alive  with 
Dhobies,  a  drive  of  three  miles  brings  the  traveller  to  St.  Thomas 
Mount,  along  a  road  shaded  by  banian  trees.  This  is  a  hill  of  green 
stone,  220  feet  high.  The  flat  summit  is  occupied  with  barracks  and 
their  supplementary  buildings.  The  topmost  point  bears  an  ancient 
Nestorian,  now  Armenian  chapel.  The  present  building  was  erected 
1547  A.D.  by  the  Portuguese ;  but  at  the  back  of  the  altar  is  a  carved 
stone  cross,  dating  as  fiar  back  as  800  a.d.  There  is  a  pleasant  view 
of  the  sea  and  the  surrounding  country  from  this  chapel. 

The  most  interesting  public  building  in  Madras  is  the  old  palace  of 
the  Nawabs  of  the  Eamatic  in  the  Chepak  Park,  now  magnificently 
restored,  and  used  as  the  ofiELces  of  the  Bevenue  Department  and  an 
Engineering  College.  It  is  a  curious  mixture  of  styles,  Saracenic, 
Ionic,  and  Doric,  veneered  over  and  pulled  together  by  restoration 
into  a  very  fair  specimen  of  modern  Indian  palace  architecture. 
Within  the  same  park  is  the  Senate  House  of  the  Madras  Universi^ 
and  the  Presidency  College,  whose  architecture  is  in  harmony  with 
the  palace.  Port  St.  Q-eorge  has  very  little  left  of  the  original 
buildings  of  1670,  except  St.  Mary's  Church.  The  interior  is 
occupied  by  rows  of  modern  barracks.  Government  ofi&ces,  and  the 
arsenal.  The  arsenal  contains  a  curious  and  interesting  collection  of 
trophies  of  the  various  wars  in  which  the  Madras  Army  has  been 


MADRAS.  499 

engaged.  AmoDgst  these  are  two  guns  captured  firom  Tipa  Saltan  at 
Seringapatam,  Bome  long  guns  with  twelve  feet  barrels  and  only 
three  inches  in  diameter,  and  other  Indian  weapons  and  war  fumitnre. 
The  maaeom  contains  a  collection  of  natural  hietory,  the  moat 
interesting  portion  of  which  is  the  exhibition  of  local  fishes,  sponges, 
corals,  and  shells,  with  s  series  of  specimens  illustrative  of  the  pearl 
fisheries  of  Tnticorin.  The  great  skeleton  of  a  whole  found  dead  on 
the  Mangalore  beach  in  1874,  fifty  feet  long,  is  said  to  be  the  most 
perfect   specimen  in   existence;    there   is   also  a  very  large  shark, 


A  KADOjU  oabbbb. 

nineteen  feet  long.  The  departments  of  botany,  eoonomios, 
mineralogy,  geology,  and  indnstriol  arts  ore  well  chosen  and  kept  op. 
In  the  archteological  collection  are  some  of  the  fomons  sculptures 
uS  the  Baddhist  Tope  at  Amravati,  400 — 600  a.d.,  of  which  some 
aeooont  is  given  in  Fergusson,  pp.  71 — 2,  and  99 — lOS.  The  in- 
dastriol  arts  section  is  rich  in  Tonjore  metal  ware,  the  zincwork  of 
Trichinopoly,  Bidri  ware,  inlaid  work  from  Tizagapatam,  old  jewellery, 
arms,  lacquer-work,  silver  and  gold  sntith'e  work,  and  &bricB  from 
Southern  Indian  looms.  The  collection  of  coins  is  nnnsnally  fine, 
well  set  out,  and  chronologically  arranged.  The  museum  is  popular 
with  the  Madrasis,  about  400,000  persons  entering  its  doors  every 
year. 

There  are  ^lirty-one  Protestant  chnroheB  and  chapels,  and  fifteen 


500  PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 


Boman  Catholic  churches  in  Madras.  They  are  mostly  yery  ugly  and 
uninteresting.  The  oldest  are,  St.  Thome  Cathedral,  a  spacious 
building  erected  oyer  the  tomb  of  St.  Thomas  by  the  Portuguese  in 
1606 ;  the  Church  of  the  Assumption  in  Blacktown,  1640  a.d.  ;  and 
St.  Mary*s,  Church  of  England,  the  oldest  in  India,  1680  a.d.  St 
Mary's  contains  seyeral  interesting  monuments  of  distinguished 
Englishman,  Sir  Francis  Wittingham,  Lord  Hobart,  Missionary 
Schwartz,  Sir  Henry  Ward,  and  others.  The  inside  has  been  gutted 
of  its  queer  old  wooden  pulpit  and  galleries,  which  haye  stood  for  200 
years,  in  fayour  of  yery  indifferent  choir  stalls  and  pews.  St.  Andrew's 
Church  is  handsome  in  its  way,  but  mixed  in  its  styles,  like  most 
modem  Indian  buildings ;  it  has  a  fine  dome,  the  interior  of  which  is 
coyered  with  chunam  mixed  with  lapis  lazali,  producing  a  yery 
beautiful  blue.  The  steeple  oyer  the  yestibule  is  165  feet  high. 
The  Armenian  church  in  Blacktown  is  a  quaint  building  of  1712  a.d. 

The  principal  schools  and  colleges  are,  the  Madras  Christian 
College  of  the  Free  Church  of  Scotland,  with  600  uniyersity  students 
and  1,000  school  pupils,  one  of  the  most  famous  educational  institutes 
in  India ;  the  Society  for  the  Propagation  of  the  Gospel  College,  with 
400  pupils,  a  boarding-house,  and  theological  hall;  the  Teachers' 
College ;  the  Medical  College ;  the  Ciyil  Engineering  College  for 
candidates  for  the  Public  Works  Department;  and  the  Presidency 
Goyemment  College :  all  of  which  prepare  students  for  the  Madras 
Uniyersity.  Of  schools  there  are  a  great  number,  mostly  in 
connection  with  the  yarious  Christian  missions. 

There  are  many  charitable  institutes,  hospitals,  and  asylums,  but  I 
cannot  enumerate  them.  A  complete  list  will  be  found,  with  much 
other  useful  information  about  Madras,  in  the  excellent  little  guide- 
book published  by  Higginbotham  &  Co.,  Mount  Road. 

A  whole  book  might  be  written  about  the  yarious  Christian 
missions  in  Madras.  The  Church  of  Scotland,  the  Church  Mission- 
ary Society,  the  Wesleyans,  the  London  Missionary  Society,  <iie 
American  Baptists,  the  Free  Church  of  Scotland,  the  Society  for  th< 
Propagation  of  the  Gospel,  the  American  Methodist  Episcopal  Church, 
the  German  Lutherans,  the  American  Board,  are  all  hard  at  work, 
and  full  particulars  of  their  yarious  locations  will  be  found  in  Higgin- 
botham's  guide. 

The  shops  and  bazars  of  Madras  are  full  of  Indian  curiosities  and 
beautiful  specimens  of  industrial  art.     Messrs.  Orr  &  Sons,  Mount 


Bead,  are  the  leading  dealers  ia  jeweller;  and  corios,  and  are  not  un- 
reasonable in  prices.    Some  of  the    most   beantifnl    pierced    and 
hammered  silver  work  is  prodaced  by  the  natire  jewellers  of  Madras ; 
the  work  known  as  swami,  is  decorated  with  figures  of  the  Puranic 
gods,  in  high  relief,  sometimes  repomse,  sometimes  soldered  on  the 
snr&ce ;  they  also  produce  snperb  gold  and  silver  ornaments.     The 
temple  bells  and  sacrificial  vases,  made  in  this  city,  are  distinguished 
above  all  others  by  their  stately 
designs   and    fine    workmanship. 
The   handles    of   the    bells    are 
generally   crowned  with  a  group 
of  gods,  sculptured  in  bold  relief. 

The  blackwood  furniture  made 
in  Madras  differs  from  that  of 
Bombay  and  Gujarat,  by  being 
exclusively  of  European  design, 
but  it  is  of  excellent  quality; 
there  is  also  plenty  of  good  sandal- 
wood and  ivor;  carving  to  be  had. 

Highly    elaborate    and    accurate  „ri.  merchant,  uadbas. 

models   of    the   great    Dravidian 

temples  of  Southern  India  are  made  of  the  pith  of  Sola,  the  same 
material  as  that  used  in  making  the  sun-hats,  or  Sola  topis.  In  the 
carpet  shops  may  be  purchased  handsome  Belkry  felts,  and  the 
splendid  coconada  or  Madras  rugs,  of  uncontaminated  native  design 
and  integrity  of  workmanship,  woven  in  out-of-the-way  villages  on 
the  Coromandel  coast,  by  the  Mnsalman  descendants  of  Persian 
settlers. 

I  have  always  regretted,  that  when  I  visited  Madras,  I  had  not  time 
to  make  the  jonmey  to  Mahabalipor  (or  the  seven  pagodas),  thirty- 
five  miles  south  of  Madras,  one  of  the  most  interesting  places  in  all 
India  to  the  archffiologiet,  presenting  a  series  of  architectural  wonders, 
from  B.C.  200 — 100,  down  to  recent  times,  their  lonely  remoteness  on  a 
sea-washed  island  having  contributed  to  their  marvellous  preservation. 

The  jonmey  is  a  pleasant  one,  by  the  Buckingham  Canal,  lined 
with  groves  of  cocoa-nat  and  other  pslms,  ohiefiy  coltivated  for  toddy. 
There  are  good  boats,  and  the  trip  may  be  made  daring  the  night, 
with  mattress  and  pillow,  the  temples  viewed  dnting  the  day,  and 
the  return  jonmey  accomplished  by  night.     Supplies  of  food  mast  bo 


PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 


takeo,  ftB  the  village  is  very 
small  andpoor.  The  bnnffalov 
belongs  to  the  Pablio  Works 
Department,  who  vill  always 
lend  it  to  respectable  tntTellers. 

The  antiquities  of  the  place 
may  be  divided  into  three 
groups :  (1.)  The  five  ratha  to 
the  Boath  of  the  Tillage,  be- 
longing probably  to  the  latest 
Bfanddhist  period;  (2.)  The 
cave  temples,  monolitbio 
figures,  earrings,  and  scalp- 
tores,  west  of  -the  Tillage,  pro- 
bably of  the  6th  or  7th  centnry, 
A.D.;  (these  contain  some  mar- 
vellons  reliefe,  ranking  with 
those  of  Ellora  and  Elephanta); 
(8.)  The  more  modem  temples 
of  VlBhnu  and  Siva,  the  latter 
being  washed  by  the  sea.  To 
these  two,  with  five  other 
pagodas,  bnried — according  to 
tradition — ^by  the  sea,  the  place 
owes  its  English  name.  The 
following  selections  &om  Crole 
and  Hnnter  describe  these 
antiqaities."  Mr.  Crole 
writes: — 

"The  best,  and  by  far  the 
most  important,  of  its  class  is 
the  pastoral  gronp  in  the 
Krishna  manta-pam,,  as  it  is 
called.  The  fact  is,  that  it 
represents  Indra,  the  god  of 
the  sky,  supporting  the  dondfl 
with  his  left  hand,  to  protect 
the  cattle  of   Bala  from  the 


■  S«e  (Ik  FngiiBBOa,  pp.  1S4,  176,  274,  330,  S80,  SS8. 


MAHABALIPUR,  503 


fury  of  the  Marnts  or  tempest  demons.  Near  him,  the  cattle  are  being 
tended  and  milked.  To  the  right,  a  young  bnll  is  seen,  with  head  slightly 
turned  and  fore-foot  extended,  as  if  suddenly  startled.  This  is  one  of 
the  most  spirited  and  life-like  pieces  of  sculpture  to  be  seen  anywhere. 

''  A  little  to  the  north  of  this  is  the  great  bas-relief  which  goes  by 
the  name  of  '  Arjun's  Penance.'  It  covers  a  mass  of  rock  ninety-six 
feet  in  length,  and  forty-three  feet  in  height,  and  is  described  by 
Fergusson  as  'the  most  remarkable  thing  of  its  class  in  India.' 
*  Now '  says  he,  '  that  it  is  known  to  be  wholly  devoted  to  serpent- 
worship,  it  acquires  an  interest  it  had  not  before,  and  opens  a  new 
chapter  in  Indian  mythology.  There  seems  nothing  to  enable  us  to 
fix  its  age  with  absolute  certainty ;  it  can  hardly,  however,  be  doubted 
that  it  is  anterior  to  the  10th  century,  and  may  be  a  couple  of 
centuries  earlier.' 

''  Near  the  stone  choidtry  by  the  side  of  the  road,  and  a  little  to  the 
north  of  the  rock  last  described,  stands  a  well-executed  group  lately 
exhumed,  representing  a  couple  of  monkeys  catching  fleas  on  each 
other  after  the  manner  of  their  kind,  while  a  young  one  is  extracting 
nourishment  from  the  female. 

''  Near  this  point,  a  spectator,  looking  southward,  may  see,  formed 
by  the  ridges  on  which  the  caves  are  cut,  the  recumbent  figure  of  a 
man  with  his  hands  in  the  attitude  of  prayer  or  meditation.  This 
figure  measures  at  least  1500  feet  long,  the  partly  natural  resem- 
blance having  been  assisted  by  the  rolling  away  of  rocks  and  boulders. 
On  the  spot,  this  is  called  the  '  Giant  Baja  Bali,'  but  it  is  no  doubt 
the  work  of  Jains. 

'*  The  whole  of  this  ridge  is  pitted  with  caves  and  temples.  There 
are  fourteen  or  fifteen  lUshi  caves  in  it,  and  much  carving  and 
figuring  of  a  later  period.  These  are  distinguished  by  the  marked 
transition  from  the  representations  of  the  scenes  of  peace  to  scenes  of 
battle,  treading  down  of  opposition  and  destruction,  the  too  truthful 
emblems  of  the  dark  centuries  of  religious  strife  which  preceded  and 
followed  the  final  expulsion  of  the  Buddhists.  Their  age  is  not  more 
than  600  or  700  years;  and  the  art  is  poor,  and  shows  as  great  a 
decadence  in  matter  as  in  religion.  The  representations  are  too  often 
gross  and  disgusting,  and  the  carving  stiff  and  unnatural — entirely 
wanting  in  ease  and  grace  and  truth  to  nature. 

**  Behind  this  ridge,  and  near  the  canal,  are  two  more  of  the  mono- 
lithic rathSf  and  one  similar  in  form,  but  built  of  large  blocks  of  stone. 


S04  PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 


"The  last  period  is  represented  b;  the  Shore  Temple,  the 
Varabaswsmi  Temple  in  the  village,  and  by  some  of  the  remains  in  a 
Tillage  in  a  hamlet  called  SalewaokappeD,  two  miles  to  the  northward. 
In  the  two  former  there  is  little  distinguishable  in  construction  sod 
general  plan  from  similar  buildings  to  be  found  everywhere  in  die 
south. 

"  Looking  at  the  place  as  a  whole,  its  architecture,  its  Bcolptures, 


and  its  inscriptions,  we  would  seem  to  possess  here  a  complete 
religions  history  of  the  south  carved  in  the  imperishable  rock ;  and, 
with  all  deference  to  the  high  authority  of  Mr.  Fergusson  (who, 
however,  seems  to  have  confined  his  study  almost  entirely  to  the 
monoliths),  it  is  difficult  to  believe  that  the  remains  enumerated  do 
not  form  a  chapter  in  the  story  anterior  to  his  earliest  one,  which  he 
dates  about  the  6th  century  a.d.  It  would  seem  to  be  much  more  in 
accordance  with  the  evidence  to  accept  these  remains  as  the  records 
left  by  the  Buddhist  ftuth,  and  to  assign  to  them  an  age  nearly  coeval 


MAHABALIPLR,  505 


inih  the  zenith  of  Buddhist  architecture  and  sculpture,  or  a  period 
commencing  a  couple  of  centuries  or  so  before  the  Christian  era." — 
(Crole.) 

'^  On  the  left  side  of  the  rock,  which  is  divided  by  a  deep  natural 
<sleft,  the  chief  figure  in  the  upper  part  appears  to  be  the  giant  Kaja 
Maha  Bali  Chakrabaritti,  with  his  attendant  dwarfs,  five  Rajas  with 
their  wives,  four  warriors,  five  ascetics,  and  a  holy  Bishi  in  his  cave 
temple.  The  lions,  tigers,  cheetahs,  and  deer,  in  different  parts  of 
the  sculpture,  show  that  the  people  have  travelled  from  a  distance 
through  the  jungles. 

"  In  the  central  part  of  the  cleft,  at  the  bottom,  on  the  left,  is  a 
figure  seated,  which  I  take  to  be  Buddha,  with  his  five  disciples  in 
front  of  the  cave  temple,  with  the  holy  Bishi.  The  heads  of  three  of 
the  disciples  have  been  broken  off.  ...  .  In  the  deep  recess  formed 
by  the  natural  cleft  in  the  centre  of  the  rock  sculpture,  is  the  lower 
part  of  the  body  and  tail  of  the  snake  deity  Yasuki,  the  Naga  Baja ; 
and  below  this  is  the  entire  figure  of  Ulupi,  his  daughter,  with  a 
canopy  of  three  snakes  rising  over  the  head.  The  upper  portion  of 
the  Naga  deity  had  been  broken  off,  and  was  said  to  be  buried  in 
front  of  the  sculptures.  I  made  search  for  it,  found  it,  and  got  it  dug 
up,  set  upright,  and  photographed ;  it  is  the  figure  of  a  man  with  his 
hands  raised  in  prayer,  and  a  canopy  of  seven  snakes  rising  over  a 
pyramidal  head-dress,  and  with  the  usual  emblems  of  the  Buddhist 
religion.  To  the  right  of  these  are  several  Bajas  and  men,  each 
accompanied  by  his  wife ;  six  dwarfs  ;  and  eight  Barudas,  or  figures 
of  men  and  women  with  the  legs  of  birds ;  several  monkeys ;  a  cat 
doing  penance,  while  rats  are  running  near  it ;  two  large,  and  several 
small  elephants ;  lions,  tigers,  geese,  cocks,  and  hens.  I  thought  at 
first,  that  all  the  figures  were  coming  to  do  reverence  or  to  worship 
the  snake  deity ;  but  when  we  first  took  photographs  of  this  rock 
sculpture,  the  whole  of  the  central  clept  was  overgrown  with  trees  and 
brushwood,  and  the  five  disciples  of  Buddha  were  buried. 

''  Lord  Napier,  then  Governor  of  Madras,  visited  the  spot  about  a 
week  after  the  snake  deity  was  dug  up,  and  had  excavations  made  to 
the  depth  of  seven  or  eight  feet,  which  exposed  a  great  number  of 
figures  and  animals,  and  showed  that  the  old  road  must  have  passed 
in  front  of  the  rock  at  a  depth  of  five  or  six  feet  below  the  present 
level,  the  ground  having  been  filled  up  chiefly  with  broken  bricks  and 
earth,  with  here  and  there  large  fragments  of  sculptured  rocks. 


So6  PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 

dressed  stones,  and  cornices  from  the  adjoiniDg  temples.  The  broken 
task  of  the  large  elephfuit  was  also  found.  To  the  left,  and  below  the 
five  disciples  of  Buddha,  is  a  deer,  in  a  ver;  natural  attitnde,  scratch- 
ing its  DOse  with  its  hind  foot.  The  mule  and  female  elephants  with 
their  young  behind  them,  and  some  of  the  fignres  of  crouching  Ugers 
and  cheetahs,  are  in  a  very  natural  and  spirited  style  ;  and  there  is  a 
great  look  of  natural  animation,  movement,  and  bustle  in  the  whole 


HOKOLITHIC  TBUFLE,    MAHABAUFDB. 

group,  of  which  Buddha  and  his  five  disciples  appear  to  occupy  the 
principal  position  and  to  attract  the  greatest  attention,  while  the 
snake  deity  and  his  daughter  are,  Us  it  were,  in  the  background,  and 
ascetics  are  scattered  about  in  several  parts.  .  .  One  point  of  great 
importance  .in  these  early  large  rock  sculptures  is,  that  they  represent 
scenes  of  peace  with  men  and  their  wives,  a  single  wife  accompanying 
each,  and  the  animals,  Banidae,  and  birds  in  pairs,  while  the  Baja 
Mahabali  is  accompanied  by  dwarfs,  and  the  other  Bajas,  whose  rank 
ia  indicated  by  umbrella-bearerB,  have  each  hia  wife  beside  him.  The 
aacetics,  of  whom  there  are  five  or  six,  have  no  wife.  It  appears  to 
me  that  the  story  is  one  which  representa  the  establishment  of  the 


MAHABALIPUR.  507 


Buddhist  religion,  or  one  of  peace,  goodwill,  toleration,  and  kindness 
to  all  men,  and  to  animals  and  birds.  Mr.  Fergusson  declared  it  to 
be,  with  the  exception  of  the  pagoda  at  Tanjore,  the  finest  and  most 
important  vimana  in  the  south  of  India.  It  is  small,  being  not  more 
than  thirty  feet  square  at  the  base,  and  sixty  feet  high ;  but  it  is  free 
from  all  surrounding  walls  and  gateways,  which  so  detract  from  the 
grandeur  of  other  pagodas.  The  same  authority  assigns  the  edifice 
to  the  11th  century,  and  the  neighbouring  excavations  to  the  18th 
or  14th. 

**  It  is  to  be  regretted  that  the  inscriptions  of  Mahabalipur,  as  yet 
deciphered,  furnish  no  clue  to  the  date  or  history  of  these  remark- 
able structures ;  though  Dr.  Babington  explains  one  line  as  conyeying 
the  name  of  the  founder,  '  Atirana  Chanda  (he  who  in  battle  is  furious), 
Lord  of  kings,  built  this  place  called  Atiranachandeshwara.'  It  is 
equally  a  matter  of  doubt  to  what  deity  the  sea-side  pagoda  was 
originally  dedicated.  In  the  chainber  next  the  sea  is  a  gigantic  lingam 
of  black  polished  stone,  which  would  lead  us  to  suppose  it  a  temple 
of  Siva.  On  the  other  hand,  there  is  a  gigantic  figure  of  Vishnu, 
in  a  recumbent  posture,  in  one  of  the  verandahs.  The  uncertainty 
on  all  these  points  may,  perhaps,  heighten  the  zest  of  inspection." — 
(Hunter.) 

Three  miles  or  so  beyond  Mahabalipur,  on  the  banks  of  the  canal,  is 
Sadras,  the  ruins  of  an  old  Dutch  settlement  of  1647,  a.d.  The  fort 
is  very  dilapidated,  but  was  evidently  a  place  of  great  strength.  There 
are  some  very  curious  Dutch  tombs ;  the  governor*s  house  is  fairly 
preserved,  and  is  now  a  travellers'  bungalow. 

Aboot  is  five  miles  from  the  railway  station,  on  the  line  from 
Madras  to  Calicut.  Its  interest  is  mainly  historical.  The  capture 
and  brilliant  defence  of  Arcot  by  Glive  are  among  the  most  notable 
feats  of  the  British  arms  in  India.  Little  or  nothing  remains  of  the 
fortress.  In  the  Delhi  gate  of  the  old  city  walls  is  still  shown  the 
chamber  in  which  Glive  lodged. 

Yellobe  is  a  thriving  town  of  48,000  inhabitants  four  miles  from 
the  station.  The  fine  old  fortress  was  built  about  1274 — 88,  and  in 
spite  of  frequent  sieges,  is  in  remarkably  good  preservation,  still 
exhibiting  battlements  adapted  for  matchlocks  and  bows,  built  before 
cannon  came  into  general  use.  It  is  about  a  third  of  a  mile  in  length, 
and  a  little  less  in  breadth,  surrounded  by  a  strong  masonry  rampart, 
and  a  wide  wet  ditch. 


5o8  PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 

Within  the  fort  is  one  of  the  finest  and  most  interesting  temples 
in  South  India.  The  great  seyen-storied  gopora  is  100  feet  high, 
with  a  handsome  door  of  wood,  stndded  with  iron  bosses.  The 
porch,  bnilt  in  1850  a.d.,  has  recently  been  carefully  restored  by 
GoTemment.  On  either  side  of  the  doorway  are  three  Yalis,  or 
grotesque  figm*es  carved  from  monoliths,  acting  as  supports  to  a  very 
beautiful  cornice.  These  figures  are  finely  sculptured.  The  ceiling 
of  the  portico  is  decorated  with  a  singular  centre-piece,  representing  a 
group  of  parrots  hanging  head  downwards  round  some  fruit.  There 
are  here  several  compound  pillars  of  exquisite  grace  and  beauty,  which 
would  alone  repay  a  visit  to  Yellore.  Every  inch  of  detail  in  this 
beautiful  pagoda  is  worthy  of  study.    {Set  "  Fergusson,"  pp.  870 — ^2.) 

The  Ghanda  Sahib  mosque  is  worth  seeing. 

Yellore  is  situated  in  the  midst  of  beautiful  hills,  some  of 
which  are  2,000  feet  above  the  plain.  Sayor's  Hill,  about  1,000  feet 
high,  immediately  over  the  town,  may  be  ascended  in  about  an  hour 
by  a  good  walker ;  there  is  a  ruined  fort  on  the  summit,  from  which  a 
superb  view  may  be  obtained. 

One  of  the  leading  industries  of  Yellore  is  the  cultivation  of  sweet- 
scented  flowers  for  the  Madras  market. 

At  Yirinjipuram,  eight  miles  from  Yellore,  there  is  a  large  temple 
visited  by  crowds  of  pilgrims.  Malipati,  the  next  station,  is  reached 
after  crossing  the  Palar  river,  by  a  remarkably  fine  bridge ;  this  place 
is  famous  for  its  good  oranges.  Jalarpet  is  the  junction  for  the  Mysore 
branch  of  the  Madras  Railway,  132  miles  from  Madras. 

The  American  Beformed  Ghurch,  under  the  superintendence  of  the 
Bev.  W.  W.  Scudder,  D.D.,  has  stations  at  Yellore,  Arcot  and  the 
district  round.  They  have  a  large  and  competent  staff  of  18  American 
missionaries  of  both  sexes,  and  210  native  assistants,  forming  one  of 
the  most  powerful  corps  of  missionaries  in  India.  They  have  2,000 
communicants,  and  over  3,000  scholars  in  103  schools. 

Salem  is  an  important  town  of  nearly  60,000  inhabitants,  taking 
its  name  from  the  ancient  monarchy  of  Slielam.  It  is  pleasantly 
situated  900  feet  above  the  sea,  in  a  valley  surrounded  by  the 
Shevaroy  hills.  An  ascent  of  seven  miles  leads  to  the  plateau  on  the 
summit  of  these  hills,  mauy  of  which  are  over  5,000  feet  high,  the 
highest  point  being  6,410. 

Yerkad  is  the  oldest  of  the  hill  settlements,  as  well  as  the  nearest 
to  Salem,  and  is  surrounded  by  rugged  peaks  and  finely  timbered 


Btoreyed  honses.  It  in  famous  for  ita 
looni'work,  principally  linoD,  damaeks,  and  silk  pile  carpets.  The 
beauty  and  superior  workmanship  of  the  carpets  made  in  Salem  jail 


5IO  PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 

is  well  known.  It  is  also  famous  for  its  cutlery  and  fine  steel,  worked 
in  small  charcoal  furnaces  in  the  surrounding  hills.  The  London 
Missionary  Society  is  here. 

The  railway  journey  from  Salem  to  Erode  junction  is  very 
picturesque.  The  old  fortress  of  Erode  was  levelled  as  a  relief  work 
during  the  famine  of  1877.  Here  a  branch  of  the  South  Indian 
Railway  from  Trichinopoli  joins  the  Madras  Railway. 

Podanur  is  an  important  junction,  with  good  refreshment  rooms. 
Hence  a  line  runs  to  the  Nilgiri  hills  and  Coimbatore. 

CoDCBATOBE  is  an  important  town  of  40,000  inhabitants,  the  head- 
quarters of  a  district.  It  is  built  with  very  wide  streets,  and 
natural  drainage,  1,487  feet  above  sea  level.  Three  miles  from 
Coimbatore,  at  Perur,  is  the  temple  of  Mel-Chidambaram,  celebrated 
for  its  sanctity,  and  remarkable  as  one  of  the  three  Hindu  temples 
spared  from  destruction  by  Tipu  Sultan.  It  presents  the  usual  charac- 
teristics of  a  fine  Dravidian  temple.  It  was  built  in  the  beginning  of 
the  18th  century,  and  its  carving  is  inferior  in  quality  though 
similar  in  character  to  the  temple  at  Yellore.  The  Animalei 
hills,  above  Coimbatore,  are  vast  teak  forests,  full  of  wild  elephants 
and  other  great  game,  including  tiger,  bear,  wild  cattle  and  ibex. 
There  is  no  finer  forest  scenery  to  be  found  anywhere.  They  run 
from  8,000  to  6,000  feet  in  height,  and  are  of  much  the  same 
character  as  the  Nilgiri  hills. 

At  Tunakadu,  some  twenty  miles  from  Coimbatore,  is  the  head- 
quarters of  the  forest  service,  where  a  number  of  well-trained  elephants 
drag  and  pile  the  timber  with  much  intelligence. 

Mettupalaiyam  is  the  terminus  of  the  branch  line  to  the  Nilgiri 
hills,  a  district  dealt  with  at  length  in  the  next  chapter. 

The  railway  now  runs  through  the  Salghat  valley,  a  remarkable 
gap  in  the  great  western  mountain  wall,  twenty  miles  broad, 
and  leading  by  an  easy  route,  only  1,000  feet  high,  from  the  interior 
to  the  sea  board. 

Shoranur  is  the  station  where  travellers  bound  to  Cochin  leave  the 
railway.  The  journey  is  made  by  palki  and  coolies  to  Trichur,  thence 
by  boat  along  the  lagoons,  the  total  distance  being  seventy-two  miles. 
A  British  India  steamer  from  Calicut  is,  however,  a  pleasanter  alter- 
native, unless  the  traveller  desires  the  novel  experience  of  the  lagoon 
boats.  From  Cochin,  the  lagoon  journey  may  be  continued  to  Quilon, 
eighty-eight  miles  further,  and  Trivanderam,  the  capital  of  Travancore, 


CALICUT,  511 


forty-one  miles  beyond  Qoilon.     Few  travellers  will  be  able  to  spare 
the  time  bo  slow  a  journey  wiU  consume. 

Calicut,  the  terminus  of  the  railway,  is  a  thriving  seaport  with  a 
population  of  60,000.  It  is  the  head-quarters  of  the  rich  and 
populous  district  of  Malabar,  and  its  imports  and  exports,  including 
the  sub-port  of  Beypur,  amount  to  over  a  million  sterling.  The 
present  town  dates  from  the  13th  century,  and  was  the  capital  of  a 
considerable  dominion  until  the  15th  century,  under  powerful  rulers 
who  were  called  Zamorins.  It  gives  the  name  to  the  cotton  cloth 
known  as  calico.  Calicut  is  celebrated  in  history  as  having  been  the 
first  port  in  India  ever  visited  by  Europeans,  the  Portuguese  adven- 
turer Covilham  having  landed  here  in  1486.  Vasco  di  Gama  arrived 
in  1498,  but  was  inhospitably  received.  The  town  is  beautifully 
situated  in  the  midst  of  groves  of  palm,  mango  and  jack  trees.  The 
Portuguese  church  was  built  by  the  Zamorin  in  1526,  and  presented 
by  him  to  the  Portuguese.  The  British  India  steamers  call  at 
Calicut  going  north  and  south,  every  week.  The  missionary  enter- 
prise of  Calicut  is  conducted  by  the  Basle  German  Evangelical 
Society* 


CHAPTER   XXXT. 

MYSORE    STATE. 


centra  of  tbis  group  of  lines. 

Mysore  (KfaheBb-nrn,  the  city  of  baffaloes)  is  one  of  the  most 
important  native  states  in  Jndia.  It  is  enrrotinded  entirely  by  Britisb 
territory.  Mysore  city  ie  the  capital,  but  Bangalore  is  the  adminis- 
trative head-qaarters.  The  Maharaja  divides  his  residence  eqaaUy 
between  the  two.  The  cantonment  of  Bangalore  is  assigned  to  the 
British  Government,  and  is  a  civil  and  military  station  under  British 


MYSORE.  513 

administratioii.  It  is  looked  npon  as  the  healthiest  and  pleasantest 
cantonment  in  all  India. 

The  area  of  the  state  is  24,748  sqnare  miles,  and  its  population 
4,186,188.  Its  early  history  is  obscure,  bat  much  light  has  been 
thrown  upon  it  by  recent  discoveries  of  inscriptions  on  stone  and 
copper  throughout  the  State.  At  the  beginning  of  the  Christian  era, 
Mysore  appears  to  have  been  under  Jain  influence  and  supremacy,  and 
many  of  the  most  interesting  archiBological  remains  are  Jain.  This 
religion  was  relinquished  for  Brahmanism  about  the  2nd  century  a.d., 
which  has  been  the  religion  of  the  people  of  Mysore  ever  since,  and  of 
their  kings  with  the  exception  of  a  short  period  in  the  ISth  century, 
when  they  professed  Jainism,  leaving  several  beautiful  temples  as 
monuments  of  their  sway. 

The  most  conspicuous  of  the  modem  rulers  of  Mysore  are  the 
famous  Haidar  Ali,  and  his  son  Tipu  Sultan.  Haidar  usurped  the 
throne  in  1763,  and  his  son  Tipu  was  defeated  by  the  British  and 
slain  at  the  storming  of  Seringapatam  in  1799,  when  the  throne  was 
restored  to  a  representative  of  the  Hindu  Wodeyar  dynasty,  founded 
in  1610.  This  Maharaja  grossly  misgoverned  the  State,  and  was 
superseded  by  the  British  Government,  who  administered  in  his  name, 
and  after  his  death  in  that  of  his  adopted  son,  until  1881,  when  he 
was  formally  installed  as  Maharaja,  the  chief  commissioner  handing 
over  his  office  to  his  diwan.  The  present  Maharaja,  Chama  Rajendra 
Wodeyar,  who  has  had  a  liberal  education  under  European  tutelage, 
continues  the  government  with  great  ability  and  success.  He  is  aided 
by  a  council,  which  deals  with  all  the  more  important  administrative 
measures. 

Mysore  State  is  an  undulating  tableland,  broken  by  ranges  of  rocky 
hills  and  deep  ravines.  The  general  elevation  of  the  country  is  from 
2,000  to  8,000  feet  above  the  sea,  with  a  fine  pleasant  climate.  A 
peculiar  feature  in  the  scenery  is  the  large  number  of  isolated  granite 
rocks  called  droogs,  sometimes  stupendous  monoliths,  sometimes 
huge  boulders  piled  up,  often  rising  2,000  feet  from  the  plain. 
Many  of  these  are  crowned  with  ruined  fortresses,  once  the  strong- 
holds of  robber  chieftains,  who  domineered  over  the  adjacent 
plains. 

The  mountain  ranges  of  Mysore  run  as  high  as  6,000  feet  above  the 
sea,  the  highest  peak  being  Mulaina  Giri  (6,817  feet).  Their  flanks 
are  clothed  with  superb  forests,  the  resort  of  wild  elephants,  bison, 

Xi  L 


514  PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 

tdgerSy  panthers,  leopards,  bears,  sambhar,  and  spotted  deer,  jungle 
fowl  and  spur  fowl.  The  summits  are  clear  of  timber,  being  grass 
downs,  with  wooded  hollows.  The  open  country  of  the  State  is  well 
cultivated,  watered  by  two  great  rivers,  the  Eistna  and  the  Eaveri, 
while  the  streams  which  gather  from  the  hill  sides  and  mountain 
ranges  are  at  every  favourable  point  embanked  into  chains  of  tanks, 
varying  in  size  from  ponds  to  large  lakes,  dispersed  throughout  the 
country  to  the  total  number  of  88,000.  The  largest  is  the  Sulukere 
tank,  a  noble  sheet  of  water  forty  miles  in  circumference. 

The  roads  of  Mysore  are  generally  good,  and  the  country  breed  ot 
bullocks  famous  for  speed  and  endurance.  Travelling  is  done  by 
bullock  tongas,  and  long  distances  may  be  accomplished  at  a  rate  of 
four  or  five  miles  an  hour. 

The  Maharaja  pays  great  attention  to  the  maintenance  of  the  breeds 
of  bullocks  at  his  great  cattle  form  at  Hoonsoor,  whence  first-class 
bulls  are  distributed  to  the  large  villages  for  the  free  use  of  their 
agricultural  herds. 

The  best  time  to  visit  Mysore  is  during  December,  January  and 
February,  when  the  mornings  and  evenings  are  cold  and  bracing,  with 
bright  sunny  days.  The  best  season  for  sport  is  April,  after  the 
young  grass  has  begun  to  grow.  Sportsmen  will  find  ample  informa- 
tion in  ''  Thirteen  Years  among  the  Wild  Beasts  of  India,"  by  Colonel 
G.  P.  Sanderson  (Allen  &  Co.,  London),  the  officer  in  charge  of  the 
Government  elephant-catching  establishment  of  Mysore,  one  of  the 
most  fascinating  books  of  sport  I  have  ever  read.  The  Eurubas,  or 
wild  hill  people,  live  in  the  woods  in  small  communities,  their 
dwellings  being  mere  hovels  made  from  branches  of  trees.  In 
January  the  Eurubas  bum  the  dry  jungle  grass,  which  has  grown  to 
five  or  six  feet  and  seeded,  the  burnt  ground  quickly  producing  a  supply 
of  sweet  green  herbage  when  the  showers  of  spring  have  fedlen  on  the 
ashes.  These  people  live  on  succulent  roots  of  various  kinds,  leaves, 
and  ragi^  a  coarse  grain  grown  in  the  plains. 

They  are  black,  ugly,  and  short  in  stature ;  their  coarse  hair  grows 
to  a  great  length,  and  is  tied  back  with  string.  They  are  now 
beginning  to  take  work  on  coffee  plantations,  and  in  the  forest  depart- 
ment as  tree-fellers.  Tbcy  are  fond  of  sport,  and  are  thoroughly 
acquainted  with  the  habits  of  all  the  wild  animals  of  the  country. 
They  hunt  ^\nth  spear  and  net.  The  nets  are  first  supported  on 
upright  light  props  set  across  a  line  of  countiy.     The  jungle  is  then 


MYSORE.  515 


driven  up  to  the  nets,  into  which  the  animals  gallop ;  their  heads 
become  entangled  in  the  meshes,  the  net  falls  and  wraps  them,  and 
they  are  speared  in  the  midst  of  their  straggles. 

The  coltiyators  of  the  plains  are  unsurpassed  in  skill  and  industry 
by  any  agriculturists  of  India.  The  main  crop  is  ragi,  which  in 
appearance  is  very  like  turnip-seed.  It  is  ground  in  the  common 
double-stone  handmill,  boiled  in  earthen  pots  into  a  stiff  pudding, 
made  up  into  balls,  and  eaten  with  curried  vegetables,  or  meat  if  it  can 
be  got.  This  is  the  chief  food  of  the  poor  throughout  Southern  India, 
and  is  only  about  one-third  the  price  of  rice. 

The  other  important  crops  are  coffee,  sugar,  oil-seeds,  areca  or  betel- 
nuts,  cinchona  and  cardamoms.  The  number  of  coffee  plantations 
held  by  Europeans  is  about  500,  and  there  are  probably  25,000  small 
patches  cultivated  by  natives.  These  cover  about  150,000  acres, 
altogether  producing  about  5,000,000  pounds  of  coffee.  The  out-turn 
of  sugar  is  £160,000,  and  of  areca  nuts  £180,000  in  value  every  year. 
The  rice  and  grain  crops  are  large,  reaching  a  total  annual  vtduo  of 
£350,000. 

The  revenues  of  the  State  are  about  £1,100,000,  and  the  expen- 
diture usually  leaves  a  comfortable  surplus.  A  yearly  subsidy  of 
£850,000  is  paid  to  the  British  Government,  for  the  maintenance  of  a 
force  for  the  defence  of  Mysore.  This  force  is  all  stationed  at 
Bangalore,  and  consists  of  two  European  and  four  native  regiments, 
with  artillery  and  sappers. 

Mysore  city  lies  at  the  foot  of  the  Chamundi  Hill,  an  isolated  peak 
rising  1,500  feet  out  of  the  plain.  The  streets  are  broad  and  regular, 
lined  with  substantial  two-  and  three-storied  tiled  houses  and  some  fine 
public  buildings.  The  inhabitants  are  prosperous.  The  fort  stands 
in  the  south  of  the  city,  and  is  a  square  of  about  450  yards.  It  is 
devoid  of  interest  as  a  fortification.  It  contains  the  Maharaja's  palace, 
a  modern  Hindu  building,  tawdrily  decorated  with  frescoes.  In  the 
front  is  the  Dassara  Hall,  an  open  gallery  supported  by  four  curiously 
carved  pillars,  where  the  Maharaja  shows  himself  on  State  occasions, 
seated  on  his  famous  fig-wood  throne.  This  throne  was  presented  to 
Baja  Chikka  Deva  in  1699  by  the  Emperor  Auraugzeb.  The  fig- wood 
of  which  it  is  made  is  overlaid  with  ivory,  which  has  since  been 
covered  with  gold  and  silver  plating,  wrought  with  figures  from  the 
Hindu  mythology.  Some  of  the  rooms  in  the  palace  have  doors 
richly  inlaid  with  carved  ivory  and  silver.     The  remainder  of  the  area 

L  L  2 


5i6  PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 

within  the  fort  is  covered  with  buildings  for  the  use  of  the  royal 
household. 

The  Jagan  Mohan  Mahal  is  a  fine  building  erected  by  the  lato 
Maharaja  for  the  entertainment  of  European  guests.  The  upper 
storey  is  decorated  with  grotesque  paintings  of  hunting  scenes. 

There  is  a  very  remarkable  stone,  Nandi  or  sacred  bull,  on  a  low 
hill  near  the  town,  one  of  the  finest  Nandis  in  all  India. 

A  splendid  view  of  the  city  may  be  got  from  the  British  residency 
gardens. 

Mysore  is  notable  for  the  excellence  of  its  gold-  and  silyer-smiths, 
who  produce  the  most  beautiful  chased  and  embossed  trays  and  dishes, 
decorated  with  flower  and  leaf  patterns  in  low  relief,  or  mytjiologicol 
subjects  in  high  relief — repousse.  The  beaten  gold  jewellery  of  Mysore 
is  almost  as  thin  as  paper,  but  ornamented  so  beautifully  and 
artistically  as  to  give  the  appearance  of  great  solidity.  The  most 
highly-finished  jewels  of  beaten  gold  may  be  purchased  at  about  one- 
fifth  of  the  net  weight  added  to  the  value  of  the  gold.  Sandal-wood 
carving  and  inlaying  is  largely  carried  on  at  Mysore,  mostly  figure 
subjects  in  very  high  relief  against  floral  or  leaf  patterns  in  low  relief, 
similar  to  the  work  of  the  gold-  and  silver-smiths.  Some  clever 
lacquer-ware  is  produced  here,  in  imitation  of  the  brilliant  jewelled 
enamels  of  Jaipur;  the  ground  is  laid  in  transparent  green  on  tin-foil, 
and  the  subjects  are  painted  on  this  shining  back-ground  in  the 
brightest  opaque  colours.  The  weavers  make  a  curious  silk  cloth, 
interwoven  with  lace,  which  commands  a  very  high  price ;  a  good  deal 
of  silver  and  gold  lace  is  also  made  in  the  Mysore  bazars. 

Seringapatam. — This  old  capital  of  the  State  of  Mysore  is  situated 
on  an  island  in  the  river  Eaveri,  ten  miles  from  Mysore.  It  has  a 
population  of  about  12,000.  The  name  is  taken  from  Sri  Banga,  one 
of  the  forms  of  Yishnu,  who  is  worshipped  in  the  ancient  temple 
within  the  fort,  at  which  shrine  tradition  says  Buddha  himself 
worshipped.  The  greater  portion  of  the  building  dates  from  the  16th 
century,  though  other  parts  are  said  to  be  as  old  as  the  9th  cen- 
tury. Many  fragments  of  Jain  temples  are  built  into  the  walls. 
Seringapatam  was  the  seat  of  the  government  of  Mysore  until  1799, 
when  the  fort  was  stormed  after  the  historical  siege,  and  Tipu 
Sultan  slain  in  the  breach.  The  residence  of  the  restored  Baja  was 
removed  to  Mysore,  and  Seringapatam,  which  had  a  population  of 
150,000  at  the  height  of  Tipu*s  power,  fell  into  the  decay  in  which  it 


MYSORE.  SI? 

still  remaisB.  The  place  is  very  maUrionB,  like  most  rained  and 
abandoned  cities.  The  fort  is  a  boge  mass  of  maBomy,  without 
aicliit«ctaral  beauty,  and  its  interest  centres  only  in  the  historic 
Btraggle  which  was  ended  within  its  walls.  The  story  is  told  in  ereiy 
history  of  India,  and  at  full  length  in  Colonel  G.  B.  Malleson's 
"  Seringapatam."  loside  the  fort  are  the  ancient  temple,  the  Jama 
Masjid,  a  fine  mosque  built  by  Tipn  shortly  before  bis  death,  and  the 


ruins  of  Tipu's  palace.  Outside  the  wall  is  the  Darija  Daulat  Bagh, 
(the  gnrdea  of  the  sea's  wealth),  a  decaying  building  handsomely 
decorated  with  arabesque  work  in  rich  colours.  It  was  built  by  Tipa 
US  a  summer-house,  and  contains  the  celebrated  pictures  representing 
the  defeat  of  the  British  forces  at  Conjeveram  by  Haidar  Ali  in  1780. 
They  are  quaint  specimens  of  native  art,  the  caricature  of  the  British 
soldiers  being  extremely  amusing. 

At  the  lower  end  of  the  island  is  the  Lai  Bagh,  containing  the 
mausoleum  built  by  Tipn  for  his  father  Haidar  AH,  in  which  be  himself 
lies  buried  also.  It  is  a  square  building,  with  dome  and  minarets, 
surrounded  by  a  pillar  corridor  of  black  hornblende.  The  donble 
doors,  inlaid  with  ivory,  were  a  present  from  Lord  Dalhonsie.  Tho 
inscription  on  Tipu's  tomb  states  that  he  died  a  martyr  to  Islam. 

Falls  OF  THE  Katebi. — Enclosing  the iBlaudofSivasamudram are  th« 


5i8  PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 

celebrated  falls  of  the  river  Kaveri,  imrivalled  in  all  India  for  romantic 
beauty.  The  nearest  station  is  Maddar,  half  way  between  Mysore  and 
Bangalore.  There  is  a  good  refreshment  room.  The  distance  to  the 
falls  is  thirty  miles :  there  is  a  fair  Dak  bungalow.  Arrangements 
for  conveyance  can  be  made  by  writing  to  the  Maddur  station-mastei*. 
The  river  is  split  by  the  island,  which  is  three  miles  long,  and  each 
stream  makes  a  descent  of  about  200  feet  in  a  succession  of  rapids  and 
waterfalls.  The  island  is  malarious  in  the  winter.  At  this  time  too, 
although  the  scenery  is  exquisitely  beautiful,  the  river  is  narrow  and 
shallow,  dividing  itself  into  a  score  of  cascades.  The  best  time  to 
visit  Sivasamudram  is  during  the  rainy  season,  when  the  river  roars 
down  the  fall  in  an  unbroken  sheet  500  yards  wide,  with  a  horse-shoe 
recess  in  the  centre,  as  at  Niagara,  to  which  it  has  been  compared. 
The  island  is  connected  with  the  mainland  by  two  solid  stone  bridges, 
accessible  in  the  highest  floods.  Twelve  miles  from  Sivasamudram  is 
the  ancient  city  of  Talkad,  on  the  left  bank  of  the  river.  Its  history 
is  obscure,  but  tradition  says  that  the  last  rani  of  Talkad  cursed  the 
city  ''  that  it  should  become  sand,"  and  then  drowned  herself  in  the 
Kaveri.  At  the  present  time  the  old  city  is  buried  under  heaps  of  sand, 
with  here  and  there  the  tops  of  pagodas  sticking  up.  One  fine  temple 
is  still  uncovered,  and  another  is  kept  open  with  great  labour,  for 
worship,  by  the  surrounding  inhabitants.  The  traveller  who  is  ex- 
ploring Mysore  leisurely  will  find  it  worth  while  to  push  on  ten  miles 
farther  to  Somnathpur,  celebrated  for  its  two  splendid  old  temples. 
That  of  Prasanna  Chenna  Kesava  was  completed  in  1270  a.d.,  by  a 
prince  of  that  name.  The  whole  building  is  elaborately  ornamented, 
and  the  structure  is  completed  by  three  pyramidal  towers,  or  vimanas, 
surmounting  the  triple  shrine.  Round  the  exterior  base,  carved  in 
reUef,  are  leading  incidents  of  the  Ramayana,  Mahabharata,  and 
Bhagvata,  the  termination  of  each  chapter  and  book  being  indicated 
by  a  closed  or  half-closed  door.  The  number  of  sculptured  pictures 
is  seventy-four.  The  workmanship  is  attributed  to  Jakanachari,  the 
famous  sculptor  and  architect  of  the  Hoysala  Ballala  kings,  under 
whom  Hindu  art  in  Mysore  reax^hed  its  highest  point  of  excellence. 
The  temple  stands  in  a  square  cloistered  coui*t  of  great  beauty,  with 
entrance  porches,  and  some  fine  stambhas  or  lamp  pillars. 

Bangalore. — This  delightful  city  is  one  of  the  pleasantest  and 
most  attractive  in  India.  It  stands  in  the  centre  of  the  Mysore 
plateau,  8,118  feet  above  the  sea,  its  climate  being  noted  for  its 


MYSORE.  S19 

healthiness  and  Buitability  to  European  constitntions.  The  mean 
temperatare  is  Beventy-aix  degrees,  and  the  average  rainfall  thirty-Bix 
inches.  The  death-rate  of  the  natiTe  city  is  only  seventeen  per  1,000, 
and  of  the  cantonment  fiA^en. 

The  plain  is  level,  broken  only  by  a  few  slight  elevations,  and 


.,    SSRITJOAPATAIC. 


interspersed  vrith  several  besntifal  tanks.  The  old  native  city,  or  pet, 
covers  an  area  of  two  and  one-third  square  miles,  with  a  popalation  of 
66,000.  The  bazars  are  narrow  and  irregnlar,  with  many  handsome 
honses  of  prosperons  merchants.  There  is  mnch  stir  and  bnstle, 
with  plenty  of  lively  trade. 

The  cantonments  are  scattered  over  a  wide  area  of  ahont  twelve 
square  miles,  with  a  population  of  nearly  100,000.  Within  this  area 
is  the  British  Residency,  a  splendid  range  of  public  offices.  The 
central  jail,  one  of  the  finest  in  India,  the  central  college,  the 
magnificent  new  palace  of  the  maharaja,  the  barracks,  the  raceoonrse, 
pamde-gronnd  and  public  park,  the  handsome  Trinity  church,  the 
museum,  the  Boman  Catholic  cathedral,  the  Wesleyan  chapel,  the 
handsome  bungalows  of  officers  and  European  residents,  the  bcantifol 


520  PICTURESQUE  INDIA, 

botanical  gardens  of  Lai  Bagh,  the  bandstand,  St.  John's  Hill,  dotted 
with  the  cottages  of  a  large  number  of  pensioned  European  soldiers, 
and  all  the  other  concomitants  of  a  first-class  British  cantonment. 
The  principal  hotels  are  the  ''  Bowring "  and  the  ''  Cubbon/'  and 
there  is  a  first-class  Dak  bungalow.  The  fort,  rebuilt  in  stone  in  the 
first  year  of  Haidar  Ali's  reign,  has  played  a  conspicuous  part  in 
British  Indian  history.  The  prison  cell  of  Sir  David  Baird,  during 
his  captivity  after  Baillie's  defeat  in  1780,  is  still  shown,  a  room 
twelve  feet  square,  so  low  that  a  man  cannot  stand  upright  in  it. 

Most  of  the  leading  handicrafts  of  a  large  Indian  city  are  to  be  seen 
in  the  Bangalore  bazars.  Silks  of  durable  texture  and  brilliant 
patterns  are  sold  by  weight.  Cotton  cloth,  printed,  or  with  silk 
borders,  gold  and  silver  lace,  jewellery,  electroplating  and  leather 
tanning,  are  special  industries,  and  their  sale  carried  on  in  all 
the  crowded  streets,  but  specially  at  open  stalls  in  the  picturesque 
Dodda  pet.  The  jail  is  noted  for  its  manufacture  of  carpets,  mostly 
of  Persian  or  Turkish  designs. 

In  the  museum  are  some  of  the  most  perfect  of  the  sculptures  of 
the  famous  temples  of  Halebid,  the  ancient  capital  of  the  Mysore 
kings  in  the  13th  century.  Halebid,  the  old  capital  of  the  Bajpot 
Ballalas  of  Mysore,  is  110  miles  north  of  Mysore  city,  and  very 
seldom  visited  by  travellers.  Its  temples  rank  with  tiie  greatest 
masterpieces  of  Indian  architecture. 

The  great  temple  of  Halebid  is  the  noblest  example  of  the 
Chalukyan  style.  It  was  never  finished,  having  been  stopped  by  the 
Musalman  conquest,  a.d.  1810.  It  is  a  double  temple.  It  stands  on 
a  terrace  six  feet  high.  Bound  this  runs  a  wonderful  frieze  of  2,000 
elephants,  following  all  the  windings  of  the  ground  plan.  Above  it 
is  a  frieze  of  lions,  then  a  band  of  scroll-work  of  infinite  beauty  and 
variety  of  design,  over  which  is  a  frieze  of  horsemen,  then  another 
scroll,  and  a  frieze  representing  mythological  subjects.  Above  all 
these  are  two  more  friezes  of  beasts  and  birds,  then  a  scroll-work 
cornice,  bearing  a  rail  divided  into  panels,  each  containing  two 
figures,  over  which  are  windows  of  pierced  slabs  of  stone,  divided  at 
regular  intervals  by  sculptured  columns.  The  abutments  are  richly 
ornamented  by  carved  figures  of  gods  five  and  a  half  feet  in  height. 
Above  all  would  have  risen  pyramidal  towers,  had  the  temple  been 
finished. 

Tumkur  and  Harihar  are  both  very  ancient  places  in  a  picturesque 


522  PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 


country  on  the  Mysore  State  Railway,  48  and  210  miles  respectirely 
from  Bangalore.  There  is,  however,  nothing  of  sufficient  importance 
to  attract  any  traveller  not  specially  interested  in  Hindu  archaeology. 

There  are  six  episcopal  churches  of  England  in  Bangalore,  under 
the  supervision  of  the  Bishop  of  Madras — St.  Mark's,  in  St.  Mark's 
Square,  in  connection  with  which  is  a  hoarding-school  for  European 
boys  and  girls  and  the  cantonment  orphanage ;  Trinity,  in  Trinity 
Road ;  St.  John's,  in  St.  John's  Hill ;  All  Saints,  in  Shoolay ;  St. 
Paul's,  in  New  Market  Boad,  and  one  in  the  fort.  Of  these  St.  Paul's 
is  occupied  by  a  Tamil  congregation,  and  is  under  the  charge  of  the 
Society  for  the  Propagation  of  the  Gospel.  Bishop  Cottom's  schools 
and  college  provide  good  education  for  English  boys  and  girls,  based 
on  the  principles  of  the  Church  of  England. 

There  is  a  church  of  the  Scottish  Establishment  in  Cubbon  Road, 
on  the  north  side  of  the  Parade.  Morning  and  evening  services  are 
held,  and  a  Sunday-school  is  carried  on.  There  is  a  good  boys'  and 
girls'  school,  both  day  and  boarding,  under  the  management  of  this 
church.  The  Wesleyan  Mission  carries  on  work  in  English  and 
Tamil  in  the  civil  and  military  station,  and  in  Kanarese  in  the 
city. 

In  the  English  circuit  there  are  two  chapels,  one  in  East  Parade, 
and  one  in  Cleveland  Town,  St.  John's  Hill.  The  ministers* 
residences  adjoin  the  chapels.  Services  are  also  conducted  in  the 
infantry  and  cavalry  barracks,  at  the  city  railway  station,  in  the  fort, 
and  at  the  Kolar  gold  mines.  A  girls'  school  for  European  and 
Eurasian  children  is  attached  to  each  chapel,  and  a  free  school  is 
maintained  in  Shoolay.  A  home  for  poor  children  has  recently  been 
opened  in  the  compound  of  East  Parade  Chapel.  Adjoining  the 
chapel  premises  there  is  a  soldiers'  home.  Immediately  behind  the 
chapel  on  St.  John's  Hill  is  a  young  men's  Christian  institute,  and  at 
a  little  distance  in  Haines'  Road  a  reading-room  for  pensioners. 
There  are  also  in  connection  with  the  chapels,  Sunday-schools, 
temperance  associations,  and  mothers'  meetings. 

The  Tamil  work  is  under  the  superintendence  of  a  European 
missionary,  who  resides  in  Promenade  Road,  Cleveland  Town,  St. 
John's  Hill.  The  principal  chapel  is  in  Haines'  Road.  Another  is 
in  course  of  erection  in  Shoolay.  A  girls'  boarding-school  adjoins  the 
missionary's  house  in  Cleveland  Town.  There  is  an  English  middle- 
school  for  boys  in  the  bazar.     There  are  Anglo-vernacular  schools  in 


524  PICTURESQUE  INDIA, 


Mutacheri  and  Shoolay,  and  fiye  Tamil  schools.  For  girls  there  are 
five  day-schools. 

The  missionary  is  assisted  by  a  native  minister^  catechists.  Zenana 
visitors,  and  Bible-women. 

In  the  Kanarese  circnit  there  are  two  European  missionaries  and  & 
native  minister.  The  senior  missionary,  who  is  also  general  super- 
intendent of  all  the  Wesleyan  Missions  in  the  Mysore  Province  and 
on  the  Nilgiri  Hills,  resides  at  No.  6,  Fort  Bead.  The  Kanarese 
chapel  is  in  Nagartara  Pettah  in  the  city.  The  senior  missionary  has 
charge  of  a  theological  class.  The  high  school  is  on  the  mission 
premises  in  Fort  Boad.  A  girls'  boarding-school  adjoins  the  mission 
houses.  In  the  city  and  suburbs  there  are  four  Kanarese  schools  for 
boys  and  three  for  girls. 

The  London  Mission  conducts  its  operations  in  the  civil  and 
military  station  and  in  the  city. 

The  Tamil  chapel  is  situated  in  the  Infantry  Boad,  and  is  under  the 
care  of  a  native  pastor.  Two  schools  teaching  up  to  the  lower  fourth 
standard  are  sustained  in  this  part  of  Bangalore.  Three  native  female 
agents  are  employed  in  visiting  the  homes  of  Hindu  families.  Evan- 
gelist work  is  carried  on  by  an  ordained  native  evangelist  with  the  aid 
of  other  members  of  the  church.  The  Tamil  work  generally  is  under 
the  supervision  of  a  European  missionary,  who  lives  in  St.  Mark's 
Square. 

One  of  the  European  missionaries  labours  among  the  English- 
speaking  portion  of  the  Hindu  community  by  private  intercourse, 
Bible-classes,  lectures  and  in  other  ways.  His  work  is  not  confined 
to  Bangalore,  but  extends  to  many  other  important  stations. 

In  former  years  English  services  were  conducted  in  the  chapel  in 
the  Infantry  Boad ;  but  when  the  Scotch  church  was  opened  these 
were  discontinued,  the  English  congregation  joining  that  of  the 
Presbyterians. 

In  the  city  the  work  is  carried  on  in  the  Kanarese  language.  The 
congregation,  which  is  under  the  care  of  a  native  pastor,  worships  in 
a  chapel  near  the  Yellahunka  Gate  of  the  city.  Without  this  gate  is 
0,  high  school  under  the  charge  of  a  European  missionary,  who  resides 
at  No.  4,  St.  Mark's  Square. 

Two  missionaries  are  engaged  in  Kanarese  work,  one  of  them  having 
special  charge  of  the  work  in  the  adjacent  country. 

On  the  mission  premises  there  is  a  theological  seminary  conducted 


MYSORE.  525 


by  two  of  the  missionaries^  the  two  Temacular  langaages  and  English 
being  used  in  the  course  of  instruction.  On  the  same  premises  there 
is  also  a  boarding-school  for  girls.  In  the  city  there  are  four  girls*  day- 
schools  and  a  reading-room.  Eyangelistio  work  is  carried  on  in 
another  building  by  the  native  pastor  with  the  help  of  other  Chris- 
tians. A  lady  missionary  is  employed  in  superintending  female 
education.  Two  Bible-women  also  are  employed;  there  are  two 
Sunday-schools. 

The  English  work  of  the  Methodist  Episcopal  Mission  is  under  the 
charge  of  an  American  missionary.  The  chapel  is  situated  in 
Myrtle  Street,  Bichmond  Town.  Begular  preaching  services  are 
held  on  Sunday  and  during  the  week.  There  is  also  a  Sunday-school. 
Begular  services  and  Sunday-school  are  also  held  in  the  native  chapel. 
Memorial  Street,  St.  John's  Hill. 

The  English  minister  resides  in  Kingston  Gross  Street,  Bichmond 
Town.  Their  English  educational  work  is  at  Baldwin  High  Schools, 
Nos.  5  &  6,  Hosiir  Boad.  The  principal  is  helped  by  a  sta£f  of  twelve 
teachers.  Both  boarders  and  day-scholars  are  admitted.  The  in- 
struction is  carried  to  the  matriculation  standard  of  the  Madras 
University.  Among  the  subjects  taught  a  prominent  place  is  given  to 
systematic  Bible  study. 

The  native  work  is  under  the  superintendence  of  an  American  mis- 
sionary, with  the  aid  of  an  assistant  and  seven  native  helpers.  The 
chapel  and  mission-house  are  in  Memorial  Street,  St.  John's  Hill. 
Begular  services  are  held  every  week  in  the  chapel.  The  Sunday- 
schools,  twenty  in  number,  are  held  in  various  parts  of  Bangalore. 

The  ladies  attached  to  the  Church  of  England  Zenana  Mission,  in 
the  Old  Museum  Boad,  have  established  three  schools  for  Muham- 
madan  girls,  and  visit  Muhammadan  families  for  the  purpose  of  in- 
structing the  female  members  of  those  households. 

The  Baptist  Church  is  supported  from  local  resources.  The  chapel 
is  situated  in  the  Commissariat  Boad.  The  services  and  work  of  the 
church  are  carried  on  in  the  English  language.  There  is  a  Sunday- 
school  connected  with  the  congregation.  The  church  is  under  the 
care  of  an  English  minister,  who  resides  at  No.  22,  Bichmond  Boad. 

There  is  an  auxiliary  of  the  Bible  and  Beligious  Tract  Societies, 
under  the  direction  of  committees.  In  connection  with  them  colporteurs 
are  employed  in  Bangalore  and  various  other  stations.  Besides  Scrip- 
tures and  other  books  received  from  London,  vernacular  translations 


526  PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 

' '      ■ — 

of  the  Bible  and  other  yemacular  publications  prepared  by  these  two 
societies  are  sold  at  the  depository  in  Cubbon  Boad. 

The  Boman  Catholic  churches  of  Bangalore  are  under  the  juris- 
diction of  the  Bishop  of  Mysore.  The  principal  churches  are  St. 
Patrick's  Cathedral,  in  Shoolay ;  St.  Francis  Xavier's,  in  St.  John's 
Hill;  St.  Mary*s,  in  Blackpully,  and  St.  Joseph's,  near  the  fort.  There 
ore  usually  three  or  four  services  every  Sunday  in  each  church,  as  well 
as  Sunday-schools  in  the  English,  Tamil,  and  Kanarese  languages. 
The  work  of  this  church  engages  the  services  of  a  large  number  of 
priests  and  several  nuns,  who  belong  to  the  order  of  the  Good 
Shepherd. 

St.  Joseph's  College  give  a  university  training  to  European  and 
Eurasian  youths,  and  there  are  excellent  girls'  schools  under  the 
direction  of  the  nuns  of  the  Good  Shepherd. 

The  NiLaiRi  Hills. — The  traveller  who  has  been  faithfully  follow- 
ing the  routes  laid  down  in  this  book,  will  have  had  about  enough  of 
the  hot  plains  and  cities  of  the  Madras  Presidency,  and  will  long  for 
the  coolness  and  greenery  of  the  world-renowned  Nilgiri  Hills,  the 
sanatarium  and  holiday  place  of  the  European  population  of  all 
Southern  India.  Two  trains  each  day  arrive  at  Mettupalaiyam,  the 
insignificant  village  which  is  the  present  terminus  of  the  Nilgiri  branch 
of  the  Madras  Bailway.     The  time-table  is — 


Ordinary. 

Mail. 

Madras     .        depart  7.  0  a.m. 

5 .  45  p.m. 

Jalnrpet        .    •    m      ^-^^  P*!^* 

12.47  a-m. 

Salem       .         .     „      8.35    „ 

4.26    „ 

Erode  .        .     .    „    11.10    „ 

6.22    „ 

Podanur   .        .     ,,      3.26  a.m. 

9.29    „ 

Coimbatore  .    .     „      3.47    „ 

9.43    » 

Mettupalaiyam     „     5.15    ., 

11.  0    „ 

There  are  good  refreshment  rooms  at  Jalarpet,  Salem,  Erode,  and 
Podanur.  I  advise  those  who  are  coming  from  stations  south  of  Jalar- 
pet, to  take  the  ordinary  train,  so  as  to  arrive  at  Mettupalaiyam  at 
5.15  A.M.,  and  get  the  hot  and  dusty  drive  to  the  foot  of  the  ghat  done 
in  the  early  dawn. 

The  three  important  stations  of  the  Nilgiri  Hills,  Coonoor,  Welling- 
ton, and  Utakumand,  are  all  reached  from  Mettupalaiyam.  There  is 
an  hotel  near  the  station  from  which  tongas  may  be  had,  or  they  may 


be  ordered  from  the  hotels  at  Utskamand.     The  whole  dlBtance  i 
thirty-two  aod  a  half  miles,  of  very  good  well-metalled  road — yiz. : 

Uettupalaijam  to  Foot  of  Ghat  .         .     .  6  mileK. 

Foot  of  Ghat  to  Coonoor    .        .  .  IS    „ 

Coonoa.  to  Wellington  .     .  2^  „ 

Wellington  to  Utokaraand  .  9    „ 


Good  horses  make  the  joamey  is  about  six  hoars. 

Coonoor  is  6,000  feet  above  sea  level,  with  a  population  of  5,000, 
of  whom  2,000  are  Europeans.  It  is  proposed  to  construct  a  Righi 
Railway  to  Coonoor  from  Mettupalaiyam.  The  town  presenta  all  the 
nsnal  features  of  a  popular  Indian  Hill  etation — churches,  chapels, 
schools,  library,  gymkhana,  shops  and  hotels.  It  is  picturesquely 
scattered  on  the  sides  of  the  beautiful  basin  formed  by  the  ezpansioQ 


528  PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 

N 

of  the  Jakatalla  Valley,  at  the  month  of  a  gorge,  sorroonded  by  wooded 
hills.  The  climate  of  Coouoor  is  cool  and  eqnable,  the  mean  annual 
temperature  being  sixty-two  degrees.  In  the  colder  months  it  ranges 
about  forty-five  to  fifty  degrees.  There  are  about  twenty  miles  of  ex- 
cellent and  beautiful  pleasure  drives,  the  hedges  of  which  are  bright 
with  roses,  fuchsias,  dahlias,  heliotropes,  lantanas,  sunflowers,  pas- 
sion flowers,  and  many  others. 

It  is  a  lovely  spot,  every  turn  of  the  roads  opening  some  fresh 
view  of  noble  mountains,  steep  precipices,  sweeps  of  forest,  and  the  rich 
fertile  plains  beyond. 

Wellington  is  on  Jakatalla  Hill,  two  or  three  miles  distant  from 
Coonoor,  6,100  feet  above  the  sea.  This  is  the  principal  military 
sanitarium  of  Madras,  and  is  very  salubrious  and  invigorating.  The 
handsome  range  of  barracks  was  built  in  1857.  In  sheltered  spots 
and  nooks  of  the  hills  all  round  Coonoor  and  Wellington,  it  is  possible 
to  grow  all  sorts  of  European  vegetables,  and  the  soil  is  so  fertile  that 
three  or  four  crops  are  often  raised  in  the  year.  New  potatoes, 
cauliflowers,  tomatoes,  green  peas,  lettuce,  beets,  carrots,  and  red  or 
white  raspberries,  may  be  looked  for  at  the  various  meals  of  the 
excellent  hotels  on  the  Nilgiris. 

Utakamand  is  always  spoken  of  by  Europeans  with  fond  afiection 
as  ''  Ooty:'  It  has  a  population  of  15,000,  of  which  8,000  are 
Christians,  and  about  600  Europeans.  It  lies  7,228  feet  above  the 
sea  level ;  the  mean  temperature  is  fifty-eight  degrees.  The  town  is 
cradled  in  an  amphitheatre  of  lovely  hills,  on  which  the  bungalows 
are  scattered.  In  the  hollow  centre,  an  artificial  lake  has  been 
formed,  surrounded  by  a  beautiful  drive.  The  vegetation  is  luxuriant 
and  abundant.  UtakiEunand  is  the  administrative  headquarters  of  the 
Nilgiri  Hills'  district,  and  the  permanent  society  of  the  place  con- 
sists of  the  civil  service,  well-to-do  cofiee-planters,  and  others  who 
have  made  this  delightful  spot  their  Indian  home. 

There  are  at  least  six  mountains  with  an  elevation  exceeding  8,000 
feet  within  easy  reach  of  Utakamand.  The  loftiest  is  Dodabetta, 
8,760  feet.  The  finest  view  is  from  Elk  Hill.  The  scenery  of  the 
best  portion  of  the  Nilgiris  lies  immediately  round  the  station,  and 
can  be  explored  with  ease  and  comfort  in  carriages.  By  the  time 
the  traveller  has  visited  the  Botanical  Gardens,  the  Kalhatti  and 
Barbyar  Gardens,  the  Dodabetta  cinchona  plantation — ^oll  under 
Government   supervision,    the   Hobart    Park,    Orange    Valley^   the 


530  PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 

Mysore  Ditch,  the  Basle  Mission  at  £eti  and  the  Lawrence  Asylum, 
fall  particulars  of  which  are  given  in  the  excellent  local  handbook,  he 
will  have  seen  most  of  the  grandest  views  in  the  district,  and  the  many 
beautiful  gorges  and  cascades  which  everywhere  abound.  A  delightful 
day  excursion  may  be  made  to  Mur  Kurti  Peak,  a  distance  of  fourteen 
miles.  One  side  of  this  mountain  is  a  sheer  precipice  of  nearly 
7,000  feet,  and  the  view  from  the  summit  is  superb. 

Nilgiri  means  'Hhe  Blue  Mountains."  The  district  consists  of  a 
mountain  plateau,  with  an  average  elevation  of  6,500  feet,  and  cover- 
ing an  area  of  726  square  miles.  The  mountains  rise  like  abrupt 
walls  from  the  plains  for  about  4,000  to  6,000  feet. 

The  plateau  consists  chiefly  of  undulating  grassy  hills,  breaking  into 
lofty  ridges  and  abrupt  rocky  cliffs  on  the  outer  edge.  The  narrow 
valleys  contain  pretty  streams  and  cascades,  and  in  the  hollow  of  the 
hill-side  nestle  beautiful  little  evergreen  woods  or  copses,  called  s^2a«, 
giving  a  distinctive  feature  of  great  interest  to  this  lovely  mountain 
scenery.  In  the  summer,  these  %holaA  are  often  a  mass  of  white, 
yellow  and  red  blossom,  and  the  neighbouring  ravines  are  sweet  with 
the  long  white  flowers  of  the  scented  Nilgiri  lily,  or  the  pale  blue 
lobelia.  The  grassy  slopes  are  covered  with  strobilanthes,  whose 
masses  of  blue  flowers  are  said  to  have  given  the  name  of  ''  Nilgiri " 
to  the  range.  There  are  few  districts  in  India  which  present  such  an 
endless  variety  of  trees,  shrubs,  and  flowering  plants  and  herbs.  The 
Michelia  nilagirica  flourishes  everywhere,  covered  with  large  white 
blossom  from  July  to  October,  and  at  other  times  gay  with  scarlet 
seeds.  The  eugenias  are  dense  masses  of  thick,  leathery,  aromatic, 
dark-green  foliage.  There  are  many  varieties  of  beautiful  ilexes,  and 
several  kinds  of  eheocarpus,  with  bright  red  leaves  and  long  branches 
of  white  or  pink  flowers.  A  small  variety  of  mahua,  the  tree  from 
whose  blossom  most  of  the  native  spirit  of  India  is  distilled,  is  very 
abundant,  the  fruit  of  which  is  made  into  pickles  and  is  much  es- 
teemed; and  besides  these,  are  teak,  blackwood,  sandalwood  trees, 
cedars,  eucalyptus,  litsieas,  gordonias,  cinnamon  trees,  rhododendrons, 
red  myrtles,  and  an  endless  variety  of  the  most  beautiful  orchids,  ferns 
and  brambles. 

Animal  life  is  fairly  abundant  for  a  district  so  much  resorted  to  by 
Europeans,  but  tiger,  bear,  sambhar  deer  and  ibex,  are  only  found  in 
the  remotest  gorges.  There  are  plenty  of  leopards,  wilcl  boars, 
hysenas,  jungle  sheep,  porcupines,  woodcock,  snipe,  spur  fowl,  jungle 


MYSORE.  53» 

and  pea  fowl,  and  for  the  last  ten  years  game  has  been  preBerred  by  a 
close  season.  There  are  eighteen  peaks  in  the  Nilgiris  ranging  &om 
6,000  to  nearly  9,000  feet  above  sea  level,  and  six  practicable  passes 
or  ghats  leading  ap  from  the  snrronnding  plains. 

The  principal  crops  of  the  district  are  cc^ee,  tea,  and  cinchona. 


TRATELLraa  IS  THE  SILOIRI  HILIS. 

The  planting  of  coffee  has  been  very  saccessfnl.  In  1875,  there  irere 
only  126  plantations,  bnt  in  1889  the  nnmber  had  reached  over  600, 
the  total  crop  of  which  is  from  4,000  to  6,000  tons  annoally.  Thqr 
employ  12,000  labourers,  and  there  are  about  200  Em-opeon  plantera 
or  aoperintendents. 

The  6rat  tea  garden  was  planted  in  1851,  and  there  are  now  nearly 
100,  prodnoing  about  a  million  pounds  of  marketable  tea. 

K  u  2 


532  PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 

The  Madras  Goyernment  commenced  the  experimental  growth  of 
cinchona  in  1860,  and  have  now  got  fonr  estates,  covering  nearly  8,000 
acres ;  there  are  also  half  a  dozen  private  ventures. 

The  hill  tribes  of  the  Nilgiris  are  among-  the  most  primitive  and 
interesting  races  in  India.  There  are  five  different  tribes,  the  Todas, 
Badajas,  Kotas,  Kurombas,  and  Imlas.  The  most  attractive  of  them 
are  Uie  Todas ;  tall,  well-proportioned,  and  athletic,  with  bold  inde- 
pendent carriage,  and  finely-moulded,  sinewy  limbs  which  show  they 
are  sprung  from  no  effeminate  race.  Their  aquiline  nose,  receding 
forehead,  and  rounded  profile,  with  their  black  bushy  beards  and 
eyebrows,  give  them  a  decidedly  Jewish  appearance.  Their  dress 
consists  of  a  single  cloth,  worn  in  a  manner  which  sets  off  their 
muscular  forms,  something  in  the  fashion  in  which  the  Highlander 
wears  his  plaid.  The  costume  of  the  women  is  much  the  same  as  the 
men,  the  toga  being  wrapped  round  them  to  cover  the  entire  person  from 
shoulder  to  ankle.  The  men  average  five  feet  eight  inches,  and  the 
women  five  feet  one  inch.  They  are  copper  coloured,  and  the  men 
are  very  hau*y.  They  are  lazy  and  dirty,  and  practise  polyandry,  a 
woman  marrying  all  the  brothers  in  one  family.  Their  sole  occupa- 
tion is  cattle- herding  and  dairy  work.  They  live  in  huts,  twelve  or 
fifteen  feet  square,  built  of  bamboo  closely  laid  together,  fastened 
with  rattans  and  thatched.  They  sleep  on  a  raised  clay  platform 
covered  with  the  skins  of  deer  or  buffalo.  The  dairy  is  also  their 
temple,  for  they  worship  the  cow.  Their  religion  is  extremely  primi- 
tive, with  a  good  deal  of  demonolatry  introduced.  Their  religious 
customs  are  all  woven  in  with  their  pastoral  pursuits,  and  when 
anyone  dies,  they  kill  a  cow,  to  supply  the  deceased  with  milk  in  the 
next  world.  They  number  less  than  a  thousand  all  told,  and  are 
slowly  dying  out.  They  are  the  aristocratic  tribe  of  the  Nilgiri  Hills, 
and  receive  tribute  from  the  others.     Their  children  are  very  pretty. 

The  Badagas  are  Hindu  in  religion,  and  their  chief  temple  is  on  the 
top  of  Rangaswami  Peak,  6,937  feet.  They  wear  quaint  ornaments, 
rings,  bracelets,  armlets,  necklaces,  and  nose  rings  of  brass,  iron,  or 
silver.     They  number  25,000. 

The  Kotas,  or  "  cowkillers,"  live  in  villages  of  thirty  to  sixly  huts, 
with  mud  walls  and  thatched  roofs.  They  are  not  idolaters,  but 
worship  ideal  gods,  of  whom  they  have  no  images.  There  are  about 
1,000  of  them. 

The  Eurumbas,  or  '^  shepherds,"  are  the  most  uncivilised;  veiy 


Qglfi  ^th  matted  trnkenipt  locks,  and  almost  naked  bodies,  wearing 
only  a  waist  cloth.  They  worsliip  natural  objects,  and  greatly 
i  the  Todas.     They  live  in  long  hnts,  forty  or  fifty  feet  long. 


534  PICTURESQUE  INDIA, 

1 

eight  or  ten  feet  wide^  and  not  more  than  five  feet  high.  Thej 
number  about  8,000. 

The  Irulas,  or  '^  dwellers  in  darkness/*  living  on  the  lowest  slopes, 
are  an  idle  and  dissolute  lot,  but  are  very  good  hunters.  They  are 
fast  dying  out,  and  t^ere  are  less  than  1,000  left. 

Mr.  Breek's  pamphlet  on  these  tribes,  published  by  Allen  tx,  Co., 
London,  may  be  purchased  in  the  shops  at  Utakamand ;  it  gives  very 
full  information  about  all  these  interesting  people,  whose  origin  is 
lost  in  the  darkness  of  past  ages. 

The  antiquarian  remains  of  the  Nilgiri  Hills  consist  only  of  rude 
stone  monuments  placed  on  the  summits  of  hills  or  ridges.  They  are 
agrams,  or  funeral  circles,  cairns,  barrows,  cromlechs,  and  kistvaens. 
Some  of  these  have  been  opened,  and  explored;  weapons,  pottery, 
clay  figures,  flint  and  bronze  tools  or  weapons,  being  discovered. 
They  are  generally  supposed  to  be  Scythian,  or  the  work  of  the  time 
of  the  Pandyan  Kingdom  of  Madura,  400  b.o. 

The  American  Reformed  Church  missionary  is  the  Bev.  John 
Scudder  of  Coonoor,  who  is  also  a  medical  man.  The  membership  is 
120,  and  there  are  schools  for  boys  and  girls.  The  Church  Missionary 
Society  have  a  church  at  Utakamand  which,  with  the  surrounding 
village  stations,  has  a  membership  of  about  400  converts,  and  nine 
schools  with  an  attendance  of  500  scholars.  The  We8le3ran 
Methodists  are  represented  by  a  native  minister  at  Utakamand,  with 
a  church  of  seventy  members,  and  an  English  missionary,  who  has  the 
spiritual  charge  of  the  Wesleyan  soldiers  at  the  sanatarium  of 
Wellington.  The  Basle  Society  has  agents  at  Kaiti  and  Kotagiri, 
among  the  Badaga  tribes. 


CHAPTER   XXXVX 

MADRAS    TO    TANJOEE.  ' 

ONDICHEBBI.— There  is  no  interest 
attaching  to  Fondicherri,  beyond  that  of 
historical  associatione.  It  is  the  chief 
French  settlement  in  the  East  Indies, 
with  a  Bteadily  diminifihing  population, 
DOW  abont  140,000,  possessing  a  fertile 
area  of  about  116  square  miles. 

It  was  settled  by  the  French  m  1674, 
captured  from  them  by  the   Dutch   in 
1693,  and  restored  in   1699.    It  was 
taken  by  the  English  in  1761,  but  re- 
stored again  to  the  French   in   1763 ; 
once  more  captured  in  1778,  and  given 
back  in  1785 ;  and  yet  again  in  1798, 
when  it   was  retained  by  the  Englislk 
until  1816.      It   is  a  pleasant  town, 
facing  the  sea,  with  exoellent  public  buildings.     The  revenues  are 
under  ii60,000  a-year.    The  funny  little  carriages,  hke  perambulators, 
pushed  by  one  or  two  coolies,  which  are  the  principal  means  of  transit 
in  the  streets,  are  called  "  ponsse-pousse." 

CdddaijOrb  is  the  administrative  headquarters  of  South  Arcot 
District,  situated  on  a  backwater  formed  by  the  confluent  estuaries  of 
two  rivers.  It  is  a  Hindu  city,  with  a  population  of  about  46,000  ;  a 
pleasant  sea-breezy  place,  with  a  good  harbour  for  native  coasting 
vessels;  the  imports  and  exports  reach  a  total  value  of  about 
i£130,000,  mainly  rice,  sugar,  coal,  and  grain.  There  is  a  native  and 
European  town,  the  latter  being  scattered  on  a  alightly  elevated 
plain,  traversed  by  good  roada  lined  with  avennea  of  trees.    Cuddalore 


536  PICTURESQUE   INDIA, 

was  one  of  the  early  stations  of  thOsEast  India  Company,  who  erected  a 
factory  in  1688,  and  built  Fort  St.  David  during  the  following  ten 
years.  These  is  nothing  left  of  it  but  a  few  ruined  walls  and  a  choked 
ditch. 

PoRTO  Novo  is  a  small  seaport  town  of  8,000  inhabitants.  The 
Danes  and  Portuguese  had  factories  here  in  the  17th  century  and 
here,  in  1781,  Sir  Eyre  Goote  defeated  Haidar  Ali,  and  practically 
saved  the  Madras  Presidency.  Very  pretty  mats  are  made  here  from 
the  leaves  of  the  wild  pineapple. 

Chilambabam  (the  atmosphere  of  wisdom),  is  a  town  of  some 
importance,  with  a  considerable  trade  in  the  weaving  of  silk  and 
cotton  cloth,  giving  employment  to  a  large  portion  of  its  population  of 
20,000.  There  is  a  good  Dak  bungalow  here.  It  was  a  place  of 
much  strategic  importance  during  the  wars  of  the  Karnatic. 

During  December,  a  great  religious  mela  or  fair  is  held,  its 
celebrated  temples  being  reverenced  throughout  all  Southern  India, 
and  even  in  Ceylon.  The  great  pagoda  of  Kanak  Sabha,  or  Golden 
Shrine,  sacred  to  Siva  and  his  wife  Parvati,  is  very  ancient. 
Fergusson  says  that  some  portions  date  as  far  back  as  the  10th  and 
11th  centuries ;  the  temple  of  Parvati  and  the  Great  Gopuras  to  the. 
14ih  or  15th  ;  and  the  Hall  of  One  Thousand  Columns  to  the  begin- 
ning of  the  16th. 

Tradition  asserts  that  the  earliest  portions  of  this  vast  structure 
were  built  by  Hiranya  Yama  Chakrasti,  the  golden-coloured  king, 
who  waB  here  cured  of  leprosy.  Some  writers  say  that  they  are  the 
work  of  a  Kashmir  prince  of  the  5th  century,  who  brought  with 
him  8,000  Brahmans  from  the  north.  To  this  day  the  temple 
belongs  to  about  250  families  of  a  peculiar  sect  of  Brahmans,  twenty 
of  whom  are  always  on  duty  at  a  time,  for  a  period  of  twenty  days, 
which  it  takes  to  make  the  complete  ceremonial  tour  at  the  dif- 
ferent  shrines  of  the  temple,  where  daily  offerings  are  made.  These 
Dikshatar  Brahmans  only  marry  among  themselves,  and  it  is  said 
there  are  no  members  of  their  sect  anywhere  but  at  Chilambaram. 
They  collect  alms  all  over  South  India,  when  not  on  duty  in  the 
temples. 

This  splendid  group  of  buildings  measures  600  yards  by  500 
yards,  covering  thirty-nine  acres.  Two  walls,  each  thirty  feet  high, 
surround  it;  and  at  each  of  the  four  comers  stands  a  solid  gopura 
or  pyramid  122  feet  high,  faced  with  granite  blocks  forty  feet  long. 


538  PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 

and  five  feet  thick,  covered  with  copper.  The  Hall  of  One  Thousand 
Pillars  is  magnificent,  looking  like .  a  forest  of  granite  columns,  all 
monoliths,  twenty-five  feet  high.  In  the  centre  is  the  shrine  of 
Parvati,  a  very  beautiful  building,  containing  a  golden  canopy,  with 
superb  bullion  fringes.  The  sanctuary  is  an  ugly  copper-roofed  en- 
closure,  with  an  image  of  Siva  dancing,  in  the  interior.  The  Miratha 
Sabha  is  a  perfect  gem.  The  Pillyar  temple  contains  a  huge  idol,  the 
largest  belly  god  in  India.  The  Sivaganga,  or  Golden  Tank,  150 
feet  square,  is  very  handsome,  surrounded  on  all  sides  with  spacious 
flights  of  steps.  There  is  also  a  curious  well,  built  of  granite  rings 
placed  one  on  the  other,  each  ring  cut  from  a  single  block.  Fer- 
gusson  gives  a  description,  with  plans  of  this  extraordinary  temple, 
pp.  850 — 55.  In  the  town  are  a  large  number  of  native  rest-houses, 
seventy  in  all,  which  are  crowded  with  pilgrims  at  the  time  of  the 
mela. 

Mayavabam  is  a  town  of  24,000  inhabitants,  on  the  banks  of  the 
Eaveri.  It  is  a  great  place  of  pilgrimage,  and  there  are  two  pagodas 
of  some  importance.  The  gopura  of  the  Shiva  temple  is  162  feet 
high. 

CoMBACONUM  is  One  of  the  most  important  cities  in  the  Madras 
Presidency,  with  a  population  of  more  than  60,000.  It  is  situated  in 
the  richest  tract  of  the  Kaveri  delta.  Formerly  the  capital  of  the 
Ghola  kingdom,  it  is  one  of  the  most  ancient  and  sacred  towns  in 
Southern  India,  and  is  so  celebrated  for  its  learning  as  to  be  spoken  of 
as  the  Indian  Oxford.  It  is  much  resorted  to  by  learned  Indians,  and 
great  numbers  of  pilgrims. 

The  older  buildings  h&ve  disappeared,  though  firagments  of  them 
are  plentiful  enough  in  the  walls  of  those  of  more  recent  date.  There 
is  a  very  beautiful  gopura,  not  one  of  the  largest,  but  rich  in  detail 
and  decoration.  The  largest  pagoda  is  in  twelve  stories,  and  is  fully 
160  feet  high.  The  temple  of  Siva  is  approached  by  a  curious 
arched  passage,  8S0  feet  long,  lined  with  shops  on  either  side. 

The  Mahamohan  tank  is  one  of  the  handsomest  in  India,  its  banks 
being  studded  with  fine  temples,  flights  of  steps,  and  a  very  large  and 
ancient  pagoda  of  red  brick.  There  are  a  number  of  huge  idol  cars, 
like  that  of  Jagganath,  which  at  the  annual  festival  are  dragged  by 
thousands  of  people. 

The  Beauchamp  College  at  Combaconum  is  one  of  the  best  in 
India. 


MADRAS    TO    TAN/ORE.  539 

Takjobe. — This  important  city  of  60,000  inhabitants  is  situated  in 
what  has  been  justly  tenned  thje  garden  of  South  India.  It  is  on  the 
Tast  Delta  of  Uie  Kayeri,  a  highly  cultivated  and  populous  district, 
irrigated  by  a  network  of  canals,  and  dotted  with  magnificent  groves 
of  cocoanut  trees.  There  are  more  than  8,000  Hindu  temples  in 
this  wealthy  district,  that  in  Tanjore  city  being  the  finest  in  India. 
The  grand  anient  on  the  Kaveri,  which  feeds  the  irrigation  canals,  is 
said  to  have  been  made  by  a  Chola  king  in  the  8rd  century.  It  was 
originally  a  solid  mass  of  rough  stone,  1,080  feet  in  length,  sixty  feet 
wide,  and  eighteen  feet  deep,  stretching  across  the  whole  width  of  one 
of  the  outlets  of  the  Elaveri  Biver.  The  irrigation  works  of  Tanjore 
are  unusually  interesting  to  those  who  care  to  see  such  feats  of 
engineering. 

Tanjore  was  the  capital  of  the  Chola  dynasty,  one  of  the  greatest  of 
the  ancient  Hindu  monarchies  from  the  10th  to  the  14th  century.  It 
has  been  a  place  of  great  consequence  as  a  political  capital,  a  seat  of 
learning,  and  a  religious  centre  for  the  last  1,200  years. 

The  travellers'  bungalow  is  situated  near  the  little  fort.  The  fort, 
palace,  and  temple  of  Tanjore  present  a  group  of  buildings  unrivalled 
in  Southern  India. 

The  fort  surrounds  the  entire  city,  and  was  built  by  the  Nayakar 
kings  of  Tanjore ;  afterwards  enlarged  by  the  kings  of  the  Maratha 
dynasty.  The  citadel  contains  a  tank  of  very  fine  pure  water,  the 
great  temple,  and  a  small  Christian  church  built  by  Schwartz,  the 
well-known  missionary,  whose  beautiful  tomb,  by  Flaxman,  is  a 
notable  specimen  of  the  work  of  this  famous  sculptor. 

On  one  of  the  ramparts  is  a  monster  gun,  called  Baja  Gopala,  made 
of  rings  of  iron  welded  together,  and  bound  with  hoops  of  brass. 
This  gun  is  twenty-four  feet  five  inches  long,  with  an  outside  circum- 
ference of  ton  feet  three  inches,  and  a  bore  of  two  feet  two  inches. 
It  was  made  by  one  of  the  Yaishnava  Nayakar  kings.  It  has  only 
been  fired  once,  when  the  inhabitants  were  warned  by  beat  of  drum  to 
clear  out  of  the  town.  It  was  fired  by  a  train  of  powder  two  miles 
long,  which  took  forty  minutes  to  reach  the  gun.  All  went  well ! 
It  is  the  palladium  of  the  fort,  and  was  worshipped  in  hours  of 
peril. 

The  palace  covers  a  large  area.  Its  main  features  are  the  seven- 
storied  tower,  the  hall  of  the  Nayakar  kings  (recently  excavated  after 
a  burial  of  150  years),  the  arsenal,  and  the  Nayakar  Durbar  Hall. 


MADRAS    TO    TAN/ORE.  541 

The  seyen-storied  tower  has  a  very  imposing  appearance  from  a 
distance,  hut  a  closer  view  disillusionizes.  It  is  a  harharic  mixture 
of  Saracenic  and  European  architecture,  and  was  huilt  by  Serfoji  I., 
occupying  thirty-five  years  in  the  erection. 

The  Nayakar  Durbar  Hall  is  a  fine  quadrangle.  It  is  the  most 
pure  and  perfect  specimen  of  Nayakar  architecture  in  existence,  and, 
differing  from  Madura,  is  purely  Indian.  Within  this  hall  is  the 
noble  statue  by  Chantrey  of  Raja  Siyaji,  the  greatest  of  the  Maratha 
kings.  It  is  placed  upon  the  ancient  stone  on  which  the  Nayakar 
kings  sat  to  administer  justice.  This  is  a  huge  monolith  of  granite, 
twenty-four  feet  long,  eighteen  feet  broad,  and  three  feet  thick,  round 
the  edge  of  which  run  sculptures  representing  the  wars  of  demons. 
The  stately  south  fagade  of  the  Durbar  Hall  should  be  carefully 
examined.  The  foliated  arches  between  the  pillars,  now  filled  up  with 
stucco,  were  formerly  open,  giving  free  access  to  the  hall.  Here 
councils  of  war  were  held. 

The  great  pagoda  of  Tanjore  differs  from  almost  every  other 
Dravidian  temple,  in  having  been  conceived  as  a  whole  on  a  well- 
defined  plan,  persevered  in  to  its  completion.  It  consists  of  two 
courtyards,  the  outer,  about  250  feet  square,  and  the  inner,  about 
500  feet  by  250  feet,  in  which  the  temple  itself  stands.  The  buildings 
date  from  the  beginning  of  the  14th  century,  onwards. 

The  central  tower  of  the  great  pagoda  is  the  finest  in  India  of  its 
kind.  Its  base  is  a  square  of  ninety-six  feet,  and  the  height  208  feet. 
It  covers  the  holy  of  holies,  in  which  the  chief  idol  of  the  temple  is 
placed.  The  shadow  at  noon  does  not  project  beyond  the  base.  The 
huge  circular  dome  at  the  top  is  a  granite  monolith,  and  tradition  says 
that  an  inclined  plane  of  five  miles  in  length  was  built,  up  which  this 
enormous  stone  was  rolled  to  the  top  of  the  tower,  by  forced  labour. 
Bound  the  basement  is  an  inscription  in  ancient  Tamil  characters, 
giving  an  account  of  the  various  contributions  of  the  pious  to  the 
erection  of  the  building.  The  porch  and  main  entrance  is  singularly 
fine. 

The  gateway  tower  is  one  of  the  oldest  portions  of  the  temple ;  it  is 
dedicated  to  Yrihatisvaran,  one  of  the  names  of  Siva.  It  was  built 
about  A.D.  1880,  by  one  of  the  kings  of  Conjeveram,  who  is  said  to 
have  built  altogether  108  similar  temples  in  Southern  India,  of  which 
this  is  the  largest.  The  large  sculptured  figure  at  the  entrance  is  the 
familiar  door-keeper  of  Dravidian  temples  :  he  has  four  hands,  with 


542  PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 

two  of  wbich  be  inviteB  the  worshippers  to  enter,  while  the  other  two 
are  held  ap  in  warning  against  presnmption. 

Half-way  between  the  entrance-gate  and  the  great  pagoda,  is  the 
famoQB  Nandi,  or  sacred  ball  of  Siva.  It  is  crouching  down  under  a 
sQperb  pillared  shrine  elaborately  decorated  with  aculpttire,  and  sar- 
roanded  by  trees.  The  dimensions  of  the  bull  are  sixteen  feet  from 
mnz^e  to  romp,  seven  feet  wide  across  the  back,  twelve  feet  two  inches 


high  to  the  top  of  the  head,  ten  feet  fonr  inches  to  the  top  of  the 
bnmp,  and  seven  feet  five  inches  to  the  top  of  the  back.  It  is 
Bcnlptnred  from  a  solid  block  of  syenite,  and  its  daily  anointing  with 
oil  has  produced  an  effect  equal  to  the  finest  bronze.  The  block  of 
stone  is  said  to  have  been  broaght  a  dietanoe  of  400  miles. 

On  the  north  side  of  the  great  tower  is  a  small  temple  dedicated  to 
Pawati,  and  a  singularly  beautifnl  shrine  sacred  to  Sonbramanya,  the 
younger  son  of  Siva,  the  Hindu  god  of  war.  It  is  of  a  much  later 
period  than  the  great  pagoda  itself,  probably  about  the  middle  of  the 


MADRAS    TO    TANJORE.  543 

16th  oentoiy.  It  is  remarkable  for  the  wonderful  skill  and  minute- 
ness with  which  the  details  of  its  sculptured  decorations  haye  been 
worked  out.  The  figures  in  the  recesses  are  yarious  representations 
of  Soubramanya. 

Against  one  of  the  outer  walls  of  Soubramanya's  temple  is  placed  a 
sacred  cistern  and  sculptured  water-spout,  that  ought  not  to  be  passed 
by  unobserved.  The  water  which  flows  out  of  the  spout  has  been 
poured  over  the  idol  inside,  and  is  drunk  by  the  Hindu  worshippers  as 
a  meritorious  and  purifying  act. 

The  inner  side  of  the  courtyard  is  arcaded,  and  is  probably  the 
oldest  portion  of  the  entire  temple  fabric.  The  216  compartments 
are  occupied  by  lingams  of  black  stone. 

Many  of  the  idols  in  this  great  temple  are  very  ancient,  centuries 
older  than  any  of  its  buildings.  There  are  a  great  number  of  smaller 
temples  and  shrines  within  the  boundaries  of  the  Temple,  but  they 
do  not  call  for  any  detailed  description. 

The  finest  brass  and  metal  work  in  India  is  made  at  Tanjore  and 
Madura.  Sir  Geo.  Birdwood  says  that  in  its  bold  forms  and 
elaborately  inwrought  ornamentation  it  recalls  the  descriptions  by 
Homer  of  the  work  of  the  urtists  of  Sidon  in  bowls  of  antique  fame. 
Some  are  simply  etched,  others  deeply  cut  in  mythological  designs, 
and  others  diapered  all  over  with  cruitae  of  the  leaf  pattern,  seen  in 
Assyrian  sculptures,  copper  on  brass,  or  silver  on  copper,  producing  an 
effect  often  of  quite  regal  grandeur. 

The  gold  and  silver  jewellery  and  repousse  work  of  Tanjore  is 
superb,  and  purely  Indian,  generally  of  mythological  designs.  Pretty 
paintings  on  Talc  are  sold  in  the  bazars. 

The  calicoes  made  here  are  of  very  excellent  quality,  and  are  woven 
in  coloured  threads  into  striped,  checked,  or  tartan  cloth.  Striped 
silk  materials  are  very  beautiful,  and  costly  silk  pile  carpets  are  also 
turned  out  of  the  Tanjore  looms. 

Curious  figures  of  pith  and  wax,  as  well  as  idols  and  temple 
furnishing  in  brass  and  other  metals,  are  a  special  manufacture  of 
this  city. 

Tanjore  is  a  great  missionary  centre ;  there  are  no  less  than  twenty- 
five  stations  within  the  district,  the  principal  societies  represented 
being  the  Leipsic  Lutheran,  the  Society  for  the  Propagation  of  the 
Oospel,  and  the  Wesleyan  Methodist.  The  Wesleyan  chief,  Mr.  W. 
H.  Findlay,  M.A.,  lives  at  Negapatam,  where  there  is  an  excellent 


544  PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 

college  and  High  school.  The  Society  for  the  Propagation  of  the 
Gospel  headquarters  are  also  at  Negapatam>  the  clergyman  in  charge 
being  the  Bev.  T.  H.  Dodson^  B.A. 

Negapatam  was  one  of  the  earliest  settlements  of  the  Portuguese  on 
the  Coromandcl  coast.  It  is  an  important  seaport  town  of  55,000 
inhabitants,  carrying  on  a  brisk  trade  with  Ceylon,  Burma,  and  the 
Straits  Settlements. 

Its  imports  and  exports  are  nearly  a  million  sterling.  The  trade  is 
largely  carried  on  by  Labbais,  Musalmans  who  are  half  Arab  and  half 
Hindu  in  origin,  a  bold,  active,  thrifty  race,  who  deyelop  a  great 
capacity  for  commerce.  There  is  a  fine  Jesuit  college  of  St.  Joseph, 
with  400  or  500  students  and  eighteen  professors,  and  the  Wesleyans 
have  a  thriving  mission. 

Three  miles  from  Negapatam,  at  the  little  seaport  of  Nagar,  is  a 
celebrated  mosque  with  five  minarets  of  from  six  to  ten  stories,  the 
highest  of  which  is  150  feet,  and  can  be  seen  at  sea  twenty  miles  off. 
It  was  erected  by  a  Maratha  Baja  of  Tanjore  nearly  200  years  ago. 
At  its  annual  festival  it  is  resorted  to  by  Musalman  pilgrims  from  all 
over  India. 

Twenty-five  miles  north  of  Negapatam  is  Tranquebar,  settled  by 
the  Danes  in  1616,  and  purchased  from  them  by  the  English  in  1845 
for  £20,000.  It  is  interesting  as  the  first  mission  station  occupied  in 
India  by  Protestants,  founded  by  two  Lutheran  missionaries,  Ziegen- 
balg  and  Pliitschan,  in  1706.  It  is  now  the  headquarters  of  the 
Leipsic  Evangelical  Lutheran  Mission.  The  quaint  old  Danish  fort 
still  stands  on  the  shore,  separated  from  cultivated  land  by  a  wide 
strip  of  sand. 


CHAPTER   XXXTII. 

TBICHINOPOLI    AND    MADURA. 


iDOUk  in  tne  ceDBQs  oi  looi  its  popa- 
latioa  was  84,449,  occapying  18,630  hoaaeB.  HiDduB  nnmbered 
61,000,  MusalmaDB  12,000,  and  Christians  11,000.  It  iB  the 
adminiBtrativd  beadqnarten  of  the  district,  a  garrison  town,  a  ma- 
nicipalitf,  and  an  important  railway  centre.  There  is  a  good  Dak 
bnngalow.  It  is  situated  on  the  right  bank  of  the  Kaveri,  fifty-six 
miles  &om  the  Bea,  which  is  here  a  wide  and  deep  river. 

Trichinopoli  is  a  place  of  mach  historic  interest.  It  £gnres  in  the 
traditions  of  the  South  Indian  dynasties  for  five  centoriea  B.C.,  and 
was  an  important  centre,  and  sometimes  capital,  during  the  whole  of 
the  dynasties  of  the  Pandyan  kings.     Towards  the  close  of  the  16th 


546  PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 

centnry,  it  fell  tinder  the  dominion  of  the  Nayakan  kings  of  Madura. 
The  greater  portion  of  the  fort,  and  most  of  the  city  itself,  was  built 
during  the  reign  of  the  first  king,  Viswanatha.  Choka  Nayakan 
about  100  years  afterwards  removed  his  seat  of  goYemment  from 
Madura  to  Trichinopoli,  erecting  the  building  now  known  as  the 
NawaVs  palace. 

Trichinopoli  played  a  conspicuous  part  in  the  wars  of  the  Eamatic. 
It  was  besieged  by  the  French  in  1751,  who  were  drawn  off  fit)m  its 
walls  by  the  brilliant  capture  of  Arcot  by  Clive;  but  it  was  the  centre 
round  which  the  war  raged,  and  was  the  subject  of  successiye  sieges 
and  blockades  for  many  months,  culminating  in  the  memorable 
struggle  of  1754  between  Major  Laurence  and  M.  Lally  under  General 
Dupleix,  ended  at  last  by  the  completion  of  a  proyisional  treaty 
between  the  French  and  English.  Every  popular  history  of  India 
gives  an  account  of  the  famous  siege  of  Trichinopoli,  the  best  of 
wliich,  perhaps,  will  be  found  in  the  pages  of ''  Orme's  History  of 
the  Military  Transactions  of  the  British  Nation  in  Indostan  from  the 
year  1745,"  of  which  a  reprint  was  published  in  Madras  in  1861,  and 
can  be  got  at  Messrs.  Higinbotham's  or  any  good  bookseller  in  that 
city. 

The  great  rock  of  Trichinopoli  is  a  mass  of  gneiss,  rising  abruptly 
out  of  the  plain,  like  a  huge  boulder,  to  a  height  of  273  feet  above  the 
street  at  its  foot.  This  fortress-crowned  rock  is  conspicuous  all  over  the 
town,  especially  when  viewed  from  the  river,  and  forms  one  of  the  most 
striking  and  picturesque  objects  in  India.  The  refraction  of  the  sun's 
rays  on  this  huge  bare  mass  makes  Trichinopoli  likewise  one  of  the 
hottest  places  in  India.  The  fort  should,  therefore,  be  visited  in  the 
early  morning,  the  view  across  the  country  at  sunrise,  with  the  noble 
Eaveri  Biver  winding  its  way  through  the  plain,  being  singularly 
beautiful.  Trichinopoli  stands  in  a  vast  expanse  of  flat  countiy 
broken  only  by  French  Bocks,  a  chain  of  low  hills  about  forty  feet 
high,  the  pretty  Golden  Bock,  100  feet  high,  and  the  Pagodas  of 
Seringham,  until  the  eye  reaches  the  long  blue  line  of  the  Tale  Malai 
range  in  the  far  north. 

The  old  fortifications  surrounding  the  rock,  the  scenes  of  many  a 
fight  described  by  Orme,  were  all  demolished  thirty  years  ago,  and 
nothing  is  now  left  except  the  citadel  and  the  smaU  temple  which 
crowns  the  summit.  This  is  approached  by  a  pillared  passage  cut  in 
the  rock,  with  elaborate  sculptures  on  the  capitals  of  the  columns  and 


TRICHINOPOU.  547 

the  &iezQ  above.  Emerging  from  this  covered  way,  a  further  flight 
of  BtepB  is  cut  in  the  rock  on  the  open.  In  1849  a  crowd  of  pilgrimB 
were  descending  thie  passage  after  visiting  the  temple,  when,  owing  to 
a  panic,  250  persons  were  crushed  to  death.  The  Siva  temple  on  the 
top  is  dedicated  to  Ganapate.  There  is  a  large  Kandi  ball  covered 
with  silver,  and  some  images  of  Siva,  Farvati,  Skanda,  and  Ganapate. 
The  old  moat  of  the  fort  has  been  filled  up,  and  laid  out  as  a  boule- 
vard. 
A  little  distance  to  the  south  of  the  rock  is  the  restored  Nawab's 


F  TRICHIHOPOLI. 


palace,  now  used  for  pu'blic  offices.  Between  the  rock  and  the  main 
gate  of  the  fort  is  a  very  handsome  teppakulam,  or  raft-tank,  with 
Sights  of  Btone  steps,  and  s  very  pictnresqae  shrine  in  the  middle. 
At  the  eoQth-east  comer  •of  the  tank  is  a  bouse  which  is  said  to  have 
been  the  residence  of  Clive.  It  may  be  identified  by  stone  elephants 
kneeling  on  each  side  of  the  doorway. 

Tricbinopoli  is  famoas  for  the  peculiar  and  beantifnl  workmanship 
displayed  in  its  gold  and  gemmed  jewellery.  The  designs,  like  those 
of  Delhi,  have  su6fered  &om  Anglo-Indian  castom,  and  have  departed 
from  native  purity,  but  nothing  can  exceed  their  technical  excellence. 
The  rose  chains,  and  heart-pattern  necklaces  and  bracelets  are  the  beet 
specimens. 


548  PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 

Muslins  of  great  beauty  are  woven  and  printed  here,  and  stuffs  of 
mixed  silk  and  cotton,  of  pretty  striped  and  chequered  patterns.  Some 
pretty  ornaments,  such  as  inkstands,  paper-weights  and  table -tops, 
are  made  from  a  curious  shell  marble  found  in  the  district. 

The  most  important  local  industry  is  the  manufacture  of  cigars,  in 
which  a  large  portion  of  the  population  is  employed.  The  tobacco 
used  is  chiefly  imported  from  Dindigal  in  the  Madura  district,  that  of 
local  growth  being  very  inferior  and  coarse. 

The  Leipsic  Lutherans,  the  Wesleyan  Methodists,  and  the  Society 
for  the  Propagation  of  the  Gospel  have  missions  established  in  and 
round  Trichinopoli. 

Seringham. — Seringham  (or,  to  be  very  accurate,  Srirangam)  is  a 
town  of  20,000  inhabitants  two  miles  north  of  Trichinopoli,  almost  in 
the  centre  of  the  island  of  the  same  name,  formed  by  a  prolonged 
bifurcation  of  the  Kaveri.  The  northern  branch  of  this  fork  is  called 
the  Coleroon,  the  southern  retaining  the  original  name.  The  town  is 
famous  for  its  magnificent  temple  dedicated  to  Vishnu,  whose  vast 
walls  embrace  not  only  the  sacred  buildings,  but  the  greater  part  of 
the  town  itself. 

The  island  is  reached  by  a  long  brick  and  stone  bridge  of  thirty-two 
arches,  each  of  sixty  feet  span.  The  temple  is  a  mile  distant,  along  a 
road  overshadowed  with  noble  trees.  The  double  walls  enclose  an 
area  960  yards  long  by  825  yards  wide.  It  is  undoubtedly  the  largest 
temple  in  India.  Fergusson  says  that  the  Great  Northern  Gopura, 
leading  to  Trichinopoli,  is  one  of  the  most  imposing  masses  in 
Southern  India,  and,  probably  because  it  was  never  finished,  is 
in  severe  and  good  taste.  Its  present  height  is  under  200  feet: 
if  it  had  been  finished  it  would  have  risen  to  a  height  of  800 
feet. 

At  its  base  it  measures  180  feet  wide  by  100  feet  in  depth.  The 
passage  through  is  twenty- one  feet  six  inches  wide,  and  forty-three 
feet  high.  The  jambs  or  gateposts  are  splendid  granite  monoliths, 
and  the  roofing  slabs  throughout  are  twenty-four  feet  long.  The 
general  efiect  of  the  fifteen  great  gate-towers  and  connecting  walls  of 
this  stupendous  temple,  with  the  porticoed  enclosures  filled  with 
foliage  between,  which  may  be  viewed  from  any  coign  of  'vantage,  is 
at  once  an  unequalled,  impressive,  and  intensely  picturesque  sight. 

The  details  of  the  temple  are  full  of  interest.  The  Hall  of  One 
Thousand  Columns,  all  of  which  are  granite  monoliths,  stands  in  a 


PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 


msgDificent  courtyard,  a  mass  of  elaborate  sculptured  decoration. 
The  oater  encloaore  is  a  bazar  filled  with  Ehops  for  the  supply  of 
the  hosts  of  pilgrims.    Other  enclosures  cont^  the  residences  of 


HALL  OF  A  THOCaAKD  COLUMNS,  SBBtKaHAM. 

attendant  Brahmans.  There  are  several  Tei;  beaatifal  tanks  and 
gardens.  The  whole  of  the  buildings  belong  to  the  17th  and  ISth 
centuries,  many  of  them  being  nnfiniabed. 


TRICHINOPOU.  SS> 

The  worktoanfihip  and  carvinfr  of  this  temple  is  distiitcUy  infericur, 
with  the  exception  of  the  scalptnred  horBemen  in  front  of  Uie  pillaiB 
in  the  Hall  of  One  Thonsand  ColoinnB. 


tmilB  QATBWAT,   aUUHSOUf. 


The  flgores  on  the  goporas  are  not  corred  in  stone,  bnt  are 
moulded  in  atucoo.  In  fact  the  interest  of  this  pagoda  rests  in  ite 
Tastnesa  as  a  whole,  and  the  piotoresqnenesB  of  its  details. 


S52  PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 

The  temple  possesses  sn  interesting  treasoiy,  which  ehotild  be  in- 
spected. The  jewels  of  the  idols  are  quaint  in  design  and  perfect  in 
workmanship,  and  include  many  nnasaally  fine  specimens  of  the  nn- 
rivalled  skill  of  the  goldsmiths  of  the  distric'^. 


AH  ASCETIC,   SBHIKOHAH  TEMPLE. 

The  best  time  to  yisit  Seringham  is  daring  the  great  aminal  mela, 
or  rehgioas  lair,  a  moveable  feast,  which,  however,  always  comes  in 
during  the  month  of  December  or  January.  At  this  time  one  of  the 
great  enolosnres  is  roofed  in  and  handsomely  decorated.  Botmd 
the  sides  are  booths  in  which  are  placed  cnrioas  groups  of  figures 
illustrating  the  stories  of  the  gods.     The  interest  of  any  temple  is  of 


TRICHINOPOLI.  SS3 

courae  dooUed  when  its  courts  are  thronged  with  groapa  of  pilgrim 
worshippers. 

Seriugbam  and  its  temples  were  used  by  the  French  as  a  fortress 
and  arsenal  daring  the  wars  of  the  Kamatic. 

Jahbukeshwak.  —  About  a  mile  from  Seringham  is  the  Sivaite 
temple  of  Jambakeshwar,  smaller,  bat  mach  finer  in  detail,  than  its 
stupendous  seighboar.  It  is  bnilt  on  a  nniform  and  well>arranged 
plan,  with  fine  effect.  It  is  probably  100  years  older  thau  Seringham, 
belonging  to  a  better  period  of  arc^tectnre ;  portions  of  it  are  older 
still,  as  far  back  as  the  12th  oenttuy.     Between  the  two  gateways  of 


the  second  enclosure  ia  a  Tery  beantifnl  portico  of  cruciform  shape, 
leading  to  the  door  of  the  sanctuary.  The  fine  tank,  with  a  pretty 
pavilion  in  the  centre,  is  fed  by  a  perpetual  spring.  The  temple 
consists  of  four  quadrangles,  one  inside  the  other,  measuring  re- 
spectively 810  yards  by  SOO,  216  by  6fi,  102  by  66,  and  42  by  41 
yards.  The  outer  quadrangle  is  again  snrronnded  by  four  streets  of 
houses  and  shops.     The  lai^st  gopora  is  only  100  feet  high. 

DiNDioAL  is  a  town  of  15,000  inhabitants  half  way  between 
Trichinopoli  and  Madura,  in  the  midst  of  a  fertile  country  in  which 
much  tobacco,  croton,  sarsaparilla,  coffee,  cardamoms,  senna  and  otber 
valuable  crops  are  grown.    There  are  a  large  nomber  of  Christians  here, 


554  PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 

more  than  2,000  in  all,  who  formerly  lived  in  a  sepan^te  quarter,  their 
houses  having  a  cross  on  the  roof.  This  place  is  fieimous  for  the 
manufieusture  of  muslin  turbans  embroidered  with  gold. 

A  fine  old  fortress,  in  very  good  preservation,  crowns  a  remarkable 
wedge-shaped  rock,  1,220  feet  above  the  sea,  which,  as  a  place  of  great 
strategical  importance,  commanding  the  passes  between  Coimbatore 
and  Madura,  has  been  the  scene  of  many  battles  and  sieges.  It  was 
the  centre  of  operations  from  which  Haidar  Ali  conducted  his  scheme 
of  rebellion,  that  ended  in  his  beooming  the  founder  of  a  brief  but 
eventful  dynasty. 

Ahmayanayaeantjr  is  the  station  for  the  Palnai  Hills,  the  loftiest  peak 
of  which  is  7,000  feet  above  sea  level,  where  beautiful  scenery  and 
excellent  sport  may  be  obtained ;  but  no  accommodation  or  supplies 
are  available  for  the  ordinary  traveller. 

Maduba  is  the  chief  town  of  the  district,  situated  on  the  bank  of  the 
Vaigai  Biver,  with  a  population  of  74,000,  mostly  Hindus.  From 
time  immemorial  it  has  been  the  political  and  religious  capital  of  the 
extreme  South  of  India.  Its  traditional  line  of  Pandyan  kings  goes 
back  feu:  beyond  the  Christian  era,  and  in  later  times  it  played  a 
leading  part  in  Indian  history  under  Yiswanath,  who  founded  the 
Nayakan  dynasty  in  1559,  and  his  sixth  successor,  the  powerful 
monarch  Tirumala  Najak,  to  whom  its  noblest  architecture  is  due, 
and  who  reigned  1628 — 59.  Tirumala  was  the  greatest  of  his  line, 
and  his  magnificence  and  military  exploits  are  duly  recorded  in  the 
letters  of  Jesuit  missionaries  stationed  in  his  country  during  his 
reign.  His  kingdom  extended  over  the  whole  district  south  of  a  line 
roughly  drawn  from  Calicut  to  Cuddalore,  but  fell  to  pieces  after 
his  death,  his  line  being  finally  extinguished  by  Chanda  Sahib  in 
1740. 

The  Dak  bungalow  is  close  to  the  station. 

The  great  temple  of  Madura  is  rendered  doubly  holy  by  being  one  of 
the  chosen  residences  of  Siva.  It  forms  a  parallelogram  282  yards 
by  248,  surrounded  by  nine  gopuras,  one  of  which  is  152  feet  high. 
It  presents  all  the  usual  characteristics  of  a  fine  Dravidian  temple. 
The  thousand  pillared  hall  was  built  by  Aiya  Nayak  about  1650.  The 
tank  is  surrounded  by  arcades,  and  is  singularly  beautiftd.  The 
sanctuary  was  built  by  Yiswanath  about  1660.  The  whole  interior  of 
this  marvellous  temple  is  one  mass  of  superb  carving,  the  sculptures 
of  Madura  being  undoubtedly  the  finest  in  Southern  India.    There  are 


some  enriooB  freBooes  in  the  arcades  round  the  tank,  some  of  which 
are  ver;  objectionable. 


ORKAT  TEMPL^    MADDRA. 


The  PcDU  Mandapah,  known  as  TiromaU's  Ghonltrte,  is  a  marrelloaB 
btdlding.     It  is  a  pillared  hall  111  yards  long  b;  thirty-five  wide,  with 


556  PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 

four  ranges  of  colnmns,  120  in  all,  each  of  whicli  differs  from  the  other, 
and  all  most  elaborately  Hculptured.  A  full  acconnt  of  it,  with  plan 
and  illustration,  is  to  be  found  in  FerguBson'e  "  Indian  Architecture," 
pp.  359 — 365.  It  is  said  that  this  choultrie  cost  over  a  million 
sterling,  and  the  temple  four  millions ;  not  an  excessive  estimate, 
considering  the  elaborateness  and  quantity  of  the  Eculpture,  and  that 
it  is  esecnted  in  the  hardest  granite. 


The  &9ade  of  the  choultrie  is  adorned  vith  yalis,  monsters  of  the 
lioQ  type,  trampling  on  elephants,  and  with  groups  of  warriors  on 
rearing  horses,  slaying  men  or  tigers.  The  whole  building  is  in 
complete  preservation,  and  was  bailt  by  Tiramala  as  a  gnest-hoase  for 
Siva,  who  consented  to  pay  the  king  sn  annual  visit  of  ten  days  on 
condition  that  a  hall  worthy  of  his  dignity  was  bnilt  for  his  reception. 
Immediately  opposite  the  entrance  to  the  choultrie  is  a  huge  mi- 
finished  pagoda,  destined  by  Timmala  to  be  the  finest  edifice  of  the 
kind  in  ill  India.  It  measures  fifty-eight  yards  by  thirty-six.  The 
entrance  through  it  is  twenty-one  feet  nine  inches  wide,  and  the  lofty 


MADURA.  557 


granite  door-posts  are  monoliths  sixty  feet  high,  carved  with  exqui- 
site scroll  patterns  of  foliage  and  other  fine  carvings. 

The  celebrated  palace  of  Tirumala  is  the  most  perfect  relic  of 
secular  architecture  in  the  Madras  presidency.  It  covers  a  vast  area 
of  ground,  and  its  buildings  have  been  mostly  utilised  for  public  pur- 
poses. The  central  palace  is  now  the  Collectorate,  and  has  been  re- 
stored by  Government  at  considerable  expenditure.  The  main  structure 
consists  of  an  open  court  and  lofty  hall.  The  courtyard  is  100  yards 
square,  surrounded  by  galleries  crowned  with  domes.  The  hall 
occupies  the  whole  of  one  side  of  the  quadrangle,  its  lofby  dome, 
seventy-three  feet  high  and  sixty-one  in  diameter,  being  supported  by 
rough-hewn  granite  columns  covered  with  chunam. 

The  centred  area  of  the  yaird  was  used  for  gladiatorial  or  wild  beast 
fights,  and  other  pageants.  The  whole  edifice  forms  one  of  the  finest 
public  buildings  in  India. 

The  Tam  Eam,  on  the  opposite  bank  of  the  river  to  Madura,  was 
built  by  Tirumala  for  wild  beast  fights  and  other  shows,  but  has  no 
architectural  interest. 

The  Teppa  Eulam,  or  great  tank,  is  a  mile  and  a  half  outside  the 
city,  also  built  by  Tirumala.  The  banks  are  faced  with  hewn  granite, 
surmounted  with  a  handsome  parapet,  beneath  which  runs  a  continu- 
ous paved  gallery.  In  the  centre  is  a  square  island  with  a  lofty  domed 
temple  in  the  middle,  and  dainty  little  shrines  at  the  four  corners. 
Once  a  year,  at  festival  time,  the  banks  are  lighted  up  with  10,000 
lamps,  while  the  idols  from  the  pagoda  are  drawn  round  in  a  teppam 
or  raft.  The  neighbourhood  of  this  tank  is  the  favourite  evening 
drive  for  European  residents. 

Madura  is  well  laid  out  with  wide  handsome  streets  and  market- 
places. A  ruined  gateway  is  all  that  remains  of  the  old  fort  built  by 
Yiswanath. 

Christianity  is  making  rapid  progress  in  the  district  of  Madura. 
In  the  census  of  1881  there  were  85,000  in  the  Madura  district,  and 
they  will  probably  exceed  100,000  in  that  of  1891. 

There  was  a  Jesuit  Church  in  Madura  in  the  beginning  of  the  17th 
century,  where  a  Portuguese  priest  ministered  to  a  small  congregation 
of  fishermen  converted  by  Francis  Xavier.  In  1606  Bobert  de 
Nobilis  came  to  Madura,  adopted  the  life,  diet  and  dress  of  a  religious 
devotee.  He  founded  the  flourishing  mission  which  now  numbers 
70,000  converts,  ministered  to  by  14  European  and  a  number  of 


558  PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 

native  priests,  who  perform  service  in  850  chapels  thronghont  the 
district.  The  whole  cost  of  the  mission  is  said  not  to  exceed  ^£2,500 
a  year. 

The  mission  stations  of  the  Madura  district  are  mainly  in  the  hands 
of  the  American  Board,  who  have  thirteen  American  and  thirteen 
native  missionaries  employed,  with  about  6,000  communicants  and  as 
many  scholars  in  their  various  district  churches  and  schools. 

The  brass  work  of  Madura  is,  like  that  of  Tanjore,  the  very  finest 
in  India.  The  gold-  and  silver-smith's  work  is  also  feunous.  One  of 
the  most  beautiful  presents  brought  home  from  India  by  the  Prince  of 
Wales  was  a  silver  throne  of  great  beauty  made  at  Madura,  and  given 
him  by  the  priests  of  the  various  temples.  Madura  is  also  celebrated 
for  the  manufacture  of  stained  cloths,  known  as  Madura  cloths.  They 
are  very  coarse,  printed  very  effectively  in  two  colours  only,  red  and 
black,  with  mythological  subjects  taken  from  the  Bamayana  and 
Mahabharata;  sometimes  they  are  touched  up  in  yellow  by  hand- 
painting.  They  are  made  chiefly  for  the  service  of  the  temples,  and 
are  hard  to  get,  except  by  favour  of  the  priests.  Madura  is  also  noted 
for  its  handsome  turbans,  embroidered  with  gold  lace  or  thread.  The 
pierced  and  glazed  pottery  of  Madura  is  very  artistic  and  of  the 
highest  quality.  It  is  best  in  the  form  of  water-bottles,  with  a 
globular  bowl  and  long  upright  neck,  the  bowl  being  pierced  so  as 
to  circulate  air  round  an  inner  porous  bowl ;  the  outer  bowl  atid  neck 
are  rudely  fretted  over  by  notches  in  the  clay,  and  are  glazed  dark 
green,  or  a  rich  golden  brown. 

If  the  traveller  wishes  to  visit  the  sacred  island  of  Bameshwaram, 
he  must  undertake  a  weary  cross-country  journey  of  105  miles  through 
Banmad  in  bullock-carts  or  palkis.  Fergusson  is  of  opinion  that  if 
it  were  proposed  to  select  one  temple  which  should  exhibit  all  the 
beauties  of  the  Dravidian  style  in  their  greatest  perfection  and  at  the 
same  time  exemplify  all  its  characteristic  defects  of  design,  the  choice 
would  inevitably  fajil  on  that  of  Bameshwaram.  He  gives  some 
account  of  it,  with  plans  and  illustrations,  pp.  855 — 859. 

It  was  built  by  the  Bamnad  rajas  during  the  17th  century,  on  a  low 
sandy  island  in  the  Gulf  of  Manaar.  It  stands  on  rising  ground,  in  a 
quadrangular  enclosure  840  yards  by  220 ;  with  its  majestic  towers 
and  gateways,  its  vast  colonnades,  its  walls  encrusted  with  carved 
work  and  statuary,  it  fully  justifies  Mr.  Fergusson's  criticism.  The 
most  striking  features  of  the  temple  are  the  massiveness  of  workman- 


MADURA.  SS9 

ship,  alabs  of  forty  feet  long  being  used  in  doorways  and  ceilings,  and 
the  mairellona  pillared  hall  Bnrronnding  the  inner  shrine. 

RA.HKAD,  sixly-BeTGn  miles  on  the  way,  is  an  ancient  town  of  10,000 
or  12,000  inhabitants,  with  a  rained  fort  and  royal  palace,  now  in  the 
hands  of  s  semindar,  the  descendant  of  the  old  rajas. 

Any  of  the  English  oiviliaQS  resident  at  Madura  will  gLve  informa- 
tion abont  the  jonmey,  which  I  expect  involves  carrying  sapplies  and 
sleeping  in  a  ballock-oart  all  the  way  there  and  back. 


A  COnKTIlT  BOLLOCS-OABT. 


CHAPTER   XXXVni. 

TINXEVELLL 

INNEVELLI  IB  the  largest  town  ot 
the  district  to  which  it  gives  the 
name,  bnt  the  administratiye  head- 
quarters are  located  at  Palamkotta, 
two  and  a  half  miles  distaot,  across 
the  riTer  Tamhrapanii.  The  popu- 
lation of  the  two  towns  is  42,000. 
There  is  a  fine  Siva  temple  here, 
which  FergQSBon  (page  866)  cites  as 
giving  a  good  general  idea  of  the 
arrangement  of  large  Dravidian  tem- 
ples, having  heen  bnilt  on  one  plan 
and  finished  oat  of  hand  without 
Subsequent  alteration  or  change.  It 
is  a  double  temple,  and  the  whole 
area  measures  284  yards  by  193. 
Its  details  call  for  no  special  remark. 

There  is  some  pretty  scenery  and  two  or  three  fine  water&lls  in 
ghats  above  Tinnevelli  district,  especially  at  Fapanasham  and  Court- 
allnm,  twenty-nine  and  thirty-eight  miles  distant  respectively  from 
Tianevelli.  At  Fapanasham  there  is  a  very  holy  temple,  and  the  fish 
in  the  river  are  quite  tame,  coming  up  to  be  fed  by  the  Brabmans. 
There  are  several  good  bungalows  at  Coartallum,  which  is  the  sani- 
tarium and  holiday  place  for  the  Tinnevelli  district. 

The  great  attraction  of  TinnevelU  for  many  travellers  will  be  to 
visit  the  mission  stations  of  the  Jesuits,  the  Chnrch  Missionary  Society, 
and  the  Society  for  the  Propagation  of  the  Gospel,  the  most  successful 
in  all  British  India.     There  are  160,000  Christians  in  the  Tinnevelli 


TINNEVELLI.  S6l 

dlBtrict,  of  wbom  aboat  100,000  belong  to  tbese  two  Cbarcb  missions, 
uod  60,000  to  tbe  Boman  Catbolic  Cbarcb. 

The  bistory  of  tbe  Koman  Catbolic  Cbarcb  in  TinneTelii  practicallf 
dates  froDi  tbe  16tb  centoiy.  It  was  here  that  Francis  Xavier  began 
bis  work  as  tbe  apostle  to  tbe  Indies.  The  hshenuen  of  the  coast, 
protected  by  the  Fortagaese  against  Mnsalman  oppression,  bad  become 
Christians,  and  Xavier  formed  them  into  chnrcbes.  They  still  speak 
of  themselves  as  tbe  children  of  St.  Francis,  and  at  Tuticorin  tbey 


form  s  third  of  tbe  popalation.  Robert  de  Nobilis  took  up  and 
cxteoded  Xavier's  work,  and  the  diBtrict  is  hallowed  by  the 
martyrdoms  of  Criminale  and  De  Britto.  The  cbarcb  suffered 
severely  from  iba  sappression  of  tbe  Society  of  Jesns  in  1773,  the 
French  revolution,  and  the  local  troubles  of  tbe  close  of  tbe  last 
century,  and  their  numbers  declined,  their  people  being  lelt  to  tbe 
perfunctory  care  of  Goanese  priests.  In  1887,  however,  Tinnevelli 
was  taken  in  band  by  French  Jesuits,  and  since  then  the  mission  has 
made  steady  progress.  Is  1851  there  were  23,000  Roman  Catholics 
in  the  Tinnevelli  district;  in  1871,  53,000;  iu  1881,  57,000.  I 
have  not  been  able  to  get  the  returns  lA  the  present  year,  but  there 
most  be  at  least  60,000.  Tbey  had,  in  1881,  fifty-nine  churches, 
ninety-six  chapels,  forty-eight  hoys'  schools,  and  six  girls'  schools. 


562 


PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 


\iith  2,500  scholars  in  all.  They  have  also  three  native  convents  and 
three  orphanages. 

The  work  of  Protestant  missions  in  Tinnevelli  dates  hack  more 
than  a  100  years.  The  first  trace  of  it  is  found  in  the  journals  of 
Schwartz,  whose  name  is  memorahle  in  the  annals  of  Christian 
missionary  work,  and  occurs  in  the  year  1771.  The  first  convert  was 
a  Brahman  widow,  Clorinda  by  name,  whose  zeal  for  her  new-found 
faith  led  to  the  erection,  in  Palamkotta,  of  a  little  church,  the 
remains  of  which  are  still  extant.  From  that  time  the  work  grew  and 
expanded  little  by  little  under  the  auspices  of  the  Society  for  Promo- 
ting Christian  Ejiowledge,  till  at  the  beginning  of  the  present  century 
the  number  of  native  Protestaiit  Christians  in  Tinnevelli  had  reached 
the  total  of  4,000.  But  it  is  from  the  year  1820  that  we  must  date 
that  larger  development  of  missionary  operations,  which  has  resulted  in 
the  formation  and  organisation  of  the  now  existing  native  Church.  It 
uas  in  that  year  that  the  Church  Missionary  Society,  at  the  invitation 
of  a  zealous  chaplain,  Mr.  Hough,  entered  the  field.  Bhenius  w&s 
the  first  and  chief  missionary ;  he  was  followed  by  many  others,  of 
whom  Pettitt,  Tucker,  Bagland,  Fenn,  Sargent,  and  Thomas  rank 
conspicuously.  In  1826  the  Society  for  the  Propagation  of  the 
Gospel  took  up  the  work  transferred  to  their  hands  by  the  Society 
for  Promoting  Christian  Knowledge,  and  added  their  contingent  of 
labourers,  among  whom  are  the  honoured  names  of  Bower,  Brotherton, 
Pope,  Caldwell,  Eearns,  and  Eennet. 

The  following  table  of  statistics  will  afford  a  bird*s-eye  view  of  the 
visible  results  of  missionary  work  in  Tinnevelli. 

STATISTICS  OF  THE  TINNEVELLI  MISSIONS  FOE  THE  YEAR  188S-S!». 


Ktimberof 
Villa«M  oooapied. 

Knmber 
of  Native 

Baptised. 

Oatechn- 
mena. 

Totid 
Number  of 
AdlMTODta. 

Cdmnram- 
oants. 

Scbolan. 

C.  M.  S.  1018 
S.  P.  G.    618 

67 
46 

46,526 
30,646 

9,328 
9,068 

55,853 
39,714 

12,112 
7,912 

13^219 
10,305 

Total       1636 

113 

77,171 

18,396 

95,567 

20,024 

23,524 

The  steady  growth  of  these  missions  is  shown  by  the  fieust  that  the 
number  of  adherents  was  in  1851,  86,000;  1871,  60,000;  1881, 
82,000 ;  and  in  1889,  96,000. 


TINNEVELLI.  563 

Id  1877  the  two  veteran  missioniuieB,  Dr.  Caldwell  of  the  Socie^ 
for  the  Propagation  of  the  Gospel,  and  Dr.  Sargent,  of  the  Church 
MisBionary  Society,  were  raised  to  the  epiecopate,  and,  as  eoadjntois 
of  the  Biahop  of  Madras,  continued  to  direct  the  operations  of  the 
societies  with  which  they  were  respectively  connected.  Last  year 
(1889)  Bishop  Sargent  was  removed  by  death,  after  a  vigorons 
uilsaionary  career  extending  over  a  period  of  fifty-fonr  years. 

The  territory  occupied  in  Tiunevelli  as  the  sphere  of  the  Charch 


Missionary  Society  operations,  stretches  southward  from  the  limits  of 
the  Madora  district  to  a  boundary  within  abont  twelve  miles  of  Cape 
Comorin.  It  is  bounded  on  the  west  by  the  mountain  chain  of  the 
Sonthem  Ghats,  while  on  its  eastern  side  it  has  a  broken  boundary 
line,  now  receding  inwards,  and  now  coinciding  with  the  coast>line  %A 
the  eastern  sea. 

The  native  Church  in  connection  with  this  mission  has  assumed 
very  considerAble  proportions,  and  has  reached  a  somewhat  advanced 
stage  of  organisation.  Sixty-seven  ordained  native  pastors,  and  abont 
a  hundred  cateehists,  with  the  partial  assistance  of  the  local  ChristiaD 
schoolmasters,  are   engaged  in   ministering   to  the   spiritual  needs 

o  o  X 


564  PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 


of  46,525  souls.  This  large  community  is  soattered  oyer  1,018  towns 
and  Tillages,  sometines  in  large,  but  often  in  small  congregations. 
Such  congregations  are  collected  into  ''  pastorates,"  which  pastorates 
are,  in  their  turn,  grouped  into  ''  districts."  There  are  ten  such 
** districts"  in  the  Church  Missionary  Society  at  TumeveUi,  each  one 
represented  by  its  own  '^  church  council,"  which  transacts  all  business 
connected  with  the  pastorates  and  congregations  comprised  within  its 
jurisdiction.  The  native  pastors  of  a  district  are  ex  officio  members 
of  their  district  church  council,  and  with  them  are  associated  a 
number  of  lay-members  elected  to  the  post.  The  present  "  districts" 
are  the  outcome  of  a  former  system,  under  which  a  number  of 
European  missionaries  divided  up  the  field  of  labour  into  workable 
areas,  and  each  took  sole  charge  of  the  area  allotted  as  his  portion. 
These  European  **  stationed  missionaries  "  have  been  withdrawn,  bat 
the  districts  which  they  ruled,  and  the  bungalows  which  they  built  as 
their  headquarters,  with  boarding-schools  and  premises  attached 
thereto,  still  remain  as  convenient  divisions  and  centres  of  the  work. 
Missionaries'  bungalows,  each  one  the  natural  centre  and  head- 
quarters of  a  ''district,"  are  found  at  Palamkotta,  Dohnavur, 
Mengnanapuram,  Suireseshapuram,  Fanneivilei,  Pannikulam,  Nallur, 
Surandei,  Yageikulam,  and  Sachiapuram.  Of  these  the  last  two  are 
best  reached  from  the  Satur  and  Koilpatti  stations  of  the  South  Indian 
Bailway,  while  the  remainder  must  be  approached  from  Palamkotta, 
the  headquarters  of  the  mission.  The  work  is  unified  by  means  of  a 
provincial  or  central  council,  which  is  a  representative  assembly, 
deliberative  and  executive.  This  central  council  meets  annually  in 
Palamkotta,  and  is  the  natural  medium  for  dealing  with  all  general 
questions  affecting  the  welfare  of  the  native  Church. 

The  theological  class  of  native  Church  agents  is  conducted  by  the 
Bev.  T.  Eember  in  Palamkotta,  with  the  assistance  of  competent 
native  helpers.  The  students,  during  their  course  of  study,  are 
expected  also  to  engage  in  the  practical  work  of  preaching.  Mr. 
Kember  also  superintends  an  ordination  class  for  the  special  training 
of  candidates  for  the  ministry.  A  few  men  of  superior  culture  and 
status  are  sent  for  a  more  advanced  course  of  divinity  to  Madras. 

The  north  Tinnevelli  district  is  worthy  of  more  than  a  passing 
mention.  It  was  the  scene  in  former  years  of  the  itinerancy  of 
missionaries  Baglan,  Fenn  and  Meadows,  and  has  always  been 
worked  more  or  less  independently  of  the  South  Tinnevelli  districts. 


TINNEVELLI.  565 


It  is  the  only  district  which  now  has  a  European  missionary  in 
pastoral  charfi^e ;  all  the  others  being  associated  and  combined  under 
one  superintending  head,  and  worked  from  Palamkotta  as  centre. 

The  direct  missionary  or  evangelistic  work  is  well  sustained.  More 
than  eighty  native  evangelists  are  engaged  in  preaching  all  over  the 
district.  Some  of  the  congregations  have  organised  bands  of  workers 
who  preach  in  the  adjacent  non-Christian  villages.  The  Tinnevelli 
Church  has  also  sent  evangelists  to  the  Kols,  Mauritius  and  Ceylon, 
besides  famishing  agents  for  other  outlying  Tamil  missions.  In 
North  Tinnevelli,  a  superior  native  evangelist,  Bev.  Samuel  Paul,  is 
engaged  in  fostering  this  zeal  for  evangelistic  work.  But  direct 
missionary  labours,  in  the  aggressive  aspect,  are  not  left  merely  to 
the  discretion  of  the  native  Christian  community.  A  quartette  of 
Cambridge  men,  Messrs.  Walker,  Carr,  Douglas  and  Storrs,  has  been 
specially  assigned  to  this  branch  of  missionary  work«  They  are  free 
to  work  on  purely  spiritual  lines,  as  associated  itinerants.  It  is  their 
province  to  preach  the  gospel  to  the  non-Christians  of  Tinnevelli,  with 
special  attention  to  the  Brahmans  and  higher  caste  Hindus*  By 
special  services  of  an  evangelistic  type  they  seek  to  deepen  the 
spiritual  life  and  increase  the  missionary  zeal  of  native  Christians.  It 
is  proposed,  too,  by  the  association  with  these  European  evangelists 
of  educated  natives  of  superior  culture,  to  raise  up  a  higher  order  of 
native  pastors  and  evangelists.  The  headquarters  of  this  Tamil 
Itinerancy  are  placed  in  Palamkotta,  as  being  the  key  and  centre  of 
the  province. 

The  district  is  covered  with  village  elementary  schools,  worked  by 
the  various  church  councils,  in  which  the  children  of  Christian  parents 
receive  primary  education.  For  boys,  who  seek  a  higher  education, 
there  are  boarding-schools  at  Palamkotta,  Dohnavur,  Mengnanapuram, 
Sieviseshapurum,  Panneivilei,  Pannikulam,  Nallur,  Surandei  and 
Sachiapuram.  The  standard  up  to  which  instruction  is  afforded  in 
most  of  these  boarding-schools  is  that  of  the  middle-school  examina- 
tion, which  qualifies  for  certain  posts  under  Government  employment, 
and  is  the  stepping  stone  to  higher  education.  The  Mengnanapuram 
boarding-school  has,  in  addition,  a  matriculation  class,  and  passes 
boys  through  the  entrance  examination  of  the  Madras  University.  But 
the  most  important  school  for  the  education  of  Christian  boys  is  the 
high  school  of  Palamkotta,  of  which  E.  Keyworth  is  principal,  ably 
assisted  by  nativo  Christian  graduates  and  others.     The  school  is  very 


566  PICTURESQUE  INDIA, 

efficient  and  Buccessful  as  an  educational  establishment.  The  grade 
of  education  in  this  school  is  that  of  the  matriculation  standard. 
Christian  boys  who  wish  to  proceed  to  a  stiU  higher  grade  are  passed 
on  in  due  course  to  the  Tinnevelli  college,  of  which  Bev.  H.  Schaffter, 
B.A.,  is  principal,  and  which,  along  with  its  larger  work  among  non- 
Christians,  includes  also  a  hostel  for  Christian  youths.  In  this 
manner  means  are  afforded  for  Christian  lads  of  Tinnevelli  to  pursue 
their  studies  as  fiar  as  the  F.A.  of  the  Madras  University.  Those  who 
wish  to  proceed  to  their  degree  are  then  recommended  to  continue 
their  studies  in  the  Madras  Christian  College.  The  normal  work  is 
under  the  superintendence  of  Bev.  T.  Kember,  who  thus  provides  the 
mission  with  its  schoolmasters  and  teachers. 

As  in  the  case  of  boys,  the  ordinary  elementary  instruction  of 
Christian  girls  is  conducted  in  the  local  village  schools.  A  higher 
grade  of  education  is  furnished  in  the  girls'  boarding-schools  of 
Palamkotta,  Panneurlei,  Mengnanapuram,  Nallur,  Sachiapuram  and 
Surandei.  Of  these,  the  Mengnanapuram  [Elliot  Tuxford]  school  is 
under  the  able  management  of  Mrs.  Thomas  and  her  daughter,  who 
are  now  to  be  further  assisted  by  Miss  Vines,  a  lady  newly  come  from 
England ;  while  that  of  Sachiapuram  is  under  the  direction  of  Mrs. 
Finnimore.  The  rest  are  affiliated  to  the  Palamkotta  Sarah  Tucker 
institution,  the  great  central  home  of  Christian  female  education  in 
Tinnevelli,  which  every  traveller  should  visit.  Here  arc  trained  all 
the  Christian  schoolmistresses  of  the  mission,  and  hence  proceed 
influences  which  are  doing  more  than  words  can  express  to  raise  the  posi- 
tion and  status  of  women  in  South  India.  This  institution  has  a  large 
number  of  branches  scattered  through  the  district,  in  which  hundreds 
of  non-Chiristian  girls,  indading  many  Brahman  children,  are  heing 
instructed  in  the  first  principles  of  the  Christian  faith.  Great  stress 
is  laid  both  in  boys'  and  girls'  schools  on  religious  instruction,  as 
the  one  basis  of  true  knowledge.  Many  of  the  leading  Christians  are 
converts  from  the  mission  schools,  while  others  who  had  never  had 
the  courage  of  their  convictions,  and  are  Hindus  still,  have  been 
influenced  and  permeated  by  the  truth  of  Christianity.  The  TinneveUi 
Mission  College,  under  the  management  of  the  Bev.  H.  Schafller, 
B.A.,  has  more  than  400  students,  and  is  doing  good  work  in  a  large 
Hindu  town.  Mr.  Schaffter  is  ably  seconded  in  his  work  by  Mr.  F. 
Ardell,  a  well-trained  schoolmaster.  As  noticed  before,  the  education 
in  this  college  is  carried  up  to  the  F.A.  grade  of  the  Madras 


TINNEVELLL  567 


University.  Bible  instruction  is  faithfally  given  each  day.  In 
Striviknntan,  a  town  to  the  east,  an  existing  Anglo-Vernacular  school 
has  just  been  afiSliated  to  the  Tinnevelli  College;  and  Mr.  Schaffter 
is  now  proposing  to  open  similar  schools  in  other  large  towns  in  the 
district.  In  the  North  Tinnevelli  district,  Anglo-Vernacular  mission 
schools  are  at  work  in  the  towns  of  Strevilliputur  and  Sankeraninar 
Koil,  under  the  superintendence  of  Bev.  A.  K.  Finnimore.  These 
schools  are  characterised  by  faithful  Bible  instruction,  and  a  zealous 
concern  for  the  spiritual  welfare  of  the  students.  Mr.  Schaffter  is 
always  ready  to  make  opportunities  for  evangelists  to  address  his 
students. 

The  Church  of  England  Zenana  Missionary  Society  is  represented 
in  Tinnevelli  by  three  European  lady  missionaries :  Misses  Oehrich, 
Blyth,  and  Hodge,  who  have  their  headquarters  in  Palamkotta. 
Their  special  work  is  that  of  evangelising  the  heathen  women  of  the 
district,  and,  with  this  object  in  view,  they  instruct  pupils  privately  in 
the  houses,  teaching  them  to  read  the  Bible.  They  are  assisted  in  this 
useful  work  by  thirty- four  Bible- women,  engaged  in  instructing  655 
pupils  in  twenty-four  towns  and  villages.  This  important  work  is 
being  gradually  extended,  and  seems  capable  of  almost  unlimited  ex- 
pansion. The  Zenana  ladies  also  superintend  some  schools  for  heathen 
girls,  of  which  that  in  the  large  town  of  Viradapatti,  is  worthy  of 
special  mention.  The  work  of  this  society  in  North  Tinnevelli  has, 
through  local  di£Eiculties,  been  temporarily  abandoned,  except  in  two 
towns  situated  by  the  railway,  but  it  is  to  be  resumed  and  established 
on  a  firmer  basis.  A  *'  Convert's  Home  "  has  recently  been  opened  in 
Palamkotta,  and  two*  inmates,  women  won  from  heathenism,  already 
testify  to  the  usefulness  and  importance  of  this  branch  of  missionary 
enterprise. 

TuTicoBiN  is  not  an  attractive  place,  and  travellers  who  are  desirous 
of  reaching  Ceylon  from  this  port  had  better  make  whatever  waiting 
for  the  steamer  may  be  necessary  at  Tinnivelli  or  Madura.  If  it 
rains,  the  mud  is  terrible ;  if  the  sun  shines,  the  dust  is  a  perfect 
scourge.  The  soil  is  shallow,  and  very  little  of  it,  the  region  being  one 
of  heavy  sand,  quite  bare  of  herbage.  It  is,  however,  a  very  thriving 
seaport  town,  with  a  population  of  16,000.  It  is  sixth  in  volume  of 
foreign  trade  of  all  the  ports  in  India,  the  annual  value  of  its  imports 
and  exports  reaching  close  upon  two  millions  sterling.  Shipping  has 
to  anchor  two  to  three  miles  from  shore,  cargo  being  conveyed  in  boats 


568  PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 

of  about  twenty  tons,  for  which  there  is  a  well-sheltered  shallow 
harbour.  The  British  India  coast  steamers  call  once  a  week  each 
way.  The  chief  exports  are  rice,  cotton,  coffee,  sngar,  chillies,  cattle, 
horses,  sheep,  and  poultry,  mainly  to  Ceylon,  with  which  there  is  a 
large  stream  of  passenger  traffic. 

The  pearl  fisheries  of  Tuticorin  are  very  ancient,  and  were  known  to 
the  Greeks  and  Bomans.  They  are  mentioned  by  Pliny.  The  pearl 
and  conch  shell  fisheries  are  a  Government  monopoly.  The  pearls  now 
yield  no  revenue,  and  the  conch  shells  only  some  dC8,()00  annually. 
The  divers  are  paid  £2  10s.  per  1,000,  and  the  Government  get  about 
£X\  or  £12  for  the  same  number.  The  pearl  and  shell  fishers  and 
divers  are  all  Eoman  Catholics,  as  are  most  of  the  fishermen  on  the 
Ceylon  coast. 

The  British  India  steamers  leave  for  Colombo  weekly.  The  distance 
is  160  miles,  and  the  time  occupied  on  the  voyage  about  sixteen  hours. 
They  are  excellent  boats.  If  the  traveller  is  returning  direct  to 
Bombay^  he  will  find  the  eight  days'  voyage  from  Tuticorin  a  pleasant 
change  from  the  long  railway  journey,  and  the  calls  at  the  various 
ports  on  the  way  afford  a  charming  variety.  The  distance  is  886  miles ; 
about  five  whole  days  are  spent  in  port,  and  three  at  sea. 


CHAPTER   XXXIX. 

CEYLON. 

EYLON  is  not  part  of  our  Indian  Em- 
pire, but  few  tourietB  in  India  will 
leave  this  importiant  Crown  Colony  out 
of  their  route ;  and  this  volume  would 
be  incomplete  without  a  chapter  giving 
some  brief  information  aboat  it. 

We  have  been  in  possession  of  the 
Island  of  Ceylon  since  1815,  when  we 
finally  subjugated  the  King  of  Kandy. 
Mr.  John  Ferguson,  one  of  the  most 
accomplished  men  in  Ceylon,  has  kindly 
furnished   me    with    some    particulars 
which  he  had  carefully  compiled,  show- 
ing the  condition  of  the  island  at  that  time,  and  which,  compared 
with  the  statistics  of  the  Blue  Book  for  1888,  give  striking  evidence 
of  the  material  prosperity  which  sixty  years  of  British  rule  brings 
to  such  a  country  as  Ceylon,  and  such  a  people  as  the  Cingalese  and 
Tamils,  which  form  its  population. 

I  give  a  few  of  these  facts  in  comparison  one  with  the  other. 


Population    . 
Nainbec  ot  houses 
Military  force  required 
Revenue    . 
Imports  and  exports 

Roada 

AuUwaya 

Totuiage  of  shipping 


In  1815.  In  1888. 

750,0,10  ....     2.800,000. 

£0,000  .    .'■)00,000. 

6,000  troops    .        .     .     1 ,000. 

£226,000      .  .     .£1,540,000. 

£546,000  .         .     .     £9,800,000. 

(  Snnd  and  gravel  tracks  }  2,250  miles  of  good 
\      only  .  (     roads. 

None      ....     180  miles. 

75,000  tons  .        .        .     4,500,000  tons. 


E^ipendituTe  on  Educfttion  1  _p,  000    ....     £46,000. 
6y  Qovemment  '  *^'  ' 


570  PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 

In  181d.  In  1888. 

Health  ezpenditare  .        .    ^£1,000         .  .  £60,000. 

Post-offices    .        .        .     .    4 130. 

Area  under  cultivation      .    400,000  acres  3,100,000  acres. 

Livestock     ....     250,000 head  .        .     .  1,500,000 head. 

Carts  and  carriages    .        .     50        .        .        .        .  20,000. 

Bnt  besides,  there  are  in  the  island  1,100  miles  of  telegraph,  a 

Government  savings-bank  with    10,000    depositors,   120    excellent 

hospitals  and    dispensaries,   with  a  first-rate    medical    college   for 

natives.      If  Ceylon  had  remained  under  the  rule  of  the  Kandyan 

kings,  none  of  this  progress  would  have  been  visible.     Ceylon  is  a 

purely  agricoltoral  country,  as  its  lists  of  exports  clearly  show.     The 

following  is  a  short  list  of  the  exports  of  some  of  the  principal  crops 

of  Ceylon  for  1886  :— 

£ 

Cardamoms 22,000 

Aiecannts 100,000 

Quinine 300,000 

Cinnamon  and  cinnamon  oil     .  115,000 

Cocoa  nuts  and  fibre      ....  70,000 

Cacao 40,000 

Coffee 600,000 

Cotton 20,000 

Cocoa-nut  oil 24,000 

Tea 370,000 

Tobacco 80,000 

Fifteen  years  ago  the  great  staple  crop  of  Ceylon  was  coffee,  which, 
in  the  years  1868,  1869,  and  1870,  reached  an  average  export  of 
i!4,000,000.  This  industry  is,  unhappily,  being  slowly  destroyed  b; 
a  minute  fungus  which  has  attacked  the  leaf,  working  deadly  mischief 
all  over  Ceylon,  and  especially  in  the  young  plantations  which,  at  a 
capital  outlay  of  nearly  £8,000,000,  were  brought  under  coffee 
cultiTation  in  the  years  1870 — ^74.  The  slow  but  sure  destruction  of 
this  valuable  industry  is  shown  by  the  list  of  exports  from  1877  to 
1888,  which  are  as  follows,  in  cwfcs. : — 


Yei^r. 

Cwt. 

Tear. 

Cwt 

1877  . 

.  .  620,000 

1883  . 

.  .  323,000 

1878 

.  825,000 

1884 

.  315,000 

1879  . 

.  .  670,000 

1885  . 

.  .  224,000 

1880 

.  454,000 

1886 

.  180,000 

1881  . 

.  .  564,000 

1888  . 

.  .  140,00C' 

1882 

.  260,000 

CEYLON.  571 


Many  of  the  coffee  planters  of  Ceylon  have  been  hopelessly  rained, 
and  if  it  had  not  been  possible  for  the  valuable  cleared  lands  to  be 
brought  under  other  profitable  crops,  it  would  have  gone  hard  with 
the  colony.  The  planters  of  Ceylon  are  shrewd,  industrious  men, 
with  a  Ifurge  Scottish  element  among  them,  and  they  seem  to  be 
finding  their  salTation  in  tea  and  quinine. 

In  1872  there  were  not  500  acres  of  cinchona  (quinine-tree)  in  all 
Ceylon,  with  an  export  of  bark  not  reaching  12,000  lb. ;  while  to-day 
there  are  at  least  80,000  acres  under  cultivation,  with  an  export  of 
14,000,000  lb.  of  bark. 

In  1876  the  exports  of  tea  were  just  28  lb.,  in  1887  they  were 
14,000,000  lb.,  and  in  1888  24,000,000  lb.,  and  Ceylon  bids  fair  to 
rival  the  most  important  districts  in  Northern  India  in  its  tea-growing 
capacity.  The  teas  are  of  a  high  character,  fine  flavour,  and  perfectly 
pure,  and  I  see  no  reason  why  India  and  Ceylon  should  not  in  course 
of  time  supplant  China  teas  to  a  very  large  extent.  I  visited  several 
of  the  finest  tea-plantations  in  Ceylon,  and  in  many  cases  found  the 
young  tea-plants  growing  up  in  a  forest  of  stumps,  all  that  was  left  of 
what  was  once  a  valuable  coffee  estate,  destroyed  by  the  fell  fungus. 
Tea  will  prove  of  greater  value  to  the  colony  than  coffee  growing,  as 
it  employs  rather  more  than  twice  the  number  of  hands  per  acre. 

Other  coffee  planters  are  turning  their  attention  to  the  cacao-tree, 
on  which  the  bean  grows  which  gives  us  our  cocoa  and  chocolate. 
The  export  of  this  product  has  grown  from  10  cwt.  in  1878  to  12,000 
cwt.  in  1888,  and  is  likely,  in  a  very  few  years,  to  reach  ten  times 
this  amount.  Cardamoms  have  risen  in  the  same  space  of  time  from 
14,000  lb.  to  280,000  lb.  It  will  be  readily  seen  from  these  figures 
that  although  the  destruction  of  the  coffee-tree  has  been  disastrous  to 
a  large  number  of  planters,  the  colony  is  recovering  itself  with  great 
buoyancy,  and  is  probably  more  solidly  prosperous  to-day  than  at  any 
previous  period  of  its  history. 

The  only  industry  in  Ceylon  which  is  not  agrarian  is  plumbago 
mining.  This  is  entirely  in  the  hands  of  the  Cingalese,  who  work 
mines  up  to  800  feet  in  depth  in  a  very  primitive  fashion,  obtaining 
some  £850,000  worth  annually  of  the  finest  plumbago  in  the  world. 

It  appeared  to  me,  in  the  short  visit  I  was  able  to  pay  to  this 
interesting  tropical  colony,  that  its  main  dependence  in  future  must 
be  on  tea ;  and  the  best  authorities  tell  me  that  the  export  will  in  a 
very  few  years  reach  thirty  or  forty  million  pounds,  worth  some  two 


572  PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 

tnillions  sterling.  I  was  also  told  by  coffee  planters  that  the  ravages 
of  the  disease  are  abating,  and  that  Uie  colony  will  be  able  to  prodnce 
in  future  an  ayerage  export  of  coffee  of  about  one  million  sterling,  or 
one-fourth  of  what  was  produced  at  the  highest  period  of  its 
prosperity.  It  is  quite  cTident,  however,  from  the  figures  I  have 
given,  that  the  deficit  of  three  millions  on  coffee  is  fast  being  over- 
taken, and  that  the  general  prospects  of  Ceylon  agriculture  are  bright 
enough. 

There  is  no  doubt  that  the  change  of  culture  in  Ceylon  from  coffee 
to  tea  will  be  of  great  benefit  to  the  masses  of  the  population,  from 
the  largely  increased  employment  which  it  will  afford.  Almost  all 
the  plantation  labour  is  carried  on  by  Tamils,  from  Southern  India, 
the  Cingalese  refusmg  to  do  coolie  work,  devoting  themselves  entirely 
to  trading,  small  farming,  carting  produce  (a  large  industry),  and  to 
handicrafts.  To  these  Tamils  Ceylon  is  a  heaven  upon  earth.  In 
their  own  country  their  average  earnings  per  family  of  five  reaches 
about  j66  in  the  year,  or  less  than  a  Id.  per  head  per  day,  a  condition 
of  things  that  appears  almost  incredible  to  English  minds,  and  in 
which  recurrent  famines,  terrible  in  their  results,  are  certain.  The 
Tamils  employed  on.  a  Ceylon  tea  estate  have  the  wealth  of  Croesus 
compared  with  their  relatives  at  home.  They  have  good  huts,  cheap 
food,  small  gardens,  medical  attendance,  and  can  earn  from  6d.  to  ^d, 
per  day.  I  doubt  if,  considering  the  climate  and  cost  of  living,  there 
are  any  labouring  classes  in  the  world  better  off  than  the  Tamil 
families  settled  on  the  plantations  of  Ceylon. 

The  revenues  of  the  colony  steadily  increase.  In  1887  they  were 
Jb'1,840,000,  in  1888  they  increased  to  i;i,540,000.  The  public  debt 
is  two  and  a  quarter  millions,  and  has  been  incurred  for  Colombo 
Harbour,  railway  extension,  water-works,  &g. 

The  trade  of  Ceylon,  as  everywhere  else  in  the  East,  is  over- 
whelmingly in  the  hands  of  the  English.  Of  6,788  vessels  entered 
and  cleared  in  1888  at  Ceylon  ports,  British  shipping  formed  six- 
sevenths  of  the  whole ;  and  the  same  proportion  applies  to 
merchandise. 

Ceylon  gets  on  without  a  poor-law.  A  very  few  old  persons  get 
a  charitable  allowance  from  the  Government,  varying  from  2«.  to 
25a.  each  per  month ;  but  it  amounts  to  very  little  on  the 
whole. 

Employment  is  plentiful,  i;he  people  are  thrifty,  the  cost  of  living 


CEYLON.  573 


is  extremely  small^  and  the  young  and  strong  are  glad  to  care  for  the 
aged  and  weak. 

The  Local  GoTernment  of  Ceylon  consists  of  the  following 
Boards : — 

Ist.  The  Executive  and  Legislative  Councils,  which  are  of  the  same 
composition  and  exercise  the  same  functions  as  I  have  already 
described  with  regard  to  Hong  Kong  or  Singapore.  None  of  the 
members  are  elective,  but  there  is  always  a  Cingalese  and  a  Tamil 
member  on  the  Legislatiye  Conncil. 

2nd.  Municipal  Councils,  of  which  the  majority  are  elected  by 
occupiers  rented  at  £7  a  year,  the  rest  being  nominated  by  the 
Governor.  In  Colombo  there  are  five  official  and  nine  elective 
members.  The  other  two  boroughs  in  the  island  are  Kandy  and 
Galle. 

Brd.  Local  Boards,  in  populous  districts,  composed  in  the  same 
manner  as  the  municipalities.  There  are  ten  of  these  local  boards  in 
Ceylon.     The  qualification  is  an  occupancy  of  not  less  than  £3  lOs. 

4th.  The  Village  Council. — This  is  a  council  elected  by  a  con- 
stituency composed  of  every  male  inhabitant  of  the  village,  or  groups 
of  villages,  who  is  twenty-one  years  of  age.  There  are  forty-eight  of 
these  village  councils. 

Anything  approaching  party  politics  is  quite  unknown  in  Ceylon. 
There  is  a  tendency  to  jobbery,  which,  however,  is  kept  in  check  by 
the  official  members.  On  the  whole,  the  system  of  local  government 
appears  admirably  suited  for  the  budding  intelligence  and  education 
of  the  people,  and  will,  no  doubt,  be  extended  as  the  social  conditions 
improve  and  justify. 

I  have  already  spoken  of  wages  paid  on  tea,  cofiee,  cinchona,  and 
other  plantations,  as  ranging  from  6d.  to  9d.  per  day.  The  general 
rate  of  wages  for  labour  in  Colombo  and  other  towns,  for  such  work 
as  stablemen,  messengers,  porters,  gardeners,  &c.,  is  about  the  same, 
twelve  to  fifteen  rupees  a  month,  the  rupee  being  worth  Is.  5d.  Men 
in  more  responsible  positions,  such  as  warehousemen,  foremen  of 
gangs  of  coolies,  &c.,  are  paid  85s.  to  40a.  per  month.  Skilled 
workmen,  bookbinders,  machinists,  compositors,  cabinet-makers,  and 
carpenters  get  4.5s.  to  50s.  per  month.  Good  clerks  and  bookkeepers, 
£40  to  £50  a  year.  These  wages  will  appear  very  meagre  to  an 
English  workman,  but  I  expect  the  Cingalese  is  better  off  with  these 
wages  than  the  English  workman  with  his.     The  Cingalese  wants  no 


57*  PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 


lire,  no  meat,  no  woollen  clothes,  no  beer ;  hiB  honse  costs  a  tenth  of 
the  English  ^varkman's;  he  dreasee  in  a  shilling' b- worth  of  cotton 
cloth,  and  only  wears  a  pennyworth  of  it  when  he  is  working.  He  is 
content  with  two  meals  a  day  of  rice,  at  6«.  per  bushel,  and  Tegetables 
Savoured  with  curry,  and  has  balf-a-farthing's  worth  of  dried  fish  on 


Sunday.  He  has  nerer  felt  cold  in  his  life,  and  the  climate  he  lives 
in  enables  him  to  thrive  as  well  on  his  simple  vegetarian  diet  as  au 
Englishman  at  home  can  on  beef  and  mutton.  Everywhere  they  givu 
the  constant  impression  of  being  a  joyoas,  contented,  sober,  well- 
noarished  people. 

The  Government  of  Ceylon,  like  that  of  every  Crown  ool<my,iti 
virtually  a  despotism,  tempered  by  the  Colonial  Office,  and  "  questiou 


CEYLON.  575 


time  "  in  the  House  of  Commons.  The  governor  selects  such  men,  in 
addition  to  his  leading  permanent  officials,  as  he  belieyes  can  bsst 
advise  him,  and  the  decisions  of  this  council  become  the  will  of  the 
Government.  The  influence  of  a  really  able,  energetic,  independent 
governor,  thoroughly  just  and  impartial,  is  practically  paramount,  and 
every  successive  governor  strives  to  leave  behind  him,  as  the  record  of 
his  term  of  office,  some  public  work  of  utility — ^an  education  scheme, 
a  college,  a  hospital.  A  bronze  statue  of  Sir  Edward  Barnes  stands 
opposite  the  Queen's  House  in  Colombo,  but  his  real  monuments  are 
the  great  macadamized  road  to  Kandy,  the  bridge  of  boats  on  the 
Kelani  Biver  at  Colombo,  and  the  superb  satin-wood  bridge  at 
Peradenia.  The  railway  to  Kandy  keeps  green  the  memory  of  Sir 
Henry  Ward;  Sir  Hercules  Bobinson  has  left  his  record  in  eveiy 
province  of  the  island,  especially  in  irrigation  works,  and  Sir  William 
Gregory's  massive  stone  monument  is  a  mile  long — the  famous 
Colombo  breakwater.  Sir  Arthur  Gordon  is  set  upon  restoring  to 
their  ancient  usefulness  the  great  tanks  at  Kalaweava,  which,  when 
completed,  will  be  seven  miles  square,  twenty  feet  deep,  and  will  send 
water  down  a  canal  fifty-four  miles  long,  irrigating  a  vast  area  through 
the  dry  season ;  an  area  now  almost  unpeopled,  but  which  2,000  years 
ago,  watered  by  these  ancient  tanks,  had  a  population  of  at  least  a 
quarter  of  a  million,  whose  ancient  cities  and  temples,  smothered  in 
jungle,  are  still  among  the  wonders  of  the  East. 

Colombo  owes  its  existence  as  a  seaport  to  the  genius  of  Sir  John 
Coode,  the  great  engineer.  Before  the  existence  of  the  breakwater, 
Galle  was  the  chief  port  of  Ceylon,  the  coaling  station  of  the  Penin- 
sular and  Oriental  Company  and  other  lines  of  steamers  trading  with 
Calcutta  and  the  East.  Poor  Galle  is  now  quite  extinguished  by  its 
powerful  rival,  whose  harbour,  easily  accessible  by  day  or  night,  pro- 
vides safe  and  easy  anchorage  for  the  entire  passing  trade  of  the  East, 
as  well  as  for  the  bulk  of  the  export  and  import  trade  of  Ceylon.  The 
harbour  is  over  600  acres  in  extent,  more  than  half  of  which  has  a 
depth  of  from  twenty-six  to  forty  feet  at  low  water  spring  tides.  In 
this  deep  water  twenty«four  sets  of  double-screw  moorings,  suited  for 
vessels  of  the  largest  class,  drawing  tweniy-five  feet  and  over,  have 
been  laid  down,  furnishing  accommodation  Ux  in  excess  of  the  present 
requirements  of  the  trade,  which|  however,  will  in  good  time  require  it 
all  and  more. 

The  first  block  of  the  magnificent  breakwater  was  laid  by  the  Prince 


PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 


of  Wales  on  December  8th,  1875,  and  the  kmpB  of  the  Ughtbonee 
ehone  ont  over  the  ladian  Ocean  on  the  night  of  Janoaiy  27lh, 
1885. 

The  breakwater  thns  took  nearly  ten  years  to  complete.  The  shore 
portion,  or  "  root-work,"  extends  over  four  and  a  half  aores,  reclaimed 
trom  the  sea,  having  a  solid  w&U  of  concrete  blocks  to  the  sea  front, 
and  a  fine  wharf  ahoat  1,000  feet  long  on  the  harbour  side,  with  a 
depth  at  low  water  of  fourteen  feet,  accommodating  a  considerable 


nnmber  of  good-sized  vessels  engaged  in  the  coasting  trade.  From 
this  wharf  the  breakwater  starts,  in  sixteen  feet  of  water  at  low  tide, 
extending  northwards  for  over  3,000  feet,  then  curving  inwards  for 
another  1,000  feet  or  more,  which,  with  the  shore  portion,  makes  a 
total  length  of  4,677 feet,  or  close  upon  a  mile  in  length.  The  breakwater 
ends  in  about  forty  feet  of  water  at  lowest  tides  with  a  circular  head 
sixty-two  feet  in  diameter,  on  which  there  is  a  fine  lighthoase,  visible 
for  ten  miles.  This  circular  head  is  fiirmed  of  concrete  in  mass,  in  a 
wrought-iron  caisson  under  low  water,  and  of  concrete  blocks  above 
the  level.    The  breakwater  itself  is  composed  of  a  mound  of  granite 


CEYLON.  577 


nibble  stoney  raised  by  convict  labour  from  qaarries  about  twelve 
miles  distant.  The  mbble  mound,  after  being  allowed  twelve  months 
to  consolidate,  was  levelled  o£f  by  means  of  divers  to  depths  varying 
from  thirteen  feet  below  water  at  the  land  end  to  twenty-four  feet 
below  water  at  the  breakwater  head.  Upon  the  mound/  thus  levelled, 
huge  concrete  blocks  from  sixteen  to  thirty- two  tons  in  weight  are 
founded,  extending  up  to  eight  feet  above  low  water,  the  whole  being 
finished  off  with  a  capping  of  concrete  in  mass,  four  feet  thick, 
throughout  the  whole  length  of  the  breakwater. 

During  the  south-west  monsoon  the  sea  breaks  over  the  whole 
length  in  columns  of  spray  fifty  feet  high,  a  marvellous  sight  which 
I  was  not  privileged  to  see,  the  north-east  monsoon  blowing  while  I 
was  at  Colombo.  But  I  have  since  seen  a  fine  photograph  of  it  in 
Sir  John  Coode's  office  at  Westminster,  which  was  more  like  Niagara 
Falls  turned  upside  down  than  anything  else. 

The  total  cost  of  this  wonderful  feat  of  engineering  skill  was  a  little 
over  £700,000,  but  its  value  to  the  colony  is  far  beyond  price.  Before 
its  construction  vessels  were  often  delayed  days,  and  even  weeks  during 
the  south-west  monsoon,  owing  to  the  impossibility  of  loading  and 
unloading  shore-boats  in  the  tremendous  swell  which  rolled  across  the 
open  roadstead,  while  even  during  the  lulls  of  the  monsoon  the 
damage  to  cargo  and  the  loss  overboard,  as  well  as  the  extra  cost  of 
operation  was  very  great  indeed.  The  value  of  this  great  undertaking 
to  the  port  of  Colombo  is  best  shown  by  the  fact  that  since  1882, 
when  the  breakwater  first  began  to  afford  material  protection  to 
shipping,  the  tonnage  of  the  port  has  increased  from  1,700,000  to  very 
nearly  5,000,000  tons,  inward  and  outward.  The  revenue  in  1888  was 
£67,000. 

It  is  proposed  some  day  to  meet  the  breakwater  with  a  northern 
arm  from  the  opposite  shore  which  would  make  the  harbour  smooth 
water  in  eveiy  wind  that  blows.  The  mercantile  interests  press  this 
further  development  of  the  harbour  upon  the  Government  with  some 
vigour,  but  the  present  Government  prefer,  and  as  I  think  rightly,  to 
push  on  other  public  works,  viz.,  railway  extension,  irrigation  tanks, 
and  the  further  fortification  of  Colombo.  But  if  the  trade  of  the  port 
continues  to  increase  in  anything  like  the  proportion  of  the  last  few 
years,  some  extension  of  the  harbour  and  the  building  of  a  good  dry- 
dock  will  become  imperative. 

The  breakwater  makes  a  veiy  fine  promenade  when  the  wind  is  off 

p  p 


578  PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 

shore,  bnt  is  very  little  resorted  to  by  the  inhabitants.  I  walked  to 
the  end  and  back  one  fine  eyening,  bnt  it  was  deserted  except  by  three 
or  foor  natives  lazily  fishing,  and  by  small  processions  of  crab» 
making  short  cuts  over  the  breakwater  from  the  open  sea  to  the  more- 
succnlent  feeding  grounds  of  the  harbour. 

The  Grand  Oriental  Hotel  at  Colombo  is  one  of  the  sights  of  the 
East.  It  is  a  carayanserai  with  100  bedrooms,  and  when  two  or 
three  Peninsular  and  Oriental  steamers  are  in  port  these  rooms  are  aU 
filled,  and  couches  are  laid  out  in  the  verandahs  and  passages  for  the 
surplus.  Its  dining-room  will  seat  800  people,  and  its  huge  verandah 
faciDg  the  sea  is  crowded  with  pedlars  and  vendors  of  the  precious 
stones  for  which  Ceylon  is  famous,  a  trade  largely  supplemented  by 
Birmingham  enterprise.  These  brigands  are  mostly  Moormen, 
descendants  of  a  colony  of  Arabians  who  have  waxed  mighty  in  the 
retail  trade  of  Ceylon.  They  address  their  customers  with  bland  con- 
fidence, introducing  themselves  in  various  guises.  One  informed  me- 
that  he  was  ^'  Streeter's  confidential  buyer,"  another  introduced  him- 
self as  ''  the  personal  friend  of  Lord  Bothschild,"  and  a  third  as  the 
"favourite  jewel-broker  of  the  Prince  of  Wales."  They  vary  their 
list  of  distinguished  patrons  for  Americans,  substituting  Tiffany, 
General  Grant,  and  Yanderbilt,  while  they  dazzle  Australians  by^ 
enormous  prices.  I  was  told  over  and  over  again,  "  If  you  was  an 
Australian  my  price  would  be  1,000  rupees,  but  for  Englishman  I 
take  200,"  finally  coming  down  to  twenty.  No  one  escapes  in  the  long- 
run.  Scornful  sceptics  begin  by  treating  every  stone  as  "  Brummagem 
Glass,"  and  threatening  the  pedlars  with  a  stick,  but  they  always  end 
by  being  taken  into  a  dark  corner  to  see  a  sapphire  gleam  in  the  light 
of  a  wax  match,  and  come  on  board  with  a  dozen  bits  of  coloured 
glass  wrapped  up  in  cotton  wool,  for  which  they  have  given  £2  or  £& 
each.  If  glass,  these  so-called  precious  stones  are  only  worth  a  few 
pence ;  if  genuine,  they  would  be  worth  £50  each.  One  may,  how- 
ever, go  to  respectable  shops,  known  to  bankers  and  merchants,  and 
buy  very  pretty  things  made  of  third-class  sapphires  and  cat's-eyes. 
cheaply  enough,  after  two  or  three  days  patient  chaffering ;  there  is- 
one  jeweller  who  has  a  small  stock  of  really  good  things,  but  every 
fine  stone  that  is  found  finds  a  ready  market  at  its  full  value  in 
Calcutta,  London,  or  Paris,  and  the  splendid  stones  purchased  by 
transient  passengers  are  either  flawed  or  otherwise  inferior  in  colour  or 
quality,  or  are  other  stones  than  represented* 


58o  PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 

The  finding  and  catting  of  gems  is  an  important  trade  in  Ceylon. 
At  Kandy  the  cutters  are  seen  in  their  little  shops  working  a  cast-iron 
cylinder  with  a  bow,  like  a  drill,  on  which  they  grind  the  uncut 
sapphire  or  ruby,  which  are  the  gems  most  frequently  discovered. 
The  zircon,  a  smoky-coloured  diamond,  the  amethyst,  the  chrysoberyl, 
or  cat's-eye,  a  gem  which  has  lately  come  into  fashion,  and  for  which 
great  prices  are  demanded,  garnets,  spinel  rubies,  tourmalines,  and 
the  pretty  moonstone  which  was  so  popular  a  purchase  at  the  Colonial 
Exhibition  in  London  a  year  or  two  back,  are  all  found  in  various 
ports  of  Ceylon,  mostly  about  Batnapura  [the  city  of  gams]. 

Ceylon  is  also  celebrated  for  fine  pearls,  gathered  from  oyster  or 
mussel  banks  on  the  north-west  coast. 

The  Pettah,  or  native  market-place,  is,  as  is  always  the  case  in  the 
East,  a  scene  of  busy  life,  full  of  varieties  of  costume,  race,  and 
colour.  The  traders  in  Ceylon  are  Moormen  and  Cingalese;  the 
labourers  are  mostly  Tamils  from  Southern  India.  The  Moormen 
wear  cotton  trousers  and  jacket,  with  a  curious  beehivesshaped  hat  of 
plaited  grass,  dyed  in  various  colours.  The  Cingalese  wear  a  sheet  of 
brightly  coloured  calico  twisted  round  the  hips,  and  reaching  to  the 
feet  like  a  petticoat,  with  a  white  jacket.  They  delight  in  long  hair, 
which  they  twist  up  into  a  chignon,  combing  it  back  all  roimd  the 
forehead.  Their  only  "hat"  is  a  round  tortoise-shell  comb,  which 
every  Cingalese  wears  as  a  sacred  duty.  The  Tamils  wear  as  little  as 
possible,  and  the  children  of  all  sorts  nothing  at  all  except  a  bit  of 
string  round  the  waist  or  neck,  from  which  is  suspended  a  charm  to 
ward  off  the  attacks  of  their  favourite  devil.  The  Cingalese  women 
and  men  dress  very  much  alike,  and  it  is  often  difficult  to  tell  which  is 
which  until  you  realise  that  the  men  wear  a  comb  and  the  women 
hair-pins.  Besides  the  Pettah,  or  central  market,  there  are  others 
clustered  round  the  suburbs,  to  which  the  villagers  on  their  own  side  of 
the  town  resort.  One  of  these  is  on  each  side  of  a  curious  bridge  of 
boats,  about  500  feet  long,  two  miles  out  of  the  town  on  the  Kandy 
road,  composed  of  twenty-one  boats  anchored  at  each  end,  from  which 
two  are  slipped  every  day  for  two  hours  to  let  the  traffic  through. 
The  Cingalese  are  a  rice-eating  people;  rice  and  some  curried 
vegetable,  such  as  cocoa-nut,  jack-fruit,  or  plantain,  with  a  little  dried 
fish,  forming  their  diet  all  the  year  round.  Fish,  fruit,  and  vegetables, 
therefore,  are  the  chief  stocks  of  all  the  markets.  The  vehicular 
traffic  of  the  countiy,  except  a  few  carriages  in  Colombo  and  Kandy, 


CEYLON,  581 


is  drawn  by  bullocks.  These  animals  are  often  very  beautiful,  being 
all  of  the  Zebu  breed  of  India,  which  are  generally  to  be  seen  attached 
to  Wombwell's  menageries  under  the  name  of  '' Brahman  Bull." 
There  is  a  pretty  little  variety,  about  the  size  of  a  small  pony,  that 
are  used  in  gigs  and  other  carriages,  and  can  travel  thirty  miles  a 
day  at  a  trot  of  about  five  miles  an  hour.  The  bit  is  a  piece  of  rope 
passed  through  a  hole  in  the  nostrils.  The  Buddhist  religion,  though 
forbidding  the  killing  of  any  animal  does  not  seem  to  forbid  their 
torture,  and  these  poor  brutes  are  most  cruelly  treated  by  their 
drivers*  The  Government  has  been  obhged  to  enact  severe  penalties 
for  this  offence. 

The  streets  of  Colombo  are  broad  and  well-made,  with  a  gravel  of 
rich,  dark  red  colour,  which  contrasts  pleasantly  with  the  profuse 
foliage  of  the  endless  gardens  and  trees  which  line  the  footpath,  the 
poorest  hut  having  a  bit  of  garden  about  it.  The  town  is  placed  on 
a  neck  of  land  between  a  magnificent  sheet  of  fresh  water  and  the  sea, 
60  that  every  street  has  its  vista  ending  in  bright  and  sparkling  water, 
giving  a  special  charm  to  the  town  that  I  have  never  seen  anywhere 
else.  There  are  no  fine  buildings  in  Colombo.  The  Governor's 
residence,  called  Queen's  House,  the  Government  buildings,  the 
Cathedral,  Clock  Tower,  and  other  public  institutions  call  for  no 
comment  on  the  score  of  architectural  merit.  The  Museum  is  the 
finest  building  in  the  town,  well  situated  in  the  midst  of  the 
Cinnamon  Gardens,  now  a  public  park. 

The  Barracks  are  a  series  of  buildings  capable  of  accommodating 
5,000  soldiers.  We  ore  able,  however,  to  "  hold  down  *'  our  Cingalese 
subjects  with  a  single  regiment. 

The  Kandy  Railway. — The  Ceylon  railways  are  a  Government 
monopoly,  and  there  are  185  miles  open  for  traffic.  The  carriages  are 
horribly  uncomfortable,  the  first-class  being  no  better  than  the  third- 
class  on  an  English  trunk  line.  Heavy  excess  is  charged  on  luggage. 
The  journey  to  Eandy  lasts  five  hours,  an  average  speed  of  fifteen  miles 
an  hour.  For  some  miles  out  of  Colombo  the  train  runs  through  a  flat 
country,  chiefly  under  rice  cultivation  or  in  grass  for  cattle.  The 
whole  area  is  one  vast  swamp,  every  crop  being  profusely  irrigated, 
the  cattle,  mostly  black  buffaloes,  feeding  knee-deep  in  water.  Wherever 
there  is  a  knoll  or  a  bit  of  rising  ground  a  beautiful  tropical  picture 
forms  itself :  a  clump  of  quaint  cottages  and  barns,  surrounded  by 
palms,  jack-fruit  trees,  bananas,  and  vegetable  gardens,  the  dark  red 


PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 


tiles  of  the  bnildiDgB,  the  bright-yellow  and  crimson  dieeses  of  the 
peasantB,  and  the  brown  skiDs  of  the  native  children  relieving  the 


E    DEKANDA  TALLET. 


intense  and  somewhat  monotoDoae  tropical  green.  Presently  the 
Kelani-Ganga  river,  the  greatest  stream  of  water  in  the  islsxtd,  is 
crossed  by  a  very  fine  iron  bridge,  and  on  the  other  side  a  branch  line 
tarns  ofi  to  the  quarries,  from  which  were  got  the  stones  for  building 


the  breakwater  at  Colombo.  Fifty  miles  from  Colombo  the  railway 
commences  its  great  climb  of  6,000  feet  to  Nawera  Eliya.  It  creeps 
vp  the  flank  of  a  magnificent  mountain,  Allagalla,  whose  high  peak. 


crowning  a  sheer  precipice,  dominates  the  whole  valley.  From  the 
summit  of  Allagalla  the  old  Eaodyan  kings  UBed  to  hurl  those  whom 
they  suspected  of  tresBOD.  On  the  opposite  side  of  the  great  green 
valley  of  Deksnda  are  the  Camel  Mountain,  so  called  from  its  re- 
semblance to  that  animal,  and  the  Bible  Motmtain,  with  a  chain  of 


584  PICTURESQUE   INDIA, 

connecting  peaks  4,000  to  6,000  feet  above  the  sea.  In  the  valley  are 
seen  terraced  fields  of  pale  green  rice,  the  flower-like  branches  of  the 
Eekona  trees,  magnificent  forest  trees  covered  with  purple  and  pink 
blossoms,  palms  of  all  kinds,  and  here  and  there  noble  specimens  of 
the  great  talipot  palm  and  patches  of  luxuriant  tropical  jungle,  bright 
with  a  score  of  different  brilliant  flowers  or  creepers  which  throw 
themselves  from  one  tree-top  to  the  other,  as  they  tower  above  the 
tangled  undergrowth.  Beautiful  waterfalls  are  revealed  up  the  glens 
as  the  train  climbs  slowly  by,  while  others  rush  under  the  rail- 
way bridges,  to  leap  into  mid-air  and  lose  themselves  in  clouds  of 
mist  and  spray,  on  which  the  sun  dances  in  all  the  colours  of  the 
rainbow.  Every  now  and  then  a  glimpse  beneath  is  obtained  of  the 
fine  road  constructed  long  since  by  the  English  Government  to  enable 
them  to  take  and  keep  possession  of  the  ancient  capital,  which  had 
been  wrested  from  the  Portuguese  and  Dutch  by  the  valiant  old 
Kandyan  kings  ;  this  road  is  now  superseded  by  the  railway.  A  few 
miles  from  Kandy  the  train,  after  passing  through  several  tunnels, 
runs  over  what  is  called  '^  Sensation  Bock,"  skirting  the  edge  of  the 
cliff  so  closely  that  the  sight  drops  a  thousand  feet  before  it  rests  on 
anything  on  which  a  blade  of  grass  or  a  tropical  creeper  can  lay  hold. 
Just  beyond  this  exciting  scene  the  dividing  ridge  of  two  water-sheds 
is  crossed,  and  in  a  very  short  time  the  train  reaches  the  lovely  valley 
of  ILandy,  runs  into  the  station,  and  by  seven  o'clock  the  traveller  finds 
himself  comfortably  settled  at  the  Queen^s  Hotel. 

Ceylon  is  an  island  of  villages,  and  Kandy,  though  the  ancient 
capital,  is  not  much  more  than  a  group  of  two  or  three  villages,  con- 
taining in  all  a  population  of  22,000.  It  has  little  of  general  interest, 
the  only  buildings  of  any  importance  being  the  gaol,  the  barracks, 
three  or  four  churches  and  chapels,  the  Government  office,  and  the 
world-renowned  Temple  of  the  Sacred  Tooth  of  Buddha ;  this  latter 
being  an  insignificant  little  shrine  of  no  great  antiquity  or  archi- 
tectural beauty,  its  only  interest  lying  in  its  peculiarly  sacred 
character,  rendering  it  the  heart  from  which  all  Buddhist  sentiment 
in  Ceylon  ebbs  and  flows. 

The  temple  is  a  small  building,  with  a  good-sized  courtyard  sur- 
rounding it,  the  outer  walls  of  which  are  decorated  with  hideous  ill- 
executed  frescoes  of  the  various  punishments  in  the  Buddhist  Hell, 
differing  very  little  in  character  from  those  one  so  often  sees  depicted 
in  Boman  Catholic  churches  in  Italy.     The  deepest  and  hottest  hell» 


CEYLON,  585 


with  the  most  gruesome  fiends  to  poke  the  fire,  is  reserved  for  those 
who  rob  a  Buddhist  priest  or  plunder  a  Buddhist  temple.  The  great 
relic,  which  is  two  inches  long  and  one  inch  thick,  is  preserved  in  a 
gold  and  jewelled  shrine,  covered  by  a  large  silver  bell  in  the  centre 
of  an  octagonal  tower  with  pointed  roof.  It  is  only  exposed  to 
view  once  a  year,  but  I  understand  that  five  rupees  will  open  the 
door. 

In  the  porch  of  the  temple  are  groups  of  horrible  beggars,  who 
display  their  various  wounds  and  defects  of  nature  with  much 
liberality.  The  most  popular  appears  to  be  a  monster  with  a  huge 
tooth  growing  through  his  under  lip.  I  suppose  his  popularity  is 
due  to  the  fact  that  his  horrible  tooth  is  nearer  to  the  genuine 
article  in  the  shrine  than  could  be  found  outside  the  mouth  of  a 
hippopotamus. 

The  kings  and  priests  of  Burma,  Siam,  and  Cambodia  send  regular 
yearly  tribute  to  the  Temple  of  the  Sacred  Tooth,  and  more  or  less 
reverence  is  paid  to  it  in  India,  China,  and  Japan. 

The  real  charm  of  Kandy  lies  in  its  beautiful  situation.  The  town 
itself  is  lost  to  view  in  green  tropical  foliage.  It  is  built  on  the  banks 
of  a  large  artificial  tank  or  lake,  about  three  miles  in  circumference, 
surrounded  by  beautiful  hills  five  or  six  hundred  feet  above  its  surface, 
on  which  are  dotted  here  and  there  the  pretty  bungalows  of  tea- 
planters,  and  other  well-to-do  inhabitants.  A  pleasant  morning  may  be 
spent  wandering  about  the  lovely  lanes  of  these  hills,  in  any  of  which 
may  be  gathered  from  the  hedgerows  bunches  of  "  hot-house ''  flowers, 
which  would  fetch  a  guinea  at  Covent  Garden  Market.  From  their 
heights  magnificent  views  of  the  high  mountain  ranges  of  Ceylon  are 
obtained,  all  richly  timbered  to  the  summits. 

I  have  found  growing  wild  on  these  charming  hills  sunflowers,  roses, 
dracsenas,  poinsettas,  mimosas,  lantanas,  balsams,  iconias,  petreas, 
passion-flowers,  and  a  dozen  other  varieties  of  beautiful  blooms  familiar 
to  me  in  English  hot-houses. 

The  afternoon  is  the  best  time  to  visit  the  Qovernment  Botanical 
Gardens  at  Peradenia,  whose  distinguished  director,  Dr.  Triman,  has 
done  so  much  to  develop  the  agricultural  resources  of  the  colony.  The 
entrance  to  the  garden  is  through  a  fine  avenue  of  tall  india-rubber 
trees,  towering  into  the  air  100  feet,  spreading  out  into  enormous 
leafy  crowns  fifty  or  sixty  feet  in  diameter,  their  huge  roots,  longer 
than  the  tree  is  high,  creeping  over  the  surface  of  the  ground  like 


S86  PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 

great  snakes,  sometimea  growing  Btraight  up  in  the  air  till  they 
attaoh  themBfilvea  to  the  lower  branobeB,  thas  forming  stoat  props  to 
support  the  weight  of  heavy  foliage,  and  enable  it  to  resist  storm  and 
tempest. 

There  is  no  need  in  this  garden  for  the  familiar  notice,  "  Keep  off 
the  grass."     If  yon  ventore  on  the  lawns  withoat  high  boots,  nasty 


INDIA.-RIIBBER  TREE,    FBRADBNIA. 

little  leeches  the  thickness  of  a  hair  wriggle  through  your  trousers  and 
stockings,  and  suck  your  blood  until  they  swell  out  to  the  thickness  of 
a  lead  pencil.  Instances  are  known  in  which  men  have  gone  to  sleep 
on  the  grass  in  Ceylon,  and  have  been  found  dead,  sucked  to  death  by 
hundreds  of  these  horrible  creatures.  It  is  also  necessary  to  beware 
of  "  snakes  in  the  grass."  The  day  I  visited  these  gardens  one  of  the 
gardeners  was  bitten  by  a  snake,  and  was  lying  dangeronsly  ill  in  the 
hands  of  a  native  doctor,  who  possessed  secret  remedies  handed  down 
to  him  from  his  forefathers  by  word  of  mouth  only.  While  I  was 
enjoying  a  cup  of  tea  at  Dr.  Triman's  bungalow  another  gardener 
brought  a  fine  lively  cobra  which  he  had  jnst  caught,  tied  by  a  string 
to  a  stick,  striking  its  fangs  vigorously  into  every  object  that  was 


CEYLON.  587 


thrust  towards  its  head.  On  the  whole,  therefore,  it  is  well  to  keep 
to  the  paths  and  beaten  tracks  as  mach  as  possible  to  avoid  these 
gentry,  as  well  as  centipedes  and  black  scorpions,  which  are  equally 
plentiftil.  Immediately  inside  the  garden-gate  is  a  wondrously 
beautiful  group  of  all  the  pahns  indigenous  to  the  island.  Here  is 
the  cocoa-nut,  with  its  cylindrical  trunk  two  feet  thick,  soaring  up 
into  the  air  150  feet,  crowned  with  a  huge  tuft  of  feathery  leaves 
eighteen  or  twenty  feet  long,  with  great  bunches  of  fruit  clustering  in 
their  shade,  the  Palmyra  palm,  which,  according  to  a  famous  Tamil 
poem,  can  be  put  to  801  different  uses.  Its  leaves  are  circular,  with 
seventy  or  eighty  ribs,  opening  like  a  great  fan.  These  leaves  are 
used  by  the  natives  to  thatch  their  cottages,  to  make  matting  for 
floor  and  ceiling,  bags  and  baskets,  hats  and  caps,  fans,  umbrellas 
and  paper.  The  fruits,  as  well  as  the  young  seedlings,  are  cooked  and 
eaten  as  a  nutritious  vegetable,  and  from  the  flower-spikes,  alas !  the 
native  obtains  palm  wine  or  toddy,  which  can  be  distilled  into  stronger 
arrack.  The  Sago  palm  and  its  relative,  the  Kitul  palm,  yield  not 
only  the  nutritious  pith  which  makes  the  familiar  pudding  of  our 
childhood,  but  also  produce  excellent  sugar  and  splendid  fibre  for  rope- 
making  and  other  purposes.  The  Areca-nut  palm  produces  the  well- 
known  betel  nut,  which  rolled  up  in  leaves  of  the  betel  pepper,  with  a 
little  lime  and  tobacco,  makes  the  favourite  '^  chaw  "  of  the  natives  of 
Ceylon  and  India,  a  harmless  though  nasty  practice,  for  which  they 
will  sacrifice  meat,  drink,  washing,  and  lodging.  More  beautiful  than 
these  is  the  queen  of  all  palms,  the  Talipot,  which  for  thirty  years  from 
its  birth  pushes  up  its  straight  white  shining  trunk,  with  its  crown  of 
dark-green  leaves,  till  it  reaches  a  height  of  100  feet  or  more.  Then 
it  blooms — and  such  a  bloom ! — a  tall  pyramidal  spike  of  white 
blossoms  forty  feet  above  its  crown  of  huge  green  fans,  perhaps  the 
noblest  flower  the  world  produces.  Each  bloom  forms  a  nut,  and  the 
tree,  having  scattered  its  seeds  to  become  palms  in  their  turn,  dies  of 
the  supreme  effort.  I  was  fortunate  enough  to  see  a  magnificent 
talipot  in  full  bloom,  and  to  obtain  a  good  photograph  of  its  marvellous 
beauty.  The  travellers*  palm  is  one  that  contains  quantities  of  per- 
fectly pure  water  in  the  thick  ends  of  its  leaves.  The  cabbage  palm 
has  a  capital  edible  imitation  of  that  homely  vegetable  as  its  fruit,  and 
the  oil  palm,  with  a  dozen  other  varieties,  are  all  to  be  found  in 
flourishing  growth  in  the  remarkable  clump  of  palms  I  am  trying  to 
describe  so  feebly. 


PICTURESQUE    INDIA. 


The  next  point  of  interest  is  a  plaotation  of  nntmeg  and  clove  trees, 
further  on  are  jack-frnit  trees,  with  their  hnge  fmit  growing  from  Uie 


r   BAMBOOS,    FKIIADBKU. 


trunk  and  weighing  fifty  or  sixty  potinds  each  ;  bread-frnit,  pomeloea, 
the  candle  tree,  the  magnificent  AnikuTiMw,  Regale,  with  its  vari- 
coloored  leaves,  three  feet  long  by  two  feet  wide,  are  all  passed  and 
will  be  examined  with  interest  and  cnriosity.     The  path  leads  on  into 


CEYLON.  589 


a  dense  piece  of  jungle,  in  which  giant  creepers,  with  stems  six  or 
eight  inches  thick,  climb  to  the  tops  of  the  highest  trees  with  profuse 
blossoms,  of  all  sizes  and  colours,  while  the  ground  is  covered  with  all 
kinds  of  tropical  ferns,  including  the  lovely  Adiantum  Farleyense,  the 
gold  and  silver  ferns,  great  tree-ferns,  Adiantum  Peruvianum,  and  a 
hundred  other  varieties  of  ferns,  lycopodiums,  and  ground  plants. 
But  the  great  sight  is  the  giant  bamboo,  which  grows  in  mighty 
clumps  by  the  bank  of  the  fine  river  that  flows  round  the  gardens. 
These  form  enormous  green  thickets  more  than  100  feet  high,  and 
the  same  in  thickness,  consisting  of  eighty  or  100  tall  cylindrical 
stems,  each  from  one  to  two  feet  thick.  They  grow  so  closely  crowded 
together  that  a  cat  would  find  it  difficult  to  find  her  way  through. 
They  shoot  seventy  or  eighty  feet  into  the  air  without  a  break,  and 
then  spread  out  into  immense  branches  of  slender  little  leaves  that 
give  the  appearance  of  gigantic  green  ostrich  feathers.  As  everyone 
knows,  the  bamboo  is  one  of  the  most  useful  plants  that  grow  in  the 
tropics,  and  I  might  fill  my  book  with  a  description  of  all  the  uses  to 
which  it  may  be  put. 

The  garden  swarms  with  pretty  striped  squirrels  and  with  bright- 
plumaged  tropical  birds,  while  hanging  from  the  branches  of  the  trees 
are  swarms  of  gi'cat  flying  foxes,  which  live  upon  the  different  kinds 
of  fruit,  and  very  often  get  drunk  on  the  sweet  palm  sap,  being  found 
lying  helplessly  incapable  by  the  vessels  which  the  natives  leave  out 
all  night  to  catch  the  juice.  But  there  is  no  end  to  the  botanical 
wonders  of  this  unrivalled  and  fascinating  garden  of  Peradenia. 

NuwEiu  EiiirA  is  the  great  health  resort  of  Ceylon,  and  lies  in  a 
beautiful  valley  6,200  feet  above  the  level.  In  the  advertisements  of 
its  hotels  the  inducement  is  held  out  to  Europeans  who  are  baking  in 
the  oven  of  Colombo,  that  '*  Nuwera  Eliya  is  so  cold  as  to  make  it 
possible  to  bum  open  fires  all  the  year  round." 

There  are  several  excellent  hotels,  which  during  the  winter  months 
are  almost  deserted.  These,  with  the  pretty  cottages  of  private  resi- 
dents, are  picturesquely  scattered  on  the  green  hills,  surrounding  a 
fine  lake  about  two  miles  long,  stocked  with  English  trout.  The 
highest  peak  in  the  island,  Peduru  Galla,  rises  from  Nuwera  Eliya, 
which,  with  the  neighbouring  mountains,  forest-clad  to  the  summit, 
are  the  home  of  the  wild  elephant,  which  still  exists  in  Ceylon  in 
considerable  numbers.  There  are  also  leopards,  cheetahs,  tiger-cats, 
jackals,  elk,  wild-boar,  monkeys,  and  crested  eagles  to  be  found  in 


PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 


these  ancient  and  Bombre  forests.  The  ascent  of  Peduni  Galla  is 
easy  and  may  be  made  the  greater  part  of  the  way  on  horseback. 

Six  miles  from  Nuwera  EHya,  at  Hakgala,  is  the  beaatifal  hill 
garden  attached  to  Dr.  Triman'a  department,  as  a  supplement  to 
Peradenia.  This  garden  is  ander  the  charge  of  Mr.  Nock,  who  ia 
always  glad  to  welcome  traveUers  who  wish  to  see  it. 

From  Nuwera  Eliya,  a  very  interesting  expedition  may  be  made  U> 
Adam'8  Peak,  the   sacred  mountain  of  Ceylon,  through   beautiful 


scenery,  the  particnlars  of  which  may  be  obtained  in  the  excellent 
local  guide-book  published  tn  Colombo.  I  was  not  able  to  take  this 
excursion  myself,  so  can  give  no  information  based  upon  experiance- 
There  are,  however,  good  government  rest-houses  placed  at  intervals 
of  about  fifteen  miles  along  all  the  roads  of  Ceylon,  clean  and 
comfortable,  containing  a  good  gnest-room,  and  half  a  dozen  simply 
furnished  bed-rooms.  Plain  meals  are  provided  at  reasonable  fixed 
charges. 

Travellers  returning  to  Kondy  &om  Kuwera  Eliya  will  find  a. 
pleasant  alternative  route  by  driving  through  Bamboda  and  a  fine 


CEYLOA.  591 


monntain  pass  to  Gampola,  a  station  on  the  Kandy  Railway.  This  is 
a  distance  of  forty  miles,  and  with  a  halt  of  two  hoars  at  Bamboda 
rest-house,  can  be  accomplished  with  the  same  pair  of  horses  in  time 
to  catch  the  last  train  to  Kandy.  The  scenery  the  whole  way  is 
snperb,  and  at  Ramboda  there  are  two  or  three  very  fine  waterfalls 
close  to  the  rest-house.  The  road  is  a  good  one,  descending  nearly 
5,000  feet,  giving  the  greatest  possible  variety  of  vegetation  in  the 
gradual  change  from  the  cool  temperature  of  Nuwera  Eliya,  to  the 
tropical  heat  of  Kandy. 

The  most  interesting  and  important  antiquity  in  Ceylon  is  the 
ancient  Buddhist  city  of  Anubadhapura,  to  the  north  of  Kandy,  which 
was  the  capital  of  Ceylon  from  B.C.  400  to  a.i>.  770.  It  is  totally 
deserted,  in  the  midst  of  an  almost  uninhabited  jungle,  and  involves  a 
journey  of  some  hardship,  with  a  night  and  a  day  in  a  buUock-cart. 
The  lajidlord  of  the  Queen's  Hotel  at  Kandy  will  arrange  the  details  of 
the  journey  for  any  traveller  anxious  to  go.  Full  particulars  of  these 
extraordinary  ruins,  with  many  illustrations,  will  be  found  in  Chapter 
Vill.  of  Fergusson's  "  Indian  Architecture,"  in  which  twenty  pages 
are  devoted  to  the  Buddhist  antiquities  of  Ceylon. 

The  total  population  of  Ceylon  is  2,800,000,  of  whom  1,850,000 
are  native  Cingalese,  700,000  are  Tamils  from  Southern  India, 
200,000  Moormen  and  Malays,  and  22,000  Europeans  and  Eurasians. 
The  religious  census  shows  that  1,700,000  of  the  population  are 
Buddhist,  600,000  Hindu,  200,000  Muhammadan,  and  270,000 
Christians. 

The  Boman  Catholics  are  in  overwhelming  majority  among 
Christian  denominations  (220,000  of  the  whole),  their  missionary 
enterprise  having  been  as  successful  in  Ceylon  as  everywhere  else 
throughout  the  East. 

The  Buddhist  priests  are  very  ignorant,  and  exercise  little  or  no 
moral  restraint  over  their  people,  who  are  more  attached  to  their 
ancient  superstition  of  devil-worship  than  they  appear  to  be  to 
Buddhism,  which  they  only  respect  so  far  as  the  outside  of  the  cup 
and  platter  is  concerned.  The  devil-dancer  and  his  curate,  the  tom- 
tom beater,  have  a  good  time  in  Ceylon,  and  there  are  2,785  of  these 
scoundrels  distributed  throughout  the  island.  They  are  simply  pro- 
fessional exorcists,  and  as  everything  untoward — bad  weather,  sick- 
ness, and  what  not — ^is  the  direct  result  of  devils,  they  are  in  continual 
request.    It  speaks  ill  for  Buddhism'  that  2,000  years  of  influence 


592  PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 

over  the  Cingalese  has  not  destroyed  this  base  and  gTOYelling  snper- 
stition,  which  has  rooted  itself  so  deeply  that  even  native  Christians 
will  resort  to  it  secretly  in  great  emergeDcies. 


The  Roman  Catholic  Church  has  been  at  work  longer  than  the 
Protestants,  having  entered  the  mission  field  with  the  Portngneae 
conqneroFB  850  years  ago,  who  bronght  with  them  the  nsnal  army  of 
ecclesiastics.  Their  meUiods  ot  conversion  were  bonod  to  sooceed 
more  or  less.  The  Inqaisition  played  its  part,  "  conversion  "  was  the 
only  gate  to  employment  open  to  the  natives,  and  the  priests  didn't 
object  to  these  converts  "  bowing  in  the  house  "  of  Buddha,  if  they 
were  reasonably  often  at  mass.  But  whatever  the  methods  porsned 
by  the  Roman  Catholic  missionary,  they  manage  to  get  and  keep 
disciples. 

The  Dutch  cleared  out  the  Fortugnese  in  1666,  and  although  tbey 
bad  DO  inquisition,  they  refused  employment  to  any  native  who  refosed 


CEYLON,  593 


to  make  profession  of  the  Protestant  religion.  In  1796  the  English 
cleared  out  the  Dutch,  and  in  1815  were  in  possession  of  the  whole 
island.  There  was  not  much  missionary  spirit  in  English  churches 
during  the  dawn  of  this  century,  but  as  early  as  1812  the  Baptist 
Missionary  Sosiety  commenced  operation  in  Ceylon,  followed  in  1818 
by  the  Church  Mission  Society,  and  a  little  later  by  the  Wesleyans, 
who  are  now  the  most  active  of  all  in  the  island. 

Seventy  years  of  Protestant  missionary  enterprise  has  produced 
22,000  Episcopalians,  20,000  Wesleyans,  18,000  Presbyterians  (a 
large  proportion  of  whom,  however,  are  descendants  of  the  Dutch), 
and  5,000  Baptists,  in  all  60,000  Protestants,  old  and  young,  of  all 
sorts,  as  contrasted  with  220,000  Bomanists.  A  pamphlet,  contain- 
ing full  particulars  of  the  missions  established  in  different  parts  of 
Ceylon,  may  be  obtained  at  the  bookseller's  in  Colombo. 


Q  Q 


CHAPTER   XL. 

TUE    NORTH-WEST   FRONTIER   OF    INDIA. 

BY   THE  HON.  GEORGE  N.  CITEZON,  M.P. 

Lt  the  Nineteenth  Century  for  July,  1888,  appeared  an  article  under 
my  name,  entitled  '^  The  Scientific  Frontier  an  Accomplished  Fact," 
in  which  I  endeayoured,  from  the  experience  of  a  recent  visit  to  the 
regions  concerned,  to  give  a  hrief  account  of  the  existing  north-west 
boundary  of  India,  its  passes,  fortifications,  and  road  and  railway 
communications ;  arguing  from  the  information  there  collected,  tibat 
some  approximation  to  a  scientific  frontier,  i.e.,  a  frontier  fixed  by 
conditions — physical,  ethnographical,  political,  or  geographical,  or  a 
combination  of  these — qualified  to  give  it  precision,  and  likely  to  give  it 
permanence,  had  recently  been  acquired  by  the  joint  action  of  the  states- 
men and  generals  who  are  responsible  for  the  defence  of  our  Indian 
Empire.  Mr.  Caine  has  asked  me  to  supply  him  with  an  abridged 
yersion  of  this  article  for  his  work,  in  order  to  assist  visitors  to  India 
either  in  a  tour  to  the  frontier  regions,  or  in  a  preliminary  study  of 
the  frontier  problem  ;  and  I  very  gladly  accede  to  his  request.  Two 
and  a  half  years,  however,  of  unremittent  activity  on  the  part  of  the 
Indian  Government  and  its  officers  having  resulted  in  considerable 
additions  both  to  the  extent  and  strength  of  the  border  therein  de- 
scribed, and  my  former  account  having  consequently  become  obsolete, 
I  have  entirely  rewritten  it  for  this  work,  and  now  present  it  in  a 
shape  which  will,  I  hope,  be  fairly  suited  to  the  general  purposes 
which  Mr.  Caine  has  in  view. 

The  north-west  frontier  of  India  is  that  extreme  border-line  which 
runs  in  a  general  direction  from  north-east  to  south-west,  from  the 
mighty  barrier  of  the  Earakoram  and  Hindu  Kush  ranges  (continu- 
ations of  the  same  mountain  system)  to  the  waters  of  the  Indian 
Ocean.  Its  supreme  interest  lies  in  the  physical  fact  that  it  is  the 
only  side  upon  which  India  ever  has  been,  or  ever  can  be,  invaded  by 


THE   NORTH-WEST  FRONTIER    OF  INDIA.  595 

land,  and  in  the  political  fact  that  it  confronts  a  series  of  territories, 
inhabited  by  wild  and  turbulent,  by  independent  or  semi-dependent 
ti'ibes,  behind  whom  looms  the  grim  figure  of  Bussia,  daily  advancing 
into  clearer  outline  from  the  opposite  or  north-west  quarter.  It  is  to 
protect  the  Indian  Empire,  its  peoples,  its  trades,  its  laboriously 
established  government,  ai^d  its  accumulated  wealth,  from  the  in- 
security  and  poB«ible  danger  arising  from  a  furthe^  Russian  adrance 
ucross  the  intervening  space,  that  the  frontier  which  I  am  about  to 
describe  has  been  traced  and  fortified.  Politicians  of  all  parties  have 
Agreed  that,  while  the  territorial  aggrandisement  of  Bussia  is  per- 
missible over  regions  where  she  replaces  barbarism  even  by  a  crude 
civilisation,  there  can  be  no  excuse  for  allowing  her  to  take  up  a 
position  in  territories  acknowledging  our  sway,  where  she  can  directly 
menace  British  interests  in  India,  or  indirectly  impose  an  excessive 
strain  upon  the  resources  and  the  armed  strength  of  our  Eastern 
dominions.  The  guardianship  of  the  frontier  is,  therefore,  an  act  of 
defence,  not  of  defiance,  and  is  an  elementary  and  essential  obligation 
of  Imperial  statesmanship. 

Broadly  speaking,  the  most  distinctive  physical  characteristic  of  the 
north-west  frontier  through  the  greater  part  of  its  extent  is  a  range 
of  mountains  rising  from  the  west  side  of  the  Indus  valley,  and  pierced 
by  a  large  number  of  defiles,  passes,  or  valleys  conducting  to  the 
higher  plateaux  of  Afghanistan  and  Baluchistan.  This  mountain 
range,  known  for  a  considerable  portion  of  its  length  as  the  Sulaiman 
Kaiige,  extends  from  the  upper  waters  of  the  Indus  almost  to  the 
Indian  Ocean,  diminishing  in  altitude  as  it  proceeds  from  north  to 
south.  Originally  it  was  supposed  that  there  were  but  three  or  four 
passes  or  cracks  by  which  this  mountain  barrier  was  perforated,  and 
that  if  British  soldiers  only  stood  sentinel  at  their  exits  an  invader 
would  have  no  other  alternative  but  to  come  down  and  be  annihilated. 
Modern  surveys,  however,  have  shown  that  the  number  of  available 
passes  is  nearer  800  than  three ;  a  discovery  which  has  suggested  the 
];oIicy  of  establishing  friendly  relations  with  the  tribes  who  hold  them, 
and  thus  acquiring  an  indirect  control  over  their  western  mouths. 
For  just  as  the  main  physical  feature  of  the  frontier  is  this  mountain 
wall  with  its  narrow  lateral  slits,  so  the  main  political  feature  is  the 
existence  in  the  tracts  of  country  thus  characterised  of  a  succession 
of  wild  and  warlike  tribes,  owning  allegiance  to  no  foreign  potentate, 
but  cherishing  an  immemorial  love  for  freedom  and  their  native  hills. 

Q  Q  3 


596  PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 

The  frontier  is  often  spoken  of  at  home  as  though  it  were  a  thin 
streak  directly  dividing  India  from  Afghanistan,  which  upon  that 
hypothesis  would  he  conterminous  powers.  With  the  exception  of 
the  extreme  north,  it  is  not  in  reality  till  we  come  in  the  south  to  the 
outskirts  of  Pishin  that  British  territory  ever  touches  Afghan  soil. 
Through  the  whole  remaining  distance  an  interrening  helt  of  moun- 
tains, sometimes  over  100  miles  in  width,  is  held  hy  these  native 
tribes,  whose  general  attitude  has  in  recent  years  become  more 
friendly  towards  England  than  towards  Afghanistan,  and  who  are 
gradually  being  transformed  into  an  irregular  frontier  guard  of  the 
Indian  Empire.  It  is  the  forward  move  from  the  old  Indus  valley 
line  across  this  middle  belt,  the  relations  entered  into  with  its  occu- 
pants, and  the  opportunity  thus  acquired  for  swift  movement,  should 
the  necessity  arise,  to  the  support  or  defence  of  valuable  positions 
beyond,  that  has  during  the  last  five  years  gradually  transformed  the 
unscientific  frontier  of  Sir  John  Lawrence  into  the  scientific  frontier  of 
Lords  Dufferin  and  Lansdowne.  I  will  now  proceed  to  a  delineation 
of  the  new  border. 

The  north-west  frontier  may  be  divided  into  four  sections,  pre- 
senting different  geographical  and  strategical  features,  although  parts 
of  the  same  system.  The  first  of  these  is  the  extreme  northern  line 
starting  from  the  snows  of  the  Central  Asian  plateau,  and  defining 
the  borders,  (1),  of  a  number  of  small  native  states  dependent  upon 
the  larger  feudatory  state  of  Kashmir ;  (2),  of  Kashmir  itself;  and  (8), 
of  .British  territory  in  the  upper  parts  of  the  Indus  valley.  The 
second  is  the  important  section  commanding  the  northern  gateways 
into  Afghanistan,  and  approached  by  the  northern  branches  of  the 
main  system  of  Indian  railways.  This  section  may  be  defined  as  ex- 
tending from  the  Kabul  Biver,  nort!i  of  Peshawar,  to  Dera  Ismail 
Khan  on  the  right  bank  of  the  Indus,  a  distance  of  some  200  miles. 
It  has  a  twofold  objective  in  Afghanistan,  viz.,  Kabul  and  Ghazni ; 
and  it  contains  a  group  of  positions  and  interests  connected  therewith 
which  constitute  a  distinct  department  of  the  problem  of  frontier 
defence.  The  third  section  is  that  which  contains  the  southern 
approaches  to  Afghanistan  and  its  corresponding  system  of  railways 
and  roads,  also  with  a  double  Afghan  objective,  viz.,  Kelat-i-Ghilzai 
and  Kandahar.  Formerly  this  section  was  identical  with  the  west 
boundary  of  the  Indus  valley,  from  Dera  Ismail  Khan  to  the  old 
frontier  post  of  Jacobabad,  a  distance  of  about  850  miles.     The 


THE   NORTH-WEST  FRONTIER    OF  INDIA.  597 

labours  of  the  last  five  years,  however,  consequent  upon  the  Russian 
war  scare  of  1885,  have  resulted  in  a  wide  and  invaluable  extension  of 
this  border,  the  outposts  of  which  have  been  pushed  forward  far  into 
Pishin  and  British  Baluchistan,  and  which,  instead  of  being  severed 
from  Afghanistan  by  unknown  and  perilous  mountain  tracts,  inhabited 
by  savage  and  hostile  tribes,  now  touch  the  southern  confines  of  the 
Amir  at  the  Ewajah  Amran  Bange,  within  sixty  miles  of  Kandahar. 
The  principal  positions  of  this  section,  which  advances  a  wedge-shaped 
projection  towards  South  Afghanistan,  are  the  Qomul  and  Zhob 
valleys,  the  Ehojak  Pass  and  Ghaman,  Quetta  and  the  Bolan  Pass 
The  fourth  section  of  the  frontier  starts  from  the  point  where  the  old 
Indus  valley  is  resumed,  and  is  identical  with  the  line  separating  the 
Indian  province  of  Sind  from  the  territories  of  native  Baluchisti^i. 
This  concluding  section  touches  the  sea  a  littie  to  the  west  of 
Karachi,  which  is  both  its  main  outlet  and  the  maritime  base  of 
supply  for  the  entire  frontier  line  from  Peshawar  to  the  Indian  Ocean. 
Such  are  the  four  sub-divisions  under  which  the  frontier  may  be 
considered.    I  will  now  proceed  to  describe  each  of  them  in  turn. 

L — It  is  only  within  the  last  few  years  that  the  extreme  north 
seetions  of  the  Indian  frontier,  stretching  beyond  the  furthest  limits 
of  Kashmir  to  the  borders  of  the  Central  Asian  Pamirs,  has  been 
thought  worthy  of  serions  notice  by  British  strategists.  The  despatoh 
of  a  Bussian  lightly  equipped  mountain  column  from  Turkestan  in 
this  direction  in  1878,  and  the  discussion  of  this  line  of  advance  in 
every  Bussian  plan  of  campaign  against  India,  have  suggested  the 
advisability  of  safeguarding  it  against  possible  attack ;  although  the 
general  result  of  the  explorations  of  Colonels  Lockhart  and  Wood- 
tiiorpe  in  1885 — 6,  and  of  Captain  Younghnsband  in  1889,  has  been 
to  show  that  the  Pamir  passes,  which  are  of  great  altitude  and  severity, 
are  not  available  for  serious  purposes  of  invasion.  To  guard,  however, 
against  any  evil  in  this  quarter,  a  political  resident  has  recently  been 
established  at  the  important  post  of  Gilgit,  the  northern  capital  of 
Kashmir,  with  a  garrison  from  the  quota  of  Kashmir  troops  selected 
for  Imperial  service.  This  officer  exercises  control  over  the  de- 
pendent principalities  of  Chitral,  Mastuj,  Yasin,  and  Hunaa,  the 
first  of  which  are  vassals  of  Kashmir,  whilst  the  last  named  is 
within  the  sphere  of  British  political  influence.  The  actual 
boundaiy  may  be  considered  as  extending  to  the  Baroghil  Pass,  the 
principal  Central  Asian  avenue  of  descent  into  India,  leading  from  the 


598  PICTURESQUE   INDIA, 

Afghan  territories  of  Wakhan  on  the  Ab-i-Panja,  or  lower  source  of 
the  OxQS.  Gilgit  is  itself  connected  by  a  good  cart-road,  190  miles 
long,  with  the  military  station  of  Bawal  Pindi  on  the  main  line  of  the 
North  West  Bailway ;  and  surveys  have  already  been  made  for  a  rail- 
road which  in  the  not  distant  future  may  deposit  trayellers  almost  at 
the  threshold  of  the  famous  ''  Boof  of  the  World." 

South  of  Wakhan  the  frontier  on  the  west  touches  the  little-known 
and  unexplored  country  of  Kafiristan,  inhabited  by  a  peculiar  race  of 
people,  who  have  resisted  contact  alike  with  Afghans  and  English,  and 
aie  now  one  of  the  £bw  remaining  mysteries  of  the  East.  Then  occurs 
a  mountainous  tract  inhabitated  by  independent,  and  sometimes 
hostile,  sometimes  semi-allied  tribes,  inhabiting  the  upper  basin  of 
the  Indus,  and  occasionally  necessitating  punitiye  expeditions,  though 
seldom  anything  more  serious  :  and  we  are  thus  brought  to  the  point 
where  the  Kabul  Biver  flows  into  the  Indus,  at  which  my  second 
section  may  be  said  to  begin. 

n. — ^We  now  approach  that  part  of  the  frontier  which  contains  the 
eastern  approaches  to  the  Afghan  capital,  Kabul,  and  to  the  scarcely 
less  important  Afghan  military  post,  Ghazni,  commanding  the  main 
road  between  Kabul  and  Kandahar.  Peshawar  is  at  present  the 
northern  terminus  of  the  system  of  railway  communications  with  this 
section  from  the  heart  of  India.  Here  the  main  line  of  .the  North- 
West  or  Punjab  Bailway  from  Delhi  and  Lahore  comes  to  an  end, 
having  passed  tn  route  the  large  military  cantonments  of  Bawal  Pindi, 
and  haying  crossed  the  Indus  at  Attock,  forty-four  miles  before  reach- 
ing Peshawar,  by  a  fine,  fortified  iron  girder  bridge  at  a  point  where 
the  river  is  compressed  between  the  barriers  of  a  dark  and  sullen 
gorge.  There  was  formerly  a  bridge  of  boats  below  the  fort  a  little 
higher  up  the  stream,  near  the  spot  where,  according  to  one  account, 
Alexander  is  said  to  have  crossed  the  Indus;  but  this  has  now 
disappeared.  Attock  is  regarded  by  the  military  authorities  as  a  most 
important  position;  and  it  has  been  in  contemplation  to  erect  here 
veiy  powerful  fortifications,  and  to  convert  the  place  into  an  un- 
assailable stronghold  of  defence,  where  an  army  retiring  from  the 
advanced  posts  on  the  frontiers  might  retard  an  invader  for  an 
indefinite  length  of  time. 

The  interesting  and  romantic  city  of  Peshawar — which  is  almost 
more  worthy  of  a  visit  than  any  in  India,  so  varied  are  its  sights,  so 
strange  and  fierce-looking  its  peoples,  so  picturesque  its  bazars — ^ia 


THE   NORTH-WEST  FRONTIER    OF  INDIA.  599 

situated  on  a  tongue  of  land  projecting  wedge  wise  into  the  amphi- 
theatre of  mountains  which  close  India  on  this  side  from  the  outer 
world.  At  a  distance,  however,  of  ten  miles  from  the  town,  they  are 
pierced  by  the  celebrated  defile  known  as  the  Khaibar  Pass,  which  is 
the  shortest  and  most  direct  route  to  Kabul,  distant  180  miles. 
Peshawar,  though  it  has  large  contonments,  and  is  an  imposing 
military  station,  is  almost  unfortified.  The  issues  either  of  defence 
or  attack  would  be  decided  before  the  arrival  of  an  invading  force,  in 
the  windings  of  that  eventful  pass.  Peshawar,  however,  is  not 
actually  upon  the  frontier ;  the  ultimate  outpost  of  British  arms  being 
nine  miles  further  on  at  Jamrud,  on  the  extremity  of  the  plain,  and 
at  the  doorway  of  the  Khaibar.  Jamrud  consists  of  a  mud  fort,  rather 
like  a  big  turret-ship  of  the  most  improved  and  hideous  modem  type, 
plastered  over  with  clay  and  moored  on  the  plain.  Till  lately  it  WAS 
in  contemplation  to  fortify  Jamrud  and  to  continue  the  railway  from 
Peshawar  to  this  point,  with  a  view  of  perhaps  ultimately  ascending 
the  Khaibar,  the  surveys  having  long  ago  been  made  and  the  construe- 
tion  as  far  as  Jamrud  authorised.  Recently,  however,  there  has  been 
a  revulsion  of  feeling  in  favour  of  an  easier  railroad,  extending  towards 
Afghanistan  in  a  more  northerly  direction  by  following  the  course  of 
the  Kabul  Biver  up  the  Michni  Pass.  Surveys  for  this  line  have  now 
been  made,  and  it  is  likely  that  it  will  before  long  be  carried  out. 

Immediately  beyond  Jamrud  the  hills  open  by  a  narrow  portal 
upon  the  plains,  and  the  Khaibar  Pass  begins.  Here,  too,  begins  the 
strip  of  border  highland  before  indicated,  peopled  by  eemi-independent 
tribes,  of  whom  the  Afridis,  estimated  at  20,000  strong,  are  the  most 
powerful  and  independent.  They  have  often  fought  against  us  in  the 
past,  and  the  last  time  Shere  Ali  went  through  the  Khaibar,  with  un- 
ceremonious impartiality  they  plundered  and  appropriated  his  baggage. 
Our  policy  has  for  some  years  been  wisely  devoted  to  conciliating  these 
tribes,  many  of  whose  best  warriors  now  pass  through  the  ranks  of  our 
native  army,  and  whom  we  subsidise  to  guard  and  keep  open  the 
Khaibar.  The  Khaibar  Corps  of  Kifles  is  the  name  of  the  local  regi- 
ment raised  from  them,  and  commanded  by  native  officers;  and  it  is 
as  smart  and  workmanlike  a  body  of  men  as  can  be  conceived.  It  was 
with  an  Afridi  cavalry  escort  that  I  rode  up  the  Pass,  and  the  castles 
or  fortified  posts,  the  principal  of  which  is  Ali  Masjid,  that  line  its 
course,  are  held  by  their  levies  or  Chowkidars.  On  two  days  in  the 
week,  Tuesday  and  Friday,  the  Khaibar  is  open  by  arrangement  with 


6oo  PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 

them  for  the  passage  of  conTOjs  coming  down  from  Kabul  and  Central 
Asia,  an  armed  escort  being  provided  by  the  Afridis,  who  also  align 
the  heights  with  sentinels.  I  met  one  of  these  caravans  coming  down, 
a  long  string  of  well-loaded  camels,  oxen,  asses,  and  mules,  attended 
by  bearded  warriors  with  marked  Israelitish  features  and  the  statm-o 
of  a  Saul.  These  arrangements  work  so  well,  that  the  Ehaibar  is  not 
only  absolutely  safe  as  now  in  times  of  peace,  bat  that  in  case  of  the 
outbreak  of  war,  we  might  rely  with  certainty  upon  our  subsidised 
allies  to  co-operate  with  us,  either  for  the  purpose  of  guarding  our  own 
advance,  or  of  resisting  the  descent  of  a  hostile  force.  Many  of  them 
volunteered  for  service  in  the  late  Black  Mountain  Expedition ;  and 
their  loyalty  may  be  considered  assured.  An  Afridi  garrison  occupies 
the  important  fortified  position  of  Lundi  Eofcal  at  the  further  end  of 
the  Pass,  which  may  consequently  be  taken  as  the  furthest  limit  of 
British  jurisdiction,  and  as  in  reality  marking  the  point  upon  the 
main  road  to  £abul  where  Afghan  territory  begins.  An  excellent 
road  runs  up  the  Pass  to  Lundi  Kotal,  which  is  in  telegraphic  com- 
munication with  India.  In  fact  the  British  frontier  might  very  legiti- 
mately be  coloured  upon  maps,  not  to  Jamrud  but  to  Lundi  Kotal,  and 
the  entire  Khaibar  Pass  may  be  considered  to  have  been  brought  by 
the  effective  dispositions  of  Colonel  Warburton  under  British  controL 
If  we  now  retrace  our  steps  and  follow  the  Indus  Valley  down  from 
Attook,  we  find  that  a  railway  has  been  completed  from  the  largo 
military  station  of  Bawal  Pindi,  sixty  miles  further  south  on  the  main 
Une  to  Kushalgarh,  eighty  miles  distant  on  the  left  bank  of  the  river. 
Kushalgarh  is  the  starting-point  for  Kohat,  thirty  miles ;  and  from 
there  a  good  road  leads  to  the  frontier  post  of  Thai,  sixty  miles. 
Near  here  is  the  mouth  of  the  Kuram  Valley,  the  second  great  avenue 
of  approach  from  Afghanistan  into  India  or  lAce  versd,  up  which  Sir 
F.  Boberts  marched  in  1879  to  the  Peiwar  Kotal,  where  he  fought  a 
great  battle,  and  to  the  precipitous  crux  of  the  Shutargardan  Pass. 
The  Kuram  Valley  is  wide,  open,  and  well-watered,  and  a  good  road, 
made  by  our  troops  in  1879,  leads  up  to  Kuram  Fort  at  its  upper  end, 
and  on  over  the  mountains  to  Kabul.  This  entire  district,  which  may 
be  compared  to  a  second  tongue  of  land,  protruded  in  the  direction  of 
the  Afghan  frontier,  was  one  of  the  assigned  territories,  made  over  to 
Great  Britain  by  the  Treaty  of  Gandamak  with  Yakub  Khan  in  1879. 
At  the  close  of  the  war,  in  order  to  escape  the  cost  of  direct  adminis- 
tration, it  was  handed  over  to  the  local  tribe  of  the  Turis,  in  reward 


THE   NORTH-WEST  FRONTIER    OF  INDIA,  6oi 

for  their  loyalty  and  assistance.  For  all  practical  purposes,  however, 
it  may  be  regarded  as  British  territory ;  and  the  idea  has  been  enter- 
tained of  placing  a  garrison  oatpost  at  its  further  extremity.  The 
only  drawback  to  the  pass  is  the  snow  on  the  Shutargardan,  by  which 
it  is  sometimes  blocked  for  months  in  winter. 

The  next  important  post  on  the  Indus  is  Ealabagh.  There  is  a  talk 
of  bridging  the  river  here,  at  a  point  where,  with  current  still  confined, 
it  emerges  from  the  hills  and  enters  upon  its  shifting  and  straggling 
passage  through  the  plains  of  the  Derajat.  Opposite  to  Kalabagh, 
upon  the  frontier,  is  situated  the  very  important  military  post  of 
Bunnu  upon  the  £uram  Biver.  Surveys  have  been  made  for  a  rail- 
way from  £alabagh  to  Bunnu ;  and  a  railway  has  also  been  proposed 
from  Ealabagh  to  Kushalgarh,  where  the  communication  with  the 
main  line  already  exists,  and  on  to  Attock. 

Bunnu  is  now  considered,  and  is  likely  to  remain,  one  of  the  most 
important  points  along  the  entire  frontier.  Already  it  is  the  centre  of 
an  excellent  system  of  frontier  roads,  one  of  which  runs  hither  due 
north  from  Dera  Ismail  Ehan  (ninety  miles),  and  another,  also  from 
Dera  Ismail  Khan,  describing  a  circuitous  route  by  the  frontier  post  of 
Tank  (110  miles).  From  Bunnu  the  road  is  continued  to  Thai ;  and 
there,  as  before  stated,  the  more  northerly  road  from  Kohat  comes  in, 
and  the  two  continue  an  amalgamated  course  up  the  Kuram  Valley. 
Bunnu  therefore  commands  the  southern  approach  to  the  latter  avenue 
of  ingress  into  Afghanistan  and  Kabul.  But  it  also  commands  the 
entry  to  the  at  present  kttle  known  and  unexplored  Tochi  Yalley, 
which  is  beginning  to  be  recognised  as  a  strategical  line  of  the  first 
importance,  inasmuch  as  it  is  the  shortest  and  most  direct  route  to 
Ghasni.  The  Tochi  Yalley  is  certain,  before  long,  to  be  brought  under 
British  influence ;  and  when  it  has  been  thoroughly  reconnoitred,  and  a 
road  constructed  along  it  to  Ohazni,  the  second  great  place  of  arms  in 
Eastern  Afghanistan  will  be  within  easy  access  of  British  troops,  and 
can  bo  occupied  without  delay  for  purposes  either  of  defence  or  advance. 

Bunnu  possesses  the  further  advantage  of  being  in  communication, 
though  not  in  direct  connection,  with  a  second  lateral  railway  branch, 
pushed  forward  in  a  westerly  direction  from  the  main  north-west  line. 
This  is  in  reality  a  continuation  of  the  old  Salt  Line  (which  ran  from 
Lala  Musa,  twenty  miles  south  of  Jhelam,  to  the  mines  at  Kheura, 
near  the  river  Jhelam),  westwards  for  150  miles  to  Khund,  near  the 
Indus,  where  a  branch  line  runs  north  to  Mianwali  (twenty  miles),  above 


6o2  PICTURESQUE   INDIA, 


which  the  river  is  crossed  by  a  ferry  at  Isa  KheL  This  northern 
branch  will  probably  be  continued  to  Ealabagh  or  to  whateyer  point  is 
selected  for  the  talked-of  bridge.  From  Ehund,  the  main  continaa- 
tion  turns  to  the  south,  and,  skirting  the  left  bank  of  the  Indus,  arrives 
at  Bhakkar  (sixty  miles),  whence  a  road  leads  to  a  bridge  of  boats 
across  the  river,  communicating  with  the  important  transriparian  post 
of  Dera  Ismail  Khan,  the  southern  terminus  of  Section  11. 

Between  the  Kabul  River  and  this  place  I  have  shown  that  there 
exist  three  main  outlets  from  Afghanistan,  the  Ehaibar  Pass,  Euram 
Valley,  and  Tochi  Pass,  leading  respectively  to  or  from  ELabul  and 
Ghazni.  I  have  also  shown  that  the  posts  commanding  the  eastern 
entrance  to  these  passes  are  connected  by  excellent  roads  with  the 
Indus  River,  and  that  the  river  is  approached  also  at  three  points  by 
the  Indian  railway  system,  viz.,  at  Attock,  at  Eushalgarh,  and  at 
Mianwali.  Such  are  the  existing  strategical  communications  in  this 
section  of  the  north-west  frontier. 

But  before  passing  on,  there  may  also  be  classified  under  Section  11. 
a  fourth  avenue  of  ingress  into  Afghanistan,  piercing  the  mountains 
immediately  opposite  Dera  Ismail  Ehan,  on  the  dividing  Une,  so  to 
speak,  between  Section  11.  and  ILL  This  is  the  Gumal  Pass,  which 
provides  an  alternative  road  to  Ghazni,  and  has  long  been  the  princi- 
pal caravan  route  from  the  Afghan  interior  in  this  central  portion  of 
the  frontier.  Strange  to  say,  although  the  inland  connections  of  the 
Gumal  are  in  the  main  from  the  north,  it  is  from  the  west  or  south 
that  it  has,  a  few  months  only  before  I  write,  been  approached  for  the 
first  time  by  a  British  force,  and  has  been  tranquilly  absorbed  within 
the  extending  radius  of  British  sway.  This  notable  achievement, 
which  a  few  years  ago  would  have  been  regarded  as  impossible,  haSyin 
January  of  liie  present  year  (1890),  been  successfully  accomplished  by 
Sir  Robert  Sandeman,  the  able  Chief  Commissioner  of  British  Ba- 
luchistan, who,  starting  from  Pishin  in  1889,  traversed  the  Zhob 
country  and  accepted  offers  of  allegiance  from  its  tribal  occupants; 
till  he  presently  struck  the  Gumal  River,  and  explored  and  descended 
the  pass  as  far  as  its  embouchure  on  to  the  Derajat.  The  Gumal 
tribes  have  hitherto  been  set  down  as  hostile  and  impracticable ;  but 
the  Waziris,  who  are  the  most  important  of  their  number,  came  in  to 
Sir  R.  Sandeman,  and  volunteered  submission.  This  singularly 
felicitous  expedition  has,  therefore,  resulted  in  the  peaceful  acquisitioD 
of  control  over  yet  another  of  the  main  doorways  into  India,  and  has 


THE   NORYH'WEST  FRONTIER    OF  INDIA.  603 

enabled  us  to  guard  against  what  might  have  been  a  troublesome 
flanking  movement  on  the  part  of  an  enemy  advancing  from  the 
direction  of  Kandahar.  A  road  is  now  being  constructed  from  Pishin 
through  the  Ehob  Valley,  and  will  open  into  the  Gumal.  Apozai  has 
been  selected  as  the  headquarters  of  a  British  political  agent ;  and  the 
Gumal,  like  the  £haibar  and  Euram  on  the  north  and  the  Bolan  on  the 
south,  may  henceforward  be  regarded  as  effectively  under  British  control. 

III. — ^Before  proceeding  to  an  examination  of  the  recent  changes 
in  the  third  section,  we  will  follow  the  railway  from  Bhakkur,  where 
we  left  it,  down  the  east  bank  of  the  Indus,  100  miles,  to  Mahmud 
Eot.  There  a  short  branch  line  of  ten  miles  leads  to  Euraichi,  a 
point  opposite  to  the  station  of  Dera  Ghazi  Ehan,  where  also  is  a 
bridge  of  boats ;  while  the  main  prolongation  soon  after  joins  the 
trunk  line  from  Lahore  at  Multan,  its  entire  length  since  it  left 
Lalla  Musa  having  been  860  miles.  This  is  the  fourth  line  of 
communication  with  the  central  railway  system  of  India. 

From  Multan  the  combined  railways  now  move  on  a  single  line 
south  and  south-west  for  280  miles  to  Sukkur,  where  the  river,  here 
separating  into  two  channels,  has  been  spanned,  for  the  first  time  since 
leaving  Attock,  by  a  colossal  iron  cantilever  bridge,  the  main  span  of 
which,  820  feet  in  length,  is  at  once  an  SBsthetic  monstrosity  and  a 
mechanical  marvel.  Its  principle  of  construction  is  not  unlike  that  of 
the  Forth  Bridge  in  Scotland ;  and  the  Lansdowne  Bridge,  as  it  is 
now  called,  has  the  honour  of  being  the  greatest  prodigy  of  engineer- 
ing effort,  and  the  ugliest  object  east  of  the  Levant. 

Just  beyond  Sukkur  the  railway  diverges,  at  Buk  junction,  north- 
wards to  the  military  station  of  Jacobabad,  till  recently  our  frontier 
outpost  in  these  parts.  The  old  line  of  frontier  between  Dera  Ismail 
Ehan  and  Jacobabad  was  regulated  by  the  formidable  range  of  the 
Suiaiman  Mountains,  which  here  abut  on  the  hot  and  sandy  plain  of 
the  Derajat  that  stretches  to  the  waters  of  the  Indus.  Jacobabad, 
though  the  southern  limit  of  this  section  (and  as  such  involving  an 
inversion  of  the  order  in  which  I  have  so  far  proceeded),  affords  the 
best  starting-point  for  a  description  of  the  new  frontier,  which 
practically  starts  from  here,  and  has  been  determined  by  considera- 
tions connected  with  the  southern  rather  than  with  the  northern 
extremity  of  the  intervening  region. 

From  Jacobabad  the  Sind-Pishin  Railway  runs  in  a  northerly 
direction  for  a  hundred  miles  to  the  junction  of  Sibi,  traversing  a 


6o4  PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 


plain  of  appalling  and  absolute  Bterility,  almost  without  water,  and  in 
summer  a  perfect  furnace^  most  desolate  among  the  funereal  deserts 
of  Baluchistan.  As  we  approach  Sibi»  however,  the  welcome  outline 
of  hills  on  the  horizon,  though  bleak  and  colourless,  giyes  a  fresh  zest 
to  the  depressed  imagination ;  and  we  find  ourselves  contemplating 
the  Great  Wall  of  India  at  one  of  the  most  interesting  and  l^istoric 
points  of  its  whole  extent.  For  here  we  are  in  the  neighbourhood  of 
the  Bolan  Pass,  and  the  famous  Quetta  Bailway,  so  long  the  despair 
of  engineers,  and  the  bugbear  and  bone  of  contention  between 
politicians,  which  might  long  ago  have  shared  the  abortive  fate  of  its 
luckless  analogue  the  Suakin-Berber  Bailway  in  Egypt,  had  not  the 
troops  of  the  Czar,  in  a  happy  moment  for  the  Indian  tactician  and 
the  alarmist  about  frontier  defence,  swooped  down  upon  Penjdeh  in 
the  month  of  March,  1885. 

The  railway  from  Buk  to  Sibi  was  first  begun  upon  the  renewal  of 
war  with  Afghanistan  after  the  murder  of  Sir  Louis  Gavagnari  in  1879, 
the  object  being  to  facilitate  the  advance  of  a  British  column  by  the 
Bolan  and  Quetta  route  from  the  south  upon  Kandahar.  When  Sibi 
was  reached  it  became  necessary  to  decide  by  what  opening  the 
mountain  barrier  should  be  pierced  and  the  rails  conducted  to  Quetta. 
Broadly  speaking,  there  were  two  alternatives — ^the  Bolan  Pass, 
debouching  into  the  plain  at  Bindli,  sixteen  miles  to  the  north-west; 
and  a  more  circuitous  route  through  the  ranges  to  the  north-east  by 
the  impressive  defile  known  as  the  Ghuppar  Bift  and  the  Nari  Gorge. 
The  difficulties  and  costliness  of  the  Bokoi  route  were  felt  to  constitute 
BO  grave  an  obstacle  that  the  other,  or,  as  it  is  called,  the  Hamai  line, 
was  chosen,  and  work  was  commenced  in  the  same  year.  This  is  the 
line  that  was  foolishly  suspended  by  the  Liberal  Government  in  1881, 
in  the  first  flush  of  their  unreasoning  desire  to  reverse  ah  iniixo  the 
policy  of  their  predecessors,  but  that  was  tentatively  recommenced  by 
them  in  December  1888.  Definite  sanction  was  given  to  its  complete 
construction  in  July  1884;  and  the  line  was  opened  to  passenger 
traffic  right  through  to  Quetta,  a  distance  of  155  miles,  early  in  1887. 

When  I  travelled  along  this  line  in  the  month  of  January  there  had 
been  a  deep  fall  of  snow,  and  the  suiTounding  scenery,  wild  and 
imposing  at  any  time,  was  rendered  additionally  grand.  The  change 
in  temperature  between  the  lower  and  higher  levels  is  very  sensiUy 
felt,  though  the  ascent,  being  circuitous,  is  less  steep  than  by  the 
Bolan,  the  gradient  being  nowhere  more  than  one  in  forty.    It  has 


THE  NORTH-WEST  FRONTIER    OF  HVDIA.  605 


been  a  costly  railway  to  bnild,  a  great  deal  of  tnnnelliDg  and  cutting 
and  bridging  being  required.  The  journey,  though  slow  and  laborious 
(fourteen  hours,  or  eleven  miles  an  hour),  and  frequently  impeded  or 
delayed,  is  worth  making,  if  only  to  see  the  natural  surroundings,  and 
particularly  the  Chuppar  Bift,  a  spot  5,600  feet  above  the  sea,  where 
a  vast  sloping  mountain  wall  is  cleft  right  in  twain  by  a  tremendous 
perpendicular  fissure  disclosing  the  \^indings  of  a  singularly  contracted 
and  gloomy  gorge.  At  Bostan,  184  miles  from  Sibi,  the  railway 
emerges  upon  the  upland  plain  of  Pishin,  and  the  remaining  twenty- 
one  miles  by  the  Quetta  loop  line  to  Quetta  are  speedily  accomplished. 

This  is  the  original  and  first  Quetta  railroad.  The  second  and 
later  line,  shorter,  steeper,  and  more  direct,  runs  straight  up  the 
Bolan  Pass,  and  enters  the  plain  of  Quetta  from  the  other  or  south- 
west side.  I  travelled  by  the  one  line  on  my  outward,  by  the  other 
on  my  return  journey. 

The  Bolan  route,  rejected,  as  I  have  pointed  out,  in  1879,  was 
suddenly  determined  upon  in  the  pressure  exercised  by  the  Bussian 
scare  in  the  spring  of  1885.  Pushed  forward  with  the  haste  that  is 
bom  of  panic,  amid  the  greatest  engineering  difficulties,  and  under  a 
climate  that  in  the  summer  months  wrought  fearful  havoc  among  the 
beasts  of  burden,  and  more  especially  the  camels  employed,  the  rails 
reached  Quetta  in  August,  1886,  and  the  entire  line,  100  miles  long 
from  Sibi,  was  opened  to  passenger  traffic  on  the  first  of  April,  1887. 

Leaving  Sibi  we  swiftly  cross  the  plain  to  Bindli,  at  the  foot  of 
the  mountains,  and  enter  the  famous  Bolan  Pass,  through  which  our 
armies  have  now  several  times  marched  to  the  invasion  of  Afghanistan, 
by  the  Kundalani  Gorge.  The  Bolan  is  a  pass  in  the  most  precise 
and  orthodox  sense  of  the  term ;  for  throughout  the  sixty  miles  of 
its  length  it  takes  the  form  of  a  defile,  in  the  narrowest  places  only 
some  twenty  yards  wide,  though  in  others  expanding  to  more  than  a 
mile,  confined  by  mountain  walls  of  uniform  ruggedness  though  of 
varying  height.  The  material  of  which  these  are  composed  is  a  gravelly 
amalgam,  readily  yielding  to  climatic  or  aqueous  disintegration,  so 
that  the  heights  are  fretted  into  strange  and  distorted  shapes.  The 
floor  of  the  pass  is  also  the  bed  of  the  river  from  which  it  takes  its 
name,  in  the  dry  season  a  rough  and  stony  channel,  along  which  the 
rails  are  laid,  often  in  pools  of  water,  but  after  the  rains  of  July  and 
August  filled  by  a  gross  and  powerful  torrent  that  sweeps  down  the 
gorge,  tearing  up  the  sleepers  and  twisting  the  rails  into  extraordinary 


6o6  PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 

contortions.  Hence  the  great  costliness  of  keeping  up  the  present 
line,  a  large  portion  of  which  has  to  be  relaid  every  autamn.  The 
sollenness  and  sterility  of  the  pass  can  scarcely  be  conceived.  Till 
lately  there  were  but  five  trees  thronghoat  its  entire  length,  which 
were  proudly  pointed  out  to  the  traveller. 

From  Rindli  to  Hirokh,  a  distance  of  fifty  miles,  the  railroad 
follows  the  track  of  the  river  through  scenery  of  the  above  descrip- 
tion. Then  comes  the  finest  ten  miles  of  the  pass,  from  Hirokh  to 
Kotal.  The  mountain  walls  converge,  the  angle  of  cleavage  increases 
in  abruptness,  and  the  gorge  twists  in  and  out  in  sharp  zigzags.  The 
difficulty  arising  both  from  the  steepness  of  the  gradient — ^in  many 
places  as  much  as  one  in  twenty-three — and  from  the  sharpness  of 
the  curves,  induced  the  authorities,  who,  as  has  been  pointed  out, 
were  building  in  headlong  haste,  to  construct  a  temporary  metre- 
gauge  line  through  this  section  of  the  pass ;  and  accordingly  a  change 
of  trains  was  formerly  necessitated  both  at  Hirokh  and  at  Eotal.  A 
realignment  of  the  track  with  the  broader  gauge  has  since  been 
carried  out  between  these  two  points,  while  the  Abt  system  of 
ascending  steep  inclines,  the  main  feature  of  which  is  the  use  of  a 
cogwheel  catching  in  the  teeth  of  a  double  central  rail,  has  been 
adopted.  Since  the  completion  of  this  work  the  broad  gauge  runs 
continuously  from  Sibi  to  Quetta.* 

Emerging  frdln  the  northern  gates  of  the  pass  at  Kotal  Darwaza, 
5,800  feet,  the  present  railroad  traverses  the  level  upland  plain  known 
as  the  Dasht-i-be-daulat,  or  ''  waste  of  without- wealth  "  (such  is  the 
change  in  its  fertility  that  has  been  effected  since  the  British  occupa- 
tion, that  it  is  jokingly  proposed  to  substitute  ha  for  &a,  which  would 
make  it  the  ''  plain  of  with-wealth  "),  and  after  a  run  of  twenty-five 
miles  enters  Quetta  from  the  south-west,  joining  there  the  Bostan  loop 
line  which  approaches  from  the  opposite  direction. 

Quetta  occupies  what  military  critics  describe  as  a  very  strong,  if 
not  a  theoretically  impregnable  position.  Situated  in  the  middle  of 
the  Quetta  Niabat  or  district,  a  tract  some  forty  miles  long  by  three 
broad,  and  5,600  feet  above  the  sea,  it  absolutely  commands  the 
approach  to  the  Bolan  Pass,  and  is  itself  protected  on  its  flanks  by  the 

*  So  disastrous,  however,  Have  agaiu  been  the  floods  of  the  past  rainy  season,  nud 
such  the  damage  wrought  to  the  Bolan  railway,  that  the  possibility  of  its  abandonment 
has  been  seriously  discussed,  and  may  ultimately  be  realised,  as  soon  as  a  railway  tlirough 
the  Gumal  and  Zliob  yalleys  to  Pishin  is  ready  to  supply  its  place. 


6o3  PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 

lofty  peaks  of  the  Chehiltan  range,  12,000  feet,  on  the  sonth-west, 
and  by  the  Zarghnn  plateau  on  the  north-east,  separated  by  the 
Saraknla  Pass  from  the  snowy  crags  of  Takata,  11,890  feet.  The 
town  contains  nothing  of  interest ;  bat  its  cantonments  accommodated 
at  the  time  of  my  Tisit  two  regiments  of  natiye  infantry  and  one  of 
native  cavalry,  two  British  regiments,  two  British  batteries  of  artillery, 
and  a  corps  of  native  sappers,  no  mean  force. 

Quetta,  which  originally  belonged  to  the  Khan  of  Eelat,  was  first 
occupied  by  British  troops  after  the  signature  of  the  Treaty  of 
Jacobabad  in  1876,  between  the  Khan,  the  Sirdars,  and  the  British 
Government.  In  the  succeeding  years  proposals  emanated  from  the 
Khan  himself  to  hand  over  to  us  the  Quetta  district  for  administration, 
resulting  in  the  year  1882  in  an  arrangement  by  which  we  took  over 
that  territory  upon  payment  of  an  annual  quit  rent ;  the  culminating 
step  followed  in  1883,  when  the  Khan  made  it  over  to  the  British 
Government  in  perpetuity  with  full  sovereign  rights.  Quetta  has 
therefore  for  some  time  been  an  acknowledged  British  possession. 
From  the  Quetta  Niabat  we  now  extract  a  revenue  more  than  double 
that  which  it  ever  produced  before.  The  Bolan  Pass,  the  jurisdiction 
of  which,  along  with  the  right  to  levy  tolls,  we  also  purchased  from 
the  Khan,  has  been  prudently  freed  by  the  Government  from  all 
imposts,  with  the  result  of  an  enormously  increased  traffic,  and  greater 
security  and  ease  of  communication.  The  entire  history  of  British 
interference  in  Kelat  may  be  quoted  as  a  triumphant  answer  to  those 
who  decry  British  interference  anywhere,  and  extol  the  odious  theory 
of  sedentary  and  culpable  inaction. 

Quetta,  however,  is  not  the  limit  of  the  British  frontier.  North 
and  north-east  of  the  Quetta  plain  stretches  the  great  region  of 
Pishin,  which,  with  that  of  Sibi,  was  assigned  to  the  British  by  the 
Treaty  of  Gandamak  in  1879.  Though  nominally  Afghan,  they  had 
never  been  permanently  occupied  or  held  by  the  Amir ;  and  the  change 
was  one  from  a  precarious  and  ill- sustained  authority  to  a  recognised 
and  stable  government.  For  some  time  there  appears  to  have  been  a 
doubt  at  headquarters  as  to  whether  these  concessions  should  be 
retained ;  but  the  home  Government  having  eventually  decided  in  the 
affirmative,  they  have  since  been  acknowledged  as  part  of  British  terri- 
tory, and  were  in  1887  incorporated  in  what  is  now  known  as  British 
Baluchistan,  administered  by  a  Chief  Commissioner  resident  at  Quetta. 
The  region  embraced  by  tho  somewhat  vague  geographical  titles  of 


THE   NORTH-WEST  FRONTIER   OF  INDIA.  609 

— ^^—  «    ■  — 

Sibi  and  Pishin,  which  has  been  determined  by  the  most  carefal  and 
ezhaustiye  inyestigation  with  the  chiefs  of  the  local  tribes,  may  be 
said,  roughly  speaking,  to  extend  from  Sibi,  including  the  districts  of 
Thai  Ghotidi  and  Hamai,  to  the  Toba  plateau  on  the  north.  Pishin 
itself,  an  area  of  some  8,000  square  miles,  commencing  in  the  neigh- 
bourhood of  Bostan,  may  be  said  to  extend  west  to  the  Kwajah 
Amran  range,  or  southern  boundary  of  Afghanistan,  and  north-east  to 
the  Zhob  Valley,  which  I  have  before  mentioned. 

This  is  the  great  expanse  of  territory,  till  lately  desolated  by 
marauding  tribes  and  owning  no  central  authority,  that  has  almost 
involuntarily  and  by  accident  passed  into  British  hands,  and  has  since 
been  industriously  surveyed,  explored,  and  pacified  by  British  agents. 
A  great  military  road  has  been  constructed  from  Dera  Ghazi  Ehan 
through  the  Bori  Valley  by  Loralai  to  Pishin,  opening  up  the  middle 
portions  of  this  region.  On  the  south  a  second  military  road  runs  up 
the  Bolan  Pass.  To  the  west  a  third  has  been  constructed  from  Bostan 
to  the  frontier  fort  of  Ghaman,  on  the  west  or  Afghan  side  of  the  Amran 
range.  The  raibroad  advances  in  the  same  direction,  and  the  site  of  the 
frontier  upon  that  side  are  the  interesting  subjects  to  which  I  now  turn. 

Quetta,  as  has  been  said,  commands  the  approach  to  the  Bolan 
Pass.  But  the  approach  to  Quetta  is  itself  commanded  by  the 
Khojak  Pass  through  the  lofty  Amran  range  to  the  north-west. 
This  long  and  striking  range,  the  highest  point  of  which  is  8,864 
feet,  is  the  southern  border  of  Afghanistan,  and  must  be  crossed  by 
any  army  marching  to  or  from  Kandahar.  It  is  pierced  by  three 
main  passes,  the  Khojak,  the  Bhogani,  and  the  Owajah;  the  first- 
named  being  the  most  important,  inasmuch  as  it  is  the  direct  route 
to  Kandahar.  If  the  Bolan  Pass  is  the  key  to  India  on  the  side  of 
Baluchistan,  the  Khojak  Pass  is  the  key  to  Baluchistan  on  the  side  of 
Afghanistan.  How  prodigiously  strong  must  be  the  position  which 
embraces  the  occupation  of  both  can  easily  be  imagined. 

The  strategical  operations  of  the  last  five  years  have  been  principally 

devoted  to  strengthening  this  advanced  segment  of  the  frontier.     The 

railroad  has  been  extended  from  Quetta  to  the  foot  of  the  Khojak 

Pass,  and  a  tunnel,  4,000  yards  in  length,  has  just  been  driven 

through  the  mountains  beneath  the  pass,  emerging  at  the  frontier  fort 

of  Ghaman,  sixty  miles  from  Kandahar.    A  sufficient  supply  of  rails  « 

for  the  extension  to  the  latter  place,  when  Acquired,  is  stored  in 

Piahin.    At  the  same  time,  an  impregnable  defensive  position  has 

»  a 


6io  PICTURESQUE  INDIA. 

been  fortified  at  Baleli,  a  few  miles  beyond  Qnetta,  idiich  it  is  the 
opinion  of  the  militaiy  experts  that  no  army  in  the  world  conU  force. 

The  railroad  from  Quetta  to  the  Ehojak  first  trayerses  the  loop  to 
Bostan,  tweuty-one  miles,  and  then  diverges  westwards  across  a  level 
plain.  The  Lora  River  is  crossed  by  a  high-level  bridge,  and,  in 
thirty-three  miles,  the  junction  of  Onlistan  Karez  is  reached,  whence 
a  line  of  eight  miles  proceeds  to  Ella  Abdolla,  the  starting-point  of 
the  line  for  the  tunnel,  another  eight  miles  farther  on.  Before  the 
tunnel  was  finished  the  range  could  be  easily  surmounted  by  the 
Ehojak  Pass,  along  whose  gradients  has  also  been  constructed  an  ex- 
cellent military  road.  If  we  mount  to  its  summit,  7,500  feet,  and 
take  the  last  step  on  to  the  crest  of  the  ridge,  there  suddenly  bursts 
upon  our  view  one  of  those  unique  and  startling  spectacles  which 
remain  imprinted  on  the  memory  for  ever.  For  miles  and  miles 
below  us  lies  out-stretched  the  great  Kadani  plain,  an  ocean  of  yellow 
sand,  broken  only  by  island  rocks  and  ridges,  and  rolling  evenly  to  the 
horizon,  where  on  the  west  the  tumbled  billows  of  the  Bijistan 
desert,  a  howling  wilderness,  seem  under  a  light  wind  to  smoke 
against  the  sky ;  while  in  the  northern  distance  a  range  of  mountains 
sixty  miles  distant  hides  from  our  eyes  the  site  of  Kandahar.  It  is  a 
historic  and  a  wonderful  landscape.  Descending  the  steeper  gradients 
of  the  pass  on  the  north  side  we  arrive  shortly  at  the  fort  of  Chaman, 
situated  about  a  quarter  of  a  mile  from  the  base  of  the  range.  At 
present  Chaman  is  only  a  mud  fort,  occupied  by  a  company  of  a 
native  regiment,  though  capable  of  being  greatly  strengthened  by 
outworks  and  fortifications.  The  actual  frontier  may  be  described  as 
an  imaginary  line  drawn  a  few  miles  beyond  Chaman.  Thenceforward 
all  is  Afghanistan.  Standing  there  upon  the  vltima  Tkule  of  British 
territory  in  the  heart  of  Central  Asia,  his  must  be  a  sluggish  heart 
that  does  not  feel  a  thrill  of  excitement  at  the  memories  of  the  past, 
of  confidence  in  the  destinies  of  the  future.  Behind  is  India  \ntii  all 
its  majestic  associations,  its  wealth,  its  millions  of  peoples,  its  armies, 
its  amazing  strategical  strength.  In  front  stretch  the  500  miles  of 
Afghanistan;  and  beyond  in  the  remote  distance  is  the  fonnidable 
rival,  to  save  India  from  whom  all  these  precautions  have  been  taken, 
and  who,  if  he  ever  starts  forth  upon  that  500  miles  march,  will 
probably  be  advancing  to  a  ruinous  destruction. 

The  line  of  the  Amran  range  is  therefore  the  new  frontier  of  India 
in  tliese  parts.    Its  direction  north  and  south  from  the  two  extremi- 


THE  NORTH'WEST  FRONTIER   OF  INDIA.  6ii 

ties  of  tiiifl  mng6  are  more  difficult  to  trace,  because  of  the  nncertain 
bonndairies  of  die  aMigned  diBtricts,  and  because  of  the  absence  of 
precise  delimitation.  Boughly  speaking,  howeyer,  we  shall  not  be  £u: 
wrong  if  we  prolong  the  line  on  the  south  to  Nushki,  a  point  about 
100  miles  from  the  Ehojak  Pass ;  while  Sir  B.  Sandeman's  recent 
expedition  enables  us  to  continue  it  north-east  oTer  the  Toba  plateau 
and  by  way  of  the  Zhob  valley  to  the  Gumal  Pass,  where  the  dividing 
line  from  Section  n.  is  touched.  Throughout  the  mountainous  region 
thus  enclosed,  our  recent  policy  has  had  the  effect  of  conciliating  the 
wild  native  clans,  and  of  introducing  tranquillity  where  lawlessness 
before  prevailed.  The  Brahuis,  Bugtis,  Harris,  and  Boris,  whose 
history  has  been  one  of  perpetual  feud  and  petty  rapine,  and  who 
were  a  scourge  to  the  entire  region,  are  now  fairly  reconciled  both  to 
each  other  and  to  the  British  Government,  by  whom  they  are  in  many 
cases  employed  and  paid  to  guard  the  roads,  to  detect  crime,  and  to 
enforce  order.  Conciliation  has  been  the  keynote  of  British  policy  in 
these  parts.  Parcere  mbjectU  padsque  impanere  morem^  even  more 
than  deheUwre  svperbos,  has  been  the  motto  which  we  have  wisely 
borrowed  from  Imperial  Bome. 

Such  then  is  the  new  Indian  frontier  along  this  third  section.  Its 
advantages  are  obvious.  For  the  old  line  from  Dera  Ismail  EJbian  to 
Jacobabad,  running  along  a  river  valley,  never  healthy,  and  in  summer 
time  almost  deadly,  commanded  by  the  Sulaiman  Mountains,  the 
numerous  passes  through  which  were  not  in  our  own  hands  but  were 
at  the  mercy  of  an  invader,  has  been  substituted  a  greatly  advanced 
line,  in  an  elevated  and  salubrious  region,  requiring  much  fewer 
fortified  posts  and  a  smaller  body  of  men  to  defend,  with  the  moun- 
tain ranges  behind  instead  of  in  front,  and  their  passes  in  our  own 
instead  of  an  alien  possession.  The  security  which  this  new  frontier 
gives  to  our  Indian  Empire  can  scarcely  be  over  estimated.  A 
BuBsian  advance  from  Herat  upon  Kandahar,  and  from  Kandahar  upon 
Quetta,  is  henceforward  beset  by  so  many  dangers  that  it  is  scarcely 
likely  to  be  attempted,  and  if  attempted,  is  certain  to  be  repelled.  As 
soon  as  the  steps  which  are  now  being  taken,  and  which  I  have 
described,  to  place  the  more  northern  sections  of  the  frontier  in  a 
similar  state  of  defence  are  completed,  then  for  the  first  time  may 
something  like  invulnerability  be  predicated  of  the  entire  frontier,  and 
the  20th  century  will  be  unlikely  to  witness  any  horrifying  resurrec- 
tion of  an  Alexander  or  a  Nadir  Shah. 

B  R  2 


6i2  PICTURESQUE   INDIA. 

IV.  UpoQ  th«  foQrth  and  coDclndmg  section  of  the  frontier,  from 
Jacobabad  to  the  Indian  Ocean,  it  is  nimecessar;  here  to  dwell.  The 
physical  conditions  render  it  improbable  that  India  can  ever  be 
invaded  from  this  quarter.  Indeed,  the  old  frontier  line,  traced  along 
the  Indian  Valley  at  the  base  of  the  mountain  border  of  Balnchistan, 
may  here  also  be  considered  for  all  practical  purposes  to  have  been 
pushed  forward  several  degrees  to  the  west ;  for  the  native  chieftains 
of  Baluchistan  have  now  so  thoroughly  accepted  British  suzerainty, 
that  it  can  be  no  exaggeration  to  include  their  country  within  the 
political  borders  of  the  Indian  Empire.  In  this  quarter  Persia  is  the 
neighbonring  state ;  and  the  ascendancy  of  Great  Britain  in  South 
Persia  and  on  the  Indian  Ocean  is  so  well  established  that  a  northern 
invader  is  in  the  last  degree  nnlikely  to  go  so  far  and  foolishly  out  of 
his  path  in  order  to  attack.  Karachi,  as  I  have  pointed  out,  is  the 
sonUiem  terminus,  and  the  port  of  debarcation  of  the  frontier  region. 
Strongly  fortified,  possessing  an  excellent  harbour,  and  well  provided 
with  facilities  for  rapid  railway  communication  with  the  interior,  it  is 
admirably  adapted  to  be  the  maritime  base  of  the  great  system  of 
military  and  civil  enterprise  which  I  have  described  ;  and  be  who  first 
lauds  upon  its  quays,  or  there  leaves  Indian  shores,  will  in  the 
apacious  and  solid  character  of  its  pablic  works  observe  what  to  the 
newcomer  is  a  &ir  type  of  much  that  remains  to  be  seen  later  on,  and 
to  the  departing  guest  is  a  memory  of  many  a  heart-stirring  ex- 
perience along  the  north-west  frontier  of  the  Indian  Empire. 


HOUWAKD  B017HI\ 


1 


INDEX. 


Abosioikes,  428,  614»  532 

Aba,  72 

Adam'fl  Peak,  590 

Adilllmd,  187 

Adoni,  480 

Agm,  199 

Ahmadflbad,  49 

Ahmadnagar,  425 

Ajmir,  77 

Ajodbya,  298 

Ajnnta,  417 

Aligarh,  268 

AH  liaq'id,  181,  599 

AJlahabad,  870 

Amamaih,  420 

Ambala,  147 

Amber,  100 

Amritsar,  151 

Ahtiquitubb — 

Buddhitt,  26,  70,  820,  826,  841,  879, 
890,  896,  409,  416,  418,  422,  429, 
488,  448,  499,  502,  584,  591 

Sinduy  24,  410,  477,  502,  520 

Jain,  897,  410,  458,  454,  457 

SeyikUm,  584 
Annradhapfora,  591 
Aieot,  507 
Arkonam,  492 
Azor,  192 
Abts  and  OaArm— 

ArmoTir,  118 

Blackwood  fnniitiire,  21,  63 

Brass  and  ooppsn^  20,  62,  291,  816, 
486,  548,  558 


Akt8  and  CnATTB—oonHiMud, 
Brocades,  64,  820 
Carpets,  159,  820,  877,  476«  501,  520, 

548,  548 
Clay  modelling,  287 
Cotton  cloth   and  prints,   118,  144, 

290,  543 
Cotton-spinning,  12,  86,  63,  274 
Damascened  work,  118,  195 
Dealers,  22 
Diamonds,  478 
Embroidery,  127,  195,  290 
Enamels,  287,  111,  195,  400 
Garnets,  118 
Gem  engraying,  143,  287 
Gold  and  silver  cloth,  65,  819 
Gold  and  silrer  laoe,  68,  144,  288 
Gold  and  silver  thread  and  wira,  68, 

287,  425,  437 
Hnka  pipes,  282 
Idols,  66,  817,  436,  543 
Inlaid  work,  22 

Ivory  carving,  28,  143,  158,  868 
Jewellery,  20,  62,  112,  118,  128,  127, 

142,  196,  287,  285,  858,  868,  486, 

499,  501,  516,  582,  548,  547,  558 

578 
Kashmir  shawls,  157 
Kincobs,  64,  818 
Lftcqaer,  196,  516 
Leatiier  workers,  62,  148 
Karble  imsges,  118 
Marble  inlaying,  225 
Miniatures,  148 
Mosaics,  225 
Muslins,  118,  144,  868,  547,  554,  558 


6x4                                                  INDEX, 

Abts  akd  CRAns— con^veei. 

Bhusawal,  887 

Opiam  factory,  824 

Byapur,  458 

Paper,  66 

Bilaspur,  887 

Pearl  fiflheiy,  568 

Bindraban,  256 

Poncil-gilt  aUver  work,  286 

Bolan  Pass,  605 

Precious  stones,  570 

Bombay,  1 

Printed  cloths,  558 

Brahmaputra  river,  369 

Pottery,  7,  65,  144,  187,  476,  568 

Broach,  89 

Seths  or  guilds,  62 

Bnddh  Qaya,  825 

Silk  loom  weaving,  64, 158,  180,  425, 

Bukkur,  175,  193 

487,  475,  477,  516.  543 

Bundelkhand,  247 

Slippers,  289,  487 

Bnnnu,  601 

Spangles,  144 

Stone  earring,  68 

0. 

Tea  culture,  352,  581,  571 

Tinsel,  487 

Oaloutta,  831 

Velvet,  416,  475 

Calicut,  511 

Wood  carving,  21,  501 

Cambay,  48 

Weapons,  486,  477 

Caves — 

A8oka*8  pillar,  140 

Ajunta,  417 

Assam,  869 

Bhaja  and  Bedsa,  483 

Attock,  178,  598 

Elephanta,  24 

Aurangabad,  414 

£Uora,  402 

Earli,  429 

B. 

Kenneiy,  25 

Lena,  422 

Badami,  454 

Cawnpur,  270 

Bagh,  896 

Ceylon,  567 

Bahadarpur,  42 

Chaman,  609 

Bahawalpur,  191 

Chamba,  171 

Banda,  878 

Champaner,  42 

Bangalore,  518 

Chandor,  424 

Bankipur,  822 

CMIambaram,  586 

Baroda,  41 

Chitor,  88 

Barwa  Sagor,  249 

Cochin,  510 

Basseio,  26  . 

Combaconum,  588 

Belgaum,  449 

Coimbators,  510 

Bellary,  481 

Colombo,  575 

Benares,  800 

Corgeveram,  490 

Berar,  887 

Coonoor,  527 

Beypore,  511 

CouTtallum,  560 

Bezwada,  479 

Cuddaloie,  585 

Bhiga,  488 

Cuddapah,  488 

Bharhut,  879 

Bhartpnr,  261 

D. 

Bbavnagar,  69 

^■^^p 

Bhilsa,889 

Qaboi,  42 

Bhopal,  888 

Dacca,  866 

BhAr  Ghat,  428 

Dakor,  48 

INDEX. 


615 


Dalbonsie,  171 

Dasht-i-Bedanlat,  .606 
Datia,  252 
DanlaUhad,  411 
Dehra  Dan»  146 
Delhi,  121 
Deogarh,  828 
D6ogiri,412 
Deolia,  400 

Dera  Ismail  Khan,  177 
Dewas,  899 
Dhar,  896 
Dharwar,  454 
Dholpnr,  240 
Dig,  259 
Dindigal,  558 


E. 


Eklikji,  92 
Ellora,  401 
Etawah,  269 
Everest,  Mount,  355 

F. 

Faizabad,  298 
Fardapnr,  417 
Fatehpnr  Sikri,  229 
Ferozpnr,  120 
Firosabsd,  140 
Forts  and  FoETBiasxs— 

Agra,  203 

Ahmadabad,  59 

AUahabad,  871 

Ankai  Tankai,  424 

Attock,  173 

Bellaiy,  481 

Bbartpnr,  263 

Ghampaner,  42 

Ohandor,  424 
.    ChitoiKarh,  88 

ChnnaT,  378 

Danlatabad,  411 

Delhi,  122 

DiDdiga],  553 

Firoz,  296 

Golconda,  473 


Forts  and  Fortrbsses— «on/tn«Ai 
Gooty,  487 
OoTindgarh,  156 
Gwalior,  242 
Jamrad,  181 
Jodhpur,  85 
Kalyan  Kot,  198 
Khairabad,  175 
Lahore,  163 
Mnltan,  185 
Partabgarh,  444 
Peshawar,  178 
Salimgarh,  128 
Satan,  447 
Sehwau,  191 
SeriDgapatam,  517 
Shahpnr,  131 
Singarh,  449 
Songhar-Saler,  41 
Tazgore,  689 
Taragarh,  81 
Trichinopoli,  546 
Tughlakabad,  135 
Ulwar,  119 
Vellore,  507 


Gajtges  river,  802 
Ganr,  829 
Gaya,  825 
Gimar,  70 
G«l449 

Codavari  rivor,  422 
Godhrs,  48 
Gokak  Falls,  449 
Gokul,  255 
Golconda,  478 
Gooty,  487 
Goveidhan,  258 
Gumal  Pass,  602 
Guntakal,  481 
Gwalior,  240 


H. 

Haidarabad  (Sind),  193 
Haidaiabad  (Deccan),  463 
Haidarabad  city,  469 


6i6 


INDEX. 


Hakgala,  590 
Halabid,  520 
Hampi,  482 
HaDumancondahy  477 
Harihar,  520 

HimaUyas,  146,  171,  848 
Hindu  Enah,  594 
Hisar,  120 
Hotgi,  480 
HubU»  453 


Ikdore,  394 
Indrapat,  139 
Indus,  river,  175 


J. 


Jabalfur,  880 
Jaoobabad,  597 
Jaipur,  94 
Jalandhar,  151 
Jalarpet,  508 
Jambukeshwar,  558 
Jamrud,  599 
Jauupur  298 
Jehlam,  602 
Jhann,  249 
jynri,  441 
Jodbpor,  85 
Jummoo,  178 
Junagarh,  70 


Kafir  Eot,  177 
Kalabaffh,  177,  601 
Kalbargah,  461 
Kaii  (goddess),  887 
Kalka,  147 
Kalyan,  427 
Kandy,  588 
Eangra  Yalley,  171 
Karachi,  198,  597,  618 
Karli,  429 
Ka8anli,147 
Kathiawar,  68 
Kaveri  Falls,  517 


Khaibar  Pass,  180,  599 
Khandala,  429 
Ehandwa,  893 
Ehojak  Pass,  609 
Ehushalgarb,  176 
Einchinjanga,  348 
Eistna  river,  source,  444 
Kolhapur,  447 
Eotal,  606 
Kotri,  198 
Eumbher,  260 
Eunun  Valley,  600 


Lahore,  162 

Lalkot,  129 

Larkhana,  191 

Liquor  and  opium  shops,  292,  355 

Lonaull,  429 

Lucknow,  275 

Lndhiana,  151 

Madras,  498 
Madura,  554 
Mahabalipur,  501 
Mahableshwar,  441 
Maheshwar,  896 
Mahuli,447 
Maldah,  330 
Manchhar  Lake,  192 
Mandhata  Island,  897 
Mandia,  383 
Mandor,  86 
Mandu,  895 
Manikpur,  878 
Marble  Rocks,  385 
Matheran,  427 
Mayaveram,  528 
Meean  Meer,  169 
Meemt,  145 
Mehmedabad,  48 
Mettupalaiyam,  526 
Mhow,  895 
Mirzapnr,  377 
Mission  Stations — 
Agia,228 


INDEX. 


617 


K188IOK  Stations — oon^tnued. 

Ahmadabad,  66 

Ahmadnagar,  426 

Ajmir,  88 

Allahabad,  877 

Bellaiy,  484 

Benaros,  821 

Bombay,  28 

Broach,  40 

Cawnpnr,  273 

Ceylon,  598 

Dacca,  869 

DaijiUng,  862 

Delhi,  144 

Goa,  461 

Haidarabad,  477 

Jabalpur,  886 

Jaipnr,  118 

Lahore,  169 

Lucknow,  72 

Madras,  600 

Madura,  657 

Mnltan,  190 

Mattra,  265 

Mysore,  622 

Naaik,  422 

Nilgiri  Hilln,  684 

Patxu^  826 

Peshawar,  181 

Puna,  441 

Soiat^  86 

Taigore,  648 

Tinniydli,  660 

Trichinopoli,  648 

Udaipnr,  98 

(Jlwar,  119 

Vellore,  608 
Molcbad,177 
Morar,  240 
MotQiTia— 

Altamsh,  131 

Arhai-din-ka-Jhonpn,  79 

Atala,  297 

Dargah  of  Ajmir,  79 

Fatehpor-Sikri,  282 

Jama  Maajid,  Ahmadabad^  60 
Bijapnr,  467 
Bombay,  18 
Delhi*  125 


MosQUBS— amtinuAi 

Jama  Maqid,  Haidarabad^  470 
Jaunpnr,  297 
Lahore,  166 
Locknow,  278 
MandQ,  895 
Tatta,198 
Ealan  Masjid,  126 
Kalbargah,  461 
Muhafiz  Khan,  62 
Pearl,  Agra,  208 
Delhi,  124 
Qaeen*8,  52 
Bani  Sipii,  52 
Boahnn-ad-Danla,  126 
Sabit  Khan,  268 
Sarkhcj,  60 
Shah  Alam,  66 
Shir  Shah,  140 
Sidi  Sayyid,  64 
Yazir  Khan,  166 
Mount  Abu,  73 
Multan,  184 
Munmar,  426 
Murree,  172 
Musaoorie,  146 
Mnttra,  268 
Mysore  State,  612 
City,  615 


» 


Kaoab,  644 
Nagpnr,  887 
Naini  Tkl,  296 
Nallamalai  Hilla,  481 
KandgaoD,  401 
Nandial,  481 
Karbada  river,  882 
Kaien,  114 
Naaik,  419 
Naairabad,  88 
Kathdwara,  98 
Kayasari,  41 
Negapatam,  544 
NeUore,  490 
Neral,  427 
Nilgiri  Hill^  626 
Nimaoh,  400 


6i8 


INDEX. 


North-west  frontier,  594 
Nawera  EUya,  589 


'f}  "11 


Obchha,  250 


•J'- 


P. 


Palaoks — 

Agra,  204 

Ajit  Singh's,  86 

Amber,  107 

Baroda,  46 

Barwa  Sagor,  250 

Bhartpnr,  262 

B^japnr,  457 

Datia,  251 

Delhi,  122 

Dig,  260 

Fatehpur  Sikii,  280 

Jahan  Numa,  472 

Jaipur,  98 

Lncknow,  276 

Mandn,  895 

Han  Mandir,  248 

Mysore,  515 

Nizam's,  470 

Ramkot,  298 

Benignnta,  488 

Taiq'ore,  589 

Tirumala's,  557 

Udaipor,  89 

Ulwar,  117 

y^ayanagar,  482 
Palamkotta,  560 
PaUtana,  71 
Palnai  Hills,  554 
Pandoah,  880 
Panjim,  452 
Parasnath,  828 
Parsisy  account  of,  18 
ParUbgarh,  400,  444 
Patau,  42 
PAthankot,  171 
Patiala,  150 
Patna,  822 
FuichgaDi,  448 
Pezadenia,  585 


Peshawar,  178,  098 
Phalnt,  859 
Pishin,  605 
Pondicheri,  585 
Porbandor,  69 
Porco  Novo,  586 
P<ina,  435 
Puahkara,  82 


Q. 


QUBTTA,  606 


R. 


Raiohttb,  480 
Batlam,  899 
Bamboda,  591 
Rameshwaram,  558 
Ramnad,  559 
Ranjit  river,  858 
Rawal  Pindi  172,  600 
Renigunta,  488 
Rewari,  119 
Rohri,  192 
Rozah,402 
Rnngarun,  857 


S. 


Sabras,  507 

Saharanpur,  1^6 

Sakatirth,  89 

Salem,  508 

Sal  Ghat,  510 

Sambhar,  118 

Sanchi,  889 

Sanganer,  105 

Sarkhej,  59 

Samath,  820 

Satara,  446 

SoHooLs  OF  Act — 
Bombay,  6 
Jaipur,  100 
Lahore,  167 

Sealkot,  178 

Secunderabad,  469 

Sehwan,  191 

Seliserh  Lake,  119 


INDEX. 


6x9 


Seringapatam,  516 
Sexingbam,  6i8 
Shekohpnn,  169 
Shevaroy  Hills,  608 
Sholapur,  460 
Sibi,  606 
Siddhpur,  71 
Sikandra,  226 
Sikh  leliKion,  152 
Sikkim,  S61 
Siligori,  361 
Simla,  147 
SiDgarh,  449 
Sirliind,  151 
Siri,  181 
Sirsah,  120 
Siva  (god),  808 
Sojltia,  42 
Somnath,  70 
Sonagir,  262 

Sport— 

Hunting  and  fiahing,   28,  101,  119, 

146,  169,  172,  249,  862,  883,  481, 

608,  614,  630 
Sukknr,  192 
Soleiman  Bange,  596 
Sunt,  88 
Satna,  879 


T. 


Tadpatbi,  689 

Tatta,  197 

Temples— 
Abo,  74 
Amaniath,  426 
Amritsar  (Golden),  162 
Baidyanath,  828 
Baroda,  44 
Benarea,  808,  814 
Bindraban,  266 
Buddb  Gaya,  826 
Ghilambaram,  586 
Oombaconmn,  688 
Cox^eyeram,  491 
Daboi,  42 
Elepbanta,  24 
Halebid,  520 
HatU  Sing,  68 


Temples — tmdioiued, 
Jambnkesbwar,  668 
jyori,  441 
Kylas  (EUom),  404 
Kandy,  684 
KaU  Gbat,  887 
Madura,  664 
Mababalipur,  601 
Mahablesbwar,  444 
Mandbata,  897 
Mel-Chidambaram,  510 
Naaik,  420 

Parvati-Mirsapnr,  877 
Parvati-puna,  438 
Bameshwaram^  558 
Saa  Bahu,  244 
Seringham,  548 
Seven  Pagodas,  501 
Sun  (Jaipur),  106 
Tai^jore,  680 
Taran-Taran,  156 
TeU-ka-Mandir,  240 
Tirupati,  488 
Trimbukeshwar,  422 
Yellore,  508 
Yijayanagar,  482 
Walkeshwar,  12 
ThagB,  881 
Thai,  600 
Thai  Ghat,  428 
Thapa,  26 
Tibet,  866 
TinniveUi,  560 
Tirupati,  488 
Tiata  river,  858 
Toohi  valley,  601 
Tombs  of— 
Akbar,  225 
AlUmah,  134 
Amur  Kali,  166 
Bahmani  Kings,  461 
Firoz  Shah,  130 
Goloonda  Kings,  474 
Gui^  Baksh,  60 
Humaynn,  137 
Ibrahim  (Bijapnr),  468 
Itmad-ud-Daulat,  223 
Jahangir,  168 
Kwajay  81 


620 


INDEX. 


Tombs — wnJtinv^i^ 

Mahmnd  Begodoy  60 
Mnhanunad  Ghaus,  247 
Nawabs  of  Junagarh,  70 
Nizam-ud-din,  139 
Pan  Chakki,  415 
Rabia  Dnranl,  414 
Bani  Sipri,  52 
Razgit  Singb,  165 
Rnku-i-Alam,  185 
Safdar  Jang,  130 
Selim  Chisti,  234 
Sbah  Alam,  56 
Sheikh  Musa,  116 
Sikandar  Sodi,  225 
Sultau  Mahmud,  459 
Sung  Mall,  259 
Taj  Mahal,  209 
TattB,  197 
Tipu  Snlfcan,  517 
TngUaVs,  136 

Tranqnebar,  ri44 

Travancore,  510 

Trichinopoli,  545 

Trimbak,422 

Toghlakabad,  185 

Tomkar,  520 

Tonnkadu,  510 

Tuticorin,  567 


U. 


ITdaipub,  89 
Ujjain,  897 
Ulwor,  115 
Utakamand,  528 


Tk 


Vellore,  507 
Vorawal,  71 
Vijayanagar,  482 
Vishnu  (god),  812 
Vohon  Kathor,  41 


W. 


WADf,  463 
Wat,  443 
Wakhin,  598 
Wamogal,  477 
Wathar,  441 
WeUiogtoui  528 


Y. 


Teola,  425 
Yerkad,  508 


BEFERENCES  TO  THE  MAPS  FOR  EACH  PLACE 
MENTIONED  IN  "PICTURESQUE  INDIA." 


'Som.-^Ths  spellinff  in  the  Mapt  oecanonaUy  diffen  slightly  frcm  that  in  the  Book, 


Abbottabad 

.    0  b 

Abn,  M.  .        • 

.    0  g 

Adam's  Peak 

.     .     G  q 

Adoni 

.     £  m 

Agra    .        •        « 

.    B    f 

Ahmadabad 

.    0   h 

Ahmadnagar 

..Oh 

Ajmir 

.     D    f 

Ajodhya 

.    .    H   f 

Ajunta     . 

.    D    i 

Akyab 

.    .    L  m 

Aligarh     . 

.    F    f 

All  Maajid  Ft 

,    .    B   0 

Alipor 

.    C   d 

Allahabad    . 

..Be 

Alwar 

.    E    f 

Amballa 

.    .    B  d 

Amber 

.    D   £ 

Amiawati     . 

.    E    i 

Amiitsar  . 

.    D  d 

Amu  Daria  (Oziu] 

.    A  a 

Animalle  . 

.    E   0 

Ankai  Tonkai 

.    .    D    i 

Annradbapiira  . 

.    G  p 

AravaUi  Hilla 

.    .    C   g 

Aroonnm  . 

.    F  n 

Aroot  . 

.    .    F  n 

Aaaye 

.    D    i 

Attock 

,    .    0    0 

Aurangabad      • 

.    D  k 

Aya 

»    •    L  m 

Aximgarh         . 

.    H    f 

Baosbbovkos 

.    .    Mh 

Badami    . 

.    Dm 

Bagh   . 

.    .    D  h 

Baijnath  . 

.    E   d 

Bairamghat . 

.    .    G    f 

Baizwada. 

.    G  b 

Bakkar 

.    .    B  d 

Balsar      . 

.    0    i 

Benares 

.    .    H  g 

Banda 

.    G  m 

Bandelkhand 

.    •    F   g 

Bandikui . 

.    E    f 

Bangalore    . 

..En 

Bara  Bank! 

.     G    f 

Bardhwan    . 

..Eh 

Bareilly    . 

.    F    e 

Baroda 

..Oh 

Barrackpnr 

.    L  h 

Bassein 

•    .     L   n 

Belaapor  . 

.    E   d 

Belgaum 

.    .    H  r 

Bellary     . 

.    £  m 

Beypore 

..Do 

Bhamo 

.    M  1 

Bhartpur 

.    .    E    f 

Bhawalpur 

.     B    e 

Bhilsa. 

..Eh 

Bhopal     . 

.    E  k 

BhorGhat   . 

.    .    C  k 

Bhotan     . 

.    L    f 

Bhtuawul     . 

.    .    D   i 

Bidar       . 

.    E    I 

Byapor 

..Oh 

Bynonr    . 

.    F   e 

Bikanir 

.    .    0    e 

Bindrabnn 

.    E    f 

BirsiDgpnr  . 

.    .    G  g 

Bolan  Pass 

.    A   e 

Bombay 

.    .    C  k 

Bowanipur 

.    I     f 

Brahmaputra  R 

.  .    .    M  g 

Broach     . 

.    C    I 

Bnxar . 

.    .    H  g 

Calottita 

.    L  h 

Calient 

..Do 

Cambay    . 

.    C  h 

Canveri 

.     .     E    o 

Cawnpore. 

.    G    f 

Ceylon 

.     .     G  p 

Chamba    . 

.    £   0 

Champanir  . 

.    .    D    f 

Channdergerry . 

.    D  n 

Chelambram 

.     .    F   0 

Chilianwala 

.    C    c 

Chitor . 

.    .    D  g 

ChotaKagpur  . 

.    H  h 

Chnmbi 

.    .     L    f 

Oloeepet   . 

.    E  n 

Cochin 

.    .    E   0 

Coconada . 

.     H   1 

Colaba 

.    .    C  k 

Coleroon  . 

.     F   0 

Colombo 

.     .     F   q 

Co^jeyeram 

F   n 

Coromandel . 

.    .    G  n 

Caddalore 

.    F   0 

Cnddapah    . 

.    .    F  m 

Cnttack    . 

.    I    I 

622 


REFERENCES   TO    THE  MAPS, 


Dacca 

.    H  h 

Geroli       . 

F   g 

Jeaanr  ' 

.    .     K   1 

Dadnr 

.     A    e 

Gerseppa     . 

Dm 

Jhansi 

•        •     F    K 

Dalhousie 

.     D  c 

Ghaziabad 

£   e 

Jhelam 

.     .     C    c 

Daijiling . 

.     L    f 

Giri     .        .        . 

B  h 

Jhind 

.     E    e 

Dstia  . 

.     F    g 

Gimar 

B    i 

Jiguri 

.    .    D  k 

Danlatabad 

.     D  k 

Goa     .        .        . 

C  m 

Johdpnr   . 

.    C    f 

Deccan 

.     £    0 

GtMlmido . 

L  h 

Junaguh 

.    .     B    i 

Dehra 

.    £  d 

Godareri  B. 

D  k 

Delhi  . 

.    £    e 

Godra 

C   h 

Deogarh   . 

.    C  g 

Gokak  Falls 

D   1 

Kabul 

.    A  b 

Deolali 

.    C  k 

Golkonda . 

F    1 

Kaffir  Kot    . 

..Be 

Dera  Ghad  Khan 

.     B   e 

Gomnl 

B   c 

Kalabagh. 

.     B    c 

Ismail  Khan 

.    B   d 

Gondnmak 

B  b 

Kalyan 

.     .     C   k 

Dewa 

• 

.     C  h 

Gooty  . 

£  m 

Kamalapnr 

•     F  m 

Dewas . 

• 

.     G  g 

Gk>Tindgarh 

D  d 

Kandy 

.     .     G   q 

Dhar 

t 

.    D  h 

Gigarat 

A   i 

Kangra     . 

.     E   c 

Dharwar 

• 

.    D  m 

Gomti  R. 

M  h 

Kanhari  Caves 

.     .    C   k 

Dholpur  . 

• 

.    E    f 

Gtmdamnk  . 

B   b 

Kajsachi    . 

•    A  g 

DhoDd 

• 

.    D  k 

Goigaon  . 

£   e 

Khaiber  Pass 

.    .    B   b 

Diamond  Harbour 

.    L  h 

Gwalior 

F    f 

EhsDdala. 

.    C   k 

Dig.        . 

.    £    f 

Khttrslong   . 

.    .    L    f 

Dinagepur   . 

.    L  g 

Khotmanda 

.    I     f 

Dinapnr   . 

•    I    g 

Haidababad  (Sind). 

A  g 

Khirki 

.    .    C   k 

Dindigal 

.     £  o 

(Deccan) 

F    1 

Khosalgarh 

.    D  h 

Doab  Canal 

.     £   e 

Harihar 

D  m 

Khnahalgarh 

..Be 

Dodabetta  M. 

.    E  o 

Hatras 

F    f 

Kistna  B. 

.     F    1 

Drag 

.    G    i 

Himalaya  Mta. 

F    e 

Kohat 

B   0 

Damdnm 

.    L  h 

Hindoo  Kooah  Mta. 

A  b 

Kdhapnr 

.    D   1 

Dnrbtrnga. 

.    I     f 

Hiuar 

D   e 

Kotri  . 

.     .    A  g 

Howrah       .        . 

L   h 

Kulbmga . 

.    E    1 

Hnbli       . 

D  m 

Kumbher     . 

.    .    £    f 

£tj/)ra 

.    D    i 

Hugli 

L  h 

Enrram  Fort    . 

.    B    e 

Erode 

.    £  0 

Huahangabad   . 

£  h 

Enshalgarh . 

.    .    E    f 

Etawah 

.    F    f 

JBTeiest    . 

.    K  e 

Indobb 

■ 

D  h 

liAHORB    . 

Larkhana 
Loni 

.    D  d 

.    .    A    f 

.    D  k 

Faizabad    . 

.    G    f 

Jabalpur    . 

F  h 

Laokee  Serai 

..Kg 

Fathpnr   . 

.    A    f 

Jacobabad 

A   e 

Ludcnow . 

.     G    f 

Fatehpnr 

.    B   e 

Jagdalak 

A  b 

Lndhiana     . 

.    .    D  d 

fiilni 

.    E    f 

Jaipur 

D    f 

Ferozabad    . 

.    E    1 

Jalalabad 

F    f 

Ferozpnr  • 

.    D  d 

Jalandar  . 

D  d 

Madras  . 

.    G  a 

Furidpor 

.    F   e 

Jamna  R.     . 

G  g 

Madfira 

.     .    £   o 

Jama 

D   c 

Mahabilipnr 

.     G  n 

Jaunpar 

Hg 

Mahableshwar 

..CI 

Gadao     . 

• 

.    Dm 

Jelalabad  . 

B  b 

Malabar  Coast  . 

.    D  n 

Gaya   . 

« 

.    I    g 

Jelpigori      . 

L    f 

Malda. 

•    L   g 

REFERENCES   TO    THE  MAPS, 


623 


lialdah     . 

•    I    g 

Fanjab 

.    B 

d 

Sarkbej    . 

.    0  h 

Malwm  State 

.    D  h 

Partabgarh 

.    0 

1 

Satara. 

..CI 

Ifanda 

.    D  h 

Patiala 

.     £ 

d 

Satpnra  Hills   . 

.    D   i 

Mandalay    . 

Mm 

Patna 

.    D 

m 

Sealkote 

.    .    D   c 

Mangalore        . 

.    D  n 

Pesbawnr     . 

.    B 

b 

Secondrabad 

.     B    e 

Manikpnr    . 

.    C  k 

Pishin 

.    A 

d 

Seebpoor 

.    .    M  k 

Masulipatam    . 

.    G    1 

Plassy . 

.     £ 

g 

Seraropnr 

.    L  h 

Meerat 

.    E    e 

Pondicherry 

.    F 

0 

Seringapatam 

..En 

MettnpallluDi   . 

.    £    0 

Porbaudar    . 

.    A 

i 

Sewan 

.    A    f 

Mhow  . 

.    £  \ 

Porto  Novo 

.    F 

0 

Shababad    . 

.     .    D   c 

Mianmeer 

.    D  d 

Pana  . 

.     C 

k 

Shabjahanpnr  . 

.    F    t 

Mokameh     . 

•     I    K 

Sbalimar 

.    .     £    e 

Monghyr  . 

.    K  g 

Shikarpur 

.     A    f 

MoDtgomeiy 

.     C    d 

^ 

Sbillong 

..LI 

Moradabad 

.    F    e 

QUETTA    . 

.    A 

d 

SbiyBraiHilln  . 

.     F    0 

MoznfTerpur 

.     I     f 

Qmlon 

.    E 

P 

Sholapnr 

.     .     D    1 

Mozuffemugger 

.     £    e 

Sibi 

A    e 

Mughal  Serai 

.    £   g 

Sidbpnr 

.     .     C   h 

Multan     . 

.    B   d 

Baewinb 

.    D 

d 

Sikkim     . 

.     L    f 

Murree         •        . 

.    C    c 

Baichoor 

.    £ 

1 

Sindh  . 

.     .     A   g 

Mysore     . 

.    £  n 

Bajpntana 

.    B 

f 

Singapore 

.     M   p 

Bameshwaram 

.    F 

p 

Sinbgarh     . 

..Ok 

^^ 

Bampur 

.    E 

* 
d 

Sirbind    . 

.    E   d 

Kaopuh 

.    F    i 

Bangoon  . 

.    L 

n 

Sirsa    . 

.    .    D  e 

Nagur 

.    F    0 

Baniganj 

.     K  h 

Sitapar     . 

.    G  k 

Nairn  Tal     . 

.    F    e 

Ratnagiri . 

.    C 

1 

Sobagpur 

.    .    F  h 

Nandgaon 

.    D    1 

Til         Z 

Batnapnra   . 

.     G 

q 

Somnatb  . 

.    I     e 

E    1 

BayiB.    . 

.    C 

d 

Spiti    . 

.    .    £    c 

Naral 

.     C   k 

Bawul  Pindi 

.    C 

c 

Srinagar   . 

.    D  b 

Naningpor . 

.     I     i 

Bohilkhand       . 

.    F 

e 

Sulaiman  Bange 

..Ad 

Naaik 

.     G   k 

Bobri  . 

.    A 

f 

Sandarbans 

.    K    1 

Nasirabad    . 

.    D    f 

Bobtak     . 

.    £ 

a 

Sarat  . 

.    .    C    i 

Nathdwara 
NegapatazD  . 
Nellur 

.    c  g 

.    F   0 
.    F  m 

Boy  Bareilly 
Butlam    . 

•             tM-S 

.    G 
.    D 

f 
b 

Sutlej 
Swat    . 

.  £  d 
..Ob 

Nepal  . 

.    G    e 

Nilgiri  Kills     . 

.    £    0 

Kimack 

.     D  g 

Sabarmati  . 

.    0 

b 

Takht-i-Sulaiu 

[AN.     Ad 

Nizam's  Dominlona 

I  .     £   k 

Sabraon    . 

.    D 

d 

Tai^ore    . 

.     F    0 

Nandy  Dorg     . 

.     £  n 

Safid  Eoh  Mts. 

.    A 

f 

Tapti  B.       . 

.    .     C    i 

Saharanpur  . 

.     £ 

d 

Taran 

.    D  d 

Salem 

.    £ 

n 

Tatte  . 

.    .     B  d 

OSISSA 

.    K    i 

Salsette  I.    . 

.    C 

k 

Tenasserim 

L    0 

Oadh 

.    G    f. 

Salwen  B. 

.    M 

n 

Thana. 

.    .    M  h 

Sambbar  L. 

.    D 

f 

Thtdl  Ghat       . 

.    C  k 

Samudram 

.    £ 

n 

TinneTelli   . 

.    .     E   p 

Palampvb  . 

.    £    c 

Sangam 

.    £ 

1 

Tirhut      . 

•     I    g 

Pallam-KotU  . 

.    £   p 

Sanganir  . 

.    D 

g 

TisteB.       . 

0 
.     .     L    f 

Palnai  HIIIa 

.    £   0 

Saraswati  B^ 

.    0 

g 

Tonk 

.    D    f 

624 


REFERENCES   10    THE  MAPS. 


Tranqnebar . 

•        • 

F    0 

Ujjaln . 

.    .    D  h 

Wai     . 

..CI 

Trarancore 

■                • 

£  p 

Utakamand 

.    £   0 

Watar 

.    D    1 

Trichinapali 

•        • 

F    0 

Wazirabad    . 

.    .    D  e 

Trincomalle 

•                • 

G  p 

Worangal 

.    F    1 

Tripetti 

•         • 

F   n 

Yelloks 

.    F   n 

Wurrora 

.    .    F    i 

Triyanderam 

•                • 

£  p 

Yizagapatani 

.    H   1 

Wynaad  . 

.    E  o 

Tutioorin     . 

• 

F  p 

Yizianagram 

.    .    F    1 

Udufuk. 

•        • 

c  g 

Wadi 

.    £    1 

Yabkhand . 

.    .    fi   a 

THE  END. 


BUBBOBT,  Amnnr,  4  oo.  ukdw,  ntmrsBfl^  wHiraraiABa. 


NEW  BOOKS  &  NEW  EDITIONS 


PUBLISHED    BY 


GEORGE  ROUTLEDGE  &  SONS,  Limited 


CALDECOTTS  "GRAPHIC"  PICTURES.    Complete  Edition, 

Printed  in  Colours.     Cloth,  gilt  edges,  2is. 

SUBJECTS  OF  THE  DAY.    A  New  Quarterly  Review  of 

Current  Topics.  Edited  by  James  Samuelson.  Price  2s,  6d.  (or  half- 
bound,  gilt  top,  4r.).     Issued  Quarterly. 

SMOLLETT'S  NOVELS.    A  New  Library  Edition,  in  Six  Volumes. 

Demy  8vo,  cloth  30;.  ;  half-roan,  381. 

OLIVER    WENDELL    HOLMES'S    WRITINGS      A    New 

Edition,  in  Six  Volumes.     Crown  8vo,  cloth,  21s. 

PRESCOTTS  WORKS.     A  New  Edition,  in  15  Volumes.    Crown 

8vo,  cloth,  £1  loj. ;  half-roan,  £2  zr. 

CANON    DIXON'S   HISTORY   OF   THE   CHURCH    OF 

ENGLAND.    Vol.  4.    Demy  8vo,  cloth  i6s. 

ROUTLEDGE'S    POCKET    LIBRARY.      Complete.      In   60 

Volumes.     Cloth,  in  Oak  Bookcase,  price  £3  13s.  6d. 

MORLEY'S    UNIVERSAL    LIBRARY.      Complete      In    21 

Volumes.     In  Oak  Bookcase,  price  ;f 4  lOf. 

Completion  of  the  POCKET   VOLUME    LONGFELLOW, 

including  the  Translation  of  Dante's  Divine  Comedy.  In  15  Volumes.  Cloth, 
i.f.  each  ;  or  in  a  Box,  21s, 

DANTE'S   DIVINE   COMEDY.     Longfellow's  Translation. 

Three  Volumes.     Pocket  Library  Edition.     Half-calf,  antique,  I2j.  6d, 

SHAKSPERE.    A  New  Red  Line  Library  Edition,  in  Six  Volumes. 

Crown  8vo,  cloth,  2IJ. 

SONGS    OF   A    SAVOYARD.    By  W.  S.  Gilbert.    With  lUus- 

trations  by  the  Author.    Medium  870,  cloth,  lor.  6d. 

PICTURESQUE    INDIA.    An  Unconventional  Guide  Book. 

By  W.  S.  Caine.  With  Original  Illustrations  by  John  Pedder,  H.  Sheppard 
Dale,  and  H.  H.  Stanton,  and  Maps.     Medium  8vo,  cloth,  lOf.  (>d, 

THE  BOOK  OF  CARD  AND  TABLE  GAMES.    By  Professor 

Hoffmann,  Author  of  "Modem  Magic.'*  An  Entirely  New  Encyclopaedia  of 
Games,  Written  by  the  Greatest  Authorities  on  the  Subjects.  Demy  8vo,  cloth, 
red  edges,  los,  6d, 

B  s 


ii  NEW   BOOKS   AND    NEW   EDITIONS. 


In  demy  %vo,  cloth,  gilt  edges,  price  78.  Od,  eath. 

GREAT  AFRICAN  TRAVELLERS,  FROM  MUNGO  PARK 

TO   STANLEY.    A  New  Book  bv  C.  R.  Low.    Containing  Stanley's  Latest 
Travels,  with  many  Illustrations,  and  Portrait  of  Mr.  Stanley. 

{DEDICATED,   BY  SPECIAL    PERMISSION,   TO  MR.  H.  M,  STANLEY,"^ 

CHIVALRY.     By  L6on  Gautier.     Translated  by  Henry  Frith. 

With  loo  Illustrations. 

DISCOVERIES  AND  INVENTIONS  OF  THE  NINE- 
TEENTH CENTURY.  By  Robert  Routlf.dge,  B.Sc.,  F.CS.  ParUy 
Re-written,  and  brought  down  to  date,  including  the  Forth  Bridge,  the  Eiffd 
Tower,  and  the  Manchester  Ship  Canal. 

ROBINSON   CRUSOE.    With  loo  lUustiations  by  J.  D.  Watson, 

and  12  Page  Plates  in  Colours,  Printed  by  Ernest  Nister. 

THE    SWISS    FAMILY    ROBINSON.      Edited  by  W.  H.  G. 

Kingston.    With  loo  Illustrations,  and  12  Page  Plates  in  Colours. 

THE    POPULAR    NATURAL    HISTORY.    By  the  Rev.  J.  G. 

Wood,  M.A.    With  600  Illustrations,  and  12  Page  Plates  in  Colours,  Printed 
by  Ernest  Nister. 

CAMPBELL'S    SHAKESPEARE.     New  and  Cheaper  Edition. 

Royal  8vo,  cloth,  js.  6d, 

In  clothj  gilt  edges,  price  Ss^  each, 

SMALL  BOYS  IN   BIG   BOOTS.    By  Archibald  C.  Guntbr 

Author  of  *  *  Mr.  Potter  of  Texas. "    Profusely  Illustrated. 

WOOD'S  ILLUSTRATED  NATURAL  HISTORY.    With  480 

Illustrations  by  William  Harvey,  and  Six  Page  Coloured  Plates,  Printed  by 
Ernest  Nister. 

Price  Ss»  each. 

BATTLES  OF  THE  BRITISH  ARMY.    An  Entirely  New  Book, 

by  C.  R.  Low.      With  Fall-page  Illustrations  by   R.   Caton    Woodville. 
ImpL  i6mo,  cloth. 

ROUTLEDGE'S    FIVE  SHILLING  JUVENILE   BOOKa— 

J^EIV    VOLUMES. 

Wood's  Illustrated  Natural  History.    With  480  Illustrations. 

Warrior  Kings,  from  Charlemagne  to  Frederick  the  Great.     By  Lady  Lamb. 
lUostrated. 

LITTLE    WIDEAWAKE    FOR     1891.      Seventeenth    Year   of 

Publication.     Crown  4to,  cloth,  gilt  edges,  $s.     (And  in  boards,  31.  6d.) 

SHIPWRECKS  AND    DISASTERS  AT  SEA.    By  W.  H.  G. 

Kingston. 

CALDECOTTS  "GRAPHIC"  PICTURE&    New  and  Cheaper 

Editions,  Printed  in  Colours.     Boards,  5^.  each. 


1.  "Graphic"  Pictures. 


3.  Last  "  Graphic  "  Pictures. 


2.  More  "Graphic''  Pictures.  4.  Gleanings  from  the  "Graphic.** 


^ 


NEW  BOOKS  AND   NEW  EDITIONS.  iii 

Price  3Sm  Sd.  each, 

8CEUR    PHILOM^NE.    By  Edmond  and  Jules  De  Goncourt. 

With  Illustrations  produced  by  Guillaume,  of  Paris.     Crown  8vo,  paper  cover, 
3J.  6(L  ;  crocodile  binding,  5^. 

KINGS    IN    EXILE.    By  Alphonse  Daudet.    With  Illustrations 

produced  by  Guillaume,  of  Paris.    Crown  8vo,  paper  cover,  y,  6d»  ;  crocodile 
binding,  $s. 

WHITE'S  NATURAL  HISTORY  OF  SELBORNE.    Edited 

by  Sir  William  Jardine  (Routledge's  Popular  Library). 

EDGEWORTH'S    EARLY    LESSONS.    A  New  Edition.    600 

pages.     With  72  Illustrations  by  F.  A.  Fraser.     Crown  8vo,  cloth. 

EDGEWORTH'S  PARENTS  ASSISTANT.     An  Entirely  New 

Edition  from  New  Type.     With  Page  Illustrations  by  F.  A.  Fraser.     Crown 
8vo,  cloth. 

MRS.  JAMESON'S   CHARACTERISTICS   OF   WOMEN. 

A  New  Edition. 

MRS.  JAMESON'S  FEMALE  SOVEREIGNS.    A  New  Edition. 
THE     MOTHER'S    RECOMPENSE.      By   Grace    Aguilar. 

New  and  Cheaper  Edition. 

DRAWING -ROOM     AMUSEMENTS     AND     EVENING 

PARTY  ENTERTAINMENTS.    By  Professor  Hoffmann.    A  New  Edition. 

A   VOYAGE    ROUND    THE    WORLD.      By  Jules  Verne. 

South  America,  Australia,  and  New  Zealand.    With  many  Illustrations. 
Crown  8vo,  cloth. 

STUDIES    OF    GREAT    COMPOSERS.    By  C.  Hubert  H. 

Parry,  Mus.  Doc.,  M.A.     New  and  Cheaper  Edition. 

ROUTLEDGE'S    THREE -AND  -  SIXPENNY    JUVENILE 

BOOKS.— A^^fT   VOLUMES, 
The  Big  Otter :  A  Tale  of  the  Great  Nor'-West.     By  R.  M.  Ballantyne. 
Youngsters'  Yarns.    By  Ascott  R.  Hope. 
Harry  Treverton.    Edited  by  Lady  Broome. 

Price  28m   Sd,  each, 

FUNNY    STORIES.    By  P.  T.  Barnum.    With  Portrait     Crown 
8vo,  doth. 

"MEN    OF   THE   TIME"   BIRTHDAY   BOOK.    A  Birthday 

Book  of  Living  Celebrities  of  Both  Sexes.    By  J.  F.  BovBS.     Cloth. 

THE  CARISBROOKE  LIBRARY.    Edited  by  Henry  Morley, 

LL.D.     A  Volume  every  Alternate  Month.     In  large  crown  8vo,  cut  or  imcut 
edges,  2;.  6</.  ;  or  Roxburghe  binding,  gilt  top,  y,  6a. 

Masques  and  Entertainments.    By  Ben  Jonson. 

London  under  Elizabeth :  A  Survey  Written  in  the  Year  1598  by  John 
Stow. 

Ireland  under  Elizabeth  and  James. 


NEW  BOOKS   AND    NEW  EDITIONS. 


Price  2s»   Gd»  each. 

MAYNE    REID'S    BOOKS    FOR    BOYS.    A  New  Edition  of 

these  Popular  Books  for  Boys  issued  for  the  first  time  at  Half-a-Crown. 


Afloat  in  the  Forest. 
Bruin. 

Chase  of  Leviathan. 
Lost  Lenore. 
Odd  People. 
Ran  Away  to  Sea. 
The  Boy  Hunter. 
The  Boy  Slaves. 
The  Boy  Tar. 
The  Bush  Boys. 
The  Cliff  Climbers. 
The  Desert  Home. 
The  Fatal  Cord. 


The  Forest  Exiles. 
The  Giraffe  Hunters. 
The  Guerilla  Chief. 
The  Half-blood;  or,Oceola. 
The  Headless  Horseman. 
The  Hunters'  Feast. 
The  Lone  Ranche. 
The  Lost  Mountain. 
The  Maroon. 
The  Ocean  Waifs. 
The  Plant  Hunters. 
The  Quadroon. 


The  Rifle  Rangers. 
The  Scalp  Hunters. 
The  Tiger  Hunter. 
The  Vee  Boers. 
The  War  Trail. 
The  White  Chief. 
The  White  Gauntlet. 
The  White  Squaw. 
The  Wild  Huntress. 
The  Wood  Rangers. 
The  Young  Voyageurs. 
The  Young  Yagers. 


THE   WONDER    BOOK   AND   TANGLEWOOD   TALES. 

By  Nathaniel  Hawthorne.    Crown  8vo,  cloth. 

THE    MOTHER'S    RECOMPENSE.    By  Grace  Aguilar. 
ROUTLEDGE'S   AMUSEMENT   SERIES.    A  New  Series  of 

Indoor  Recreations.     In  Impl.  i6mo,  fancy  covers. 

I.   Professor  Hoffman n's  Card  Tricks.   Reprinted  from  ''Modem  Magic.** 

Z  Acting  Charades  and  Proverbs  for  Children. 

3.  A  Manual  of  Fret-Cutting  and  Wood-Carving.    By  Major-Gen.  Sir 
Thomas  Seaton,  K.CB. 

Prici  28*  each. 

THE    SCOTTISH    SOLDIERS    OF    FORTUNE.    By  James 

Grant,  author  of  **  The  Romance  of  War.** 

A    MATTER    OF    MILLIONS.     By  Anna  Katharine  Green, 

author  of  **  The  Leavenworth  Case.*' 

STORIES  FROM  SCOTLAND  YARD.    As  told  by  Inspector 

MosER,  late  of  the  Criminal  Investigation  Department,  Whitehall,  and  recorded 
by  Charles  F.  Rideal. 

THE  TOMMIEBEG  SHOOTINGS;  or,  a  Moor  in  Scotland. 

By  Thomas  Jeans.    With  Illustrations.     New  Edition,  boards. 

MRS.   MOLESWORTH'S    JUVENILE    BOOKS.      New  and 

Cheaper  Edition,  with  Illustrations  by  M.  £.  Edwards. 

The  Boys   and   I.  Hermy.  Hoodie. 


GEORGE    ROUTLEDGE    AND    SONS,    LIMITED, 

BROADWAY,    LUDGATE    HILL,   LONDON; 
GLASGOW,    MANCHESTER,     AND     NEW    YORK.